Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Introduction
Class Skills
Alignment:
A few classes restrict a character’s possible alignments. An entry of “Any” means that characters of this class are not restricted in alignment.
Class Table This table details how a character improves as he or she gains experience levels. Class tables typically include the following:
Level: The character’s level in that class. Base Attack Bonus:
Class Features Special characteristics of the class. When applicable, this section also mentions restrictions and disadvantages of the class. Class Features include some or all of the following.
Weapons and Armour:
Which weapons and armour types
the character is proficient with.
The character’s base attack bonus and
number of attacks.
Fort Save: The base save bonus on Fortitude saving throws. The character’s Constitution modifier also applies.
Ref Save: The base save bonus on Reflex saving throws. The character’s Dexterity modifier also applies.
Will Save:
The base save bonus on Will saving throws. The character’s Wisdom modifier also applies.
Special:
Level-dependent Class Features, each explained in the “Class Features” sections that follow.
Hit Dice:
The type of Hit Die used by characters of the class determines the number of hit points gained per level.
Table of Contents Angelic Hunter Arkenvaldi Battle Thanes Avenger Avenger [Divine/Dire] Barbarian [Berserker] Barbarian [Savage] Barbarian [Wallriders] Barbarian [Wardog] Barbarian [Woad Raider] Beastmaster Blademaster [Generic] Elven Bladedancer Elven Blademaster Dossian Whispering Edge Blademaster Giulmar Drowned Lady Blademaster Han’Haarstani Blademaster Mezzona Water Serpent Blademaster Ohjavian Thunder Crescent Blademaster Phanoshani Ribboned Blademaster Tantavosi Crossbone-Mantis Blademaster Veshandi Piercing Eye Blademaster Vezanti Death Spiral Blademaster Bladestormer Blood Guard Blood Guardians Bondbreaker of Hathor Caravaneer Chaos Warrior Choldani Bleeding Way Weaponmaster Cleric [Crusader] Cleric [Green Hand of Osiris] Cleric [Order Of The Guardians] Cleric [Hierophant of Lathander]
The number of skill points the character starts with at 1st level, the number of skill points gained each level thereafter, and the list of class skills.
2 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 14 16 17 19 21 22 24 26 27 28 29 31 32 33 35 36 37 40 41 42 43 44 46 47 49
Other Features: Each class has certain unique capabilities. Spells per Day:
How many spells of each spell level the character can cast each day. If the entry is “—“ for a given level of spells, the character may not cast any spells of that level. If the entry is “0,” the character may only cast spells of that level if he or she has bonus spells. If the entry is a number, the character may cast that many spells plus any bonus spells. Each spellcasting class has spellcasting capability tied to a specific Ability, as described by that class. Bonus spells for wizards are based on Intelligence. Bonus spells for clerics, druids, paladins, and rangers are based on Wisdom. Bonus spells for sorcerers and bards are based on Charisma. If a character’s score in that ability is 9 or lower, the character can’t cast spells tied to that ability
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Cleric [Moondancer] Coilmaster Combat Savant Darksoul Deadly Warlord Deathmaster Deathwatch of Osiris Desert Master Devil Slayer Diplomat Divine Champion Divine Disciple Divine Seeker Drabardi Dragon Knight Dragon Marked Dragon Lord Proxy Dragoon Druid [Sunlord] Drunken Fighter Dustdigger Dwarven [Battlerager] Dwarven [Hammer of Moradin] Dwarven [Moradin’s Forge Master] Dwarven [Orcslayer] Dwarven [Pest Hunter] Dwarven [Silverbeard] Dwarven [Stonelord] Elite Agents of the Throne Elven [Ancestral Avenger] Elven [Archer of the Guided Hand] Elven [Bowcasters of Mielikki] Elven [Corellon Blade] Elven [Forest Warrior] Elven [Frigid Storm] Elven [Knight of Evermeet] Elven [Silver Sword] Elven [Solonor’s Bowhunters] Elven [Thainar] Elven [Theosopher Knight] Elven [War Adept] Elven [Warrior-Poet] Equaliser Executioner of the Eye Fiana Frost Lord Gae Bolga Giant Killer Glaive of Azharadian Gladiators Gnomic [Dreamweaver] Gnome [Gadget Master] Gnomic [Scarlet Defender] Great Eagles Halfling [Burglar] Halfling [Fadefoot Scout] Halfling [Sheriff] Harper Scout Hell in Freeport Prestige Classes Blackthorns Crusader Greyback Manikin
50 52 53 54 56 57 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 68 69 71 72 73 74 75 77 78 79 80 82 83 84 85 87 88 89 90 91 93 94 95 97 98 99 101 102 104 106 108 110 111 114 115 116 117 118 119 121 122 124 125 127 128 128 130 132 134
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Hiten Mitsurugi-Ryu Hounds of Osiris Inquisitor Item Hunter Juggernaut Kensai Knife Fighter Knight [Black] Knight [Blood Knight of Erythnul] Knight [Cavalier] Knight [Chaos Knight] Knight [Commander] Knight [of Principle] Knight [of Telatium] Finisterre Knight Herati Knight Ir’Kithlen Knight Tolgarien Knight Knight [of the Bleeding Rose] Knight [of the Watch] Knight [of Veluna] Knight [Purple Dragon knight] Mage [Anatomist] Mage [Arcane Devotee] Mage [Arcane Duellist] Mage [Archmage] Mage [Demiurgus] Mage [Demonologist] Mage [Energy Master] Mage [Hathran] Mage [Magistrate] Mage [Mask Mage] Mage [Master of Mysteries] Mage [Ordainer] Mage [Rage Mage] Mage [Red Wizard] Mage [Runecaster] Mage [Thaumaturge Elemental Mage] Mage [Warrior Mages] Mage Slayer Mindstalker Monk [Dragon Mountain Initiate] Monk [Kobukan] Monk [Kuma Fighter] Monk [Mountain Spirit Adept] Monk [Order of the Fist] Monk [Pelor] Monk [Sacred fist] Monk [Shaolin Fist] Monk [Silent Fist] Morde Messenger Nightrunners Ninja Paladin [Glaive of Azharadian] Pankraton Master Pirate of the Daggers Ranger [Master Ranger] Ranger [Stalker] Rogue [Guild Thief] Rogue Scholar Ronin Scout Sarbreenar First Light
136 138 139 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 150 152 153 154 155 156 158 159 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 169 170 171 173 175 176 177 178 180 182 183 184 186 187 188 189 190 195 196 197 199 200 201 202 204 205 207 209 210 211 213 214 216 217 218 219 220 221
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Sarbreenar Honest Watchers Sarbreenar Sentinels Shadow Shadowblade Shadow Adept Shadow Eye Skull Legion Mercenary Slaighre Maighdeann Maighdeann Spiral Dancer Stormtrooper of Isis Swiftwind Swordsman of Yad'ael The Hunt Thri-Kreen Slayer Troubleshooter Underworld Scourge Valkyrie Warlord Warlord of Tempus Wilderness Scout Wu-Jen
222 223 224 225 226 228 229 230 232 233 235 235 237 238 240 241 243 244 245 246 248 249
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Angelic Hunter Description The Angelic Hunter is evil's bane- he exists not only to protect others from the evil in this world, but also to seek out and destroy it as well. An Angelic Hunter is typically a fighter or paladin who, for one reason or another seeks to purge the world of evil. It is not uncommon, though, for just about any of the other types of characters to have this trait. As for motivations, maybe it was a loved one killed, an archenemy, or even a command from a god that brought upon this trait. But either way, a Hunter will not give up as long as evil continues in the world.
All Angelic Hunter's have some amount of celestial blood in them, for that is what truly makes them evil's antithesis. As they progress through life, their constant contact with sources of evil makes this blood stronger, causing the Hunter to evolve. But the blood shows through differently in every Hunter, so no two fully matured Angelic Hunter's look the same. Most Angelic Hunters belong to no specific church, only to a cause. Those that do belong to a church generally leave that specific church as they progress. This does not mean that a Hunter gives up his deity, though, for this is due to the Hunter becoming more angelic not only physically, but spiritually as well. This results in the hunter generally becoming more independent, and leaving any large, tightly structured body that he may have been a part of.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+2
+0
+2
Detect Evil, Divine Grace, Angelic Constitution, Evolve, Protection from Evil
2
+2
+3
+0
+3
Aura of Courage, Smite Evil
3
+3
+3
+1
+3
Divine Luck
4
+4
+4
+1
+4
The Will to Fight On, Evolve
5
+5
+4
+1
+4
Divine Repost
6
+6
+5
+2
+5
Damage Reduction (1), Bonus Feat
7
+7
+5
+2
+5
Still Spell, Silent Spell
8
+8
+6
+2
+6
Damage Reduction (2), Bonus Feat, Evolve
9
+9
+6
+3
+6
Specialised Against Evil
10
+10
+7
+3
+7
Damage Reduction (3), Bonus Feat, Evolve
Requirements
Skill Points 3 Int mod per level
To qualify to become a Angelic Hunter, a character must fulfil all the following criteria.
Class Features
Alignment: Any good
Weapons and Armour: Hunters are proficient with all simple and martial weapons, with all types of armour, and with shields.
Base Attack Bonus: +9 Skills: Spot, 5 ranks, Search, 5 ranks, Sense Motive, 2 ranks, Knowledge (the planes), 3 ranks, Knowledge (religion), 3 ranks, Knowledge (evil), 3 ranks, Languages: Celestial, Infernal
Detect Evil (level 1): Always in effect, undeterred by the spell Undetectable Alignment. This effect can be dispelled, but the Hunter can create it again as a free action the next turn.
Feats: Improved Initiative
Divine Grace (level 1): Add Charisma bonus to all saving throws. If paladin, increase by +1.
Special: Cannot be Half-Celestial, Half-Dragon, Half-Fiend, or Tiefling.
Angelic Constitution (level 1): Immune to all diseases, including magical diseases.
Hit Dice: d10
Protection from Evil (level 1): Always in effect, identical to the spell as if cast by a sorceror whose level equals the Hunter's. This effect can be dispelled, but the Hunter can create it again as a free action the next turn.
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Bluff (Cha), Concentration (Con), Intimidate (Cha), Intuit Direction (Wis), Knowledge (the Planes), Knowledge (Religion), Listen (Wis), Profession (Wis), Search (Int), Sense Motive (Wis), Spot (Wis), See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions.
Evolve: The Hunter's celestial blood start's to show through, such as a slight paling or goldening of the skin, or eyes that glow slightly. Add 2d10 hp; Str, Wis, and Cha +1 Aura of Courage: Immune to fear (magical or otherwise). Allies within 10 feet gain a +4 morale bonus on saving throws against fear effects. Granting the morale bonus is a supernatural ability.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Smite Evil: Once per day the Hunter may attempt to Smite Evil. He adds his Charisma modifier (if positive) to his attack roll and deals 1 extra point of damage per level. If paladin, change to twice per day.
Still Spell, Silent Spell: As per the Feats
Divine Luck: 1/day for every 3 levels (once at level 3, twice at level 6 etc.) The hunter may reroll one roll you have just made (all of the dice, if there was more than one). The second result must be taken and no single roll may be rerolled more than once using this power.
Evolve: Character increases in size. For example, a Small Creature becomes Medium sized, a Medium becomes Large, except a Large or bigger sized creature does not grow. Add 3d10 hp; Str +2
The Will To Fight On: The Hunter stabilisation check % raises by 2/level of Hunter. (example, a 10th level Hunter who has been dropped below 0 hit points will have a 30% chance per round to stabilise). If successful, the Hunter gains 2 hit points per round until above 0 or injured again. Evolve: Traits become more visible. add 1d10 hp; Dex, Con, Int +2 Divine Repost: As the feat Heroic Repost (no prerequisites)
Damage Reduction 2: The Angelic Hunter receives DR 2/-.
Specialised Against Evil: +8 on all saving throws against evil spells and spell-like effects, and +8 bonus to attack rolls, initiative rolls, and damage rolls against evil opponents. Evolve: Traits now very pronounced, with eyes that seem like swirling mist and glow brightly, skin that is like ivory or gold. Feathered wings grow from the Hunter's back (creature can fly at a rate twice it's speed, average manoeuvrability). Spell-like ability Teleport without Error, usable 2 times/day. Add 4d10 hp; Str, Wis, Cha +2 Damage Reduction 3: The Angelic Hunter receives DR 3/-.
Damage Reduction 1: The Angelic Hunter receives DR 1/-.
Arkenvaldi Battle Thanes Description The doings of nobles are ever marked by internal treachery, no matter the nation or the time. The nobles plot and conspire, greedily reaping the spoils come victory. The price of failure, however, they share with those unfortunate to have sworn fealty to them. In some cultures fealty is owed according to birth and clan, and so it is in Fiore. Some generations past, Sparstag sat the throne of the High King in Fiore. Sparstag was a mighty ruler buoyed up by powerful allies. Foremost was the unswerving support of the Ancient Crown-sworn Order of the Black Hart, that storied brotherhood which owes total allegiance to whosoever is crowned King of Fiore regardless of circumstance. However, Sparstag also gained much advantage from an alliance with the dweomer-touched sorcerous Wyrdinnmen. Despite the High Kings admirable and commanding position, the heads of Clan Arkenvald sought to usurp Sparstag with the secret assistance of a Pentatra eager to work its way into the mighty nation. The bannermen of the Clan had little recourse but to follow their leaders into the crushing defeat which soon followed. In the end Sparstag executed the nobles of Clan Arkenvald, but offered the valiant men of the Clans banner the option of fealty or exile. Fearing retribution, the proud clan folk choose exile. Setting out in the remnants of their Clans holdings, the Arkenvaldi made their way to the nearby Shoals, land of petty fiefs, turf wars, and turmoil. There they hired themselves out as mercenaries for many years, their battle seasoning and remaining Fiorean equipment making them very effective and much sought after. However, they lacked a home of their own and prayed endlessly for a land to settle. Their heartfelt desire was eventually realized in the discovery of a smaller Shard featuring a wonderful natural water geyser with several streamlets running in all directions from it and eventually
leaving the Shard in miniature waterfalls. This scenic Shardlet was apparently unsettled and unclaimed; though it was meagre of resource the Shardlet was nonetheless a place to put down roots. The Arkenvaldi wasted no time in doing so. It was soon discovered that they were not as alone on the Shardlet as they originally thought; a small colony of devout Guilmariners was found on the opposite end of the island. Self-exiles from the famed City of the Drowned Lady who sought a return to nature and fundamentalism, they welcomed the presence of the Akenvaldi once it was established that they had no intention of causing them violence. The presence of the Guilmariners and the seemingly source less water geyser were seen as a sign that the Drowned Lady had provided this new home for the itinerant clan folk, and she was accepted as their new patron. The two communities merged over time, and became a new people with a renewed outlook on life. The clan folks new home was dubbed New Arkenvaldi, and they set out to establish their inhabitation. Soon a bustling community living as one with the land in sod houses and halls sprung up. As the Shardlet lacked plentiful natural resources, the warriors of the clan still sold their services as mercenaries, but their new found worship of the Drowned Lady saw them become scrupulously moral in their dealings. The Arkenvaldi soon established that they would only sell their services to honest and noble causes. Though the jobs were much fewer, they were sufficient and the community grew. Lacking metal and superfluous funds to purchase heavy armours, the Arkenvaldi also began to eschew their Fiorean traditions of war. Learning from their sister settlers from Guilmari, they began to practice an altered form of their traditional Axe and Sword style, adopting a fast moving attack on the run methodology that soon became the terror of Shoalian battlefields. To this day the New Arkenvaldi sell their services to honourable causes, and their style is much renowned for it’s flexibility and speed.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+2
+2
+0
Guilime’s Tide
2
+2
+3
+3
+0
Overflowing the Banks
3
+3
+3
+3
+1
Adapt to the Flow
4
+4
+4
+4
+1
Quickening of the Narrows
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes 5
+5
+4
+4
+1
Immersion of Blades
6
+6
+5
+5
+2
Adapt to the Flow
7
+7
+5
+5
+2
Flowing Step
8
+8
+6
+6
+2
Quickening of the Narrows
9
+9
+6
+6
+3
Adapt to the Flow
10
+10
+7
+7
+3
Steel Waterfall
Requirements Base Attack Bonus +5 Skills: Balance: 3 Ranks Feats: Ambidexterity, Dodge, Two Weapon Fighting, Weapon Focus: battleaxe, Weapon Focus: longsword Hit Die D8
Class Skill Balance, Craft, Handle Animal, Heal, Knowledge: Religion (Giulme). Listen, Sense Motive, Spot, Tumble Skill Points Int Bonus + 4 / level
Class Features Weapon and Armour Proficiencies: This prestige class grants no additional weapon or armour proficiencies. Arkenvaldi Battle Thane: The combat abilities below are usable when the practitioner is dual wielding a longsword and a battleaxe as noted in the individual abilities descriptions. Additionally, some of the abilities are not usable while encumbered or wearing armour heavier than light as described in the individual abilities descriptions. Abilities whose description does not mention being restricted to when the Thane is dual wielding or unencumbered are not restricted. Guilime’s Tide: At 1st level the Battle Thane has learned to use a special weighted cloak when fighting for greater protection. He is able to use this cloak to turn blades. Such a cloak is made of heavy leather reinforced with metal and treated in all ways as a Buckler with two exceptions: 1) The practitioner may attack with their off hand and still gain the AC benefit of the cloak; 2) The AC bonus afforded is equal to 1+ 1/3 the practitioners class level rounded down, so that a 6th level Battle Thanes would gain a +3 to AC from the device and a 10th level Battle Thane gains a +4 to AC. The cloaks are common in New Arkenvald and Guilmari, but rare to non-existent beyond. Overflowing the Banks: At 2nd level the Battle Thane has learned to use his offhand weapon to create an opening for his primary hand. When dual wielding a Longsword and battleaxe the Thane may sacrifice any offhand attacks for a +2 circumstance bonus to hit with all attacks made by the primary hand for that round per offhand attack sacrificed.
Avenger
Adapt to the Flow: At 3rd, 6th, and 9th levels the Battle Thane has learned to find a natural rhythm when dual wielding a Longsword and battleaxe. Rather than trying to force the weapons into preset moves the Thane instead allows them to find their own course, adjusting his own body to follow the flow. The Thane offsets the penalty for dual wielding a Longsword and battleaxe by 1 at 3rd level, by 2 at 6th level, and by 3 at 9th level when unencumbered and not wearing armour heavier than light. Thus at 9th level the Thane suffers a –1 penalty to his primary and offhand attacks when using a Longsword and a battleaxe. Quickening of the Narrows: The Battle Thanes train to move fast in battle, relying on their momentum to see them thru enemy lines. At 4th and 8th levels the Thanes speed and athleticism has reached a new plateau of development. The Thane gains +10 Move at 4th level and additional +10 Move at 8th when in combat, unencumbered, and not wearing armour heavier than light. Combat is defined as any period of time administered in Initiative order for this purpose. Immersion of Blades: At 5th level the Battle Thane has fully mastered using the Longsword and battleaxe in tandem. The Thane gains the use of Improved Two Weapon Fighting when dual wielding a Longsword and battleaxe, unencumbered, and not wearing armour heaver than light. Flowing Step: At 7th level the Battle Thane has learned to float about in combat like water through a narrows, finding a way past intervening obstacles. The Thane gains Mobility as a Bonus Feat when unencumbered and not wearing armour heavier than light. Steel Waterfall: At 10th level the Battle Thane has learned a frightening technique, mimicking the flow of a river and the fury of a waterfall, they hurl themselves into a rush, landing blows upon opponents as water splashes from a fall. The practitioner gains Passing Attack as a virtual Feat (listed below) when dual wielding a longsword and battleaxe, unencumbered and not wearing armour heavier than light.
New Feat Passing Attack [Fighting Style] You are skilled at moving through a melee and striking foes as you go. Prerequisites: Dodge, Mobility Benefit: The practitioner of this type of style may move his normal movement as a full action, making a single standard action attack on each opponent as he wishes along his path of movement until he runs out of attacks or movement. The practitioner does draw Attacks of Opportunity, but may use other abilities such as the prerequisite Mobility Feat to offset this. This Feat is usable in conjunction with Improved Trip and Improved Disarm.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Description Avengers are those who fight to correct wrongs that have been committed against them, loved ones, or their friends. An avenger primarily does this through use of martial combat or divine magic, few sorcerers or wizards choose this class. Normally they work to right the wrongs that pertain to them but once this accomplished many times they can be found serving under kings or others in places of power.
Fighters, rangers, paladins, and clerics are most commonly found within the ranks, but the occasional monk or rogue and can be found in there midst. Fighter types most frequently choose this class because they are the best suited for it. The avenger is even better than a fighter in combat is. With the gained combat abilities any character with spell abilities can no longer gain power as a spell caster, ever or he will lose all avenger ability.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
1
1
1
1
Determination
2
2
2
2
2
Shield of Faith
3
3
2
2
2
Greater Determination
4
4
3
3
3
Damage Reduction 1/-
5
5
3
3
3
Strength Boost
6
6
4
4
4
Uncanny Dodge (Can't be Flanked)
7
7
4
4
4
Tongues
8
8
5
5
5
Charisma Boost
9
9
5
5
5
Damage Reduction 2/-
10
10
6
6
6
Weapon of Vengeance
Requirements Base Attack Bonus: +8 Alignment: Any Good Class: Fighters, Rangers, Paladins, and Clerics Race: Humans, Dwarves, Elves, Half Elf, and Halflings Feats: Weapon Focus: Any Special: Ride: 8 ranks Intimidate: 8 ranks Concentration: 8 ranks Hit Dice: D10
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Bluff (Char), Concentration (Con), Craft (Int), Diplomacy (Char), Intimidate (Char), Profession (Wis), Ride (Dex), Swim (Str). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 6 + Int modifier.
Class Features All of the following are Class Features of the avenger prestige class. Weapons and Armour: Avenger's gain no new proficiencies.
Determination: At 1st level, the Avenger can bolster his abilities through sheer force of will. The avenger gains +2 to strength/constitution and 2d8 hit points for 10 rounds, usable once per day + Charisma bonus (if positive). Shield of Faith: As the spell 1/day, caster level equal to all total levels. This is a supernatural ability. Greater Determination: The avenger gains +3 to strength/constitution and 4d8 hit points for 10 rounds, usable once per day + Charisma bonus (if positive), this ability supersedes Determination. Damage Reduction: At 4th level, the avenger develops a resistance to damage. He receives DR 1/-. This ability increases again at 9th level to DR 2/-. Strength Boost: At 5th level, the avenger receives a +1 to his strength ability. Charisma Boost: At 8th level, the avenger receives a +1 to his Charisma ability. Tongues: Useable as the spell 1/day, caster level equal to all avengers level. This is a supernatural ability. Weapon of Vengeance: Once per month the avenger may imbue his primary weapon to strike down a specific foe that has wronged him or someone close to him. This power lasts for 1 hour and grants the following powers against the specified enemy. The enemy must make a Will save (DC 20 + avenger's charisma bonus) or be irrevocably slain when hit. If the save is successful they still take double damage. The avengers exude a powerful aura while using this ability. All intelligent beings within 100 feet must make a Will save (DC 10 + level + charisma bonus) or be affected by the spell cause fear for 5 rounds. This is a supernatural ability.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Avenger [Divine/Dire] Description Not all devout warriors are Paladins or Blackguards. The Avenger Prestige Class is intended as a generic holy/unholy warrior Prestige Class. It offers many powerful advantages, primarily defensive in nature, and the balance for this is a tightly restricted alignment and code of conduct that must be enforced by the DM. If the Avenger follows an Evil deity then she is called a Dire Avenger, whereas if
the Avenger follows a Good deity she is called a Divine Avenger; many of the prestige classes special abilities are based on which category the Avenger falls into. Avengers should be vigilant, dedicated, and motivated; those lacking enthusiasm should suffer a fall from their patrons favour (meaning a temporary loss of abilities leading to a total loss if uncorrected) until their outlook is adjusted accordingly. This is not a good Prestige Class for the dissolute, but is very empowering for those who can walk the difficult path of keeping their deity pleased by their service.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+2
+2
+2
Divine/Dire Aegis 1/-, Divine/Dire Health
2
+2
+3
+3
+3
Divine/Dire Aura
3
+3
+3
+3
+3
Divine/Dire Aegis 2/-
4
+4
+4
+4
+4
Divine/Dire Aura
5
+5
+4
+4
+4
Divine/Dire Aegis 3/-
6
+6
+5
+5
+5
Divine/Dire Aura
7
+7
+5
+5
+5
Divine/Dire Aegis 4/-
8
+8
+6
+6
+6
Divine/Dire Aura
9
+9
+6
+6
+6
Divine/Dire Aegis 5/-
10
+10
+7
+7
+7
I Am the Avenger, Divine/Dire Aura, Divine/Dire Health
Requirements
Class Features
Base Attack Bonus: +5 Hit Dice: D10
Weapon and Armour Proficiencies: The Avenger is proficient with but does not necessarily use his patron deity's weapon of choice.
Alignment: Must have an alignment acceptable to the deity they worship along the Good-Evil axis (LG, NG, CG, LE, NE, and CE). Should the Avenger ever fall outside of this restriction he looses all extraordinary and supernatural abilities and must atone with his deity as per the spell Atonement to regain them.
Divine/Dire Aegis: At 1st level and every other level thereafter the Avenger gains Divine/Dire Aegis. Divine/Dire Aegis gives the Avenger increasingly better protection from harm. The Avenger gains Damage Reduction as noted on the class progression chart, which is effective versus all attacks. This is an extraordinary ability.
Special: Ability: Wisdom 13+
Divine/Dire Health: At 1st level the Avenger is rendered immune to all diseases, including magical diseases such as lycanthropy and mummy rot. At 10th level the Avenger becomes immune to all poisons. This is an extraordinary ability.
Skill: Religion: 3 Ranks, Sense Motive: 3 Ranks Religion: Must worship 1 Good or Evil deity with a militant aspect devoutly and follow the tenets of that deity. If Good, the Avenger is Divine if Evil the Avenger is Dire. Restriction: Must follow a code of conduct acceptable to their deity. Should the Avenger ever fall outside of this restriction he looses all extraordinary and supernatural abilities and must atone with his deity as per the spell Atonement to regain them.
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are:
Divine/Dire Aura: At 2nd level the Avenger has pleased his patron deity sufficiently that he is granted a powerful protective Aura. This Aura is invisible to the naked eye, but is apparent to Detect Magic, True Seeing, and Alignment-specific detection’s keyed to the Avengers own alignment; therefore the Aura of an Avenger dedicated to a Chaotic Good power would be apparent to both Detect Good and Detect Chaos. This Aura imparts several advantages to the Avenger: The Avenger is immune to possession and domination.
Skill List: Handle Animal, Knowledge (religion), Ride, Sense Motive, Spot
The Avenger gains a Sacred/Profane bonus to AC versus all opponents not of his moral axis equal to his class level/2. (Divine vs. non-Good, Dire vs. non-Evil)
See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions.
The Avenger has a Spell Resistance equal to the class level +10.
Skill Points: Int Bonus + 2 / level
The Avenger automatically causes Holy/Unholy damage to all creatures of Evil/Good Alignment that strike him in melee equal to
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes his class level divided by 2. Creatures successfully striking the Avenger take the damage immediately before their attack is resolved. Affected creatures know that the Avenger is the source of the damage. (Divine Avengers harm Evil and vs. versa; Neutral is unaffected). The Avenger heals his class level in damage every hour. The Aura is a supernatural ability. The Avenger cannot choose to suppress his own Aura; the Aura is always active and is only deactivated by the Avengers death or loss of faith.
I am the Avenger: At 10th level the Avenger may call upon his patron deity for aid once per day as a full round action. The Avenger gains a temporary +10 Sacred/Profane bonus to his Strength, Dexterity, and Constitution, which last full 10 rounds once started. After 10 rounds the bonuses are gone, and the Avenger suffers a ¡V4 fatigue penalty to his Strength, Dexterity, and Constitution for 10 rounds. This is a supernatural ability. Avengers abusing this ability will face censure from their patrons as determined by the DM. Special: Should a Divine Avenger ever fall from grace, he qualifies for Anti-paladin ship under the Blackguard Prestige Class, converting his Divine Avenger levels into Blackguard levels as described in the DMG under the Blackguard Prestige Class.
Barbarian [Berserker] I will eat your heart...
during times of war, but also feared and shunned by many in “polite” Alfar society all the rest of the time.
Description
Each brother must choose a path – following the wolf or the bear. Some berserks are ulfhedinn or “wolf-coats.” As you can guess, these warriors can change into wolves. Others are bjornsark, or “bear-shirts,” who can take the form of bears. The two varieties of berserkers do not get along and will quickly fall to blows if around each other for too long.
Berserkers are mystic Alfar warriors whose devotion to the their cult of fury allows them to transform themselves into animalistic engines of carnage. These warriors are part of a mystic brotherhood of Odin worshippers that are highly valued for their battle prowess
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+2
+0
+0
Wild Shape 1/day
2
+2
+3
+0
+0
3
+3
+3
+1
+1
Berserker Rage 1/day
4
+4
+4
+1
+1
Wild Shape 2/day
5
+5
+4
+1
+1
6
+6
+5
+2
+2
Berserker Rage 2/day
7
+7
+5
+2
+2
Wild Shape 3/day
8
+8
+6
+2
+2
9
+9
+6
+3
+3
Berserker Rage 3/day
10
+10
+7
+3
+3
Wild Shape 4/day
Requirements:
Class Skills
To qualify to become a berserker, a character must fulfil all the following criteria: Attack: Base Attack Bonus +8
The berserker’s class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are Animal Empathy (Cha, exclusive skill), Climb (Str), Craft (Int), Handle Animal (Cha), Intimidate (Cha), Intuit Direction (Wis), Jump (Str), Listen (Wis), Swim (Str), and Wilderness Lore (Wis).
Alignment: Chaotic Neutral or Chaotic Evil
Skill Points at Each Level: 2+ Int modifier.
Class Feature: Rage ability Skill: 5 Ranks in Wilderness Lore Feat: Endurance Special: Must defeat a wolf, or bear in single combat, unarmoured and armed only with a dagger. Hit Die: d12
Class Features Weapon and Armour Proficiency: A berserker gains no additional proficiencies with weapons or armor. Wild Shape: At 1st level, a berserker gains the spell-like ability to polymorph self into either a wolf or a bear (but not a dire animal) and back again once per day. Unlike the standard use of the spell, however, the berserker may only adopt one form depending upon association – either wolf or bear. As stated in the spell description, the berserker regains hit points as if he or she has rested for a day.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes The berserker does not risk the standard penalty for being disoriented while in the wild shape. At 5th and 7th levels the number of times the berserker can do this goes up. At 10 th level, the berserker can either assume a normal or dire form of the animal. A berserker may call upon his berserker rage, or (barbarian) rage in animal form. Berserker Rage: The effects of this form of rage depend upon whether the berserker is an ulfhedinn, or bjornsark. The berserker may still use other rage abilities in addition to his or her Berserker Rage ability, but not at the same time. When using this ability the berserker takes on many of the characteristics of the animal – shape shifting into a half-beast. Anyone facing a Berserker must make a Fear check, DC12 or become shaken for 1d4 rounds. Successfully making this save makes the character immune to any berserker fear effect for 24 hours. This is a supernatural ability and takes a full round to activate. Anyone witnessing the transformation suffers a –2 on the berserker’s Fear check, see above. (Ulfhedinn - wolf): the Berserker temporarily gains +6 to Strength, +4 to Constitution, and a +2 morale bonus on Will saves, but suffers a –1 penalty to AC, and -2 to Int. The wolf form also has damage reduction 5/+1 and + 10 speed. (Bjornsark - bear): the Berserker temporarily gains +6 to Strength, +6 to Constitution, and a +2 morale bonus on Will saves,
but suffers a –2 penalty to AC and -4 to Int. The bear form also has damage reduction 5/+1. The increase in Constitution increases the berserker’s hit points by 2 (or 3 for bears) points per level, but these hit points go away at the end of the rage when the Constitution score drops back to normal. While raging, a berserker cannot use skills or abilities that require patience and concentration. (The only class skills he can’t use while raging are Craft, Handle Animal, and Intuit Direction.) He can use any feat he might have except for Expertise, item creation feats, metamagic feats, and Skill Focus (if it’s tied to a skill that requires patience or concentration). A fit of rage lasts for a number of rounds equal to 5 + the character’s (newly improved) Constitution modifier. The berserker may not prematurely end the berserk range. If no foes are present the berserker must make an Int check, DC 10 to identify a friend. If successful, the berserker will wander in search of prey. If not, they will attack without mercy. At the end of the rage, the berserker is fatigued (–4 to Strength, –4 to Dexterity, can’t charge or run) for the duration of that encounter. The berserker can only fly into a rage once per encounter, and only a certain number of times per day (determined by level). Entering a rage takes no time itself, but the berserker can only do it during his action.
Barbarian [Savage] Description The savage is a type of barbarian that has no understanding of the words civilised. The Savage is a nomad hunter of the great jungles and forests. His primary goals in life are to protect his tribe, and secure a mate.
Savages are often considered to be the most aggressive for of warrior but they do not often attack travellers unless they intrude on hunting grounds and ignore the warning markers designating their territory. The savage is often calm and will trade and negotiate with others but prefers to keep to himself. Only in times of great need to they travel beyond their normal hunting grounds. Savages can be as friendly as a curious animal or as furious as a wild animal. Do not underestimate the savage, because if you do then you’re already beaten.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+2
+0
+0
Rage 1/day, War Cry
2
+2
+3
+0
+0
3
+3
+3
+1
+1
Bash +1d6
4
+4
+4
+1
+1
Rage 2/day
5
+5
+4
+1
+1
Spring Attack
6
+6
+5
+2
+2
Bash +2d6
7
+7
+5
+2
+2
Rage 3/day
8
+8
+6
+2
+2
9
+9
+6
+3
+3
Bash +3d6
10
+10
+7
+3
+3
Power Slam 1/day
Requirements Base Attack Bonus: +5 Skills: Wilderness Lore +5 ranks
Feats: Power Attack Alignment: Any Non-lawful Hit Dice d12
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Class Skills The prestige class has the following class skills listed with there proper ability modifier are: Balance (Dex), Climb (Str), Craft (Int), Heal (Wis), Hide (Dex), Intimidate (Chr), Intuit Direction (Wis), Jump (Str), Listen (Wis), Move Silently (Dex), Swim (Str), Wilderness Lore (Wis). Skills Points at each Level: 4+ Int Modifier
Class Features Weapon and Armour Proficiencies: The savage knows how to use the following weapons, Dagger, Sickle, club, Half Spear, Quarter Staff, Short Spear, Darts, Sling, Axe throwing, Hand Axe, battle Axe, Great Axe, Great Club, Long Spear, Short bow, Short Bow Composite, Long Bow, and the Long Bow Composite. Also The Savage knows how to use, Small Wooden Shields, Large Wooden Shields, Leather Armour, Studded Leather Armour and Hide Armour. Rage: When in a rage the savage gains the following benefits, +4 strength and +4 constitution and a +2 moral bonus to Will saves. Also the Savage suffers a –2 penalty to AC. The increase in Constitution raises the barbarians hit points by 2 points per level, These temporary hit points go away at the end of the rage when constitution score drops to normal. (These extra hit points are not loosed first way temporary hit points are; see Core Rule Book I pg. 129). While raging a Savage cannot use any skills that require patience and concentration, such as moving silently or casting spells. He can use any feat he might have except expertise, item creation feats, Metamagic feats. A fit of rage last for a number of rounds equal to
3+ characters newly improved constitution modifier. The Savage may prematurely end this rage voluntarily. At the end of the rage the Savage is fatigued and suffers, -2 strength and dexterity, also he cannot charge or run. Starting at level 10 the savage gains the benefits of greater rage. He gets +6 to strength and constitution and a +3 moral bonus to Will saves. The AC penalty remains at –2 AC. A savage may only rage once per encounter. War Cry: Starting at level one the savage gains the ability to fill his enemies with fear. He takes a full round action to bellow his war cry. Those within 50ft must make a Will save DC 10 + half of the savages levels + Charisma modifier. Those who fail there save have a 50 percent chance of dropping what they are carrying and are stricken with fear as the spell for 1d4+1 rounds. This ability may be used only once per encounter, also if an opponent passes their Will save they are immune to the War Cry for the rest of the day. Bash: starting at level three the Savage gains the ability to do additional bash damage to his foes starting at 1d6 at level three, 2d6 at level 6 and finally 3d6 at level 9. This bonus damage can only be done with bludgeoning weapons and is only added to the first attack he makes of each round. It is not multiplied on a critical. Leap Attack: At level 5 the savage gains the spring attack feat regardless of the perquisites for it. In addition to this when using his Leap Attack his maximum jumping distance is increased by x2. Power Slam: At level ten the Savage gains the ability to pick up an opponent and smash them into the ground. The Savage cannot be holding a weapon at this time and it takes a full round action. The Savage makes a unarmed melee swing at the opponent, if successful the savage picks the opponent up and throws him to the ground doing a d10 + strength modifier x2 + bash damage to his opponent, also the opponent then makes a For save DC damage dealt or be stunned for 1d6 rounds. (Unless the Savage has improved unarmed strike opponents get an attack of opportunity against the Savage first.
Barbarian [Wallriders] Description Most decent, upstanding people don't want to know about the bad things, the painful things, the ugly things in life. They want to be protected, and would rather just skip all the details. The Wallriders understand this, and it suits them just fine. Those people, they just get in the way. When Daran Kar-Thone and his men first travelled the Plains of Bally Mor, they saw only the first signs of what was to come. They didn't hear the shrieks of the desert cats as magic broke their bones and fused them into new shapes. They didn't feel the first rumblings deep beneath the earth as the first Juba-Hai awoke. They didn't see the village of Makra Teth as it was slowly, painfully consumed by an Anomaly over a period of one week. But others saw. The barbarians who lived in the heartland knew it better than any other. They knew something was wrong, but Marka Teth sealed it. Only 13 members of the village, a Bear Claw hunting party, escaped. They returned from a week's outing the day it began. Soon, it became obvious that they could do nothing, even as their wives and children begged for their aid. For the next 7 days and nights, all 13 stood unwavering, bearing mute witness to the horror
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
consuming their loved ones. As cries of pain and anguish turned to cries of hatred, they watched, and as one mind they determined what they had to do. As the magical field receded and the Formori prepared to tear out over the desert sands the warriors rode in to the town slaughtering everything that moved, knowing full well that they were taking lives from some who could, perhaps, be saved. A Wallrider does not have the luxury of taking chances with that kind of thing. The leader of this group, Maelwys ap Paarak, survived that day, and vowed never again to allow a similar fate to befall any of his. He looked into the land and saw what was to come. He realised that to survive such a transformation, the people of Bally Mor had to be prepared. They needed to understand what was happening, and had to find out how to resist. Thus were born the Wallriders. Eventually, the barbarian denizens were forced to flee the magical forces around them, but they never again lost an entire village in such as way. To this day, only the toughest, meanest and most determined folk of Saelis join the Wallriders. Of those, only a handful actually makes it. But those people, they are the stuff of legends.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes 1
+1
+2
+0
+0
Elemental Resistance; Species Enemy; Track; Bonus Feat
2
+2
+2
+1
+0
Cold Rage
3
+3
+3
+1
+1
Species Enemy
4
+4
+3
+2
+1
Savage Calm
5
+5
+3
+2
+2
Damage Reduction 10/+1; Bonus Feat; Species Enemy
6
+6
+4
+2
+2
-
7
+7
+5
+2
+2
Damage Reduction 10/+2; Species Enemy
8
+8
+5
+3
+2
-
9
+9
+6
+3
+3
Species Enemy
10
+10
+7
+3
+3
Regeneration 1/minute; Bonus Feat
Requirements Class: Barbarian Base Attack Bonus: +10 Hit Dice: D10 Alignment: Any Feats: Cleave, Great Cleave, Power Attack, Toughness Special: Hide: 4 ranks Listen: 3 ranks Move Silently: 3 ranks Spot: 3 ranks Wilderness Lore: 5 Ranks Must have at least 1 level of Barbarian. Bonus Skill: Knowledge (Deathwaste)
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Climb (Str); Craft (Int); Handle Animal (Wis); Hide (Dex); Jump (Str); Listen (Wis); Move Silently (Dex); Ride (Dex); Search (Wis); Spot (Wis); Tracking (Wis); Tumble (Dex); Wilderness Lore (Wis). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int modifier. See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions.
Class Features Weapons and Armour: A Wallrider is proficient with all simple and militia weapons. They are proficient with light only, and can use all shields. Note that armour check penalties for armour heavier than leather apply to the skills Balance, Climb, Escape Artist, Hide, Jump, Move Silently, Pick Pocket, and Tumble, and that carrying heavy gear imposes a check penalty on Swim checks. Elemental Resistance (Ex): To survive in the harsh climate that surrounds the Deathwaste, the Wallriders have trained their bodies and minds to resist damage from the elements. Starting at first level, Wallriders have a resistance of 11 vs. fire, cold, acid, electrical and sonic attacks. This resistance increases by 1 for each level of Wallrider, up to 20 at 10th level.
Species Enemy (Ex): For a Wallrider, combat with strange creatures and entities is an almost every day occurrence. As part of their training, they learn all there is to know about their foes, including the dirty tricks and strategies needed to gain the upper hand in a fight. Starting at 1st level the Wallrider may choose a species enemy. The Wallrider must choose his enemies from the following list: Aberration, Elemental, Magical Beast, Outsider, Undead. The Wallrider's circumstance bonuses starts at +1 to hit and damage as well as a +1 to armour class when battling the chosen creature. He also gains a +1 to saves forced by attacks from the chosen type. For every 2 levels of advancement, the Rider may choose a new enemy or increase his bonus in a current enemy category by +1. Thus a 10th level Rider may have +5 vs. 1 type, +1 vs. all 5 available types, or any combination in between. Track: As the feat. Bonus Feat: At 1st, 5th and 10th level the Wallrider gains a bonus feat that must be chosen from the list of bonus fighter feats, (see PHB Fighter entry for list). Cold Rage: The Wallrider maintains his ability to Rage as a barbarian. In fact, as the Wallrider gains in levels, his Rage grows in strength as if he had gained a level in Barbarian. A Rider, however, has learned discipline. At 2nd level, the Wallrider may attempt a Will save, DC 25, to focus his energy. If the save is successful, the Wallrider does not become winded after the Rage wears off. Savage Calm: Beginning at 4th level, the Wallrider never loses his sense of assurance due to a natural environment. All tracking checks are made at 1 difficulty category lower. Any bonuses applied to any checks due to environment, (i.e. violent winds, storms, earthquakes, etc), are reduced by 1 per 2 levels of the Wallrider. If the Wallrider has the Handle Animals or Ride skill, they may ADD +1/2 levels of Wallrider to all attempts at calming animals that are spooked due to an environmental occurrence. Damage Reduction: At 5th level, the Wallrider becomes resistant to mundane weapons, gaining damage reduction 10/+1. At 7th level this increases to 10/+2. Regeneration: At 10th level, a Wallrider has so toughened his body and mind that he actually heals at a greatly accelerated rate. He begins to regenerate at a rate of 1 hit point per minute.
Barbarian [Wardog] Description The Barbarians of the northern plains possess a well-deserved reputation as ferocious warriors, but even among these skilled
fighters, there are the elite. The Wardogs represent the best of the clans, brought together and trained as calvary units to act on behalf of the tribe. Eschewing traditional horses in favour of a specially bred and trained Dire Wolf, the Wardog rider functions with his mount as a single, devastating combat unit. At the pinnacle of their
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes skill, there is no distinction between rider and mount. Indeed, the term "Wardog" is applied to each individually and is also used to describe the pair as a single whole. Wardog bands are extremely insular, separated even from the Barbarian tribes that spawn them. Martially, the Wardogs are the defenders of the community, but socially they stand apart. They are more in tune with each other and their feral mounts than with others and show little regard for the usual habits of polite society. Wardogs
are considered rough, uncouth and unkempt even by Barbarian standards. Abilities Strength and Dexterity are of primary importance, as the Wardog is a martial presence who strives to be equally effective with melee and ranged attacks. Dexterity also aids in maximising one's mount while a high Constitution is useful not only for the sort of hit points one expects from vanguard fighters, but for many Wardog Class Features.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+2
+0
+0
Wolf Rider; Rage (see description)
2
+2
+3
+0
+0
Friend of the Pack; Uncanny Dodge (see description)
3
+3
+3
+1
+1
Bonus Feat
4
+4
+4
+1
+1
.
5
+5
+4
+1
+1
Brother of the Pack
6
+6
+5
+2
+2
Bonus Feat
7
+7
+5
+2
+2
Damage Reduction (see description)
8
+8
+6
+2
+2
Leader of the Pack
9
+9
+6
+3
+3
Bonus Feat
10
+10
+7
+3
+3
Spirit of the Wolf
Requirements
reducing the rank by 2 if the rider has Ride (horses).) Information on Dire Mounts appears at the end of the class description.
Skills: Rage: 2 times/day Base Attack Bonus: +5 Ride: 6 Ranks Handle Animal: 6 Ranks
Class Skills
Feats: Mounted Combat
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are:
Races: Humans and Half-Orcs make up the ranks of most Wardog bands, as they primarily form within established Barbarian communities. Some Dwarves have found their way into the order, though. Elves and Half-Elves tend towards a more elegant and chivalrous mode of mounted combat while Halflings are more likely to become Outriders in their own communities. No one has yet heard of a Gnome Wardog.
*Animal Empathy (Cha), Balance (Dex), Handle Animal (Cha), Intimidate (Cha), Intuit Direction (Wis), Jump (Str), Ride (Dex), Tumble (Dex) and Wilderness Lore (Int). See Chapter 4: Skills of the Player Handbook for Skill descriptions.
Alignment: Any Chaotic. Although they work as a band, the tactics of most Wardog groups are less a function of rigid martial discipline than controlled anarchy. Each rider/mount unit is given an objective, but their methods of achieving that objective are left to the training and initiative of the unit itself. Hit Dice: d12
Restrictions Break Your Mount: In order to be accepted into the Wardogs, the prospective rider must "break" his mount, choosing from a pool of specially bred Dire Wolves raised by the Wardogs. Far from docile and domesticated, the whelps are raised to enhance their natural philosophy. The DM may rule that fulfilling the other requirements assumes success in the breaking of the mount, requiring only that the candidate actually locate and petition a Wardog band, or breaking the mount may be fully played as an encounter. Note: Unless the candidate has taken the Ride skill ranks in Ride (Dire Wolf) -- an unlikely prospect -- then they are subject to the usual Ride penalties as set forth in the Player Handbook (for example,
* Note: When employed by a Wardog, Animal Empathy is limited to canine and canine-derived animals (including Dire Wolves, Winter Wolves, etc...). Skill Points at Each Level: 4 + Int modifier
Class Features Weapon and Armour Proficiencies: Wardogs are skilled with all simple and martial weapons, light armour, medium armour and shields. Note that armour check penalties for armour heavier than leather apply to the skills Balance, Climb, Escape Artist, Hide, Jump, Move Silently, Pick Pocket, and Tumble. Also, Swim checks suffer a -1 penalty for every 5 pounds of armour and equipment carried. Law of the Pack: The hierarchy within a Wardog band is in one sense incredibly rigid, and in another sense remarkably fluid. The band is ruled by a Sirdar whose word is law. The Sirdar and his mount comprise the most potent fighting unit within the band. While no one can question the ruling of a Wardog Sirdar, anyone is always free to challenge the current Sirdar in single combat ("single" referring to rider and mount combined). The winner becomes the new Sirdar.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Typically, victory is awarded when one combatant yields, though some grudge challenges end in death. Generally, these elite fighters are not so foolish that they would debilitate their militia by killing off their second-greatest warriors. Challenges for the post of Sirdar are not taken lightly, though. Those who make frivolous, frequent or unwarranted bids for the rank may find themselves in a duel where the opponent will not honour a yield. In such cases, the rest of the band determines whether or not the contest must continue to the death. Though there are no official ranks or titles other than Sirdar, there are constant challenges to clarify the hierarchy within the band. Those with pride of (unspoken) position find themselves in the vanguard of any attack to reap honour at the side of the Sirdar. Any Wardog may challenge any other and every challenge must be accepted. In game terms, this pervasive battling translates into a simple requirement. In order to advance a level in the Wardog beyond the first, the Wardog must challenge and defeat another Wardog of higher level in single combat. This combat may take place at any time after the Wardog has gained enough experience to advance a level. If the Wardog is defeated, he must wait a week to issue a new challenge. During this time, the Wardog may continue to gain experience, but does not yet receive the benefits of advancing a level. No matter how high the level of the challenged Wardog, the challenger can only gain one level from a given challenge combat (though the DM may reward the defeat of a more potent opponent in other ways). Wolf Rider: After breaking his mount, a Wardog candidate becomes a Wolf Rider. At this point, he gains the additional skill Ride (Dire Wolf) with a number of ranks equal to the number of his highest current Ride skill rank. For example, a Wardog candidate with Ride (Horse) +5 succeeds in breaking a Dire Wolf mount and becomes a Wardog. In addition to Ride (Horse) +5, he now gains Ride (Dire Wolf) +5. From this point on, ranks bought in one Ride speciality do not increase the other(s). Thus, if the above Wardog buys two more ranks of Ride (Dire Wolf), he will have Ride (Dire Wolf) +7 and Ride (Horse) +5. Feral Aspect: The key to the Wardog rider's martial ability is the bond forged with his mount, a bond which starts to blur the line between Barbarian and Dire Wolf as noted below: Friend of the Pack: By second level, the Wardog rider has immersed himself in the nature of his Dire Wolf mount. The rider gains an effective +2 Charisma bonus when dealing with Dire Wolves, but suffers a -2 Charisma penalty (to the skills Bluff, Diplomacy, Disguise, Gather Information and Perform only) when dealing with members of the humanoid races. Note: Neither the Charisma bonus nor penalty is applied with regard to spell casting and bonus spells. Also, when Charisma is used to Intimidate a humanoid, the Wardog rider applies the Charisma bonus in lieu of the penalty -- though smelly, grimy and uncomfortably direct, the Wardog is more, rather than less, of an imposing "presence".
Wolves as an extraordinary ability. The Wardog is also able to employ Scent as if he were a Dire Wolf (see Monster Manual 10 Scent) as an extraordinary ability. Spirit of the Wolf: At tenth level, the Wardog may polymorph into a Dire Wolf once per day. He may remain in Dire Wolf form for a number of hours equal to his normal (pre-polymorph) Constitution modifier. While in Dire Wolf form, the Wardog gains an additional +2 Charisma bonus when dealing with Dire Wolves (total of +8) and other canines (total of +6). he also gains an additional -2 Charisma penalty towards humanoids (for a total of -8) while polymorphed. Otherwise, this ability functions as the spell Polymorph Self although it is considered a supernatural ability. Rage: Beginning at first level the Wardog is able to rage as a Barbarian of the same level. Refer to Chart 3-3: The Barbarian (Player Handbook 25). If the Wardog already possesses the ability to Rage because of another class, then add those class levels to the Wardog levels before referring to the chart. For example, Borgha is Barbarian8 / Wardog 7. He can Rage four times per day and benefits from Greater Rage. Gorath is Barbarian 4 / Fighter 3 / Wardog 8. He can Rage four times per day, but does not yet benefit from Greater Rage as his Fighter levels do not stack for the chart. Uncanny Dodge: Beginning at second level, the Wardog gains Uncanny Dodge as a Barbarian. The degree of Uncanny Dodge is determined in the same fashion as Rage (see above). For example, Krohl is Barbarian 5 / Wardog 5. He possesses Uncanny Dodge (Dex bonus to AC; can't be flanked; +1 against traps). Note: Stacked levels do not determine when abilities like Uncanny Dodge and Damage Reduction activate for Wardogs, only their degree of effectiveness. No matter how many levels the Wardog may possess in a stacking class (such as Barbarian), they do not gain Uncanny dodge as Wardogs until their Wardog level reaches 2. Damage Reduction: Beginning at seventh level, the Wardog gains Damage Reduction as a Barbarian. The degree of Damage Reduction is determined in the same fashion as Rage (see above). For example, Krait is Barbarian 5 / Wardog 9; he possesses Damage Reduction 2/--. Bohlus is Barbarian 4 / Fighter 6 / Wardog 7; he possesses Damage Reduction 1/--. Note: Stacked levels do not determine when abilities like Uncanny Dodge and Damage Reduction activate for Wardogs, only their degree of effectiveness. No matter how many levels the Wardog may possess in a stacking class (such as Barbarian), they do not gain Damage Reduction as Wardogs until their Wardog level reaches 7. Bonus Feats: At third, sixth and ninth levels, the Wardog gains a bonus feat. The feat must be drawn from the following list: *Deadly Charge, *Full Mounted Attack, *Improved Mounted Archery, Mounted Archery, Ride-By Attack, Spirited Charge, Trample.
New Feat
Brother of the Pack: Beginning at fifth level, the Wardog rider is able to communicate with the mount and other Dire Wolves, essentially "speaking" and understanding the combination of vocalisations, postures, even scents, which make up the "language" of Dire Wolves. This is an extraordinary ability.
Improved Mounted Archery
Also, the rider's mount is now his closest companion and the existing Charisma bonus regarding Dire Wolves and penalty regarding humanoids increase to +4 and -4, respectively. Also, the rider gains a Charisma bonus of +2 when dealing with any canine or canine-derived creature (including normal wolves, gnolls and werewolves).
Benefit: The penalty you suffer when using a ranged weapon while riding is reduced by 2. This is in addition to the benefits provided by Mounted Archery. Thus, you suffer a -2 penalty in your mount is running and no penalty if your mount is taking a double move.
Leader of the Pack: Beginning at eighth level, the Wardog rider gains an additional +2 to the Charisma bonus for canines and Dire Wolves (raising the bonuses to +4 and +6 respectively) and -2 to the Charisma penalty for humanoids (for a total of -6). The Wardog is now able to speak with and understand canines other than Dire
You are exceptionally skilled at using ranged weapons while riding. Prerequisite: Ride skill +5, Mounted Combat, Mounted Archery
Deadly Charge You are trained to make a merciless mounted charge, trading ferocity for defence.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Prerequisite: Ride skill +5, Mounted Combat, Ride-By Attack, Spirited Charge
Full Mounted Attack
Benefit: When mounted and using the charge action, you deal triple damage with your melee weapon (and quadruple damage with a lance). However, due to the recklessness of the attack the usual charge penalty to AC is doubled (in modifier and duration; thus, -4 for 2 rounds applied to both rider and mount). This ability supersedes the Spirited Charge feat.
You and your mount move and act in perfect synchronicity, which translates into uncanny reaction speed.
Note: This is an adaptation of the class ability of the Cavalier, as presented in the Sword and Fist supplement.
Prerequisite: Ride skill +5, Mounted Combat, Ride-By Attack Benefit: You may make an attack as a standard action when your mount moves more than five feet (assuming there is a foe to be attacked), rather than as a partial attack. Note: This is an adaptation of the class ability of the Cavalier, as presented in the Sword and Fist supplement.
Table Wardog Level
Bonus HD
Natural Armour
Str Adj.
Int Score
Special
1-2
+2
+1
+1
6
Improved Evasion; Empathic Link Share Saving Throws
3-5
+4
+3
+2
7
Share Rage; Share Uncanny Dodge
6-8
+6
+5
+3
8
.
9-10
+8
+7
+4
9
Share Damage Reduction Spell Resistance
Improved Evasion: If the mount is subjected to an attack that normally allows a Reflex saving throw for half damage, it takes no damage if it makes a successful saving throw and half damage even if the saving throw fails. Improved evasion is an extraordinary ability. Empathic Link: The Wardog has an empathic link with the mount out to a distance of up to one mile. The Wardog cannot see through the mount's eyes, but they can communicate telepathically. Even intelligent mounts see the world differently from humans, so misunderstandings are always possible. This is a supernatural ability. Because of the empathic link between the mount and the Wardog, the Wardog has the same connection to an item or place that the mount does, just as a master and his familiar. Share Saving Throws: The mount uses its own base save or the Wardog's, whichever is higher.
Share Rage: When the Wardog rider goes into a Rage while mounted, the mount may Rage, as well. The duration of the Rage is determined by the rider, as is the potency of the Rage. Thus, a rider capable of Greater Rage imbues his mount with Greater Rage, as well. If the rider dismounts during the Rage, the mount's Rage comes to an end. Share Uncanny Dodge: The mount is considered to have Uncanny Dodge to the same degree as its rider. The mount only benefits from this ability when the rider is mounted. Share Damage Reduction: The mount is considered to have Damage Reduction to the same degree as the rider. The mount only benefits from this ability when the Rider is mounted. Spell Resistance: The mount's Spell Resistance equals the Wardog's class level +5. To affect the mount with a spell, a spellcaster much make a caster level check (1d20 + caster level) at least equal to the mount's Spell Resistance.
Barbarian [Woad Raider] The two scouts finished their ascent to the top of the hill, overlooking the green fields below. Columns of smoke were rising out of the forest on the far side of the plain. The scouts’ horses pawed at the ground, steam escaping their nostrils. “Was the centurion serious?” one asked the other. “Why are we bothering to patrol this countryside? Those savages in the Carnyx Forest pose no threat to our encampment.”
“I don’t know, but we’d better get back to the encampment and let the centurion know about this.” “If they don’t catch us first! Look—woad raiders!” the scout pointed at a score of barbarians who had outdistanced the rest of the horde and were closing in on the two soldiers. They were nude, carrying a shield in one hand and a spear in the other. Blue war paint covered their bodies in swirling patterns. Most distressing of all, they were running faster than the soldiers’ horses….
“No threat as long as we keep an eye on things,” the other replied. “As long as we get word to our men of any violent incursions before they reach it, we’ll be ready for…” The soldier trailed off as hundreds of warriors streamed out of the forest’s cover dressed in brightly colored woolen garments, brandishing spears and the occasional sword. Several of them in front seemed to confer for a moment, then one blew on a boar headed war horn and the horde immediately started running across the plains, towards the two soldiers. “By Caesar, what’s going on down there,” the first asked, grasping his reins tightly.
Description Most woad (rhymes with “road”) raiders start their careers as barbarians. They come from tribal cultures on the fringes of civilization based on the Celtic peoples of ancient Western Europe. Their martial abilities stem from their savagery, courage and faith in their tribal gods. They largely eschew armor, preferring to go into battle naked, with only their faith and a shield to protect them. They are quick, and can cross a battlefield in a fraction of the time that a heavily armored force could. Their appearance is unnerving, to say the least, and tends to frighten opponents into making mistakes, if not fleeing the battlefield altogether.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1st
+1
+2
+2
+0
Speed +10 feet, Imposing Aura
2nd
+2
+3
+3
+0
Spring Attack
3rd
+3
+3
+3
+1
Speed +20 feet
4th
+4
+4
+4
+1
Demoralizing Insult
5th
+5
+4
+4
+1
Blitz
6th
+6
+5
+5
+2
Speed +30 feet
7th
+7
+5
+5
+2
Master of the Spear
8th
+8
+6
+6
+2
Frightful Presence
9th
+9
+6
+6
+3
Speed +40 feet
10th
+10
+7
+7
+3
Hit and Run
Requirements To qualify as a woad raider, a character must fulfill all of the following criteria: Base Attack Bonus: +6 Alignment: Any non-lawful Skills: Intimidate 8 ranks Knowledge (Religion) 4 ranks Spear Focus (spear [any type]) or Weapon Focus (javelin) Feats: Rage, Run, Dodge, Mobility, Weapon Hit Die: d12
Class Skills The woad raider’s class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Climb (Str), Craft (Int), Handle Animal (Cha), Intimidate (Cha), Intuit Direction (Wis), Jump (Str), Knowledge (religion) (Int), Listen (Wis), Ride (Dex), Swim (Str), and Wilderness Lore (Wis). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player’s Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 4 + Int modifier
Class Features Weapon and Armor Proficiency: The Woad Raider is proficient with all simple and martial weapons, and with light armor and all shields. Fast Movement: The woad raider’s speed increases by 10 feet every three levels. The extra speed is only gained while the woad raider is wearing no armor or light armor (and not carrying a heavy load). Imposing Aura: The woad raider uses bluish war paint and tattoos, made from the woad plant, and often spikes his hair with wet clay.
Beastmaster
The effect is to terrify his opponents with his fearsome appearance and resolute faith. This gives the woad raider a sacred bonus to AC equal to his Charisma modifier (if positive). Spring Attack: At 2nd level, the woad raider gains the Spring Attack feat. Demoralizing Insult: Before a battle begins, woad raiders typically hurl insults at their enemies and brag about their combat prowess. If a woad raider uses the first round of combat to do this (as a standard action) or takes time before combat starts, all opponents within listening range (90 feet) must succeed at a Will save (DC 10 + the woad Raider’s level + the woad raider’s Charisma modifier) or suffer a –2 morale penalty to attack rolls against the woad raider for a number of rounds equal to the wood raider’s level plus his Charisma modifier. This is a sonic, language-dependent ability. If an opponent succeeds at his save against the Demoralizing Insult, he is immune to further insults from any woad raider for 24 hours. Blitz: The woad raider can use a run action as a move-equivalent action, once per round. This ability only functions when the woad raider is wearing no armor or light armor (and not carrying a heavy load). For example, the woad raider can move up to five times his normal speed and still use an attack action in the same round. Master of the Spear: At 7th level, the Woad Raider gains the Weapon Specialization feat for free (choose shortspear, javelin or longspear). Frightful Presence: The woad raider’s appearance is so fearsome he can terrify his enemies as a standard action once per day. Any enemies within 30 feet of the woad raider must succeed a Will save (DC 14 + the woad raider’s Charisma modifier) or be affected as if by a fear spell cast by a sorcerer of the woad raider’s level. Hit and Run: The woad raider can use the run action, conduct a standard action, then move again in the same round. This maneuver is handled as a Spring Attack, only the woad raider is moving at five times his normal speed. The woad raider can only move up to five times his normal movement rate in all during the round, but he can change direction after delivering the attack.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Description It is whispered that out in the wilderness there are men who can speak with the animals. Seemingly as feral as that which they associate with, they tend to shun human cities and towns, preferring to live in the wilds. They are known as the Beast Masters. The beast master is a class of warrior that has become one with his animal nature and is able to communicate with animals. They trade away their logic and reason for instinct and action. They are the staunchest defenders of the wilds and the bane of unnatural creatures.
Beast Masters come to be not through training, but rather they begin to feel the pull of the wilds. They begin to feel cramped and trapped in normal society to point where they can hardly breathe while in a town, let alone a city. Soon they find they can communicate with animals. The most common classes that a Beast Master will arise from are Rangers, Fighters and especially, Barbarians. Paladins, Clerics and Monks that worship or dedicate themselves to a nature god/dess sometimes feel the pull as well. It is uncommon among Druids as they have already heard the call of the wild, but they are more common than Wizards, Sorcerers, Rogues, or Bards, all classes that thrive on civilised society. Wizards are the least common of all, after all it’s hard to research spells in the woods.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+0
+1
+0
Speak with Animals
2
+2
+1
+2
+0
Cornered Rage
3
+3
+1
+3
+1
Detect Animals
4
+4
+2
+3
+1
Feral Senses
5
+5
+2
+4
+2
Wilderness Advantage
6
+6
+3
+4
+2
Call Mount
7
+7
+3
+5
+3
Magic Fang
8
+8
+4
+5
+3
Stare Down
9
+9
+4
+6
+4
Dominate Animal
10
+10
+5
+6
+4
No fatigue for Cornered Rage
Requirements
Class Features
Alignment: Any neutral
Weapon and Armour Proficiency: The Beast master is proficient with all simple and martial weapons and light armour.
Base Attack Bonus: +3 Ability: Charisma 12+ Skills: Ride 4 ranks, Handle Animal 4 Ranks, Wilderness Lore 4 Ranks Feats: Track Special: PC must be dedicated to nature in some way (worship of a nature god or a defender of the wilds, etc.) and cannot reside within a city or town. Hit Dice: d10
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Animal Empathy (Cha, exclusive), Handle Animal (Cha), Hide (Dex), Intuit Direction (Wis), Jump (Str), Listen (Wis), Move Silently (Dex), Ride (Dex), Spot (Wis), Swim (Str), Wilderness Lore (Wis) See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill points at each Level: 4 + Int modifier.
Note that armour check penalties for armour heavier than leather apply to the skills Balance, Climb, Escape Artist, Hide, Jump, Move Silently, Pick Pocket, and Tumble. Also, Swim checks suffer a –1 penalty for every 5 pounds of armour and equipment carried. Speak with Animals: The Beast Master at will may speak with animals, as the spell of the same name, as many times each day equal to the characters Charisma modifier. This is a supernatural ability. Cornered Rage: The Beast Master, when faced with being cornered by a more powerful foe, can go into a rage much like a Barbarian. If the PC is cornered by a foe who has 2 or more HD than the PC OR the party is cornered by a group of enemies whose HD total 1.25x the party’s total HD (rounded up), the Beast Master may choose to enter a rage. The Beast Master temporarily gains +4 Str, +4 Con, and a +2 to Fort and Will saves. The Beast Master suffers a –2 AC penalty while in a Cornered Rage. The rage may last for a number of rounds equal to 3 + the characters raised Con modifier. The character may end a rage voluntarily. When the character comes out of it s/he is winded and is at –2 Dex for the duration of the battle (Cannot charge or run). All other Rage rules are as the rules for a Barbarian class character. This may be used 1/day for every 3 levels obtained (1 at 2nd level, 2 at 5th level, 3 at 8th level). The DM may allow that any situation that is deemed dangerous and threatening to the characters well being (surrounded by thugs in a dark, dead-end alley) may provoke a Cornered Rage regardless of the HD of those involved, but the
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes BM must be cornered. The DM may inform the player that s/he will allow a Cornered Rage. It is imperative to know that this rage only occurs when the character or the party is cornered.
Dice
Armour
Adj.
6
+2
4
+1
6
Improved Evasion, Share S
7
+3
6
+2
7
At 10th level, the Beast Master no longer suffers the penalties for coming down from a Cornered Rage.
8-9
+4
8
+3
8
Command creatures of it’s
Detect Animals: At will, the Beast Master may Detect Animals as the spell. It is usable a number of times equal to the characters Wis modifier per day. Unlike the spell though, the Beast Master does not detect plants with this ability. This is a supernatural ability.
10
+5
10
+4
9
Spell resistance
See the PHB section on Paladins for the description of these abilities.
Feral Senses: The Beast Master’s senses have become as sharp as an animal's. The BM gains a +2 bonus to any roll that involves using their senses (Listen, Spot, Search, etc.). Also, the character may not be caught flat-footed or sneak attacked. The PC may be sneak attacked by a rogue who is 4 levels higher than the Beast Master. Wilderness Advantage: The Beast Master has become so attuned to the wilds that s/he gains a +2 combat bonus to hit rolls and a +1 AC bonus while in the wilds. This is to reflect their skill at using the wild terrain to their advantage. Call Mount: At 6th level, a Beast Master may call a mount much like a Paladin. This mount may be a horse, but it may be one of several different animals as well. The animal that answers the call is up to the DM but may include: War Horse, Tiger, Dire Wolf, Brown Bear, Dire Badger, etc. Any large animal will do. Dire animals should be used with care. Check the Animals description in the Monster Manual. The Dire animal should be no more than 6-10 feet in length. If the Beast Master is a small sized character, make the choice of mounts from the medium size animals. The progression of the mount is as follows
Table Level
Bonus Hit
Natural
Str
Int.
Magic Fang: The Beast Master may use Magic Fang on their mount or any other creature as per the spell. S/he may use a number of times equal to 1 x Cha modifier per day. This is a spell like ability. Stare Down: The Beast Master may Stare Down animals or beasts to get them to back off and avoid a fight. S/he may stare down a number of animals whose HD are equal to or lower than the PC’s overall level (not just the Beast Master levels. In other words, a Rng6/BM8 can stare down a total of 14 HD of animals or beasts. This is an Extraordinary Ability. Dominate Animal: 1/day, the Beast Master may use this ability. It duplicates the effect of the spell Dominate Animal. This is a spelllike ability. Special: A Beast Master cannot reside within a town or city. If a Beast Master stays within a town or city for too long, s/he begins to “lose the beast”. For every 2 weeks spent out of contact with nature, the Beast Master takes a negative level to his/her BM level only. The BM loses all bonuses and abilities for that level, but they retain their hit dice. It would be difficult to keep a BM out of contact with nature for that significant amount of time. A leisurely stroll through the woods is sufficient to keep in touch, although a park in the centre of the city is not sufficient. Such places are man-made and not wild.
Special If a level is lost to underexposure, it may be regained by spending 1 week in the wilds uninterrupted, per level lost.
Blademaster [Generic] Description
creatures), the Blade. Master given a choice will always use the Blade.
Having used the various weapons of war throughout his/her career, the Blade Master has come to realise that a slashing blade offers the most versatility. With that knowledge came the desire to master the Blade and the various fighting forms that exist through the different kingdoms with the goal of becoming one with the Blade.
What is a Blade?
A Blade Master is a travelling warrior, searching for different techniques in using a blade with that hope that one day he/she will master its use. Although they do not shun the use of other weapons, after all, there is wisdom in using weapons to satisfy specific needs (blunt weapons for skeletons and missile weapons for aerial
To a Blade Master any weapon that does slashing damage only is a Blade. The most common Blades are swords (that do slashing damage note short swords don’t do slashing damage), but a few Blade Masters exist that study the fighting forms of axes and even weapons such as pole arms. Once a Blade Master has selected his/her type of weapon choice e.g., pole arm, long sword, bastard sword, two weapon sword, battle-axe, etc. He or she will exclusively choose to master that type of weapon for his/her fighting style indicated by most of the specials in the table below.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+0
+2
+0
Aggressive Defence, Detect Weakness
2
+2
+0
+3
+0
Reflexive Defence, Bonus Feat
3
+3
+1
+3
+1
Dancing Blade, Running Slash
4
+4
+1
+4
+1
Stunning Attack, Evasion, Greater Subdue
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes 5
+5
+1
+4
+1
Deflect Arrows Blade Barrier
6
+6
+2
+5
+2
Evasion, Bonus Feat
7
+7
+2
+5
+2
Ki Slash Reflex Attack
8
+8
+2
+6
+2
Reflex Attack Ki Strike
9
+9
+3
+6
+3
Deadly Strike, Bonus Feat
10
+10
+3
+7
+3
Crippling Strike
Requirements Base Attack Bonus: +5 Alignment: Any Race: Any Feats: Great Cleave Improved Initiative Expertise Weapon Focus with a Slashing Weapon (to become weapon of choice) Weapon Finesse with a Slashing Weapon (to become weapon of choice not limited to list, but must be a “blade”) Special Restrictions: Must forgo learning any more weapons that do not do Slashing damage once this class is chosen nor can they improve upon the non-slashing weapons using feats and such. Must forgo learning any ranged weapons that do not do slashing damage once this class is chosen nor can they improve upon their ranged weapons using feats and such. - Must forgo use of Armour other then Light Armour Hit Dice: D8
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Appraise (slashing weapons only) (Int.), Balance (Dex.), Climb (Str.), Craft (Int.) (Bladed weapons), Gather Information (Cha.), Sense Motive (Combat Prediction and Decipher Strategy) (Wis.), Knowledge (Hearth Wisdom, Streetwise, War) (Int.), Profession (Wis.), Spot (Wis.), Swim (Str.), and Tumble (Dex.) See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. 3 + Int modifier skill points per level.
Class Features Weapons and Armour: Blade Masters are proficient with all Slashing Weapons Note that exotic weapons that do slashing damage should be considered as martial weapons in regards to the character being able to use them (character will not require the exotic weapons feat for such slashing exotic weapons). Aggressive Defence: If the Blade Master is not caught flat-footed and has the initiative, the Blade Master can opt not to attack a single opponent who is attacking him/her. Rather then attacking, the Blade Master uses his/her choice of weapon to defend against that opponent’s attack (first melee attack). As a result, the Blade Master’s Attack Bonus is converted as a defence bonus (e.g., if the Blade Master had +3 to attack bonus, it now becomes +3 to AC). This ability is cumulative with feats like weapon expertise since it only involves attack bonuses gained only as a Blade Master. Note that if attacked by more then one opponent, the Blade Master can still use Reflex Attack against the other opponents if he/she is of the appropriate level.
Blade Barrier: Once per round when the character would normally be hit with a ranged weapon, the character may make a Reflex saving throw against a DC of 20 (if the ranged weapon has a magical bonus to attack, the DC increases by that amount). The Blade Master uses his/her weapon of choice to accomplish this and can decrease the DC by an equal amount to the magical weapon bonus if the weapon used is magical. If the character succeeds, the character deflects the weapon. The character must be aware of the attack and not flat-footed. Attempting to deflect a ranged weapon doesn’t count as an action. Exceptional ranged weapons can’t be deflected. Bonus Feats choices: Can only choose a bonus feat from the following Feats: Alertness, Ambidexterity, Blind-Fight, Combat Reflexes, Death Blow, Dodge, Improved Disarm, Improved Sunder, Lightning Reflexes, Mobility, Prone Attack, Quick Draw, and Sunder. Crippling Strike: By foregoing initiative, the character places himself/herself in a position to better react to an attack and counter attack. As a result, when the Blade Master attacks, he/she increases the chance to hit and do critical damage. The Blade Master gains +2 to attack and increase the chance to do critical damage by a factor of 3 (e.g., If it took a 19-20 to do critical damage, it would now take 16-20). The Blade Master can only use this extraordinary ability his/her weapon of choice. Crippling Strike: By foregoing initiative, the character places himself/herself in a position to better react to an attack and counter attack. As a result, when the Blade Master attacks, he/she increases the chance to hit and do critical damage. The Blade Master gains +2 to attack and increase the chance to do critical damage by a factor of 3 (e.g., If it took a 19-20 to do critical damage, it would now take 17-20). The Blade Master can only use this extraordinary ability his/her weapon of choice. Dancing Blade: The Blade Master is able to attack at targets in his/her path while on the move (at half normal movement rate of if Blade Master is standing his/her ground). The character may move his/her normal distance and can make a single attack at each opponent that is in his/her path/threat range of the character’s weapon of choice. Similar to the Ride-by Attack feat, the Blade Master does not provoke an attack of opportunity for the opponent that the character attacks. Note that the character must be using his/her weapon of choice to be able to do such attacks and for each opponent after the initial one that he Blade Master attacks this way, the Blade Master receives a cumulative –2 to attack. Deadly Strike: By foregoing initiative, the character places himself/herself in a position to better react to an attack and counter attack. As a result, when the Blade Master attacks, he/she increases the chance to hit and do critical damage. The Blade Master gains +1 to attack and increase the chance to do critical damage by a factor of 1 (e.g., If it took a 19-20 to do critical damage, it would now take 18-20). The Blade Master can only use this extraordinary ability his/her weapon of choice. Detect Weakness: For every round spent observing your opponent you are able to detect a weakness in your opponent’s fighting style (e.g., repetitive attack manoeuvre, favouring a side, mode of attack, predictable feign and lunges, etc.). This enables the Blade Master to gain +1 to attack and +1 to the Blade Master’s defence (AC) that is
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes cumulative per round spent on observing target. A Blade Master can spend up to a total of 3 rounds of Detecting Weaknesses on his/her foe with a total bonus of +3 to attack and +3 to Defence (AC). The Blade Master must do this for each individual opponent if he/she wishes to attain the Detect Weakness bonus on other targets since different people/creatures have different fighting styles or combat manoeuvres. Although the Blade Master can detect the targets fighting weakness, the Blade Master can only take advantage of such knowledge only by using the Blade Master’s weapon of Choice for which he/she has mastered. Note: Using this ability requires that the Blade Master does nothing but study his/her opponent (i.e., not engaged in combat) and that the opponent must be in the Blade Master’s line of sight. Evasion: If a Blade Master makes a successful Reflex saving throw against an attack that normally deals half damage on a successful save, the Blade Master instead takes no damage. Evasion can only be used if the Blade Master is wearing light armour or no armour. It is an extraordinary ability and does not require that Blade Master to have a weapon of choice to perform. Greater Subdue: The Blade Master has mastered his/her weapon of choice that if he/she wishes to do subdual damage instead of normal damage. The Blade Master must indicate that he/she will attack with the flat of her weapon of choice and if hit and damage is allocated, then all the damage becomes subdual damage. When doing subdual damage, the Blade Master no longer suffers a penalty to attack. Ki Slash: The Blade Master is able to focus his/her Ki into his/her weapon of choice, enabling to make a single slashing attack per every other round per every 2 levels per day (maximum 5) at targets/opponents that would normally be beyond normal reach. As a result, consider that the threat range of the character’s slashing weapon to now be 2x its normal range. For example, the threat range of a Long sword is now 10 feet instead of 5 while a Pole Arm would be 20 feet instead of 10. This ability can’t be used in conjunction with Deadly or Crippling Strikes. Ki Strike: The Blade Master is able to focus his/her Ki into his/her weapon of choice; enabling to make a single slashing attack per every other round per every 3 levels per day (maximum 3) at targets/that does the maximum amount of weapon damage. For example, if a sword or axe would normally do 1d8 points of damage, by using the Ki Strike ability, the Blade Master would then be able to do a guaranteed 8 points of damage plus any other damage bonuses (e.g., magical weapon bonuses, strength bonuses,
etc.) This ability can be used in conjunction with other abilities listed in the table (e.g., Ki-Slash, Greater Subdue, Deadly Strike) Reflex Attack: The Blade Master can no longer be caught flatfooted. He/she is able to attack when attacked even when caught flat-footed but does so at the end of the round. If the Blade Master is attacked by multiple attackers within the same round and is Flatfooted, then Blade Master can only counter attack against one character. If the Blade Master is attacked by multiple attackers within the same round and is not caught flat-footed, then the Blade Master can make a counter attack against each individual opponent with a cumulative penalty of –2 to attack after the first initial opponent who is being counter-attacked. The Blade Master can only do this using his/her weapon of choice. Note: The Blade Master can only make a reflex attack only after being the recipient to a melee attack. Reflexive Defence: The Blade Master gains the extra-ordinary ability to react to danger before his senses would normally allow him to even be aware of it. That is, the Blade Master has mastered his/her weapon of choice to the point that using it defensively has become a matter of subconscious reflex. As a result, the Blade Master can retain their Dexterity bonus to AC (if any) regardless of being caught flat-footed or struck by an invisible attacker. (He still loses any Dexterity bonus to AC if immobilised.) Running Slash: The Blade Master is able to attack at targets in his/her path while running. The character may move his/her normal distance and can make a single attack at each opponent that is in his/her path assuming that they are within the threat range of the weapon. Similar to the Ride-by Attack feat, the Blade Master does not provoke an attack of opportunity for the opponent that the character attacks. Note that the character must be using his/her weapon of choice to be able to do such attacks and for each opponent after the initial one that he Blade Master attacks this way, the Blade Master receives a –2 to cumulative attack. Stunning Attack: The Blade Master can use this ability once per round, but no more than once per level per day. The Blade Master must declare she is using a stun attack before making the attack roll (thus, a missed attack roll ruins the attempt). A foe struck by a Blade Master’s slashing weapon is forced to make a Fortitude saving throw (DC 10 + one-half the Blade Master’s level + Wisdom modifier). In addition to receiving normal damage, if the saving throw fails, the opponent is stunned for 1 round. The stunning attack is a supernatural ability and can only be done using the character’s weapon of choice.
ELVEN BLADEDANCER Description Of the roving elves, there are few as deadly as the Bladedancer. They are masters of their weapons and have spent their lives in the study of their chosen weapons. The bladedancer is a warrior skilled in using magic to supplement their combat prowess. Some characters may stay at home to defend the elven way, but many Bladedancers go out and actively promote it. They do this by seeking out their race's toes and eliminating them, either through words or actions. Acting as both as diplomats and one-elf armies, they insure the safety of the elf race. The Bladedancer gain renown for their supernatural ability with a blade, and their ability to imbue their weapon with magic. Instead of working as an integral part of an elven warband they are lone champions, the dancer needs plenty of room to perform their dance. This is simple not feasible to have a dancer perform in an organised disciplined combat unit. Fighter’s Rangers, Paladins, and Barbarians become Bladedancers to add a little magic to their combat abilities. Conversely Wizards
and Sorcerers may take this prestige class to add combat capabilities to their repertoire. Monks, Clerics, Druids, and Rogues, seldom become Bladedancers. The best though are Bards whose performing abilities and magic gel completely with the flashy Bladedancer style. In mass combat situations NPC Bladedancers are often found protecting and preserving the Arcane Archers and their small units of archers. These units are one of the prime reasons that the elves are so feared in battle. Bladedancers have a very distinctive appearance. Not only are they easily identifiable by their weapon of choice and catlike grace, Bladedancers are decorated with their schools distinctive tattoo. Generally that of a large carnivorous animal. What is a Blade? To a Blade Master any weapon that does slashing damage only is a Blade. The most common Blades are single handed swords (that do slashing damage note short swords don’t do slashing damage), but a few Blade Masters exist that study the fighting forms of larger weapons such as two handed bastard swords or very rarely bladed
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes pole arms. Once a Blade Master has selected his/her type of weapon
choice this weapon becomes the focus of all the arcane elements of the class. Without this focus the rest of the powers are not available.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+0
+2
+0
Spellblade 1/day
2
+2
+0
+3
+0
Dance 1/day
3
+3
+1
+3
+1
Spellblade 2/day
4
+4
+1
+4
+1
Dance 2/day
5
+5
+1
+4
+1
Spellblade 3/day
6
+6
+2
+5
+2
Dance 3/day
7
+7
+2
+5
+2
Spellblade 4/day
8
+8
+2
+6
+2
Dance 4/day
9
+9
+3
+6
+3
Spellblade 5/day
10
+10
+3
+7
+3
Dance 5/day
Requirements Abilities: Strength, Dexterity and Constitution are important, as they grant the bladedancer the power, swiftness and endurance necessary to carry out the taxing forms of these lethal dances. The Bladedancer must be able to cast level 1 arcane spells. Base Attack Bonus: +5, Balance: 6 ranks, Perform (dance): 6 ranks, Tumble: 6 ranks Feats: Expertise, Weapon Finesse, Weapon Focus (In the chosen weapon), Ambidexterity, and Lightning Strike. Races: Almost all Bladedancers are elves a few are half-elves, and a very few humans closely allied with the elves have learned the forms. Bladedancing takes an innate grace and balance that few can learn and years of practice that the shorter lived humanoids simply do not have the time to learn. Alignment: Any. Hit Dice: d8.
Class Skills
Note that armour check penalties for armour heavier than leather apply to the skills Balance, Climb, Escape Artist, Hide, Jump, Move Silently, pickpocket, and Tumble. Also, Swim checks suffer a –1 penalty for every 5 pounds of armour and equipment carried. Spellblade: Starting at first level, and every two levels thereafter (3rd, 5th, 7th, 9th), the bladedancer may place special enchantments on his weapons. For every two levels gained, an additional Spellblade enchantment may be learned. This enchantment lasts through a number of successful strikes equal to the Bladedancers Intelligence modifier and may be used once per day for every two levels in this class. Flameblade: The bladedancer may sheath his weapon in an aura of fire, dealing an additional 1d6 point of fire damage to any target it strikes. Frostblade: The bladedancer may cover the blade of his weapon in blistering cold; dealing an additional 1d6 point of cold damage to any target it strikes. Keenblade: The bladedancer may double the threat range for his weapon. A longsword would have a threat range of 17-20 instead of the normal 19-20.
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are:
Runeblade: By invoking powerful and magical runes, the bladedancer may add a +1 bonus to both attack and damage with his weapon for every two levels in the bladedancer class.
Balance (Dex), Climb (Str), Jump (Str), Knowledge (arcana) (Int), Listen (Wis), Spellcraft (Int), and Tumble (Dex). See Chapter 4: Skills of the Player’s Handbook, 3rd Edition for skill descriptions.
Shockblade: The bladedancer may sheath his blade in crackling electricity, dealing an additional 1d6 point of electrical damage to any target it strikes.
See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions.
Dances: At second, fourth, sixth, eighth and tenth level, a bladedancer learns new forms of lethal and defensive dancing to add to his martial prowess, as well as the ability to perform more dances per day. All dances last for a number of rounds equal to the Bladedancers class level.
Skill Points at Each Additional Level: 4 + Int modifier.
Class Features Weapons and Armour: Bladedancers are skilled with all simple and martial bladed weapons, such as daggers and swords. They have proficiency with light armour only, as heavier armour impairs their dances. They have no proficiency with any blunt or missile weapons, and disdain their use.
Wave Dance: At second level, the bladedancer learns the first of his dances. The wave dance is the art of flowing with the movement of others. While the wave dance is in effect, the bladedancer may add his Wisdom modifier to his Armour Class or his attack bonus. However, he must choose one form at the time he initiates the dance and cannot change unless he begins anew. Fire Dance: At fourth level, the bladedancer can channel the destructive power of the raging fire dance through his body. In this
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes dance, he gains a +4 bonus to Strength and Constitution, receiving two additional hit points per level. However, his Armour Class is lowered by two and after the dance, he is severely exhausted (-6 Strength and Constitution). Wind Dance: At sixth level, the bladedancer learns the steps of the wind dance, a graceful art of defence and sanctuary. While engaged in this dance, the bladedancer may double his Dexterity modifier in terms of his Armour Class. So a character with a Dexterity of 20 (+5 modifier) would get a +10 modifier to his Armour Class. In addition, the character may lower his attack bonus and raise his Armour Class by the same amount. Bone Dance: At eighth level, the bladedancer is now capable of the bone dance. When this dance is employed, the bladedancer must spend a round working his body up into a frenzy of dance and
passion. Afterwards, he may double the normal amount of attacks he receives for the duration of this dance. Iron Dance: At tenth level, the bladedancer learns the forms of the iron dance, the most deadly in his arsenal. After working his body up for a round, the bladedancer may add his cumulative attack bonus (from his base, magical weapons, Strength modifier, Dexterity modifier, Weapon Focus, etc.) to his Armour Class for as long as he continues to dance. He is unable to attack at this time, as the dance is a purely defensive manoeuvre. However, anyone who attacks the bladedancer and fails must make a Reflex saving throw (DC is the Bladedancers AC). If the opponent fails, he takes damage as if he was struck by the bladedancer. If the bladedancer is wielding two-weapons at once, increase his Armour Class by half of the second weapon’s bonus. This is cumulative with the normal bonus from the first weapon.
ELVEN BLADEMASTER Description [This prestige class represents a demihuman martial arts style. In this case, it’s an elven style featuring combat with paired swords, for the Driz’zt fans out there. It’s also suitable for standard fighters and rangers in addition to martial artists.] The elves are an ancient race, and in their time have evolved many distinct styles of martial arts. Many are now forgotten, but remnants of the art of the blade are still known to a select few. The art was developed in the days before the great sundering of elf and drow, and ancient elven legends still speak of the mighty feats of the first blademasters.
Mastering the art of the blade requires learning to harness and control the natural aptitude for magic that dwells within every elf. A Blademaster enhances his combat skills with arcane power, creating a fusion of body, weapon and mind to overwhelm his foes. This is a task that requires great dedication. At the same time, he must be wary of repressing his elven nature; to deny his blood is to sever the ties that bind him to the source of his power. It is said that the evil drow of the Underdark retain secrets of this style long since lost to the surface. Whether this is true remains unknown, but it is certain that there exist infamous drow champions who can wield twin swords with surpassing skill. Such warriors are deadlier than any elf should be.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+2
+2
+0
Arcane frenzy (3/day), twin sword style
2
+2
+3
+3
+0
Arcane strike
3
+3
+3
+3
+1
Improved two weapon fighting
4
+4
+4
+4
+1
Dual weapon parry
5
+5
+4
+4
+1
Arcane frenzy (4/day)
6
+6
+5
+5
+2
Paired weapon fighting
7
+7
+5
+5
+2
Imbue weapon
8
+8
+6
+6
+2
Resist magic
9
+9
+6
+6
+3
Arcane frenzy (5/day)
10
+10
+7
+7
+3
Greater two weapon fighting
Requirements
Special: Able to cast arcane or divine spells.
Race: Elf or half-elf
Teacher: Must locate a master and persuade him or her to act as a teacher.
Base Attack Bonus: +6
Hit Dice: d8
Skills: Jump 8 ranks, Tumble 8 ranks, Move Silently 4 ranks Alignment: Any nonlawful.
Restriction
Feats: Weapon Focus (one of: longsword, shortsword, rapier, or scimitar), Alertness, Ambidexterity, Two Weapon Fighting, Combat Reflexes.
A Blademaster who becomes lawful retains his abilities, but may not advance further in levels in this prestige class.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Balance (Dex), Bluff (Cha), Climb (Str), Craft (Int), Escape Artist (Dex), Hide (Dex), Jump (Str), Knowledge (arcana) (Int), Knowledge (history) (Int), Listen (Wis), Move Silently (Dex), Sense Motive (Wis), Spot (Wis), Swim (Str), Tumble (Dex) See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill points/Level: 4 + Int modifier
Class Features Unless otherwise noted, the Blademaster’s special abilities function only when he is wearing light or no armour. His combat related abilities require the use of a longsword, shortsword, rapier or scimitar. He must also have at least Weapon Focus in the weapon(s) being wielded; some abilities may impose tighter restrictions. Weapons and Armour: The Blademaster gains proficiency with the shortsword, longsword, rapier and scimitar, and with light armour. He doesn’t gain proficiency in the use of any other type of armour or shield. Twin Sword Style (Ex): When the Blademaster fights with two weapons, he can gain a +2 armour bonus to AC against one chosen opponent. This armour bonus stacks with that provided by regular armour, but not with that provided by a shield. *FR: This ability is identical to the Twin Sword Style regional feat available in the Forgotten Realms campaign setting. If the character also has this feat, the benefits don’t stack. Arcane Frenzy (Su): The Blademaster’s control over the mystical energies he wields allows him to enter a battle frenzy, enhancing his strength and reflexes to a phenomenal degree. When in a state of frenzy, he gains a temporary +4 bonus to Strength and a +4 bonus to Dexterity, and his base speed increases by 10 feet. When in this state, he cannot use skills or abilities that require patience or concentration, such as moving silently or casting spells (the class skills he can’t use are Balance, Craft, Hide, Knowledge (arcana and history) and Move Silently). The frenzy lasts a number of rounds equal to three plus his Constitution bonus (if any). At the end of the frenzy, the Blademaster is fatigued (–2 to Strength, –2 to Dexterity, can’t charge or run) for the duration of that encounter. Entering the frenzy takes no time itself, but the Blademaster can only do it during his action, not in response to somebody else’s action.
At 1st level, the Blademaster can use this ability three times per day. Starting from 5th level, he can use it four times per day, and from 9th level, he can use it up to five times per day. Arcane Strike (Su): At 2nd level, the Blademaster gains the ability to channel arcane power into his weapon. When using a melee weapon with which he has Weapon Focus, his attacks are treated as if they had at least a +1 magical enhancement bonus. This does not stack with any actual enhancement bonus or special abilities that the weapon might have. If the Blademaster takes the Ki Strike feat separately, the benefits of Arcane Strike and Ki Strike stack. Improved Two Weapon Fighting (Ex): At 3rd level, the Blademaster gains the Improved Two Weapon Fighting feat. If he takes the feat separately, the benefits do not stack. Dual Weapon Parry (Ex): At 5th level, as an attack of opportunity the Blademaster can attempt to parry a melee attack that would otherwise hit him. If his attack roll is higher than the roll that hit him, he manages to parry the attack. He must be aware of the attack and not flatfooted. He can only attempt one such parry per round, regardless of how many attacks of opportunity he is normally allowed. Paired Weapon Fighting (Ex): At 6th level, the Blademaster chooses one type of weapon, his size category or smaller, with which he has Weapon Focus. When he uses two weapons of that type, the offhand weapon is treated as light, regardless of what size it actually is. Imbue Weapon (Su): At 7th level, the Blademaster gains the ability to temporarily enchant his swords to achieve a specific effect. The effect lasts for 1 minute per class level, and can be used once per day. He can choose from the following special abilities to bestow on his blade: defending, flaming, frost, shock, or ghost touch. He can choose to enchant either one or both of his swords; in the latter case, he can choose different enchantments for each blade. The Blademaster can use this ability even when wearing medium or heavy armour. Resist Magic (Su): At 8th level, the Blademaster gains spell resistance equal to 20 plus his Charisma modifier. Greater Two Weapon Fighting (Su): At 10th level, when fighting with two weapons with which he has Paired Weapon Fighting, the Blademaster gains a further additional attack with his offhand weapon at a –10 penalty (thus he gains three offhand attacks in total). These penalties stack with the regular penalties for fighting with two weapons. Greater Two Weapon Fighting is a supernatural ability.
DOSSIAN WHISPERING EDGE BLADEMASTER Description Death is profitable. Fear of Death is too. Nowhere else in all of the Shards is this quite so well understood as in Doss. Even the name of the Black City is enough to draw shivers and protective signs amongst all but the most brave or idiotic citizens of the other Cities of the Shard. The common folk call it the Land of the Unliving, more educated folk refers to it as the Mausoleum. All good-thinking and wise folk avoid it and all that comes from it. Unfortunately not all men are so wise. Doss is ruled by the so-called Ghost Council, whose membership is primarily composed of potent necromancers in various states of life and unlife. The city deals in vile and black magics to all and sundry who would dare their port and pay their fees. The populace are composed of scum and dregs from all other civilisations in the region, who have washed up on the dark cities shores as a last-ditch refuge before their final fall into oblivion.
Intertwined with all of this are the Silent Muses, mysterious and well-feared assassins. Independent of but allied with the Ghost Council, the Muses run their bloody business of contract killing from the auspices of the City of Death. The very hint of their name is enough to send prestigious and powerful men and women into deep apprehension and an immediate review of their security setup. The Muses wisely keep their structure and size hidden, thus heightening their mystery and raising their prices. The skills of the Silent Muses are many and varied; there is little uniformity of modus operandi or training. However, almost all Silent Muses and a rare few outsiders that pay sufficiently for lessons seek to master the complex weapon style known as the Whispering Edge. The Whispering Edge style epitomises speed and rapidity of strikes and is very aggressive, taking advantage of opponents weak spots and is particularly effective for wounding foes caught off guard or surprised. The style is popular amongst Rogues and Assassins, but it is certainly practised by members of many other professions.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+0
+2
+0
The Whisper of the End
2
+2
+0
+3
+0
Sneak Attack
3
+3
+1
+3
+1
The Whistling Wind
4
+4
+1
+4
+1
Sneak Attack
5
+5
+1
+4
+1
The Musings of Madness
Requirements Base Attack Bonus +3 Feats: Expertise, Improved Initiative, and Quickdraw Skills: Balance: 3 Ranks, Tumbling: 5 Ranks Abilities: Dex 13+ and Int 13+ Hit Die: D6
New Feat Scabbarded Attack [Fighting Style] You are skilled at drawing a weapon and attacking so quickly opponents are caught off guard. Prerequisite: Quickdraw, Improved Initiative
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Balance, Bluff, Climb, Hide, Intimidate, Jump, Listen, Move Silent, Sense Motive, Spot, and Tumbling See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points Int Bonus + 4 / level
Class Features Weapon and Armour Proficiencies: This prestige class grants no additional weapon or Armour proficiencies. The practitioner may use any of the below abilities with any bladed weapons that can be scabbarded, that are medium or light to them, and that they are proficient with. The Whisper of the End: At 1st level the Whispering Edge Blademaster has nearly mastered this particular subtle blade technique. The practitioner gains Scabbarded Attack as a virtual Feat (listed below) when fighting with any light or medium melee weapon that he is proficient with. Sneak Attack: At 2nd and 4th levels the Whispering Edge Blademaster gains the ability to inflict an additional +1d6 damage under certain circumstances. This is identical to the Rogue ability of the same name (PHB pg47) and is stackable with that ability. The Whistling Wind: At 3rd level the Whispering Edge Blademaster has refined their already-blazing speed with a blade further. The practitioner gains Lightning Attack as a virtual Feat (listed below) when fighting with any light or medium melee weapon that he is proficient with. The Musings of Madness: At 5th level the Whispering Edge Blademaster has mastered the art of all out attack to silence a foe permanently and with minimum toil. A dangerous style, even the most impetuous of old masters uses it wisely. The practitioner gains Rapid Assault Fighting as a virtual feat.
Benefit: The practitioner of this type of style may choose to draw his weapon at the beginning of his action and make a melee attack in a single movement, with a +5 circumstance bonus to hit their first melee opponent. This as a full round action. Additionally, the targeted foe must make a Reflex Save versus the practitioners highest attack bonus with the weapon being used immediately or be caught flat-footed and therefore loose any Dexterity bonuses to their AC versus the attack. Note that the practitioner may only make one attack in this manner per round. The practitioner may opt to return the weapon to its scabbard or keep it drawn at the conclusion of the manoeuvre.
Lightning Attack [Fighting Style] You are able to strike sooner at the expense of making yourself vulnerable to return attack. Prerequisite: Expertise, Improved Initiative Benefit: The practitioners of this type of style may strike quicker at the expense of defending themselves. The practitioner may take up to a –5 penalty to AC and apply an equal circumstance bonus to Initiative. This allows the practitioner to raise his Initiative without Refocusing, but for that round only; his Initiative drops to normal the next round. The AC penalty remains in effect until the practitioner’s action in the following round. The practitioner must declare a Lightning Attack on or before the Initiative count that his modified Initiative would allow him to take an action from.
Rapid Assault Style]
[Fighting
You may launch a furious attack of blows in melee at the expense of leaving yourself vulnerable. Prerequisite: Base Attack +6, Expertise, Improved Initiative Benefit: As a full attack option the practitioner may take up to a -10 penalty to his AC and gain an equal competence bonus to his BASE attack. Both the AC penalty and the Attack bonus last until the practitioners action in the following round. As this modifies the practitioners BASE attack bonus, this will grant the practitioner
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes additional attacks just as if he were of a higher level but for that round only. Example: a fearsome swordsman besets Ularo Santeos. Throwing caution to the wind, on his initiative Ularo announces that he will employ Rapid Assault against the foe and will take the full -10
penalty to AC.. Ularos base attack is normally +13/+8/+3; for the following round it will be +23/+18/+13/+8/+3 but his normally impressive 23 AC drops to a mere 13 AC. His flurry of blows catches his opponent by surprise and the first 3 hit, but afterwards the foe severely punishes the off-balance and unprotected Ularo.
GIULMAR DROWNED LADY BLADEMASTER Description Sometimes called the City of the Drowned Lady, Giulmar is one of the most beautiful of the 9 Cities. Built atop a foundation of solid rock shaped by ancient arts to a perfect circle, the city is crafted largely of marble and other rare stones unavailable to younger cities, and is laid out in a circle with a 3.14 mile radius. The city is a single huge structure much like an arena, higher around the circumference, and descending inwards in terraces. The outer circumference is 50 feet tall and descends in 10 foot terraced increments towards the partially submerged middle in a sort of waterborne colonnade. At each of the 4 cardinal points a large fountain stands upon the wall, spouting their water inwards to flow down the terraces in fluted waterfalls to replenish the waters at the bottom of the city. Twenty identical delicate marble bridges span the trickling waterfalls coursing down through the city. In the partially submerged centre nadir there stands the storied Temple of the Drowned Lady. Famed throughout the lands and a popular destination for pilgrimages by the faithful of Guilme, the water-goddess. Around the circumference of the city wall is an impressive and extensive pier and dock system, complete with warehouses, shipyards, and a thriving foreign district. Outsiders generally cannot afford to live inside the city proper, as space is at a premium, so most can be found living in the Docks here along with poorer natives. The entire dock structure is continuous and is an exact 3/4 of a mile in width from the city walls, with piers extending a uniform 1/4 of a mile from them in an evenly spaced pattern. It is said to be the largest docks in the world, and in fact the inhabitable area of the Docks is greater than that of some of the smaller cities. Four cubical double gates connected to
the docks by pivoting ramps give access to the city. These gates are built in an ancient manner lost to modern understanding, with a double lock system that allows them to be compartmentalised and drained in case of flooding; this has saved the city proper from a watery doom several times when waters have risen. The docks and piers are built on floating supports and attached to the wall in specific locations by a groove and guide apparatus that allows them to rise and fall with the tides and occasional floods. The city is open and clean, crime has little purchase, and the people are happy in their belief that their goddess watches over them. They are a friendly and generous people on average, and not given to violence. Natives are generally passive and approach life with a ‘what will be, will be’ mindset. It is quite possible that aside for the professional armsmen of the city's watch and the famous elite guards known as the Seaborne that stand vigilance over the Temple of the Drowned Lady, none of the natives would bother with arts of the blade if not for their adherence to tradition. The practice of the fighting technique called the Art of the Drowned Lady is older than living memory and stretches back into antiquity; it is seen as a holy observance to the water-goddess. Many devout worshipers learn the styles teachings to become closer to their chosen deity, though they avoid its use if at all possible. Pilgrims from faraway lands often seek out training in the style as part of their holy journey. Outsiders have learned to their regret that though not overly aggressive the style is deceptively dangerous and usually do not press a known master to cross blades unless sure of their own skill. The style is popular among Fighters, Warriors, Experts, and Commoners who are worshipers of Giulme, but it is certainly practised by members of many other professions.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+0
+2
+0
Guilime’s Trident
2
+2
+0
+3
+0
Ebb & Flow
3
+3
+1
+3
+1
Guilime’s Tide
4
+4
+1
+4
+1
Flowing Step
5
+5
+1
+4
+1
Steel Waterfall
Requirements
Balance, Concentration, Heal, Knowledge: Religion (Giulme). Listen, Search, Sense Motive, Spot
Base Attack Bonus +3
See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions.
Feats: Ambidexterity, Dodge, Expertise
Skill Points Int Bonus + 4 / level
Skills: Balance: 3 Ranks, Concentration: 3 Ranks Hit Die D6
Class Features
Class Skills
Weapon and Armour Proficiencies: This prestige class grants no additional weapon or Armour proficiencies.
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are:
Giulme’s Trident: At 1st level the Drowned Lady Blademaster has trained in the use of a strange tri-bladed dagger known as Giulme’s Trident. These daggers are treated in all ways as a normal dagger.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes The Blademaster gains Weapon Finesse: Giulme's Trident as a virtual feat. When using such a dagger in his off hand the practitioner may fight as if he had the Main Gauche Feat (listed below). Giulme's Tridents are common in Giulme, uncommon in adjacent lands, and rare to unavailable in more distant lands. Ebb and Flow: At 2nd level the Drowned Lady Blademaster has learned a subtle defensive blade technique. The practitioner gains En Garde as a virtual Feat (listed below) when fighting with any one handed sword wielded in the practitioners primary hand that he is proficient with. Guilime’s Tide: At 3rd level the Drowned Lady Blademaster has learned to use a special weighted cloak when fighting for greater protection. He is able to use this cloak to turn blows. Such a cloak is made of heavy leather reinforced with metal and treated in all ways as a Buckler except that the practitioner may attack with their off hand and still gain the AC benefit of the cloak. Additionally, the as the practitioner gains experience he is able to use the cloak to greater effect; at 4th level the practitioner gains +2 AC from the cloak, and at 5th level gains +3 AC. This is an extraordinary ability and is stackable with enhancement bonuses. Finally, while using this cloak and equipped with Guilme's Trident in their off-hand the Drowned Lady Blademaster may use the OffHand Parry feat (Sword & Fist page 7). The cloaks are common in Giulmar, uncommon in adjacent Cities, and rare to non-existent beyond. Flowing Step: At 4th level the Drowned Lady Blademaster has learned to float about in combat like water through a narrows, finding a way past intervening obstacles. The Blademaster gains Mobility as a Bonus Feat. Steel Waterfall: At 5th level the Drowned Lady Blademaster has learned a frightening technique, mimicking the flow of a river and the fury of a waterfall, they hurl themselves into a rush, landing blows upon opponents as water splashes from a fall. The practitioner gains Passing Attack as a virtual Feat (listed below) when fighting with any one handed sword wielded in the practitioners primary hand that he is proficient with.
New Feat Maine Gauche Style]
with any sort of dagger in the off hand as if he had Two-Weapon Fighting when using the Dagger in the off-hand. If the practitioner's Base Attack Bonus is equal to +8 or greater the practitioner may fight as if he also has Improved Two Weapon Fighting when using the Dagger in the off-hand. This may only be used with a dagger; all other weapons take the standard penalties for fighting 2 handed.
En Garde [Fighting Style] You are able to assume a defensive stance that allows you to react to the enemy. Prerequisite: Expertise Benefit: At his initiative, the practitioner may assume an ‘en garde’ position as a full attack action, with a 5 foot step allowed. When doing this, the practitioner holds position until the first opponent moves to attack him in melee. When the first opponent makes their first melee attack against the practitioner after he has taken this stance, the practitioner must make a resisted attack roll against the opponents attack roll. If the practitioner equals or exceeds the opponents attack roll with his own his en garde attempt was successful, otherwise it was unsuccessful. If successful the opponents first melee attack is negated totally and the practitioner must immediately take a single standard action attack against that opponent (and that opponent only); this attack may be used to initiate a Disarm or a Trip, which if successful can often halt an opponents offensive. After the practitioner has taken his attack, the opponent may finish their action minus their first attack. If the en garde attempt was unsuccessful the opponents attack is handled as normal and the practitioners action for the round is lost. This Feat is usable in conjunction with Improved Trip and Improved Disarm. This Feat may only be used once in a round regardless of circumstances.
Passing Attack Style]
[Fighting
You are skilled at moving through a melee and striking foes as you go.
[Fighting
You are skilled at using a dagger in your off hand. Prerequisite: Ambidexterity, Weapon Focus: Dagger or Weapon Finesse [Dagger] Benefit: The practitioner of this type of style is adept at employing a small bladed weapon in the off hand. The practitioner may fight
Prerequisite: Dodge, Mobility Benefit: The practitioner of this type of style may move his normal movement as a full action, making a single standard action attack on each opponent as he wishes along his path of movement until he runs out of attacks or movement. The practitioner does draw Attacks of Opportunity, but may use other abilities such as the prerequisite Mobility Feat to offset this. This Feat is usable in conjunction with Improved Trip and Improved Disarm.
HAN’HAARSTANI BLADEMASTER Description Nothing is constant or for sure in Han’Haarstan. Known as the Floating City, Han’Haarstan is assembled from tied-off houseboats, quays, coral-anchored piers, and barge houses. There is less than 2 square miles of solid land in the entire metropolis, and not even that at high tide. Living in a city where nothing is permanently placed, and all but the largest of floating buildings sways with the waves, the natives of this perhaps unique city are a flexible and mercurial folk. The clannish native people owe fealty to the Sea-Kings, the titular heads of the many ruling families. Each clan member swears
fealty to his families’ recognised King, who in turn rules jointly with the other Sea-Kings. In theory all Sea-Kings are equal, in practice political clout stems from money, arms, and blackmail. Ostensibly a nation based on trade, this is but a polite fiction in many cases. Often the native cutters leaving port sail looking for easy pickings rather than honest profit. The Han’Haarstani as a people are mercurial and easily insulted but also often quick to forget. However, almost all are very ready with a blade and often by the time their anger has passed the cause of it is dead or wounded. It is considered not only prudent, but enjoyable to engage in weapons training while in port. Many styles find their
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes way to this tumultuous city, but the favoured technique is the native Han’Haarstani Twin Dancer style. A dual-cutlass school in the ancient traditions of the cities piratical past, it is most recognisable by its combination of practicality and flair. Han’Haarstani like to show off, but not at the cost of putting themselves at a disadvantage. The style is well suited to the cramped decks and swirling melees encountered when fighting on the High Seas, and concentrates on
fighting a large number of opponents while Armour-less in less than ideal conditions. The style is popular amongst Rogues and Sailors, but it is certainly practised by members of many other professions. NOTE: I allow Scimitars, Sabres, and Cutlasses to all be used in conjunction with Weapon Finesse. If this is not allowed in your campaign, change all references herein from ‘Cutlass’ to ‘Rapier’
Table Level
Base Attack
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special Abilities
1
+1
+0
+2
+0
Deck Fighting
2
+2
+0
+3
+0
Uncanny Dodge (Dex to AC)
3
+3
+1
+3
+1
Step Aside
4
+4
+1
+4
+1
Uncanny Dodge (Can not be flanked)
5
+5
+1
+4
+1
Dance of the Twin Blades
Requirements Base Attack Bonus: +3 Feats: Ambidexterity, Combat Reflexes, Two Weapon Fighting, Proficiency with Cutlass (Medium Martial Weapon) Skills: Balance: 5 Ranks Abilities: Dex 13+ Hit Dice: D8
Class Skills
Step Aside: At 3rd level the Twin Dancer Blademaster has learned to avoid incoming melee attacks. When wearing no Armour at all, not using a shield, and not encumbered the Twin Dancer gains a competence bonus to AC equal to his Base Reflex Save (not his modified Reflex Save). He looses this bonus anytime he is denied his Dexterity Bonus to AC. Dance of the Twin Blades: At 5th level the Twin Dancer Blademaster has mastered the art of fighting in a swirling melee in cramped conditions such as the deck of a ship. The practitioner gains Swirling Melee Fighting as a virtual Feat (listed below) when fighting with 2 cutlasses that he is proficient with.
New Feat
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Balance, Bluff, Climb, Hide, Jump, Knowledge: Navigation, Move Silent, Profession: Sailor, Rope Use, Sense Motive, Spot, Swim, Tumbling See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points: Int Bonus + 4 / level
Class Features Weapon and Armour Proficiencies: This prestige class grants no additional weapon or Armour proficiencies. Twin Dancer Style: The below fighting abilities with the exception of Uncanny Dodge and Step Aside are only usable while the practitioner is fighting with a cutlass in each hand. Deck Fighting: At 1st level the Twin Dancer Blademaster is seasoned to chaotic melees and has mastered the art of capitalising on opponents mistakes. The practitioner gains Punishing Attack as a virtual Feat (listed below) when fighting with 2 cutlasses that he is proficient with. Uncanny Dodge: At 2nd and 4th levels the Twin Dancer Blademaster gains a level of Uncanny Dodge. At 2nd level the Twin Dancer no longer looses his Dex bonus to AC when caught flat footed. At 4th level the Twin Dancer can no longer be flanked under normal circumstances. This functions identically to the Rogue and Barbarian ability of the same name, and is stackable with both as described on page 56 of the PHB (thus a Rogue 7/Twin Dancer 4 would have the Uncanny Dodge of an 11th level Rogue).
Punishing Attack [Fighting Style] You are adept at taking advantage of your opponents fumbles. Prerequisite: Combat Reflexes Benefit: Should an opponent roll a natural ‘1’ on a d20 to hit the practitioner in melee combat, the practitioner may opt to take a single free attack of opportunity against that opponent immediately. Additionally, if the practitioner chooses to use this attack of opportunity to attempt a Disarm against the opponent, a +4 circumstance bonus applies to his Disarm attack roll. This attack of opportunity does not count against the practitioners normal complement of attacks of opportunity. The practitioner is still limited to one attack of opportunity per opponent per round regardless of means.
Swirling Melee Fighting [Fighting Style] You are skilled at fighting in a chaotic melee. Prerequisite: Combat Reflexes, Base Attack +6 Benefit: In any melee encounter where you are in the threat zone of any three opponents at the beginning of your turn, you gain a +3 dodge bonus to your AC and a +3 competence bonus to your melee attacks until your action in the following round. However, you may not move more than a 5 foot step for the round.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes MEZZONA WATER SERPENT BLADEMASTER Description Mezzona is a city of vipers; criss-crossed by canals, blocked off in districts, lorded over by the elite and the wealthy. Mezzona is also a city of traditions, old blood, and older money; complicated further by internecine connections compounded by nepotism and oftbroken pacts of peace and marriage. The city is ruled by rich Merchant Houses profuse with Princelings and Lords and every native has a House affiliation via birth or marriage and by extension many enemies. Blood Feuds between Houses are common for slights both real and imagined, and a lesser scion of a House can find great pride of place and improvement in station via their skills with a blade. Outsiders need not worry about these intrinsic House rivalries, but instead are fair game to all. Vendetta is an old, respected, and legally protected right of all that bear a blade. Therefore it is not surprising that the way of the sword
permeates this ancient settling. Though there are many fencing schools and house styles studied in this ancient city-state, one style is grudgingly recognised as pre-eminent by all but the most biased of House duellists: the Mezzona Water Serpent Style. Brought to the city long ago by an outsider who sold his services to the highest bidder and worked for many Houses before founding a non-partisan school to teach his style for a decade until he was slain by one of his own students in a treacherous duel. Taught to students from all the major Houses and most of the minor, it has survived to this day with but slight variations among the Houses. The style is most easily recognised by it’s reliance on sinuous body movements, complex footwork, and confusing feints intended to befuddle the fencers opponent. The style is popular amongst Rogues and Aristocrats, but has it’s practitioners amongst other professions as well.
Table Level
Base Attack
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special Abilities
1
+1
+0
+2
+0
Hypnotic Feint
2
+2
+0
+3
+0
Weave & Sway
3
+3
+1
+3
+1
Bonus Feat
4
+4
+1
+4
+1
Entangling Coils
5
+5
+1
+4
+1
Viper Strike
Requirements Base Attack Bonus: +4 Feats: Dodge, Combat Reflexes, Expertise, Weapon Focus or Finesse: Rapier Skills: Bluff: 5 Ranks Abilities: Dex 13+, Int 13+ Hit Dice: D8
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Balance, Bluff, Gather Information, Jump, Sense Motive, Spot, Tumbling See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points: Int Bonus + 4 / level
Class Features Weapon and Armour Proficiencies: This prestige class grants no additional weapon or Armour proficiencies. The Water Serpent: This style relies on the use of a Rapier in the primary hand. All of the special Class Features and virtual feats listed below are only usable in conjunction with a Rapier wielded in the users primary hand.
The Hypnotic Feint: At 1st level the Mezzoni Blademaster has learned complex and variable weapon feints that befuddle all but the most alert opponents. The Mezzoni Blademaster gains Feinted Attacks as a virtual Feat even if lacking the requisite Bluff Ranks (listed below). Weave & Sway: At 2nd level the Mezzoni Blademaster has learned to move and sway in a disturbing fashion making it difficult for opponents blades to find purchase. The practitioner gains Defensive Manoeuvrings as a virtual Feat (listed below). Bonus Feat: The many Houses disagree in their interpretation of the style; thus there is some variation in the intermediary teachings. At 3rd level the Mezzoni Blademaster may select a single Bonus Feat from the following list (this may be mandated by the DM to reflect a particular school or House affiliation): Improved Disarm, Improved Trip, Mobility, Power Attack. This is a Bonus Feat, not a virtual Feat and is therefore usable with weapons other than the Rapier. Entangling Coils: At 4th level the Mezzoni Blademaster has learned to move and sway in a deadly dance with his opponents, shadowing their every move and managing to anticipate their evasions. The Mezzoni Blademaster gains Counter Dodge as a virtual Feat even if lacking the prerequisite Alertness Feat (listed below). Viper Strike: At 5th level the Mezzoni Blademaster has learned to strike weak spots of their opponent for maximum effect. The practitioner gains Improved Critical: Rapier as a virtual Feat.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes New Feat
Prerequisite: Dodge, Combat Reflexes
Feinted Attacks Style]
[Fighting
Benefit: You gain a +1 Dodge bonus versus all opponents flanking you unless caught flat-footed. Note that Dodge bonuses stack.
Counter Dodge Style]
You are adept at fooling melee opponents. Prerequisite: Expertise, Bluff 10 Benefit: The practitioner of this type of style may attempt to fool his opponent(s); If you successfully use the Feinting in Combat action described on page 64 of the PHB it counts as a free action, otherwise the use of the skill counts as a standard action as normal.
Defensive Manoeuvrings [General]
[Fighting
You are skilled at reading opponents’ moves and striking where they will be rather than where they are. Prerequisite: Alertness, Dodge Benefit: The practitioner gains a +1 competence bonus to hit in melee versus any opponent benefiting from a dodge bonus to their AC. This serves to completely cancel the Dodge Feat and to offset any other dodge bonuses by 1, such as those granted by Expertise and Mobility.
You are skilled at protecting your flanks in melee.
OHJAVIAN THUNDER CRESCENT BLADEMASTER Description Ohjavia, the City of Gold. Many an epic saga has been spun of this glittering metropolis, with it’s onion-domed gilded spires and richly appointed homes. Wealth runs like a river through the city, broad and deep in some areas, fast and dangerous in others. Indolent merchants and their silk-shrouded concubines, rakish adventurers, and near-omnipotent potentates share the city with the filthy poor and the downtrodden. Called a City of Dreams, it is well known that dreams sometimes turn to nightmares. Ohjavian is not as volatile as it has been in times past, but danger can rear it’s head with each shift in power among the wealthy. Coups are not unknown, and merchants keep private armies of
guards whom are sometimes used to enforce their employers will. There are many sword schools in the ancient city, but the most well known was popularised long ago by the Order of the Crescent Moon, the personal guard of a reigning potentate of the day. After the potentates fall his guard was scattered and it’s teachings became available to the public for the right price. Lacking a single founder and taught by various former guards, the style isn’t as uniform as many others, having many different minor variations; the core of the school is consistent however. The school focuses on dancing footwork, catlike & graceful, and measured, powerful blows. A student of the school imagines his feet as lightning bolts and his blows as the thunder that follows. The style is popular amongst Fighters, but it is certainly practised by members of many other professions.
Table Level
Base Attack
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special Abilities
1
+1
+2
+0
+0
Winter Moon
2
+2
+3
+0
+0
Bonus Feat
3
+3
+3
+1
+1
Blurring Crescent
4
+4
+4
+1
+1
Bonus Feat
5
+5
+4
+1
+1
Thundering Blow
Requirements Base Attack Bonus: +4
See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points: Int Bonus + 2 / level
Feats: Expertise, Improved Disarm, Power Attack, Sunder, Weapon Focus: Scimitar
Class Features
Hit Dice: D10
Weapon and Armour Proficiencies: This prestige class grants no additional weapon or Armour proficiencies.
Class Skills
The Thunder Crescent Style: All special Class Features listed below are dependent on the practitioner wielding a scimitar in their primary hand. If the practitioner does not meet this requirement for any reason, he may not use these abilities until such a time as he acquires and uses a scimitar in his primary hand.
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Balance, Intimidate, Spot, Tumble
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes The Winter Moon: At 1st level the Thunder Crescent Blademaster has learned to use his scimitar to expertly divest his foe of their weapon. The practitioner gains Masterful Disarm as a virtual Feat (listed below) when fighting with a scimitar in his primary hand. Bonus Feat: The Thunder Crescent has many minor offshoots. Each master teaches a slightly different version of the style. Therefore at 2nd and 4th level the practitioner may select a Bonus Feat from the following list: Blind-Fighting, Cleave, Combat Reflexes, Deflect Arrows (using scimitar), Great Cleave, Weapon Specialisation: Scimitar. The Feat is only usable while the practitioner is using a scimitar in his primary hand. The Blurring Crescent: At 3rd level the Thunder Crescent Blademaster has learned to use his scimitar to distract his foe with several fakes from opposing quarters only to drive home a single painful strike. The practitioner gains Multiple Level as a virtual Feat (listed below) when fighting with a scimitar in his primary hand. The Thundering Blow: At 5th level the Thunder Crescent Blademaster has learned to use his scimitar to land a single telling strike upon a foe. The practitioner gains Deft Blow as a virtual Feat (listed below) when fighting with a scimitar in his primary hand.
New Feat
Multiple Level Attack [Fighting Style] You are skilled at forcing your opponent into positions that leave them vulnerable to your attacks. Prerequisite: Base Attack +6, Power Attack Benefit: The practitioner of this type of style may merge his top two melee attack bonuses into a single melee attack with a bonus equal to the sum of the two separate attacks. This is a full-round action and only 2 attacks may be merged thus. Effectively the practitioner ‘fakes’ one or more attacks to create an opening for another. The merged attack bonus only applies to the multiple level attack itself and then reverts to the practitioners highest normal base attack immediately. Example: Dearl the Mighty has an attack bonus of +14/+9 with his mighty greatsword. His current opponent is proving well defended, so on his next initiative Dearl announces that he is making a multiple-level attack. Rather than making his normal 2 melee attacks at +14/+9 he makes a single melee attack at +23; if Dearl killed his opponent with his multiple level attack and Cleaved through to another opponent, he would attack using his normal highest base attack of +14.
Deft Blow [Fighting Style]
Masterful Disarm [General]
You are able to strike a single accurate blow.
You are greatly skilled at divesting others of their weapons.
Prerequisite: Weapon Focus or Weapon Finesse (chosen weapon), Base Attack +8
Prerequisite: Expertise, Improved Disarm Benefit: The user gains a +4 competence bonus on any attempt to Disarm a foe. If the Disarm is successful the opponents weapon does not land at her feet, but instead is knocked to the floor up to 15 feet away in the direction of your choice, as permitted by terrain and obstacles.
Benefit: The practitioner of this type of style is skilled at making a single deadly strike with their weapon. The practitioner may opt to make a single melee attack as a full action that has a tripled critical threat range and inflicts triple damage if a critical is scored. This is not usable in conjunction with the Improved Critical Feat. If a weapon already causes triple critical damage then it inflicts quadruple instead, etc.
PHANOSHANI RIBBONED BLADEMASTER Description Phanosh is a city peopled with entertainers, dancers, artisans, and folk of culture and learning. The people of Phanosh tend to have a lust for travel and new sites. Many natives make their way to other nations as part of travelling shows or even lone minstrels. The Phanoshani as a people love glitz and glamour, and are appreciative of flair and panache. Therefore it is hardly surprising that even their martial studies contain as much performance art as combat effectiveness.
The Phanoshani Ribboned Blade style is the predominant Fencing school of Phanosh. It is most easily recognised by the long coloured ribbons attached to the practitioners sword hilts, and the strange dance-like katas employed therein. This Phanoshani technique focuses on swirling, highly energetic foot and blade work, and the snapping of the long ribbons in the face of opponents to cause confusion. The style is popular amongst Bards and Performers, but has it’s practitioners amongst other professions as well.
Table Level
Base Attack
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special Abilities
1
+1
+0
+2
+0
The Ribboned Blade
2
+2
+0
+3
+0
Spring Attack
3
+3
+1
+3
+1
The Ribboned Toss
4
+4
+1
+4
+1
Whirlwind Attack
5
+5
+1
+4
+1
The Ribboned Dance
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Requirements Base Attack Bonus: +3 Feats: Dodge, Expertise, Mobility Skills: Bluff: 6 Ranks, Perform (Dancing, any 4 others): 5 Ranks Abilities: Dex 13+ and Cha 13+ Hit Die: D8
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Balance, Bluff, Craft, Jump, Perform, Sense Motive, Spot, Tumbling
pommel ribbon. This enables the practitioner to fling his sword at an opponent up to 10 feet away as a standard attack option for a single attack. Then return the sword to his hand; the sword counts as being thrown for this purpose and therefore the practitioners strength bonus (if any) applies to any damage inflicted. Whirlwind Attack: At 4th level the Ribboned Blademaster has learned to swirl his sword about in confusing arcs to all sides in a whirling dance of pain. The practitioner gains Whirlwind Attack as a virtual Feat. The Ribboned Dance: At 5th level the Ribboned fighting style has completed its growth and can now be indistinguishable from a very complex and intricate dance if the practitioner so wishes. The practitioner’s strange deportment when using this ability can offset less able opponents, granting the practitioner an almost impossible to match grace upon the battlefield, but leaves him dreadfully undefended against more able foes. The Ribboned Blademaster gains Unorthodox Attacks as a virtual Feat (listed below).
See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points Int Bonus + 2 / level
Class Features Weapon and Armour Proficiencies: The practitioner gains the Exotic Weapon Proficiency: Ribboned Sword, which applies to all Martial and Simple swords which the practitioner is proficient with that also have Ribbons affixed to their hilt and/or pommel. This prestige class grants no other additional weapon or Armour proficiencies. 'Ribboned' Abilities: At 1st, 3rd, and 5th level the Phanoshani Ribboned Blademaster learns a technique developed around the use of 3'-6' long coloured ribbons or scarves attached firmly to the hilt and/or pommel of a Medium or Light sword they are particularly proficient with by a trained weaponsmith. The below abilities may only be used when the stylist is wielding a weapon ribboned in this manner. Anyone else trying to employ such a Ribboned Sword suffers penalties exactly as if they were non-proficient with the weapon. Proficiency with a Ribboned Sword is an Exotic Weapon Proficiency that has no special inherent benefits; its usefulness is limited to a combat style such as the Phanoshani's. The Ribboned Blade: At 1st level the Ribboned Blademaster has learned to swirl his sword's ribbons around and distract his opponent through a variety of footwork, blade flashes, and ribbon pops. The Ribboned Blademaster gains Weapon Flurry as a virtual Feat (listed below). Spring Attack: At 2nd level the Ribboned Blademaster has learned to leap and dance about the battlefield, warding off foes and striking where least expected. The practitioner gains Spring Attack as a virtual Feat. The Ribboned Toss: At 3rd level the Ribboned Blademaster has learned a difficult and tricky manoeuvre whereby they launch their sword at their opponent while maintaining a grip on the end of its
New Feat Weapon Flurry Style]
[Fighting
You are skilled at performing complex displays of weapon flair that disorient foes. Prerequisite: Dexterity 13+, Base Attack +6 Benefit: The practitioner may choose to execute a weapon flurry as a move-equivalent action, granting a competence bonus to hit equal to the practitioners Dexterity bonus on their next melee attack. This melee attack must be made in the same round or be the first action made in the following round. Any greater interval of time negates the bonus. This is usable in conjunction with Weapon Finesse.
Unorthodox Attacks [Fighting Style] You are skilled at adopting strange poses, moving unusually, and generally adopting bizarre positions in combat. This can sometimes disconcert foes for significant advantage but can also make you dangerously vulnerable to more skilled opponents. Prerequisite: Expertise, Dexterity 13+, Base Attack +6 Benefit: To use this Feat, the practitioner must declare that he is using it and pass a Reflex Save versus a his opponents highest attack bonus before making his own attack. If facing multiple opponents, use the single highest attack bonus of all the opponents. If he succeeds the practitioner gains a +5 circumstance bonus to both his attack rolls and to his AC until his next action in the following round. Should he fail his Reflex save then the practitioner suffers a –5 circumstance penalty to hit and to AC until his next action in the following round.
TANTAVOSI CROSSBONE-MANTIS BLADEMASTER Description It is said that in Tantavos, death is but a shadow away. Tantavos is a corrupt city peopled by slaves of vice and decadence. Thieves are more common than craftsmen and criminal syndicates rule in all but name. Among the resident cut-throats, pirates, slavers, and assorted scum living isn’t a right, it’s a privilege revocable at will by any more skilful or stealthy with a blade. A person must watch their own
back and beware of strangers and ‘friends’ both. Due to the prevalence of criminal syndicates and guilds, it is also often unwise to outright kill an opponent even if they are intent on killing you or else risk blood feud with the opponents fellows. Therefore it is unsurprising that many take up weapons training, and those that survive a certain while are likely good at it. Though there are many styles and techniques taught in the city, the Tantavosi Crossbone-Mantis style is both native to the city and
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes predominant amongst its residents. A two-sword style, it is most recognisable by its hard bitten practicality and distinct lack of flair. In the deadly streets of Tantavos, fancywork will avail you little. Practitioners take up the style for survival, not to impress or for
leisure. It is a simple art designed to constrain the opponent and disable them. The style is popular amongst Rogues, but it is certainly practised by members of many other professions.
Table Level
Base Attack
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special Abilities
1
+1
+2
+2
+0
Off Hand Parry
2
+2
+3
+3
+0
Pin Shield
3
+3
+3
+3
+1
Close Quarters Fighting
4
+4
+4
+4
+1
The Crossbone
5
+5
+4
+4
+1
The Mantis
Requirements
inflict damage with his off-hand (i.e. secondary) weapon when doing so.
Base Attack Bonus: +3
The Crossbone: At 4th level the Crossbone-Mantis Blademaster has learned to use his 2 swords to deflect incoming melee attacks, lightly striking the incoming weapons to nudge them out of the way. The practitioner gains Counterattack as a virtual Feat (listed below) when fighting with 2 swords that he is proficient with.
Feats: Ambidexterity, Expertise, Improved Disarm, Two Weapon Fighting, Proficiency with at least one 1 Martial Weapon Sword Skills: Sense Motive: 4 Ranks Abilities: Dex 13+ and Int 13+ Hit Dice: D8
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Bluff, Gather Information, Hide, Move Silent, Sense Motive, Spot, Tumbling See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points: Int Bonus + 4 / level
The Mantis: At 5th level the Crossbone-Mantis Blademaster has mastered the ability to trap his opponents blades with his own. The practitioner gains Weapon Binding as a virtual Feat (listed below) even if he lacks the prerequisite Improved Unarmed Combat, when fighting with 2 swords that he is proficient with.
New Feat Counterattack Style]
[Fighting
You are skilled at parrying your opponents’ blows.
Class Features Weapon and Armour Proficiencies: This prestige class grants no additional Weapon or Armour proficiencies. The Crossbone-Mantis Style: All special Class Features listed below are dependent on the practitioner wielding 2 swords that he is proficient with. If the practitioner does not meet this requirement for any reason, he may not use these abilities until such a time as he acquires 2 swords with which he is proficient. The Two-bladed Sword may not be used with this style. Off Hand Parry: At 1st level the Crossbone-Mantis Blademaster has learned to use his off hand sword to ward off attacks. The practitioner gains Off Hand Parry (Sword & Fist page 7) as a virtual Feat when fighting with 2 swords that he is proficient with. Pin Shield: At 2nd level the Crossbone-Mantis Blademaster has learned the basics of the style and may use his off hand sword to interfere with his opponents shield use. The practitioner gains Pin Shield (Sword & Fist page 8) as a virtual Feat when fighting with 2 swords that he is proficient with Close Quarters Fighting: At 3rd level the Crossbone-Mantis Blademaster has learned to interpose his off hand sword between himself and would be grapplers. The practitioner gains Close Quarters Fighting (Sword & Fist page 5) as a virtual Feat when fighting with 2 swords that he is proficient with, but must hit and
Prerequisite: Expertise, Base Attack +6 Benefit: On his action the practitioner of this type of style may choose to forgo attacking and instead attempt to block incoming melee attacks as a full round action. The practitioner may apply each of his attack bonuses to his AC against a single incoming melee attack in succession until he runs out of iterative attack bonuses. Once he is out of iterative attack bonuses the practitioner’s AC reverts to normal. Should the practitioner have attacks left over after all opponents have tried to strike then he may opt to hold onto his remaining attacks to block any further attacks before his next turn in the following round, or take his remaining attacks as he pleases. This may be used in conjunction with Expertise. Example: A practitioner had an AC of 20 and his attack bonuses were +15/+10/+5. So versus the first incoming melee attack he would have an AC 35, the second AC 30, the third AC 25 and versus all other incoming attacks (additional melee and all ranged) his normal AC 20.
Weapon Binding [Fighting Style] You are able to restrict your opponents weapon. Prerequisite: Improved Disarm, Improved Unarmed Strike
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Benefit: As a full action the practitioner may attempt to bind a melee opponents weapon. To do this the practitioner makes an opposed attack roll against his opponents highest attack bonus. If successful, the practitioner has locked blades with his opponents weapon and must make an immediate grapple check with a competence bonus equal to the difference between the opposed attack rolls. If the practitioner wins, he has effectively grappled his opponent by the expedient of trapping his weapon. If the
practitioner fails either roll, nothing further happens and the action is over. If grappled or thereafter pinned in following rounds the opponent has the option of releasing his weapon, which breaks the hold but also leaves the opponent disarmed. The practitioner may do any of the things normally allowed in a grapple. The practitioner does not draw an Attack of Opportunity from his opponent when engaging in a Weapon Binding attempt.
VESHANDI PIERCING EYE BLADEMASTER Description Known as the City of Wisdom, Veshanda is peopled with intelligentsia, the sagacious, and the astute. Even the common folk are given a basic education, and on the whole the city is a bastion of culture and learning. The famous Veshandic University and it’s equally famed Library are crucial elements of the cities history and power structure. The Archdeacon of the University itself, the Deans of the Universities' 7 Colleges, and the Head Librarian hold prestigious positions on the cities ruling council, the Learned Sages of Veshanda. Magic and the Bardic Arts also have a home in the city, and both the Urthon College of the Arcane Arts and the Wixor College of Bardic Lore are important parts of the University
In a city of such erudition, where thought is valued over action, one might think that the steel arts are neglected. Not so. Even among the dry and learned in the City of the Sages there are those who take up the blade. The Veshandi Piercing Eye Blade style is the predominant blade style of Veshanda. It is marked for its penchant towards delaying actions during a studious analysis of ones opponent leading to an overwhelming offence. This Veshandi technique is more truly a counter-style than a style, as the practitioner seeks to analyse and then deconstruct their opponents techniques. The longer one fights against a Master of the Piercing Eye, the less likely one’s odds of success. The style is popular amongst Bards, Aristocrats, Experts, and Students, but certainly has it’s practitioners amongst other professions as well.
Table Level
Base Attack
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special Abilities
1
+1
+0
+2
+0
Delay Opponent
2
+2
+0
+3
+0
Analyse Opponent
3
+3
+1
+3
+1
Deconstruct Technique
4
+4
+1
+4
+1
Find Opening
5
+5
+1
+4
+1
Piercing Eye
Requirements Base Attack Bonus +3 Feats: Dodge, Expertise Skills: Concentration: 3 Ranks, Search: 5 Ranks Abilities: Dex 13+ and Int 13+ Saves: Base Reflex 2+ Hit Die: D6
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Balance, Concentration, Gather Information, Jump, Knowledge: (All), Profession, Search, Sense Motive, Spot See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points Int Bonus + 4 / level
Class Features Weapon and Armour Proficiencies: This prestige class grants no additional weapon or Armour proficiencies.
The Piercing Eye Style: This style and all of the below abilities are only usable with the following weapons: Dagger, Cutlass, Long Sword, Rapier, Sabre, Scimitar , Short Sword. Delay Opponent: At 1st level the Piercing Eye Blademaster has learned to hold his opponent off. When fighting defensively or using the full defence option the practitioner gains a +2 Dodge bonus to AC in addition to all other bonuses. Dodge bonuses stack. Analyse Opponent: At 2nd level the Piercing Eye Blademaster has learned to observe patterns and flaws in his opponent’s fighting style. When Fighting Defensively the practitioner may study a single opponent as a free action; the practitioner announces his intention and makes a Search check versus a DC of 20 + the opponents top Attack Bonus with the weapon they are currently using including enhancement bonuses as applicable. If successful, the practitioner has found a weakness in the opponents style and gains a competence bonus to hit versus that opponent equal to his class level. If the opponent switches weapons, the Piercing Eye stylist must analyse them again vs. their top Attack bonus with the new weapon. Once a practitioner has analysed an opponents style with a specific type of weapon or combination of weapons, they gain their bonus vs. that opponent for 5 rounds per class level whenever they are using that same weapon type or combination. Future attempts versus an opponent that has been successfully analysed in the past are vs. a difficulty of 15 + the opponents top Attack bonus with the weapon they are using. The practitioner may have this effect active versus multiple foes, but may analyse only one opponent per round.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Deconstruct Technique: At 3rd level the Piercing Eye Blademaster has learned to not only analyse an opponent, but also to counter their manoeuvres. When fighting an opponent that has been successfully analysed using the 2nd level ability listed above, the practitioner also gains a Dodge bonus to AC equal to his class level versus that opponent. Dodge bonuses stack. Find Opening: At 4th level the Piercing Eye Blademaster has learned to not only analyse an opponent, but also to find holes in their defences and drive home punishing attacks. When fighting an
opponent that has been successfully analysed using the 2nd level ability listed above, the practitioner also gains a bonus to damage equal to his class level versus that opponent. The Piercing Eye: At 5th level the Piercing Eye Blademaster has developed sufficient control to land blows in foes unprotected and weakest areas. As a full attack action the practitioner may make a single melee touch attack with his weapon against an opponent successfully analysed by the 2nd level power listed above.
VEZANTI DEATH SPIRAL BLADEMASTER Description Now known as the Lost City, the City of Devils, and even the Spires of Doom when it is spoken of at all, Vezanti was once the greatest of the Ten Cities. Their culture was unmatched, their accomplishments unequalled, their nobility unquestioned. Their downfall was therefore inevitable. The rulers of the other cities could never countenance such obvious superiority, even the Learned Sages of Veshanda and the Matriarch Mariner of Giulme, usually bastions of wisdom and acceptance respectively turned upon the city at the last. Set upon by their enemies and harrowed in their own halls, the royals of Vezanti unleashed a terrible blight upon the world which had so cruelly treated them for no crime greater than excellence. A dark pact was reached with powers infernal, opening a gate into the material plane, the duration indefinite so long as one of the line royal survives. The devils still make once-fair Vezanti, with its tall narrow spires their lair, so surely one of the line must abide still.
In times more fair the Vezanti supremacy extended to swordplay as in most else. The infamous Death Spiral style was feared and respected among students of the Steel Art across the Shard and its culminating manoeuvre, the Unstoppable Spiral Thrust the stuff of legends. Some students of the style survived, hiding in other cities, but in the days of Vezanti nihilism they hid their skill. It has since become a hidden art. Thought lost by the populace of the Shards, its practitioners long since hounded down in retribution for the infernal influence unleashed upon the Shards by the Vezanti ruling elite. The style was popular amongst the elite of the Vezanti, professional duellists, and officers of the once mighty Vezanti naval forces; in short professional and highly trained Fighters of varying sort. It was known to be an extremely difficult style to learn and master, requiring years of dedication spent developing the basics of the style before even the first manoeuvre would be taught. It's most basic manoeuvres were imitated by other fencing schools, but it's most difficult techniques defied such aping.
Table Level
Base Attack
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special Abilities
1
+1
+0
+2
+0
Spiral Thrust
2
+2
+0
+3
+0
Fleet of Foot
3
+3
+1
+3
+1
Spiral Twist
4
+4
+1
+4
+1
Spiral Deflection
5
+5
+1
+4
+1
Spiral Step
6
+6
+2
+5
+2
Spiral Disarm
7
+7
+2
+5
+2
Quick Reflexes
8
+8
+2
+6
+2
Spiral Disengage
9
+9
+3
+5
+3
Spiral Dance
10
+10
+3
+7
+3
Spiral Strike
Requirements Base Attack Bonus: +6 Feats: Combat Reflexes, Death Blow, Dodge, Expertise, Improved Disarm, Improved Initiative, Weapon Focus: Rapier Abilities: Dex 13+
Balance, Bluff, Heal, Jump, Search, Sense Motive, Spot, Tumble See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points Int Bonus + 2 / level
Class Features
Hit Die: D8
Weapon and Armour Proficiencies: This prestige class grants no additional weapon or Armour proficiencies.
Class Skills
Death Spiral style: All of the below abilities named with the Spiral moniker are usable only when fighting with a Rapier in the primary hand.
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are:
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Spiral Thrust: At 1st level the Death Spiral Blademaster has started to apply the basics of this styles defining element, the feared 'Unstoppable' Spiral Thrust. The purpose of this attack is to end a foes' existence with one looping spiral cut through the heart. The Blademaster may attempt such a manoeuvre once per day per class level. As a melee full attack action, the practitioner announces his intention to initiate a Spiral Thrust prior to rolling to hit. If the attack hits successfully, it is a Death Attack and the opponent must make a Reflex save versus DC 5 + the practitioner's Intelligence bonus + the practitioner's class level or die instantly; should the opponent make the save the attack still hits and normal damage for the hit is inflicted. This ability is ineffective versus opponents with an Armour or natural Armour bonus of +5 or greater unless some means of bypassing Armour is used. Such as a Brilliant Energy or similar weapon; enhancement bonuses do count for this purpose, but are cancelled 1 for 1 by any enhancement bonuses on the weapon the Blademaster uses to make the attack. Thus Leather Armour with a +3 bonus could be pierced with a +1 or better weapon, but mundane Chainmail is always proof against this attack regardless of enhancement bonuses. This ability is also ineffective against creatures that are immune to Death Attacks such as Undead and Constructs. Additionally, this attack is ineffective versus opponents that lack a heart. The DM is the final arbiter of creatures that are not affected by the attack. Fleet of Foot: At 2nd level the Death Spiral Blademaster has learned to move quickly in combat, gaining great advantage over slower foes. The Blademaster gains +10 bonus Movement only when in combat. The Blademaster cannot use this ability if wearing Medium or Heavy Armour, or while encumbered; note that he can use a shield however. For purposes of this ability Combat is defined as any period of game time administered in Initiative order. Spiral Twist: At 3rd level the Death Spiral Blademaster has mastered the art of twisting his blade when wounding foes. He gains Weapon Specialisation: Rapier as a virtual feat. If the Blademaster already has or later acquires the Weapon Specialisation: Rapier feat he inflicts an additional +2 bonus damage with a Rapier for a net total of +4 bonus damage. Spiral Deflection: At 4th level the Death Spiral Blademaster gains the extraordinary ability to frustrate his opponents efforts to strike him. The Blademaster gains a Deflection bonus to AC equal to his class level divided by 2 whenever wielding a Rapier and not wearing Medium or Heavy Armour, not using a shield, and not encumbered. The Blademaster does not get this bonus when caught flat-footed or denied his Dexterity bonus to AC. Deflection bonuses do not stack. Spiral Step: At 5th level the Death Spiral Blademaster has learned to whirl about in combat, diminishing the ability of flankers to catch him off guard. The practitioner gains Defensive Manoeuvrings as a virtual Feat (listed below) when fighting with a Rapier in his primary hand. Spiral Disarm: At 6th level the Death Spiral Blademaster has learned a difficult disarm manoeuvre that allows him to spin opponents weapons out their hands and toss them away with a sickening ease. The practitioner gains Masterful Disarm as a virtual Feat (listed below) when fighting with a Rapier in his primary hand. Quick Reflexes: At 7th level the Death Spiral Blademaster Initiative is never worse than 5 + his class level. Should the Blademaster's total Initiative value counting all modifiers fall below this value, the Blademaster defaults to the higher total. This is an extraordinary ability. Example: Yano the 7th level Blademaster has a +3 Dex bonus and Improved Initiative; rolling for Initiative he rolls a 2. 3+4+2=9. However, thanks to this ability Yano's Initiative is never below a 12 (5+7), therefore his Initiative defaults to 12. Spiral Disengage: At 8th level the Death Spiral Blademaster has learned to protect their own blade, as without it they are not nearly so deadly. The practitioner gains Deflect and Disengage as a virtual Feat (listed below) when fighting with a Rapier in his primary hand.
Spiral Strike: At 10th level the Death Spiral Blademaster has mastered the art of striking accurately for maximum effect. He gains Improved Critical: Rapier as a virtual feat. If the Blademaster already has or later acquires the Improved Critical: Rapier feat his critical threat range with a Rapier is extended an additional 2 points.
New Feat Defensive Manoeuvrings [General] You are skilled at protecting your flanks in melee. Prerequisite: Dodge, Combat Reflexes Benefit: You gain a +1 Dodge bonus versus all opponents flanking you unless caught flat-footed. Note that Dodge bonuses stack.
Masterful Disarm [General] You are greatly skilled at divesting others of their weapons. Prerequisite: Expertise, Improved Disarm Benefit: The user gains a +4 competence bonus on any attempt to Disarm a foe. If the Disarm is successful the opponents weapon does not land at her feet, but instead is knocked to the floor up to 15 feet away in the direction of your choice, as permitted by terrain and obstacles.
Deflect and Disengage [Fighting Style] You are greatly skilled at protecting your weapon in melee. Prerequisite: Improved Disarm Benefit: The practitioner gains a +4 bonus to opposed attack rolls when opponents attempt to Sunder or Strike his weapon, and vs. Disarm attempts. Spiral Dance: At 9th level the Death Spiral Blademaster has mastered the art of turning multiple opponents against themselves. The practitioner gains Melee Mastery as a virtual Feat (listed below) when fighting with a Rapier in his primary hand.
Melee Mastery [General] You are skilled at using multiple melee opponents against themselves. Prerequisite: Dodge, Combat Reflexes, Defensive Manoeuvrings, Improved Initiative, Base Attack 10+ Benefit: You may choose to manoeuvre so as to cause your opponents to work against themselves as a move equivalent action. After this action is taken, you gain a +1 Dodge bonus to your AC versus melee opponents for each opponent you are currently threatened by in melee including the attacker. Note that Dodge bonuses stack. Example: 5 attackers waylay Ularo Santeos while he is traversing an alley. Ularo spots them and is not surprised; he wins initiative. Unsure of his attackers capabilities, Ularo decides to play it safe, moving into a better position and engaging his Melee Mastery feat rather than attacking. All 5 of the attackers charge him in initiative order and Ularo moves into action ducking, rolling, and skilfully nudging his opponents into each others way. Ularo gains a +1
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Dodge bonus versus the first opponent, a +2 versus the second, and so on up to a +5 versus the fifth and final attacker. In the following round, Ularo decides to continue to use his Melee Mastery and take a standard attack action; acting first he strikes one of his foes. Afterwards the first 2 opponents press their attack and Ularo gains a
+5 Dodge bonus versus each of them, but the wounded 3rd opponent has had enough and moves away at his initiative. When the 4th and 5th opponents attack him Ularo gains a +4 Dodge bonus versus each opponent in turn because he is threatened by a total of 4 melee opponents when they attack.
Bladestormer Description Weaponmasters seek union with one weapon through mastery of the extraordinary power of ki. The Bladestormer seeks ultimate mastery over the wielding of two weapons, and he accomplishes this almost entirely through raw skill. Although, accomplished Bladestormers
are an even more impressive sight than a Weaponmaster as their blades whirl and cut the air trailing electric auras of power, a supernatural ability that only the greatest Bladestormers can achieve. Despite the name of the prestige class, the users of any weapon type can follow the path of the bladestorm, the name merely reflects that bladed-weapon wielders are the most common Bladestormers.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+0
+2
+0
Max Damage Strike 1/day/lvl
2
+2
+0
+3
+0
Enhanced Initiative +1, Improved Two-Weapon Fighting
3
+3
+1
+3
+1
Superior Weapon Focus
4
+4
+1
+4
+1
Enhanced Initiative +2, Combat Reflexes
5
+5
+1
+4
+1
Improved Critical
6
+6
+2
+5
+2
Enhanced Initiative +3, Superior Two-Weapon Fighting
7
+7
+2
+5
+2
Superior Combat Reflexes
8
+8
+2
+6
+2
Enhanced Initiative +4, Supreme Cleave
9
+9
+3
+6
+3
Superior Critical
10
+10
+3
+7
+3
Enhanced Initiative +5, Bladestorm
Requirements Base Attack Bonus: +5 Skills: Intimidate: 4 ranks Weapon: Masterwork or better quality weapons. Feats: Power Attack, Cleave, Great Cleave, Ambidexterity, TwoWeapon Fighting, Weapon Focus (In both weapons if two different kinds of weapons are used.) Hit Dice: d10
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Intimidate (Cha), Knowledge (weaponry) (Int), Listen (Wis), Sense Motive (Wis), and Spot (Wis). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player’s Handbook for skill descriptions. See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int modifier.
Class Features Maximum Damage Strike: After you score a hit with one of your weapons, you do not roll dice to determine the damage. Instead, you
figure the normal maximum damage (not a critical hit) you can inflict with that weapon and do that much damage to the target. This ability cannot be used when you roll a successful critical hit. Enhanced Initiative: You gain the listed bonus to initiative rolls. This ability stacks with the Improved Initiative feat. Improved Two-Weapon Fighting: At 2nd level, the Bladestormer gains the Improved Two-Weapon Fighting feat. Superior Weapon Focus: Stacking on top of any existing Weapon Focus bonus, this ability grants a Bladestormer an additional +1 to attack rolls with a single weapon type of choice. Combat Reflexes: At 4th level, the Bladestormer gains the Combat Reflexes feat. Superior Two-Weapon Fighting: In addition to the extra attacks granted by Two-Weapon Fighting and Improved Two-Weapon Fighting you get a third attack with the off-hand weapon, albeit at a -10 penalty. Superior Combat Reflexes: This ability lets you make a total number of attacks of opportunity in a round equal to your Dexterity modifier plus your Wisdom modifier. Supreme Cleave: At 8th level, the Bladestormer gains the ability to take a 5-foot step before making a Cleave or Great Cleave attack. Superior Critical: Gain the Improved Critical feat for free. If you already possess this feat, add an additional +2 to your weapon of choice’s threat range for critical hits.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Bladestorm (Su): With this ability the Bladestormer draws power from within himself and charges his weapons with arcing electricity.
Each weapon does an additional 1d6 of electrical damage. This additional damage is multiplied on critical hits.
Blood Guard Description As said, in the Thomas Covenant series Haruchai are naturally an aggressive race. The Haruchai entered the land as an army, on a mission from their homes in the Westron mountains to overrun Revelstone, but met by Kevin and astounded at his compassion, swore an oath of service to him, the strength of which defies time. They became the Blood-guard. Traditionally the Bloodguard wield no weapons relying on the natural agility, accuracy and hardy constitution to see them escape from campaign after campaign uninjured. The Bloodguard are the great Defenders of the Lords in the Thomas Covenant series. Their dedication surpasses everyone else in the Land. Preserved by the Vow. Have given an oath so strong that it
keeps them from time and death. Bloodguard are masters in dealing quick, lethal unarmed blows. It is said that no one can match the unarmed capabilities of the Bloodguard. Most Blood-guard are fighters, although rangers, paladins, monks and barbarians can also benefit from this prestige class. Bloodguard rogues, wizards and sorcerers are not known, but it is possible for these classes. to become Bloodguard. Bards will find this prestige class unsuitable. Bloodguard never wear armour or shields and never use weapons, relying on their natural combat abilities. Player characters playing a Blood-guard aren’t as free compared to other PCs. The Blood-guard have to follow the rules and missions of their lords. Most of them constantly guard the keep were their lords live.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Armour Bonus
Special
1
+1
+2
+2
+2
+1
Unarmed enhancement +1, Body Alteration
2
+2
+3
+3
+3
+2
Less Sleep (4 hours/day)
3
+3
+3
+3
+3
+2
Unarmed enhancement +2
4
+4
+4
+4
+4
+3
Great Health
5
+5
+4
+4
+4
+3
Unarmed enhancement +3
6
+6
+5
+5
+5
+4
Less Sleep (1 hour/day)
7
+7
+5
+5
+5
+4
Unarmed enhancement +4
8
+8
+6
+6
+6
+5
Damage Reduction 5/-
9
+9
+6
+6
+6
+5
Unarmed enhancement +5
10
+10
+7
+7
+7
+6
Damage Reduction 10/+1
Requirements Alignment: Any Lawful Race: Human, Haruchai Base Attack Bonus: +10 Skills: Heal: 3 ranks, Listen: 5 ranks, Sense Motive: 5 ranks, Spot: 5 ranks. Feats: Ambidexterity, Endurance, Iron Will, Improved Unarmed Strike, Weapon focus (unarmed strike). Special: Bloodguard may never show their emotions openly and may only talk when necessary. Hit Dice: d10
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Climb (Str), Jump (Str), Intimidate (Cha), Listen (Wis), Sense Motive (Wis), Spot (Wis), Swim (Str) and Tumble (Dex). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player’s Handbook for skill descriptions.
See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int modifier.
Class Features Weapons and Armour: The Blood-guard is proficient with unarmed combat. The Blood-guard cannot fight with weapons, relying only on his natural combat abilities (thus his unarmed strike). Armour Bonus: Every level the natural AC of Blood-guard improves. Body Alteration: By doing their vow, the Bloodguard aren’t subject to ageing anymore. This even extents to any kind of magical ageing. Very experienced Bloodguards keep their youth and strength while getting wiser over the decades. In addition the Blood-guard have to eat and drink half the normal amount a normal human needs to stay alive. Unarmed enhancement: The Bloodguard are known for their excellence in unarmed combat. The Bloodguard are immune to subdual damage and while fighting unarmed they automatically hit for normal damage without any penalties to hit. In addition at 1st
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes level they gain a +1 enhancement bonus to unarmed strikes. At 3rd level +2, 5th level +3, 7th level +4 and finally at 9th level the enhancement bonus increases to a total of +5.
Damage Reduction: At 8th level the Blood-guard ignores certain blows altogether. They gain a damage reduction of 5/-. At 10th level the reduction improves even further to 10/+1.
Less Sleep: At 2nd level the Blood-guard needs only 4 hours sleep a day. At 6th level the Blood-guard need only 1 hour rest a day.
Yes, in the Thomas Covenant series, the Blood-guard were very powerful defenders. It could be possible in a campaign that Haruchai (and maybe other races) have made a vow to some being or organisation and thus gain this prestige class. The Blood-guard could be sent on missions by their masters, just like in the books!
Great Health: At 4th level the Blood-guard is immune to diseases of any kind, including extraordinary, supernatural and magical diseases.
Blood Guardians Games Information Rhiannon lay shivering in the wet leaves of the forest floor, peering cautiously through the bushes into the dimly lit clearing beyond. The half-moon above shined its silvery light sparingly over the small cottage and overgrown garden beside it. No smoke rose from the chimney. No light flickered within. No sign of life at all. Perhaps the rumours were true—Granny Kes was dead. Despair knotted Rhiannon’s gut as she thought of those she had left behind. She was sent by the village elders to seek the aid of Granny Kes as they faced their total destruction. Orcish raiders to the north, human bandits to the south, and one of them had awakened the ancient evil of Graken Cave. Granny Kes was an ancient crone who had often aided the people of Greenmeadow in the past. She’d been around as long as even the oldest of the elders could remember, and had forgotten more mysterious secrets than any of them knew. Wearily, Rhiannon stood and brushed damp leaves from her clothes. She had to look. She had to confirm the loss of their ancient guardian. The cottage seemed almost to shrink as she got closer. She could see the signs of decay—thatch gone unchanged for too long, chinks appearing in the dried moss between logs, webs spun in the windows and doorway. The place looked long abandoned. The darkened interior was revealed slowly as her eyes adjusted. Peering into the gloom, Rhiannon could see dust on the floor, on everything. Cobwebs covered in dust as well. A rusted old pot hung on the cold hearth. A tiny, whistling sound drew Rhiannon’s attention to the old cot with rumpled covers. Startled, she realised there was actually a figure under the covers, and she approached cautiously. The ancient, dried-up creature on the bed looked like she would crack with the slightest movement, and yet she turned her head to gaze up at Rhiannon. Withered and ancient as she was, her eyes yet shone with piercing light. “Take my hand, girl.” She was hardly a girl. Rhiannon was a powerful sorcerer, famed throughout the land for her heroic exploits. But kneeling, Rhiannon took the crone’s fragile hand in hers. She could feel Kes’s blood hot beneath her skin. She was burning with fever! “Let me get help.” Rhiannon started to rise again, but the crone held her with fierce strength.
“There is no help but here, girl. Listen to it. Listen to the blood.” Crazily, Rhiannon thought she could actually hear Kes’s blood pulsing through her veins. Then her jaw dropped as she realised she could hear her own blood as well. Their pulses merged and suddenly Rhiannon was seeing what Kes saw—her, kneeling beside the bed, and her blood glowing through her skin. “You are the next. My time is soon over.” Rhiannon could see her face, and she was no longer talking, but her words burned through the girl’s mind. Visions of people she didn’t know flashed before her eyes. Then she realised she did know them … all of them, going back thousands of years. “Guard them well, Rhiannon of the Blood. Keep our people safe.” Rhiannon watched as before her eyes Granny Kes withered and shrank. Impossibly, she appeared to age hundreds of years in a few moments. Her tiny, withered hand crumbled in Rhiannon’s grasp and soon all that was left was a pile of dry old bones. She was gone. The sorcerer felt wondrous possibilities coursing through her veins —the blood of her people. It would all come in time, and she knew that now she had time enough. But for the immediate problems, new knowledge blossomed in her mind, whispered in the voice of Granny Kes. The information was there—secret caches of weapons, treaties with powerful creatures of the wood and the weakness of the Graken Cave monster—she had only to use it.
Description The Blood Guardian is a scion of a special bloodline. At some point in his life, he experiences some event that brings about revelations. He realises that he has a different, previously unknown path for his life—one of power and responsibility. The Blood Guardian is a burdened individual, who carries the weight and duty of a secret bloodline. He is extremely rare—most with the bloodline are not aware of its distinction and power, let alone their own potential. Sorcerers are by far the most common Blood Guardians, although it is possible for a wizard or a bard to take up the mantle as well. Game Master controlled Blood Guardians are usually found not with others of their kind (for they are so rare), but instead leading organisations—sometimes, whole nations and empires—because of responsibility for the power they wield and the bloodline from which they come.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1st
+0
+0
+0
+2
Resist the Aeons
2nd
+1
+0
+0
+3
Bonus Feat
3rd
+1
+1
+1
+3
Enhanced Familiar
4th
+2
+1
+1
+4
Bonus Feat
Bonus Known
Group 1
Group 2
Spells
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes 5th
+2
+1
+1
+4
Mantle of Power, Enhanced Familiar
6th
+3
+2
+2
+5
Bonus Feat Group
7th
+3
+2
+2
+5
Mantle of Authority, Enhanced Familiar
8th
+4
+2
+2
+6
Bonus Feat Group
9th
+4
+3
+3
+6
Mantle of Truth, Enhanced Familiar
10th
+5
+3
+3
+7
Mantle of Duty Group
Group 3
Group 4
Group 5
Requirements
Group 1 Charm Message, Enthral
To qualify to become a Blood Guardian, a character must fulfil all the following criteria.
Group 2 Detect Thoughts, Calm Undetectable Alignment, Zone of Truth
Alignment: Any non-chaotic
Group 3 Arcane Eye, Detect Scrying, Emotion, Misdirection, Scrying
Skills: Knowledge (Arcana): 5 ranks, Diplomacy: 4 ranks Spellcasting: Must be able to cast four 4th-level arcane spells in the same day (with no help from magic items, but bonus spells do count). Special: The Blood Guardian must be of a particular rare bloodline and must discover that fact. Special: The Blood Guardian must undergo a gruelling ritual in which he loses all ability to cast spells of a specific descriptor (fire, force, good, teleportation, etc.) chosen by the DM, in order to slow down his ageing process and gain the other benefits of the class.
Class Skills
Person,
Comprehend
Languages,
Emotions,
Identify,
Suggestion,
Group 4 Mass Suggestion, Prying Eyes, Sending, Telepathic Bond, Tongues Group 5 Dominate Person, Lesser Geas, Mind Fog, True Seeing, Limited Wish Enhanced Familiar: At 3rd-level, the Blood Guardian’s existing familiar begins to take on greater qualities than that of normal familiars. The familiar continues to gain abilities as normal, adding Blood Guardian levels to the original class levels of the character to determine those abilities. In addition, a Blood Guardian can choose one of the following powers every other level he gains for his familiar (at 3rd, 5th, 7th and 9thlevel). The level of the Blood Guardian, added to his Charisma bonus, determines the range of powers he may select. No power may be taken more than once.
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Alchemy (Int), Bluff (Cha), Concentration (Con), Diplomacy (Cha), Forgery (Int), Heal (Wis), Innuendo (Wis), Knowledge (any, each taken individually) (Int), Listen (Wis), Profession (Wis), Search (Wis), Sense Motive (Int), Spellcraft (Int), and Spot (Wis).
Table Level + Cha Mod.
Familiar Ability
1
Familiar gains Toughness feat
2
Increase speed by +10 to one mode of movement
3
Familiar gains Damage Reduction 5/Silver
4
Increase or decrease one size category
5
Once per day, can cast alter self on itself only (cannot share this with master)
Weapons and Armour: Blood Guardians are proficient with all simple weapons, but no armour or shields.
6
Once per day, can cast invisibility on itself only (cannot share this with master)
Resist the Aeons: The Blood Guardian begins to age much more slowly. All ages listed in the Ageing Effects table of the SRD are tripled (thus, for example, a human feels the effects of middle age at 105 years, old age at 159 years, and so on).
7
Once per day, can cast true strike on itself only (cannot share this with master)
8
+2 natural armour
Bonus Feat: At 2nd, 4th, 6th and 8th level, the Blood Guardian gains a bonus feat chosen from the following list: Any metamagic feat, any item creation feat, Spell Mastery (if a wizard), Skill Focus, or Alertness.
9
Familiar gains fast healing 1 (cannot share this with master)
10
+2 inherent bonus to Strength
11
+2 inherent bonus to Con
12
+2 inherent bonus to Dex
13
Familiar gains Damage Reduction 5/+1
14
Gain spells as a 1st level sorcerer. The familiar need not have the same spells as the master. Considered to have
See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 4 + Int modifier.
Class Features All of the following are Class Features of the Blood Guardian prestige class. Hit Dice: d4
Bonus Spells Known: The Blood Guardian gains small groups of spells to add to his spells known. Some of these are divine spells, but the Blood Guardian treats them as arcane spells. If a spell is of a level that the Blood Guardian cannot cast, assume that he can use the spell once per day as a spell-like ability.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Cha score equal to master’s, without magic item enhancements.
Animal; HD 11; hp 31; Init.: +3 (Dex); Speed 10 ft, fly 60 ft (average);
Mantle of Power: At 5th-level, the Blood Guardian gains all the special abilities and spells per day of one level of whatever spellcasting class he had before becoming a Blood Guardian. For example, if Sindon, a 9th-level sorcerer/4th-level Blood Guardian, gains 5th-level in Blood Guardian, he gains new spells as if he had risen to 10th-level in sorcerer, and casts them at 10th-level. If he next gains a level of sorcerer, making him a 10th-level sorcerer/5thlevel Blood Guardian, he gains spells as if he had risen to 11th-level sorcerer.
AC 21 (+2 size, +3 Dex, +6 natural armour; touch 15, flatfooted 18); ATT +5 melee (1d4–2, claws); SA Touch (deliver master’s spells); SQ +8 racial bonus to Spot in daylight, Improved Evasion, Share Spells, Empathic Link, Speak with Master, Speak with Hawks, Spell Resistance 16, Alter Self 1/day; AL NG; SV Fort +2, Ref +5, Will +2; Str 6, Dex 17, Con 10, Int 11, Wis 14, Cha 6; Listen +6, Spot +6; Weapon Finesse (claws).
If a character had more than one spellcasting class before he became a Blood Guardian, he must decide which class gains the new level. Mantle of Authority: At 7th-level, the Blood Guardian gains a +2 bonus to Charisma. Mantle of Truth: At will, a 9th-level Blood Guardian can literally see lies as a supernatural ability, up to a range of 30 feet. Treat this as a discern lies spell that acts continuously. The 9th-level Blood Guardian also gains another effective level of spellcasting and special abilities as described in Mantle of Power. Mantle of Duty: Once per day, a 10th-level Blood Guardian can speak with his ancestors as a spell-like ability, calling upon the power of his bloodline. This works just like a commune spell cast at 10th-level. Sample Blood Guardian Rhiannon Greycastle, Female Human Sor8/Rog3/BldGrd3: CR 14; Size M (5 ft, 9 in tall); HD 11d4+2d6+26; hp 62; Init. +9 (+5 Dex, +4 Improved Initiative); Speed 30 ft; AC 20 (+5 Dex, +4 Bracers of Armour, +1 Ring of Protection; touch 16, flat-footed 15); ATT +8/+3 (1d6+1/x2, Staff of Elemental Battle), or +15 (1d4+2, 17-20/x2, Hand Crossbow +1 w/ +1 bolts), or +8/+3 (1d4, 19-20/x2, Silver Dagger); SQ: Resist the Aeons, cannot cast Shadow spells, Evasion, Uncanny Dodge (Dex bonus to AC); SA: Sneak Attack +2d6; AL NG; SV Fort +6, Ref +11, Will +12; Str 10, Dex 20, Con 14, Int 16, Wis 13, Cha 17. Languages Spoken: Common, Auran, Aquan, Terran, Ignan.
New Magic Item Staff of Elemental Battle This solid mithril staff is capped with five points—four around the diameter of the staff and a single, shorter point in the centre. The points are lacquered, each of the outer four in a different colour to represent the four primary elements. The central point is off-white. The staff may be used as a +1 Quarterstaff or Short Spear. In addition, the staff has the following powers:
Elemental Bolt (1d4+12, 1 charge)
Resist Elements (1 charge)
P rotection from Elements (2 charges) Summon Monster VI (1 large or 1d3 medium elementals only, 2 charges)
Caster Level: 12th Prerequisite: Craft Magical Arms and Armour, Craft Staff, Elemental Bolt, Protection from Elements, Resist Elements, Summon Monster VI; Market Price: 36,000 gp.
New Spell
Skills and Feats: Appraise +10, Balance +10, Bluff +8, Concentration +8, Decipher Script +8, Diplomacy +17, Disguise +10, Escape Artist +10, Gather Information +8, Hide +10, Knowledge (Arcana) +8, Listen +9, Move Silently +10, Read Lips +9, Sense Motive +8, Spellcraft +10, Spot +9, Tumble +10, and Use Rope +10; Combat Casting, Dodge, Expertise, Mobility, Skill Focus (Sense Motive), Spring Attack, Weapon Focus (Hand Crossbow). Possessions: Staff of Elemental Battle (45 charges) –stored in glove, Bracers of Armour +4, Ring of Protection +1, Ring of Wizardry (1st level), Masterwork Silver Dagger, +1 Keen Hand Crossbow, 25 +1 Hand Crossbow Bolts, Heward’s Handy Haversack, Glove of Storing, Masterwork Disguise Kit, Potions: Cure Moderate Wounds x2, Jump, Swimming, Love, Hiding, Sneaking, Charisma, Endurance, Cat’s Grace, Bull’s Strength x3. Spells Per Day: 6/13/7/6/3 (Base DC = 13 + spell level).
Elemental Bolt
Saving Throw
None
Spells Known (8/5/3/2/1): 0 – Detect Magic, Light,
Spell Resistance
Yes
Mage Hand, Mending, Open/Close, Prestidigitation; Ray of Frost, Read Magic; 1 – Charm Person*, Colour Spray, Comprehend Languages*, Detect Secret Doors, Elemental Bolt, Feather Fall, Identify*, Message*, Sleep; 2 – Alter Self, Detect Thoughts, Enthral*, Knock; 3 – Fly, Haste; 4 – Improved Invisibility. *Group 1 Bonus Spells Known. Familiar: “Silk”: Female Hawk; Tiny
The caster hurls a bolt of elemental energy at a target as a ranged touch attack. The attack deals 1d4 elemental damage +1 point per caster level (max of +15). The specific element is determined at the time of casting (fire, cold, electricity, acid, or sonic energy). The spell is considered a spell of the energy type chosen. Thus, a bolt of cold energy is a cold spell, and fire energy is a fire spell.
Evocation [See Text] Level
Drd 1, Sor/Wiz 1
Components
V, S
Casting Time
1 Action
Range
Close (25ft + 5ft/2 Levels)
Target
One Creature
Duration Instantaneous
Bondbreaker of Hathor
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Description Although the Lords of Mulhorand do not admit it, slavery is a vile business. The Bondbreaker is an Old Empires ex-slave class; during their ordeal, the Bondbreaker learned skills and abilities that will help him or others remain free. This class is secretly sponsored by
several deities of the Mulhorandi pantheon who do not appreciate slavery (notably Hathor), or who approve of slavery and yet admire the courage shown by this class (notably Anhur). Though designed with the Mulhorandi in mind, this might serve as a Prestige Class for escaped slaves in other regions, notably Calimshan and Thay.
Table Level
Base Attack
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special Abilities
1
1
2
0
0
Cover Tracks, Resist Intimidate
2
2
3
0
0
Bonus Feat from the Fighter list
3
3
3
1
1
Fearlessness
4
4
4
1
1
Burst of Strength, Run
5
5
4
1
1
Fearlessness
6
6
5
2
2
Smite Slaver
7
7
5
2
2
Bonus Feat from the Fighter list
8
8
6
2
2
Resist Enchantment, Freedom of Movement
9
9
6
3
3
Bonus Feat from the Fighter list
10
10
7
3
3
Cry Freedom
Requirements Base Attack Bonus: +3 Alignment: not LE or NE. Class: Believer of Hathor or Anhur Special: Intimidate (5 ranks), Toughness (2 ranks) The Bondbreaker must have been enslaved at some time in their life, and have broken free from confinement, and they must also have (on a separate occasion) freed at least a dozen slaves and delivered them safely to a free land. The latter must have been done as a player character. Hit Dice: D10
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Balance, Bluff, Climb, Gather Information, Hide, Intimidate, Jump, Knowledge, Listen, Move Silently, Profession, Search, Sense Motive, Spot, Swim. See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 4 + INT modifier
Class Features Fearlessness Gain: +1 to save against all fear-effects at 3 rd and a further +1 5th level.
Caravaneer
Bonus Feat: Gain a feat from the Fighter list Cover Tracks/ Resist Intimidate: People attempting to use these skills against Bondbreakers suffer a 2 Penalty to their DC, -1/Bondbreaker level (i.e. those attempting to intimidate a 5th level Bondbreaker suffer a 7 penalty to their roll). Burst of Strength: Bondbreakers get a +4 bonus to all Strength checks to escape confinement, whether they're chained, or held by a opponent's Grappling Check. Run: As per the General feat. Smite Slaver: When attacking a known Slaver, the Bondbreaker get a +1 Base Attack and damage bonus per Bondbreaker level possessed. The Bondbreaker must have witnessed the slaver handling his charges. Resist Enchantment: The Bondbreaker gets a +4 bonus to all Saving Throws against Mind-Affecting Enchantments. Freedom of Movement: Once per day, the Bondbreaker may trigger a Freedom of Movement (as per the fourth level spell). This effect lasts three rounds, plus one round per Charisma bonus. Cry Freedom: At fifth level, the Bondsman may trigger a freedom cry, once per day, that lasts for five rounds, plus one round per charisma bonus. All escaped slaves (including the Bondbreaker) who remain within a 60' radius of the Bondbreaker get +2 to all Saving Throws, have their Strength boosted by +4, their base movement raised by 10 ft./round, and receive 5 points of damage Reduction against all attacks.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Description A Caravaneer is a smuggler and a merchant in less than legal merchandise. They tend to fit in the gap between the rouge and the
trader. Most of the times it is a rouge who has gone into business or a trader who has decided to deal in shady business (such as spell component trading).
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+0
+0
+2
+0
Poisoning
2
+1
+0
+3
+0
Sneak Attack +1d6
3
+2
+1
+3
+1
Uncanny Dodge (Dex bonus)
4
+3
+1
+4
+1
Bonus Language
5
+3
+1
+4
+1
Poisoning
6
+4
+2
+5
+2
Sneak Attack +2d6
7
+5
+2
+5
+2
Uncanny Dodge (Can't be flanked)
8
+6
+2
+6
+2
Bonus Language
9
+6
+3
+6
+3
Poisoning
10
+7
+3
+7
+3
Sneak Attack +3d6
Requirements
Class Features
Base Attack Bonus: +1
Wages: The skills of a Caravaneer are much in demand, he can expect to make 1 cp./level/week and will receive free lodging.
Alignment: Any nonlawful
Hiring: The Caravaneer can get companions hired on, at the rate of 1 per level.
Feats: Alertness Special: Appraising Ranks: 8 Bluff Ranks: 8 Diplomacy Ranks: 8 Forgery Ranks: 8 Hide Ranks: 8 Hit Dice: D6
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Appraising, Bluff, Decipher Script, Diplomacy, Disable Device, Forgery, Gather Information, Handle Animal, Hide, Knowledge (Local), Listen, Move Silently, Open Locks, Pick Pockets, Profession (Cook), Read Lips, Ride, Search, Sense Motive, Spot
Smuggling: A Caravaneer is a master smuggler, as long as he has an appropriate place to hide something he can hide up to 100 lbs. of smuggled goods per level of any type (including escaped slaves) with no penalty to his hide rolls. Reactions: The Caravaneer has a +3 to his reaction rolls from rouges or traders and other people that associate with them. However, when it comes to the character trying to engender trust or when he has to deal with the authorities he gets a –3 to his reaction rolls. Poisoning: The character learns one poisoning formula as per a bard or trader. Use class level to determine the roll (stack with trader or bard levels if the character has those classes).
See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions.
Bonus Language: As per the trader
Skills per level 8 + Int per Level.
Sneak Attack: As per the rogue Uncanny Dodge: As per the rogue
Chaos Warrior Description "Warriors of Chaos are the servants and worshippers of the foul Chaos Gods. They also swept inexplicably from the North during the Incursions of Chaos. Together with the other Chaotic creatures, they came out of nowhere and broke upon the lands of Norsca and
Table Level
Attack
Fort
Ref
Will
Special
the Old World A long and bloody battle was fought by the men and Dwarfs of those lands against the invaders, a war which ended in the retreat of Chaos to the Far North, where it more or less remains today. However, even now, over a hundred years later, bands of black-armoured Chaos Warriors still raid the north of the Old World."
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Bonus
Save
Save
Save
1
+1
+0
+2
+0
Mark of Chaos, Dark Blessing
2
+2
+0
+3
+0
Chaos Armour
3
+3
+1
+3
+1
Detect Good
4
+4
+1
+4
+1
Mark of Chaos
5
+5
+1
+4
+1
Smite Good
6
+6
+2
+5
+2
7
+7
+2
+5
+2
Mark of Chaos
8
+8
+2
+6
+2
Boon of Chaos
9
+9
+3
+6
+3
10
+10
+3
+7
+3
Mark of Chaos
Requirements Base Attack Bonus: +6 Hit Dice: D10
Smite Good: Starting at 5th level, a Chaos Warrior may Smite Good once per day in the same way as a Paladin may Smite Evil. This is a supernatural ability. Boon of Chaos: At 8th level, the Chaos Warrior receives a mutation to show his god's favour. Roll a d6 on the following Table
Alignment: Chaotic Evil Feats: Cleave, Expertise Special: The would-be Chaos Warrior must pledge allegiance to a Chaos power (Nurgle, Slaanesh, Tzeentch or Khorne)
Table Roll d6
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are:
1
Type
Description
Unnatural Armour
The Chaos Warrior's armour magically meshes to his skin and muscle. It can no longer be removed, and no longer confers penalties (armour check, sleeping in armour, etc.)
Hideous Appearance
The Chaos Warrior's features mutate and turn disgusting, granting a +2 Circumstance bonus to Intimidate checks, or to any Cha based check when dealing with his god's followers. All other Cha related checks suffer a 2 Circumstance penalty.
Extra Arm
The Chaos Warrior grows an extra arm. He may now use a shield while wielding a two handed weapon, or he may use two shields and gain AC bonuses from both.
Great Claw
One of the Chaos Warrior's hands mutates into a giant crab like claw. Treat the Clwa as a Great Axe that can never be dropped, and only needs one hand to wield. The Chaos Warrior may not use a different weapon or a shield in this claw.
Scorpion Tail
A giant, poisonous tail grows from the Chaos Warrior's back. The Chaos Warrior may make an extra attack at his highest Base Attack Bonus each round, counting as an Unarmed Strike, but also as a Poisoned Attack.
Blackblood
The Chaos Warrior's blood turns black and acrid. Every time he takes a wounding hit, his opponent must make a Reflex save against DC 15 or suffer d6 damage from the corrosive blood spurting over him. The Chaos Warrior does not take damage from his own blood.
Intimidate (Cha), Knowledge: Arcana or Chaos (Int), Listen (Wis), Ride (Dex), and Spot (Wis) See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill points per Level: 2 +Int Modifier/level
2
Class Features Weapons and Armour: Proficient with all types of armour and Shields, and with all Simple and Martial weapons.
3
Mark of Chaos: At 1st, 4th, 7th, and 10th levels, a Chaos Warrior gains +1 to one of his statistics, depending on his Chaos God Khorne: +1 Strength Nurgle: +1 Constitution (and immunity to disease)
4
Slaanesh: +1 Dexterity Tzeench: +1 Intelligence Dark Blessing: The Chaos Warrior may add his Cha modifier to all Saving Throws.
5
Chaos Armour: At 2nd level, the Chaos Warrior is granted a magical suit of Full Plate armour, with an Enhancement Bonus equal to half of his Chaos Warrior class level. Detect Good: Starting at 3rd level, a Chaos Warrior may Detect Good at will in the same way as a Paladin can Detect Evil. This is a spell-like ability.
6
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Choldani Bleeding Way Weaponmaster Description Choldai, the infamous City of Jade. Grown from a collection of jade mining towns, Choldai has always been a rough and brutal settling. Historically a tyrannical autocracy, the city is dominated to this day by the Despot of Choldai and his cruel thugs. The city itself is dark and cheerless, carved from rock and decorated sparingly by the downtrodden populace. Austere and foreboding, it leaves little pleasant in the memories of those who have visited. The chief of the cities few attractions are inarguably the infamous Fighting Pits of Choldai, where ritualised pit fights are regarded as a national art form. Unlike the gilded gladiatorial arenas of Phanosh where mock combats and light fighting are staged for entertainment, or the Challenge Circles of Ohjavia where expert warriors meet to test and better their skills the Fighting Pits of Choldai are small filthy holes where men bleed and die to the cacophony of blood-fevered folk who care little for skill, preferring savagery and brutality. Folk look the other way in oppressed Choldai, and no good deed goes unpunished by the Depots men lest it engender hope in the
populace. Cruelty and inhumanness are a way of life encouraged and enforced by the heartless Despot for generations. Survivors see to themselves, and the strong prosper by exploiting those weaker than themselves. Those who are crippled or die are believed to be weak and therefore deserving of their fate. In such a culture it is unsurprising that many learn some form of self defence, and make a deliberate attempt to toughen themselves. Due to generations of de facto culling of the weak, the natives are already typically hardy, and many are able to refine this into a nearly mystic discipline. Most Choldani fighting styles revolve around this concept of durability first, and the current reigning school in the Fighting Pits is known simply as the Bleeding Way. The Bleeding Way concentrates on learning how to take a hit to avoid long term handicap, taking a hit to score one yourself, and continuing to fight though sorely injured. Less of a Fighting Style and more of a physical discipline, the style is popular amongst Warriors, Fighters, and Barbarians, but has it’s practitioners amongst other professions as well.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+2
+0
+0
Going the Distance, Roll With It 1
2
+2
+3
+0
+0
Retributive Strike
3
+3
+3
+1
+1
Roll With It 2
4
+4
+4
+1
+1
Hard to Kill
5
+5
+4
+1
+1
Improved Retributive Strike, Roll With It 3
Requirements Base Attack Bonus: +4 Feats: Toughness, Great Fortitude, Iron Will Fortitude Base Save: +3 Abilities: Con 13+ Hit Dice: D12
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Heal, Intimidate, Jump, Sense Motive
usable with any melee weapon that the practitioner may employ one handed and is proficient with, including bare-handed (assuming the practitioner also has Improved Unarmed Combat). Roll with it: The Choldani Weaponmaster learns to roll with blows to minimise the damage taken. With greater practice, the Choldani can minimise damage fairly effectively, seeming to take more damage than he truly does. At 1st level the Choldani gains Damage Reduction 1/-. At 3rd level this increases to Damage Reduction 2/and at 5th to Damage Reduction 3/-. This is stackable with Damage Reduction from the Barbarian and Dwarven Defender classes (and other similar damage reduction). Going the Distance: At 1st level the Choldani Weaponmaster has honed his stamina to go the extra mile regardless of fatigue. The Choldani Weaponmaster gains Endurance as a virtual Feat.
Weapon and Armour Proficiencies: This prestige class grants no additional weapon or Armour proficiencies.
Retributive Strike: At 2nd level the Choldani Weaponmaster has developed the practice of taking a blow to deal out an attack of his own. Therefore when an opponent makes a successful melee attack against the Choldani, the Choldani may take an immediate free attack of opportunity against that opponent. The Choldani may only make one attack of opportunity of this nature against a single opponent each round. The Choldani cannot make more than one attack of opportunity versus the same opponent in the same round regardless of means. This single attack of opportunity does not count against the Choldani’s normal limit on attacks of opportunity.
The Bleeding Way: This style does not rely on the use of any specific type of weapon. However, the style is primarily used in close-quarters pit fights and relies somewhat on landing blows quickly as opportunity presents. Thus, all of the below abilities are
Hard to Kill: At 4th level the Choldani Weaponmaster has developed that ability to shrug off mortal wounds briefly and continue to fight unto death. The Choldani Weaponmaster gains Remain Conscious (Sword & Fist page 9) as a virtual Feat.
See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points: Int Bonus + 2 / level
Class Features
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Improved Retributive Strike: At 5th level the Choldani Weaponmaster has further developed the practice of taking blows to deal out attacks of his own. Just as with Retributive Strike, when an opponent makes a successful melee attack against the Choldani, the Choldani may take an immediate free attack of opportunity against that opponent. However, the Choldani may make up to one attack of
opportunity of this nature against each and every melee opponent that successfully strikes him in that round. The Choldani cannot make more than one attack of opportunity versus the same opponent in the same round regardless of means. These free attacks of opportunity do not count against the Choldani’s normal limit on attacks of opportunity in a round.
Cleric [Crusader] Description
popular resentment or suspicion. However, no one questions the ability or resolve of Crusaders in times of war.
Crusaders are devout priests of war, combat or conflict who stand at the forefront of the fight for their faith. Crusaders are the leaders of their faith’s forces into battle, the first into the woods upon hearing of a monster terrorising the peasants, and the beings most likely to be standing on a hill in enemy territory orating to the masses about the benefits of changing to the One True Faith.
In an adventuring party, the Crusader is a natural leader whose place is in the front lines of any battle. When possible, the Crusader will take steps to prepare his comrades for battle through the use of bless, prayer, aid and similar spells. They will then quickly join the fight alongside the more traditional warriors.
While Crusaders are nearly always associated with deities who have the War domain, they may also represent deities of leadership or strong alignment that are in conflict with opposing forces. Crusaders often organise themselves into a military hierarchy and view their temples as fortifications as well as places of worship. In some cases the power of the Crusader orders can rival the strength of the kingdom that hosts them, although this can often provoke
Clerics and paladins of combat-oriented deities often become Crusaders to prove their commitment to the faith and to help spread the word of their deity to uncivilised lands. Fighters may “see the light” and become Crusaders after some clerical training. Rangers may become Crusaders to help prevent the encroachment of civilisation into natural areas. Other classes rarely have the commitment to a deity necessary to become a Crusader.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
Spells/Turn/Rebuke Undead
1
+1
+1
+0
+1
Extra Domain, (Spontaneous Casting), (Turn/Rebuke Undead)
+1 level of cleric level
2
+2
+2
+1
+2
Divine Aura, 1/day
+1 level of cleric level
3
+3
+2
+1
+2
Voice of Power, 1/day
+1 level of cleric level
4
+4
+3
+1
+3
Divine Aura, 2/day
+1 level of cleric level
5
+5
+3
+2
+3
Voice of Power, 2/day
+1 level of cleric level
6
+6
+4
+2
+4
Divine Aura, 3/day
+1 level of cleric level
7
+7
+4
+2
+4
Voice of Power, 3/day (and hence Voice of Fear)
+1 level of cleric level
8
+8
+5
+3
+5
Divine Aura, 4/day
+1 level of cleric level
9
+9
+5
+3
+5
Voice of Power, 4/day
+1 level of cleric level
10
+10
+6
+3
+6
Divine Aura, 5/day (and hence Divine Aura of Fear)
+1 level of cleric level
Requirements To qualify to become a Crusader one must show that they have not only an established divine connection, Clerical not Druidic, but also that they are able to fight for their cause and be able to persuade others to do so. Furthermore, the prospective Crusader must be set in their convictions, and hence have a firm degree of law or chaos in their alignment. This requires a Crusader to meet the following criteria: Alignment: Any except neutral good, true neutral or neutral evil Base Attack Bonus: +4 Feats: Weapon Focus in a favoured weapon of the Crusader’s deity Spellcasting: Ability to cast 2nd level Divine spells Skills: 4 ranks of Diplomacy, 4 ranks of Knowledge-Religion
Hit Die: d10 Abilities: As with a cleric, Wisdom is the most important ability. To cast a spell, the Crusader must have a Wisdom score of 10 + the spell’s level. A Crusader gets bonus spells based on Wisdom. The Difficulty Class of a saving throw against a Crusader’s spell is 10 + the spell’s level + the cleric’s Wisdom modifier. A high Charisma improves the Crusader’s ability to Turn Undead. As a Crusader is expected to be on the forefront of battles against enemies of their faith, Strength and Constitution are much more important for the Crusader than a cleric, although physically weak clerics may become Crusaders if their faith is sufficiently strong. Many people often consider a good Intelligence score to be a hindrance to the average Crusader; as with a soldier the Crusader is expected to follow the orders of their faith without question (or even thinking about questioning). Furthermore, a high-ranking leader of their faith must initiate the potential Crusader after confirming their resolve. This may involve
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes as little as an oral test and some sparring, or as much as a full Quest to be undertaken, depending upon the faith. A typical Quest would be the removal of a dangerous monster preying upon members of the faith, or perhaps the destruction of a rival church, depending upon the power of the applicant and how keen the leader is to gain another Crusader in the ranks of the church.
broad a range of spells as a cleric would. As such, they are unable to gain spells unless they are in the Crusader’s domain, or of one of the following schools of magic:
Class Skills
That is, unless a spell is in a Domain accessible to the Crusader, they are unable to cast spells from the schools of Conjuration (Calling and Summoning), Divination (level 5+), Enchantment (Charm), Illusion and Transmutation (level 5+).
The Crusader’s class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are Climb (Str), Concentration (Con), Craft (Int), Diplomacy (Cha), Heal (Wis), Jump (Str), Knowledge-Religion (Int), Ride (Dex), Scry (Int) and Spellcraft (Int). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player’s Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int modifier.
Class Features All of the following are class features of the Crusader prestige class. Weapon and Armour Proficiency: Although characters may be proficient with many weapons, upon becoming a Crusader they choose to use only weapons commonly favoured by their Deity. Furthermore, before even becoming a Crusader they must have become proficient in (via the Martial Weapon Proficiency feat if necessary) and chosen the Weapon Focus feat for one favoured weapon. Note that clerics with War as one of their domains receive these feats for free, as outlined on pages 31 and 165 of the PHB. Although some deities have two or three favoured weapons, many have only one. For example, a Crusader of Hextor would use a flail and St Cuthbert the mace. A Crusader may later (not at 1 st level) choose the Weapon Specialisation Feat in one (and only one) favoured weapon that they have chosen Weapon Focus for, just as a Fighter would. A Crusader may still throw grenade-like weapons such as Holy Water and Alchemist’s Fire, but will not use any non-favoured traditional melee or missile weapon unless many lives depend upon it. Even then the Crusader will suffer, not being able to regain divine spells until they have had Atonement cast upon them by another member of their faith. In this case the 500 XP penalty will apply to the Crusader, not the caster of the Atonement, although it may not apply at all if their deity is sufficiently convinced of the need. Crusaders are proficient with all types of armour (light, medium and heavy) and with shields. Note that armour check penalties for armour heavier than leather apply to the skills Balance, Climb, Escape Artist, Hide, Jump, Move Silently, Pick Pocket and Tumble. Also, Swim checks suffer a –1 penalty for every 5 pounds of armour and equipment carried. Spells: Crusaders gain divine spellcasting ability just as a cleric would, receiving an extra level of spellcasting ability for each level. Crusaders also gain a new domain at 1 st level. This is usually either Law or Chaos, depending upon the alignment of the character. If the character already has this domain, choose one of the other domains listed for their Deity, with preference given first to War and then to Protection. It is very unlikely that a church would have Crusaders unless their deity’s favoured domains included at least one of Law/Chaos and War. As an example of how many spells a character has, consider Horan who is an 14th level cleric of Heironeous and 1 st level Crusader. He would have exactly the same number of spells as a 15 th level cleric. Renata the 10th level Ranger and 1st level Wizard would gain three 0 level spells and two 1st level spells upon becoming a 1 st level Crusader, for a total of three 0 level spells, three 1 st level spells (of which one is her domain spell) and one 2 nd level spell. Due to their increased training in the Art of War and following of the ways of their Deity, Crusaders are unable to concentrate on as
Abjuration, Conjuration (Creation and Healing), Divination (minor access, levels1-4), Enchantment (Compulsion), Evocation, Necromancy and Transmutation (minor access, levels 1-4).
Note that this restriction applies to all divine spells the Crusader has access to, including those from other classes – the spells are all gifts of the Crusader’s deity, who will make sure of this restriction. This does not apply to any arcane spells the character might possess from another class, as these are not gained from the Crusader’s deity. So Renata above would still be able to cast Silent Image, but Horan would no longer be able to Animate Objects. Crusaders retain (or gain) the Spontaneous Casting ability to convert prepared spell energy into either cure or inflict spells, subject to the caster level reduction mentioned above. This only applies to divine spells, but does include divine spells gained from other classes, such as Paladin and Ranger. Crusaders retain (or gain) the supernatural ability to Turn or Rebuke Undead and continue to improve, receiving an extra level of skill for each Crusader level. Horan Turns Undead as if he was a 15 th level cleric, Renata as a 1st level cleric. Crusaders may also choose the Extra Turning feat one or more times as a cleric would. Divine Aura: At 2nd level and higher Crusaders may activate an aura that reflects the divine power of their deity. Upon doing so the Crusader radiates a soft light that fills nearby comrades with confidence. For a period of one minute per Crusader level all allies within 20’ of the Crusader gain a +2 morale bonus on saving throws. This bonus is lost if the ally moves further away from the Crusader than 20’, but is regained as soon as they move closer if the aura is still active. The light radiated is the favoured colour of their deity. If not specified this is black for evil Crusaders, otherwise white. If lawful the Crusader’s Aura will be of a constant strength, if chaotic it will pulse. Regardless of the colour or strength, the Aura lights up the surrounding area as if it was a torch (20’ radius). Magical darkness will stop this (although the morale effects of the aura will still operate). Divine Aura is a supernatural ability. Voice of Power: At 3rd level and higher Crusaders may use the Voice of Power. Divine energy fills the Crusader’s lungs (or other breathing organs) and allows them to speak to every creature within 200’ who isn’t magically deafened. The Voice of Power penetrates Silence spells and up to 10’ of solid rock or 3” of lead and similar metals, although not Antimagic Field, Prismatic Sphere or Cubes of Force. The Crusader may use the Voice even if underwater, gagged, Held or similarly restricted. The Voice of Power is normally used to orate to large numbers of beings at once, or give directions during a pitched battle, in which case it lasts for up to ten minutes per Crusader level (during this time the Crusader can speak normally, or with the Voice, as they desire). In dire situations the Voice can be used to call upon the full power of the Crusader’s deity, in which case it is often called the Voice of Fear. All enemies of the Crusader who hear the Voice of Fear (which has the same area of effect as the Voice of Power) must make a Will saving throw (versus a DC of 11 + Crusader Wisdom Bonus). Beings who fail become affected as if by a Cause Fear spell for 1 round per Crusader level. This aspect of the Voice takes a lot out of the Crusader, however. It consumes 3 “uses” of the Voice of Power (and so cannot be used until the Crusader reaches 7 th level, and even then only if they have not used the Voice that day). It also reduces the Constitution of the Crusader by 4 points for a period of one hour (and hence their hit points as well, generally by –
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes 2 for each overall character level). If this would reduce the Crusader’s current Constitution to 0 or below the Crusader falls unconscious for an hour. Any further loss of Constitution, temporary or not, kills them. Similarly if the Constitution loss causes the hit points of the Crusader to fall to 0 or below they will become staggered, fall unconscious or die. Voice of Power and Voice of Fear are both supernatural abilities. Once a Crusader has reached 10th level they can call upon the Divine Aura of Fear. This consumes 5 “uses” of the Divine Aura power, and 3 “uses” of the Voice of Power and hence cannot be used unless the Crusader has that many “uses” left for the day. Upon activating the Divine Aura of Fear the Crusader is surrounded by an
aura that appear to be a Divine Aura, only twice as bright (light radius 40’). This aura gives allies a +2 morale saving throw effect just as a Divine Aura but to 40’ radius, and also gives enemies in this region a –2 morale penalty on attack rolls, weapon damage rolls and saving throws, similar to a Cause Fear spell. However unlike this spell, enemies get no saving throws against this effect, although spell resistance is still checked. Furthermore, any being hit by the Crusader’s favoured weapon must succeed at a Will saving throw (versus a DC of 14 + Crusader Wisdom Bonus) or else immediately become panicked as per the Fear spell (see PHB page 203 or DMG page 85). Unlike the Voice of Fear, Divine Aura of Fear does not weaken the Crusader. Divine Aura of Fear is a supernatural ability.
Cleric [Green Hand of Osiris] Description In the desert domain of Har' Akir a secret order of Osiris worshippers maintains a vigil over the resting places of the dead.
The Hands of Osiris, also known as the Green Hands (named for the belief that Osiris has green skin), is sworn to protect these hallowed sites from thieves, and to prevent the dead from rising into unlife. If a tomb is looted despite their efforts, or if undead rise to menace the land, the Green Hands will not rest until all is set aright.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
Spells/Turning
1
+0
+1
+0
+1
Prestige domain
+1 cleric level
2
+2
+2
+1
+2
+1 turn undead
+1 cleric level
3
+3
+2
+1
+2
4
+4
+3
+1
+3
5
+5
+3
+2
+3
6
+6
+4
+2
+4
7
+7
+4
+2
+4
8
+8
+5
+3
+5
9
+9
+5
+3
+5
10
+10
+6
+3
+6
+1 cleric level +2 turn undead
+1 cleric level +1 cleric level
+3 turn undead
+1 cleric level +1 cleric level
+4 turn undead
+1 cleric level +1 cleric level
+5 turn undead
+1 cleric level
Requirements
Class Skills
To qualify to become a Green Hand, a character must fulfil all of the following criteria.
The Green Hand's class skills (and the key ability for each) are Concentration (Con), Craft (Int), Disable Device (Int), Gather Information (Cha), Heal (Wis), Innuendo (Wis), Knowledge (arcana) (Int), Knowledge (history) (Int), Knowledge (monster lore) (Int), Knowledge (religion) (Int), Profession (Wis), Scry (Int, exclusive skill), Search (Int), Spellcraft (Int), and Spot (Wis). See Chapter Four in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions.
Class: Cleric of Osiris. One of the character's domains must be Repose. Alignment: Neutral good. Skills: Knowledge (ancient dead lore): 6 ranks, Knowledge (religion): 6 ranks, Language: Ancient Akiri. Feat: Weapon Focus (light flail). Special: You must never have participated in the looting of a grave or the robbing of the dead. Special: You must own a light flail, into the haft of which a personalized vow to protect the resting places of the dead and to fight undead menaces must be carved in Ancient Akiri. Hit Die: d8
Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int modifier.
Class Features All of the following are class features of the Green Hand prestige class. Weapon and Armour Proficiency: Green Hands are proficient with all simple weapons and with the light flail. They are proficient with light and medium armour and with shields. Prestige Domain: Green Hands gain access to the Necromancy prestige domain (described below). While this does not allow the
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes character to cast more than one domain spell of each level per day, the character always has access to the domain's granted power. Note that the Necromancy domain includes the spells animate dead, create undead, and create greater undead. The Green Hand's ability to cast these spells represents an exception to the rule against goodaligned characters casting spells with the Evil descriptor. Green Hands are granted a special dispensation to create undead creatures in times of dire need, provided the undead are immediately dispelled or destroyed when the need is past or if they should escape the priest's control. Turn Undead: Just as with spells, a character's Green Hand level stacks with his cleric level when determining his level with regard to turning undead. In addition, the character gains a bonus equal to half his Green Hand level (round down) to his attempts to turn undead. A Green Hand can dispel undead under his control by making a successful turning attempt. However, the undead are allowed a Will saving throw to resist this attempt. If the undead successfully save, they escape the character's control and are not destroyed (although they are still forced to flee). The DC to resist being dispelled is 10 + the Green Hand's turning bonus + the Green Hand's Cha modifier. Traps: The Green Hand is able to use his Search skill to locate mechanical and magical traps with a DC of 20 or higher, just as a rogue does. Spells: A character's Green Hand level stacks with his cleric level for purposes of determining the number and level of spells he can
cast, and for all level-dependant variables such as range or duration. For instance, if a character is a 5th-level cleric and a 3rd-level Green Hand, he casts spells as an 8th-level cleric.
Necromancy Prestige Domain Granted Power: You cast Necromantic spells at +1 caster level. 1st Level
2nd Level
3rd Level
Chill Touch. 1 touch per level deals 1d6 damage and 1 Str damage and possibly 1 Con damage.
Spectral Hand. Creates disembodied glowing hand to deliver touch attacks.
Animate Creates skeletons zombies.
4th Level
5th Level
6th Level
Halt Undead. Immobilizes undead for 1 round/level.
Fear. Subjects within cone flee for 1 round/level.
Create Undead. Ghouls, shadows, ghasts, wights, or wraiths.
7th Level
8th Level
9th Level
Control Undead. Undead don't attack you while under your command.
Create Greater Undead. Mummies, spectres, vampires, or ghosts.
Soul Bind. Traps newly dead soul to prevent resurrection.
Dead. undead and
Cleric [Order Of The Guardians] Description The Order of the Guardians is an ecumenical order of clerics devoted to powerful evil or cursed magical items. They actively seek out such items, destroying them as soon as they are found. If an item resists destruction, it is sequestered away from the mass of humanity in a hidden monastery, where it can bring harm to no one.
Each monastery of the Order of the Guardians devotes itself to a single specific item, often taking a name indicative of the item, its powers, or its curse. The monks study the item for months or years, or even their entire lives. They research its history and its nature, seeking some clue as to how it may be destroyed. Above all they guard it zealously, and will die to the last man to prevent its returning into the world.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
Spells/Turning
1
+0
+2
+0
+2
Prestige domain, Magic Item Lore
+1 level of cleric class
2
+1
+3
+0
+3
Mental Fortitude +1
+1 level of cleric class
3
+2
+3
+1
+3
4
+3
+4
+1
+4
5
+3
+4
+1
+4
6
+4
+5
+2
+5
7
+5
+5
+2
+5
8
+6
+6
+2
+6
9
+6
+6
+3
+6
10
+7
+7
+3
+7
+1 level of cleric class Mental Fortitude +2
+1 level of cleric class +1 level of cleric class
Mental Fortitude +3
+1 level of cleric class +1 level of cleric class
Mental Fortitude +4
+1 level of cleric class +1 level of cleric class
Mental Fortitude +5
+1 level of cleric class
Requirements
Class: Cleric level 5th+
To qualify to join the Order of the Guardians, a character must fulfil all of the following criteria.
Skills: 6 ranks Knowledge (arcana): 8 ranks. Spellcraft: 8 ranks.
Alignment: Any good.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Special: You must have your calling confirmed by a high-ranking priest of the Order. (This usually involves some great service to the Order, such as participating in the defence of a monastery or recovering an evil artefact at the Order’s behest.) Hit Die: d8
Spells: A character’s Guardian level stacks with his cleric level for purposes of determining the number and level of spells he can cast, and for all level-dependant variables such as range or duration. For instance, if a character is a 5 th-level cleric and a 3rd-level Guardian, he casts spells as an 8th-level cleric. Prestige Domain: Guardians gain access to the Guardian prestige domain. While this does not allow the character to cast more than one domain spell of each level per day, the character always has access to the domain’s granted power.
Class Skills The Guardian’s class skills (and the key ability for each) are Concentration (Con), Craft (Int), Decipher Script (Int, exclusive skill), Gather Information (Cha), Heal (Wis), Knowledge (arcana) (Int), Knowledge (history) (Int), Profession (Wis), Scry (Int, exclusive skill), Sense Motive (Wis), and Spellcraft (Int). See Chapter Four in the Player’s Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int modifier.
Class Features All of the following are class features of the Guardian prestige class. Weapon and Armour Proficiency: Guardians are proficient with all simple weapons, with all types of armour, and with shields. Turn Undead: Just as with spells, a character’s Guardian level stacks with his cleric level when determining his level with regard to turning undead. Magic Item Lore: Guardians spend a great deal of time in study, usually researching magical items and evil artefacts. Because of this they gain a bonus equal to their level on any check they make to determine the identity, nature, properties, or history of any magical or cursed item. Mental Fortitude: Beginning at second level the Guardian gains a +1 bonus to any Will saving throw he is called upon to make, including fear, horror, and madness checks. This bonus increases to +2 at fourth level, +3 at sixth level, and so on.
Granted Power: You cast Abjuration spells at +1 caster level.
Guardian domain 1st Level
2nd Level
3rd level
Protection from Evil. +2 AC and saves, counter mind control, and hedge out elementals and outsiders.
Obscure Object. Masks object from divination.
Remove Curse. Frees object or person from curse.
4th Level
5th Level
6th Level
Nondetection. Hides subject from divination, scrying.
Break Enchantment. Frees subject from enchantment, alteration, curses, or petrification.
Forbiddance. Denies area to creatures of another alignment.
7th Level
8th Level
9th Level
Guards and Wards. Array of magic effects protects area.
Antimagic Field. Negates magic within 10 ft.
Mordenkainen’s Disjunction. Dispels magic, disenchants magic items.
Cleric [Hierophant of Lathander] Description A divine spellcaster who rises high in the service of his deity gains access to spells and abilities of which lesser faithful can only dream.
The hierophant prestige class is open to powerful divine spellcasters who are approaching access to the strongest and most difficult divine spells. They delay the acquisition of these greatest gifts in exchange for a deeper understanding of and ability to control the power they channel.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1st
+0
+2
+0
+2
Special ability
2nd
+1
+3
+0
+3
Special ability
3rd
+1
+3
+1
+3
Special ability
4th
+2
+4
+1
+4
Special ability
5th
+2
+4
+1
+4
Special ability
Requirements
Skills: Knowledge (religion) 5 ranks. -
To qualify to become a hierophant (Hie) of a particular deity, a character must fulfil all the following criteria.
Hit Dice: d8.
Spellcasting: Able to cast 7th-level divine spells.
Feat: Any metamagic feat.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Concentration (Con), Craft (Int), Diplomacy (Cha), Heal (Wis), Knowledge (arcana) (Int), Knowledge (religion) (Int), Profession (Wis), Scry (Int, exclusive skill), and Spellcraft (Int).
and while the transfer is in effect, the number of turning attempts per day allowed to the hierophant is reduced by the number transferred. The recipient turns undead as a cleric of the hierophant’s cleric level but uses her own Charisma bonus.
See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions.
Mastery of Energy: The hierophant channels positive or negative energy much more effectively, increasing his ability to affect undead. Add a +4 bonus to the hierophant’s turning checks and turning damage.
Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int modifier.
Metamagic Feat: The hierophant can choose a metamagic feat.
Class Features All the following are Class Features of the hierophant prestige class. Weapons and Armour: Hierophants gain no proficiency in any weapon or armour. Spells and Caster Level: Levels in the hierophant prestige class, even though they do not advance spell progression in the character’s base class, still stack with the character’s base spellcasting levels to determine caster level. Special Ability: Every level, a hierophant gains a special ability of his choice from among the following: Blast Infidel: The hierophant can use negative energy spells to their maximum effect on creatures with a different patron from the hierophant. Any spell with a description that involves inflicting or channelling negative energy (inflict spells, circle of doom, harm) cast on such creatures works as if under the effect of a Maximise Spell feat (without using a higherlevel spell slot). Undead affected by this ability heals the appropriate amount of damage, regardless of their patron (if any). Divine Reach: The hierophant can use touch spells on targets up to 30 feet away. If the spell requires a melee touch attack, the hierophant must make a ranged touch attack instead. If selected a second time as a special ability, the range increases to 60 feet. Faith Healing: The hierophant can use healing spells to their maximum effect on creatures with the same patron as the hierophant (including the hierophant himself). Any spell with the healing descriptor cast on such creatures works as if under the effects of a Maximise Spell feat (without using a higher-level spell slot). Any creature that falsely claims to be a follower of the hierophant's patron in hopes of gaining extra benefit instead receives none of the effects of the spell and must make a Will save (against the spell's DC) or be stunned for 1 round. Gift of the Divine: The hierophant may transfer one or more uses of his turning ability to a willing creature: (Hierophants who rebuke undead transfer uses of rebuke undead instead.) The transfer lasts anywhere from 24 hours to a tenday (chosen at the time of transfer),
Power of Nature: Available only to hierophants with druid levels, this ability allows the hierophant to temporarily transfer one or more of his special druidic powers to a willing creature. The transfer lasts anywhere from 24 hours to a tenday (chosen at the time of transfer), and while the transfer is in effect, the hierophant cannot use the transferred power. He can transfer any of his druidic special abilities except spellcasting and animal companions. The wild shape ability can be partially or completely transferred. For example, he may transfer the ability to wild shape once per day to the recipient and retain the rest of his uses for himself. If the hierophant can assume the form of Tiny, Huge, or dire animals, the recipient can as well. As with the imbue with spell ability spell, the hierophant remains responsible to his deity for any purpose the recipient uses the transferred abilities. Spell Power +2: This ability increases by +2 the DC for saving throws against the hierophant’s divine spells and for caster level checks for his divine spells to overcome spell resistance. This: ability can be selected multiple times, and stacks with itself and other spell power effects that affect divine spells: Spell-Like Ability: The hierophant can use one of his divine spell slots to permanently prepare one of his divine spells as a spell-like ability that can be used two times per day. The hierophant does not use any components when casting the spell, although a spell that costs experience points to cast still does so, and a spell with a costly material component instead costs him 10 times that amount in experience points. The spell normally uses a spell slot of the spell’s level (or higher if the hierophant chooses to permanently attach a metamagic feat to the spell chosen): The hierophant can use an available higher-level spell slot to use the spell-like ability more than once per day. Allocating a slot three levels higher allows him to cast the spell four times per day, and a slot six levels higher lets him cast it six times per day. For example, Lonafin the hierophant is a follower of Velsharoon and wants to be able to create undead whenever he has the opportunity, so he permanently uses a 9th-level spell slot to get animate dead as a spell-like ability usable six times per day. If selected more than one time as a special ability, this ability can apply to the same spell or to a different spell
Cleric [Moondancer] Description Moondancers worship a four-part Goddess (Tara), commonly seen and worshipped as Astara - Brigitta - Dana - Morgan [waxing - full -
waning -new; beauty - healing - wisdom - war/chaos]. While Moondancers recognise the necessity of some war and suffering to complete the cycle of life, they will use the wisdom they gather to prevent any such that they feel is unnecessary.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
Cleric Spells
1st
+0
+1
+0
+1
Wisdom Bonus to AC; Slow Fall (20’); Moon Domain
+1 level
2nd
+1
+2
+1
+2
Featherfoot
+1 level
3rd
+2
+2
+1
+2
Moon’s Fist
+1 level
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes 4th
+3
+3
+1
+3
Slippery Mind; Slow Fall (30’)
+1 level
5th
+3
+3
+2
+3
Darkvision (60’)
+1 level
6th
+4
+4
+2
+4
Immune to Lycanthropy; Peace of Mind
+1 level
7th
+5
+4
+2
+4
Renewed Youth; Slow fall (50’)
+1 level
8th
+5
+5
+2
+5
Nondetection; Water of Life
+1 level
9th
+6
+5
+3
+5
Life Protection; Improved Evasion
+1 level
10th
+6
+6
+3
+6
The Moon’s Aid
+1 level
Requirements
See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player’s Handbook for skill descriptions.
Alignment: Neutral Good, Chaotic Good, Neutral, Chaotic Neutral
Skill Points at Each Level: 6+ Int modifier.
Race: Any
Class Features
Base Attack Bonus: +6 Skills: Concentration: 5 ranks, Heal: 5 ranks, Move Silently: 5 ranks, Spot: 10 rank, Tumble: 10 ranks Feats: Combat Casting, Spring Attack. Hit Dice: d8
Special Moondancers must have placed their first attribute point (fourth level) into wisdom. As most people do not plan to seek this course but are shown the light later in life, this is a sign that the person truly seeks wisdom. Moondancers cannot be straight Clerics, but must have Cleric as a component. The character’s other class(es) must have advanced at least four levels in total. This is to guarantee knowledge of the world outside of the normal divine sphere. Moondancers cannot be Druids (although they do get along well with Druids) because of their concentration on people rather than a natural balance.
Class Skills
Weapons and Armour: Moondancers can use any weapon type they have already acquired and used regularly. The weapon(s) that they currently own must be taken into a temple or a consecrated worship space and offered to Tara. This process takes ten days. Tara will reject any weapon type(s) that the user has not had for at least one full level and flagrant abuse of this consecration (such as going out and buying one of everything your class can use to consecrate) will result in refusal of the candidate. After consecration, any normal weapon of that/those type(s) can be used, but any magic weapon must be individually offered with prayer, or use in battle, as an attack will cause the weapon to be destroyed. This process takes five days and can be performed in a space the cleric can consecrate themselves. Moondancers can wear armour no heavier than light and cannot carry a shield - heavier armour hides beauty and decreases grace. For this reason, Moondancers are gifted by the Four-in-One goddess with their wisdom bonus to AC (this stacks with dexterity bonus, as both grace and wisdom are important). Slow Fall: As the Monk ability; 20’ at 1st level, 30’ at 4th level, and 50’ at 7th level. Moon Domain: The Moondancer gains access to the Moon Domain. This is in addition to the two domains she already possesses.
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Appraise (Int); Balance (Dex); Climb (Str); Concentration (Con); Gather Information (Cha); Hide (Dex); Heal (Wis); Innuendo (Wis); Intuit Direction (Wis); Jump (Str); Listen (Wis); Move Silently (Dex); Perform (Cha); Search (Wis); Sense Motive (Wis); Spellcraft (Int); Spot (Wis); Tumble (Dex); Use Rope (Dex).
Feather foot: If the priest makes a successful move silently roll, they can move over certain surfaces tracklessly and soundlessly and do not exert weight on the surface, as per the following Table
Table Level
Surface
Distance #
Movement
Description
2-4
Soft
30'
Normal
Mud, snow, sand, or similar surfaces
5-7
Very Soft
60'
1.5x Normal
Quicksand, fine dust, or other surfaces where land-based creatures would sink slowly.
8+
Liquid
120'
2x Normal
Water or other surfaces where land-based creatures would sink.
#The priest must make contact after moving this far
Slippery Mind: As the Rogue ability (see PHB)
The Moon’s Fist: Beginning at 3rd level; once per day, this attack does 1d10 points of damage per every two levels of Moondancer (2d10 at 5th, etc). Moon’s Fist cannot be used in conjunction with sneak attack. This is Tara’s version of Smite.
Darkvision: As the racial ability; 60ft. Immune to Lycanthropy: Because of their connection to the moon, Moondancers become immune to all Lycanthropic effects.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Peace of Mind: A Moondancer gets a +4 to their saves versus mindaffecting spells. Renewed Youth: This spell restores a middle-aged or older recipient to their prime. This spell will eliminate any magical ageing, as well as normal ageing. This only takes away penalties for ageing. This spell can only be cast once per month on the night of the full moon. DC 30. Nondetection: DC 30 against all detection or divination spells (except know alignment, true seeing, contact other plane, or commune). It is also effective against divination devices, such as a crystal ball, but will not work against legendary monsters, wyrm or great wyrm dragons, and deities. Water of Life: This spell fills three potion bottles with Water of Life. An entire flask will kill any mould or musk creeper spores (including monstrous sorts) and rot grubs; purifies water and acts as a neutralise poison spell. If the flask is imbibed, it cures disease, mummy rot, and lycanthropy; removes curse; and closes all wounds including those caused by a weapon of wounding, preventing further damage by bleeding. This does not require the Brew Potion feat. Life Protection: As the amulet of life protection. Improved Evasion: As the Rogue special ability. The Moon’s Aid: This spell can be cast at times of need and the effect is determined by the phase of the moon. It takes 1 round to cast and the effect can be chosen if the caster is willing to sacrifice a level of experience. The caster must also reconcile with Tara as soon as possible, if they choose to go against the moon’s cycle. Effects * Astara’s Beauty: Observers gazing upon the caster during the spell’s duration (16 rounds) are blinded permanently (can be cured only by heal, limited wish, or wish.) If the caster is already nude or disrobes during the casting, she or he can choose between the
following two results: unconsciousness (4d6 rounds) or instant death. Save vs. Will (DC 30) to prevent effect. This functions in any lighting condition in which the observer can see the caster. * Brigitta’s Breath: This spell creates a glowing red, inverted cone of mist that acts as the priest spells: cure disease, remove curse, heal, regenerate, restoration, and resurrection on any single being within it. The maximum radius of the base of the cone is 10 feet/level of the caster - it must be a minimum of 5 feet. The range is five yards per level. No dead being can be assisted if any living being is in contact with the mists. If only corpses are present and the caster does not choose a specific recipient, all the dead are allowed the Will save they had in life, if they make their save (DC 30) they are reincarnated into a random form as the fourth level druid spell (see PHB). * Dana’s Touch: This spell creates a ripple in time so that a physical effect can occur without a physical cause. The priest enters the timeslip created for up to 1 round per level of the caster (to a maximum of 2d4 rounds). During the time interval, the priest can attempt any action he can normally take, and other creatures can react accordingly. When completed, all effects appear to have happened instantaneously and all other involved characters have no memory how these effects could have taken place. Any spells cast, charges employed, or their magical effects used in the timeslip are not used up when the caster returns. * Morgan’s Ward: This spell creates a clearly defined area of shimmering silver-gray air. Within this area, all damage done to foes by the attacks of creatures of the same base alignment (good or neutral) is gained as extra (or replace lost) hit points for the attacking being. Moreover, all weapons wielded against those characters strike at a -2 penalty to attack and damage rolls. The area of effect can be anywhere between a five foot to sixty foot square area. Spell Casting: A Moondancer adds a +1 to their Cleric level, for spell casting purposes only, for each level of Moondancer.
Coilmaster Description The Coilmaster is a tricky fighter who has learned to use a whip with deadly effect. Coilmasters are generally those who rely on speed rather than strength, and surprise rather than toughness. Coilmasters use feints and distractions to their maximum effect. Coilmasters are also trained to find the tiny gaps in armour that
allow the sting of a whip to slip through. They like to trip or disarm their opponents or frighten them with the crack of the whip in order to gain the upper hand. Fighters, rangers, bards and rogues become coilmasters in order to benefit from the many combat advantages it presents. Wizards and sorcerers may choose to become coilmasters in order to perfect a combat skill and to be able to offer support in a fight with trip/disarm attacks. Even a monk might choose to learn the art of the whip.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+0
+2
+0
Ensnaring coil (+1), Thundersnap, Serpent bite, whip damage 1d4
2
+2
+0
+3
+0
Flaying strike, Boa snare
3
+3
+1
+3
+1
Ensnaring coil (+2)
4
+4
+1
+4
+1
Two snaps
5
+5
+1
+4
+1
Ensnaring coil (+3)
6
+6
+2
+5
+2
Whip damage 1d6
7
+7
+2
+5
+2
Ensnaring coil (+4), Boa squeeze
8
+8
+2
+6
+2
Cobra strike
9
+9
+3
+6
+3
Ensnaring coil (+5)
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes 10
+10
+3
+7
+3
Serpent dance , whip damage 1d8
Requirements
This applies to every attack individually, not all attacks in one round.
Base Attack Bonus: +4
Boa snare: A Coilmaster may use a Boa snare in place of a regular attack. They must succeed at a ranged touch attack against the target and the target must be within 10 feet, using the whip with a –2 penalty to the attack. Success indicates that the target is entangled exactly as per a net; This imposes a –2 penalty to attack rolls and –4 to effective dexterity for the target. Spellcasting requires a concentration check DC 15. The DC to break the whip is 20, +1 if masterwork or +2 per point of magic enhancement bonus. The escape artist DC is 25. The Coilmaster must remain within 10 feet of the target and hold the whip with at least one hand if they wish to restrict the target’s movement as with the control line of a net. The Coilmaster cannot use the whip for other purposes while entangling another but is otherwise unhampered. They may release the target as a move-equivalent action. If the Coilmaster attacks with their free hand, they receive a –4 circumstance penalty to those attacks.
Hit Dice: D8 Feats: Weapon focus: whip Special: 2 ranks in use rope 2 ranks in intimidate
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Craft (weaponsmith) (Int), Escape artist (Dex), Intimidate (Cha), Hide (Dex), Jump (Str), Tumble (Dex), Use rope (Dex) See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions.
Two snaps: The at level 4, the Coilmaster may, after tripping an opponent with the whip, get a free attack against them with the same whip as per the feat improved trip, even if the whip is not a melee weapon. See the Player’s Handbook for details on improved trip.
Skill Points at each additional Level: 2+ Int modifier
Class Features Weapons and Armour: Coilmasters are proficient with all light armour and all simple weapons as well as the whip. Unless listed otherwise, all abilities below are extraordinary. Whip damage: Coilmasters roll the listed die for whip damage instead of 1d2. The damage is still subdual damage. Ensnaring coil: The Coilmaster adds the listed bonus to all trip and disarm attempts while using the whip. Serpent bite: In order to negate damage from the whip via armour bonus (see whip, page 104 in the player’s handbook), the target must have a worn armour bonus of 1+Coilmaster level or a natural armour bonus of 3+ Coilmaster level.. This does not include the bonus from shields or magic enhancements to armour. Thundersnap: Coilmasters may make a Thundersnap in place of a feint (see the “bluff” skill page 64 PH); roll with the intimidate (rather than bluff) skill. This is a move-equivalent action that provokes an attack of opportunity. They may only do this while holding a whip. Flaying strike: Coilmasters may choose to do up to their class level in normal damage rather than subdual damage with the whip. For example, if a level 3 Coilmaster gets a total of 4 for their whip damage, they may deal as much as 3 points of normal damage and 1 point of subdual damage with that attack. (4 – 3 = 1)
Boa squeeze: At level 7, a Coilmaster may squeeze a target that is entangled by their boa snare ability. The target takes 1d4 normal damage plus the Coilmaster’s strength bonus for the hand he is using to hold the whip. Magic modifiers but not effects (such as flaming, frost, etc…) apply to this damage. The target is still entangled. The Coilmaster can do this once per round, but if they make attacks with their other hand, they suffer a –2 hindrance penalty to those attacks (stacks with the penalty for Boa snare). They cannot do this on the same round that they first entangle the victim. Cobra strike: At eighth level, the Coilmaster using a whip threatens all tiles within its reach and can make attacks of opportunity with it. Serpent dance: The whip is normally considered a ranged weapon, but at the tenth class level, a Coilmaster’s whip counts as though it were a melee weapon for the purposes of attacks of opportunity. Normally, people next to the Coilmaster would get attacks of opportunity when the Coilmaster attacks with the whip because it is considered a ranged weapon, but after this feat it is considered melee, and so it does not provoke such attacks of opportunity. The whip is not considered a melee weapon for other purposes, only for determining attacks of opportunity against the wielder. Basically, this means that the Coilmaster provokes no attacks of opportunity when he attacks with the whip.
Combat Savant Description A normal fighter uses his strength, his fortitude and his armour to overcome his foes. While there is nothing wrong with this approach to combat, for some reason the Combat Savant either can’t or wont fight like that. A Combat Savant uses his brains, his reflexes and his light or lack of armour to hit his opponents faster than they can react
Table Level
Base Attack
Fort
Ref
Will
Special
to and in spots the are vital to the opponents fighting styles. He is the master of reacting to his opponent’s moves before the opponent knows they are going to move. His ability to size up enemies and deliver the fatal blow is renown, as his combat prowess and ability to tactically take apart large groups of fighters. Combat Savants are mostly fighters and rouges of the smaller faster races (Halflings and Elves) and militant Monks and Wizards. Whatever the race or class, quick thinking and quick acting is the important concept here.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes 1
+1
0
2
0
Dodge, Chink in the Armour
2
+2
0
3
0
Canny Defence, +2d6 Sneak Attack (SA)
3
+3
1
3
1
Mobility
4
+4
1
4
1
Canny Attack I
5
+5
1
4
1
Spring Attack
6
+6
2
5
2
Canny Attack II, +4d6 SA
7
+7
2
5
2
Threatening Reach
8
+8
2
6
2
Canny Dodge
9
+9
3
6
3
Uncanny Dodge
10
+10
3
7
3
Cheat Death, +6d6 SA
Requirements: Base Attack: +4 Feats: Combat Reflexes, Expert Tactician Skills: Balance, 8, Climb, 8, Jump, 8, Tumble, 8. Hit Die: d8 Special: Must be able to Sneak Attack, and have attributes of Int. 13+ and Dex. 15+
Mobility: The character gets a +4 dodge bonus to Armour Class against attacks of opportunity caused when the character moves out of or within a threatened area. Note: A condition that makes the character lose the Dexterity bonus to Armour Class (if any) also makes the character lose dodge bonuses. Also, dodge bonuses stack with each other, unlike most types of bonuses. Canny Attack I: If armed with a Martial Weapon and in Light or No Armour, the Combat Savant may add their Intelligence Bonus to Strength based attacks. (Note: Cannot Combine with the feat Weapon Finesse since this applies only to Strength based attacks) (20)
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are:
Spring Attack: When using the attack action with a melee weapon, the character can move both before and after the attack, provided that the character's total distance moved is not greater than the character's speed. Moving in this way does not provoke an attack of opportunity from the defender the character attacks. The character can’t use this feat if the character is in heavy armour.
Balance, Bluff, Climb, Concentrate, Craft, Escape Artist, Hide, Intimidate, Jump, Knowledge (Any except Arcane, Religion, or Nature), Listen, Move Silently, Profession, Ride, Sense Motive, Spot, Swim, Tumble, and Use Rope
Canny Attack II: If armed with a Martial Weapon and in Light or No Armour, the Combat Savant may add their Intelligence Bonus to Dexterity based attacks. (Note: Can be combined with Weapon Finesse) (Included in the cost of Canny attack I)
See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions.
Threatening Reach: The Combat Savant increases their threat range by 5 feet. If an opponent provokes an attack of opportunity within this expanded range, you may take an immediate attack of opportunity against him. This ability can only be used if in Light or No Armour and if wielding a Martial Weapon.
Class Skills:
Skills: 6 + Int. per level
Class Features Weapon and Armour Proficiencies: All Martial Weapons and Light Armour Chink in the Armour: If you take a standard action to study an opponent, you can ignore half of his or her armour bonus (rounded down) during your next single attack. Only bonuses from actual armour (including natural armour) are halved, not those from shields, enhancement bonuses to armour, or magic items that provide an armour bonus. Dodge: During the character's action, the character designates an opponent and receives a +1 dodge bonus to Armour Class against attacks from that opponent. The character can select a new opponent on any action. Note: A condition that makes the character lose his or her Dexterity bonus to Armour Class (if any) also makes the character lose dodge bonuses. Also, dodge bonuses stack with each other, unlike most other types of bonuses. Canny Defence: If the Combat Savant is in Light or No Armour, and is armed with a Martial Weapon, they may add their Intelligence bonus to their AC as a dodge bonus, any situation that would make them lose their Dexterity bonus makes this bonus unusable as well.
Canny Dodge: Add the Combat Savants Intelligence bonus to Reflex saves. Uncanny Dodge: The Combat Savant gains Uncanny Dodge as listed on page 48 of the PHB, If this ability is already possessed, add Combat Savant levels and levels of the class that gave this ability together to determine what degree of Uncanny Dodge possessed. Cheat Death: At 10th level, the Combat Savant gains the extraordinary ability to avoid a fatal blow. The cheat death ability functions exactly like the rogue's defensive roll (see the Rogue section in Chapter 3 of the Player's Handbook), except that any source of damage (including spells and traps) can be avoided, and the Combat Savant need not be aware of the attack beforehand. Once per day, he can make a Reflex save (DC = damage dealt) to take half damage from an attack, spell, or effect that would otherwise reduce him to 0 or fewer hit points. If the effect directed at him allows a Reflex save for half damage, and he has the improved evasion ability it comes into play as it normally would, but improved evasion does not otherwise help him cheat death. Sneak Attack: At 2nd, 6th and 10th Levels, the Combat Savant gains +2d6 to its sneak attack. This Bonus Stacks with the sneak attack bonus already possessed. Any time the Combat Savant's target
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes would be denied a Dexterity bonus to AC (whether the target actually has a Dexterity bonus or not), or when the Combat Savant flanks the target, the Combat Savant's attack deals extra damage. Should the Combat Savant score a critical hit with a sneak attack, this extra damage is not multiplied. Ranged attacks can only count as sneak attacks if the target is within 30 feet. The Combat Savant can't strike with deadly accuracy from beyond that range. With a sap (blackjack) or an unarmed strike, the Combat Savant can make a sneak attack that deals subdual damage instead of normal damage.
The Combat Savant cannot use a weapon that deals normal damage to deal subdual damage in a sneak attack, not even with the usual –4 penalty. A Combat Savant can only sneak attack a living creature with a discernible anatomy. Any creature that is immune to critical hits is also not vulnerable to sneak attacks. The Combat Savant must be able to see the target well enough to pick out a vital spot and must be able to reach a vital spot. The Combat Savant cannot sneak attack while striking a creature with concealment or striking the limbs of a creature whose vitals are beyond reach.
Darksoul Description Darksouls are individuals who have infused themselves with the power of darkness in an alchemical ritual. A certain amount of knowledge in the inner planes, alchemy, and spellcraft in general are required to enact the ritual (which will only work on oneself) as well as some affinity for darkness. The resulting character has arcane abilities that draw on the power of the dark. The details of the ritual is often taught by other darksouls or is recorded in ancient tomes. The ritual does not make the character a new type of creature, it only opens them to the power of darkness (and thus is a class, not a template). Legends claim that part of the ritual is the consumption of distilled darkness.
Darksouls can come from any spellcasting class that has access to the Darkness spell. Bards often become darksouls, as do multiclassed rogue/wizards. The power of darkness meshes well with the abilities of rogues, and the two often mix. Clerics of evil gods or gods of night and darkness commonly become darksouls as well. Fighters and rangers rarely become darksouls, and neither do barbarians. Monks benefit from the class but often find it difficult to meet the requirements. Darksouls are often nocturnal, stalking the night while most people sleep. Fear and anger follow a darksoul in places he reveals his darkwalker form. In uncivilized lands, darksouls are often killed when discovered. It is not uncommon to find darksouls associating with shadows and other undead.
Table Level
Base Attack
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+0
+0
+0
+2
2
+1
+0
+0
3
+1
+1
4
+2
5
Spells per day 1
2
3
4
Darkness 1/day, Darkvision 90'
2
-
-
-
+3
Darkwalker 1/day
2
1
-
-
+1
+3
Darkness 2/day
2
2
-
-
+1
+1
+4
Black Embrace
2
2
1
-
+2
+1
+1
+4
Darkness 3/day
2
2
2
-
6
+3
+2
+2
+5
Darkwalker 2/day
2
2
2
1
7
+3
+2
+2
+5
Deeper Darkness 1/day
2
2
2
2
8
+4
+2
+2
+6
Black Venom 1/day
3
3
2
2
9
+4
+3
+3
+6
Deeper Darkness 2/day
3
3
3
2
10
+5
+3
+3
+7
Darkwalker 3/day, Greater Darkwalker
3
3
3
3
Requirements
Class Skills
Alignment: Any Non-Good
The darksoul's class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Alchemy (Int) Concentration (Con) Craft (Int) Hide (Dex) Knowledge (Any) (Int) Profession (Wis) Scry (Int) Spellcraft (Int) Spot (Wis)
Base Attack Bonus: +4 Skills: Alchemy 8 Ranks Knowledge (Inner Planes) 8 Ranks Spellcraft 4 Ranks Spot 4 Ranks
Skill Points at Each Level: 4 + Int modifier.
Feats: Combat Casting Spell Focus (Conjuration)
Class Features
Special: Must be able to cast Darkness as either an arcane or divine spell.
Weapon and Armour Proficiency Darksouls gain no new proficiency, but they retain any proficiencies acquired from other classes.
Hit Die: d6
Spell Ability Darksouls can select their spells from the list below. They cast all of these spells at their character level, not their class level. Darksouls must meditate in darkness each night to gain their spells, and they must select which spells they want to be prepared to
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes cast. Unlike sorcerers, they cannot choose which darksoul spells to cast on the fly. Darksoul spells are considered arcane and are affected by armour failure penalties. Bonus spells are based upon Intelligence. Darksoul Spell List 1st Level
3rd Level
Bane, Cause Fear, Inflict Light Wounds, Obscuring Mist, Protection from Good
Deeper Darkness, Negative Energy Protection, Nondetection, Protection from Elements, Vampiric Touch
2nd Level
4th Level
Blindness/Deafness, Darkness, Delay Poison, Inflict Moderate Wounds, Silence
Death Ward, Evard's Black Tentacles, Fear, Poison, Shadow Conjuration
Darkvision All darksouls gain Darkvision 90', allowing them to see perfectly in complete darkness. If a darksoul already possesses Darkvision, it increases to the 90' range. If he already has a greater range, he retains that range. This is an extraordinary ability. Darkness Each day, a darksoul may cast this spell as a caster of his character level at will the specified number of times per day. At level 7, the darksoul may cast Deeper Darkness a number of times each day as well. This is a spell-like ability. Darkwalker Darksouls have the ability to infuse themselves with the power of darkness. When this power is invoked, pure darkness surrounds the body entirely, looking like an obsidian black skin, with only slate grey eyes as visible facial features. This darkness
covers clothing, armour, or anything else worn by the darksoul. Wicked claws sprout from the fingers and the darksoul becomes faster and more nimble. The darksoul gains +2 Dex, a +10 circumstance bonus to Hide, Move Silently, and Balance, +2 Natural Armour, claws inflicting 1d6 damage, and casts all darksoul spells at one level higher. However, while in this form, the darksoul cannot use any Charisma based skills other than Intimidate and suffers a -4 penalty to all saves against Light or Sun based spells. This form lasts for 5 rounds plus the character's Intelligence modifier. After the darkwalker form ends, it takes 3 rounds of recovery before the darksoul may cast any spells. All other abilities are unaffected. It is a supernatural ability. Black Embrace When surrounded in complete darkness, the darksoul heals at the rate of 1 hit point per hour. Total darkness could be inside a Darkness or Greater Darkness spell, in a lightless interior room, underground, enclosed in a box or container. Light as faint as starlight spoils this ability. This is a supernatural ability. Black Venom Once per day, a darksoul may inflict black venom upon a foe within 30'. It is a partial action, and the victim is entitled to a Fortitude roll (DC 10 + darksoul level + Int modifier) to avoid the effect. If inflicted, the victim's eyes turn completely black, he suffers 1d4 strength damage, and he is completely blinded. The effect lasts for 10 rounds. It is a spell-like ability. Greater Darkwalker The most powerful of darksouls may assume the greater darkwalker form. Greater darkwalkers receive an additional +2 Dex bonus, +10 base movement, an additional +2 Natural Armour and spell resistance of 10. Also, the darksoul does not need any recovery time to cast spells once this affect wears off. It is a supernatural ability.
Deadly Warlord Description Many fear the deadly warlord, master of double weaponry. They are elite warriors who have taken the style of double weapon fighting to the verge of perfection. Warlords are students of battle, often studying war in history as well as current engagements. Because of this and their martial skill, warlords are often great leaders and tacticians. Warlords are not an organised order, like a knighthood, but they have respect for one another and the dedication it takes to become one of them. They are rarely masters of horsemanship as fighting from a mount limits the double weapon style. Lawful characters find it easier to accept the practice regiment and state of mind of most warlords. Wild chaotic warlords do exist, but most warlords prefer to teach those who can dedicate themselves to their art. Warlords train every day. They approach combat from a logical point of view and believe that he who trains the hardest will bleed
the least. A warlord must practice with his favoured weapon for at least two hours a day or risk losing his special abilities. For every day after 3 that a warlord misses his practice, he loses his highest level special ability (listed in the Special column above). A full day of practice will bring back one level of special abilities. Thus, a 5th level warlord who misses practice for 6 days only has the special abilities of a 2nd level warlord. Each day he spends in practice will bring back one level of ability. Combat does not count as practice, thus a warlord cannot fight everything he sees and call it training. All warlords have some experience as fighters (as the Weapon Specialisation feat is a requirement). Most warlords are single class fighters before joining the ranks. Occasionally warrior priests or paladins are found among them. It is rare for a ranger to accept the discipline required for this class. Barbarians and monks can benefit from the warlord bonuses. Wizards and sorcerers are extremely rare, and most rogues prefer stealthy weapons over the large double weapons.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+2
0
0
Double Weapon Style +1
2
+2
+3
0
0
Flurry
3
+3
+3
+1
+1
Bonus Feat
4
+4
+4
+1
+1
Double Weapon Style +2
5
+5
+4
+1
+1
Swirling Defence
6
+6
+5
+2
+2
Bonus Feat, Precision
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes 7
+7
+5
+2
+2
Double Weapon Style +3
8
+8
+6
+2
+2
Whirlwind Attack
9
+9
+6
+3
+3
Bonus Feat
10
+10
+7
+3
+3
Double Weapon Style +4
Requirements
Bonus Feat: Warlords can choose their bonus feats from the list of fighter bonus feats, and from Death Blow, Power Lunge, and Expert Tactician from Sword & Fist.
Base Attack +8 Feat: Cleave Combat Reflexes Two-Weapon Fighting Weapon Specialisation (Any Double Weapon) Skills: Intimidate 4 Ranks Jump 6 Ranks Knowledge (War) 4 Ranks Hit Dice: d10
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: The warlord's class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Climb (Str) Craft (Int) Intimidate (Cha) Jump (Str) Knowledge (War) (Int) Search (Int) Spot (Wis) See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int modifier.
Class Features Weapon and Armour Proficiency: The warlord is proficient in all simple and martial weapons, as well as all types of armour, but not shields.
Double Weapon Style: Warlords fight with double weapons as if they had the Ambidexterity feat. They also add the indicated bonus to all hit rolls when using a double weapon. Flurry: Much like a monk, a warlord may make extra attacks each round at the expense of accuracy. A warlord may attack with a flurry, making an additional attack at the character's highest base attack, but the attack and each after it suffer a -3 penalty to hit. The warlord makes one additional attack with each end of his double weapon (two bonus attacks in all), one with his normal hand and one with his off hand (with normal off-hand penalties and the -3 flurry penalty). Precision: The warlord gains the Improved Critical feat with his preferred double weapon, or increase the threat range by +2 if he has this feat already. Swirling Defence: The warlord's continued swirling and spinning of his weapon makes it harder for his opponent to score melee attacks. Add a +2 dodge bonus to AC against melee attacks when the warlord is aware of the attack. This is an extraordinary ability. Whirlwind Attack: At this level, the warlord is capable of using the Whirlwind feat even if she does not have the prerequisites to acquire the feat normally. This is an extraordinary ability.
Deathmaster Description Deathmasters are spellcasters who seek to gain knowledge of all the mysteries of death and undeath. Some study the anatomy and processes of the physical body in order to better understand what sustains life, and therefore, what causes death. Others explore the nature of the soul and the spiritual energy from which it is formed. Many Deathmasters are veritable sages in necrology, the lore of the undead. Most use this knowledge to gain power through the
command of undead, and often seek immortality by becoming undead themselves. A rare few use their lore only to better hunt and destroy unliving creatures. Necromancers, and clerics of deities associated with the domain of Death, such as Wee Jas or Nerull, are the most common characters to become Deathmasters. Wizards, sorcerors, and clerics of other deities may also easily meet the requirements for this prestige class. While many Deathmasters are or become corrupted to evil, it is not a requirement of the class.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
Spell
1
0
0
0
2
Rebuke Undead
+1 level of existing class
2
1
0
0
3
Spell Access
+1 level of existing class
3
1
1
1
3
Spurn Death's Touch
+1 level of existing class
4
2
1
1
4
Poison Use
+1 level of existing class
5
2
1
1
4
Extra Rebuking
+1 level of existing class
6
3
2
2
5
Bone Armour
+1 level of existing class
7
3
2
2
5
Imbue Turn Resistance
+1 level of existing class
8
4
2
2
6
Transformation of Undeath
+1 level of existing class
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes 9
4
3
3
6
Extra Rebuking
+1 level of existing class
10
5
3
3
7
Archlich
+1 level of existing class
Requirements
Extra Rebuking: At 5th and 9th levels the Deathmaster gains a bonus Extra Turning feat. It increases the number of times he can rebuke undead by +4, as it would for an evil cleric. A Deathmaster may also take Extra Turning for some of his regular feat allotment based on character level.
Base Attack Bonus: +4 Hit Dice: D4 Class: Necromancers, and clerics Feats: Skill Focus (Knowledge Undead), (Necromancy), Greater Spell Focus (Necromancy).
Spell
Focus
Skills: Knowledge (Necrology): 10 ranks. Two Skills (choose from the list below): 8 ranks in each. Alchemy, Knowledge (Anatomy), Knowledge (Arcana), Knowledge (The Planes), Knowledge (Religion), Spellcraft Spellcasting: The ability to cast seven different necromancy spells, one of which must be 3rd level or higher
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Alchemy (Int), Concentration (Con), Craft (Int), Knowledge (all skills, taken individually) (Int), Profession (Wis), Scry (Int, exclusive skill) Spellcraft (Int)
Spell Access: At 2nd level, the Deathmaster gains access to all necromancy spells, as well as spells from other schools that specifically deal with undead, corpses (or parts thereof), and spirits/souls. If the previous spellcasting class to which the Deathmaster levels are added uses divine magic, then all of the new spells available are prepared and cast as divine spells. If the previous class uses arcane magic, then all of the new spells are learned, prepared, and cast as arcane spells. In cases of spells that require a divine focus component, the arcane version replaces this with a non-divine focus; a rune-inscribed bone. The level of the spell for the Deathmaster is equal to the cleric/domain or sorceror/wizard level of the spell, whichever is lowest. This applies regardless of whether the Deathmaster is an arcane or divine spellcaster. For example, animate dead is a 3rd level spell for a cleric, and a 5th level spell for a sorceror or wizard, but a Deathmaster can cast it as a 3rd level spell even if he uses arcane magic. The Spell Access Table below lists all the spells from the Player's Handbook to which the Deathmaster gains special access. Note that the Deathmaster also retains access to all the spells available to his previous spellcasting class.
See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int modifier.
Class Features All of the following are Class Features of the Deathmaster prestige class. Weapons and Armour: The Deathmaster is proficient with the dagger (any type), scythe, and sickle. Deathmasters are proficient in bone armour but not with shields. Note that armour check penalties for armour heavier than leather apply to the skills Balance, Climb, Escape Artist, Hide, Jump, Move Silently, Pick Pocket, and Tumble. Spells per Day: A Deathmaster continues training in magic as well as his studies of death and undeath. Thus, when a new Deathmaster level is gained, the character gains new spell abilities as if he had also gained a level in a spellcasting class he belonged to before he added the prestige class. All spell-oriented abilities of the previous class are increased, including spells per day, spells known, and caster level. He does not, however, gain any other benefit a character of that class would have gained, such as bonus feats. This essentially means that he adds the level of Deathmaster to the level of some other spellcasting class the character has, then determines spells per day, spells known, and caster levels accordingly. If a character had more than one spellcasting class before he became a Deathmaster, he must decide to which class he adds each level of Deathmaster for purposes of determining spell abilities when he adds the new level. Rebuke Undead: A Deathmaster of 1st level has the supernatural ability to rebuke and command the undead (see the Player's Handbook, pages 139-140). He rebukes and commands undead as would an evil cleric of equal level. If the Deathmaster is also a cleric with the Death domain, or a necromancer, he may add the levels of one of those classes to his Deathmaster levels for purposes of determining the most powerful undead he can rebuke, his rebuking damage, and the number of undead he can command at one time.
Table 1st
2nd
Disrupt Undead, Inflict Minor Wounds
Cause Fear, Chill Touch, Death Watch, Detect Undead, Invisibility to Undead, Inflict Light Wounds, Ray of Enfeeblement
3rd
4th
Death Knell, Gentle Repose, Ghoul Touch, Inflict Moderate Wounds, Spectral Hand
Animate Dead, Contagion, Halt Undead, Inflict Serious Wounds, Speak with the Dead, Vampiric Touch
5th
6th
Death Ward, Enervation, Fear, Inflict Critical Wounds, Poison
Circle of Doom, Magic Jar, Slay Living
7th
8th
Circle of Death, Create Undead, Harm
Control Undead, Destruction, Finger of Death, Greater Restoration
9th
10th
Clone, Create Greater Undead, Horrid Wilting, Trap the Soul
Astral Projection, Energy Drain, Soul Bind, Wail of the Banshee
Spurn Death's Touch: A 3rd level Deathmaster applies his wisdom modifier (if positive) as an additional bonus to all saving throws versus effects and spells used by the undead. Will saves thus add double the normal wisdom modifier. Poison Use: Deathmasters often use poison to slay foes in order to minimise structural damage to their enemies' bodies, thus making them more suitable for animating as undead. A Deathmaster may also apply poisons to the claws or other natural weapons of his undead minions in order to enhance their physical attacks. At 4th
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes level, the Deathmaster becomes skilled in the use of poisons and never risks accidentally poisoning himself when applying poison to a blade or other object. Bone Armour: At 6th level, the Deathmaster gains the ability to cast arcane spells while wearing bone armour without incurring the usual chance of arcane spell failure. Imbue Turn Resistance: A 7th level Deathmaster gains the extraordinary ability to imbue the undead he creates with a turn resistance equal to his charisma bonus. This turn resistance applies to the Deathmaster himself, if he becomes undead through the use of the Transformation of Undeath or Archlich Class Features, since he is in effect creating an undead from himself. Transformation of Undeath: A Deathmaster of 8th or greater level can cast specialised versions of create undead and create greater undead spells upon live subjects, instead of the usual target of a corpse. Any willing subject may be automatically transformed, including the Deathmaster casting the spell. Unwilling targets must be paralysed, unconscious, or otherwise restrained so that the material components may be placed properly and they may still resist the transformation either by a successful Will save or spell resistance check. Archlich: At 10th level, the Deathmaster unlocks the secrets to the process of becoming an Archlich. Use of this knowledge is optional,
so the Deathmaster may opt not to undergo the transformation immediately, if ever. If the character becomes an Archlich, apply the Lich template on pages 216-217 of the Monster Manual, with some exceptions. Do not apply the organisation and treasure aspects of the template, as those are things the character must acquire through play. Archliches keep the same alignment they had in life, and are not forced to shift to evil. An Archlich has the spell-like ability of a permanent gentle repose spell upon itself that keeps it's body from rotting away like that of a normal Lich. A Deathmaster that becomes some other sort of undead through the use of Transformation of Undeath or other means may not later become an Archlich, unless he can somehow become mortal again before undergoing the transformation ritual.
New Skill Knowledge (Undead): You know information about undead; how they are created, their powers and weaknesses, their behaviours, and various other facts and legends about them. The check for knowing a bit of useful information about a type of undead can range from DC 10 for mindless walking dead such as skeletons and zombies, DC 15+ for undead such as ghouls, ghasts, shadows, wights, and wraiths, and DC 20+ for greater undead such as ghosts, liches, mummies, spectres, and vampires. Knowledge about a specific or unique undead creature is more difficult to research, thus the DC for knowing information like that can range from DC 25 - 30.
Deathwatch of Osiris Description Also called Life Walkers and Guardians of the Boundary, the Deathwatch is a Prestige Class that can be taken by champions of various gods of light and weal. The Deathwatch is a holy person, finely attuned to the forces of life and death. He gains insight when near the point of death, and obtains power over those they care
about are dead or near the point of death (this is a very good class for followers of good-aligned death gods). Also, the Deathwatch often develops close bonds with a few living people, forging friendships that literally last beyond the grave. In the Realms, Deathwatches are most commonly a Prestige Class associated with the paladins of the Mulhorandi god Osiris and the Faerûnian deity Kelemvor.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
1
0
0
1
Sacrificial Healing, Orisons
2
2
1
0
1
Vengeful Strike, Deathblow
3
3
1
0
2
Meditation
4
4
2
1
2
Consecrate
5
5
2
1
2
Call From The Brink
6
6
3
2
3
Death Walks With Me
7
7
3
2
3
Sensing Where Death Walked
8
8
4
2
4
Spirit Call
9
9
4
3
4
Cheat Death
10
10
4
3
4
Holy Guise
Requirements Base Attack Bonus: +8 Alignment: any Good (But CGs are exceptionally rare) Class: Believer of Osiris Skills: Knowledge (religion): 4 ranks, Concentration: 4 ranks
Feats: Weapon Focus Hit Dice: D8 Special: The Deathwatch must successfully complete a Quest for their patron religion. The Deathwatch candidate also needs to have experienced a near death experience (have fallen between -5 and -9 hit points at least once in their career.)
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Concentration (Con), Craft (Int), Diplomacy (Cha), Handle Animal (Cha), Heal (Wis), Knowledge (religion) (Int), Profession (Wis), and Ride (Dex). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + INT modifier
Class Features Deathwatches are not technically holy, but they are considered holy men. All Deathwatches know three Orisons per day, which they prepare as priests. They are also considered priests for the purposes of performing ceremonies. Sacrificial Healing: At 1st level, the Deathwatch can heal 3 hp/level, once per day. For every 3 hp healed, the Deathwatch must sacrifice one of his or her own hit points, thus a 10th level Deathwatch can heal 30 hit points of damage (while sacrificing ten of his own hit points). The Deathwatch does not have to use this power at full strength,
At 7th level, the Deathwatch can call even the recent dead back to life. If the person is above -20 hit points, and has been dead for a number of rounds less than or equal to 2+ the Deathwatch's Wisdom modifier, then the person is called from the grave, also with 2d8 +1 hit points (or maximum hit points, whichever is lower). Calling someone from the brink is very taxing; the Deathwatch takes 2d6 hit points damage whenever they use this power and is incapacitated for a round. They may only Call From the Brink once each day. Deathwatches cannot call someone from the brink unless they know their name. Death Walks With Me: At 6th level, when a Deathwatch is reduced to 20% of their original hit point total or less (round fractions up) they gain tremendous powers as their closeness to death provides them with temporary insight into the nature of life and the universe. All attack and damage rolls are improved by +2. They obtain SR of 10+Deathwatch Level. All saving throws are improved by +1 They receive damage reduction of 5/+1 The Deathwatch loses these abilities when healed above 20% of their total, or when they drop to 0 or fewer hit points.
Vengeful Strike: At 2nd level, the Deathwatch may declare that a comrade is beloved (one comrade per 2 levels of Deathwatch). If that comrade is slain, then the Deathwatch gains a +2 bonus to all attack and damage rolls against that individual's killer until the comrade is raised from the dead, or the individual is slain.
Sensing Where Death Walked: At 7th level, the Deathwatch becomes aware of any beloved companion who has died, at the moment of their death, regardless of the distance between them. He will also know the name and face of their killer (if slain).
The comrade must be known to the Deathwatch and be either beloved by him or her, or have fought at his/her side on frequent occasions. A comrade is free to rebuke this status. Once a comrade is avenged (by the death of his killer), the Deathwatch may declare a new comrade in their place by completing a quest. If a killer is slain, but later raised from the dead, they are no longer subject to the Vengeful Strike. A steed or a familiar may be granted beloved status.
Spirit Call: At 8th level, the Deathwatch can call the spirit of any beloved comrade who's dead. If the comrade died with more levels than the Deathwatch's current total, he or she cannot be Called. The called spirit will have full hit points, full spell knowledge (if any), and possess all magic items they had at the moment they died. The spirit will also have Damage Resistance of 20/+1, and Spell Resistance of 25. The called spirit will do the Deathwatch's bidding for 10 rounds, then vanish forever - not even a Quest will allow the Deathwatch to call the same spirit twice.
Deathblow: At 2nd level, the Deathwatch may act at the moment of death when they are killed by an attack, with a single melee attack or a single ranged attack (at the highest bonus). At 5th level, if a Deathwatch's deathblow successfully lands, it is an automatic critical hit. A Deathwatch with a Cheat Death power can use this ability. Meditation: A Deathwatch has lower saving throws than other classes, but at 3rd level, if a Deathwatch spends one hour in meditation, all Saving Throws are boosted by 1 for the next twentyfour hours. They cannot meditate on evil Outside planes. Consecrate: At 4th level, the Deathwatch can sanctify as per the 2nd level divine spell, once per day. Call From the Brink At 5th level, a Deathwatch can call to any dying person (between zero and -9 hit points), and bring them back from the brink of death. The person is restored to full life, with an additional 2d8+1 hit points (or maximum hit points, whichever is lower).
Cheat Death: One of a Deathwatch's greatest abilities is the power to ignore death itself. At 9th level, a Deathwatch who is capable of Cheating Death will be reborn, once. At the moment of death, the Deathwatch must choose any time from one round up to one hour as the time of his rebirth, and he will be reborn at that time. He will be reborn at full hit points, all spells known, and with full gear restored, on the exact spot where he died. Once the Deathwatch has cheated death, he may not do so again unless he has performed a Quest with the specific objective of regaining this power. Holy Guise: At 10th level, the Deathwatch can affect a Holy Guise. When he wears this pure form of goodness, the Deathwatch takes 1 hit point of damage per round, but radiates a holy light in a 30' radius. Any non-good creature who looks upon the Deathwatch must make a Willpower Save vs. DC 10+ Deathwatch's total level to attack him. Any evil creature within the veil of holy light will take 1 hp damage/total level of the Deathwatch; any undead creature or evil Outsider will take 2 hp/level damage. This guise can be worn as a free action, and lasts for up to ten rounds. The Holy Guise may only be worn once per day. It may not be worn on an evil Outside plane.
Desert Master Description The common nomadic desert raider is often feared for their ferocity and will to survive in one of the harshest environments the gods could create and that’s just the ordinary warriors. The superior ones
of these fierce warriors are often destined to lead these tribes outright, and are even more feared as well for they eventually become the stuff of tribal legends. Often called brigands, thieves, barbarians, princes, sheikhs, and generals -- none is quite like the Desert Master.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Fighters, Rangers, and even Barbarians excel at the Desert Master prestige class. Paladins, thieves, and bards are rare but not unheard of as well. If their penchant is riding like the wind and wielding a scimitar, almost anybody can eventually qualify for the Desert Master.
NPC Desert Masters are rarely found outside their home terrain and nomadic tribe, but the occasional one does lead a war party into neighbouring lands looking for trouble as well as valuables from time to time.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+2
+2
+0
Canny Defence, Homeland Knowledge
2
+2
+3
+3
+0
Burst of Speed
3
+3
+3
+3
+1
Bonus Riding Feat
4
+4
+4
+4
+1
Superior Weapon Focus
5
+5
+4
+4
+1
Defensive Riding
6
+6
+5
+5
+2
Ferocious Whirlwind
7
+7
+5
+5
+2
Bonus Fighter Feat
8
+8
+6
+6
+2
Superior Weapon Specialisation
9
+9
+6
+6
+3
Bonus Riding Feat
10
+10
+7
+7
+3
Leadership
Requirements
Bonus Fighter Feat: The Desert Master may take a Feat from the Fighter Bonus Feat list (See PHB pg. 37).
Base Attack Bonus: 6+
Bonus Riding Feat: Desert Masters may take any one of the following feats at 3rd and 9th level – Mounted Archery, Trample, Ride-by-Attack, Spirited Charge, or Skill Focus (Ride).
Hit Dice: D10 Race: Any are possible, but are most often Human. Male (Male domination is rampant in almost all desert based tribes) Feats: Weapon Focus: Kopesh, Weapon Specialisation: Kopesh, Improved Initiative, Alertness, Mounted Combat, Dodge, Endurance, Combat Reflexes, Dex 13+ Special: To become a Desert Master, a character must fulfil all these criteria. Intimidate: 4 Ranks Wilderness Lore: 4 Ranks Ride: 6 Ranks Hide: 4 Ranks Move Silently: 4 Ranks Proficiency: Khopesh.
Burst of Speed: At 2nd level, the Desert Master can urge a camel or horse to greater than normal speeds. This ability doubles the distance of the mount’s normal charge movement. This ability can be used once per day without penalty to the mount. Each additional use in a single day requires the mount to make a Will save (DC 20) immediately after the conclusion of the charge; failure results in the mount taking 2d6 damage.
Note: All the Desert Master’s special features are negated if the Desert Master wears Medium or Heavy Armour of any kind.
Canny Defence: When not wearing Medium or Heavy armour, the Desert Master can add his intelligence bonus to his AC as a dodge bonus while wielding a melee weapon. This bonus is lost if they are caught flat-footed or is without their normal Dexterity bonus for any reason.
Class Skills
Defensive Riding: When riding a camel or light warhorse, they gain a +2 bonus to his AC and all his Ride skill checks.
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Intimidate (Cha), Listen (Wis), Spot (Wis), Wilderness Lore (Wis), Intuit Direction (Wis), Bluff (Cha), Sense Motive (Wis), Move Silently (Dex), Hide (Dex), Handle Animal (Cha), Animal Empathy (Cha), Climb (Str), and Craft (Int). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at each Level: 4 + Int modifier
Class Features Weapons and Armour: All Desert Masters are proficient with all Simple and Martial Weapons, and with Light Armour and shields. They are also proficient with the Jambiya as a bonus proficiency.
Devil Slayer
Ferocious Whirlwind: When the desert master uses this feat he gains the same ability as the Whirlwind Attack Feat, but attacks opponents at his base attack -2. Homeland Knowledge: The Desert Master’s Intimate knowledge about his home terrain has given him a +2 bonus to all his Hide, Intuit Direction, Move Silently, and Wilderness Lore checks when within it’s borders. When in a similar, but strange desert, the bonus is reduced to only a +1 bonus. Leadership: At 10th level the Desert Master gains the Leadership Feat for free (See DMG pg. 45). Superior Weapon Focus: This ability gives the Desert Master an additional +1 bonus to attack when using a scimitar. Superior Weapon Specialisation: This ability gives the Desert Master an additional +2 bonus to damage with a scimitar.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Description The training of devil slayer is usually taken up by fighters, paladins, and rangers. Occasionally clerics have been known to choose this path. Those that chose this path dedicate themselves to fighting the influence of devils on their home worlds. As PC’s, they can be part
of an organised group, driven loners with grudges, or anything in between. As NPC’s are loners, thinking of nothing but their cause. The only thing devil slayers have in common is the desire to defeat the forces of Hell. To achieve their goal, they learn special combat techniques and study the modus operandi of their enemies. Some devil slayers are seen as heroes, some as brutal in their quest to rid the world of this evil.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1st
+1
+2
+0
+2
Pain Strike +1
2nd
+2
+3
+0
+3
Endurance
3rd
+3
+3
+1
+3
Pain Strike +2, Attack of Retribution +1
4th
+4
+4
+1
+4
5th
+5
+4
+1
+4
Attack of Retribution +2, Aura Of Courage
6th
+6
+5
+2
+5
Pain Strike +3
7th
+7
+5
+2
+5
Attack of Retribution +3
8th
+8
+6
+2
+6
9th
+9
+6
+3
+6
Pain Strike +4, Attack of Retribution +4
10th
+10
+7
+3
+7
Mind Blank
Requirements
Class Features
Alignment: Any non-evil.
Weapons and Armour: Devil Slayers are proficient with all simple and martial weapons, all types of armour and shields.
Base Attack Bonus: +5 Feats: Iron Will Intimidate: 3 ranks Knowledge (Devils): 4 ranks Knowledge (The Planes): 4 ranks
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Bluff (Cha), Intimidate (Cha), Knowledge (The Planes) (Int), Knowledge (Devils) (Int), Profession (Wis), Sense Motive (Wis), Spot (Wis) See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at each Level: 2 + Intelligence modifier
Pain Strike: Because each devil slayer trains rigorously, learning the weak areas of his enemy, the devil slayer receives this bonus to the damage he does to devils. Endurance: This ability allows you to perform amazing feats of stamina. Attack of Retribution: The devil slayer knows to make his weapon strike true, making devils pay for their crimes. He gains this bonus to attack rolls, allowing him use normal weapons to hit baatezu that would normally require +1 or better weapons. Aura of Courage: At 5th level, a devil slayer is immune to fear (magical or otherwise). Allies within a 5 foot radius gain a +2 morale bonus on saving throws against fear effects. This is a supernatural ability. Mind Blank: At 10th level, the devil slayer gains the ability to use Mind Blank, as per the spell, with minor differences. The ability is only effective against devils, including devices created by devils. This is an extraordinary ability.
Diplomat Description Diplomats are talented in negotiation, persuasion, compromise, and the many other subtle skills that will help them get their job done. A diplomat can be a freelance arbitrator, an advisor to a king, or an
ambassador in a foreign country or society. PCs often start with a diplomacy background, or have acquired excellent diplomacy skills throughout their many adventures. It is not unusual to see only one or two levels in the Diplomacy Class for an adventuring PC. Bards and Clerics make excellent diplomats, however all classes benefit from choosing to become a more specialised diplomat.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1st
+0
+0
+0
+2
Extra Language
2nd
+1
+0
+1
+3
Knowledge
3rd
+1
+1
+1
+3
Extra Language
4th
+2
+1
+2
+4
Knowledge
5th
+2
+2
+2
+4
Extra Language
6th
+3
+2
+3
+5
Knowledge
7th
+3
+3
+3
+5
Extra Language
8th
+4
+3
+4
+6
Knowledge
9th
+4
+4
+4
+6
Extra Language
10th
+5
+4
+5
+7
Knowledge
Requirements Alignment: Cannot be chaotic Skills: Diplomacy +6 Hit Dice: d6
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Bluff, Intimidate, Diplomacy, Knowledge (All), Gather Information, Sense Motive, Innuendo, Speak Language See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 4 + Int modifier + Wis modifier + Cha modifier A Diplomats skills are limited. However, she uses all of her abilities to master these skills. She therefor adds her Intelligence, Wisdom, and Charisma modifier to her allotment of four skills at each level.
Class Features Weapons and Armour: Diplomats gain no proficiency in any armour or weapons.
Spells: For diplomats who are also spellcasters, they can memorise one or more spells in addition to their normal allotted spells per day depending on the level of Diplomat they are. The Diplomat may memorise additional spells equal to or less than her level. For instance, a 4th level Diplomat may memorise two additional 1st level spells and one 2nd level spell, one 3rd level spell and one first level spell, or she may memorise four additional first level spells. This may seem like a lot, but the spell list is limited, and the spellcaster must be able to cast that level of spell according to the tables for her spellcaster level. DMs are encouraged to add any spell she deems appropriate to this list. Sorcerer/Wizard Spells: Comprehend Thoughts, Tongues, Suggestion, Confusion
Languages,
Detect
Cleric Spells: Comprehend Languages, Calm Emotions, Enthral, Undetectable Alignment, Discern Lies, Tongues Bonus Languages: One of diplomat’s greatest skills is communication. Diplomats can choose a new language every other level, starting at 1st level (1st, 3rd, 5th, 7th, 9th). A diplomat learns these languages through writings, or exposure to the language. If a diplomat does not come into contact with a significant written example of the language, or someone who speaks that language, then they may not choose that language. Knowledge: At the source of a diplomats skills is her ability to know the entire situation, and to use the knowledge she has to persuade, compromise, and mediate. A diplomat gains one rank in the knowledge category of her choice at every other level, starting at 2nd level (2nd, 4th, 6th, 8th, 10th).
Divine Champion Description Divine champions are mighty warriors who dedicate themselves to their deity’s cause, defending holy ground, destroying enemies of the church, and slaying mythical beasts and clerics of opposed faiths.
For deities that do not count paladins among their followers, divine champions fill the role of the church-sponsored warrior. Most divine champions come from a combat of military background. Barbarians, fighters, monks, paladins, and rangers are the most common divine champions, but some of the more militant clerics and druids decide to become divine champions. Bards, rogues, sorcerers, and wizards rarely become divine champions unless they are particularly devout and skilled in warfare.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Table Requirements Level Attack Fort
Lay or Hands (Sp): As a defender of the faith, a divine champion Ref Will Special may lay on hands to heal herself or another creature following the same patron deity as himself. The ability works like a paladin’s Save champion Save(Chm) ofSave To qualify toBonus become a divine a particular deity, ability to lay on hands, except the divine champion may heal 1 point a1stcharacter must fulfil all the following criteria. +1 +2 +2 +0 Lay on hands of damage per divine champion level plus her Charisma bonus. If the divine champion is a paladin, she can combine this healing with Base Attack Bonus: +7. 2nd +2 +3 +3 +0 Fighter feat,her sacred defence paladin class’s+1lay on hands ability. Skills: Knowledge (religion), 3 ranks. 3rd +3 +3 +3 +1 Smite infidel Fighter Feat: At 2nd level and again at 4th level, a divine champion Feats: Weapon Focus in the deity’s favoured weapon. choose any +2 one feat (except Weapon Specialisation) from the 4th +4 +4 +4 +1 Fighter feat,may sacred defence fighter class bonus feat list on page 37 of the Player’s Handbook or Patron: A divine champion must have a patron deity, and it must be any feat with the [Fighter) designator in this chapter. 5th +5 she is +4 +1 Divine wrath the deity of which a champion.+4 Sacred Defence: Add this value (+1 at 2nd level, +2 at 4th level) to the divine champion’s saving throws against divine spells, as well as the spell-like and supernatural abilities of outsiders.
Hit Dice: d10.
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Climb (Str), Craft (Int), Handle Animal (Cha), Jump (Str), Knowledge (religion) (Int), Ride (Dex), Spot (Wis), and Swim (Str). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int modifier.
Class Features All the following are Class Features of the divine champion prestige class. Weapons and Armour: A divine champion is proficient with all simple and martial weapons, light armour, medium armour, and shields.
Smite Infidel (Su): Once per day, a divine champion may attempt to smite a creature with a different patron deity (or no patron deity at all) with one normal melee attack. She adds her Charisma bonus to the attack and roll and deals 1 extra point of damage per divine champion level. If the divine champion accidentally smites someone of the same patron, the smite has no effect but is still used up for that day. If the divine champion is also a paladin, she may use smite evil and this ability separately or combine them into a single strike if the target is evil and of a different faith. Divine Wrath (Su): The divine champion channels a portion of her patron’s power into wrath, giving her a +3 bonus on attack rolls, damage, and saving throws for a number of rounds equal to her Charisma bonus. During this time, the divine champion also has damage reduction 5%-. This ability can be used once per day and is invoked as a free action.
Divine Disciple Description
Eventually they transcend their mortal nature and embody the divine on the face of Toril.
The most zealous, devout, and pious clerics, druids, and paladins possess the ability to serve their deity as intermediaries between the deity’s mortal and divine servants. They interpret the divine will, act as teachers and guides to other members of the clergy, and arm the lay followers of their deity with the power of their patron.
Divine disciples are always divine spellcasters. Clerics and druids are the most common candidates for becoming divine disciples, but paladins, rangers have been known to become divine disciples, and evil deities such as Bane have been known to elevate blackguards as divine disciples in the ranks of their dark faiths.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
Divine Spells
1st
+0
+2
+0
+2
New Domain, divine emissary
+ 1 level of existing class
2nd
+1
+3
+0
+3
Sacred defence +1
+ 1 level of existing class
3rd
+1
+3
+l
+3
Imbue with spell ability
+ 1 level of existing class
4th
+2
+4
+1
+4
Sacred defence +2
+ 1 level of existing class
5th
+2
+4
+1
+4
Transcendence
+ 1 level of existing class
Requirements To qualify to become a divine disciple (Dis) of a particular deity, a character must fulfil all the following criteria. Spellcasting: Ability to cast 4th-level divine spells.
Skills: Diplomacy 5 ranks, Knowledge (religion) 8 ranks. Patron: A divine disciple must have a patron deity, and it must be the deity of which she is a divine disciple. Hit Dice: d8.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Concentration (Con), Craft (Int), Diplomacy (Cha), Heal (Wis), Knowledge (arcana), (Int), Knowledge (religion) (Int), Knowledge (nature) (Int), Profession (Wis), Scry (Int, exclusive skill), Spellcraft (Int), and Wilderness Lore (Wis). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int modifier.
Class Features All the following are Class Features of the divine disciple prestige class. Weapons and Armour: Divine disciples gain no proficiency in any weapon or armour. Spells per Day: A divine disciple’s training focuses on divine spells. Thus, when a new disciple level is gained, the character gains new spells per day as if she had also gained a level in whatever divine spellcasting class she belonged to before she added the prestige class. She does not, however, gain any other benefit a character of that class would have gained (improved chance of controlling or rebuking undead, metamagic or item creation feats, and so on). This essentially means that she adds the level of divine disciple to the level of whatever other divine spellcasting class the character has, then determines spells per day accordingly. If a character had more than one divine spellcasting class before she became a divine disciple, she must decide to which class she adds each level of divine disciple for the purpose of determining spells per day. New Domain: The divine disciple may choose a new domain from her deity’s available domains. The divine disciple receives the
domain’s granted power and may choose the domain’s spells as domain spells. (The disciple now has three choices each level for domain spells instead of two.) Divine Emissary: Divine disciples can telepathically communicate with any outsider within 60 feet, as long as that outsider serves the disciple’s deity or has the same alignment as the disciple. Sacred Defence: Add this value (+1 at 2nd level, +2 at 4th level) to the 'divine disciple's saving throws against divine spells, as well as the spell-like and supernatural abilities of outsiders. Imbue With Spell Ability (Sp): As the spell, except a divine disciple does not need to use any 4thlevel (or higher) spell slots to activate this ability. (She transfers currently prepared spells to her targets on a one-for-one basis with- I out having to use a spell slot for the imbue with spell ability spell.) The only limit to the number of spells the divine disciple can transfer is the disciple's available 1st- and 2nd-level spells. Transcendence: The divine disciple, through long association with her deity's outsider servants and direct intervention by her deity, transcends her mortal form and becomes a divine creature. Her type changes to outsider, which means that she acquires some immunities and vulnerabilities based on her type (see Native Outsider, under the planetouched race description). As a free action she can ward herself with a protection from chaos/evil/good/law spell. (She chooses which form to have when she gains the transcendence power and cannot change it thereafter.) Upon achieving transcendence, the divine disciple's appearance usually undergoes a minor physical change appropriate to her alignment and deity. For example, the eyes of a disciple of Lathander, the Morninglord, might change to glowing gold. Anyone who shares the disciple's patron, including outsider servants of her patron, immediately recognise her transcendent nature, and she gains a +2 bonus on all Charisma-based skill and ability checks in regard to these creatures.
Divine Seeker Description Sometimes a church cannot act openly, either because of political constraints, bureaucracy, or because it doesn’t want it’s presence known in an area. During these times, the abilities of discretion, stealth, and speed are more valuable than the direct manifestation of power. The divine seeker fills this role, infiltrating dangerous places to rescue prisoners, reclaim stolen relics, or eliminate enemy
leaders. Quiet and protected by the power of her deity, a divine seeker can often accomplish what a direct assault could not. Divine seekers may be of any class, though they favour monks, rangers, and rogues. Barbarians and bards often have the skills to become divine seekers, but they tend to be too undisciplined or have abilities that rely on noise. Sorcerers and wizards with subtle and stealthy magic sometimes become divine seekers, but they are rare. Hit Dice: d6.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1st
+0
+0
+2
+0
Sanctuary, thwart glyph
2nd
+1
+0
+3
+0
Sacred defence +1, sneak attack +1d6
3rd
+2
+1
+3
+1
Locate object, obscure object
4th
+3
+1
+4
+1
Sacred defence +2, sneak attack +2d6
5th
+3
+1
+4
+1
Locate creature, divine perseverance
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Requirements
by a cleric with a caster level of the divine seeker’s class level plus her Charisma bonus.
To qualify to become a divine seeker (Skr) of a particular deity, a character must fulfil all the following criteria.
Weapons and Armour: Divine seekers gain proficiency in all simple weapons and light armour.
Skills: Hide 10 ranks, Knowledge (religion) 3 ranks Move Silently 8 ranks Spot 5 ranks
Sanctuary (Sp): Once per day a divine seeker with a Sanctuary spell.
Patron: A divine seeker must have a patron deity, and it must be the deity of which she is a divine seeker.
Thwart Glyph: A divine seeker gains a +4 bonus on all Search and Disable Device checks to locate, disable, or bypass magic glyphs, runes, and symbols.
Class Skills
Sacred Defence: Add this bonus (+1 at 2nd level, +2 at 4th level) to the divine seeker’s saving throws against divine spells, as well as the spell-like and supernatural abilities of outsiders.
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Bluff (Cha), Climb (Str), Craft (Int), Decipher Script (Int), Diplomacy (Cha) Disable Device (Dex) Intuit Direction (Wis), Jump (Str) Knowledge (religion) (Int) Listen (Wis), Move Silently (Dex) Open Lock (Dex) Pick Pocket (Dex) Profession (Wis) Search Jut), Spot (Wis), Tumble (Dex) and Use Rope (Dex) See Chapter 4 Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 6 + Int modifier.
Sneak Attack: As the rogue’s ability. This stacks with any sneak attack ability from another class. Locate Object (Sp): Once per day, a divine seeker can use the locate object spell. Obscure Object (Sp): Once per day, a divine seeker can use obscure object, which prevents her from being tracked by locating a stolen item she carries. Locate Creature (Sp): Once per day, a divine seeker can use the locate creature spell.
Class Features All the following are Class Features of the divine seeker prestige class. All of the divine seeker’s spell-like abilities function as if cast
Divine Perseverance: Once per day, if the divine seeker is brought to -1 or lower hit points, she automatically is cured of 1d8+5 points of damage.
Drabardi Description
because they protect the forests, and thereby Tethynara and Perelinn, from creatures of legend and mystery.
The Roma are a nomadic people of the Tethynarian forests. They are a magical and hardy people in the grand tradition of gypsy culture. They are distrustful of anyone who is not of the People, but fiercely loyal to any other Roma. The Roma are vagabond witches, quick with song and dance, and equally quick with their hands. They are thieves and con people, but only unto those who not of the People. They live in the woods and trade with the people of Tethynara. They are tolerated in part because no one can ever trace theft to them, and
The Drabardi are what little Roma children want to be when they grow up. They know the secrets of divination and curses that are passed down from one generation of Roma to the next. They are the Shaman of the Roma. They walk the dark paths and protect the People from the other creatures along that path. Undead and daemons become the chosen enemy of the Drabardi, while they in turn embrace other ancient mystics like Dragon-kind and
Lycanthropes.
Table Level
Base Attack
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
Witch Class Spells
1
+1
+0
+2
+0
Nature sense; Favoured Enemy; Romani Language
+1 level of Existing Class
2
+1
+0
+2
+1
Roma Art: Song
+1 level of Existing Class
3
+2
+1
+3
+1
Divination: Cards
+1 level of Existing Class
4
+2
+1
+3
+2
Minor Curse
+1 level of Existing Class
5
+3
+2
+3
+2
Roma Art: Dance; Favoured Enemy; The Change
+1 level of Existing Class
6
+3
+2
+4
+2
Divination: Omens
+1 level of Existing Class
7
+4
+2
+5
+2
Major Curse
+1 level of Existing Class
8
+4
+2
+5
+3
Roma Art: Tattoo
+1 level of Existing Class
9
+5
+3
+6
+3
Divination: Dreams
+1 level of Existing Class
10
+5
+3
+7
+3
Blood Curse; Favoured Enemy
+1 level of Existing Class
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Requirements To qualify to become a Drabardi, a character must fulfil all the following criteria— Alchemy: 4 ranks. Bluff: 9 ranks. Performance: 9 ranks. Pick Pockets: 9 ranks. Scry: 9 ranks. Hit Dice: d5 Spell casting ability: Must be able to cast divination, healing, and illusion spells, and must know Charm Person. Special: If a character is not of the Roma, they must undergo a ritual known as the Chase of the Stag. The participant is ritually bathed the morning before the run and given a feast during the day. Just before dusk, the participant is dressed in specially made boots, a cloak, and a helm bedecked with antlers. At dusk, the participant runs into the forest, running through a certain area. After 5 minutes, chase is given. If the “Stag” is not caught before making it to the safe grove, they are given the seat of honour at the evening’s feast, and have their choice of lovers for the evening. If the “Stag” is caught after reaching the halfway point, they are tied-up and symbolically served during the evening’s feast. They are then the willing slaves of the person who caught them, until dawn. In either case, the individual can now become a Drabardi, and is one of the People. In the “Stag” fails to make it to the halfway point before getting caught, they fail, and may try again in a moon phase.
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Alchemy (Int), Appraise (Int), Balance (Dex), Bluff (Cha), Climb (Str), Concentration (Con), Craft (Int), Decipher Script (Int), Diplomacy (Cha), Disguise (Cha), Escape Artist (Dex), Gather Information (Cha), Hide (Dex), Innuendo (Wis), Intuit Direction (Wis), Jump (Str), Knowledge (any field) (Int), Listen (Wis), Move Silently (Dex), Perform (Cha), Pick Pocket (Dex), Profession (Wis), Scry (Int), Sense Motive (Wis), Speak Language, Spellcraft (Int), Swim (Str), Tumble (Dex), Use Magical Device (Cha) See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player’s Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level 4 + Int modifier.
Class Features Weapons and Armour: The Drabardi is proficient with the club, dagger, light crossbow, long bow, quarterstaff, rapier, sabre, and short sword. They do not gain any proficiency in the use of armour. Note that armour check penalties for armour heavier than leather apply to the skills Balance, Climb, Escape Artist, Hide, Jump, Move Silently, Pick Pocket, and Tumble, and that carrying heavy gear imposes a check penalty on Swim checks. Spells: A Drabardi continues training in magic, gaining new spells per day as if they had also gained a level in the witch spellcasting class. They do not, however, gain any other benefit a character of that class would have gained (except familiar level-based abilities). For example, if Shirala, a 10th level witch, gains a level in Drabardi, she gains new spells as if she had risen to 11th level in witch. If, by chance, the character has no witch spellcasting abilities before taking this prestige class, they gain the same number of spells per day as a witch of equal level.
Nature Sense: As the druid ability. Favoured Enemy: As the ranger ability, except enemy must be chosen from undead or demonic types – e.g. Vampires, Ghost, Lich, Balor, Marilith, Succubus, and Dretch. In addition to the normal ranger benefits, the Drabardi gains extended knowledge about the habits and weaknesses of their particular enemy. Romani Language: A Drabardi can speak the secret tongue of the Roma. Change—A Drabardi can control their lycanthropy. This means a Drabardi may change forms at will and does not suffer any alignment changes from becoming a lycanthrope. This ability does not grant the Drabardi lycanthropy, however. Roma Art: Song: If a Drabardi has a level in bard, then they may add half their class level to the number of times per day they may use their bard songs. If a Drabardi does not possess a bard level, then they may use the first three bardic songs a number of times per day, equal to half their class level. Dance: As the 2nd level barbarian ability, Uncanny Dodge. Tattoo: The Roma have always had an affinity for tattoo’s, an appreciation gained from their travels amongst the many desert and barbarian tribes. Using secret arts passed down from the ages, the Roma have elevated it to a new art. A Drabardi of sufficient level can learn to tattoo magical spells on their own, or other people’s bodies. A Drabardi can tattoo a number of spell levels equal to half their class level, plus one zero level spell, on any person. Each spell uses inks and ingredients of 100gp + 300gp per level in cost. The spell remains dormant until activated by a move equivalent action (so yes, you can activate the tattoo spell and cast another spell, so long as you do not otherwise move), whereby it is expended. Once expended, the tattoo will normally become a muddled patch of ink. If the Drabardi however, tattoos a special zero level spell, Preserve Tattoo, the expended tattoo remains in pristine condition, albeit now non-magical. Zero level spells cost 100gp to inscribe. The Drabardi must know the spell(s) being tattooed, or else an additional 100gp per level of the spell(s) can be added to the cost (for very rare ink) and someone else present may cast the spell to be tattooed instead. Additionally, the tattoo must be in image or in words, thematic to the nature of the spell being inscribed. A Drabardi may inscribe their class level in spells, per day. Divination: Cards: If a Drabardi has a level in bard, they may add their Roma level to bardic knowledge checks, when they use cards, palmistry, or bones to divine knowledge. If a Drabardi does not have a Bard level, then they may make a check, as per the bardic ability, adding their class level + intelligence bonus to the role. In either case, the Drabardi must use a divination tool in order to make this check. Omens: The Drabardi begins to see omens of things to come. The DM makes a Scry roll for the Roma once per day [DC 30]– if the roll is successful; the character notices an omen. This allows the Drabardi to re-roll a failed check that would result in great harm, avoid an ambush, or something similar. It is up to the DM what form the omen and the benefit take, but it should be in regards to the most harmful situation foreseeable. Dreams— The Drabardi begins to have prophetic dreams. Once per story or week [whichever is shorter], the DM makes a scry roll for the character [DC 35], and if it is successful, the Drabardi has a dream that provides information, albeit cryptic, about a problem or matter facing the character and their party. The Drabardi may not know the problem the dream makes reference to, at the time of the dream. As the event of warning approaches more dreams will occur, further illuminating the prophetic information.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Curses: Minor Curse: A Drabardi can curse a person or creature with a temporary statistic loss equal to half the Drabardi’s class level. They may do so a number of times per day equal to the characters total level divided by 4. The loss can only be recovered by redressing the wrong for which the individual was cursed, or through a remove curse spell – a Restore spell, of any variety, will not remove the loss. A Drabardi can not curse a creature that has done no wrong – though being of evil alignment or attacking the character and/or their party is sufficient wrong. Any attempt to curse someone who has not done a wrong is reflected back upon the Drabardi threefold. There is a fortitude save versus a DC of 25 + the Drabardi’s class level + the Drabardi’s Charisma bonus. Major Curse: The Drabardi can place a major curse upon someone who has done a great wrong. The Drabardi may do so once per week for every 3 levels of Drabardi they have. Such a curse is an imaginative one (the cursed person fumbles every other strike cannot speak the language of the person they are talking to, and the like). The curse can only be removed by redressing the wrong or with a limited wish and a remove curse. Again, a Drabardi cannot curse a person who has done no wrong, and in this case, just having an evil alignment or just attacking the Drabardi is NOT sufficient cause for a major curse.
There is a fortitude save versus a DC of 30 + the Drabardi’s class level + the Drabardi’s Charisma bonus. If the intended target makes their save, a minor curse goes into effect instead. Blood Curse: A Blood Curse is a terrible curse reserved for only the most horrendous of crimes (murder, rape, etc.), and it requires a drop of the target’s blood and knowledge of their true name. A Blood curse can only be called once in a moon phase and it costs the Drabardi 5000 experience points [cannot be applied if it would drop the Drabardi a level]. A Blood curse invokes a Major curse and cumulative Minor curses. The target is first plagued with a Major curse and two Minor curses (one of which must be applied to Constitution). Every week thereafter, two more Minor curses begin to effect the victim, and again, one must be applied to Constitution. When the victim’s Constitution score reaches 0, they die, and are returned as a ghost, tied to the spot of their crime. A Blood curse can only be revoked with a wish, or by redressing the wrong. Once again, a Blood curse cannot be invoked against anyone who has not done the greatest of wrongs. There is a fortitude save versus a DC of 35 + the Drabardi’s class level + the Drabardi’s Charisma bonus. If the target makes their save, a Major curse goes into effect instead [go through process of saving for the major curse].
Dragon Knight Description Dragon knights are elite warriors who have formed a mystic bond with a large dragon. A dragon and dragon knight share common ideals and goals and become a powerful team. They champion their causes and gather gold and magic to increase the dragon's hoard. Dragon knights are not generally organized groups, instead being composed of individuals who seek out a dragon companion. The quest to find a dragon is often one of the most challenging tasks a potential dragon knight will ever face. Once a dragon of identical alignment is found, the knight-aspirant must convince the mighty beast that the union would be beneficial. The dragon stands to gain an ally in "civilized" lands, new treasures, and a reputation among both man and dragonkind. Potential dragon knights must pledge to turn over the larger share of treasure and magic to the dragon as well as fight to defend the dragon from all enemies, including other dragons. The dragon agrees to act as steed for the knight and aid in his endeavors. Dragons never consider themselves servants of the lesser races, and if a dragon does not feel it is being given the proper respect, treasure, and aid in return for its efforts, it will eat
the dragon knight. Good-aligned dragons are easier to approach and less likely to turn on their knight, but evil-aligned dragons are more easily tempted by promises of wealth. By far the most common dragon knights are paladins or rangers. Fighters, barbarians, clerics, monks, and druids also make good dragon knights. Rogues generally prefer more stealth than can be found riding on the back of a dragon, but bards enjoy the fame a dragon companion can bring. Wizards and sorcerers are more rare, but occasionally the spellcasters can be found with a dragon ally. Elven fighter/wizards often bond with good dragons and can be found defending elven homelands. NPC dragon knights are often of the evil variety, working with the dragon to raid caravans or towns and gather great wealth. Occasionally wealthy kingdoms will hire dragons and dragon knights to help in a war or defend the borders. Legends tell of good dragons who have grown to love their knight companions and assumed humanoid form to live among them. One never knows if the old Duke's "daughter" is going to shapeshift back into a huge dragon to save her aging love!
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Will Save
Ref Save
Special
1
+1
+2
0
0
Dragon Ally
2
+2
+3
0
0
Immune to Dragon Fear
3
+3
+3
+1
+1
Dragon heart
4
+4
+4
+1
+1
Dragon mind
5
+5
+4
+1
+1
+1 Attack Rolls from Dragon back
6
+6
+5
+2
+2
Armour of the Dragon
7
+7
+5
+2
+2
8
+8
+6
+2
+2
Blood of the Dragon
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes 9
+9
+6
+3
+3
+1 Attack Rolls from Dragon back
10
+10
+7
+3
+3
Breath of the Dragon
Requirements Base Attack Bonus: +8 Feat
dragon bodyguard, simply an ally he can rely on as long as he is reliable himself. A dragon knight who loses his dragon ally loses all special abilities until a new one can be found.
Skills: Weapon Focus (Heavy Lance) Knowledge (Dragons) 5 Ranks Ride (Dragons) 4 Ranks Language Draconic
Immune to Dragon Fear His exposure to dragons makes him immune to the fear aura of dragons and dragonkind.
Special: The dragon knight must find a Large size dragon of identical alignment with which to form the bond.
Dragon heart At this point, a dragon knight has spent enough time around dragons to gain a +4 social skill check bonus when dealing with other dragons or half-dragons (not his dragon ally). This bonus applies to Bluff, Diplomacy, Innuendo, and Sense Motive.
Hit Die: d10
Dragon mind At 4th level, a dragon knight and his dragon ally may communicate telepathically if within 1 mile of each other.
Class Skills The dragon knight's class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Appraise (Int) Balance (Dex) Craft (Int) Diplomacy (Cha) Knowledge (Dragons) (Int) Ride (Dex) Search (Int) Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int modifier.
Class Features Weapon and Armour Proficiency Dragon knights are proficient with all simple and martial weapons, light and medium armour types, and with shields. Dragon Ally Dragon knights bond with a dragon of their same alignment. The dragon must be of at least Large size or more to be able to carry the dragon knight aloft. Dragon knights can call on the dragon for aid in battle, magical assistance, or companionship, but the dragon may do the same. The dragon knight must give 70% of all treasure found or earned to his dragon companion. A dragon will not give its life for the dragon knight, and there are many places a dragon cannot go. A dragon knight does not gain an ever present
Combat Bonuses Starting at 5th level, a dragon knight gains a +1 to hit opponents while riding on the back of a dragon. This applies to melee and ranged weapons. At 9th level, the dragon knight gains an additional +1 to hit rolls. Armour of the Dragon A dragon knight grows more and more like his dragon ally. The mystic bond between them grows stronger and the dragon knight's skin gets more resilient. Close inspection may reveal tiny scale patterns on the skin. The knight adds +2 to his Natural Armour. This is an extraordinary ability. Blood of the Dragon At 8th level, a dragon knight resists damage of its dragon ally's breath weapon type as if a permanent resist elements spell had been cast upon him. Thus, a dragon knight allied with a red dragon would ignore the first 12 points of fire damage every round. This is a supernatural ability. Breath of the Dragon At this stage, a dragon knight has fully bonded with his dragon ally. He gains a small version of the dragon's breath weapon which can be used once per day. The dragon knight gains the breath weapon like a half-dragon as described on page 214 of the Monster Manual. All dragon knight breath weapons inflict 4d6 (16) damage. This is a supernatural ability.
Dragon Marked Description The Dragon Marked are truly rare. The essence of dragon arcane might flows through their veins, powering spell-like abilities and providing some of the immunities and abilities of dragons. The Dragon Mark can be obtained in one of two ways: either the character must participate in a ritual involving a sponsor dragon and 11 other dragons, or the character must be a descendent of someone who was once given the Dragon Mark. In the latter case, the essence of the Dragon Mark lies dormant until a descendent proves his worthiness. As a rule, the Dragon Mark manifests in descendents only during a time of great stress, and only if the Dragon Mark itself finds the descendent worthy. Only an ancient dragon (or older) may sponsor a character for the Dragon Mark. During the ritual in which the Dragon Mark is emblazoned on the character, the dragon sponsor gains the power to
remove the Dragon Mark from the character or his descendents should they prove themselves unworthy. The Dragon Mark may be removed if the character acts against the alignment of the dragon sponsor, takes action against dragons with the same alignment as the dragon sponsor, or fails to live up to the Dragon Code presented to the character during the ritual. This last requirement can prove troublesome for a Dragon Marked descendent since he may not be aware of the code or its particulars. Should the Dragon Mark ever be removed, the character loses all the features of the class, but retains its arcane spellcasting levels. Note to DMs: More so than most prestige classes, this one should be allowed only if attaining it is an important plot or subplot of an ongoing campaign. If the character is a descendent of someone Dragon Marked, the first level should not be awarded as soon as the character meets the mechanical prerequisites. Rather, the DM should bestow the first level at his discretion, bearing in the mind that the Dragon Mark first manifests during a time of great stress.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
Spells
1
+0
+0
+0
+2
Dragon Mark
+1 spellcasting,
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes 2
+1
+0
+0
+3
Dragon Attack
3
+1
+1
+1
+3
Polymorph into Dragon
4
+2
+1
+1
+4
Pseudodragon Familiar
5
+2
+1
+1
+4
Dragon Immunities, Dragon Attack (2)
6
+3
+2
+2
+5
Dragon Breath
7
+3
+2
+2
+5
Dragon Attack (3)
8
+4
+2
+2
+6
Greater Dragon Mark, Dragon Sense
9
+4
+3
+3
+6
Dragon Evasion, Dragon Attack (4)
+1 spellcasting,
10
+5
+3
+3
+7
Greater Polymorph into Dragon
+1 spellcasting,
Requirements To qualify for the Dragon Marked prestige class, a character must fulfill the following requirements: Skills: Knowledge (Dragonkind): 8 ranks,. Spellcraft: 8 ranks, Language: Draconic Spells: Ability to cast 3rd level arcane spells Special: The Dragon Marked must receive the Dragon Mark in a ritual involving a sponsor dragon of at least ancient age and 11 other dragons or be a descendent of someone Dragon Marked. If the latter, Dragon Marked abilities first manifest during great stress. Hit Dice: d6
Class Skills The Dragon Marked's class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are Alchemy (Int), Concentration (Con), Craft (Int), Knowledge (all skills, taken individually) (Int), Profession (Wis), Scry (Int), and Spellcraft (Int). Skills points at each level: 2 + Int modifier.
Class Features: All of the following are class features of the Dragon Marked. Weapon and Proficiency: The Dragon Marked is not proficient in any type of weapon, armor, nor shield. Spellcasting levels: Six Dragon Marked levels stack with arcane levels for the purposes of determining spells per day, spell levels, and spell DCs. They do not stack with arcane levels for the purposes of determining familiar hit points or abilities. If the character has more than one class providing arcane spell levels, he must determine which class receives Dragon Marked spellcasting levels. This decision must be made when the character first takes a Dragon Marked level. It is irrevocable. Dragon Mark: (Sp) During the ritual in which the character is Dragon Marked, a small symbol is burned onto the character's face. If a character is descended from someone Dragon Marked, at some point in his life during a time of great stress the Dragon Mark may spontaneously manifest. The Dragon Mark serves as the foci for all Dragon Marked spell-like abilities. At level 1, the Dragon Mark provides arcane power for the following three spell-like abilities: Dragon Shield: The Dragon Marked can create a floating shield of dragon scales that provides a +8 cover bonus to AC and a +4 bonus on Reflex saves for attacks that affect an area. In all other respects, it functions as shield except that it does not block magic missiles. It can be cast as a free action.
+1 spellcasting,
+1 spellcasting,
+1 spellcasting,
Dragon Armour: The Dragon Marked can create a highly flexible, articulated, and translucent armour of dragon scales that completely covers his skin, providing a +5 AC bonus. In all other respects, it functions as mage armour. It can be cast as a free action. Dragon Fear: The Dragon Marked can create within a single creature's mind an overwhelming illusion of a ferocious attacking dragon. Range is 100 ft + 10ft/Dragon Marked levels. A Will save negates the illusion. The save DC is 14 + Int modifier. If a creature of 4HD or less fails the save, it is panicked for 1d4 rounds; if 5HD or greater, it is shaken for 1d4 rounds. It requires a standard action to cast. The Dragon Mark provides enough arcane power each day for any two of these effects. Dragon Shield and Dragon Armour cannot both be cast in the same round as free actions. In addition, the Dragon Mark enables the character at his option to modify the visual and auditory features of any spell he casts to incorporate a draconic theme. Except as specified above, this ability functions as per the Spell Thematics feat in Magic of Faerun (22). Note that spellcraft checks made against such modified spells suffer a -5 penalty. Dragon Attack: (Sp) At level 2, the Dragon Marked can shape arcane force into three tiny dragons that bite foes for 1d8 + 1/Dragon Marked levels points of damage (maximum 1d8+5) and a Base Attack bonus equal to Arcane plus Dragon Marked levels. The caster can freely designate the type of dragons he creates and can direct them to attack one, two, or three foes. The dragons attack the same round they are created. In all respects except as noted above, Dragon Attack functions as spiritual weapon. At level 2, he may use this spell-like ability once a day as a standard action. At level 5, he may use it twice a day; at level 7 three times per day; and at level 9 four times per day. Polymorph into Dragon: (Sp) At level 3, the Dragon Marked can polymorph into a dragon of size tiny up to huge. The Dragon Marked can polymorph into a dragon with equal or less HD than he has, up to a maximum of 15 HD. At the character's option, he may polymorph into a dragon one size category larger than the character's HD would normally allow. If this option is chosen, the dragon is treated in all regards as a dragon of the HD equal to or less than the character's, except that (1) it will use the size multiplier of a dragon one category larger for the purpose of determining carrying capacity, and (2) it will have the face and reach of a dragon one size category larger. All natural abilities of the dragon are retained, but none of its extraordinary, spell-like, or supernatural abilities. As with polymorph self, the character retains his own spells, spell-like abilities, and extraordinary abilities (Note: Spells that require somatic and/or material components may not be cast in dragon form). In all respects except as noted above, this ability functions as polymorph self. This spell-like ability can be used once a day as a full round action. Pseudodragon Familiar: At level 4, the Dragon Marked can obtain a Pseudodragon familiar as if he had the Improved Familiar Feat
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes (Tome and Blood 41). Dragon Marked levels stack with arcane levels for determining the hit points and abilities of the Pseudodragon familiar. If the Dragon Marked already has a familiar, it will magically transform into a Pseudodragon. This type of transformation can occur only once in the character's life. Dragon Immunities: (Ex): At level 5, the Dragon Marked are immune to sleep and paralysis effects. Dragon Breath: (Sp) At level 6, the Dragon Marked can shape arcane force to seemingly transform his upper body into a huge dragon head. If the caster has already polymorphed into a dragon, no new head appears. The duration of the dragon head is one round. In the same round the dragon head appears, it emits a dragon breath of the character's choice. If a line is emitted, it has a range of 80 ft and delivers 1d8/arcane+Dragon Marked levels points of damage (maximum 15d8). If a cone is emitted, it has a range of 40 ft and delivers 1d6/arcane+Dragon Marked levels points of damage (maximum 15d6). In both cases, a Reflex save halves the damage. In addition, any foe within 25 ft +5 ft/arcane plus Dragon Marked levels (maximum 90 ft) must make a Will save or be either shaken or panicked. Creatures with 5 HD or less are panicked for 2d6 rounds if they fail; creatures 6HD or more are shaken for 1d6 rounds. The save DC is 15 + Int modifier. This spell-like ability can be used once a day as a standard action. Dragon Sense: (Ex) At level 8, the Dragon Marked can ascertain creatures by non-visual means (mostly hearing and scent, but also by noticing vibration and other environmental clues) within a range of 60 feet. Greater Dragon Mark: (Sp) At level 8, the Dragon Mark becomes more intricate and prominent. The Greater Dragon Mark provides enough arcane power each day for four uses of the spell-like abilities listed under Dragon Mark. In addition, the Will save DC for
Dragon Fear increases to 16 + Int. modifier; a creature under 6 HD is panicked for 2d6 rounds if he fails the save, and a creature with 7HD or more is shaken for 1d6 rounds if he fails. Dragon Evasion: (Ex) At level 9, the Dragon Marked can avoid all or some of the damage caused by a dragon's breath weapon. His Dragon Sense allows him to escape all damage on a successful Reflex save. Even with a failed save, he takes only half damage. This extraordinary ability does not work when the Dragon Marked is polymorphed into a dragon. Greater Polymorph into Dragon: (Sp) At level 10, the Dragon Marked can polymorph into any dragon ranging in size from tiny to huge as per Polymorph into Dragon with the additional bonuses of gaining the dragon's breath weapon and eschewing the HD limitation. Maximum duration is 10 minutes. The Challenge Rating of the dragon may not exceed 15. All natural abilities of the dragon are retained, but none of its extraordinary, spell-like, or supernatural abilities, except for its breath weapon. As with polymorph self, the character retains his own spells, spell-like abilities, and extraordinary abilities. (Note: Spells that require somatic and/or material components may not be cast in dragon form). The breath weapon can be used a maximum of five times per use of Greater Polymorph into Dragon. Whenever the dragon attacks with his breath weapon, any foe within 100 ft must make a Will save or be panicked or shaken for 3d6 rounds (this effect supersedes the Dragon Breath fear effect). If a foe makes his Will save, he cannot be affected by this fear effect or the Dragon Breath fear effect for the rest of the day. Creatures with 6 HD or less are panicked if they fail; creatures 7HD or more are shaken. The save DC for the breath weapon and the fear effect is 16 + Int modifier. In all other respects, this spell-like ability functions as polymorph self. It can be used once a week as a full round action.
Dragon Lord Proxy Description
more than one god when they advance after first level. It is said that the most powerful proxy serves the entire dragon pantheon.
Legends among Dragons whisper of the highest, wisest and strongest dragons that can become a Dragonlord Proxy: a proxy of a dragon god or several dragon gods (save for IO and some others, who don’t need proxies). A Dragonlord proxy serves the plan of a dragon god, and takes his orders directly. Dragonlord Proxies serve
Serving more one or more deities is what makes them different from ‘normal’ proxies. Due this fact the Dragonlord Proxy does not give up his personality completely as other proxies do. Serving more than one god may cause trouble, the Dragonlord proxy could find himself in circumstance in where he has to choose between the conflicting agenda’s of two or more deities.
Table Level
Hit Dice
Special
1
+1
Divine Gift
2
+1
Divine Gift
3
+1
4
+1
5
+1
6
+1
7
+1
8
+1
9
+1
10
+1
Divine Gift
Divine Gift
Divine Gift
Divine Gift
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Requirements
Class Features
Skills: Diplomacy: 20 ranks, Sense Motive: 20 ranks, Knowledge (History Dragonkind): 5 ranks, Knowledge (Outerplanes): 5 ranks ,Bluff: 10 ranks ,Intimidate: 20 ranks, Spellcraft: 30 ranks.
Divine Gift: Dragonlord Proxies are granted gifts by their gods. Powers vary widely, depending on the deity or deities it serves. Consult the On hallowed ground planescape accessory on page 27 for sample powers, other powers are also possible.
Feats: Iron Will, Power Attack Special: Only a great wyrm dragon is able to become a Dragonlord Proxy. To become a Dragonlord Proxy a dragon must prove himself before his god(s). This will be a very difficult task, up to the DM. Hit Dice: d12
Quasar is the highest Dragonlord Proxy (10th-level) and has the following divine gifts: - Keresha: Amulet of supremacy and the divine version of True Seeing always on; - Choronzon: Track target through planes and direction sense;
Class Skills
- Zorquan: wounding, all dragon psychical melee attacks acts as a weapon of wounding.
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are described in the Monster Manual on page 62.
- Garyx: fire resistance 25 and move through flames without harm.
See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: +6 (+ Int modifier) per extra HD.
Quasar is called for duty by other draconic gods too, even Bahamut is known to gave him tasks in the past. Dragonlord Proxy is an example of a (NPC) proxy prestige class, with some many gods the possibilities should be endless!
Dragoon Description Dragoons are an elite group of warriors who fight with the tenacity of a dragon. They are well known for the use of spears, polearms and lances. Dragoons are fiercely dedicated to the dragonkind and fight along side them in battle. Dragoons are commonly paladins or clerics, although fighters are also common. A dragon will often sponsor a sorcerer or wizard to
complement their fighting prowess with magic. Rogues and Bards and Barbarians are rarely chosen for the prestigious position. Few monks are found among the ranks of the dragoons although it is not impossible. Unless the PC's are evil, a NPC Dragoon will likely be a welcome ally. If however the PC's find themselves at odds with the good dragons, they will find themselves facing the Dragoon
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+2
+2
+0
Jump Bonus, Mobility
2
+2
+3
+3
+0
Natural Armour+1, Leap Attack +2d6
3
+3
+3
+3
+1
Pierce
4
+4
+4
+4
+1
Damage Resistance 4
5
+5
+4
+4
+1
Superior Weapon Focus
6
+6
+4
+4
+2
Leap Attack +4d6
7
+7
+5
+5
+2
8
+8
+7
+4
+3
9
+9
+7
+5
+3
10
+10
+8
5
+3
Natural Armour +2
Damage Resistance 6, Leap Attack +6d6
Requirements
Hit Dice: D10
Base Attack Bonus: +6
Class Skills
Alignment: Lawful Good Feats: Cleave, Power Attack, Weapon Focus (Any spear, Polearm or lance) Special: Jump: 8 ranks Must be sponsored by a dragon.
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Balance (Dex), Climb (Str), Concentration (Con), Handle Animal(Cha), Intimidate (Cha), Jump (Str), Ride (Dex)
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int modifier.
Class Features
attempt to target his opponent with a devastating attack inflicting +2d6 bonus damage. Every four levels the dragoon gains thereafter, he increases the damage by +2d6. When performing a leap attack, the dragoon receives a +4 dodge bonus to AC and a +4 reaction bonus to reflex saves until his next action. The dragoon may only make one leap attack per round.
Weapons and Armour: Dragoons are proficient with all spears and polearms, with all types of armour, and shields.
Pierce: At 3rd level, the dragoon gains the ability to pierce. When an opponent is reduced to 0-hitpoints, the dragoon may make a 5' step through the blow and make a free attack at an opponent directly behind the original target.
Note that armour check penalties for armour heavier than leather apply to the skills Balance, Climb, Escape Artist, Hide, Jump, Move Silently, Pick Pocket, and Tumble.
Natural Armour: The dragoons skin begins to take on the features of his draconic sponsor. He gains a +1 natural AC bonus at 2nd and 8th level.
Mobility: At first level, the dragoon receives this feat for free. Jump: At first level, the dragoon receives a +10 competence bonus to his Jump skill checks and is not limited by his height.
Damage Reduction: At 4th level, the dragoon gains damage reduction (DR) 3. At 10th level, the damage reduction increases to DR6.
Leap Attack: At 2nd level, a dragoon gains the extraordinary ability to make a leap attack. To make a leap attack, the dragoon must make a successful Jump check (DC 20), if successful, may
Superior Weapon Focus: Stacking with any existing Weapon Focus bonus, this adds an additional +1 to all attack rolls with the dragoon's weapon.
All of the following are Class Features of the dragoon prestige class.
Druid [Sunlord] Description Sunlords are men and women who revere the life-giving power of the sun and focus much of their spiritual life in the pursuit of understanding the sun itself. They have a deep appreciation for life and nature and work towards maintaining the natural order. Sunlords are most commonly druids or priests of nature or sun gods. Occasionally a paladin or ranger will become a Sunlord, but it is rare. Multiclass barbarians occasionally follow the path of the sun. It is very rare for a multiclass sorcerer or wizard to become a Sunlord. Elves, half-elves, and halflings are the most common races.
Sunlords are very much like druids in their philosophy. They tend to act as healers and nurturers, using their magic to calm harsh weather, improve crops and aid the sick. The more militant Sunlords, such as those with paladin or ranger backgrounds, often use their power to fight evil and undead. Some of the greatest champions of sun gods are Paladin/Sunlords. Sunlords tend to live in places with much sunlight, such as tropical or desert locations. Areas with frequent cloud cover or underground realms are generally avoided. In many areas, Sunlords form enclaves much like druids. In fact, many druid enclaves include Sunlords and vice versa. The two groups generally work well together except for the evil druids. Sunlords prefer brightly coloured garb and light armour. It is difficult to enjoy the caress of the sun in a suit of chainmail.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+2
+0
+2
Increased Spell Level
2
+2
+3
+0
+3
Sunsight, Daylight 1/day
3
+3
+3
+1
+3
Increased Spell Level
4
+3
+4
+1
+4
Light Enhancement, Searing Light 1/day
5
+4
+4
+1
+4
Increased Spell Level
6
+5
+5
+2
+5
Fire Resistance, Sunfire
7
+6
+5
+2
+5
Increased Spell Level
8
+6
+6
+2
+6
King of Helios
9
+7
+6
+3
+6
Increased Spell Level
10
+8
+7
+3
+7
Power of the Sun
Requirements
Class: Sunlords must be capable of casting divine spells.
Base Attack Bonus: +6
Special: Craft (Sun Dial) 4 Ranks Knowledge (Astronomy) 4 Ranks Knowledge (Religion) 8 Ranks
Alignment: Non-Evil
Hit Dice: D8
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Class Skills
spells as well. For example, a spell normally dealing 3d8 damage would now inflict 3d8+4 damage.
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are:
Searing Light: At 4th level, the Sunlord is able to cast Searing Light 1/day as a spell-like ability. The spell is cast at the sunlord's character level.
Craft (Int) Heal (Wis) Knowledge (Astronomy) (Int) Knowledge (Religion) (Int) Scry (Int) Spellcraft (Int) Wilderness Lore (Wis) See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int modifier.
Class Features Weapon and Armour Proficiency: Sunlords gain no new proficiency, but they retain any proficiencies acquired from other classes. Increased Spell Level: At first level, and at every other level, the Sunlord increases the spell level of his divine spellcasting class. For example, a 10th level cleric and 1st level Sunlord casts spells as a 11th level cleric. Only spell casting level and number of spells per day increases not any other class ability. Clerics, druids, paladins, and rangers are all eligible for this spell level increase. If a Sunlord has multiple classes that cast divine spells, only one class can receive the increase. Also, the Sunlord gains the Sun domain at 1st level if he doesn't have it already. Sunsight: Sunlords of this level are able to see as though in daylight at all times. Even in a lightness cavern a Sunlord sees as though illuminated by the noonday sun. This vision extends for 120 feet and is an extraordinary ability. Daylight: At 2nd level, the Sunlord is able to cast Daylight 1/day as a spell-like ability. The spell is cast at the sunlord's character level. Light Enhancement: At this level, Sunlords cast all Sun domain spells as if they were two levels higher for determining range, duration, damage and other level-dependant factors. In addition, a Sunlord now adds his class level to all damage rolls for Sun domain
Fire Resistance: Due to their affinity with sun and heat, Sunlords gain Fire Resistance of 10. This is a supernatural ability. Sunfire: A Sunlord of this level can choose to convert normal divine spells into Sunfire. The same rules apply as converting spontaneous healing spells. Sunfire is a beam of pure sunlight 50 feet long plus 5 feet per class level of the Sunlord. It can hit one foe and inflicts 1d6 damage for every level of the spell converted. Thus, a Sunlord who converts a 4th level spell into Sunfire inflicts 4d6 damage. Opponents make a reflex save for half damage, and the pure sunlight inflicts double damage upon undead. Fire resistance applies against Sunfire. This is an extraordinary ability. King of Helios: The Sunlord is bolstered by the power of the sun. While outdoors on a sunny day, the Sunlord gains +2 morale to Will Saves, +2 Constitution (and the accompanying hit points), and casts spells as a level higher. This does not increase the number of spells per day, only the level dependant variables such as range and damage. These bonuses do not apply at night, indoors, in heavy cloud cover, or in artificial sunlight. A Sunlord standing in a deeper darkness spell effect loses these bonuses until out of the conjured darkness. King of Helios is a supernatural ability. Power of the Sun: In conditions where the King of Helios bonus applies, Sunlords at 10th level gain tremendous spell-casting power. There is a 25% (1 on 1d4) that any divine spell cast while outdoors in sunlight is not removed from memory. Thus, a Sunlord casting heal upon an ally while the sun shines on them (even in shade) has a 25% chance of retaining the ability to cast heal again the same day. Spells that are converted to healing or Sunfire are not affected by this ability and are automatically removed from spells still available for the day. This is a supernatural ability.
Drunken Fighter Description The focus of Drunken Fighting is using misdirection and confusion to keep an opponent from knowing where your weapons are and where they will be attacking from. The Drunken Fighter discipline is a modification of the Drunken Master style of fighting, changing the focus from unarmed fighting to using one’s weapons effectively
and cunningly while inebriated. It is necessary for a Drunken Fighter to be able to fight with multiple weapons equally as well in order to keep their opponents off guard and maintain the balance necessary to maintain a fighting position. Barbarians and Fighters are most likely to follow the Drunken Fighter path, although other classes can potentially learn the martial art. Drunken Fighters can be found on the battlefield equally as often as in taverns and bars.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
1
2
2
0
Speed 50ft., drink like a demon, bottle proficiency, drunk attack bonus +2
2
2
3
3
0
Stagger, uncanny dodge (Dex bonus to AC)
3
3
3
3
1
Speed 60ft., swaying waist
4
4
4
4
1
AC bonus +1, drunk attack bonus +3
5
5
4
4
1
Drunken rage, drunk attack bonus +4, uncanny dodge (can’t be flanked)
6
6
5
5
2
Speed 70ft., lurch
7
7
5
5
2
Blind-fight, blindsight (5ft. radius)
8
8
6
6
2
For medicinal purposes
9
9
6
6
3
AC bonus +2, speed 80ft., corkscrew rush, drunk attack bonus +5
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes 10
10
7
7
3
Breath of flame
Requirements
movement through threatened squares provokes no attacks of opportunity.
Base Attack Bonus: +4
Uncanny Dodge: Starting at 2nd level, you gain the extraordinary ability to react to danger before your senses would normally allow you to even be aware of it. At 2nd level and above, you retain your Dexterity bonus to AC (if any) regardless of being caught flatfooted or struck by invisible attackers. (You still lose any Dexterity bonus to AC if immobilised.)
Hit Dice: D10 Feats: Dodge, Ambidexterity, Two-Weapon Fighting Special: To qualify to become a Drunken Fighter, a character must fulfil all the following criteria: Dexterity: 15+ Fortitude Save: 8+ Tumble: 6 Ranks Other: Evasion ability
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Balance (Dex), Bluff (Cha), Climb (Str), Craft (Int), Escape Artist (Dex), Hide (Dex), Intimidate (Cha), Jump (Str), Listen (Wis), Move Silently (Dex), Spot (Wis), Swim (Str), and Tumble (Dex). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill points at each Level: 4+ Int modifier.
Class Features Drink Like a Demon: Your body handles alcohol differently from other people’s. You can drink a large tankard of ale, a bottle of wine, or a corresponding amount of stronger alcohol as a move-equivalent action. Every bottle or tankard of alcohol you consume during combat reduces your Dexterity, Wisdom, and Intelligence by 1 point each, but increases your Strength or Constitution (your choice) by 1 point. However, your Reflex save bonus, Dexterity bonus to Tumble, and AC bonus remain at their original levels regardless of your new Dexterity modifier. Your body metabolises one drink per hour, reducing both the penalties and the bonus accordingly. You only gain the Strength and Constitution bonuses for alcohol drunk fighting during a fight, and the bonuses only last until the end of the combat. (The penalties disappear more gradually.) What quantity of alcohol constitutes a “drink” is deliberately left undefined. Drunk Attack Bonus: You have attuned yourself to fighting drunk so well that you gain a base attack bonus while armed and while you have unmetabolised drink in you. (+2 at 1st level, +3 at 4th level, +4 at 5th level, and +5 at 9th level.) Bottle Proficiency: You can use bottles and large tankards as weapons using your base attack bonus, including your more favourable number of attacks per round. Bottles do 1d6 points of bludgeoning damage with their first blow, then 1d4 points of slashing damage thereafter. Tankards do 1d6 points of bludgeoning damage. Furthermore, you can make these attacks without spilling most of the liquid inside. Stagger: By tripping, stumbling, and staggering, you can make a charge attack that surprises your opponents. This has two beneficial aspects: First, your charges need not be in straight lines, and you still move up to twice your speed. Second, make a Tumble check (DC 15) when you begin your charge. If you succeed, your
Dustdigger
At 5th level, you can no longer be flanked, since you can react to opponents on opposite side of you as easily as you can react to a single attacker. This defence denies rogues the ability to use flank attacks to sneak attack you. The exception to this defence is that a rogue at least 4 levels higher than you can flank you (and thus sneak attack you). Swaying Waist: You weave and bob about as you attack. You gain a +2 dodge bonus to AC against any one opponent you choose during your turn. This supersedes the Dodge feat, but functions like it in all other ways. Drunken Rage: You can rage just as a Barbarian does, with a duration equal to your (new) Constitution modifier plus the number of drinks you have consumed. You gain +4 to Strength, +4 to Constitution, a +2 morale bonus on Will saves, and a –2 penalty to AC. This ability supersedes the Strength and Constitution bonuses from Drink Like a Demon. Lurch: Your lurching movements let you make one feinting in combat Bluff check (opposed by Sense Motive) per round as a move-equivalent action. You gain a +4 competence bonus to Bluff checks made for this purpose. Blind-Fight: You gain the feat Blind-Fight (PHB, pg. 80). Blindsight, 5-foot radius: You gain the feat Blindsight, 5-foot radius (SaF, pg. 5). For Medicinal Purposes: By combining your ki power with alcohol, you can convert an alcoholic drink into a potion of cure moderate wounds up to three times per day. The alcohol activates the ki in your body, so the cure only works on you. Alcohol drunk in this way neither impairs nor improves your ability scores. Corkscrew Rush: You leap forward, twisting your weapons in a blurring whirlwind as you rush an opponent. This is a charge attack that, in addition to dealing normal damage, automatically initiates a bull rush attack (without provoking an attack of opportunity). Furthermore, you are considered to have the Power Attack feat for the purpose of a corkscrew rush, and if you hit your opponent, you stun your foe unless she makes a Will save (DC 17 + the Drunken Fighter’s Wisdom modifier). However, if your attack misses, you overextend and fall prone in front of your opponent. Breath of Flame: You can use your ki to ignite the alcohol within you and spew it forth from your mouth in a breath of flame. Breath of flame deals 3d12 points of fire damage to all within the 20-foot cone (Reflex save DC 18 for half). Each time you use breath of flame, it consumes one drink’s worth of alcohol within you, reducing both penalties and bonuses to your ability scores.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Description A Dustdigger is a scientist, archaeologist, and treasure hunter in the most classic sense. The region of Oerth occupied by the presentday Yeomanry was one of the earliest lands settled by ancient Suel travellers (among others), and remnants of their ancient civilizations litter the Yeoman landscape. Dustdiggers wish to collect, record, and preserve the artefacts of these lost cultures in an effort to learn about their history. They also wish to keep such treasures out of the hands of those who would exploit them. As such, they require intelligence, cunning, and fighting prowess to complete their tasks.
candidates are accepted into the college's ranks, and then only the best of these graduate to become full-fledged Dustdiggers. Entrance into the college requires the recommendation of an existing Dustdigger and the approval of the Board of Regents of the college. Graduates are given a platinum pin to signify their positions as well as open permission to explore archaeological sites so long as they record their findings for the college and do not abuse the privilege. The college, financed by private investors, handsomely pays Dustdiggers for significant finds, and only Dustdiggers (along with any entourage they may have) may legally explore such sites without explicit government permission.
The Dustdiggers operate out of a relatively new yet prestigious college in Loftwick. It was founded in 571CY with the assistance of Theodain Eriason, the Council of Grosspokesmen, and other prominent Yeoman, and works in conjunction with Wizard’s academy in the same city. Only the most qualified and promising of
Due to their vast pool of skills, Rogues and Bards are the most likely classes to gravitate towards a career as a Dustdigger. Wizards, Sorcerers, Fighters, and Rangers are less common, and Paladin, Barbarian, Monk, Cleric and Druid Dustdiggers are almost unheard of.
Table Level
Base Attack
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
Spells per day
1
+0
+0
+2
+2
Lore
0
2
+1
+0
+3
+3
Alertness
1
3
+2
+1
+3
+3
Skill Focus
2
0
4
+3
+1
+4
+4
Uncanny Dodge
2
1
5
+3
+1
+4
+4
Greater Lore
3
1
6
+4
+2
+5
+5
Arcane Lore
3
2
0
7
+5
+2
+5
+5
Uncanny Dodge
4
2
1
8
+6
+2
+6
+6
True Lore
4
3
2
0
9
+6
+3
+6
+6
Skill Mastery
4
3
2
1
10
+7
+3
+7
+7
Immune to Flanking
4
3
3
2
1st
2nd
3rd
4th
Requirements
Skill points at Each Level: 6+ Int mod
To qualify as a Dustdigger, a character must fulfil all of the following criteria:
Class Features
Skills: Knowledge Ranks: 10, distributed among any of the following: arcana, history, local, religion. Wilderness Lore Ranks: 4, Speak Language: 3 or more, Appraisal Ranks: 4
Weapon and Armour Proficiency: Dustdiggers are skilled in all simple weapons and are proficient in all light and medium armour but not shields. Note that wearing some armour detracts from a number of skills and may cause spell failure.
Yeoman Citizenship: A prospective Dustdigger must be a citizen of the Yeomanry League and be or good repute (never convicted of a major crime, and have a certain number (TBD) of Fame/Influence points with Yeoman institutions. The Dustdigger must continue to be a member of the Dustdigger College in Loftwick. Members can be ejected for misappropriation of archaeological treasures. Hit Die: d6
Class Skills The Dustdigger's class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are Appraise (Int), Climb (Str), Concentration (Con), Decipher Script (Int), Disable Device (Int), Gather Information (Cha), Intuit Direction (Wis), Knowledge (Int), Intuit Direction (Wis), Open Lock (Dex), Search (Int), Spot (Wis), Speak Language (--), Use Rope (Dex), and Wilderness Lore (Wis).
Spells: Dustdiggers are entitled to a limited number of arcane spells. To cast a spell, a Dustdigger must have an intelligence of at least 10 plus the spell’s level. Dustdigger bonus spells are based on intelligence, and saving throws against these spells have a DC of 10 + spell level + the Dustdigger’s intelligence modifier (if any). When a Dustdigger gets “0” spells of a given level, the Dustdigger gets only bonus spells if applicable. A Dustdigger prepares and casts spells just as a wizard does. Note that the spell selection for a Dustdigger includes some divine spells, but they should be treated in this case as arcane, and are prepared and cast as wizard spells. Such spells are exceptional in that 'divine' spells used by Dustdiggers may not be copied and utilized by any other class Spell list: 1st level
3rd level
Comprehend Languages, Detect Evil/Good/Law Chaos, Detect Magic, Detect Secret
Dispel Magic, Fly, Illusory Script, Obscure Object, Remove Curse, Secret Page,
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Passages, Identify, Light, Mage Hand, Open/Close, Read Magic, Unseen Servant
Shrink Item, Tongues
Greater Lore: At 5th level, a Dustdigger gains the ability to identify magic items, as per the spell. A Dustdigger may make one attempt per item per day.
2nd level
4th level
Darkvision, Find Traps, Knock, Leomund's Trap, Levitate, Locate Object, Make Whole, Shatter, Wizard Lock
Dimension Door, Free Action, Minor Creation, Wizard Eye
Arcane Lore: At 6th level, a Dustdigger may use his knowledge to gain the effects of a legend lore or analyse dweomer spell. This ability may be used once per day.
Lore: Dustdiggers gather and disseminate knowledge. At 1st level, they gain the ability to know legends or information regarding various topics just like the Bard's bardic knowledge class ability, adding his Dustdigger level and his intelligence modifier to knowledge checks. If the Dustdigger’s previous class was a bard, these level bonuses stack. Alertness: At 2nd level, the Dustdigger gains the Alertness feat at no cost. Skill Focus: At 3rd level, a Dustdigger gains a skill focus with the skill of his/her choice at no cost. Uncanny Dodge: At 4th level, the Dustdigger gains an intuit sense that alerts him to danger from traps, giving him a +1 bonus to Reflex saves made to avoid traps.
Uncanny Dodge: At 7th level, the Dustdigger retains his Dex bonus to his AC (if any) regardless of being caught flat-footed or struck by an invisible attacker. True Lore: At 8th level, once per week, the Dustdigger can cast, in effect, a stronger version of the 6th-level wizard spell Analyse Dweomer, which tells *all* of an object's magical properties (does not work on creatures) that are equal to or lower than the caster level check rolled. This ability requires12 hours to complete. Skill Mastery: At 9th level, the Dustdigger selects a number of skills equal to 3+ his intelligence modifier. When making a skill check with one of these skills, the Dustdigger may take 10 even if stress and distractions would normally prevent him from doing so. Immune to Flanking: At 10th level, the Dustdigger can no longer be flanked, since he can react to opponents on opposite sides of him as easily as he can react to a single attacker.
Dwarven [Battlerager] Description The Battlerager fills a particular niche in dwarf society and culture. He is a fearless warrior, able to create an insane rage within himself that increases his fighting ability and distorts his physical features. While enraged, a Battlerager’s face becomes twisted and his teeth grind together. Spittle flies from his mouth and dribbles down his
beard. His eyes enlarge, bulge, and become bloodshot. Size increases (by an inch or so) as his muscles swell and his body expands. His fighting ability becomes awesome, allowing him to fight longer and harder than any other dwarf. While in his rage, he is almost unstoppable. A dangerous enemy, he is a menace to friend and foe alike.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+2
+0
+2
Furious Rage 1/day, Toughness Feat
2
+2
+3
+0
+3
Furious Rage 2/day, Stubborn Will 1
3
+3
+3
+1
+3
Furious Rage3/day, Toughness Feat
4
+4
+4
+1
+4
Furious Rage 4/day, Stubborn Will 2
5
+5
+4
+1
+4
Furious Rage 5/day; no longer winded after rage; Toughness Feat
Requirements
Climb (Str), Intimidate (Cha), and Jump (Str) See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player’s Handbook for descriptions.
To qualify to become a Battlerager, a character must fulfil all the following criteria.
See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions.
Race: Dwarf Base Attack Bonus: +6 Feats: Cleave, Great Cleave, and Sunder
Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int modifier
Class Features
Hit Dice: d12
All of the following are Class Features of the Battlerager prestige class.
Class Skills
Weapons and Armour: A Battlerager is proficient with all simple and martial weapons, light armour, medium armour, heavy armour, and shields.
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are:
Furious Rage: Battleragers are able to enter a furious killing rage that endangers friend and foe alike. They have no control over it.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Anytime one feels insulted, threatened, or when in combat, he will bellow a battle song at the top of his lung. After 1d4 rounds during which he can fight or perform other activities, he enters rage. A Battlerager can attempt to prevent a Rage by making a Willpower Save (DC20). If he fails the check he enters the rage. In a rage, a Battlerager gains phenomenal strength and durability but becomes reckless and less able to defend himself. He temporarily gains +4 to Strength, +4 to Constitution, and a +2 morale bonus on Will saves, but suffers a -2 penalty to AC. The increase in Constitution increases the Battlerager’s hit points by 2 points per level, but these hit points go away at the end of the rage when the Constitution score drops back to normal. These extra hit points are not lost first the way temporary hit points are; see Temporary Hit Points, page 129. of the Player’s Handbook. While raging, a Battlerager cannot use skills or abilities that require patience and concentration, such as moving silently or casting spells. (The only class skills he can’t use while raging are Craft, Handle Animal, and Intuit Direction.) He can use any feat he might have except for Expertise, item creation feats, metamagic feats, and Skill Focus (if it’s tied to a skill that requires patience or concentration). A fit of rage lasts until all his foes lay dead. At the end of the rage, the Battlerager is fatigued (-2 to Strength, -2 to Dexterity, can’t charge or run) The Battlerager can only fly into a
rage once per encounter, and only a certain number of times per day (determined by level). Entering a rage takes no time itself, but the Battlerager can only do it during his action (see Initiative, page 120), not in response to somebody else’s action. A Battlerager can’t, for example, fly into a rage when struck down by an arrow in order to get the extra hit points from the increased Constitution, although the extra hit points would be of benefit if he had gone into a rage earlier in the round, before the arrow struck. During a rage the Battlerager is oblivious to pain. The Dungeon Master should not reveal the amount of damage the Battlerager takes while in Rage. The Battlerager can attempt to end his rage by making a Will Save (DC 20). Starting at 5th level, the Battlerager’s rage bonuses become +6 to Strength, +6 to Constitution, and a +3 morale bonus to Will saves. (The AC penalty remains at -2.) Stubborn Will: Add this resistance bonus to the Battlerager’s Will saves. Toughness: The Battlerager gains the Toughness feat.
Dwarven [Hammer of Moradin] Description Moradin is the primary dwarven deity and his name is only ever spoken by dwarves with the utmost respect and reverence. Dwarven society is a society of warriors and the vast majority of these warriors (and other dwarves for that matter) worship Moradin. However a special few are so utterly devoted to their deity that he bestows upon them special powers, so that they might better serve his cause. The "Hammers" (as they are most often called) are devoted followers of Moradin, granted powers in return for extreme devotion to their god and his edicts. They show the utmost respect for clerics of Moradin and they can often be found serving them in various capacities. Sometimes this means guarding sacred temples
to Moradin, other times it means leading special quests to recover religious artefacts. Whatever the task assigned - it is always extremely perilous and there is little in the way of personal reward for the Hammer other than the favour of their deity and his clerics. Fighters most often find themselves joining "The Hammers", although rogues, rangers, clerics and even barbarians have been known to join their ranks. "The Hammers" can be identified by a special single tattoo on their chest - showing the symbol of Moradin. All the Hammers wield warhammers just like their god, and many of there granted powers are based on the use of this weapon. Hammers are free to use other weapons, but they still require a warhammer as a focus for the granted powers.
Table Level
Base Attack
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
1
2
0
0
Hurl Hammer 1/day, Moradin's Blessing
2
2
3
0
0
Imbue Hammer
3
3
3
1
1
Hurl Hammer 2/day, Fighter Feat
4
4
4
1
1
Whirling Hammer Shield 1/day
5
5
4
1
1
Hurl Hammer 3/day, Giant Killer
6
6
5
2
2
Whirling Hammer Shield 2/day, Forged Weapon Immunity 10/+1
7
7
5
2
2
Hurl Hammer 4/day, Moradin's Tremor
8
8
6
2
2
Whirling Hammer Shield 3/day, Forged Weapon Immunity 10/+2
9
9
6
3
3
Hurl Hammer 5/day, Fighter Feat
10
10
7
3
3
Whirling Hammer Shield 4/day, Forged Weapon Immunity 10/+3
Requirements Base Attack Bonus: +7
Alignment: Lawful Good Race: Dwarf
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Feats: Weapon Focus (Warhammer), Power Attack, Sunder. Special: Religion: Moradin Knowledge (Religion): 2 ranks Any Profession or Craft skill relating to Smithing work: 3 ranks (e.g. Blacksmith or Armourer or Weaponsmith etc.) Other: Must submit to a special religious ceremony conducted by a cleric of Moradin at least of 7th level. At the end of the ceremony, if a tattoo appears on one of the dwarf's chest - then he has selected to become a Hammer of Moradin
of rounds equal to the Hammer's level (not his total character level) and provides a +1 enhancement bonus to the weapon. The enhancement does allow the character to hit creatures only hit by magical weapons (indeed for the duration of effect the weapon is magical). This effect stacks with the bonus of a warhammer that already has a magical bonus. If the weapon was a masterwork weapon then it still has a +1 bonus but is now magical. Regardless of the weapon's existing magical bonus the total bonus can never exceed +5.
Hit Dice: D10
Fighter Feat: The character may choose one feat from the list of fighter bonus feats.
Class Skills
Whirling Hammer Shield: The character can whirl his warhammer around his hand spinning it in a ferociously fast circle (using a leather thong attached to the handle of the weapon). He receives the equivalent of half cover (+4 AC, +2 reflex saves) while the whirling hammer shield is maintained. The character can move at half his normal movement rate while maintaining the whirling hammer shield, which can be maintained for the number of rounds equal to twice his Con bonus (e.g. Con 14 = 4 rounds). Once started it can be stopped at any time, though the ability is considered "used".
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are very similar to those of Fighters, with some extra skills based on their religious training and beliefs. Climb (Str), Craft (Str), Intimidate (Cha), Knowledge (religion) (Int), Profession (Wis), Sense Motive (Wis). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill points at each Level: 2 + Int modifier
Class Features Weapons and Armour: Hammers are proficient with all simple and martial weapons, all armours and shields. Note that armour check penalties for armour heavier than leather apply to the skills Balance, Climb, Escape Artist, Hide, Jump, Move Silently, Pick Pocket and Tumble. Hurl Hammer: The character can hurl his warhammer just as if it was a thrown weapon. He receives no attack penalty for an unfamiliar weapon (a warhammer can't usually be thrown). The hurled warhammer has a range increment of 20 feet and will automatically return to the hand of the character after the attack. Hurling counts as a normal attack action (not full) but only one attack (i.e. the throw itself) can be made during the round in which the warhammer is hurled. Moradin's Blessing: The character receives a +3 circumstance bonus to any fortitude saves required for effects relating to stone or earth (e.g. surviving a stone to flesh spell). Imbue Hammer: Once per day the character can imbue his warhammer with Moradin's blessing. This effect lasts for a number
Moradin's Tremor: Once per day the character can slam his warhammer into the ground and call upon his patron's power. The ground in a 50 foot radius will shake violently causing all two legged beings of Large size or smaller to make a Balance Skill check against DC 15 or fall over prone for one round (it can not discriminate between friend or foe - but Hammers of Moradin or clerics of Moradin are unaffected). Giant Killer: Whenever in combat against giants or giant kind the character receives double his normal threat range for his warhammer. This effect stacks with the improved critical feat and any other similar effect. Common enemy of the dwarves - Moradin is skilled at defeating them. Forged Weapon Immunity: The character can make himself relatively invulnerable to forged weapons using the damage reduction indicated against any forged weapon used against him. This effect can be used once per day and lasts for three rounds. A forged weapon usually means any bladed weapon (sword, dagger, scimitar, axe, falchion, spear). This represents Moradin's mastery of the forge. It is said by dwarves that Moradin controls all the forges in the world. Moradin himself is immune to all forged weapons.
Dwarven [Moradin’s Forge Master] Description Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Reflex Save
Will Save
Special
Spells 1
2
3
4
1
0
2
0
2
Craft magic arms & armour, Weapon Focus: Hammer, Light and Warhammer
1
-
-
-
2
1
3
0
3
Skill Focus: Craft: Armoursmith
2
-
-
-
3
2
3
1
3
+1 Str, Way of Hammer and Tongs I
2
0
-
-
4
3
4
1
4
Skill Focus: Craft: Weaponsmith
2
1
-
-
5
3
4
1
4
Weapon Specialisation: Hammer, Light
2
1
0
-
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes 6
4
5
2
5
Forge Ring, Divine Sunder
3
2
1
-
7
5
5
2
5
Weapon Specialisation: Warhammer
3
2
1
-
8
6
6
2
6
+1 Str
3
2
2
0
9
6
6
3
6
Master Forger
3
3
2
1
10
7
7
3
7
Way of Hammer and Tongs II
4
3
3
2
Requirements Race: Dwarf Alignment: Lawful Good Worshipper of Moradin Basic Attack Bonus: +8 Spells: 4th level divine spell caster Skills: 10 ranks total in Craft: Armoursmith and/or Craft: Weaponsmith Hit Dice: d8
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Appraise, Climb, Concentration, Craft, Heal, Jump, Knowledge, Religion, Profession, Spellcraft See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points: 4 + Int modifier
Class Features Weapon and Armour Proficiencies: Simple and martial weapons, all armour and shields Special: Treated as paladin in regard to use of Holy Avenger sword, etc. Note: This is considered a spell casting class; three levels of Forge Master equals three caster levels. The Forge Master gains domain spells in the Mysticism domain.
Way of Hammer and Tongs: At 6th level, the Forge Master takes half standard time for Craft: Armoursmith and Craft: Weaponsmith (multiply GP price by 5 instead of 10 when calculating time spent). At 10th level, the Forge Master takes only 30% of standard time (3X GP price instead of 10X). Divine Sunder (Su): The Forge Master can use divine guidance to discern the weak point of a weapon or shield. The Forge Master must declare he is using Divine Sunder prior to his attack and if the attack is successful, the target object’s hardness is halved for purposes of calculating the attack’s damage. In all other respects, this attack is the same as a normal sunder attempt. Master Forger: At 9th level, the Forge Master has perfected the art of crafting magical arms and armour. The ‘base cost’ for enchanting an item is reduced by one-third in regard to creation time and actual cost of the enchantment. Note that the base cost of creating the initial masterwork item remains the same and XP costs are also unaffected. Spell List: 1st Level
3rd Level
Bless, Bless water, Bless weapon, Consecrate, Create water, Cure light wounds, Divine favour, Endure elements, Magic weapon, Mending Protection from Evil, Read magic, Resistance, Shield of faith, Virtue
Cure serious wounds, Dispel magic, Greater magic weapon, Hallow, Keen edge, Magic circle vs. evil, Prayer, Restoration, Righteous might, Spell resistance, Stoneskin
2nd Level
4th Level
Aid, Bull’s strength, Continual Light, Cure moderate wounds, Dispel evil, Holy Smite, Make whole, Resist elements, Shield, Shield other, Stone shape, Summon monster I
Dispel evil, Holy aura, Holy sword, and Iron body, Miracle, Order’s wrath, Plane Shift
Dwarven [Orcslayer] Description
Death for them, some believe, is only a kindness, and the typical Orcslayer’s attitude is one of almost suicidal recklessness.
A grim, fatal figure, the dwarven Orcslayer is filled with unspeakable rage against orcs and other goblinoids, having suffered great personal tragedy due to their depredations, such as finding his family brutally butchered, losing cherished friends, or suffering disfigurement, defilement, or other great shame. Maddened with grief and rage, the Orcslayer devotes himself to dwarven war god, and vows to give his life to the destruction of the goblinoids, letting his hate and thirst for vengeance consume him. Violent, impulsive, and prone to alcoholism and fits of deep depression, Orcslayers are pitied by their kinfolk, and find themselves even more isolated.
An Orcslayer usually wears only handmade leather armour and ragged clothing, leaves his beard unbraided and uncombed, and allows personal hygiene to fall by the wayside. The Orcslayer may have the symbol of his deity painted on his forehead in ashes and blood before battle. Orcslayers disdain any non-thrown missile weapons as cowardly, and refuse to wear heavier armours for the same reason. Those with the greatest suicidal tendencies even refuse to wear magical versions of the lighter armours.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Table Requirements Level Attack Fort
rage, when the Constitution score drops back to normal. These extra hit points are not lost first the way temporary hit points are. While raging, an Orcslayer cannot use skills or abilities that require Bonus Save Base Attack Bonus: +5 patience or concentration, such as moving silently or casting spells. 1Hit Dice: D12 1 2 0 0 Orcsbane, Orcslayer Rage He can use any1/day feat he might have, except Expertise, item creation feats, metamagic feats, and Skill Focus (if it’s tied to a skill that 2 2Any 3 0 0 Song of Wrath, Toughness Alignment: requires patienceFeat and concentration). A fit of rage lasts a number of rounds equal to 3 + the character’s (newly improved) Constitution 3 3 1 1 Uncanny Dodge (Dex Bonus) Race: Dwarf3 modifier. The Orcslayer may not prematurely end the rage Feats: Any Martial Weapon 4 4 4 Proficiency 1 1 Stonehide, voluntarily; Wall of Furyhe I must ride it until it runs its course. At the end of the rage, the Orcslayer is fatigued (-2 to Strength, -2 to Dexterity, can’t Special: Must profound to the 5 5 have suffered 4 1 personal1 loss, due Orcslayer Rage 2/day charge or run) for the duration of that encounter. The Orcslayer can depredations of orcs or other goblinoids. goad himself into a rage only once per encounter. 6 6 5 2 2 Toughness Feat The Orcslayer continues to sing throughout his rage. A magical 7 7 5 2 2 Uncanny Dodge silence(Can’t spellbeorFlanked) power can prevent the Orcslayer Rage from occurring at the start, but cannot stop it once it has begun, even if 8 8 6 2 2 Wall of Fury II the dwarf fights and “sings” silently. The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: 9 9 6 3 3 Orcslayer Rage 3/day If the Orcslayer also has Barbarian levels, he may use both types of Craft (Int), Intimidate (Cha), Jump (Str), Knowledge (goblinoids) rageFeatin the same day. For example, an 8th/1st level (Int), (Wis), Perform Speak Language (various 10 Listen 10 7 (sing)(Cha), 3 3 +3 Toughness Barbarian/Orcslayer could undergo 3 Barbarian rages and 1 goblinoid tongues), and Spot (Wis). Orcslayer rage in a single day. See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player’s Handbook for skill Song of Wrath: When the Orcslayer sings, he gives full vent to his descriptions. anguish, loss, and fury in a frightening song of bloodlust and death Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int modifier. to come. Any opponents hearing the song suffer a -2 Morale penalty to Will saves, dropping to a -4 penalty when the dwarf enters his Orcslayer Rage. Ref Save
Will Save
Special
Class Skills
Class Features
All of the following are Class Features of the Orcslayer prestige class. Weapons and Armour: Orcslayers are proficient with the battleaxe, dwarven urgrosh, dwarven waraxe, greataxe, throwing axe, and warhammer. Orcslayers are proficient with light armour, but no shields. Note that armour check penalties for armour heavier than leather apply to the skills Balance, Climb, Escape Artist, Hide, Jump, Move Silently, Pick Pocket, and Tumble. Orcsbane: All dwarves are trained in special combat techniques against orcs and goblinoids, but Orcslayers dedicate themselves to destroying these opponents. Orcslayers choose a particular type of weapon-usually a greataxe-and become intimately familiar with how to utilise that weapon to best effect when engaging their ancestral enemies. Orcslayers double the effective threat range of their chosen weapon when fighting orcs and goblinoids. For example, a greataxe usually threatens a critical on a 20. If the Orcslayer had selected the greataxe as his “Orcsbane” weapon, it would threaten a critical on a 19 or 20 when fighting orcs or goblinoids. The effects of this ability stack with those of the Improved Critical feat, if the weapon being used is of the appropriate type, and is being used against orcs and goblinoids. Orcslayer Rage: When he needs to, an Orcslayer can goad himself into screaming blood frenzy. To enter this state of mindless savagery, the Orcslayer must sing a Dwarvish warsong at the top of his lungs while performing any activity-standing, walking or running, attacking, etc. After 2+1d4 rounds of singing, he abruptly enters the Orcslayer Rage. In a rage, an Orcslayer gains phenomenal strength and durability but becomes reckless and less able to defend himself. He temporarily gains a +4 to Strength, +4 to Constitution, and a +2 morale bonus on Will saves, but suffers a -2 penalty to AC. The increase in Constitution increases the Orcslayer’s hit points by 2 points per level, but these hit points go away at the end of the
Stonehide: Orcslayers seem capable of ignoring all but the most severe of unarmed blows, hanging onto consciousness by dint of sheer stubborn hate, and near obviousness to pain. They may never be staggered, and have the extraordinary ability of damage reduction 3/- vs. subdual damage. This damage reduction does stack with a Barbarian’s damage reduction, but only in regards to subdual damage. For example, a 14th/4th level Barbarian/Orcslayer would have a damage reduction of 2/- vs. normal attacks, but 5/- vs. subdual attacks. Toughness Feat: Due to his preference for light armour and brutal melee, the Orcslayer gains the benefits of additional Toughness feats at 2nd, 6th, and 10th level. Uncanny Dodge: Starting at 3rd level, the Orcslayer gains the extraordinary ability to react to danger before her senses would normally allow her to do so. At 3rd level and above, she retains her Dexterity bonus to AC (if any) regardless of being caught flatfooted or being struck by an invisible attacker. She still loses her Dexterity bonus to AC if immobilised. At 7th level, the Orcslayer can no longer be flanked, as she can react to opponents on opposite sides of her as easily as she can react to a single attacker. This defence denies other characters the ability to use flank attacks to sneak attack her. The exception to this defence is that a Rogue at least four levels higher than the character can flank her (and thus sneak attack her). The character’s Orcslayer levels are cumulative with her levels in any other class that has the uncanny dodge ability for the purposes of determining the character’s total uncanny dodge. Wall of Fury: The rage that blinds an Orcslayer to practically everything except his desire for vengeance and the death of orcs and goblinoids, also acts as a powerful barrier against magical attempts to control or influence him. At 4th level, the Orcslayer gains a +2 bonus to all Will saves vs. Enchantment spells or effects, increasing to a +4 bonus when the Orcslayer is raging. At 8th level, the Orcslayer’s bonuses against Enchantment increase to +4 normally, and complete immunity when raging. At 8th level the Orcslayer also gains a bonus of +4 to all saves vs. spells or powers causing blindness
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Dwarven [Pest Hunter] “Someday the caverns will be free of pests. But now I am hunting them one by one.” -Yrbar Koboldbane, dwarven hero
Description
commendable by other dwarves. In strongholds where they are not constantly employed, they are often viewed with suspicion and distaste. Many have been known to turn to illegal activities in order to support themselves, but their willingness to enter even sewers has proved their worth as recoverers of lost items and has earned them a reputation for being incredibly tough.
The dwarven pest hunter is a highly skilled specialist who enters tunnel systems with the intention of eradicating monsters that hide within. Pest hunters are also adept at negotiating the constricted passages created by giant rats, monstrous centipedes, and other pests and vermin. They are used to fighting in confined spaces and are experts at hiding in shadows, where they wait to surprise their prey.
Outside of dwarf society, pest hunters are something of an enigma. They do not readily fit the image other races have of the trades. Most humans are amazed that a skill as specialised as pest hunters even exists. Even so, they easily find work in human cities as pest exterminators, and their services have often been called upon to eradicate bands of raiding kobolds and goblins from their lairs.
Within dwarf societies plagued by pests, pest hunters are highly regarded. Their willingness to enter narrow tunnels is seen as
Of all dwarves, rogues and rangers are most likely to become pest hunters. Fighters and some clerics are less common, but not totally unheard of.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1st
+1
+0
+2
+0
1st chosen enemy
2nd
+2
+0
+3
+0
Close-quarters fighting
3rd
+3
+1
+3
+1
2nd chosen enemy, small one out
4th
+4
+1
+4
+1
Stealth
5th
+5
+1
+4
+1
3rd chosen enemy, chosen weapon
Requirements To qualify to become a dwarven pest hunter, a character must fulfil the following criteria. Race: Dwarf Base Attack Bonus: +4 Skills: Listen: 6 ranks, Spot: 6 ranks, Hide: 6 ranks Special: Must have rid at least one cavern of pests. Hit Dice: d8.
Chosen Enemy: The pest hunter specialises in hunting a specific form of enemy (“pest”) that commonly plagues dwarven tunnels. A member of this class may choose a creature from the following list: Aberrations, Animals, Humanoids (Goblinoids), Humanoids (Orcs), Humanoids (Reptilian), Oozes, Plants, Vermin. As pest hunters are especially adept at fighting these monsters, they receive a +1 bonus to damage rolls against creatures of this type, as well as a +1 bonus to Bluff, Listen, Sense Motive, and Spot checks when using these skills against their chosen enemies. If the weapon used against the creature is ranged, the bonus applies only up to the range of 30 feet. The damage bonus is not effective against monsters that are immune to critical hits.
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are:
At 3rd and 5th levels, the pest hunter may choose a new enemy from the list, and the bonus associated with every previously chosen enemy goes up by +1. For example, a 3rd-level pest hunter will have two chosen enemies, with bonuses of +2 and +1.
Balance (Dex), Bluff (Cha), Climb (Str), Craft (Int), Hide (Dex), Intimidate (Cha), Intuit Direction (Wis), Jump (Str), Listen (Wis), Move Silently (Dex), Search (Int), Sense Motive (Wis), Spot (Wis), Swim (Str), and Tumble (Dex).
Close-Quarters Fighting (Ex): Dwarven pest hunters are skilled in fighting in curved and narrow underground passages. While fighting in underground settings, the pest hunter receives a +2 circumstance bonus to initiative, attack rolls, Hide and Move Silently checks.
See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions.
Small One Out (Ex): Most creatures that plague dwarven caverns are small but annoying, if not deadly. Pest hunters concentrate on eliminating this kind of prey, receiving a +1 bonus to both attack and damage rolls against Small and smaller creatures.
Class Skills
Skill Points at Each Additional Level: 4 + Int modifier.
Class Features All of the following are Class Features of the dwarven pest hunter prestige class. Weapon and Armour Proficiency: Dwarven pest hunters gain proficiency with all Small simple and martial weapons, light and medium armour, and with bucklers and small shields.
Stealth (Ex): Pest hunters constantly hone their skills related to stealthy movement. On reaching 4th level a pest hunter gains a +2 competence bonus to Hide and Move Silently checks. Chosen Weapon: On achieving 5th level, the pest hunter may choose one light melee weapon. He gains a +1 bonus to attack rolls and damage while fighting underground.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Dwarven [Silverbeard] Description Thousands of years ago, it is said an entire pantheon of gods served the dwarven people. Among these was the mighty Clangeddin Silverbeard, god of battle and bravery, who wielded the fearsome axe Giantbane. For reasons lost in the mists of time, he and the
other dwarven gods abandoned the dwarves of Urodia, leaving only Moradin the Dwarffather to shepherd over the people. Yet there are those fierce warriors who awake one morning to find their chins touched with a shock of bright silver. They are the chosen of Clangeddin, and though they stir suspicion in the hearts of other dwarves, none can question the bravery of their deeds or the ferocity of their blades.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+2
+0
+0
Stalwart Resolve, Clangeddin's Arm 1/day
2
+2
+3
+0
+0
Clangeddin's Strike 1/day
3
+3
+3
+1
+1
Clangeddin's Rampage 1/day
4
+4
+4
+1
+1
Godsblade 1/day, Superior Weapon Focus
5
+5
+4
+1
+1
Clangeddin's Strike 2/day, Clangeddin's Arm 2/day
6
+6
+5
+2
+2
Clangeddin's Rampage 2/day
7
+7
+5
+2
+2
Godsblade 2/day, Supreme Mobility
8
+8
+6
+2
+2
Clangeddin's Strike 3/day
9
+9
+6
+3
+3
Clangeddin's Rampage 3/day
10
+10
+7
+3
+3
Godsblade 3/day, Clangeddin's Arm 3/day
Requirements
Strength equal to 1 point per Silverbeard level. Activating the power is a free action. The enhancement lasts 1 round.
Race: Dwarf
Clangeddin's Strike (Su): This power increases the critical multiplier of the Silverbeard's chosen weapon (the weapon he has Weapon Focus in) by an additional +1 when determining the damage of a single critical hit. For example, the longsword has a critical multiplier of x2. Using this ability, the Silverbeard can increase that multiplier to x3. Use of Clangeddin's Strike must be declared before rolling any damage dice.
Alignment: Any Good Basic Attack Bonus: +8 Feats: Cleave, Dodge, Improved Critical, Power Attack, Weapon Focus (any) Abilities: Dex 13+, Str 15+ Hit Dice: d10
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Climb, Craft, Handle Animal, Jump, Ride, Swim. See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points: 2 + Int modifier
Class Features Weapon and Armour: All simple and martial weapons, all armour and shields Stalwart Resolve (Su): Extraordinarily fierce and courageous, all Silverbeards receive a +4 morale bonus to saves vs. fear. Clangeddin's Arm (Su): The Silverbeard can invoke Clangeddin's power to perform a feat of strength and gain a sacred bonus to
Clangeddin's Rampage (Su): Clangeddin's Rampage grants the Silverbeard one extra partial action, which he may use in addition to his normal actions. Activating this power is a free action. The ability lasts a minimum of 1 round, plus a number of additional rounds equal to the Silverbeard's Wis bonus. Godsblade (Su): Drawing upon the blessing of Clangeddin, the Silverbeard can transform his chosen weapon into divine energy and attack. The transformed weapon ignores armour and enhancement bonuses to AC, and the effectiveness of natural armour is halved. Dexterity, deflection, dodge, and other such bonuses still apply. Infused with holy power, the weapon deals an additional +2d6 points of bonus holy (good) damage against all of evil alignment. Invoking and striking with the Godsblade is a full attack action. Note that the weapon reverts to normal after the attack attempt, regardless of its success or failure. Superior Weapon Focus (Ex): Stacking with any existing Weapon Focus bonus, this adds an additional +1 to all attack rolls with the Silverbeard's weapon of choice. Supreme Mobility (Ex): The Silverbeard gains a +6 dodge bonus to his AC against attacks of opportunity provoked by moving into or out of a threatened area. A condition that makes you lose your Dex bonus to Armour Class (if any) also makes you lose dodge bonuses. This dodge bonus supersedes that of Mobility.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Dwarven [Stonelord] Description Dwarves know more secrets about stone than anyone else. They live and die among the stones, and the earth whispers to them - or at least to select individuals. These special dwarves are known as Stonelords, or occasionally rockbrothers and rocksisters. They use their connection with the earth to draw from the infinite reserves of power within it to help them performing amazing feats.
Fighters are the most common stonelords, although dwarven paladins and rangers adopt the mantle as well. Though uncommon, dwarven rogues, clerics and even the occasional wizard or sorcerer become stonelords. NPC stonelords work in dwarven communities as protectors and leaders. Occasionally, they work in groups, but even then their varied backgrounds and chosen powers make them all very different.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
1
2
0
0
Earth's Blood
2
2
3
0
0
Stone Power
3
2
3
1
1
Stone Shape
4
4
4
1
1
Stone Power
5
5
4
1
1
Meld Into Stone
6
6
5
2
2
Stone Power
7
7
5
2
2
Stone Tell
8
8
6
2
2
Stone Power
9
9
6
3
3
Earthquake
10
10
7
3
3
Stone Power
Requirements
Class Features
Base Attack Bonus: +5
Weapons and Armour: Stonelords are proficient with simple weapons, but no type of Armour or shield.
Race: Dwarf Feats: Endurance Skills: Craft (Stoneworking) 6 Ranks Spellcraft 3 Ranks Language Terran Special: To become a Stonelord, a dwarf must undergo an arduous ritual involving immersion in sacred loam, long fasting periods deep underground, and the ingestion of 1,000 gp worth of powdered gemstones. The gem type chosen is then the stonelord’s totem gem, and she must carry that type of stone with her at all times to access the spell-like abilities she gains as a Stonelord. Hit Dice: D8
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Climb (Dex), Craft (Dex), Knowledge (Any) (Int), Profession (Wis), Spot (Wis) See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int Modifier
Earth’s Blood: Once per day, the Stonelord can heal her own wounds using a clump of mud. This ability heals 1d8 + class level hit points. This is a spell-like ability. Using this ability is a standard action. Stone Power: At every other level, the Stonelord can choose one from the following list of stone powers. No power can be chosen more than once. Earth’s Strength: Once per day, the Stonelord grants herself a boost to her Strength as if she was affected by a bull’s strength spell for an hour. This is a spell-like ability. Using this ability is a standard action. Earth’s Endurance: Once per day, the Stonelord grants herself a boost to her Constitution as if she was affected by an endurance spell for an hour. This is a spell-like ability. Using this ability is a standard action. Earthgrip: Once per day, the Stonelord can cast hold monster on any target on the ground, using her class level as the level of the caster. This is a spell-like ability. Using this ability is a standard action. Gravity: Once per day, the Stonelord can cast slow as a spell-like ability using her class level as the level of the caster. Using this ability is a standard action. Earth Magic: Once per day, a spell cast by a Stonelord (assuming she can cast spells) is considered maximised as if prepared with the Maximise Spell feat, although the spell’s level is unaffected. The
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes spell’s level cannot be greater than the class level of the Stonelord. This is a supernatural ability; using it counts as a free action.
using her class level as the level of the caster. This is a spell-like ability. Using this ability is a standard action.
Earth Shadows: Once per day per class level, the Stonelord can create a figment of a Medium-size earth elemental that appears in a flanking position on the other side of the stonelord’s opponent for one round. This spell-like ability allows the Stonelord to make flanking attacks (+2 to hit, can make a sneak attack if such ability is available) against that opponent during that round. Using this ability is a free action.
Stone Shape: Once per day, the Stonelord can shape stone as if she cast a stone shape spell using her class level as the level of the caster. This is a spell-like ability. Using this ability is a standard action.
Earth Power: Once per day, all melee attacks made by the Stonelord in a single round gain a +2 attack bonus and a +2d6 damage bonus. This is a supernatural ability and using it counts as a free action. Stoneskin: Once per day, the Stonelord grants herself skin like stone as if she was affected by a stoneskin spell, using her class level as the level of the caster. This is a spell-like ability and using it is a standard action.
Meld Into Stone: Once per day per class level, the Stonelord can merge with stone as if she was affected by a meld into stone spell using her class level as the level of the caster. This is a spell-like ability. Using this ability is a standard action. Stone Tell: Once per day, the Stonelord can speak with stone as if she cast stone tell using her class level as the level of the caster. This is a spell-like ability. Using this ability is a standard action. Earthquake: Once per day, the Stonelord can invoke an earthquake as if she cast earthquake using her class level as the level of the caster. This is a spell-like ability. Using this ability is a standard action.
Summon Earth Elemental: Once per day, the Stonelord can summon a small earth elemental as if she cast summon monster III,
Elite Agents of the Throne Description
they bloody well wanted. History does not show what the halflings and gnomes thought. It probably involved lunch.
"The Empire of Kar-thone was founded upon the principles of honesty, openness, and trust. But the first Emperor, Daran the Keen, knew that other places were not. He realised that to maintain the safety of his newly forged nation, his fledgling government would need to be able to deal effectively in the subtle arts. And thus, over time he drew together those to whom stealth and guile were second nature. He chose only men of character, however, and so the Imperial Legion was formed. These men advised him in the ways of misdirection and subterfuge, and never again was Kar-thone caught unaware by an untrustworthy ally."
From this volatile situation, Daran Kar-thone learned something. (He was not called Daran the Keen for nothing! According to Colanx Ursulan’s personal journal, the First Emperor was a man of dizzying intellect as well as physical strength and presence). What he learned was that he needed more people like himself. Of all his men, it was said only he could keep his wits about him when the Saedhe ambassador Shal’que’shahar came to the negotiating table.
That is all the Imperial Legion, an ENTIRE DIVISION of the Karthonian government, gets in Bartumnus’ Imperial Primer , the most widely used textbook in the Empire. What’s worse, this is a big improvement! Twenty years ago, no one would even admit that there was such a division. And still, this is only a half of the smallest kernel of the truth.
Next Question.
If you were smart, you would ask questions. "But who was still around at this time that would mandate such an organisation?" Excellent question, faithful reader! Those who maintain the power in this land would have you believe that there was no one that Daran and his troupe of hearty souls came prancing out of the north, met some Jolly Olde Barbarians, and then spent the rest of their lives basking next to Ynis Glas and eating Saelean shrimps. This is, alas, a misconception. In fact, things were very tense for quite some time after the Empire was initially founded. What did you expect? After the initial rush of freedom wore off, people began to get testy. And tired. Daran’s group spent several years wandering south from the ruins of Kaeron civilisation (Bartumnus has it at 6 months, I believe). During this time, harsh words were exchanged. People’s tempers flared. Enemies were made. When all the running was finally finished, and it was time to divide up the new lands, things became even more divided and hostile along racial lines. The elves believed that they should get far more land allotted to them. The dwarves thought that they should be given control of the whole of the Empire’s underworld. The humans believed that, as they were the leaders of the resistance, and as they outnumbered all the other races three-to-one, they could do what
It is from THIS volatile situation that what was to be known as the Imperial Legion was formed.
"But why would the Empire try to hide this from us? Why would they lie? " Most excellent question indeed! It is simple, really. The best sort of lie is one that is disguised as a secret. If someone thinks that you don’t want them to know something, they will believe it, no matter how outrageous. The Imperial Legion has nothing to do with national security, and national security should count itself lucky. The IL is rather sad, really. Not a single one has any idea what their true contribution to their country really is. I assume that since you are still reading this, you would like to know more. You ARE being watched, you know. Look behind you. Slowly. The Hidden are a secret organisation affiliated with the Imperial Seat of Kar-thone. They operate independently of regular government channels, and answer only to the Emperor himself. Though their primary goal is to promote the interests of the Empire, they have also been tasked with watch dogging those who run it, and are authorised to take action against government officials if they deem it necessary. As a result, only the Emperor and a trusted few know the list of its members. Scattered throughout the various kingdoms, the Hidden keep the Emperor abreast of all the news from across land. It is rumoured
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes that he has agents hidden among the thieves’ guilds, and even in the gangs of Mellik itself! The Hidden are so called because that single word describes everything that they are. When one joins, (and the Hidden accept new members by invitation only), one becomes Hidden. Often, after her training is complete, the initiate is required to sever all ties with her former life. If she has relatives within the ranks of the Hidden, she is sent far away from her family, and they are not told where she is. She becomes a secret weapon, and can be called upon at a moment’s notice to perform her duties from behind anonymity’s shroud. Or, conversely, the group sometimes approaches heroes of renown, champions of good, and offers them membership. When such a person becomes Hidden, however, they cannot disappear. Instead, they are compelled to keep their newfound allegiance a secret (giving the group powerful members, and the ever-powerful element of surprise). Thus, it is quite possible for several different Hidden to be operating in a single city at the same time, without any of them being aware of one another.
At least initially. The membership of the Hidden is made up of the best and brightest the Empire has to offer. When they think they have a candidate for membership, someone will be assigned to watch that individual for days, often setting up small challenges then evaluating the ways in which the problems are dealt with. If the performance is satisfactory, they are approached anonymously, (usually with a bit of dramatic flair), and are made an offer. If they refuse, the offer is never made again. If it is accepted, the individual is taken into the group and begins his training. Perfected over generations, the Hidden teach to their charges social, mental and physical disciplines designed to take advantage of the extraordinary intellect that is the earmark of an agent. Once his training is complete, an agent can perform in the tensest of situations with calmness and precision. Cold, deadly precision.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
0
0
2
0
Canny Defence
2
1
0
3
0
Expert Tactician
3
2
1
3
1
Eye for Detail
4
3
1
4
1
Canny Stealth
5
3
1
4
1
Hesitation I
6
4
2
5
2
Studied Anatomy I
7
5
2
5
2
Eloquence of Wit
8
6
2
6
2
Choose the Moment
9
6
3
6
3
Studied Anatomy II
10
7
3
7
3
Hesitation II
Requirements
Skill Points at each level : 8 + Int modifier.
Base Attack Bonus: + 5
Class Features
Hit Dice: D6 Feats: Dodge, Mobility, Combat Reflexes Special: Intelligence: 16 Charisma: 16 Bluff: 12 ranks Gather Info: 12 ranks Diplomacy: 12 ranks Disguise, Forgery, Pickpocket, Read Lips, Escape Artist, Perform: 8 ranks in two of these
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Appraise (Int), Balance (Dex), Bluff (Cha), Climb (Str), Craft (Int), Decipher Script (Int, exclusive skill), Diplomacy (Cha), Disable Device (Int), Disguise (Cha), Escape Artist (Dex), Forgery (Int), Gather Information (Cha), Hide (Dex), Innuendo (Wis), Intimidate (Cha), Intuit Direction (Wis), Jump (Str), Listen (Wis), Move Silently (Dex), Open Lock (Dex), Perform (Cha), Pick Pocket (Dex), Profession (Wis), Read Lips (Int, exclusive skill), Search (Int), Sense Motive (Wis), Spot (Wis), Swim (Str), Tumble (Dex), Use Magic Device (Cha, exclusive skill), and Use Rope (Dex). See chapter 4: Skills in the Player’s Handbook for skill descriptions.
Weapon and Armour Proficiency : A Hidden’s weapon training focuses on weapons suitable for stealth and sneak attacks. Thus, all Hidden are proficient with the crossbow (hand or light), dagger (any type), dart, light mace, sap, shortbow (normal and composite), and short sword. Medium-size Hidden are also proficient with certain weapons that are too big for Small Hidden to use and conceal easily: club, heavy crossbow, heavy mace, morningstar, quarterstaff, and rapier. Hidden are proficient with light armour but not with shields. Note that armour check penalties for armour heavier than leather apply to the skills Balance, Climb, Escape Artist, Hide, Jump, Move Silently, Pick Pockets, and Tumble and that carrying heavy gear imposes a check penalty on Swim checks. Canny Defence[Ex] : Hidden rely on their wit to keep them alive and one step ahead of others. A Hidden, wearing Light Armour or less, can apply her Intelligence bonus to her AC. In situations where she would normally be denied her Dexterity bonus, she is also denied this bonus.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Expert Tactician[Ex]: Hidden study their opponents, waiting for moments of hesitation and other openings. A 2nd level Hidden gains the Expert Tactician feat for free. Eye for Detail[Ex]: Hidden also learn to pay more attention to their surrounds, training to constantly keep their wits about them. As such, beginning at 3rd level, a Hidden may apply her Intelligence bonus to her Listen and Spot skills. Canny Stealth[Ex]: At 4th level, Hidden can apply their Intelligence bonus to their Hide and Move Silent skills. This is represents a Hidden’s intelligent use of cover and timing. Hesitation[Ex]: Sometimes an opponent will offer no openings for a Hidden to exploit. In times like this, a Hidden creates her own hesitation in her opponent. Beginning at 5th level, a Hidden may now feint as a move-equivalent action. At 10th level, she has become so skilled in this, that it becomes a free action. Studied Anatomy[Ex]: Hidden study the basic anatomy of creatures, memorising the vital locations. To represent this, at 6th
level, Hidden get to apply their Intelligence bonus to their critical damage. On a successful critical hit with a x2 multiplier, she would add her Intelligence bonus. On a critical hit with a x3 multiplier, she would add double her Intelligence bonus. And so forth. At 9th level, further study of vital anatomy grants the Hidden an extra +1 to their critical range with a weapon. This stacks Improved Critical and Keenness. Eloquence of Wit[Ex]: Hidden have extremely keen wits and have learn to think on their feet. Because of this, at 7th level, a Hidden may apply DOUBLE her Charisma bonus to her Bluff, Diplomacy, and Gather Information skills. Choose the Moment[Ex]: Not only does a Hidden know the best place to strike an opponent, she has also learned to choose the best possible time to strike. Beginning at 8th level, a Hidden can apply her Intelligence bonus to her sneak attack damage. This stacks with her Intelligence bonus to critical damage.
Elven [Ancestral Avenger] Description The Ancestral Avenger is an elven warrior dedicated to fighting Drow.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+2
+0
+2
Underground Tracking, Drow Bane +1/+1d6
2
+2
+3
+0
+3
Poison Resistance
3
+3
+3
+1
+3
Overcome Spell Resistance
4
+4
+4
+1
+4
Drow Bane +2/+2d6
5
+5
+4
+1
+4
Spider Bane
6
+6
+5
+2
+5
Webwalking
7
+7
+5
+2
+5
Drowic Change
8
+8
+6
+2
+6
Drow Bane +3/+3d6
9
+9
+6
+3
+6
Demon Bane
10
+10
+7
+3
+7
Spell Resistance
Requirements
Search (Int), Sense Motive (Wis), Spot (Wis), Wilderness Lore (Wis).
Base Attack Bonus: +5
See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions.
Race: Elf or Half-Elf
Skill points at each Level: 2+Int modifier
Skills: Wilderness Lore 3 Feats: Alertness, Iron Will, Track Hit Dice: d8
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Bluff (Cha), Concentration (Con), Intimidate (Cha), Intuit Direction (Wis), Knowledge (Underdark), Listen (Wis), Profession (Wis),
Class Features Weapon and Armour Proficiencies: Avengers are proficient in the use of all simple weapons and martial weapons, all armour and shields. Underground Tracking (Ex): The character may track underground with no penalty for poor visibility. Also, hard surfaces like stone are treated as firm surfaces for the purpose of making tracking attempts.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Drow Bane (Su): The Avenger gains a +1 competency bonus to attack vs. Drow and a +1d6 damage bonus against Drow. This increases at higher level. This ability stacks with a ranger's favoured enemy ability (if Drow is chosen). Poison Resistance (Su): The Avenger gains a resistance bonus vs. poison from spiders or manufactured by the Drow equal to his class level. Overcome Spell Resistance (Su): Avengers gain a +2 bonus to overcome spell resistance of Drow and Driders. This stacks with Spell Penetration.
Webwalking (Su): The avenger may ignore web spells and spider webs as if affected by a freedom of movement spell. He may also walk along webs as if on solid ground (No balance check required). Drowic Change (Su): The Avenger may alter his appearance to that of a Drow. This functions like the spell alter self as if cast by a sorcerer of the Ancestral Avenger's class level. Demon Bane (Su): The character may use the Drow Bane ability against any chaotic evil outsider. Spell Resistance (Su): The Character gains a spell resistance equal to 10 + his class level.
Spider Bane (Su): The character may use his Drow Bane abilities against aranea, driders, retrivers and bebliths.
Elven [Archer of the Guided Hand] Description In the hands of a skilled warrior, the bow is an effective ranged weapon. But in the hands of an Archer of the Guided Hand, the bow becomes a deadly tool of war. Many use the bow, but only the Guided Hands honour it. Only those with some Elvish blood are capable of truly honouring and respecting this mighty tool of war. All those of Elvish blood have some innate knowledge of the mighty bow, but only a select few can truly make the commitment required to mastering the bow. These few are the Archers of the Guided Hand.
Originally founded by seven elvish brothers and sisters, the Brotherhood of The Bond, and their champions, the Archers of the Guided Hand, have heightened senses and a keen ability to recognize one another. While most are found in the elven forests, occasionally a Guided Hand will journey across Lysterra to server his guild and his god. Most of the Guided Hands are also faithful servants of Mielikki, the god of archery. Most of the skills of the Guided Hand are taught by elder members, and all have to do with attaining clarity of vision. With clarity of vision (know to the Guided Hands as the Code of True Belief), no target can remain hidden from an arrow fired by one of this order.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1st
+1
+2
+2
+0
Hand's Bond
2nd
+2
+3
+3
+0
Chosen Bow (+1) Far Shot
3rd
+3
+3
+3
+1
Uncanny Dodge (can't be flanked)
4th
+4
+4
+4
+1
Chosen Bow (+2) Keen Arrow
5th
+5
+4
+4
+1
Defensive Shot
6th
+6
+5
+5
+2
Chosen Bow (+3) Elemental Arrow
7th
+7
+5
+5
+2
Flat Footed Shot (+1d6)
8th
+8
+6
+6
+2
Chosen Bow (+4) Arrow of Entanglement
9th
+9
+6
+6
+3
Hand's Guidance
10th
+10
+7
+7
+4
Chosen Bow (+5) Flat Footed Shot (+2d6)Enchant Arrow
Requirements
Language: Elvish, Draconic
To qualify to become an Archer of the Guided Hand, a character must fulfil all of the following criteria:
Hit Die: d8.
Abilities: Dex 15+ Alignment: Any non-evil Spot: 8 ranks, Hide: 4 ranks, Knowledge (Nature): 4 ranks, Knowledge (Religion): 2 ranks Feats: Point Blank Shot, Precise Shot, Weapon Focus (Bow) Race: Elven or Half Elven Weapon Proficiency: Shortbow or Longbow
Special: Must have been contacted by a member of the Brotherhood
Class Skills The class skills for an Archer of the Guided Hand are identical to that of the Fighter, plus Knowledge (Nature), Knowledge (Religion), Hide, Spot, and Craft (Fletching). Skill points at each Level: 2 + Int modifier.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Class Features All the following are class features of the Archer of the Guided Hand prestige class.
Uncanny Dodge: Prolonged contact with The Bond allows the character to learn from other's experiences. Once the character has reached 3rd level, they can no longer be flanked.
Weapon and Armour Proficiency: Archers of the Guided Hand gain no additional proficiency in any weapon or armour.
Keen Arrow: At 4th level, all arrows fired from the Chosen Bow are treated as if they are keen. This effect does not stack with any other keen effects.
Spells Per Day: Starting at 4th level, an Archer of the Guided Hand gains the ability to cast spells as a Ranger can. The Guided Hand's caster level is equal to the number of levels in the prestige class. In order to cast a spell, the character must have a Wisdom of at least 10 + the level of the spell.
Defensive Shot: At 5th level, the Guided Hand becomes skilled at firing his bow in close quarters combat. Whenever firing a bow would normally provoke an attack of opportunity, the Guided Hand can make a Dexterity check (DC 15) to avoid the attack of opportunity.
Hand's Bond: All of the Archer's of the Guided Hand share The Bond with one another. The Bond is always present between Guided Hand. The Bond allows any character to sense the presence of another Archer of the Guided Hand within one mile per level of the prestige class. In addition, the character gains a +4 bonus to all Charisma or Wisdom based skills when dealing with another Guided Hand.
Elemental Arrow: When the Guided Hand reaches 6th level, he gains the ability to imbue one of his arrows per day with an elemental power. The Guided Hand may choose either fire, ice, electricity or acid to imbue into the arrow. It takes ten minutes to imbue the arrow with the elemental power via The Bond. The imbued arrow will deal an additional +1d6 points of damage of the imbued elemental type. A Guided Hand may have more than one imbued arrow at any time, and imbued arrows never lose their power. They can be dispelled via dispel magic or anti-magic field.
Chosen Bow: By the time a Guided Hand reaches 2nd level, he has the ability to bond with his bow. Bonding is a voluntary process as is not required. In order to bond with his bow, the Archer of the Guided Hand must pray and draw strength from The Bond. This process takes one day and one night. From that point on, as long as he uses his chosen bow, he'll gain a +1 bonus to attack and damage. This bonus increases by one every other level of the prestige class, to a maximum of +5 at 10th level. If the Archer is ever forced to use another bow, he suffers from a corresponding penalty to attack and damage until he returns to using his Chosen Bow. A new chosen bow may be selected but not without some cost. A Guided Hand's chosen bow is part of himself, and he loses that part when he chooses another favourite bow. The Guided Hand must pay a one time XP cost of (200 x the total bonus of the old chosen bow). If the Archer's chosen bow is destroyed, even by means beyond his control, he must still pay the XP cost. An Archer of the Guided Hand is aware of the status of his bow via The Bond, and is aware if it is intact or not. The bond with the new bow does not form immediately. The bond with the new Chosen Bow forms gradually, returning at a rate of +1/week. Far Shot: At 2nd level, an Archer of the Guided Hand gains the Far Shot feat for free.
Flat Footed Shot: At 7th level, Archers of the Guided Hand are given a heightened instinct about combat. Any time their target would be denied their Dexterity bonus to their Armour Class, the Guided Hand can sneak attack for an extra 1d6 damage. This only applies with their chosen bow. The damage bonus increases to 2d6 at 10th level. Arrow of Entanglement: Once per day, the Guided Hand may fire an arrow of entanglement. Upon impact, the arrow casts entangle centred on the point of impact. The spell is cast as a 10th level druid. Preparing and firing an arrow of entanglement is a full round action. Hand's Guidance: Once an Archer of the Guided Hand has reached 9th level, he has mastered his link with The Bond. Once per day, he may use true strike as a spell-like ability. Use of this ability is a free action, and grants a +20 bonus to the next attack. This bonus will only work with the Guided Hand's chosen bow. Enchant Arrow: Once the Archer of the Guided Hand has reached 10th level, the may form a perfect union with The Bond. Doing so requires sacrificing some of their life energy to The Bond, resulting in a permanent, unrecoverable loss of two points of Constitution. Once completed, every arrow fired from their Chosen Bow has its effective magical enchantment bonus raised by +1. For example, an arrow+3 becomes an arrow+4, and a flaming arrow+5 becomes a flaming arrow+6. The Guided Hand need to form the union, but they do not gain this ability without it.
Elven [Bowcasters of Mielikki] Description This order of rangers has dedicated their lives to Mielikki and guarding her forests. In return, they have earned Mielikkis favor and from her blessing have become archers whose arrows are vessels for her power.
The Bowcasters of Mielikki are strong defenders of the forests, and travel the earth attempting to maintain the natural balance. Bowcasters do not feel comfortable in cities, but rather prefer the woodland paths.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+0
+2
+0
Bowcasting (Channel Ranged Spell)
2
+2
+0
+3
+0
Spells
+1 Bonus Spell
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes 3
+3
+1
+3
+1
Bonus Spell
4
+4
+1
+4
+1
Bonus Spell
5
+5
+1
+4
+1
Bonus Spell
6
+6
+2
+5
+2
Bonus Spell
7
+7
+2
+5
+2
Bonus Spell
8
+8
+2
+6
+2
Bonus Spell
9
+9
+3
+6
+3
Bonus Spell
10
+10
+3
+7
+3
Bonus Spell
Requirement Prerequisites: +5 Base Attack Alignment: Lawful Spellcaster: Spellcaster of Mielikki
Class Skills Craft (Bowyer), Knowledge (Religion), Knowledge (Undead), Knowledge (Arcana), Knowledge (Ancient History), Listen, Profession, Concentration, Decipher Script Skill Points: 2 + Int Modifier
Class Features Weapon and Armour Proficiency: None beyond what they have available from other classes.
Bowcasting: Bowcasters can cast their spells and take a single attack with their bow in the same round. For spells that require a focus, the arrow is substituted. Spells requiring a touch target use the arrow as the touch instrument, and the object the arrow hits is the recipient of the attack. Note that even if the arrow does not cause damage from a hit, the spell might if the arrow still hit the opponent in question (i.e., if the arrow is stopped by armour from wounding, the spell is still delivered as long as the arrow would have hit the armoured target.) Spells requiring a range location use the spot the arrow lands to determine the centre. If the arrow misses its target, the spell is discharged and lost. Bonus Spell: Similar to bonus spells for high ability scores, for each level of this class that an arcane caster attains, she gains 2 additional bonus spells to the number of spells per day she normally casts. These bonus spells can be added to whatever levels of spells the caster can normally cast, but no more than one can be added to the caster's highest caster level. Example, Mendrexen is a 9th level wizard who takes one level of Wizard of the Assembly. He can give himself a bonus 5th level spell (his highest as a 9th level wizard), and one bonus spell in levels one through four. If a Wizard of the Assembly has two arcane spellcasting classes already, she must chose which class gains these bonuses.
Elven [Corellon Blade] Description
their bravery and cunning, and they are very well respected within elven communities.
Where ever there are orcs and elves there are bound to be some special people out there protecting the elven lands against the orcish terror. These brave men and women are the Blades of Corellon, an elite group of elves, sworn to Corellon himself to destroy and undermine the orcs where-ever they go. The Blades are famous for
Most Blades of Corellon are Fighters, but you can also find Bards, Wizards, ex-Paladins and Clerics within their ranks. The chief qualifications for membership are a willingness to defend all elven values, a willingness to fight orcs whereever they are, no matter the risk or resources involved in doing so.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Reflex Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+0
+2
+0
Blade of Corellon, Spell like abilities
2
+2
+1
+2
+0
3
+3
+1
+3
+1
4
+4
+1
+3
+1
5
+5
+1
+4
+1
6
+6
+2
+5
+2
7
+7
+2
+5
8
+8
+2
+6
Spells per Day 0
1
3
1
3
1
3
2
3
2
1
Use Magic device as class skill
3
2
1
Elven Rage 2/day
3
2
1
+2
3
3
2
+2
3
3
2
Elven Rage 1/day
2
3
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes 9
+9
+3
Requirements 10 +10 +3
+6
+3
+7
+3
Elven Rage at will
Alignment: Chaotic Good Religion: Corellon Latharian Base Attack Bonus: +5 Skills: Knowledge (religion): 4 ranks, Knowledge (orcs): 2 ranks, Knowledge (war): 2 ranks, Perform: 4 ranks Feats: Weapon Focus and Weapon Specialisation (Longsword) Hit Dice: d8
3
3
2
3
3
3
See Chapter 4: Skills for skill descriptions.
1
Skill Points at Each Additional Level: 2 + Int modifier.
Class Features Armour and Weapon Proficiencies: Longsword Blade of Corellon: Intelligent longsword enchanted by a high priest of Corellon and is said to have a piece of the sword Corellon used to fight Gruumsh's eye with Alignment: Chaotic Good
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are:
Climb (Str), Craft (Int), Handle Animal (Cha), Jump (Str), Ride (Dex),
Item Purpose: Slay Orcs in the name of Corellon Communication: Semi-empathic Item special purpose powers: Blindness (DC18) for 3d6 rounds, lights up when an orc is within 150ft Intelligence: 14, Wisdom: 14, Charisma: 14
and Swim (Str).
Table Level
Weapon Bonus
1 2
Cure light wounds (1d8+5) on wielder or another elf 1/day +1
3 4
Special Power
Bane against Orcs and Orc kin True Seeing 1/day
+2
Can dance 1/day for 10 rounds Cure moderate wounds (2d8+5) on wielder or another elf 1/day
+3
Haste 1/day (wielder or another elf only, 10 rounds)
+4
Can dance 2/day for 10 rounds
5 6 7 8 9 10
Lightning bolt (10d6 points of damage, 200-ft range, DC15) 1/day +5
Vorpal, Telepathic
Spell List
Elven Rage: When a Blade of Corellon is fighting against orcs he/she may fly into a screaming blood frenzy. In a rage, a barbarian Blades of Corellon choose their spells from the following list: gains divine strength, but becomes reckless and less able to defend himself. He temporarily gains +4 to Strength, and a +4 morale 1st level 2nd level bonus on Will saves, but suffers a -2 penalty to AC. The rage Magic weapon, protection from evil, Cat's grace, invisibility, blur functions just like the barbarians special ability rage in all other protection from law fields.
Elven [Forest Warrior] Description Forest Warriors are specialised in fighting in the woods. They patrol the boundaries of their forest, and sometimes track enemies and slay them outside their woods and forests. Forest warriors must protect all living creatures of the forest. By there very nature, Forest Warriors can be very insular and reclusive. They associate more often with the animals of the forest than with people living there.
Forest Warriors are usually rangers, fighters or barbarians. They are savage masters of hit-and-run tactics, ambush, and have destroyed more than one enemy force that attempted to enter their forest domains. Forest warriors are, by their very nature, more prone to violence than other of their kind. Forest Warriors are uniquely connected with the rhythms of the forest.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+2
+0
+0
Sneak Attack +1d6, Trackless Step
2
+2
+3
+0
+0
Woodland Camouflage, Woodland Stride
3
+3
+3
+1
+1
Sneak Attack +2d6
4
+4
+4
+1
+1
Totemic Magic (2)
5
+5
+4
+1
+1
Sneak Attack +3d6
6
+6
+5
+2
+2
Totemic Magic (4)
7
+7
+5
+2
+2
Sneak Attack +4d6
8
+8
+6
+2
+2
Totemic Magic (6)
9
+9
+6
+3
+3
Sneak Attack +5d6
10
+10
+7
+3
+3
Totemic Magic (8)
Requirements
Woodland Stride: Exactly as the Druid ability of the same name. Consult the Player’s Handbook for more information.
Race: Elf
Totemic Magic: A secret which Elven and some druids guard with their life is totemic magic. Totemic magic is special form of magic one can cast if he or she know how. For game purposes totemic magic are spell-like powers. At 4th level a forest warrior knows 2 totemic inscriptions, at 6th level 4, 8th level 6 and 10th level 8. Totemic Magic is covered in Elves of Evermeet on page 80. Below you can find a quick list of all the inscriptions.
Base Attack Adjustment: +6 Skills: Hide: 5 ranks, Move Silently: 5 ranks, Search: 5 ranks, Wilderness Lore: 5 ranks, Feats: Alertness, Track. Special: Forest Warriors can never wear any armour, an exception to this rule is the elven chain. Hit Dice: d10
Table
Class Skills
Totemic Image
Duration
Inscription Time
Bear
1 day
1 hour
+2 temporary Strength
BeastSpeaker
Permanent
1 day
Enable to communicate with one type of animal
Coyote
1 day
2 hours
Bad luck enemies, -1 to hit, -1 pen AC or -1 pen attack rolls
Eagle
Special
1 hour
Improve missiles change to hit by +1 to attack rolls. It stacks with any other bonus
Firefly
Permanent
6 hours
Provides the equivalent of a Light spell on an item
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Animal Empathy (Cha), Climb (Str), Handle Animal (Cha), Heal (Wis), Hide (Dex), Intuit Direction (Wis), Jump (Str), Listen (Wis), Move Silently (Dex), Search (Int), Spot (Wis), Swim (Str) and Wilderness Lore (Wis). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player’s Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 4 + Int modifier.
Class Features Weapons and Armour: The forest warrior is proficient with all simple and martial weapons. Most forest warriors dislike wearing armour however for its hampers movement. Trackless Step: A forest warrior leaves no trail in natural surroundings and cannot be tracked. Sneak Attack: The most favourite tactic of the forest warrior is to ambush or surprise enemies. With the sneak attack they become a deadly opponent in the forest. Please the read the Sneak Attack rules covered in the Player’s Handbook or Dungeon Master Guide for more information. Woodland Camouflage: In the wilderness, a forest warrior can change his appearance into a facsimile of natural surroundings at will. For purpose of gameplay the forest warrior is invisible in woodland and overgrown areas. Al the rules for invisibility apply as long as the forest warrior moves no harder than ½ of its movement. The rules are covered in the Dungeon Master Guide on page 78.
Description bonus
Fox
1 day
1 hour
Adds +2 on skills checks pick pocket, hide, move silently, listen, spot, climb and open locks
Hawk
Special
1 hour
Doubles the range increment of a inscribed missile.
Horse
1 day
1 hour
+10 feet movement.
Otter
1 day
1 hour
Swim at normal move and hold breath for a number of rounds equal to 3 times her
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes constitution 2).
(normally
Owl
1 day
1 hour
Darkvision
Squirrel
1 day
1 hour
+2 temporary Dexterity.
Unicorn
Special
1 day
Inscribed a Cure Light Wounds spell, when used it must be rescribed (just like most totemic magic).
Wolf
1 day
1 hour
Gain Scent as described in the Dungeon Master Guide on page 81.
bonus
Shrike
Special
1 hour
Increase missile’s damage by +1.
Tortoise
1 week
1 day
Provides a +2 natural AC bonus.
The Elven Forest Warrior prestige class is especially suitable in (how do I guess) campaigns with lots of woods and forests! DM’s might want to allow American Native Indians to take this class, due to they fact they stand very close to nature and woodland.
Elven [Frigid Storm] Description Tan’ark had lead the hobgoblin patrol slightly further a field than he had intend. The beating that Grath, the scout, had received for misleading them had been the source of much amusement for the troops though, which was probably what had kept Tan’ark in charge of this party for so long as they made their way back towards the fortress. The sun was just setting on the horizon as the troops gathered their weapons and prepared to march, having just cleared the forest and hit the plains that lay between ash . Tan’ark was barking orders out to his subordinates when something caught his eye on the horizon. Serilill had learned from his human allies in the woods near Ash Home that the Red-Axe tribe of hobgoblins had been faring farther and farther from their fortress to the south, and their war patrols were coming too close to Ash Home for the comfort of the elves who lived there. Serilill set out on his own to scout the area and see for himself. On the third day of his patrol his keen elven eyes picked out the muscular forms of hobgoblins moving through the trees, he had been following them, unseen, ever since. The flying figure sprang forth from the tree line, attaining a dizzying height in a matter of moment. Tan’ark alerted his troops, ordering them to draw bows and fire at the approaching figure. “Bring it down men! That can be only one thing, one of the Storms!!” Only twenty armed hobgoblins, thought Serilill, from this range they have no change of hitting me with those bows. I, on the other hand, have no such problem....
The Frigid Storm is an order of elven and half-elven archers dedicated to defending elven lands and the elven way of life. Their founder, an arcane archer of extraordinary ability named Cendiel, began training these magically endowed archers after founding the elven nation of Ash Home. He hoped that they would prove a sufficient deterrent by themselves to prevent any armed incursions into Ash Home. As time passed the nation of Ash Home stabilised and the Frigid Storms found themselves stagnating somewhat. At this point Cendiel chose to start sending them out into the world on their own to seek other enclaves of elves and protect them however they could, whether it be by staying as defenders, or actively seeking out threats their peace. Like Cendiel himself, many Frigid Storms end up becoming community leaders, dedicated champions of the elven way of life. Ironically enough, it was with the blessing of the dwarves of the Shard Mountains that allowed this order to come into being. Only by being chosen by the storm spirits that inhabit the highest peaks of those mountains can a frigid storm acquire his powers over cold and electricity. Each potential Storm must survive 3 days and nights alone, with only their clothes and a mundane bow and quiver of arrows they crafted themselves. They are watched magically, and if they succumb to the elements or to monsters, they will be recovered and resurrected, but may never become true Frigid Storms, although those who undertake the trial are still accorded some measure of respect. If they endure, they will be blessed by the storm spirits, and gain their first powers, mastery over cold. It is only with the blessing of the dwarves that dwell beneath these icy peaks that a potential candidate may reach the trial area, as there are serious formalities involved in obtaining permission to travel to that region. Thus a loose alliance between the elves of Ash Home and the dwarves of the Shard Mountains has endured for some time.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+2
+0
+2
endure cold, cold arrows
2
+2
+3
+0
+3
3
+3
+3
+1
+3
4
+4
+4
+1
+4
5
+5
+4
+1
+4
6
+6
+5
+2
+5
7
+7
+5
+2
+5
8
+8
+6
+2
+6
9
+9
+6
+3
+6
feather fall (3/day)
far shot
endure electricity, shock arrows
flight (3/day)
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes 10
+10
+7
+3
+7
true strike (3/day)
Requirements
target. This ability is similar to the frost ability given by some magical items, but does not stack with any other frost effect, and is overlapped by freezing burst if a bow or arrow gives that ability.
Base attack Bonus:+6 Race: elf or half-elf Alignment: any good Feats: weapon focus (any bow other than crossbow), point blank shot, precise shot Skills: craft (bowyer) - 8 ranks, knowledge (history) - 4 ranks Special: must undergo special initiation rite.
Class skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Craft, intuit direction, listen, ride, spot, wilderness lore, knowledge (history), climb, jump, swim See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player’s Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points per level: 4 + Int mod
Class Features Weapon and armour proficiency: simple and martial weapons light armour, medium armour Endure cold: upon completing the initiation right, the frigid storm gains some degree of mastery over the forces of cold which grip the shard mountain ranges peaks. She gains an ability identical to that of the spell endure elements, except that it is always active, and only affects cold. Cold arrows: upon completing the initiation right, the frigid storm gains some degree of mastery over the forces of cold which grip the shard mountain ranges peaks. She gains the ability to enchant any arrow she fires from her bow with freezing cold, causing any arrow she fires form any bow to do an additional 1d6 cold damage to the
Feather fall: The Storm attunes more and more to the storm spirits from which her powers are drawn as she progresses in level. At third level she gains the ability to use feather fall 3 times a day. This spell-like ability may be activated as a free action and is treated as being cast by a sorceror of level equal to the character’s Frigid Storm level. Far shot: As her understanding of powers of the storm increase, the Frigid Storm learn how to better use existing wind currents to her advantage when firing missile weapons. She gains far shot as a free feat. Endure Electricity: Upon reaching 7th level in this prestige class the Frigid Storm learns how to better withstand the hazards of lightning and storms, thus she gains an ability identical to the spell endure elements, except that it is always functioning, and only effects electricity. This ability operates in conjunction with the Frigid Storm’s endure cold ability. Shock Arrows: As the Frigid Storm learns to endure lightning, so too does she learn to channel it. When she gains this ability all arrows fired from her bow are treated as having the shock ability, adding 1d6 electrical damage to the arrow if it strikes. This functions like the cold arrows ability and stacks with it. Thus the Storm’s arrows will now inflict +1d6 cold damage and +1d6 electrical damage. Flight: Having gained a true rapport with the spirits of wind, the Frigid Storm can now invoke the ability to fly as per the spell flight 3 times per day. This is treated as being cast by a sorceror of level equal to the characters level in this prestige class. This is a spelllike ability True Strike: Finally, the Storm learns how to request that the storm spirits make her arrow strike true, as per the spell true strike. Using this ability if a free action (though still spell-like) and can be invoked anytime an arrow is fired, up to three times per day. This ability is often used up rapidly as the Frigid Storm uses it in rapid succession to bring down especially powerful foes with a flurry of deadly arrows.
Elven [Knight of Evermeet] Description Knights of Evermeet are the elite defenders of Evermeet, working invisible behind the scene for Queen Amlaruil and the Elven empire. The Evermeet knights are among the leading defenders of the island and their secondary role is as personal defender of the queen.
Centuries ago the Knights of Evermeet had a similar role at the Elven Court in Myth Drannor. Since the fall of the fabulous kingdom they now serve in small numbers in Evermeet. Elven Knights are of good alignment and follow a code of honour similar to a paladin: not lying, not cheating, not using poison, help elves those are in need, and punish those that harm or threaten innocents. Knights of Evermeet may also not associate with evil beings.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+2
+0
+2
Moonhorse, Elfrune
2
+2
+3
+0
+3
Consort +1
3
+3
+3
+1
+3
Illusion Immunity
4
+4
+4
+1
+4
Consort +2
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes 5
+5
+4
+1
+4
Enchantment Immunity
6
+6
+5
+2
+5
Consort +3
7
+7
+5
+2
+5
8
+8
+6
+2
+6
9
+9
+6
+3
+6
10
+10
+7
+3
+7
Consort +4
Consort +5
Requirements
Class Features
Race: Elf
Weapons and Armour: The forest warrior is proficient with all simple and martial weapons. Most forest warriors dislike wearing armour however for its hampers movement.
Alignment: Any good. Base Attack Adjustment: +5 Skills: Diplomacy: 3 ranks, Handle Animal: 2 ranks, Heal: 3 ranks, Riding: 5 ranks. Feats: Iron Will, Mounted Combat, Shield Proficiency, Weapon Focus (any weapon). Special: Knight of Evermeet follow a code of honour about the same a paladin. They also must defend any elf they see in need and they must fight any enemy of the elves whom they may encounter. Hit Dice: d10
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Animal Empathy (Cha), Climb (Str), Handle Animal (Cha), Heal (Wis), Hide (Dex), Intuit Direction (Wis), Jump (Str), Listen (Wis), Move Silently (Dex), Search (Int), Spot (Wis), Swim (Str) and Wilderness Lore (Wis). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player’s Handbook for skill descriptions. See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int modifier.
Moon Horse: Knight of Evermeet receive a Mount Horse as mount at 1st level. Should the horse die, the horse is replaced by a new one. Just like that ;-) Elfrune: With this small magical device, the knight is able to communicate with the Queen and her High mages. Queen Amlaruil is able to pinpoint the location of all elfrunes on Toril at will, so she is able to track all her agents on the main land fairly easy. Consort: At 2nd level the Knight attracts a personal consort. His consort is always a Wizard from the Elven Court. The personal consort will be 14th level or higher in ability and keeps in touch with the knight. When the Knight attracts the consort he can choose between a Elven Sword or Elven chain. At 2nd level the weapon or armour will be enchanted to +1, at 4th to +2, 6th +3, 8th +4 and at 10th level to +5. Illusion Immunity: At 3rd level Knights of Evermeet are never fooled by illusions anymore. They see right through illusions without any effort. Enchantment Immunity: Knights of Evermeet are hard to be persuaded from their tasks. At 5th level they become immune to all Enchantment spells and mind-influencing effects. Knight of Evermeet should be cool to play in campaign involving an attack on Evermeet!
Elven [Silver Sword] Description We first saw a minor description of the Silver Sword while thumbing through the Sword and Fist Fighter’s Handbook. Later that same day, Jon was playing his first 3E game with myself as the DM . He had previously chosen an elven ranger as his character and we both felt that this was a goal that his character might want to work towards. After doing some research, we found that no description for this class is currently in any manuals. We hope that you enjoy using these guidelines as much as we enjoyed coming up
with them. The Silver Sword is a modification on the Arcane Archer and Blackguard. Certain descriptions and phrasing were taken from the D&D 3E Dungeon Master’s Guide. - David Mann Rangers are the most respected of all Elven warriors and the highest revered of these are the elite Silver Swords, whose battle prowess is legendary even outside the First Nation. Often used as diplomats, and because of their reputations, the mere sight of a Silver Sword is enough to call both warring factions to the table. (SEE DND 3E SWORD & FIST FOR MORE INFO).
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1/+1
+2
+2
+0
Gain skill diplomacy/ Enchant Sword +1
2
+2/+1
+3
+3
+0
Whirlwind Attack +2
3
+3/+2
+3
+3
+0
Enchant Sword +2
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes 4
+4/+2
+4
+4
+1
Whirlwind Attack +3
5
+5/+3
+4
+4
+1
Enchant Sword +3
6
+6/+3
+5
+5
+1
Whirlwind Attack +4
7
+7/+4
+5
+5
+2
Enchant Sword +4/ Summon Griffon (see side Notes)
8
+8/+4
+6
+6
+2
Whirlwind Attack +5 Griffon Abilities: Share Saving Throws
9
+9/+5
+6
+6
+2
Enchant Sword +5/ Griffon Abilities: Speak w/ Master
10
+10/+5
+7
+7
+3
Death Blow (see Notes)
Requirements Base Attack Bonus: +6/+1 Alignment: Any non-chaotic, non-evil Class: Access to all Ranger Class Skills Race: Elf or half-elf Feats: Two-Weapon Fighting and Ambidexterity feats Special: Base Wisdom Score: 14 Base Charisma Score: 14 Hit Dice: D10
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Animal Empathy (Cha, exclusive skill), Climb (Str), Concentration (Con), Craft (Int), Diplomacy (Cha),Handle Animal (Cha), Heal (Wis), Hide (Dex), Intuit Direction (Wis), Jump (Str), Knowledge (nature) (Int), Listen (Wis), Move Silently (Dex), Profession (Wis), Ride (Dex), Search (Int), Spot (Wis), Swim (Str), Use Rope (Dex), Wilderness Lore (Wis) See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int modifier:
Whirlwind Attack: At 2nd level, the Silver Sword gains the feat Improved Whirlwind Attack, even if he/she does not have the prerequisite feats. (see Player’s Handbook Chapter 5: Feats for feat description). For every two levels in increase in prestige class beyond 2nd level, the Silver sword gains +2 enemy and +2 foot increase in his Whirlwind Attack ( 7 enemies in a 7’ radius at 2nd level, 9 enemies in a 9’ radius at 4th level, +11 enemies in a 11’ radius at 6th level, +13 enemies in an 13’ radius at 8th level, +15 enemies in a 15’ radius at 10th level). Death Blow: Once per day, based upon a successful attack roll, the Silver Sword may deliver a Death Blow. The targeted enemy must make a save vs. fortitude at DC 20 or be slain immediately. Any creatures targeted above Large in size receive +4 size adjustment to their save and do so for ½ damage of their current hit points. Summon Griffon: At 7th level, the Silver Sword gains the ability to summon 1 griffon. The griffon may be used as a guardian, a helper, or a mount. The Silver Sword may only have one griffon at a time. If the griffon dies, the Silver Sword must wait one month before he/she is able to call another. The new griffon has all the accumulated abilities due a servant of the Silver Sword’s current level. Because the griffon is a magical creature, no bonus is given to the griffon’s hit die, natural Armour, or strength. However, the griffon does receive a +1 bonus to their intelligence for every level of the Silver Sword beyond 7th level as well as certain special abilities (See Monster Manual pg. 113 for griffon HD, attack, and saving throw info.) Griffon Abilities
Class Features
Silver Sword Level
Intelligence Adjustment
Special
All of the following are Class Features for the Silver Sword prestige class.
7
+1
Improved Evasion
8
+2
Share Saving throws
9
+3
Speak with Silver Sword
10
+4
Blood Bond
Gain + 2 Languages: Because Silver Swords are often used as diplomats, they must be able to effectively communicate will many different types of races. Through rigorous training and study, the Silver Sword becomes aquatinted with not only that race’s language, but with their customs as well. Silver Swords gain +2 Languages per level increase in their prestige class. Morale Affect: Silver Swords are renown for their battle prowess and expertise on the fighting field. When allies are accompanied by a Silver Sword, they receive a +2 to Morale checks and Will saving throws. All non-elven enemies receive a -2 to Will saving throws. Enchant Sword: At 1st level, every non-magical sword that the Silver Sword holds in his hands becomes enchanted, gaining a +1 enchantment bonus. Unlike magic weapons enchanted by normal means, the Silver Sword need not spend money or experience points to enchant the weapon. However, this effect is limited to the current sword(s) he/she is using and only functions for that character. For every two level increases in prestige class, the sword(s) that the Silver Sword uses gains a +1 greater proficiency (+1 at 1st level, +2 at 3rd level, +3 at 5th level, +4 at 7th level, and +5 at 9th level).
Improved Evasion: If the griffon is subjected to an attack that normally allows a reflex saving throw for half damage, it takes no damage on a successful throw and only half damage on a failed saving throw. Improved evasion is an extraordinary ability. Share Saving Throws: At the Silver Sword’s option, he/she may share saving throws with the griffon. The griffon must be within 10’ of the Silver Sword. The character’s base save or the griffon’s may be used, but not combined, whichever is higher. Speak With Silver Sword: The griffon and the Silver Sword may communicate with one another verbally as if speaking a common language. Others creatures do not understand the communication without magical help. Blood Bond: The griffon gains a +2 bonus to all attacks, checks, and saves if it witnesses the Silver Sword threatened or harmed. The bonus lasts as long as the threat is immediate or apparent.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Elven [Solonor’s Bowhunters] Description Solonor Thelandira is the elven god of archery, hunting, and wilderness survival. He prefers action to talk, and is almost never away from the hunt. Whether bringing down fantastic game or fighting against the powers of evil, he wields Longshot, his magical longbow, always. While nearly all surface elves hold archery skills in high regard, those who would emulate Solonor and become Bowhunters must reach a level of focus far beyond that of most of their kin. Bowhunters use longbows in preference to all other weapons (in fact, they must forfeit the use of all other ranged weapons to become members of this class).
Unlike Arcane Archers, Solonor’s Bowhunters place no special value on the study of magic. Rather, they place great emphasis on mastering the wilderness and hunting. While quite effective in the majority of adventuring environments, they never feel as comfortable when they are outside of the wilderness. This feeling will build to the point of distraction if they don’t return to a wilderness area for at least a few days each month (all attacks, skill checks, and saves suffer a cumulative -1 penalty after each full month outside a wilderness area). Rangers, barbarians, and fighters (respectively), are most common among those elves who seek Solonor’s path. Rogues make fine Bowhunters. There are even a few bards, clerics and druids that choose this path, but Bowhunters coming from the remaining classes are exceedingly rare. Among the elven sub-races, grugach and sylvan elves have proportionally more representatives in the ranks of Solonor’s Bowhunters.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Reflex Save
Will Save
Special
1st
+1
+1
+2
+1
1st Shot Initiative: +0, Hunting, Clear Shot
2nd
+2
+1
+3
+2
1st Shot Initiative: +1, Close Shot
3rd
+3
+1
+3
+3
1st Shot Initiative: +2, Twin Nock
4th
+4
+2
+4
+3
1st Shot Initiative: +3, Prone Shot, Zen Archery
5th
+5
+2
+4
+4
1st Shot Initiative: +4, Improved Twin Nock
6th
+6
+2
+5
+4
1st Shot Initiative: +5, Transit Shot
7th
+7
+3
+5
+5
1st Shot Initiative: +6, Triplet Nock
8th
+8
+3
+6
+5
1st Shot Initiative: +7, Pierce-All Shot
9th
+9
+3
+6
+6
1st Shot Initiative: +8, Improved Triplet Nock
10th
+10
+4
+7
+6
1st Shot Initiative: +9, Soul Shot
Requirements Alignment: non-evil, non-lawful. Race: Elven, Half-Elven. Base Attack Bonus: +5. Skills: Craft (Bowyer/Fletcher): 2 ranks, Hide: 4 ranks, Knowledge (Nature): 2 ranks, Move Silently: 4 ranks, Wilderness Lore: 8 ranks. Feats: Point Blank Shot, Precise Shot, Rapid Shot, Weapon Focus (Longbow or Composite Longbow), and Tracking. Other: Must worship Solonor Thelandira. Hit Dice: d10
See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 4 + Int modifier.
Class Features Weapons and Armour: Solonor’s Bowhunters do not gain any new weapon or armour proficiencies upon entering this prestige class. In fact, all Bowhunters must forego the use of medium and heavy armour, shields, and all ranged weapons aside from longbows or composite longbows. First Shot Initiative Bonus: So long as you have your bow nocked and ready, you gain this bonus to the first shot you fire in any encounter – but only if that is the first action you take. Any other actions and all shots after the first ignore this bonus.
Class Skills
Hunting: Bowhunters gain a tracking bonus equal to their class level when on the trail of any wilderness animal.
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are:
Clear Shot: You treat targets with some degree of cover as if they had one category less than their actual cover. This has no effect when your target has no cover or total cover.
Animal Empathy (Cha), Climb (Str), Craft (bowyer/fletcher) (Int), Handle Animal (Cha), Hide (Dex), Intuit Direction (Wis), Jump (Str), Knowledge (nature) (Int), Listen (Wis), Move Silently (Dex), Profession (guide) (Wis), Search (Int), Spot (Wis), Swim (Str), and Wilderness Lore (Wis).
Close Shot: Your ranged attacks no longer incur an attack of opportunity when you fire while in a threatened area.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Twin Nock: As a move-equivalent action, you may nock two arrows on your bow at one time. These cannot be aimed at separate targets. Your attack suffers a -3 penalty to hit (one roll for both arrows), as does your initiative when using this feat. Twin Nock does not increase damage bonuses (if any) due to strength or weapon specialisation.
other bonuses to defence (including enchantments to armour or shields), still apply as normal. You may perform this feat as many times per day as your Bowhunter class level.
Prone Shot: You may fire your bow while lying prone without penalty.
Soul Shot: At the pinnacle of a Bowhunter’s advancement they learn the Soul Shot. This can be used in three ways.
Zen Archery: You acquire this feat for free. If you already have Zen Archery, then your ranged attack modifiers for wisdom and dexterity stack.
The first is to trap the soul of the targeted creature. This is similar to the spell of that name (object trigger variant) save for the following
Improved Twin Nock: As Twin Nock, but your attack and initiative penalties for using the feat are now reduced to just -1. Transit Shot: This allows you to travel safely from wherever you fired the shot, to the spot where your arrow lands. You may bring up to four other beings along for the ride. They must all be willing, and touching you at the moment you fire the arrow. Firing the Transit Shot is a full round action and the transit time is an additional full round. You may perform this feat as many times per day as your class level, but never more than once per minute. Triplet Nock: This feat is similar to Twin Nock, but you nock three arrows at once, instead of two. Pierce-All Shot: As a full-round action you may fire a shot with incredible penetrating power. This shot completely penetrates all normal physical barriers (including cover, armour, and shields). All
Improved Triplet Nock: This feat is similar to Improved Twin Nock, but with three arrows.
The range is as per your bow, the gem is actually fashioned into the head of the arrow, the arrow must hit the subject and they do get a save attempt (treat your character level as caster level). The second variation allows you to preserve a life by absorbing the soul of a dying being into a specially prepared arrow (it must be solid silver with green fletching and of no less than 1000 gold pieces in value). Once absorbed, the soul can be safely preserved in the arrow indefinitely. The third usage allows you to implant that soul (from the second variation of Soul Shot) into the body of a living creature. If the receiving creature is sentient/self aware then it must be fully willing or this form of Soul Shot will not work. Otherwise this has much the same effect as reincarnating the soul into the type of body chosen. Either of the first two types of Soul Shot may be used up to 3 times per month (combined). The third variation has no usage restrictions.
Elven [Thainar] Description
Organisation
The Thainar represent the pinnacle of Elven arcane mastery. Within their ranks are some of the most powerful magic users in Talanu. History History tells us that Colanx the Bear was chosen by Dana to be the first human wizard. He did not, however, fight in those dark times alone. Among those he shared his wisdom was a Saedhe named Javendar. By the time the fighting was over, he had become very powerful, as had many of his Saedhe pupils. Javendar approached his queen, Aderiel, for her blessing in the formation of a brotherhood of wizards. Queen Aderiel realised that the wizards could be very instrumental in protecting her newly freed people. She gave her consent, and the Thainar were born. Having born witness to the destructive power of magic in the wrong hands, Javendar researched a way to ensure the Thainar would never use their abilities for evil, leading to the Eisha’miai. When construction began on the city of Torioth, the Thainar council hall was one of the first buildings to be built. In more recent times, the Thainar have begun protecting not just the Saedhe and Torioth themselves, but also other Elven interests throughout the world. News of an Elven artefact being discovered will quickly be answered by sending Thainar to the site to lay claim. Thainar are also sent to deal with potentially embarrassing situations for the Saedhe.
Any Saedhe mage can submit for entrance into the Thainar. Special consideration is given, however, to those that were trained by Thainar, or have a Thainar member sponsoring them. Initiates are brought before the high council, where they must perform a test of their arcane ability. If the initiate passes the test, the council performs the Si’Eral, or First Binding, on the inductee. The new Thainar’s eyes turn silver, and have the ability to detect magical auras at will. These Thainar are known as “Aderi”, in honour of the Queen that approved the formation of the Thainar. Upon reaching 5th level, the Thainar must again present himself before the council. No test is performed, but the council performs the Ti’Emal, or Second Binding. Now the Thainar’s eyes turn gold, and he has the ability to see invisible objects or beings, as well as retaining the ability to detect magic. Henceforth the Thainar possesses the title of “Aretmeaning,ning “golden-eye”. The high council oversees the ranks of Thainar. The council is made up of nine Areti, one specialist from each of the eight schools, and one general arcane practitioner. Any vacancy in the council is filled following a vote by all Areti. As an unwritten rule, council members give up adventuring and remain in Torioth. When placed upon the high council, the Ki’Eral, or Third Binding is performed. While there is no change to their eye colour, the vision of the high council is improved to include the abilities of the True Sight spell. All Thainar are expected to check in with the council in Torioth at least once every five years.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
Arcane Spells
1st (Aderi)
+0
+0
+0
+2
Detect Magic
+1
2nd
+1
+0
+0
+3
+1 DC
+1
3rd
+1
+1
+1
+3
Enhanced Concentration
+1
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes 4th
+2
+1
+1
+4
+2 DC
+1
5th (Areti)
+2
+1
+1
+5
See Invisible
+1
6th
+3
+2
+2
+5
+3 DC
+1
7th
+3
+2
+2
+5
Spell Resistance
+1
8th
+4
+2
+2
+6
+4 DC
+1
9th
+4
+3
+3
+6
Elemental Mastery
+1
10th
+5
+3
+3
+7
+5 DC
+1
Requirements
DC Increase (Ex): At 2nd level, and every even level after that, the Difficulty Class of all spells cast increase by one.
To qualify to become a Thainar, a character must fulfil all the following criteria.
Enhanced Concentration: The Thainar receives Enhanced Concentration as a bonus feat.
Alignment: Any Good
See Invisibility (Sp): Upon attaining the title of “Areti”, Thainar are able to at will, see objects or beings that are invisible, as well as any that are astral or ethereal, as per the spell.
Race: Saedhe Skills: Knowledge (Arcana): 12 ranks, Spellcraft: 12 ranks, Spellcasting: Ability to cast 5th level Arcane spells. Hit Dice: d4
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Alchemy (Int), Concentration (Con), Craft (Int), Knowledge (all) Int, Profession (Wis), Scry (Int), and Spellcraft (Int). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player’s Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2+ Int modifier.
Class Features Weapons and Armour: Thainar gain no proficiency with armour, shields, or weapons. Normal Spell Progression: A Thainar advances at his normal spell progression rate as levels are gained.
Spell Resistance (Su): At 7th level, Thainar gain spell resistance. His spell resistance equals 10 + his level (including any previous arcane character levels). In order to affect the Thainar with a spell, a spellcaster must roll the Thainar’s spell resistance or higher on 1d20 + spellcasters level. (See Spell Resistance, p. 150, PHB) Elemental Mastery (Su): At 9th level, a Thainar can alter a spell that he has mastered to use a different element from the one it normally does (for example, a fireball that does acid rather than fire damage). He can only alter spells that have the acid, cold, fire, electricity, or sonic descriptors and that have been mastered as per the Spell Mastery feat. The elemental alteration must be chosen at the time the spell is prepared, and thus cannot be changed spontaneously. If the Thainar has not taken the Spell Mastery feat, he gets it as a bonus feat, rather than Elemental Mastery. Eisha’miai: Also known as the Waste. A Thainar committing any evil act is immediately struck by the Waste. His eyes turn from silver or gold to black, and he is blinded. Additionally, he loses 1d4 points per week in a random ability score until he can return to Torioth and present himself before the high council. If any ability score reaches zero before he gets back to Torioth, the Thainar dies permanently. True Sight (Sp): A Thainar that is raised to the High Council can see as if affected by the True Sight spell at will.
Detect Magic (Sp): As a product of the Si’Eral, Thainar can detect magical auras, as per the spell, at will.
Elven [Theosopher Knight] Description The elven Theosopher knight is a respected advisor, leader, and defender of the elven people. She taps the greater power of life and goodness to protect, heal, trick, and chastise, as the situation
demands. More duty-bound than an ordinary Theosopher, the Theosopher knight takes vows to support people in need and to serve the leaders of the elven communities they serve. In return for their greater commitment, the elven nobility bestows additional training, favours, and marks of respect upon these knights.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
Spell
1
1
2
2
0
Code of Conduct, Elven Chainmail, Followers, Tithe, Vow 2 + Int mod/level
+1 level
2
2
3
3
0
Precise Strike +1/+1d6 Concentration (Con)
+1 level
3
3
3
3
1
Bladesong Parry +2 Diplomacy (Cha)
+1 level
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes 4
4
4
4
1
Stopping Arrow Knowledge (any) (Int)
+1 level
5
5
4
4
1
Precise Strike +2/+2d6 Profession (Knight) (Int)
+1 level
6
6
5
5
2
Bladesong Parry +4 Ride (Dex)
+1 level
7
7
5
5
2
Stopping Blade Sense Motive (Wis)
+1 level
8
8
6
6
2
Precise Strike +3/+3d6 Climb (Str)
+1 level
9
9
6
6
3
Bladesong Parry +6
+1 level
10
10
7
7
3
Quickened Curing
+1 level
Requirements
using her abilities in a way that causes or allows harm to come to innocents.
Base Attack Bonus: +4
Elven Chainmail: A Theosopher knight is given a custom-made suit of masterwork elven chainmail by her patron. As the knight progresses in level, the patron will typically have the armour enchanted for the knight as a reward for service or valour. Alternatively, the knight may also have the armour enchanted herself, with permission from her patron.
Hit Dice: D8 Alignment: Must be of Good alignment Race: Elf Feats: Iron Will, Leadership, and Weapon Focus Special: Theosopher knight candidates must be sponsored by a noble elven house. Demonstrated dedication, good deeds, and character are required, as well as the signs that the elf has a calling for this path. Leadership Ability: must have a Charisma ability bonus of at least +1 Diplomacy Ranks: 6 Ride Ranks: 6 Good Deeds: The applicant must be able to cite three good deeds of valour verified by reliable witnesses. Spellcasting: Ability to cast Divine spells before beginning training the knight must take an Oath of service to her patron.
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Balance (Dex), Climb (Str), Concentration (Con), Escape Artist (Dex), Heal (Wis), Hide (Dex), Intuit Direction (Wis), Jump (Str), Knowledge (arcana) (Int), Knowledge (history) (Int), Knowledge (nature) (Int), Listen (Wis), Move Silently (Dex), Spellcraft (Int), Spot (Wis), Swim (Str), Tumble (Dex) See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 4 + Int modifier.
Class Features Weapon and Armour Proficiency: Theosopher knights have proficiency with all simple and martial weapons, and with light and medium armour, and shields. They prefer the traditional elven weapons and proudly wear their elven chainmail, as tokens of service to their lords and the elven people. Spellcasting: Theosopher knights advance as spellcasters according to their original Divine spellcasting classes, gaining one level of casting ability for each level as a Theosopher knight. This means that the knight adds his level as a Theosopher knight to the level of some other spellcasting class to determine spells per day and class level for casting. Code of Conduct: The knight must be of good alignment and loses all spellcasting ability if she ever willingly commits an act of evil. Additionally, the knight’s code requires that she respect legitimate authority, act with honour, help those who need help, and punish those who threaten or harm innocents. The knight also strives to remain free of such flaws as selfishness, greed, callousness, and
Followers: Theosopher knights gain followers at an early level. The knight gains a +6 situation bonus to her leadership score, as described in the Dungeon Master's Guide (p.45). Followers will typically be elven warriors, but may include other types, at the discretion of the player and DM. The knight is responsible for the well being and upkeep of her followers. Tithe: The Theosopher knight must support her lord and community by tithing 10% of income gained. Vow: The white knight must make and keep vows of knighthood, in addition to the general code of conduct. These generally entail service to her patron, faithfulness, and dedication to the elven people. Precise Strike (Ex): The Theosopher learns some techniques of the elven fighting style known as Bladesong. When using a one-handed melee weapon, with which she has the Weapon Focus feat, the knight gains a competence bonus of +1 to hit and +1d6 damage. This bonus increases at 5th and 8th level. Because of the timing and balance involved in the precision strike, the knight may make no off-hand weapon attacks or use a shield while taking advantage of this ability. Bladesong Parry (Ex): Using the techniques of Bladesong, the elven fighting style, the knight can parry more effectively in combat. When fighting with a one-handed weapon and no shield, she may add a +2 competence bonus to her armour class. This bonus increases at 6th and 9th level. Stopping Arrow (Ex): The knight learns to strike enemies with arrows in ways that stop their advance. When using a bow (but not a crossbow or other missile weapon), the knight may declare any attack to be a stopping strike. The attack is made with all relevant modifiers and a -2 situational penalty. If the attack succeeds, the target must make a Fortitude save against a DC of 10 + the character's Theosopher knight level + the knight's Wisdom ability bonus. If this save fails, the target is stunned for one round, in addition to suffering normal damage. Stopping Blade (Ex): This ability functions exactly like the stopping arrow ability, but must be used with a one-handed melee weapon that the knight may use to make precise strikes. The knight must meet the conditions for use of the precise strike ability to use the stopping blade technique, and inflicts the precise strike bonus damage regardless of whether or not the target saves against the stunning effect. Quickened Curing (Sp): All of the Theosopher knight's curing and healing spells may be cast as free actions, as if quickened by the
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes metamagic feat. The actual level of the spell is unaffected, and takes
up a normal spell slot, as opposed to one of a higher level. This ability is limited to one spell per round, as the metamagic feat.
Elven [War Adept] Description [This prestige class represents an alternate elven martial arts style, one that uses the quarterstaff. It’s loosely based on the Sylvan War Lore style described in GURPS Martial Arts.] In the days when the elves were young, before they discovered the secrets of metalworking and steel weapons, their warriors devised several styles of martial arts that relied on nothing that could not be obtained from nature. An ancient echo of those times is the native martial art of the wood elves, possibly the oldest martial art still in existence. It is said that the secrets of this style were handed down to the first masters by the elven gods themselves.
The sylvan art builds on skills that were once commonplace, but now see expression only in the druidic orders. This martial art is a closely guarded treasure of the wood elves, who refuse to teach it to any without elvish blood. Even elves of other races are rarely granted permission to learn it. A sylvan war adept learns the value of communing with nature in its most primeval. As part of this, he shuns armour and weapons other than a stout oaken staff. This makes him no less deadly; a master of this style can defeat a host of armoured opponents, using nothing but a whirling quarterstaff.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+0
+2
+2
Nature’s fury 3/day, trackless step
2
+2
+1
+3
+3
woodland grace (+5)
3
+3
+1
+3
+3
Defensive harmony
4
+4
+1
+4
+4
Hypnotic pattern
5
+5
+1
+4
+4
Nature’s fury 4/day, sylvan concealment
6
+6
+2
+5
+5
Nature’s tongues
7
+7
+2
+5
+5
Woodland grace (+10)
8
+8
+2
+6
+6
Greater defensive harmony
9
+9
+3
+6
+6
Tree stride
10
+10
+3
+7
+7
Nature’s fury 5/day
Requirements
Class Skills
Race: Elf or half-elf
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are:
Base Attack Bonus: +6
Balance (Dex), Climb (Str), Concentration (Con), Escape Artist (Dex), Heal (Wis), Hide (Dex), Intuit Direction (Wis), Jump (Str), Knowledge (arcana) (Int), Knowledge (history) (Int), Knowledge (nature) (Int), Listen (Wis), Move Silently (Dex), Spellcraft (Int), Spot (Wis), Swim (Str), Tumble (Dex)
Skills: Balance 9 ranks, Hide 9 ranks, Move Silently 9 ranks, Wilderness Lore 6 ranks. Alignment: neutral good, neutral evil, neutral, or chaotic neutral Feats: Weapon Focus (quarterstaff), Martial Finesse (quarterstaff), Improved Unarmed Strike, Deflect Arrows.
See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill points/Level: 4 + Int modifier
Special: Woodland Stride class ability. Special: Must locate a master and persuade him or her to act as a teacher. Hit Dice: d8
Restrictions An adept who violates the alignment restrictions retains his abilities, but may not advance further in levels in this prestige class.
Class Features Unless otherwise noted, the adept’s abilities are subject to the arcane spell failure chance from wearing armour and/or using a shield. Some of the abilities below reproduce feats from the martial arts feats list (click here to see the list). The adept gains the martial artist’s Wisdom bonus to AC, if he doesn’t have this ability already. Similarly, he gains a bonus to AC according to his level, using the martial artist progression (click here to see the martial artist class description).
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Weapons and Armour: The adept is proficient with the quarterstaff. He does not gain proficiency in the use of any type of armour or shield. Trackless Step (Ex): The adept leaves no trail in natural surroundings and cannot be tracked. Nature’s Fury (Su): The adept has the ability to channel the raw fury of nature into his body, causing him to enter a state of rage and enhancing his strength and reflexes to a phenomenal degree. When in this state, he gains a temporary +4 bonus to Strength and a +4 bonus to Dexterity. His base speed increases by 10 feet, and he can choose to make a flurry of blows with a full attack action in melee, using either unarmed strikes or his quarterstaff. This gives him one extra attack per round while suffering a –2 penalty on all attacks; in the case of the quarterstaff, the extra attack subsumes that obtained by using it as a double weapon. When in a fury, the adept cannot use skills or abilities that require patience or concentration, such as moving silently or casting spells (the class skills he can’t use are Balance, Concentration, Heal, Hide, Knowledge (arcana, history and nature) and Move Silently). The frenzy lasts a number of rounds equal to three plus his Constitution bonus (if any). At the end of the fury, the adept is fatigued (–2 to Strength, –2 to Dexterity, can’t charge or run) for the duration of that encounter. Entering the fury takes no time itself, but the adept can only do it during his action, not in response to somebody else’s action. At 1st level, the adept can use this ability three times per day. Starting from 5th level, he can use it four times per day, and from 10th level, he can use it up to five times per day. Woodland Grace (Ex): At 2nd level, the adept gains a +5 competence bonus to Balance, Hide and Move Silently skill checks when in a woodland or forest environment. Furthermore, when he is in such an environment he can always choose to take 10 on a
Balance, Hide or Move Silently check, even if he is being rushed or threatened. At 7th level, the competence bonus increases to +10. Defensive Harmony (Su): At 3rd level, the adept’s intuitive command of the forces of magic allows him to shrug off magical effects that would otherwise damage or harm him. If he makes a successful Reflex or Will saving throw that would normally reduce the effectiveness of the attack, he suffers no effect from the attack at all. Only spells and effects with a Saving Throw entry of “Will partial”, “Reflex half” or similar entries can be negated through this ability. Hypnotic Pattern (Sp): At 4th level, the adept can hold his opponents spellbound by whirling his quarterstaff in mystical patterns. The effects duplicate the hypnotic pattern spell as cast by a sorcerer of his level. The save DC is 12 + the adept’s Charisma modifier. This ability can be used a number of times per day equal to the adept’s class level. Sylvan Concealment (Su): At 5th level, the adept gains the supernatural ability to conceal himself in woodland or forest surroundings. When he is in such an environment, he can use the Hide skill even in broad daylight or while under direct observation. Nature’s Tongues (Su): At 6th level, the adept can speak with any animal, beast, plant, or fey (although what can be communicated might be limited by the subject’s intelligence). Greater Defensive Harmony (Su): At 8th level, the adept is able to negate magical attacks that could harm him. If he fails a Reflex or Will saving throw against an attack that allows for reduced effectiveness on a successful save, the attack still only has partial effect. Only spells and effects with a Saving Throw entry of “Will partial”, “Reflex half” or similar entries can be affected by this ability. Tree Stride (Sp): At 9th level, the adept gains the ability to travel magically by shifting between trees, as per the druidic spell tree stride, once per day. The adept’s effective caster level is 9th.
Elven [Warrior-Poet] Description The elven warrior-poet is the symbol of elven kind. He impersonates the dual nature of elves, both the natural knack in warring and the love for beauty and knowledge. They deal death and ecstasy with the same frightening beauty.
The warrior-poets are usually bards, rangers, fighters or wizards. The class requires a high base attack bonus, though, so a multiclass fighter/spellcaster will get the most benefits from this prestige class. Warrior-poets wander alone, seeking inspiration and improving their skill. Their nature requires chaos to create, therefore a warrior-poet must never be lawful.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1st
+1
+0
+2
+2
2nd
+2
+0
+3
3rd
+3
+1
4th
+4
5th
Spells 1
2
3
Poem of Paralysing Beauty
0
-
-
+3
Epic
1
-
-
+3
+3
Smite Law
1
0
-
+1
+4
+4
Leitmotiv
1
1
-
+5
+1
+4
+4
Epic (+2)
1
1
0
6th
+6
+2
+5
+5
Figment of language
1
1
1
7th
+7
+2
+5
+5
Poem of Deafening Beauty
2
1
1
8th
+8
+2
+6
+6
Epic (+3)
2
1
1
9th
+9
+3
+6
+6
Poem of Unearthly Beauty
2
2
1
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes 10th
+10
+3
+7
+7
Unendliche Melodie
Requirements To qualify to become an elven warrior-poet, a character must fulfil all the following criteria. Base Attack Bonus: +6 Race: Elf Alignment: Any non-lawful. Skills: Perform: 8 ranks Feats: Combat Casting, Weapon Focus (Longsword), Quick Draw. Hit Die: d8.
Class Skills The prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are Balance (Dex), Concentration (Con), Craft (Int), Diplomacy (Cha), Heal (Wis), Perform (Cha), Profession (Wis), and Ride (Dex). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player’s Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int modifier.
Class Features All of the following are class features of the elven warrior-poet prestige class. Weapon and Armor Proficiency: A warrior-poet is proficient with all simple weapons and with the longsword. He’s also proficient with light and medium armor. Poem of Paralysing Beauty/Deafening Beauty: Once per day per warrior-poet class level, he can recite a poem so beautiful that it can actually harm the listeners. All poems take 1d4 rounds to recite, and the warrior-poet can fight normally while reciting. Otherwise, it’s a spell-like ability in what refers to concentration rolls and opportunity attacks. Deaf creatures are immune, but otherwise all intelligent (int>2) creatures within a 60 feet range of the warriorpoet are affected, unless they have been out of range some time during the reciting of the poem. The poem of paralyzing beauty requires a Will save (DC perform skill ranks + class level + charisma mod), failure meaning the creatures are paralyzed for a number of turns equal to the amount by which they failed the save roll. The poem of deafening beauty requires a Ref save (DC perform skill ranks + class level + charisma mod), failure causing all creatures listening to the poem to be permanently deafened. The poem of unearthly beauty, the most powerful creation of the warrior-poet, makes the creatures affected roll Will saves twice (DC 10 + half of perform skill ranks + charisma mod). Failure in the first slays the creature, failure in the second shifts the creature’s alignment two steps towards chaotic good! However, the warrior-poet himself and his friends are also affected, albeit less strongly: the DC for their saves is one half (round down) of the enemy’s. Epic: The warrior-poet has the ability to excel in adventuring by visualizing the epic he will write about himself when he succeeds. Once per day, he can start narrating aloud his actions, and that will give him strength to overwhelm difficulties and get the best of his abilities. This effect lasts for (class level) turns, or until he stops narrating, whichever happens first. In the meanwhile, he gets a morale bonus for all his skills, attacks, damages, and armor class equal to his epic ability level (+1 at 2nd, +2 at 5th, +3 at 8th).
2
2
2
Smite Law: The warrior poet has the power of disarming a lawful creature’s beliefs by exposing it to the chaotic beauty of his poetry. Doing so, he opens a breech in the creature’s defense, which he can use to damage it physically. In game terms, once per day the warrior-poet can make one attack with a bonus equal to his charisma mod to the attack and another equal to his class level to the damage, only affecting a lawful creature. If the creature isn’t lawful, the attack functions normally and the ability is not wasted for that day. Leitmotiv: Leitmotiv is a concept invented by the musician Richard Wagner, meaning “guiding theme”. It is a cue to a situation or feeling, a way to explain without words what was going on in the opera. The warrior-poets developed similar concepts on their own, and use them to improve their spellcasting abilities. When memorizing spells, an elven warrior-poet with the leitmotiv ability can set one spell in a slot one spell level higher. He will be able to cast that spell simply reciting one verse, thus eliminating material and gesture components. He can do that as a free action requiring verbal component, so he can do so while attacking but not while casting another spell or using another of the verbal powers of the prestige class. He can use this ability with any other class’s spells, as long as they are selected beforehand (like wizard or cleric spells; doesn’t work with sorcerers or bards) and respecting the maximum of only one such spell per day. Figment of Language: A master of language himself, a warriorpoet can understand any spoken language after he hears it for 2d6 minutes. After that time, he makes an intelligence check (DC 15). Success means he can understand and speak the language from that time on. If he knows that alphabet the language is written in, he can write it too. Unendliche Melodie: Another Wagner opera concept, meaning “endless melody”. The warrior-poet, at this level, is so talented and his art is so perfect, he can convince the deities governing death to spare him from his fate. Every time he dies, he must make a perform check (DC 25). Success means he is resurrected as per a True Resurrection spell by a 20th level caster after 2d4 days playing for the gods. He can’t be resurrected before this period is over, though. Spells: An elven warrior-poet has to choose in the bard spell list the spells he wants to memorize each day. Memorizing spells takes one hour (total, not each). 1st-level bard spells
2nd-level bard spells
3rd-level bard spells
Alarm
Animal trance
Bestow curse
Cause fear
Blindness/deafness
Blink
Charm person
Blur
Charm monster
Cure light wounds
Bull’s strength
Clairaudience/clairvo yance
Detect secret doors
Cat’s grace
Confusion
Erase
Cure moderate wounds
Cure serious wounds
Expeditious retreat
Darkness
Dispel magic
Feather fall
Daylight
Displacement
Grease
Delay poison
Emotion
Hypnotism
Detect thoughts
Fear
Identify
Enthrall
Gaseous form
Mage armor
Glitterdust
Greater magic
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes 1st-level bard spells
2nd-level bard spells
3rd-level bard spells 1st-level bard spells
2nd-level bard spells
3rd-level bard spells
weapon
Scare
Remove disease
Magic weapon
Hold person
Gust of wind
See invisibility
Scrying
Message
Hypnotic pattern
Haste
Shatter
Sculpt sound
Protection from chaos/evil/good/law
Invisibility
Illusory script
Silence
Sepia snake sigil
Sound burst
Slow
Silent image
Levitate
Invisibility sphere
Suggestion
Summon monster iii
Sleep
Locate object
Keen edge
Summon monster ii
Wind wall
Summon monster i
Magic mouth
Leomund’s tiny hut
Unseen servant
Minor image
Lesser geas
Ventriloquism
Mirror image
Magic circle against chaos/evil/good/ law
Misdirection
Major image
Obscure object
Phantom steed
Undetectable alignment
Pyrotechnics
Remove curse
Whispering wind
Summon swarm Tasha‘s hideous laughter Tongues
Equaliser Description
terrifying Equalisers of all, for with their spells they can infiltrate and kill with even greater impunity.
The Equaliser is a master of dealing quick, lethal blows. Equalisers are also excellent at infiltration and stealth. Equalisers often function as spies, informants, ideological killers and agents of political vengeance. Their training in anatomy, stealth, close combat techniques and deception allows them to carry out missions of death with shocking, terrifying precision.
As NPCs, Equalisers work in secret societies or for political or religious leaders. The Equaliser kills only for what he believes to be a worthy cause, and takes pride in the fact that he has official license to kill. Sometimes, less scrupulous members of a good ruler’s court maintain a stable of Equalisers, insulating the leader from his covert operatives. When not engaged in cloak-and-dagger missions, Equalisers are typically employed in the more leisurely aspects of religious or courtly life. Equalisers often work alone, relying on speed and stealth to accomplish their missions and avoiding the risks of capture or betrayal inherent in parties of any size.
Rogues, monks and bardic Equalisers make for the classic secret agent in the shadows with a blade or a bow that signifies certain death. Fighters, ex-paladins, rangers, druids and barbarians operate as warrior Equalisers, with as much ability to kill in combat as from the shadows. Sorcerers, wizards and clerics may be the most
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1st
+0
+0
+2
+0
2nd
+1
+0
+3
3rd
+2
+1
4th
+3
5th
Spells per Day 1
2
3
4
Sneak Attack +1d6, Cover
0
—
—
—
+0
Blend +2, Death Attack
1
—
—
—
+3
+1
Sneak Attack +2d6, Signature Weapon
1
0
—
—
+1
+4
+1
Blend +4, Death Shot
1
1
—
—
+3
+1
+4
+1
Sneak Attack +3d6
1
1
0
—
6th
+4
+2
+5
+2
Blend +6, Lightning Shot
1
1
1
—
7th
+5
+2
+5
+2
Sneak Attack +4d6
2
1
1
0
8th
+6
+2
+6
+2
Blend +8, Rapid Attack
2
2
1
1
9th
+6
+3
+6
+3
Sneak Attack +5d6
2
2
2
1
10th
+7
+3
+7
+3
Blend +10
2
2
2
2
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Requirements To qualify to become an Equaliser, a character must fulfil the following criteria: Hit Die: d6 Base Attack Bonus: +4 Feats: Point Blank Shot, Quick Draw Special: In addition, he must have killed someone for ideological reasons. Alignment: LN, N, CN
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Balance (Dex), Blend* (Dex, exclusive skill), Bluff (Cha), Climb (Str), Diplomacy (Cha), Disable Device (Int), Disguise (Cha), Escape Artist (Dex), Forgery (Int), Gather Information (Cha), Hide (Dex), Innuendo (Wis), Intimidate (Cha), Jump (Str), Listen (Wis), Move Silently (Dex), Open Lock (Dex), Profession (Wis), Search (Int), Sense Motive (Wis), Spot (Wis), Swim (Str), Use Magic Device (Cha, exclusive skill) and Use Rope (Dex). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player’s Handbook for skill descriptions. *See below for Blend skill description. Skill points at Each Level: 6 + Int modifier.
Class Features All of the following are class features of the Equaliser prestige class. Weapon and Armour Proficiency: An Equaliser’s weapon training focuses on weapons suitable for stealth and sneak attacks. Equalisers are proficient with the crossbow (hand, light or heavy), dagger (any type), dart, rapier, sap, shortbow (normal and composite), and short sword. Equalisers are not proficient with any types of armour or shields. Note that armour check penalties for armour heavier than leather apply to the skills Balance, Climb, Escape Artist, Hide, Jump, and Move Silently, and that carrying heavy gear imposes a check penalty on Swim checks. Note that these proficiencies stack with any weapon and armour proficiencies already possessed by the Equaliser. A Fighter who is proficient with a Dwarven waraxe and plate armour continues to be proficient in both when she becomes an Equaliser. Special: A character with 5 or more ranks in both Hide and Move Silently gains a +2 synergy bonus on Blend checks. Sneak Attack: If an Equaliser can catch an opponent when she is unable to defend herself effectively from his attack, he can strike a vital spot for extra damage. Basically, any time the Equaliser’s target would be denied her Dexterity bonus to AC (whether she actually has a Dexterity bonus or not), the Equaliser’s attack deals +1d6 points of damage. This extra damage is increased at alternating levels (+2d6 at 3rd level, +3d6 at 5th level, and so on). Should the Equaliser score a critical hit with a sneak attack, this extra damage is not multiplied. It takes precision and preparation to hit a vital spot, so ranged attacks can only count as sneak attacks if the target is 30 feet away or less.
With a sap or an unarmed strike, the Equaliser can make a sneak attack that deals subdual damage instead of normal damage. He cannot use a weapon that deals normal damage to deal subdual damage in a sneak attack, not even with the usual —4 penalty, because he must make optimal use of his weapon in order to execute a sneak attack. An Equaliser can only sneak attack living creatures with discernible anatomies — undead, constructs, oozes, plants and incorporeal creatures lack vital areas to attack. Additionally, any creature immune to critical attacks is similarly immune to sneak attacks. Also, the Equaliser must be able to see the target well enough to pick out a vital spot and must be able to reach a vital spot. The Equaliser cannot sneak attack while striking at a creature with concealment or by striking the limbs of a creature whose vitals are beyond reach. If an Equaliser gets a sneak attack bonus from another source (such as rogue levels), the bonuses to damage stack. Cover: When a character becomes an Equaliser, and at each new Equaliser level, he may create a new cover identity for himself. At each new level, the Equaliser gains 2 extra skill points to distribute among the Forgery, Knowledge, and Profession skills to aid in creating his new identity. In order to use a cover identity, the Equaliser must equip himself with the materials, attire, documents, and knowledge (at least 2 ranks in a relevant Knowledge or Profession) of his new persona. In addition, the Equaliser must choose a false name for each cover identity; the name remains permanently fixed to that cover identity. While using a cover identity, an Equaliser substitutes his Intelligence bonus for his Charisma bonus on Bluff, Diplomacy, Gather Information, and Innuendo checks. He also gains a +4 circumstance bonus to Bluff checks directly related to his cover identity. An Equaliser gains this special ability at 1st level. Death Attack: If the Equaliser studies his victim for 3 rounds and then makes a sneak attack with a melee weapon that successfully deals damage, the sneak attack has the additional effect of possibly paralysing or killing the target (Equaliser’s choice). While studying his victim, the Equaliser can undertake other actions so long as his attention stays focused on the target and the target does not detect the Equaliser or detect the Equaliser as an enemy. If the victim of such an attack fails her Fortitude saving throw (DC 10 + the Equaliser’s class level + the Equaliser’s Intelligence modifier) against the kill effect, she dies. If the saving throw fails against the paralysis effect, the victim’s mind and body become enervated, rendering her completely helpless and unable to act for 1d6 rounds plus 1 round per level of the Equaliser. If the victim’s saving throw succeeds, the attack is just a normal sneak attack. Once the Equaliser has completed the 3 rounds of study, he must make the death attack within the next 3 rounds. If a death attack is attempted and fails (the victim makes her save) or if the Equaliser does not launch the attack within 3 rounds of completing the study, 3 new rounds of study are required before he can attempt another death attack. An Equaliser gains this special ability at 2nd level. Signature Weapon: An Equaliser typically adopts a single weapon, such as the crossbow or the shortsword, as his signature weapon. The extra training and familiarity with this weapon allows the Equaliser to use it with great precision and skill. The Equaliser adds a +2 damage bonus with the signature weapon. If the signature weapon is a ranged weapon, the damage bonus only applies if the target is within 30 feet. An Equaliser gains this special ability at 3rd level. Death Shot: As Death Attack, but the Equaliser may apply the effect to a sneak attack with a ranged weapon that successfully deals damage. An Equaliser gains this special ability at 4th level. Lightning Shot: An Equaliser gains the ability to make an extra attack with a ranged weapon each round with no penalty to his attacks that round. The extra attack uses the Equaliser’s Dexterity
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes modifier as its attack bonus. Using Lightning Shot requires a full attack action. An Equaliser gains this special ability at 6th level. Rapid Attack: An Equaliser gains the ability to make one extra melee attack each round. The extra attack uses the Equaliser’s highest base attack bonus, but each attack (the extra one and the normal ones) suffers a —2 penalty. Using Rapid Attack requires a full attack action. An Equaliser gains this special ability at 8th level. Spells: Beginning at 1st level, an Equaliser gains the ability to cast a small number of arcane spells. To cast a spell, the Equaliser must have an Intelligence score of 10 + the spell’s level, so an Equaliser with an Intelligence of 10 or lower cannot cast these spells. Equaliser bonus spells are based on Intelligence, and saving throws against these spells have a DC of 10 + spell level + the Equaliser’s Intelligence modifier (if any). When the Equaliser gets 0 spells of a given level, such as 0 1st-level spells at 1st level, the Equaliser gets only bonus spells. An Equaliser without bonus spells for that level cannot yet cast a spell of that level. The Equaliser’s spell list appears below. The Equaliser’s ability to cast these spells works like a bard's ability to cast spells. A 1st level Equaliser learns two spells from the Equaliser 1st level spell list. He learns one new Equaliser spell of any spell level he can cast at each Equaliser level thereafter. There is no limit to the number of these spells the Equaliser can know from this list; he may also learn more by studying arcane scrolls or spellbooks.
addition, ex-Equalisers lose the ability to deal Death Blows and Death Attacks and can no longer cast spells as an Equaliser. An Evil ex-Equalisers may become a member of the Assassin prestige class without regard to other requirements of that prestige class. An exEqualiser who refrains from killing for one year and who then successfully petitions for reinstatement with his masters may return to the fold and can thereafter gain levels in the prestige class. Some ex-Equalisers have been retained by their masters to train new Equaliser recruits or to supervise networks of Equaliser agents; these ex-Equalisers are seen to have "burned out," losing their effectiveness in the field while still retaining their loyalty to the cause.
New Skill Blend As a part of his class skills, an Equaliser gains the skill of Blend (with a key ability of Dexterity). An Equaliser uses this skill to blend into the crowd following a sneak attack. An Equaliser gains a +2 bonus to Blend checks at 2nd level and at alternating levels thereafter (+4 at 4th level, +6 at 6th level, and so on). An Equaliser may purchase ranks in Blend as a class skill. Check: Blend may only be attempted following an attempted sneak attack and when there is some number of people about who are not directly associated with the Equaliser’s target. The standard DC for a Blend attempt is 15, modified as follows.
Equaliser Spell List Equalisers choose their spells from the following list: 1st level
Condition
DC modifier
Large crowd
-5
2nd level
Darkness
-5
Alter self, darkvision, darkness, invisibility, shadow mask, silence.
Marketplace
-2
Target is guarded
+5
Attack takes place indoors
+5
Crowd mainly of other race(s)
+5
Change self, charm person, ghost sound, obscuring mist, spider climb, true strike.
Ex-Equalisers It is possible for a character to cease to be an Equaliser. An Equaliser who develops an Evil alignment, or who kills an undeserving target for money, loses the confidence of his masters and can no longer progress in the Equaliser prestige class. In
Retry: Usually no but if an attack remains undetected on the round following a Blend check, the Equaliser may reattempt Blend that round. The Equaliser may not reattempt a failed Blend check after his attack has been noticed.
Executioner of the Eye Description
world and thus strengthening the Elder Elemental God in the process.
Executioners of the Eye practice or execute the will of the Elder Elemental God. They bends all their being to revering the god and attempting to locate and enact rituals to draw more power of the God to the prime world.
Most executioners are clerics of the elder elemental god. However other classes are also suitable to become Executioners of the Eye, especially evil druids and wizards. Non spellcasters don’t receive spells with this prestige class.
The mean goal of the executioners is to weaken to gates of the eternal prison of their God. To do this, executioners make sacrifices to the Eye (an alias of the Elder Elemental God), but this is not all. With bizarre and unspeakable mystic rituals executioners try to locate and summon long forgotten minions of their God to the prime
The Elder Elemental God is absolutely terrifying and unpredictable violent. Every deity is considered to be a foe of the Elder Elemental God, with notably exceptions to Juiblex the Faceless Lord and the Dark God and maybe some other non-human(oid) gods.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
Spells
1
+1
+2
+0
+2
The Eye’s Aid 1/day
+1 level of existing class
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes 2
+2
+3
+0
+3
Disease Immunity+
+1 level of existing class
3
+3
+3
+1
+3
The Eye’s Aid 2/day
+1 level of existing class
4
+4
+4
+1
+4
Poison Immunity
+1 level of existing class
5
+5
+4
+1
+4
The Eye’s Aid 3/day
+1 level of existing class
6
+6
+5
+2
+5
Acid Immunity
+1 level of existing class
7
+7
+5
+2
+5
The Eye’s Aid 4/day
+1 level of existing class
8
+8
+6
+2
+6
Inspire Fear
+1 level of existing class
9
+9
+6
+3
+6
The Eye’s Aid 5/day
+1 level of existing class
10
+10
+7
+3
+7
The Transformation
+1 level of existing class
Requirements
Poison Immunity: Immunity to poisons, including supernatural and spell-like poisons.
Alignment: Any evil.
Acid Immunity: Executioners are immune to all acids and corrosive fluids and substances at 6th level.
Base Attack Adjustment: +5 Skills: Alchemy: 3 ranks, Heal: 5 ranks Feats: Alertness, Power Attack. Special: To become an Executioner of the Eye, one must ritual murder 25 innocent beings and sacrifice a creature who’s hit dice exceeds the hit dice of the to become executioner. Every level the executioner gains he must ritually murder 25 innocent beings + the total of previous levels. So to become 2nd level he must murder 50 creatures, to become 3rd level 75 creatures, 4th level 100 creatures and so on. Hit Dice: d8
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Bluff (cha), Climb (Str), Concentration, Disguise (Cha), Heal (Wis), Hide (Dex), Intuit Direction (Wis), Knowledge Religion (Int), Listen (Wis), Move Silently (Dex), Scry (Int), Search (Int), Sense Motive (Wis), Spot (Wis) and Swim (Str). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player’s Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 4 + Int modifier.
Class Features Weapons and Armour: The executioners is proficient with all simple and martial weapons and armour and shields. The Eye’s Aid: When an executioner wants too, he can call upon the aid of his God. When aided the Elder Elemental God grants the following benefits for a amount of rounds equal to his prestige class Level:
Inspire Fear: At 8th level, executioners can inspire fear as a free action at will. The Transformation: See “The Ooze form” below. It said that special followers of the Elder Elemental God can become an amorphous creature in a very wicked and evil ritual (up to the DM, but it should be very difficult!). At this point an Executioner of the Eye becomes an intelligent ooze of great power. At this moment only the highest priest of the Eye on the prime made it to this level is Malchar. The Ooze form The ooze form of an executioner is a powerful shapechanging, polymorphous, protoplasm slime-being. The ooze has full control of its semiliquid body and can change forms very easily. The Ooze is highest “gift” from the Elder Elemental God, the ooze is most favourite by its god. Creating A “Ooze” In a very wicked and evil ritual the executioner is able to transform himself permanently into a protoplasm ooze of great power. The ooze is a template that can be added to any creature who is a 10thlevel executioner of the eye. The creature’s type changes to “aberration”. It uses all the character’s statistics and special abilities except as noted here: Hit Dice: Same as the character’s further class improvement. Speed: Same as the character’s original speed, the ooze must be in humanoid shape however. The ooze form can also move at 20 ft. through small cracks, gratings, or even under doors. It moves at the same rate on walls and ceilings. AC: The ooze form has a +10 natural armour bonus, or the character’s nat.
- +6 Strength
Attacks: The ooze retains all the attacks of its former humanoid form. In addition the ooze can lash out with two pseudopodia each round, each successful attack causes paralysis (see below). inflicting 1d6+str damage.
- Deal double damage with every strike
Damage: The pseudopodia inflict 1d6+str damage.
- Healing as Cure Serious Wounds and Regenerate
Special Attacks: The ooze retains all the character’s special attacks and also gains those listed below. Saves have a DC of 10 +1/2 ooze’s HD + ooze’s strength modifier.
During the Aid the executioner must kill at least one sentient being or he cannot call upon aid for the rest of the remaining week. Disease Immunity+: At 2nd level executioners are immune to all diseases, including magical and supernatural diseases. At this level executioners are also immune to paralysis and hold.
Paralysis (Ex): Touching (also its attacks) the ooze form always triggers its paralysing ability. Creatures must make a Fortitude saving throw or be paralysed for 3d6 rounds. The ooze can engulf a paralysed opponent automatically.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Engulf (Ex): The ooze can move over creatures the same size or smaller to engulf them. During the move, creatures gain an attack of opportunity against the ooze, but doing so they are not entitled to a saving throw. Those who do not attempt opportunity attacks must succeed at a Reflex save or be engulfed; on a success, they are pushed back or aside (opponent’s choice) as the ooze moves forward. Engulfed creatures are subject to the ooze’s paralysis and suffocation (consult the DMG on page 88). Spells: The ooze can cast any spells it could cast in its former form. Special Qualities: An ooze retains all the character’s special qualities and those listed below: Blindsight (Ex): The ooze’s entire body is highly developed sensory organ that can ascertain prey by scent and vibration within 120 feet. The ooze retains its originally visual sense at the same time. Damage reduction (Su): The ooze body is tough and thick, giving the creature damage reduction 15/+1. Normal weapons just pass through the body dealing no damage! Regeneration (Ex): The ooze form regenerates 1 hit point of damage each round. Fire deals normal damage. Severed parts of the ooze join automatically when they come in contact with each other. Mimic Form (Ex): The ooze can change form to mimic other creatures appearances. The ooze require one standard action to assume another shape. Most Executioners will hold their original appearance in human form. It must be said that the ooze’s mass always stays the same, its volume can of course be different. In effect, the ooze cannot mimic creatures of another size categories then its own. Using this ability with a disguise, an executioner gets a +15 bonus to all checks. Immunities (Ex): Immune to all mind-influencing effects, blinding, poison, sleep, disease, paralysis, stunning and polymorphing. The ooze has no front or back and therefor not subject to critical hits or flanking. The ooze doesn’t breathe and can even stay alive in vacuum up to 1 day x constitution modifier. After that the ooze will receive suffocation damage (1 hit point per hour).
Resistance (Ex): The ooze form has cold resistance 20. Saves: Same as the character. Abilities: An Ooze gains a +2 Constitution. Skills: Oozes receive a +2 racial bonus to Search and Spot checks. Otherwise same as the character. Feats: Same as the character. Climate/Terrain: Any land and underground Organisation: Often solitary Challenge Ration: Same as the character +2 Treasure: Standard Alignment: Any evil Advancement: By character class.
“Ooze” Characters The process of the transformation is unspeakably evil and wicked and can be undertaken with a great and evil ritual of some kind (up to the DM). In any case, the executioner must ritual offer no less than 100 creatures in the process. The ooze retains all Class Features it had in its former existence. Executioners of the Eye are very rare to say the least, and should be introduced as NPC’s very carefully! As PC they should be played only under very unique circumstances. For example they have a (bad) habit to sacrifice party members. Executioners of the Eye are very rare to say the least, and should be introduced as NPC’s very carefully! As PC they should be played only under very unique circumstances. For example they have a (bad) habit to sacrifice party members.
Fiana Description The Fiana, or "warband," is one of the most elite fighting forces for good on the face of Talanu. Combining breathtaking feats of swordsmanship and dazzling displays of wizardry, the mere presence of a contingent of Swordmages is often enough to make the bad guys give up and go home. To become a Fiana one must be chosen, usually by a member in the field looking for new recruits. Once chosen, the prospective warriormage travels to the monastery fortress of Caer Mawr on the isle of Trigasha. This warren, built into the side of a hill, serves as home and study area for the new members. The land surrounding the compound has been set up as a training ground, and is justly infamous for the difficulty and severity of its challenges. Warriors the world over, come to test themselves there (whether they are Fiana-in-training or not). Ostensibly, the Fiana are under the control and blessing of the Militant Scarlet Order, the monks who live on the island and run their own fighting school of sorts. In reality, however, the monks leave all governance to the academy's mysterious head instructor, Scathach. Without a doubt the finest trainer in the world, she was already living in the warrens of Caer Mawr when the first monks came to the island. The story of their initial meeting does a fair job of conveying the Scarlet Order's relationship with her even today. When the monks first arrived, they were unaware of her presence. As soon as they began to investigate the tunnels of her home, however, they knew something was wrong. Members sent in to
investigate would disappear, only to be found again the next morning, naked and confused, hanging by their feet from a tree in the centre of the settlement. Soon after this began the Master of the Order, Shavila, approached the tunnels and began to say a blessing, believing that there must be evil spirits in the tunnels. Upon completion of the prayer, Scathach leaped out as if from nowhere and declared that she was no ghost, but a warrior defending her home. Startled, the Master's men leaped to the attack, and as he watched in amazement she dispatched all of them in the blink of an eye without injuring a single one! Shavila was perplexed. The monks had already planned to use the complex as a training facility. The beautiful, deadly woman standing in front of him, however, was requiring that he kill her in order to accomplish their goals. What was worse, he was not at all certain that they could do it without losing many men, and in the end would destroy what appeared to be an amazing military resource. In a move of what he believed to be unparalleled brilliance, he offered Scathach a deal. He challenged her to single combat, unarmed. If she won, she could keep her home. If he won, he would use the warren for his purposes, and enrol her as an instructor of his men for a year and a day. When the headmaster came to, Scathach told him that she would gladly be an instructor anyway, and listed off the supplies she would need to start work on the training facilities... As mentioned above, Fiana are chosen by those in the field charged by Scathach with finding new members. Occasionally, however, an
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes applicant will come to Caer Mawr and request admittance. Even more rarely there will appear an extraordinary individual who is given the chance to become Fiana without the years of study. These few are given an extensive series of tests, tailored by Scathach for the individual. One applicant's test went as follows He was stripped naked, had his hair put in braids, and was given nothing but a shield and spear. He was then charged with running 10 miles through dense underbrush. If his stride faltered, or a twig of the forest was broken, or a braid of his hair was disturbed or caught in a tree branch, he was disqualified. To make things more interesting, 10 members of the Fiana followed him for the course, raining down spear upon him.
Fiana are trained in all forms of combat, but specialize in armed melee. When they arrive at Caer Mawr, they pick a weapon type with which they will work for the rest of their lives. Besides weapon forms, the students are taught aerial combat, something that Scathach emphasizes above all else, (she herself can fly under her own power). Once a Fiana completes training and becomes 1st level, she is free to do as she wishes and go where she will. Many Fiana take up positions of authority in the armies of good rulers, while others resume their former career (often adventuring). A Swordmage's only stricture is that they return to Caer Mawr for 1 week out of the year, to speak with Scathach and renew their spirit.
He passed the test.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
Spells Day
1st
+1
+0
+2
+0
Evasion
2nd
+2
+0
+2
+1
+1 attack/armour class
3rd
+3
+1
+3
+1
Defensive Casting
4th
+4
+1
+3
+2
+2 attack/armour class
5th
+5
+2
+3
+2
Mind Over Matter
6th
+5
+2
+4
+2
+3 attack/armour class
7th
+6
+2
+5
+2
Flurry of Blades
8th
+7
+2
+5
+3
+4 attack/armour class
9th
+8
+3
+6
+3
Quickened Still-spell
10th
+8
+3
+7
+3
+5 attack/armour class; Consecrated Weapon
per
+1 level
+1 level
+1 level
+1 level
+1 level
Requirements
Class features
To qualify to become a Fiana, a character must fulfil all the following criteria.
Weapon and Armour Proficiency: A Fiana is proficient with all simple and militia weapons. They are proficient with light and medium armour. A Fiana cannot use a shield. Note that armour check penalties for armour heavier than leather apply to the skills Balance, Climb, Escape Artist, Hide, Jump, Move Silently, Pick Pocket, and Tumble, and that carrying heavy gear imposes a check penalty on Swim checks.
Alignment: Good or neutral Base attack bonus: +7 Skills: Concentration: 10 ranks Spellcraft: 10 ranks Tumble: 5 ranks Weaponsmith: 5 Ranks Feats: Combat Casting, Combat Reflexes, Spring Attack, Still Spell, Weapon Focus, Weapon Specialization Spell casting ability: 3rd level arcane spells Hit Die: d8.
Class skills The Fiana’s class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are Climb (Str); Concentration (Con); Craft (Int); Hide (Dex); Jump (Str); Listen (Wis); Move Silently (Dex); Search (Wis); Spot (Wis); Spellcraft (Int); Tumble (Dex); Wilderness Lore (Wis). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 4 + Int modifier.
Drawback: -2 on the use of any other than the chosen weapon. Spell Advancement: +1 level in previous arcane caster class per 2 levels of Fiana (maximum of +4 levels). Evasion: As the Rogue ability. Improved Attack (Ex): +1 for every 2 levels with chosen weapon type (when wearing medium or lighter armour). Improved Armour Class (Ex): +1 for every 2 levels (when wearing medium or lighter armour and wielding chosen weapon type). Defensive Casting (Ex): Spellcasting does not provoke an attack of opportunity. Additionally, Fiana get an extra +4 to their Concentration checks when wielding their chosen weapon AND casting a spell in battle. Mind Over Matter (Ex): -20% to arcane spellcasting failure in light or medium armour. Flurry of Blades (Ex): The Fiana gets one extra attack a round, at her highest Base Attack Bonus. All the Fiana's attacks that round suffer a -2 penalty.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Quickened Still-spell (Su): Choose 1 spell of 3rd level or less that can be cast without somatic components, and can be cast as a free action. The spell must be one which affects only the caster. Most Fiana use this spell to fly at a moment's notice, or when pinned or grappled.
Deepnight). Using a Masterwork weapon, and expending 2 levels worth of XP, the original weapon will be recreated.
Consecrated Weapon: Dedicates a specific weapon, NOT weapon type, with which the Fiana may perform special feats. The weapon must be of masterwork quality or greater. Magical weapons are the most common. The wielder must also have used the weapon for at least one year.
1. +5 to all attack rolls that involve more than simply attacking – i.e. called shots, disarming, etc.
Upon reaching the number of experience points necessary for 10th level, advancement in the Swordmage class stops and the Fiana must make the journey to Caer Mawr for the Rite of Consecration. (Note that the Fiana is not actually 10th level at this time, as she does not gain any of the 10th level abilities). This process traditionally takes place during Nevioth and culminates on Deepnight. During this time the Fiana goes through many rites of preparation and cleansing, readying his mind and body for the melding that is to come. He or she also uses Weapon-Smithing to place special runes on the weapon. These runes will blend with any runes that already exist. Once the actual bonding has begun, the Fiana channels the XP they have been saving, (that which just made them a candidate for 10th level), into the weapon, using their own life force to create an unbreakable mystic bond. This experience drain may not be regained through magical means, (unless so ordained by a deity). After creating the weapon they can once again advance as a Swordmage, and after 19,000 experience points may progress to the 10th level of experience. A Swordmage does NOT gain any of the new benefits of the consecrated weapon until they have once again reached 10th level of the Fiana Prestige Class. Once created, the chosen weapon may never be cast aside for a different one, EVER. If the weapon is lost, the wielder always knows in which direction it lies, and approximately how far. Unless specifically targeted for destruction, the weapon never needs to make a save, even if the Fiana fails her save for a destructive effect. If the weapon is destroyed, the wielder may recreate the weapon, identically, through a special ceremony, (again lasting up until
While using the consecrated weapon, the Swordmage gains the following benefits (all sword abilities are Supernatural)
2.
Weapon cannot be fumbled or dropped.
3. Wielder gains the Improved Arrow Deflection*, Great Cleave, and Power Attack feats. 4. 3 times per day, the Swordmage may use her weapon to discharge one attack spell of 5th level or lower directly at the victim of a blow. These spells must be preset into the weapon, and count against the Swordmage's total number of spells allowed per day. They stay in the weapon until dispelled or the mage dismisses them, which is a free action. 5. Once per day, the wielder can make himself completely immune to one form of attack (fire, cold, acid, physical blows, etc.) for 3 rounds. This is a free action, and does not invoke an attack of opportunity. The rounds of protection must run consecutively. *As Missile Deflection, save that 1 missile per round per 3 levels of Fiana may be deflected. However, the ritual that binds the wielder and weapon together also forever alters the recipient. From that point forward, a Fiana is completely dedicated to that specific class of weapons, making the use of different weapon types all the more difficult, if not impossible. The penalty to use other sorts of weapons drops to -4. Furthermore, the Fiana takes on a geas, which forbids him from using different weapon classes. For example, Malakon's chosen weapon is longsword. His geas prevents him from using anything except for swords, and he is at -4 to use any type of sword except for his chosen type. He can pick up and wield a mace at -4 if necessary, but at that point he has violated geas. If the Fiana violates the geas, he loses all Fiana class abilities save spellcasting. The loss remains until he journeys to Caer Mawr and spends a week atoning for Scathach.
Frost Lord Description The Frost lord is a rare breed. Some come from the great cities under the glaciers of the north others are called to places of frost to face there destiny. Many frost lords scour the snowy areas of the
world attempting to help travellers in need; others are as cold as the ice they emulate. Many monks follow the ways of ice as do some rangers and barbarians. The next most common classes are sorcerer and wizard. Some clerics of ice gods do attempt to become Frost Lords. Most other classes are unheard of.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+2
+0
+1
Endure Cold, Ice Walk
2
+2
+3
+0
+1
Force of the Glacier
3
+3
+3
+1
+1
Path of Ice
4
+4
+4
+1
+2
Strength of Ice
5
+5
+4
+1
+2
Cold Subtype
6
+6
+5
+2
+3
Winters touch/1
7
+7
+5
+2
+3
Winters Touch/2
8
+8
+6
+2
+4
Winters Touch/3
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes 9
+9
+6
+3
+4
Wind of the Frozen North
10
+10
+7
+4
+5
Shatter Hand
Requirements
Force of the Glacier: The Frost Lord gains the improved bull rush feat for free. He does not need to fill the normal prerequisites.
Base Attack Bonus: +4
Path of Ice: This spell like ability lets the Frost Lord coat a 10’ x 10’ portion of ground with ice. The ice lasts for a number of rounds equal to the Frost Lords level. All creatures caught within the area of effect must make a reflex save each round to stay afoot. The Frost lord also receives a +4 on his check for resolving bull rushes. He can perform this spell like ability once for every three Frost Lord levels.
Hit Dice: D8 Alignment: Any Class: Any Race: Any Feats: Improved unarmed strike, Weapon focus “unarmed strike” Special: Wilderness Lore: 5 ranks Other: Must make a journey to the great glacier and survive 3 nights without heat.
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Balance (Dex), Climb (Str), Hide (Dex), Move Silently (Dex), Profession (Wis), Intuit Direction (Wis), Knowledge Nature (Int), Search (Int), Spot (Wis), Listen (Wis), Wilderness Lore (Wis). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points 4 + Int modifier.
Class Features Armour and Weapon Proficiencies: The Frost Lord does not gain any new armour or weapon proficiencies Endure Cold: A frost lord may ignore the first 5 points of cold damage in any given round. This includes damage from spells and exposure. Ice Walk: The frost lord may walk across solid sheets of ice with no worries of slipping. For all intents and purposes he treats ice as normal dry ground.
Strength of Ice: The Frost Lord may call upon the strength of ice a number of times equal to 1 + his con modifier per day. Strength of ice gives the Frost Lord hardness equal to his con modifier for a number of rounds equal to his Frost Lord level. Cold Subtype: The Frost Lord takes on the characteristics of a cold subtype creature as descried in the DMG. He has cold immunity and takes double damage from fire except on a successful save. This supersedes the endure cold ability. Winters Touch: A number of times indicated in the chart per day a Frost Lord can attempt a winters touch. He must designate the attack prior to resolving success. If he misses the use is expended. On a successful unarmed attack the Frost Lord does an additional d10 points of cold damage. Additionally the target must make a fortitude save DC equal to 10 + Frost Lord level + Wis modifier. Failure indicates the cold has frozen the target solid for d4 rounds. This effect is similar to a hold person and has no other detrimental effects. Winds of the Frozen North: The Frost Lord can breathe forth a Cone of Cold at his current Frost Lord level. This is a spell like ability and functions like the Cone of Cold spell in the PHB. Shatter Hand: This attack is quite fearsome indeed. Any time a creature falls victim to Winters Touch the Frost Lord may attempt this attack. As a full round action the Frost Lord strikes a stress point on the frozen creature. If the creature fails a fortitude save vs. DC 10 + frost lord level + Wis modifier it shatters. This attack causes instant death. It is a supernatural ability.
Gae Bolga Description Culainn, the Hound of Mag Mor, has become something of a patron deity for adventurers. This is not surprising, given the fact that the irascible hero was an adventurer himself. It also helps that there are a very few members of the demihuman community who still remember him, and in fact rode with him and his legendary Knights of the Red Branch. Many of his devotees see him as more of a friend than a deity, and they love the fact that he seems to be comfortable with this arrangement. Some more senior priests think that it is “cute,” the way in which their god appears to be flustered with all the attention he gets from worship. In his time, Culainn and his band patrolled the plains and hills of the north every summer, righting wrongs and meting out justice in the name of Lugh and the Dagda. The common folks adored them, and the vicious barbarian hordes that were routed time and again by the young warrior hated him with all the force they could muster. Eventually, Culainn’s enemies caught up with him. Khavrad Twintounge, a devotee of Bricriu, tricked the hero into a confrontation with the mighty Red Wyrm Gandingraman, the Engine of Ballok. Though he prevailed, the wounds the Hound
received from the battle were fatal, and he perished in the company of his men. He was rewarded with deification, and has become an inspiration to adventurers everywhere. It is also recorded that he gave a very nice and moving speech while lying on his death bed. Since his death and deification, the church of Culainn has flourished, and much of its success is owed to the Knights of the Red Branch. This group, also called the Gae Bolga in honour of Culainn’s magical spear, were his inner circle during his life, and his greatest servants afterwards. As slowly, one by one, the original group began to die off from old age and attrition, it was decided that the knowledge they had gained from their god was too precious to be lost. The elf Ferdiad mac Gwyr travelled on their behalf to the Isle of Varadock, where he petitioned Scathach to aid them in training new members of the Spears, for it was she who initially revealed the secrets of combat to the Hound. She refused. Ferdiad, however, merely sat down and waited, asking the question again each time he saw her. After a month of watching him sit in the mud, the Queen of War relented, and agreed that all those who wished to honour Culainn should come to her. This is the arrangement today, and Scathach shares her duties with Ferdiad himself, as the ancient Saedhe survives still.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Only the best and most devoted worshippers are singled out for this honour, and not all who are called are able to find the dedication within themselves to finish their training. The chosen is alerted to the fact by a dream, in which he senses Culainn calling to him. It is not unusual for these dreams to continue for a period of weeks, months, and even years, as the god shapes the lives of those he calls to serve him. When the time is right, an emissary is sent to the priest, and an invitation to join is extended. After their training is successfully completed, (generally after a span of a year and a day), the Knight is free to return to his companions and resume his career if he was an adventurer. He is NOT allowed to return to a church and resume an administrative position. The
Spears are charged with carrying the glory of Culainn throughout the world, and to demonstrate that glory through feats of martial prowess and the smiting of evil wherever it is found. If the priest is new to the adventuring path, it is not unusual for Scathach to team a newly trained Gae Bolga with a newly trained Fiana, and assign them some sort of specific task in order for them to “get their feet wet,” as it were. Many alumni fondly point to the scars they received on this first mission, or at least wave stumps in the scars’ general direction. Like the Fianna, the Spears are required to return to Varadock and Scathach for 1 week out of every year, where they spend their time renewing their spirits and speaking with their mentor.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
Spells
1st
+1
+2
+0
+0
Riastrad 1/day; Shield Leap 1/day
2nd
+2
+2
+1
+0
Faithful Spear 1/day;
3rd
+3
+3
+2
+1
Salmon Leap 1/day; Shield Leap 2/day
4th
+4
+3
+2
+1
Riastrad 2/day;
5th
+5
+4
+3
+1
Faithful Spear 2/day; Salmon Leap 2/day; Shield Leap 3/day
6th
+5
+4
+4
+2
Leap of Glory 1/day; Seelie Sight;
7th
+6/+1
+5
+4
+2
Salmon Leap 3/day; Shield Leap 4/day; Riastrad 3/day
8th
+6/+1
+5
+5
+2
Faithful Spear 3/day; Leap of Glory 2/day; Culainn's Leap;
9th
+7/+2
+6
+6
+3
Salmon Leap 4/day; Shield Leap 5/day; Spear of Culainn
10th
+7/+2
+7
+7
+3
Dariastrad;
+1 level of existing class
+1 level of existing class
+1 level of existing class
+1 level of existing class
+1 level of existing class
Requirements
(Wis). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions.
To qualify to become a Gae Bolga, a character must fulfil all the following criteria.
See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions.
Alignment: Chaotic Good Worshipper of Culainn Base Attack Bonus: +8 Abilities: Strength: 16+, Dex: 14+, Cha: 16+ Skills: Jump: 13 ranks, Knowledge (Religion): 10 ranks, Knowledge (Otherworld): 8 ranks, Ability to cast 3rd level divine spells, Ability to Turn Undead at least 4 times per day, Spells: Access to the War and Strength domains Feats: Skill Focus (Jump), Weapon Focus (Barbarian Shortspear), Weapon Specialisation (Barbarian Shortspear), Exotic Weapon (Gae Bolog) Hit Dice: d10
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Climb (Str); Heal (Wis); Intimidate (Cha); Jump (Str); Listen(Wis); Knowledge (Otherworld) (Int); Knowledge (Religion) (Int); Ride (Dex); Spot (Wis); Tracking (Wis); Tumble (Dex), Wilderness Lore
Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int modifier.
Class Features Weapon Proficiency (Barbarian Shortspear), Power Attack, Extra Turning, Divine Might Weapons and Armour: A Spear is proficient with all simple and martial weapons. They are proficient with light and medium armour only, and can use all shields. The Gae Bolga are not allowed to use heavy armour, and lose all class benefits while doing so. Note that armour check penalties for armour heavier than leather apply to the skills Balance, Climb, Escape Artist, Hide, Jump, Move Silently, Pick Pocket, and Tumble, and that carrying heavy gear imposes a check penalty on Swim checks. NOTE: The Red Branch ignore armour check penalties in relation to Jump checks. NOTE: The Gae Bolga are very skilled in the use of their Leap feats, as well as jumping in general. They ignore restrictions on jumping based on height, as per a monk's Leap of the Clouds ability. Furthermore, they may execute any of their Leap feats as long as they have at least 20' of vertical clearance. If they have only 15' of
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes clearance, the DC of the Jump check is increased by 5. A Spear may not use her Leap feats if there is less than 15' vertical clearance. Riastrad, "Battle Fury" (SA): Beginning at 1st level, the Gae Bolga can call upon the power of Culainn and infuse their forms with a measure of his fury. By spending a turning attempt, the Spear gains a +4 holy bonus to Strength, a +2 holy bonus to Con and Dex, and +10 holy bonus to Jump checks. These bonuses will last for 1 round per 3 character levels. During this time, the Knight cannot cast spells, and can only engage in melee combat. Using this power is a standard action. Shield Leap (Ex): Beginning at 1st level, the Gae Bolga leaps to duplicate Culainn's famous Leap Feats. By making a Jump check DC 30, the Red Branch may make a special attack on an adjacent foe of huge size or smaller. In effect, the Spear leaps high into the air and, in a dazzling display of acrobatics, makes a single attack on the foe. The attack is made with a +10 circumstance bonus, and ignores shield modifiers to armour class, including those granted from spells. The attack doubles the critical threat range on the Shortspear, and this effect stacks with Improved Critical and Keenness effects. Using this ability is a standard action. Faithful Spear (Sp): Beginning at 2nd level, the Gae Bolga may hurl any barbarian shortspear with amazing accuracy. By calling on the might of Culainn and expending a turning attempt, the Knight can make an attack with his shortspear as a ranged touch attack. If the attack misses, the wielder can choose to either recall the weapon to his hand, or have the weapon continue attacking. If the latter option is chosen, the spear will continue to make 1 attack per round, at the Red Branch's highest attack bonus, for a number of rounds equal to his Gae Bolga level/2. The spear will even follow fleeing opponents at a movement rate of 40', though the Spear can recall it at any time. The spear will never travel farther than 100' from its wielder. If it does so, it falls lifelessly to the ground. Salmon Leap (Ex): At 2nd level, the Spear perfects another of her god's Leap Feats. To invoke this power, she must make a Jump check DC 35. If successful, the Gae Bolga may make a jump-charge against any one Large or smaller opponent within 30' who has at least one adjacent square open around them. This single attack is in essence made from above as she plummets down on the target. The attack is made with a +10 circumstance bonus and automatically inflicts a critical hit upon the target. Furthermore, the target must make a Fortitude save, DC Gae Bolga level + damage inflicted, or be knocked in to the adjacent, unoccupied square, and be stunned for 1d3 rounds. If the target makes its save, the Knight bounces off the target and lands in the unoccupied square. Using this ability is a standard action. Leap of Glory (Ex): At 6th level, the Gae Bolga perfects another of his god's Leap Feats, which is used in conjunction with his Battle Fury ability. By making a Jump check DC 40 and spending a turning attempt, he leaps above the fray cloaked in the splendid battle rage of his god. All allies within 100' who can see the Knight gain a +3 insight bonus to attack, damage rolls and saving throws, while all foes within range must make a Will save, DC 10+Gae Bolga level + Charisma Bonus or take equal penalties. This effect lasts 1 round per 2 Gae Bolga levels. Using this ability is a standard action. Using this ability also counts against the number of times the spear may use his Battle Fury that day. Seelie Sense (Ex): Beginning at 6th level, the Gae Bolga's exposure to the tricks of the Otherworld has caused his senses to be honed to a superhuman level. The Knight is never considered to be flat footed, and he can no longer be flanked.
Furthermore, he gains a +10 insight bonus on Spot and Listen checks, and a +20 insight bonus on checks to detect invisible creatures. Culainn's Leap (Ex): As per the feat. Spear of Culainn (Ex): By 9th level, the Gae Bolga can imbue his weapon with the power of his deity in one of two ways. 1) He may choose to infuse the spear with a prepared spell. Any spell of 6th level or lower may be placed into the weapon. The spell may then be discharged via an attack roll. The Knight must declare that he is discharging the spell before the attack roll is made, and if the attack misses the spell is lost. If the spell has an area of effect, the effect is centred on the spear. The Red Branch may also discharge the spell from the weapon without an attack roll if the stored spell has an area of effect. If the spell is discharged, the result is centred on the caster. The priest may store up to 3 spells per day - however, they must be added to the spear during the priest's memorisation period. Note that if there are spells stored in the spear, it cannot be empowered as described below.2) By spending a turning attempt, he may infuse his spear with the raw power of his god, in remembrance of the original Gae Bolga in the hands of Culainn. This power remains in the weapon for 3 rounds. During that time, the spear behaves as if it were under the effect of a Bless Weapon spell, automatically inflicting a critical on a threat roll. It also causes an additional 4d6 points of Holy damage. The spear may be thrown with a range of 200', with no range increment. While in mid-air, it transforms into a bolt of red light which deals 5d8 points of holy damage to the target upon impact, then explodes into a 20'r burst of noise, dealing an additional 12d6 points of sonic damage, (Reflex save for 1/2, DC 21). The spear reappears in the hand of the wielder after exploding. However, throwing the spear ends the effect, even if the attack misses. Dariastrad, "Frenzy of the God" (SA): Once per day, the Gae Bolga can assume a form that closely resembles the Hound's own battle fury. By expending a turning attempt, the Spear gains a +8 holy bonus to Strength, a +4 holy bonus to Dexterity and Constitution, and a +20 holy bonus to Jump checks. His movement rate doubles, and he gains damage resistance 15/+1. He is also affected as if by a Haste spell. Finally, he is surrounded by the glowing Hero's Light, and all intelligent creatures under 8 HD within 30' of a Knight in the throes of the Frenzy automatically become panicked and flee the character immediately. Those over 8 HD may make a Will save DC 10+Gae Bolga level + Charisma Bonus to merely become shaken. Unfortunately, the transformation is so startling that allies of the priest are required to make the save in order to avoid becoming shaken. True friends of the priest gain a +15 circumstance bonus to the save. This transformation has other drawbacks. While under its effects, the Red Branch has difficulty distinguishing between friend and foe and so he will always automatically attack the nearest creature. If this turns out to be a friend, the priest must use his action to make a Will save, DC 30, to realise this and orient himself on a true enemy. One that newly chosen enemy is defeated, the priest might potentially attack a friend again, requiring another Will save. The transformation lasts 1 round per Gae Bolga level. Once it ends, the following things occur: The Spear takes 20 points of damage immediately. He also takes 1d6 temporary points of Charisma, Strength, Dex, and Con, as the transformation wracks his body severely. This damage may be healed magically, but 1 point of damage in each stat will remain until it heals normally. This damage cannot be removed except by a Wish or Miracle, as it represents damage done to the spirit of the priest by the intensity of his god's presence.
Giant Killer “Come closer, you filthy ogre. Greet your death, @$$hole.”
Description
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Many giants bring great trouble to humans and other races, so there is always a person who is eager to fight those creatures. The giant killer is a bold man or woman on a crusade against troublesome giants; these can be found among any race, but are especially common among dwarves and humans. A giant killer is welcome in any community suffering from giant raids; he or she often caries badges or ribbons received from grateful citizens. However, a giant killer’s focus on his jobs has a serious drawback: it is often difficult for him to tell a good giant from a bad one that is
why giant killers get into trouble with cloud and storm giants. Some even like it that way, and often give oaths to kill “anything larger than a man”. Nevertheless, most members of this prestige class try to suppress such chauvinistic thoughts. Most giant killers were originally rangers, but rogues, fighters, and even ex-paladins are also common. Although dedication is quite an important virtue for giant killers (which have a lot of guilds throughout the land), creatures of all alignments feel the call for fighting giants, be they good or evil.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1st
+1
+2
+2
+0
Bonus damage +1, giant lore
2nd
+2
+3
+3
+0
Bonus damage +2
3rd
+3
+3
+3
+1
Bonus damage +3, defensive technique
4th
+4
+4
+4
+1
Bonus damage +4
5th
+5
+4
+4
+1
Bonus damage +5, infuriate
Requirements To qualify to become a giant killer, a character must fulfill the following criteria. Base Attack Bonus: +4 Tumble: 4 ranks Feats: Dodge, Power Attack Special: Must have defeated at least 3 giants of any kind. Hit Dice: d12
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Climb (Str), Craft (Int), Gather Information (Cha), Heal (Wis), Intuit Direction (Wis), Jump (Str), Listen (Wis), Profession (Wis), Ride (Dex), Search (Int), Spot (Wis), Wilderness Lore (Wis). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Additional Level: 2 + Int modifier.
Class Features All of the following are Class Features of the beast-rider prestige class.
Bonus Damage: Every giant killer hates giants passionately and does his best to inflict more damage upon them. For every giant killer level attained the character gains a +1 morale bonus to damage dealt to giants by weapons. If the weapon in question is ranged, the bonus applies only up to the range of 30 feet. Giant Lore (Ex): Giant killers possess a perfect knowledge of their foes’ behaviour, battle tactics and way of life. Thus, they track giants as if they had the Track feat (if they already have it, they gain a + 2 competence bonus to the Search check). Moreover, they gain a +2 competence bonus to Bluff, Listen, Sense Motive, Spot, and Wilderness Lore checks while using these skills against giants. Defensive Technique (Ex): Giant killers learn a special defensive technique that works best against very large creatures. They receive a +4 dodge bonus to AC while fighting giants and a +2 dodge bonus to AC while fighting Large or larger creatures of other types. Remember that dodge bonuses do stack with each other. Infuriate (Ex): This ability enables the giant killer to drive giants into an uncontrolled frenzy. To do this, he must spend his entire turn tumbling around and shouting obscene words (a full-round action that provokes an attack of opportunity); the giant killer and his target must see each other for the ability to take effect. The giant must make a Will saving throw (DC = 15 + the giant killer’s positive Charisma modifier, if any) or be infuriated. Being infuriated causes the giant to concentrate all his attacks against the giant killer for 2d6 rounds, forfeiting all other actions save movement towards the target. All his attack rolls suffer a –4 morale penalty: Moreover, the giant loses his Dexterity bonus to AC. Use this ability 3 times per day + the giant killer’s positive Charisma modifier, if any.
Weapon and Armour Proficiency: Giant killers gain proficiency in all simple and martial weapons, light and medium armour, and all shields.
Glaive of Azharadian Description The Glaives of Azharadian represent the body of knights within the Order of the Golden Sun. This is a class that is suitable for Paladins
(who may freely advance in it without forsaking the path of the Paladin), Fighters (who have the greatest potential for mastery of the battle axe) and particularly powerful Clerics of the Invincible One. This is not to say that other classes cannot be considered for the honour of becoming a Glaive.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+2
+0
+2
Martial Axe
2
+2
+3
+0
+3
Unvanquished Even In Death (1/day)
3
+3
+3
+1
+3
Martial Bolt (Bolt of Glory 1/day)
4
+4
+4
+1
+4
Presence of Azharadian
5
+5
+4
+1
+4
Valorous Axe
6
+6
+5
+2
+5
Unvanquished Even In Death (2/day)
7
+7
+5
+2
+5
Valorous Bolt (Bolt of Glory 2/day), Wisdom of Azharadian
8
+8
+6
+2
+6
Virtuous Axe
9
+9
+6
+3
+6
Unvanquished Even In Death (3/day)
10
+10
+7
+3
+7
Virtuous Bolt (Bolt of Glory 3/day), Sight of Azharadian
Glaive Level
Title
1-4
Glaive Martial
5-7
Glaive Valorous
8-10
Glaive Virtuous
Requirements Base Attack Bonus: +6 Language: Old Oeridian Skills: Ride (4 Ranks), Knowledge Religion (2 Ranks) or Ride (2 Ranks), Knowledge Religion (4 Ranks)
Class Features Weapon and Armour Proficiency: The Glaive is proficient in the use of all simple and martial weapons and all armour (heavy, medium, and light) and shields. Martial Axe (Ex) – Stacking with any existing Weapon Focus bonus, this adds +1 to all attack rolls with either the great axe or the battleaxe. The Glaive must already have the Weapon Focus feat with that weapon. The axe abilities that will follow will be used with that weapon. Unvanquished Even In Death (Ex) – Through inner strength and faith in Heironeous the Glaives of Azharadian can bring themselves to excel in combat and fight beyond their normal abilities.
Feats: Weapon Focus (Battleaxe or Great Axe), Leadership
The Glaive may use this power only during his own action. It confers the following benefits
Religion: Heironeous
+4 to Con
Alignment: Any Lawful
+4 to Wisdom
Special: Deeds: All Glaives must have done a great deed in the eyes of the Order and have proved their loyalty to the Free State of Onnwal and to the ideals of the Order. He must also succeed at the Trial Martial, and succeed at the remaining Trials to advance within the ranks of the Glaives. Trial: To advance in the rankings of the Order (i.e. to achieve the first level of a new Glaive ranking) the Glaive must complete the appropriate Trial. Hit Dice: d10
Class Skills Diplomacy (Cha), Etiquette (Cha), Heal (Wis), Knowledge (religion) (Int), Knowledge (history) (Int), Knowledge (war) (Int), Ride (Dex), Jump (Str) See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int modifier.
Therefore the Glaive receives a +2 to Will and Fortitude saves for the duration of this power. It is worth nothing that the Con bonus also confers additional hit points of +2 per character level. These hit points are not lost first in the way temporary hit points are lost. This ability lasts of 4 rounds plus the Glaive’s level. After it expires the Glaive is fatigued and suffers a –2 to Str. Bolt of Glory (Sp) – The Glaive may cast Bolt of Glory with an effective caster level equal to the character’s levels as a Glaive plus 6. This ability requires a masterwork battleaxe or greataxe (or better). Presence of Azharadian (Ex) - The presence of the Glaive is enough to grant any allies within 60 feet a second saving throws against fear or charm effects. Even if they fail the roll the results are less severe: panicked characters are only frightened, frightened characters are only shaken and shaken characters are unaffected. Additionally if the Glaive has present his personal banner, or a banner of the Knights of Azharadian the range of the ability is extended to all allies who are within line of sight of the Glaive and are aware of his presence. Valorous Axe (Ex) – Stacking with any existing Weapon Specialization bonus, this adds +2 to all damage rolls with either the great axe or the battleaxe.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Wisdom of Azharadian (Ex) – The Glaive embodies Azharadian’s natural talent for the martial life and thus selects a number of class skills equal to 3 + his Intelligence modifier. When making a skill check with one of these skills, the Glaive may take 10 even if stress and distractions would normally prevent him from doing so. He becomes so certain in his skill that he can use the skill reliably even under adverse conditions.
Virtuous Axe (Ex) – The Glaive gains the Improved Critical feat for either the battleaxe or great axe. If the Glaive already possesses this feat add an additional +2 to the weapon’s threat range. Sight of Azharadian (Ex) – The supreme embodiment of the virtues of Azharadian, the Glaive also embodies Azharadian’s intuitive knowledge of his enemies. Therefore the Glaive is never surprised and thus can always take a partial action during a surprise round, unless physically restrained from doing so.
Gladiators Description Gladiators from Darksun second edition, converted to 3e, for any world. This is a prestige class. You can start as any class and, by using this, You can become a Gladiator.
Most actual free gladiators are slaves who have won their freedom in the arenas. Very few have chosen this life by choice, but some of them gladly walk on that path by their own will. Those that does and that finish a great career with their own life are very popular. Others fear the arena, but most follow their path with zeal. They don’t have a choice to survive.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
AC Bonus
1
+1
+2
+2
+0
1d4 Unarmed combat
+0
2
+2
+3
+3
+0
1d4 Unarmed combat +1 Feat Bonus
+0
3
+3
+3
+3
+1
1d4 Unarmed combat
+0
4
+4
+4
+4
+1
1d6 Unarmed combat +1 Feat Bonus -1 Damage Reduction
+1
5
+5
+4
+4
+1
1d6 Unarmed combat
+1
6
+6
+5
+5
+2
1d6 Unarmed combat +1 Feat Bonus -2 Damage Reduction
+2
7
+7
+5
+5
+2
1d8 Unarmed combat
+2
8
+8
+6
+6
+2
1d8 Unarmed combat +1 Feat Bonus -3 Damage Reduction
+3
9
+9
+6
+6
+3
1d8 Unarmed combat
+3
10
+10
+7
+7
+3
1d8 Unarmed combat (max) +1 Feat Bonus -4 Damage Reduction
+4
Requirements
learned those before. For that reason, any GOOD gladiator is a match to anyone.
Base Attack Bonus: +6 Hit Dice: D12
Class Skills
Alignment: Gladiators may be of any alignment.
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are:
Class: Other Classes: Gladiators tend to compete with fighters. Most hold bards in contempt (some use the words ‘bard’ and ‘coward’ interchangeably) and are cautious around any type of magic users. They get along well with rogues Most gladiators have not had enough experience with other classes to have really formed an opinion on them. Gladiators are warriors, but they have all put their skill to battle and tactic for themselves.
Balance (Dex), Jump (Str), Perform (Cha), Escape artist (Dex), Tumble (Dex)
Feats: Expertise, Weapon Focus, Combat reflexes, Dodge
Class Features
Special: Balance: 7 ranks Perform: 5 ranks Tumble: 6 ranks Gladiators tend to fill many of the same roles as fighters, but they tend to want all the glory for themselves. The explanation is simple: For them, glory is a gift. If they have enough, they will get freedom. They are experts in the art of battle, they know how to kill, and they are very well trained in any form of brutal, very physical contest. They know all form of confrontation. They lack the tactician mind of the military art, but many of them are actual fighters that have
Weapons and Armour: Gladiators are proficient in all weapons, shields, and all armours but heavy since they prefer to wear light armours due to the mobility.
See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Additional Level: 2 + Int. modifier
Multiple Specialisation: Gladiators are allowed weapon specialisation as per fighters; they have no restriction on levels and may buy specialisation at 1st level. They may buy specialisation multiple times, once for each weapon they have bought weapon
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes focus with. They can also specialise themselves twice in any given weapon if they have at least 13 in both intelligence, and in dexterity. Unarmed Combat: Gladiators have increased damage in hand to hand combat. Size M gladiators do additional normal damage with their fists. They have the Improved Unarmed Strike feat for free. When dealing hand to hand damage, they do normal damage, without provoking attacks of opportunity. Also, at level 6, they gain the stunning fist feat as free, of course, only if they have the requisite.
AC Bonus: The gladiator get this bonus to his AC in armour only because he know how to optimise it to the maximum (it does not count as a dexterity bonus). However, he does not get it if caught flatfooted, or if he is without armour. Damage reduction: Starting at level 4, a gladiator know how to use his inner reserves to somewhat clear his thoughts, concentrate, ignore pain, and oxygen his muscles so well, that he begin to receive special damage reduction. This ability DOES NOT stack with the barbarian damage reduction.
Gnomic [Dreamweaver] Description Gnomes have always been adept at illusion magic, but inside the halls of the Dreamweavers are a group of gnomes that can affect the way an individual sees reality. Their illusions can influence a creature more than any enchantment spell, and even make permanent changes to some who are subject to their spells. They are named for a number of magical effects that manifest in the subject’s dreams.
Illusionists most commonly become Dreamweavers, although general Wizards and Sorcerers often become them as well. Rarely, a Cleric or Druid can become a Dreamweaver. Very few other classes actually have the magic ability to become Dreamweavers, but Bards occasionally become them as well, often to give subliminal messages to continue to see the Bard’s performance. Dreamweavers range from tricksters, seducers, protectors of the gnomish people, madmen, and malefactors. Evil Dreamweavers are a frightening sort indeed.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1st
+0
+0
+0
+2
Enter Dream 2/week
2nd
+1
+0
+0
+3
Bend Dream
3rd
+1
+1
+1
+3
Enter Dream 3/week
4th
+2
+1
+1
+4
Trigger Illusion
5th
+2
+1
+1
+4
Enter Dream 4/week
6th
+3
+2
+2
+5
Group Dream
7th
+3
+2
+2
+5
Enter dream 5/week
8th
+4
+2
+2
+6
Parasite
9th
+4
+3
+3
+6
Enter Dream 6/week
10th
+5
+3
+3
+7
Persistent Illusion
Requirements
Skill points at each level: 4 +intelligence modifier.
To qualify for a Gnomish Dreamweaver, a character must fulfil the following criteria
Class Features
Race: Gnome
Weapon and armour proficiency: The Dreamweaver is proficient with simple weapons. He is not proficient with any armour.
Spellcasting: Ability to cast seven different illusions, one of which must be 3rd level or higher. Skills: Knowledge (Arcana): 7 Points, Spellcraft, 7 Points Feats: Spell Focus (Illusion) Hit Dice: d4
Class skills The prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are Alchemy (Int), Concentration (Con), Craft (Int), Knowledge (all skills, taken individually) (Int), Profession (Wis), Scry (Int, exclusive skill), and Spellcraft (Int).
Bonus spellcasting levels: Every level, the Dreamweaver casts spells as if he had raised one level in his original class. All Dreamweavers are considered Illusion specialists, even if their class normally does not allow for specialisation, as in the can cast one more Illusion spells per level, and must select prohibited schools in accordance to Illusion specialisation. Sorcerers and Bards who have known spells that are in prohibited schools can either Enter Dream: At the first level, the Dreamweaver gains the ability to enter the dream of one he knows. To do this, he must make an intelligence check. The DC is dependant on how well the Dreamweaver knows the subject. Family, lifelong friend, lover—5 Very close friend—10
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Good friend—15
makes a particular trigger for the illusion to appear when the subject is awake. For example, the trigger can be “thinks about cutting down a tree” or “tries to enter the dungeon.” The illusion can only be seen by the subject. This lasts one week, or until dispel magic is cast on the subject.
Acquaintance—20 Met once—25 Heard about, never seen—30 Distance does not matter when entering the dream. The subject whose dreams are being intruded on can make a will save with a DC of 10+ the Dreamweaver’s character level. Upon successfully entering the dream, the Dreamweaver can communicate with the subject. He can specially prepare “dream spells.” However, these spells can only be Illusion spells. A wizard, cleric, or druid sets aside spells upon spell preparation to use as dream spells, whereas a bard or sorcerer can use any remaining spells that he has for the day. These are often used to convey a greater meaning, or give the subject a nightmare. At 1st level, he can enter two dreams per week. At 3rd, he can enter 3, and so on, every odd numbered level. Bend Dream: At the second level, a Dreamweaver can make minor changes when he is in another’s dream. For example, increase or decrease his size by up to three times, alter his clothing. If he succeeds at a concentration check with DC 12, he can alter minor objects, such as making a table appear as if it had a mouth, or melting a clock. If he makes a concentration check against a DC of 15, he can alter another person. However, that person gets to make a will save to resist the change. Trigger Illusion: At the fourth level, a Dreamweaver can cast an illusion in another’s dream as a dream spell. When he casts this, he
Collective Dream: At the sixth level, once per week, the Dreamweaver can bring large number of people into one dream. However, this is taxing, and the Dreamweaver must make an intelligence check for each individual, and at a -2 penalty for every two people. Parasite: At the 8th level, the Dreamweaver can create a parasite when in someone’s dream. This creates a “version” of the Dreamweaver that appears whenever the subject dreams. The parasite cannot be finely controlled, only given general orders, such as “warn him against challenging the dragon” or “torment him about the murder.” This always takes the form of the caster, but can use the Bend Dream ability. This lasts for one month, or until dispel magic and remove curse are cast on the subject. Persistent Illusion: At the 10th level, the Dreamweaver can cast dream spells that consistently appear before the subject. Unless the subject concentrates to make the illusions go away (make a concentration check at a DC equal to the DC to resist the Dreamweaver’s spells) the illusion will not disappear. This often makes people think the subject is a madman. This lasts for up to one month, or until both dispel magic and remove curse are cast on the subject.
Gnome [Gadget Master] Description The gadget master is meant to be a support character for the rest of the party. He would make potions, devices, and weapons that could
help the party function better in about any situation. This class is meant for players who prefer a non-combat specialist (though, this class can function well in battles, if used properly).
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+0
+0
+2
+2
Skill Dedication
2
+1
+0
+3
+3
Bonus Feat
3
+1
+1
+3
+3
Skill Dedication
4
+2
+1
+4
+4
Skill Expertise
5
+2
+1
+4
+4
Skill Dedication
6
+3
+2
+5
+5
Bonus Feat
7
+3
+2
+5
+5
Skill Dedication
8
+4
+2
+6
+6
Skill Expertise
9
+4
+3
+6
+6
Skill Dedication
10
+5
+3
+7
+7
Bonus Feat
Requirements Abilities: INT 15+
Feats: Skill Focus (Any) Skills: 8 ranks in Craft (any), 8 ranks in Open Lock, and 8 ranks in Alchemy.
Base Attack Bonus: +1 Hit Dice: D2
Class Skills
Race: Gnome or Halfling
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are:
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Alchemy (Int), Appraise (Int), Concentration (Con), Craft (Int), Decipher Script (Int), Disable Device (Int), Forgery (Int), Knowledge (Int), Open Lock (Dex), Profession (Wis), Search (Int), Use Magic Device (Cha), See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 10 + Int modifier
Class Features Set Traps: Same as the Rogue ability. Skill Dedication: When he gets this feat, the gadget master chooses a class skill from above. He gets a +1 competency bonus to all checks with this chosen skill. The same skill may be chosen multiple times. This bonus stacks with other Skill Dedications or a Skill Focus. Skill Expertise: When he gets this feat, the gadget master chooses a class skill from above (in which he must have maximum ranks for his total level [i.e. – not just his Gadget Master level], and in which
he has taken Skill Dedication as least once). The gadget master can no longer have a critical failure at the chosen skill. If the player rolls a 1 on a check for this skill, treat as a normal roll (low as it may be) with no adverse side effects from critical failure. If the DC is missed by an amount for which a certain amount of material is lost or destroyed (e.g. – craft and alchemy), the amount of material lost or destroyed is halved. Experiment Log: The gadget master takes notes on the devices, potions, and other things on which he works and which he can observe. Taking notes on devices or traps not his own takes a number of minutes equal to the DC for disarming the device. Taking notes on the brewing of a chemical or potion requires he be present for the forming of the substance. If he can manage to follow this book while working on a project (Concentration DC 15), he gains a +1 competency bonus toward his roll. It must be of the same type or similar type as observed product (i.e., observing an acid being made will not help you make a poison). As always, the DM has the final word. Bonus Feats: These feats can be used only on non-combat/nonweapon feats.
Gnomic [Scarlet Defender] Description At some point in a gnome’s life - or any other person with certain gnome-like sensibilities - his perspective of the world shifts from his traditional ground-dwelling upbringing to a higher vantage point among the trees. No one is quite sure whether answering the call is a long-lost cultural memory or simply some inexplicable part of nature’s plan. Regardless, he finds his life’s purpose and a kindred spirit in the forests.
Informally organised, but recognised by the gnomic nations, the Scarlet Defenders are dedicated to protecting forests and ensuring communities live in harmony with nature. They have a code of honour and responsibilities to uphold good (or at least non-evil) behaviour. Although adventurous, they usually serve the same function as a local police force, keeping harmful civil disobedience to a minimum and watching over children, which they recognise as a community’s greatest resource and hope. And they’re usually excellent storytellers - kids adore the exciting tales Scarlet Defenders bring back from their occasional travels.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+0
+2
+0
2
+2
+0
+3
3
+3
+1
4
+4
5
Spells 1
2
3
Tree Speak; Bushytail Buddy
1
0
0
+0
Nimble Fall (-20 feet)
3
0
0
+3
+1
Weresquirrel (1 day)
5
0
0
+1
+4
+1
Splinter weapons
5
1
0
+5
+1
+4
+1
Nimble Fall (-30 feet)
5
3
0
6
+6
+2
+5
+2
Weresquirrel (2 day)
5
5
0
7
+7
+2
+5
+2
Uncanny Dodge
5
5
1
8
+8
+2
+6
+2
Nimble Fall (-40 feet)
5
5
3
9
+9
+3
+6
+3
Were squirrel (3 day)
5
5
5
10
+10
+3
+7
+3
5
5
5
Requirements
Hit Dice: d8
Race: Gnome (or have a gnome sponsor)
Class Skills
Alignment: Any good. Skills: Wilderness Lore +8, Balance +5 and Performance (storytelling) +3 Feats: Lightning reflexes, Dodge and Mobility
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Sense Motive, Spot, Listen, Search, Performance, Climb, Jump, Balance, Tumble, Move Silently, Hide, Wilderness Lore, Animal
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Empathy, Diplomacy, Heal and one Knowledge or Craft area (player’s choice). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 4 + Int modifier.
Class Features Weapons and Armour: Scarlet Defenders are proficient with all light armours as well as hide, a medium armour. They are proficient with all simple and martial weapons, as well as the hooked hammer and hand crossbow, exotic weapons familiar in gnomic culture. Bushytail Buddy: The character gains a squirrel familiar (as per standard mage guidelines), unless he already has a familiar. This new familiar gives the character +1 Jump, +1 Balance and +1 Search skill ranks, in addition to the usual Alertness feat common to familiars. Alternately (player’s choice), he gains a single dire squirrel companion, as per the spell Animal Friendship, above and beyond any other animal companions he may already have. For as long as the character is a Scarlet Defender, this dire squirrel associate does not count toward his usual Animal Friendship limit. Tree Speak: Because of their focus and special affinity, Scarlet Defenders gain an ability to communicate with tree-dwelling animals. This ability manifests over the course of his first class level with full comprehension by the time he gains second level Nimble Fall: Beginning at second level, a Scarlet Defender can make a Jump skill check on all falls (as per the Jump skill description), whether or not he consciously intended to. If successful, fall damage is reduced by 20 feet at second level, 30 feet at fifth level and 40 feet at eighth level. Were squirrel: The character can polymorph into any known squirrel form, in the same manner as a druid’s Wildshape ability. This ability can be used once per day at third level, twice per day at sixth level and thrice per day at ninth level. (This is not the Lycanthropic affliction of a similar name.) Splinter weapons: Beginning at fourth level, the character can make any tree (of adequate mass) magically produce a single, perfect weapon crafted from its own wood. In a Scarlet Defender’s possession, it is a +1 weapon of quality; but for anyone else, it reverts to a simple, practice-quality toy. Splinter weapons lose their magic after three hours. This ability is usable once per day. For other weapon attributes, refer to the standard Ironwood spell description. Uncanny Dodge: At seventh level, the character gains the sixthlevel rogue-like ability of the same name to avoid flatfooted and flanking penalties. Code of Conduct: A Scarlet Defenders’ commitment to his community involves protecting and educating children. To that end, a character must set aside at least one day each fortnight to spend with youngsters, which usually involves play and storytelling (often with lessons related to his chosen craft or area of knowledge). Scarlet Defenders will act as travellers’ guides, diplomats and rangers if asked, and will always answer the call to help other Scarlet Defenders. Any Scarlet Defender who knowingly commits an evil act or brings harm to nature and its inhabitants loses all his special Class Features for at least a month and until he atones for his actions. Such disgraced characters cannot progress in experience levels until then. Spells: Scarlet Defenders cast a variety of arcane and divine spells that are bestowed on them by nature itself. They are limited to a certain number of spells of each spell level per day, according to class level. They prepare and cast spells in the same manner as sorcerers (without advance preparation/study) from the following limited list. The class gives no bonus spells for high attribute scores.
First level
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Calm Animals
As standard spell.
its trunk with at least one palm. The spell also is broken if the character loses contact with the tree.
Animal Friendship
As standard spell, except that it’s only effective on squirrels.
Squirrel’s Grace
As standard spell, Cat’s Grace.
Faerie Fire
As standard spell.
Hold Animal
As standard spell.
Jump
As standard spell.
Third level
Scamper
As standard spell, Expeditious Retreat.
As standard spell.
Magic Nuts
As standard spell, Magic Stone, except that the items affected are nuts instead of stones.
Neutralise Poison
As standard spell.
Goodberry
As standard spell.
Commune with Nature
Alarm
As standard spell, except that it sounds like squirrel chattering instead of a bell.
Second Level As standard spell, Silence, except that the affected area is permeated by the unfocused sounds of nature such as babbling brooks, rainfall, chirping crickets, calling birds and the like.
Woodland Silence Protection From Arrows
As standard spell.
Aid
As standard spell.
Tree Shadows
As standard spell, Invisibility, except that the character must be within tree branches or touching
Drey: As standard spell, Leomund’s Tiny Hut spell, except that the protective sphere is created above ground in a tree’s branches and/or trunk. Also, the tree itself reshapes its wood slightly to provide a somewhat nest-like platform for the character and associates. Thunder Nuts: As standard spell, Fire Seed, except that only the grenade version is allowed, with specific variations: Acorns explode with fire damage Walnuts explode with electrical damage Pecans explode with cold damage Almonds explode with sonic damage. It is useful for the GM and player to keep track of tree types in any particular forested area.
Great Eagles Description The Great Eagles of Caerbreddyn are a site to behold. Swooping and rising against the mountains, these airborne warriors are the chief source of pride for the people of the mountain kingdom. Formed as an elite unit of warriors, ages ago, the Great Eagles were nothing more than a well-trained unit of spearmen. Their chief conceit, and the origin of their name, was the decorative eaglehelms they wore into battle. The Great Eagles dealt with problems the Caerbreddyn army could not, and soon became well known throughout the empire as one of the most formidable fighting forces around. This remained the case until the Rain of the Manticore. For some unfathomable reason, hordes upon hordes of Manticores began preying upon the Caerbreddyn countryside. The Great Eagles were dispatched to deal with the menace, but were ill equipped to deal with so many opponents that could fly. One enterprising commander had heard legend of an artefact that could give wings to men, and so emboldened, he took his unit of men and embarked on a quest to find the item. The tales of what transpired on that quest are unknown. What is known, is those two months later the unit reappeared - all of them now able to fly. These new Great Eagles picked a handful of men from other units, and in a very secret, magical ceremony, gave them wings. With
these added recruits, the Great Eagles made short work of the Manticores by bringing the fight to the sky. Many a song was coined that season, as luminous angels of Caerbreddyn soared through the air and drove off the Manticore menace. The King of Caerbreddyn, sensing a chance to increase both fighting prowess and national pride, changed the structure of the Great Eagles following this. The normal unit was renamed the Golden Eagles, and they were given golden shields and spearheads to wield in battle. The Great Eagles then became the name for those warriors of certain merit and valour that could earn the mystical white wings. And thus, the majestic Great Eagles were reborn. Great Eagles, by and large, serve the direct interests of Caerbreddyn. They are the elite of the elite, and their very presence brings awe and stirs national pride. Some Great Eagles, however, are sent out as ambassadors. These Eagles are attached to the elite troops of other nations, or to visible and worthy adventuring parties. In any case, Great Eagles take an oath to both the Emperor and the King of Caerbreddyn, and will risk life and wing to defend both. It is during this oath that they are blessed by the artefact that eventually grants them their wings.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1st
+0
+0
+2
+0
Wings of Man; Summon Familiar
Spells per Day
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes 2nd
+1
+0
+2
+0
Bonus Feat
3rd
+2
+1
+3
+1
Swoop
4th
+2
+1
+3
+1
Bonus Feat
5th
+3
+1
+4
+1
Wings of the Eagle
6th
+4
+2
+4
+2
Improved Manoeuvrability; Bonus Feat
Requirements To qualify to become a Great Eagle, a character must fulfil all the following criteria. Alignment: Any Good Skills: Balance: 10 ranks Knowledge (Caerbreddyn History): 5 ranks Tumble: 10 ranks Feats: Improved Initiative; Craft Wondrous Item; Spring Attack; Weapon Focus (Mace or Spear) Spellcasting: Must be able to cast Fly Special: Oath of loyalty to the Emperor and King of Caerbreddyn. Hit Dice: d6
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Balance (Dex), Craft (Int), Intuit Direction (Wis), Jump (Str), Profession (Wis), Ride (Dex), Tumble (Dex), Use Rope (Dex). See chapter 4: Skills in the Player’s Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at each Level: 4 + Int modifier.
Class Features Weapons and Armour: A Great Eagle’s weapon training focuses on weapons suitable for airborne combat. Eagles are proficient with the crossbow (hand, light, or heavy), dagger (any type), mace, short sword, and spear (long, half, and short). Eagles are proficient with light armour and shields. Note that armour check penalties for armour heavier than leather apply to the skills Balance, Climb, Escape Artist, Hide, Jump, Move Silently, Pick Pockets, and Tumble and that carrying heavy gear imposes a check penalty on Swim checks. Wings of the Man (Sp): Great Eagles may make Wings of flying for 1/3 the cost (both GP and XP). These wings only function for a Great Eagle. Unless the Great Eagle already possesses Wings of Flying, they must create a pair before they can advance to their 2nd level.
+1 level existing class
+1 level existing class
+1 level existing class
Summon Familiar (Su): If the Great Eagle doesn’t already have a familiar that is a bird, they can (and must) summon a second familiar (which must be a bird). The second familiar may use both the Great Eagle levels and any Wizard or Sorcerer levels to determine its power level. The Great Eagle receives the benefits of both familiars as per the feat Bonus Familiar. If the Great Eagle already possesses a familiar that is a bird, then they just add their Great Eagle levels to their existing Wizard and Sorcerer levels to determine its power. Bonus Feats: At 2nd level, the Great Eagle gets a bonus feat. The Great Eagle also gains an additional bonus feat every 2 levels after 2nd (4th and 6th). These bonus feats must be drawn from the following list: Ambidexterity, Blind Fight, Combat Reflexes, Martial Weapon Proficiency, Exotic Weapon Proficiency, Improved Initiative, Point Blank Shot (Far Shot, Precise Shot, Rapid Shot), Quick Draw, Two Weapon Fighting (Improved Two Weapon Fighting), Weapon Finesse, Weapon Focus. Alternately, the Eagle may save up two bonus feats and get either Spell Mastery or Weapon Specialisation (with a class weapon only). Swoop (Ex): Using a full round action, a Great Eagle may charge from above and deal quadruple damage with the attack. The Great Eagle must be above the target to make a Swoop attack. Wings of the Eagle (Ex): At 5th level, a Great Eagle sprouts wings that allow them unlimited flight, as per the Fly spell. The Eagle’s wingspan is 15’, and an Eagle needs that much room in order to fly (the wings need room to flap) - flying is not exhaustive for the Great Eagle, however. Once the wings have appeared, they become part of the Eagle’s body – this gives the Eagle an additional 15 permanent HP. If the Eagle’s HP total drops to less than 15 their wings become useless. Healing the Eagle to 15 or more HP restores their use. Additionally, as a standard action (Su), a Great Eagle may take their wings into (and release from) their body. Once per day, this will restore 10 HP to the Great Eagle. Improved Manoeuvrability: At 6th level, a Great Eagle’s manoeuvrability rating with their wings (both their own and their Wings of Flying) improves to Perfect. Spells: Beginning at 2nd level and every other level after that, a Great Eagle may add an additional level of spellcasting to the existing class that can cast Fly.
Halfling [Burglar] Description They (hobbits) are quick of hearing and sharp-eyed, and though they are inclined to be fat and do not hurry unnecessarily, they are nonetheless nimble and daft in their feet. They possessed from the first the art of disappearing swiftly and silently, when large folk they do not wish to meet came blundering by, and this art they have developed until to Men it may seem magical. J.R.R. Tolkien, The Lord Of The Rings
The Halfling Burglar is a benign specialist at retrieving objects of value from those who have come by them wrongly -- at least, that's the way the Burglar sees it (admittedly, the one who has been burgled tends to disagree). Adept at stealthy movement, lockpicking, recognising traps, and removing them, the Burglar aspires to a life of comfort simply by virtue of his or her talents -the ultimate in halfling accomplishment. Burgling involves skills that most halflings learn at a young age -children are forever sneaking into each other's rooms, borrowing each other's toys, and spying on their siblings. As the youngsters
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes mature, a few of them begin to consider the potential profitability of their skills, turning their attention toward more lucrative and dangerous targets. As with many kinds of thievery, burglarising has a built-in inducement to travel--if the local authorities begin to grow suspicious, the life of a simple Burglar can become very complicated indeed. Other motivations can include the recovery of property that has been wrongfully taken from the Burglar or his or her friends. Naturally, the Burglar won't face certain death simply to recover stolen goods, but if the character thinks he or she can get away with it, he or she might derive a certain amount of satisfaction from setting matters right. Sometimes the simple challenge of slipping into a great fortress or burglarising a well-defended treasure is enough to draw a Burglar's interest--not so much for the value of the goods as for the test of skills involved. Even though halflings burglars are a peaceful as a general rule and tend to use their skills to avoid combat, they are fully aware of the benefits their furtive abilities provide such situations, not hesitating to use them when they are urged to. Like the Archer, the Burglar is the best of the best, a halfling who has developed to perfection skills all halflings possess to some degree--stealth, nimbleness, and unobtrusive movement. As such, he
or she is highly respected by the halfling community for his or her expertise. Whereas an accomplished human thief usually tries to hide his or her profession, a Burglar's trade will be well-known by his or her halfling neighbours and his or her accomplishments highly-regarded--indeed, it is a source of civic pride for a village to be home to a really first-class Burglar, something for the town as a whole to boast about. This acceptance works to the community's benefit, since most Burglars will be willing to help out in times of crisis by using their talents for spying or gathering information that might prove useful to the village as a whole. The burglar is the master of several thiefly arts, most notably Move Silently and Open Locks, though skill at finding and removing traps can be another lifesaving talent. Burglars can be found in all areas of halfling society, including the comfortably wealthy as well as the most destitute. Most Burglars congregate in areas of larger communities, where they can mingle with members of other races. Like most halfling thieves, the Burglar tends to avoid halfling victims, preferring the treasures of humanoid monsters and humans above all others. Occasionally a Burglar will choose to use his or her skills to aid fellow halflings who have suffered injustices; such Burglars can rise to the status of folk hero.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+0
+1
+2
+1
Hide in Plain Sight, Darkvision 60-ft, Sneak Attack +1d6
2
+1
+1
+3
+1
Burglar Competence +1
3
+2
+2
+3
+2
Sneak Attack +2d6
4
+3
+2
+4
+2
Burglar Competence +2, +1 against traps
5
+3
+2
+4
+2
Sneak Attack +3d6
6
+4
+3
+5
+3
Burglar Competence +3
7
+5
+3
+5
+3
Sneak Attack +4d6, +2 against traps
8
+6
+3
+6
+3
Burglar Competence +4, Fast Sneak
9
+6
+4
+6
+4
Sneak Attack +5d6, Defensive Roll
10
+7
+4
+7
+4
Burglar Competence +5, Always Sneaky, +3 against traps
Requirements
Class Skills
To qualify to become a Halfling Burglar, a character must fulfil all the following criteria:
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are:
Race: Halfling Alignment: Any non-lawful, must be good Ability Score: Dexterity 15+ Skills: Hide: 9 ranks, Move Silently: 9 ranks, Open Locks: 9 ranks, Disable device: 9 ranks, Search: 9 ranks, Spot: 6 ranks, Listen: 6 ranks Feats: Improved Initiative and Alertness Other: Sneak Attack +2d6, Evasion, Uncanny Dodge (Dex bonus to AC) Hit Dice: d6
Appraise (Int), Balance (Dex), Bluff (Cha), Climb (Str), Craft (Int), Decipher Script (Int, exclusive skill), Disable Device (Int), Disguise (Cha), Escape Artist (Dex), Forgery (Int), Hide (Dex), Innuendo (Wis), Intuit Direction (Wis), Jump (Str), Listen (Wis), Move Silently (Dex), Open Lock (Dex), Pick Pocket (Dex), Read Lips (Int, exclusive skill), Search (Int), Sense Motive (Wis), Speak Language (Int), Spot (Wis), Swim (Str), Tumble (Dex), Use Rope (Dex), and Wilderness Lore (Wis). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 8 + Int modifier.
Class Features All of the following are class features of the Halfling Burglar prestige class.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Weapons and Armour: Halfling Burglars prefer weapons that can be wielded quickly and in relative silence. Daggers and short swords are preferred for melee, though some specialise in other weapons. The sling is a popular missile weapon for a burglar, as are darts and, in areas where they are known or used, the blowgun and hand crossbow. Thus, the weapon proficiencies of the Halfling Burglar are similar to those of the rogue, being them proficient with the following weapons: blowgun, bolas, crossbow (hand and light), dagger (any type), dart, fukimi-bari, light mace, sap, shortbow (normal and composite), shuriken, shortsword, and spring-loaded gauntlet. They are proficient with light armour but not with shields. Hide in Plain Sight: Having improved their furtive skills to the utmost level, Halfling Burglars gain this ability just as shadowdancers do (described on the page 35 of the DMG). This is a supernatural ability. Darkvision: The Halfling Burglar usually dwells in the darkness when on duty. As a consequence of his long permanence under such conditions, his eyes develop the ability of darkvision (described in the PHB, 14). This is an extraordinary ability. Sneak Attack: This is exactly as a rogue’s ability (see page 47 of the Player’s Handbook). Burglar Competence: Being a specialised kind of rogue, the Halfling Burglar devotes a great amount of his or her time to the development of his skills of stealth and burgling. Starting at 2nd
level, they gain a +1 competence bonus to Disable Device, Hide, Move Silently, Open Locks and Search. Every other level thereafter, this bonus increases by +1. For example a second level Halfling Burglar has a +1 competence bonus to the listed skills, and a sixth level sneak has a +3 competence bonus. Fast Sneak: At 8th level Halfling Burlgars no long suffer the –5 penalty to Move Silently and Hide checks while moving at their normal speed. Always Sneaky: With this ability the Halfling Burglars may take 10 on Move Silently and Hide checks regardless of circumstances. Unless he wishes to be detected, others must make Listen and Spot checks to become aware of his presence. Bonuses against traps: At the 5th level, the Halfling Burglar gains an intuitive sense that alerts him to the dangers from traps, giving him a +1 bonus on the reflex saves to avoid damage from traps and a +1 dodge bonus against all attacks by traps. This bonus increases to +2 on the 7th level and to +3 on the 10th level. Defensive Roll: Even the best of all burglars in the world recognise that they would have ended many of their errands in a coffin had they not a stroke of luck at the exact moment. This is the ability to roll with a certain amount of damage that would reduce the Halfling Burglar to 0 or less hit points in combat (from weapon or other blow, not a spell or special ability). The rules relating to this ability are explained on the PHB, 48.
Halfling [Fadefoot Scout] Description The fadefoot is the ultimate scout. While not very skilled in the arts of war, this does not bother them as they are almost impossible to catch, or even see if they don’t want to be seen. Often employed by lords as spies or scouts for their armies, fadefoots can get inside enemy lines with ease and report back with great speed. Two or three experienced fadefoots can change the outcome of a battle.
Most fadefoot scouts are either rangers or rogues, as moving silently and hiding come naturally to them. Bards and monks also make good fadefoots bards using their new abilities to stay out of trouble and monks using them to get into trouble. As NPCs fadefoots are usually employed (for quite a hefty sum) in a lords army, singly or in small groups. Some become thieves, using their amazing abilities solely for personal gain. In very rare instances they form elite units in a large army, knifing in and causing huge amounts of damage and confusion and getting out almost without being seen. Such units are secluded from the rest of the army, with only the highest-ranking officers knowing even of their existence.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+0
+2
+2
+0
Fade
2
+1
+3
+3
+1
Uncanny Dodge
3
+1
+3
+3
+1
Fade Dog
4
+2
+4
+4
+1
Fadewalk
5
+2
+4
+4
+2
Uncanny Dodge
6
+3
+5
+5
+2
Fadewalk
7
+3
+5
+5
+2
Fademissile
8
+4
+6
+6
+3
Fadewalk
9
+4
+6
+6
+3
10
+5
+7
+7
+3
Fadewalk, Uncanny dodge
Requirements
Race: Halfling
To qualify to become a fadefoot scout, a character must fulfil all the following criteria.
Feats: Alertness, Track
Skills: Hide: 9 ranks Move Silently: 9 ranks Spot: 8 ranks
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Hit Die: d6
Class Skills The fadefoot scout's class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are Climb (Str), Disable Device (Int), Escape Artist (Dex), Hide (Dex), Intuit Direction (Wis), Jump (Str), Listen (Wis), Move Silently (Dex), Open Lock (Dex), Search (Int), Spot (Wis), Tumble (Dex). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points: 6 + Int Modifier/Level
Class Features: Weapon and Armour Proficiency: The fadefoot scout’s training focuses on easily concealable, light weapons. Fadefoot scouts are proficient with the crossbow (hand and light), dagger, dart, hand axe, light mace, sap, shortbow, short sword, sling, shuriken, and the throwing axe. Fadefoot scouts are proficient with light armour, but not shields. Fade: Fadefoot scouts can hide more effectively than any other class, almost appearing to fade into their surroundings. When moving up to ¼ their normal speed they gain a +4 modifier to Hide checks. Any penalty incurred for moving faster than 1/4 their speed is halved. Fade is an extraordinary ability. Uncanny Dodge: Starting at the 2nd level, the fadefoot gains the extraordinary ability to react to danger even before her senses would normally allow her to even be aware of it. At second level and above, she retains her dexterity bonus to AC (if any) regardless of being caught flatfooted or being struck by an invisible attacker. (She still looses any dexterity bonus to AC if immobilized.) At fifth level, the fadefoot can no longer be flanked, since she can react to opponents on either side of her as easily as she can react to a single attacker. This defence denies rogues the ability to use flank attacks to sneak attack the fadefoot. The exception to this defence is that a rogue at least 4 levels higher than the fadefoot can flank her (and thus sneak attack her). At 10th level, the fadefoot gains an intuitive sense that alerts her to danger from traps, giving her a +1 bonus to Reflex saves made to
avoid traps. If the fadefoot has another class that grants the uncanny dodge ability, add together all the classes that grant the ability and determine the character's uncanny dodge ability on that basis. Summon Fade Dog: Fadefoot scouts can summon a insubstantial fade dog to carry messages back to whoever the fadefoot is currently scouting for. They cannot attack or be damaged, and only die when their master does. They communicate with their master via telepathy, with a range of 120 ft. The can either deliver messages directly to another fadefoot (using the telepathy), or they can deliver a written message or small item with a special pouch attached to their back. The pouch is also insubstantial, and actually opens into a non-dimensional space (as a bag of holding) of 0.1 cu feet. The fade dog has a speed of 150 feet/round (but cannot "run"), and never tires. It can also fadewalk (see below) up to 100 rounds worth/day. For the purposes of antimagic fields treat fade dogs as summoned creatures. Fadewalk: At 4th level fadefoot scouts gain the ability to fade into and out of ethereal space as they walk. This causes them to appear to start to fade (appear blurry) at the beginning of a step, and appear a distance away at the end of the same step. In this way they can walk up to 10 rounds worth in one round (this increases by 10 rounds every two levels after the 4th, but fade walking always takes one round). They can use this ability once a week per 10 rounds they can move (for example, a 8th level fadefoot can fadewalk 3 times a week), but even if they only move two rounds worth, it still counts as a fadewalk. Note: fadefoot scouts can use this ability as a defence as well. They can choose to move 0 rounds worth, and thus enter the non-dimensional space, and exit it in the same spot the next round. In this way they can prevent themselves from taking damage for one round. A fade foot cannot begin or end a fadewalk in an antimagic field (fadewalk is a supernatural ability), but they can go "through" one, as they aren't actually in it. A fadefoot Scout can only Fadewalk to a nearby destination he can visually see. Fademissile: At 7th level a fadefoot can use any ranged weapon (including thrown) they are proficient in at up to 10 times it’s range increment with no penalties (it fades into a non-dimensional space), after that they suffer normal range penalties. In this way a fadefoot could shoot a bow up to 20 times its increment, or throw a knife up to 15. When using this ability only use your base attack bonus, and any magical modifiers the weapon has (it’s too far for dexterity to come into play). Also, the target is considered flatfooted. Rogues cannot use this for a sneak attack, as they can’t see the target well enough to aim for a vital spot. The fadefoot must have a clear line of sight to use this ability. This ability is usable once a day.
Halfling [Sheriff] Description Sheriffs are a prestige class found only among Halflings. Other races have sheriff positions, of course, but the prestige class is unique to the halfling race. The sheriff serves as protector, dispenser of justice, and arbiter of disputes among Halflings and visitors to halfling communities. The sheriff is more benign constable than a tough enforcer is, but they do represent the law and visitors and inhabitants alike are expected to defer to their authority. The position is, in large part, honorary - since Halflings seldom have troublemakers among their own kind and do not typically attract or suffer ruffians of other races. Still, the post represents the faith and confidence of the villagers under the sheriff's protection and the sheriffs take this trust very seriously. The majority of a sheriff's time is spent in seeing that all goes, as it should and in looking out for signs of trouble. Although few sheriffs maintain a regular 'beat', they do spend a lot of time roving the village and will even try to visit the outlying farms and isolated
inhabitants at least once a week to insure that all is well. They are often politely nosy, asking questions about things that have changed, displaying interest in going on. A good sheriff knows all of the local citizenry by name and is familiar enough with normal habits to note a break in routine. In these instances, the sheriff makes a friendly check to be sure that nothing is amiss. Among Halflings, there are not a lot of laws that require the attention of law enforcement. Thievery is one, as are violent assault and murder. In it unlikely that one villager against another would commit these crimes, but in the rare case where this occurs and can be proven, a thief is forced to make restitution, while a halfling guilty of harming another is branded and banished. Few halfling communities will tolerate the presence of a branded criminal and most ends up in human cities, where such things are overlooked. More common are boundary disputes, complaints from fathers about overzealous suitors, or charges of unfair trading. The sheriff is charged to resolve all of these disputes with calm diplomacy, and even the loser usually comes away feeling that she has received fair treatment.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes The sheriff also has the authority to call up the local militia in times of crisis, crying for a muster of all that can bear arms. Though it does not always hold true, the sheriff is usually the one to command such an assemblage. In other cases, leadership may fall upon the village elder or a more experienced warrior.
Rogues, fighters, rangers, and paladins commonly take up the mantle of sheriff. Barbarians and bards tend to be too chaotic, but it is not unknown for a monk to become a sheriff. Clerics and druids seldom choose to join this class, and sorcerer and wizard sheriffs are all but unknown.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+0
+0
+2
+0
Request Favour
2
+1
+0
+3
+0
Improved Gather Information
3
+2
+1
+3
+1
Uncanny Dodge
4
+3
+1
+4
+1
Bonus Feat
5
+3
+1
+4
+1
Danger Sense
6
+4
+2
+5
+2
Bonus Feat, Uncanny Dodge (cannot be flanked)
7
+5
+2
+5
+2
Improved Evasion
8
+6
+2
+6
+2
Defensive Roll
9
+6
+3
+6
+3
Denial
10
+7
+3
+7
+3
Bonus Feat
Requirements Base Attack Bonus: +3 Hit Dice: D8 Alignment: Any good. Race: Halflings Feats: Leadership, Evasion Special: A Halfling Sheriff PC would be from Riversbend and would have been a deputy for the head Sheriff at one time in their lives. A Sheriff does not require training, only experience on the job. Diplomacy: 5 ranks. Spot: 5 ranks. Special: Must have been a member in good standing of the community for not less than one year.
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Diplomacy (Cha), Gather Information (Cha), Intimidate (Cha), Knowledge (local) (Int), Listen (Wis), Profession (sheriff) (Wis), Search (Int), Sense Motive (Wis), and Spot (Wis). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 4 + Int modifier.
Class Features All of the following are Class Features of the halfling sheriff prestige class. Weapons and Armour: The sheriff is proficient with all simple and martial weapons, light and medium armour, and shields. Note that armour check penalties for armour heavier than leather apply to the skills Balance, Climb, Escape Artist, Hide, Jump, Move Silently, Pick Pocket, and Tumble.
Request Favour: Beginning at 1st level, the halfling sheriff is a well-known and respected member of a halfling community. She is able to request favour in any halfling community, within or outside her home territory. This favour extends to include shelter and meals for the sheriff and one companion. An additional companion can be added for every two levels gained in the prestige class (two companions at 3rd level, three companions at 5th level, four companions at 7th level, and five companions at 9th level). These folk are treated as honoured guests of the community, provided they abide by halfling law and treat their hosts with due respect and politeness. Feat Gain: At 2nd level and every two levels thereafter, the sheriff may choose a feat from the following list. He must otherwise meet all criteria and prerequisites for the chosen feat. Feats: Alertness, Dodge, Expertise, Great Fortitude, Improved Disarm, Improved Unarmed Strike, Iron Will, Lightning Reflexes, Toughness, Track, Weapon Finesse, or Weapon Focus. Uncanny Dodge: At 3rd level, the sheriff gains the extraordinary ability to react to danger before his senses would normally allow him to even be aware of it. At 2nd level and above, he retains his Dexterity bonus to AC (if any) regardless of being caught flatfooted or struck by an invisible attacker. (He still loses his Dexterity bonus to AC if immobilised.) At 6th level, the sheriff can no longer be flanked, since she can react to opponents on opposite sides of her as easily as she can react to a single attacker. The exception to this defence is that a rogue at least four levels higher than the sheriff can flank her (and thus sneak attack her). If the sheriff has another class that grants the uncanny dodge ability, add together all the class levels of the classes that grant the ability and determine the character's uncanny dodge ability on that basis. Danger Sense: At 5th level, the sheriff's bond with his region of influence has become so focused that he can instinctively sense threats of significance to the entire community. In such cases, the DM must assign a Difficulty Class based on the level of danger. For example, a human assassin seeking a particular victim in the community might have a DC of 30, where a horde of orcs bearing down on the community might elicit a DC of only 10. In general,
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes the more potent the threat, the lower the DC (the DC should never be lower than 10, however). The sheriff must make a successful Wisdom check against the established DC to sense the threat, but even this does not grant supernatural knowledge. The sheriff will know only that a threat to the community exists, not the exact nature. It is up to the character to act on this knowledge to find out more. This is an extraordinary ability. Improved Evasion: At 7th level, a sheriff gains Improved Evasion. If exposed to any effect that normally allows him to attempt a Reflex saving throw for half damage (such as a fireball), he takes no damage with a successful saving throw and only half damage if the saving throw fails. The Improved Evasion ability can only be used if the sheriff is wearing light armour or no armour. Defensive Roll: At 8th level, the sheriff can roll with potentially lethal blows to take less damage from it. Once per day, when a sheriff would be reduced to 0 hit points or less by damage in combat (from a weapon or other blow, not a spell or special ability), the sheriff can attempt to roll with the damage. She makes a Reflex saving throw (DC = damage dealt) and, if she's successful, she takes only half damage from the blow. She must be aware of the attack and able to react to it in order to execute her defensive roll - if she is
denied her Dexterity bonus to AC, she can't roll. Since this effect would not normally allow a character to make a Reflex save for half damage, the sheriff's evasion ability does not apply to the defensive roll. Denial: Beginning at 9th level, once every 24 hours, the sheriff gains the supernatural ability to deny any magical effect simply by shouting "No!" and focusing her will into thwarting the effect. When this ability is used, the sheriff must make a Will save (DC 10 + caster level). If the save is successful, the intended effect is nullified. If a spell was in preparation, the spell is neutralised and lost from the caster's mind, just as though it had been cast. If a magical item effect, the item loses one charge (if a charge would have been used) and nothing happens. This ability is only effective against magic; it has no effect on natural events or physical attacks. Denial is a full-round action and is effective only for that round and the round immediately following. If an effect was merely perceived (a mage raising a wand with no intent to use it, for example), there is no effect and the denial is wasted. The sheriff must be aware of the attempt in order to deny it. Denial must be used to benefit or protect the halfling community or its citizens in some manner. Any other attempted use fails automatically.
Harper Scout Description Harper scouts are members of the Harpers, a secret society dedicated to holding back evil, preserving knowledge, and maintaining the balance between civilisation and the wild. Harper scouts learn arcane spells and many skills to help them in their duties of espionage, stealth, and reporting information. Many Harper scouts are bards, but by no means all. Ranger, rogue, sorcerer, and wizard are common vocations for Harper scouts, since
these classes tend to have versatility and mobility. All have some skill at manipulating others, a resistance to outside mental influences, acute abilities of perception, and a talent for solving problems. Not all Harpers are members of the Harper scout prestige class, and rank within the organisation does not depend on a character’s level in this or any other class. However, most of the higher-ranked Harpers have at least one level in the Harper scout prestige class.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+0
+0
+2
+2
2
+1
+0
+3
3
+2
+1
4
+3
5
+3
Spells 1
2
3
Harper knowledge, 1st favoured enemy
0
-
-
+3
Deneir's eye, Skill Focus
1
-
-
+3
+3
Tymora's smile
1
0
-
+1
+4
+4
Lliira's heart, 2nd favoured enemy
1
1
-
+1
+4
+4
Craft Harper Item
1
1
0
Requirements
Class Skills
To qualify to become a Harper scout (Hrp), a character must fulfil all the following criteria.
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are:
Alignment: Any non-evil. Skills: Bluff 4 ranks, Diplomacy 8 ranks, Knowledge (local) 4 ranks, Perform 5 ranks, Sense Motive 2 ranks, Wilderness Lore 2 ranks. Feats: Alertness, Iron Will. Special: Sponsorship by a member of the Harpers, approval of the High Harpers. Hit Dice: d6.
Appraise (Int), Bluff (Chi), Climb (Stn), Craft (Int), Diplomacy (Chi), Disguise (Chi), Escape Artist (Dex), Gather Information (Chi), Hide (Dex), Intuit Direction (Wis), Jump (Stn), Knowledge (all skills taken individually) (Int), Listen (Wis), Move Silently (Dex), Perform (Chi), Pick Pocket (Dex), Profession (Wis), Sense Motive (Wis), Speak Language (Int), Swim (Stn), and Tumble (Dex). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 4 + Int modifier.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Class Features
a Harper scout with ranger levels chooses a favoured enemy that she already has chosen as a ranger, the bonuses stack.
All the following are Class Features of the Harper scout prestige class.
When the Harper scout reaches 4th level, the bonus against her first favoured enemy increases to +2, and she gains a new favoured enemy at +L
Weapons and Armour: A Harper scout is proficient with all simple weapons and light armour. Spells per Day: Beginning at 1st level, a Harper scout gains the ability to cast a small number of arcane spells. The Harper scout's ability to cast these spells works exactly like a bard's ability to cast spells. (They are Charisma-based and do not need to be prepared.). A 1st-level Harper scout learns two spells from the Harper scout 1st-level spell list. She learns two new Harper scout spells of any spell level she can cast at each Harper scout level thereafter. There is no limit to the number of these spells the Harper scout can know from this list. She may learn more by studying arcane scrolls or spellbooks. Harper Scout Spell List' 1st level
2nd level
3rd level
change self, charm person, comprehend languages, erase, feather fall, jump, light, message, mount, read magic, scatterspray, sleep, spider climb.
cat's grace, darkvision, detect thoughts, eagle's splendour, invisibility, knock, locate object, magic mouth, misdirection, see invisibility, shadow mask.
clairaudience/clairv oyance, nondetection, suggestion, tongues undetectable alignment.
Harper Knowledge: Like a bard, a Harper scout has a knack for picking up odds and ends of knowledge. This ability works exactly like the bardic knowledge ability of the bard class. If a Harper scout has bard levels, her Harper scout levels and bard levels stack for the purpose of using bardic knowledge. Favoured Enemy: A Harper scout selects a favoured enemy from the following list of evil organisations that oppose the Harpers’ goals: the Church of Bane, the Cult of the Dragon, the Iron Throne, the malaugryms, the Red Wizards, or the Zhentarim. This ability works exactly like the favoured enemy ability of the ranger class. If
Deneir's Eye (Su): A Harper scout gains a +2 holy bonus on saving throws against glyphs, runes, and symbols. Skill Focus: A Harper scout gains the Skill Focus feat for her Perform skill and any one other Harper scout class skill. Tymora's Smile (Su): Once per day, a Harper scout can add a +2 luck bonus on a single saving throw. This bonus can be added after the die is rolled and after success or failure of the unmodified roll is determined. Lliira's Heart (Su): A Harper scout gains a +2 holy bonus on saving throws against compulsion and fear effects. Craft Harper Item: A specialised form of the Craft Wondrous Item feat, this allows a Harper scout to create magic musical instruments, Harper pins, and certain potions (Charisma, detect thoughts, glibness, tongues, and truth). This ability replaces the need for any other item creation feat for the item. The Harper scout’s casting level for these items is her Harper scout levels plus all other caster levels from her other spellcasting classes. All the normal requirements for an item (such as race or-spells) remain the same. All other rules for creating wondrous items or potions apply.
Ex-Harper Scouts It is possible for a character to violate the code of conduct of the Harpers, endanger other Harpers through negligence or deliberate action, or intentionally turn away from the Harpers. Such an individual quickly gains a reputation among the other Harpers and can no longer progress in the Harper scout prestige class. Furthermore, the former Harper scout can no longer use the Deneir’s eye, Lhira’s heart, or Tymora’s smile abilities. A petition to the High Harpers, a suitable quest decided upon by that group, and an atonement spell from a deity chosen by the High Harpers brings the former Harper scout back into good standing, and she can thereafter gain levels in the prestige class.
Hell in Freeport Prestige Classes Description The blackthorn, crusader, grayback, and manikin are new prestige classes with special requirements. All four require a special initiation (detailed in the entries), and all four change the character’s base type from humanoid to something else: construct, elemental, outsider, or even plant.
Note that these classes are NOT intended for use by PCs—they are far more powerful than traditional prestige classes, and are designed to round out four very specific cultures within the infernal prison of the Forge (see Hell in Freeport). If the DM allows his players to take these classes, he should impose a 20% penalty on earned experience so that they advance more slowly than conventional characters.
BLACKTHORNS Description Locked away from the woods and green hills of their homes, the elves of the Forge stood little chance against their opponents in the arena. In a desperate gamble, the clan’s high druid engineered a symbiotic bargain with a local predator; a species of thorn bush that grows only in the lower planes. This tough, predatory vine has thorns long and sharp enough to pierce Armour, and is known for hunting lesser fiends.
Today the pit-briers supply the elves with shelter and defence, and some warriors take the seeds directly into their bodies (see Initiation, below). Once the seeds take root, these warriors lose their identities to the bramble, and are known as blackthorns. The blackthorns are famed for their speed and cunning, and their ferocious defence of the tribe. Barbarians, druids, rangers, and rogues are the most common blackthorns, and stand to gain the most from the class. Bards and monks rarely initiate, and other classes are almost unheard of.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1st
+0
+0
+2
+0
Initiation
2nd
+1
+0
+3
+0
3rd
+2
+1
+3
+1
4th
+3
+1
+4
+1
5th
+3
+1
+4
+1
Hunter’s bane
6th
+4
+2
+5
+2
Soft step
7th
+5
+2
+5
+2
8th
+6
+2
+6
+2
9th
+6
+3
+6
+3
10th
+7
+3
+7
+3
The green teeth
Rampant growth
King in the woods
Requirements
Class Features
A character must fulfil all the following criteria before becoming a blackthorn.
All of the following are Class Features of the blackthorn prestige class.
Race: Elf, half-elf.
Weapons and Armour: Blackthorns are proficient with all simple weapons, plus the hand crossbow, longbow, longspear, rapier, repeating crossbow, shortbow, spiked chain, and whip. They are proficient with light and medium Armour, but not with shields.
Base Save Bonus: Reflex +5. Skills: Wilderness Lore: 6 ½ ranks. Feats: Alertness, Lightning Reflexes, and Quick Draw. Special: Initiation (see below). Hit Dice: d8.
Initiation Requirements The reagent is prepared from at least a dozen pit-brier seeds harvested at the peak of growth. Only seeds from the largest and most aggressive plants are used. Drying and preparing the seeds requires a successful Knowledge (nature) or Profession (gardener) check (DC 14). Implanting the seeds into an initiate requires a successful Healing check (DC 16). The ritual requires a 16th-level patron who can cast divine spells. Completing the ritual drains 500 xp from the patron and requires command plants, commune with nature, and plant growth.
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Animal Empathy (Cha exclusive skill), Climb (Str), Concentration (Con), Craft (Int), Handle Animal (Cha), Heal (Wis), Hide (Dex), Intimidate (Cha), Jump (Str), Knowledge (nature) (Int), Listen (Wis), Move Silently (Dex), Search (Int), Spot (Wis), Swim (Str), Use Rope (Dex), Escape Artist (Dex), Intuit Direction (Wis), Profession (Wis), Wilderness Lore (Wis). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player’s Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 6 + Int modifier.
Initiation (Su): Pit-brier seeds are planted near the blackthorn’s heart, where the plant sprouts and takes root in her flesh. This symbiotic relationship gives her supernatural powers while draining her vitality. The blackthorn, crusader, grayback, and manikin are new prestige classes with special requirements. All four require a special initiation (detailed in the entries), and all four change the character’s base type from humanoid to something else: construct, elemental, outsider, or even plant. Note that these classes are NOT intended for use by PCs—they are far more powerful than traditional prestige classes, and are designed to round out four very specific cultures within the infernal prison of the Forge (see Hell in Freeport). If the DM allows his players to take these classes, he should impose a 20% penalty on earned experience so that they advance more slowly than conventional characters.
Blackthorn Initial Con drain of 1d3 points, secondary Con drain of 1d3 points; Ref save halves (DC 22). One day later the blackthorn gains a +4 inherent bonus to Dex and her type changes to Plant. All damage taken from this catalyst is permanent ability drain, and may not be cured by spells or healing (besides wish). Creatures who are immune to ability drain may not become blackthorns. Plant: Immune to mind-influencing effects, poison, sleep, paralysis, stunning, and polymorphing. Not subject to critical hits. The Green Teeth (Ex): The blackthorn is covered in thorny grows that change with the seasons. She gains a +8 racial bonus on Hide checks when outdoors in a natural setting. Natural weapons (Ex): The blackthorn may attack with her bare hands as if attacking with magical weapons. Each spurred fist may strike as a rapier or punching dagger, at the character’s discretion, in either case with a +2 enhancement bonus. It’s important that they gain this ability AS IF their hands were rapiers and/or daggers for the sake of feats that may apply to these weapons. Hunter’s Bane (Ex): The blackthorn
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes gains a +8 racial bonus on Move Silently and Listen checks when outdoors in a natural setting. Soft Step (Su): The character gains the druid abilities of nature sense, woodland stride and trackless step. Natural weapons (Ex): The blackthorn’s spurs gain the Keen special ability. Rampant Growth (Su): With this level, the pit-brier completely overtakes the host body. The blackthorn gains a +2 natural Armour bonus to AC and an additional +2 racial bonus on Hide, Listen, and Move Silently checks when outdoors in a natural setting.
Sample Blackthorn
rangers, and 2d6 3rd-level rogues), or clan (1 blackthorn, plus 1 10th-level druid, 3 7th-level rangers, 3 7th-level rogues, and 5d10 3rd-level rogues) Challenge Rating: 12 Treasure: Standard Alignment: Chaotic neutral Advancement: By character class This example character is a wood elf Rog7/Rgr3/Bla2. Combat Sneak Attack (Ex): Whenever the character’s target is denied his Dexterity bonus to AC, or if the character is flanking her target, she deals +4d6 extra damage.
Medium-size Plant (Elf) Hit Dice: 7d6, 3d10, 2d8 (50 hp)
Evasion (Ex): If exposed to an attack that allows a Reflex saving throw for half damage, the character takes no damage from a successful saving throw.
Initiative: +11 (+7 Dex, +4 Improved Initiative) Speed: 30 ft. AC: 20 (+7 Dex, +1 ring of protection +1, +1 amulet of natural Armour +1, +1 bracers of Armour +1) Attacks: +2 longspear +15/+10 melee; or mighty composite longbow +16/+11 ranged Damage: +2 longspear 1d8+6/x3; or mighty composite longbow 1d8+4/x3 Face/Reach: 5 ft. by 5 ft./10 ft. (longspear) Special Attacks: Sneak attack +4d6 Special Qualities: Evasion, uncanny dodge (Dex to AC can’t be flanked), plant Saves: Fort +8, Ref +18, Will +5 Abilities: Str 18, Dex 24, Con 10, Int 12, Wis 15, and Cha 12 Skills: Balance +17, Bluff +10, Climb +15, Craft (weaponsmithing) +11, Disguise +9, Hide +13, Jump +15, Knowledge (nature) +7, Listen +14, Move Silently +7, Pick Pocket +16, Search +12, Spot +4, Use Rope +8, Wilderness Lore +10 Feats: Alertness, Lightning Reflexes, Improved Initiative, Quick Draw, and Track Climate/Terrain: Any land Organisation: Solitary, company (1 blackthorn, plus 3 7th-level rogues), squad (1 blackthorn, plus 3 7th-level rogues, 3 7th-level
Uncanny Dodge (Ex): The character retains her Dexterity bonus to AC even when flat-footed, and can’t be flanked except by a rogue of 11th-level or higher. Plant: Immune to mind-influencing effect, poison, sleep, paralysis, stunning, and polymorphing. Not subject to critical hits. Possessions: +2 longspear, mighty composite longbow (+4 Str), ring of protection +1, amulet of natural Armour +1, bracers of Armour +1. Natural weapons (Ex): These weapons improve to a +3 enhancement bonus. King in the Woods (Su): With the last growth spurt of the infernal bramble, the blackthorn becomes a part of the forest world. She suffers 1d4 Con drain immediately (Ref save halves [DC 26]), and one day later she gains an additional +2 inherent bonus to Dex. Natural weapons (Ex): These weapons may be used to deliver powerful venom once per day. Injury DC 17, initial damage 1d6 Con, secondary damage 1d6 Con. Spell-like Abilities: At will, entangle, commune with nature, and plant growth. Once per day command plants, transport via plants. These abilities are as the spells cast by a 20th-level sorcerer (save DC 10 + Cha + spell level).
CRUSADER Description The crusaders imprisoned in the Forge have suffered perhaps the cruellest fate of any group held there. Centuries past they were captured as part of an invading inquisition force. In the years since, they have tended their sputtering faith amid the violence and degradation of the Ladder.
Many years ago, a splinter group of church fathers turned to dark measures to improve their chances in the arena. Without properly purified water, they distilled the ichors of the river Styx into a blasphemous holy water. This unholy brew grants the crusaders divine powers, but over time the infernal essence of the river robs them of their minds. The overwhelming majority of the crusaders are clerics and paladins. A tiny number are druids and rangers of exceptional faith.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Reflex Save
Will Save
Special
Spells per Day
1
+1
+2
+0
+2
Initiation
+1 Level of existing class
2
+2
+3
+0
+3
3
+3
+3
+1
+3
+1 Level of existing class Wings of the dove
+1 Level of existing class
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes 4
+4
+4
+1
+4
+1 Level of existing class
5
+5
+4
+1
+4
Eyes of faith
+1 Level of existing class
6
+6
+5
+2
+5
Sword of purity
+1 Level of existing class
7
+7
+5
+2
+5
8
+8
+6
+2
+6
9
+9
+6
+3
+6
10
+10
+7
+3
+7
+1 Level of existing class Holy warrior
+1 Level of existing class Champion of good
Requirements A character must fulfil all the following before becoming a crusader. Race: Any humanoid. Alignment: Lawful good. Base Attack Bonus: +7. Skills: Heal: 6 ½ ranks, Knowledge (religion): 6 ½ ranks. Spells: Able to cast divine spells. Special: Initiation (see below). Hit Dice: d8.
Initiation Requirements The benediction requires at least six gallons of water taken from the Styx. This black liquid is rendered down in a still, and the resulting treacle is mixed with soda ash to neutralise the acids. The still and chemicals required cost 5,000 gp, and can be reused. This distillation process requires a successful Alchemy check (DC 21). Overseeing the ritual requires a 16th-level patron who can cast divine spells. It drains 500 xp from the patron and requires bless, consecrate, and hallow.
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Concentration (Con), Craft (Int), Diplomacy (Cha), Heal (Wis), Knowledge (religion) (Int), Profession (Wis), Ride (Dex), Scry (Int exclusive skill), Spellcraft (Int). , See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player’s Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int modifier.
Class Features All of the following are Class Features of the crusader prestige class. Weapons and Armour: Crusaders are proficient with all simple and martial weapons, all types of Armour, and shields. Initiation (Su): To join the crusaders, the initiate drinks blessed ichors from the river Styx. This black fluid opens the character’s mind to the invisible world, but burns away his mortal self. Initial Int drain of 1d3 points, secondary Cha drain of 1d3 points; Will save halves (DC 22). One day later he gains a +4 inherent bonus to Wis and his type changes to Outsider. All damage taken from this catalyst is permanent ability drain, and may not be cured by spells or healing (besides wish). Creatures who are immune to ability drain or mineral poisons receive no benefit from taking the chalice. Outsider: Cannot be raised or resurrected. Darkvision 60 ft.
+1 Level of existing class
+1 Level of existing class
Spells per Day: The crusader continues training in magic after taking his benediction. When a crusader level is gained, the character gains new spells per day as if he had also gained a level in a spellcasting class he belonged to before taking the prestige class. Winged Avenger (Ex): The crusader sprouts large feathered wings. He can fly at twice his normal speed (good manoeuvrability). He also gains Flyby Attack as a bonus feat. Magic Weapon (Su): The crusader summons divine energy to create a blade of pure force. This blade may be used as a short sword, longsword, bastard sword, or greatsword. Switching between weapon functions is a free action. The blade has a +2 enhancement bonus, and as a force effect it can strike ethereal and incorporeal creatures. Note that this ability does not grant free proficiencies in these weapons. Eyes of Faith (Su): The character gains a continuous true seeing ability, as the spell. As noted in the spell description, this divine ability allows him to see alignments at a glance. The effect can be dispelled, but he can create it again during his next turn as a free action. It can be deactivated at will, also as a free action. Sword of Purity (Su): The crusader’s force weapon gains the Bane (Outsiders, Evil) special ability. The weapon also projects a permanent zone of truth, as if cast by a 16th-level sorcerer (save DC 10 + Cha + spell level). Holy Warrior: The crusader gains three new abilities. Smite Evil (Su): Once per day he can make a normal attack to deal additional damage equal to his HD total (maximum of +20) against an evil foe. Immunities (Ex): Immune to acid, electricity, and petrification attacks. Resistances (Ex): Cold and fire resistance 20. Magic Weapon (Su): The crusader’s force weapon improves to a +3 bonus. Champion of Good: With his final level as a crusader, the character’s faith is further strengthened at the cost of his mind. He suffers 1d4 Int drain immediately (Will save halves [DC 25]), and one day later gains an additional +2 inherent bonus to Wis. Magic Circle against Evil (Su): A magic circle against evil effect always surrounds the crusader, identical with the spell cast by a sorcerer of level equal to the crusader’s character level. The effect can be dispelled, but he can create it again during his next turn as a free action. It can be deactivated at will, also as a free action. Battle Hymn (Su): When fighting evil outsiders, the crusader can sing a battle hymn as a full-round action. All lawful good allies of the crusader within 100 ft. gain a morale bonus to attack rolls, checks, and saves equal to one-half the crusader’s class level (5) plus his Charisma modifier. This action does provoke an attack of opportunity. Spell-like Abilities: At will consecrate, cure serious wounds, hallow, holy aura, holy smite, and holy word. These abilities are as the spells cast by a 20th-level sorcerer (save DC 10 + Cha + spell level). Magic Weapon (Su): The crusader’s force weapon gains the Holy special ability.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Sample Crusader
Feats: Cleave, Combat Casting, Extra Turning, Great Cleave, Improved Critical (longsword), [Martial Weapon Proficiency (longsword)], Power Attack, [Weapon Focus (longsword)]
Medium-size Outsider (Good, Lawful, Human)
Climate/Terrain: Organisation: Solitary, company (1 crusader, plus 3 7th-level paladins), squad (1 crusader, plus 3 7th-level paladins, 5 3rd-level paladins, and 2d6 2nd-level fighters), or clan (1 crusader, 3 7th-level paladins, 10 3rd-level paladins, 5 3rd-level clerics, and 5d10 2nd level fighters)
Hit Dice: 12d8+12 (75 hp) Initiative: +1 (+1 Dex) Speed: 20 ft. AC: 24 (+1 Dex, +10 +2 full plate, +3 +1 large shield)
Challenge Rating: 12
Attacks: +2 longsword +16/+11 melee; or masterwork javelin +11/+6 ranged Damage: +2 longsword 1d8+4/17-20; or masterwork javelin 1d6+4
Treasure: Standard Alignment: Lawful good Advancement: By character class
Face/Reach: 5 ft. by 5 ft./5 ft.
This example character is a human Clr10/Cru2.
Special Attacks: Spells, turn undead Special Qualities: Darkvision 60 ft., spontaneous casting, law domain, war domain Saves: Fort +9, Ref +5, Will +13
Combat Turn Undead (Su): The character can turn undead 9 times per day. Spontaneous Casting: The character can swap out a prepared spell for a cure spell of the same level.
Abilities: Str 18, Dex 13, Con 12, Int 10, Wis 25, Cha 14 Skills: Concentration +8, Diplomacy +9, Heal +15, Knowledge (arcana) +9, Knowledge (religion) +10, Listen +7, Spellcraft +7, Spot +7
Law Domain: The character casts law spells at +1 caster level. War Domain: The character gains free weapon feats. Cleric Spells per Day: 6/7+1/6+1/6+1/4+1/4+1/3+1. Possessions: +2 full plate, +1 large steel shield of fire resistance, +2 holy longsword, masterwork javelins (5).
GREYBACK Description
transformation, and went on to smash his clan into the upper echelon of the standings.
Without a mine or forge, the dwarves of the Forge were at a terrible disadvantage in the arena. They turned first to ancestral worship and the battle rages of their dim past, but eventually they hit upon the brew of minerals, metals, and stone now called the shine.
Those who survive the shine gain incredible physical resilience as heavy elements are woven into their skin and bones, but at the cost of speed and flexibility. After many doses, the skin takes on a gray tint and the eyes pick up a metallic gleam. Most graybacks are clerics, fighters, and paladins, since they don’t rely heavily on Dexterity for their skills or AC. Barbarians, monks, and rangers are badly hurt by the loss of Dex, but also stand to gain HP and powerful new abilities. Bards, rogues, sorcerers and wizards almost never take the shine.
Their early experiments in alchemy were horribly costly, both in materials and fighting men. A dozen great champions fell to the poison before Barent Lockerhelm finally survived the
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+2
+0
+0
Initiation
2
+2
+3
+0
+0
3
+3
+3
+1
+1
4
+4
+4
+1
+1
5
+5
+4
+1
+1
Greater earth mastery
6
+6
+5
+2
+2
Voice of stone
7
+7
+5
+2
+2
8
+8
+6
+2
+2
9
+9
+6
+3
+3
10
+10
+7
+3
+3
Avalanche
Regeneration10
A dream of earth
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Requirements
all the benefits of the Improved Bull Rush and Sunder feats even if the character lacks the prerequisites.
A character must fulfil all the following criteria before becoming a grayback.
Natural Weapons (Ex): The grayback’s bare fists gain the Mighty Cleaving special ability.
Race: Dwarf.
Greater Earth Mastery (Ex): The grayback gains a +2 attack and damage bonus if both he and his foe touch the ground. If his opponent is airborne or waterborne, he suffers a –4 penalty to attack and damage. Additionally, if the grayback is touching the ground he may take a full round action to remain in his place regardless of the force brought to bear against him. Treat this as a +20 circumstance bonus to resist a bull rush attempt, or on any test against being moved.
Base Save Bonus: Fortitude +6. Feats: Endurance, Great Fortitude, Toughness. Special: Initiation (see below). Hit Dice: d12.
Initiation Requirements
Natural Weapons (Ex): The grayback’s fists improve to a +3 bonus.
The shine is brewed from mineral salts, oxides of iron and mithril, ores of cobalt and nickel, and rare earths only found in the Hells. Blending this toxic brew requires a successful Alchemy check (DC 21), and requires an outlay of 5,000 gp, including 2,000 gp for specialised alchemical equipment, which can be reused. The ritual requires a 10thlevel patron who can cast arcane or divine spells. It drains 500 xp from the patron and requires flesh to stone, stone shape, and stoneskin.
Voice of Stone (Su): The grayback’s bare fists gain the Thundering special ability, usable three times per day.
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Alchemy (Int), Concentration (Con), Climb (Str), Craft (Int), Heal (Wis), Intimidate (Cha), Jump (Str), Knowledge (geology) (Int), and Profession (Wis). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player’s Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int modifier.
Class Features All of the following are Class Features of the grayback prestige class. Weapons and Armour: Graybacks are proficient with all simple and martial weapons, all types of Armour, and shields.
Regeneration (Ex): The grayback becomes more rock than flesh, and is almost impossible to put down. He treats most forms of damage as subdual damage, and regenerates this damage at the rate of 5 points per round. Energy attacks (acid, cold, electricity, fire, and sonic) deal normal damage. A Dream of Earth: With his last level as a grayback, the character drifts into a long reverie of stone. He suffers 1d4 Dex drain immediately (Fort save halves [DC 26]), and one day later he gains an additional +2 inherent bonus to Con. Spell-like Abilities: At will earthquake, meld into stone, stone shape and stone tell. These abilities are as the spells cast by a 20thlevel sorcerer (save DC 10 + Cha + spell level). Damage reduction 5/- (Ex): The character ignores the first 5 points of damage from each attack. Natural Weapon (Ex): The grayback’s bare fists improve to a +4 bonus.
Sample Grayback Medium-size Elemental (Earth, Dwarf) Hit Dice: 10d10+73, 4d12+28 (193 hp) Initiative: +0 Speed: 10 ft.
Initiation (Su): This toxic brew petrifies bones and connective tissue, making the character slow and ponderous but incredibly tough. Initial Dex drain of 1d3 points, secondary Dex drain of 1d3 points; Fort save halves (DC 22). One day later the character gains a +4 inherent bonus to Con and his type changes to Elemental (Earth). All damage taken from the shine is permanent ability loss, and may not be cured by spells or healing (besides wish). Creatures who are immune to ability drain or mineral poisons receive no benefit from taking the shine.
AC: 21 (+7 +2 breastplate, +4 +2 large steel shield)
Stonelegs (Ex): The grayback’s speed is halved (no lower than 10 ft. when in Armour), and his weight doubles. His carrying capacity also doubles, as if he were one size category larger.
Special Qualities: Elemental, stonelegs, avalanche
Natural Weapons (Ex): The grayback may attack with his bare hands as if attacking with magical weapons. Each stony fist may strike as a heavy or light mace, at the character’s discretion, in either case with a +2 enhancement bonus. They gain this ability AS IF their hands were maces for the sake of feats that may apply to these weapons. Elemental: Immune to poison, sleep, paralysis, and stunning. Not subject to critical hits. Avalanche (Ex): The grayback blooms stony material all over his body, particularly along his hands and forearms. These growths give
Attacks: Natural weapon +22/+17/+12 melee; or masterwork throwing axe +15/+10/+5 ranged Damage: Natural weapon 1d8+9/19-20; or throwing axe 1d6+5 Face/Reach: 5 ft. by 5 ft./5 ft. Special Attacks: Natural weapons
Saves: Fort +18, Ref +4, Will +5 Abilities: Str 20, Dex 10, Con 20, Int 10, Wis 12, Cha 12 Skills: Climb +11, Craft (blacksmithing) (Armoursmithing) +8, Knowledge (geology) +8
+8,
Craft
Feats: Blind-Fight, Cleave, Endurance, Great Cleave, Great Fortitude, [Improved Bull Rush], Improved Critical (natural weapons), Power Attack, Quick Draw, [Sunder], Toughness, Weapon Focus (natural weapons), Weapon Specialisation (natural weapons): Climate/Terrain: Any hill, mountains, and underground
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Organisation: Solitary, company (1 grayback, plus 6 7th-level fighters), squad (1 grayback, plus 6 7th-level fighters, 3 7th-level rangers, and 2d6 2nd-level fighters), or clan (1 grayback, plus 1 10th-level cleric, 6 7th-level fighters, 3 7th-level rangers, and 5d10 2nd-level fighters)
Natural Weapons (Ex): The character’s fist is equal to +2 heavy mace of mighty cleaving.
Challenge Rating: 14
Stonelegs (Ex): The character’s speed is halved, and his weight doubles (to 400 pounds). His carrying capacity also doubles, as if he were one size category larger.
Treasure: Standard Alignment: Chaotic good
Elemental: Immune to poison, sleep, paralysis, and stunning. Not subject to critical hits.
Avalanche (Ex): When fighting with his natural weapons, the character gains all the benefits of the Improved Bull Rush, Mighty Cleaving, and Sunder feats.
Advancement: By character class This example character is a dwarf Ftr10/Gry4.
Possessions: +2 breastplate, +2 large steel shield, masterwork throwing axes (5).
Combat
MANIKIN Description Like the other terrestrial races trapped in the Forge, gnomes were cut off from their traditional sources of strength. Without the research and inquiry that form the basis of gnomic society, they stood little chance in the arena.
in the manlike constructs called manikins. The first gnomes to abandon their bodies were artificers and mages. Their brains were carefully implanted in manikin shells, and they were taught to take advantage of the strengths of these new forms. The first trials were wildly successful, and in the months that followed dozens of gnomes and a handful of humans have gone under the knife.
They recruited an automaton named Iron Jack to help, and recycled automata bodies for parts. Eventually their experiments culminated
Manikins are almost always bards, sorcerers, or wizards, though the occasional multiclass rogue initiates to gain new spell-like abilities.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
Spells per Day
1st
+0
+0
+0
+2
Initiation
+1 Level of existing class
2nd
+1
+0
+0
+3
3rd
+1
+1
+1
+3
4th
+2
+1
+1
+4
5th
+2
+1
+1
+4
Chisel and maul
+1 Level of existing class
6th
+3
+2
+2
+5
Cuirass
+1Level of existing class
7th
+3
+2
+2
+5
8th
+4
+2
+2
+6
9th
+4
+3
+3
+6
10th
+5
+3
+3
+7
+1 Level of existing class Water bearer
+1 Level of existing class +1 Level of existing class
+1 Level of existing class Northern crown
+1 Level of existing class +1 Level of existing class
Southern cross
+1 Level of existing class
Requirements
Initiation Requirements
A character must fulfil all the following criteria before becoming a manikin.
A manikin frame must be milled from a block of pure aluminium, weighing approximately 300 pounds. Nerves of glass, muscles of fine tungsten wire, relays of brass, and joints of porcelain and mercury are also required.
Race: Any humanoid. Base Save Bonus: Will +6. Feats: Iron Will, Quicken Spell, Spell Penetration. Spells: Able to cast arcane spells. Special: Initiation (see below) Hit Dice: d6.
Creating the body requires a successful Craft (metalworking) check (DC 20). Installing the complex internal structures require a successful Craft (automata) check (DC 22). Transplanting a subject brain into its new body requires a successful Healing check (DC 20). Failure on the transplant check applies a –2 modifier to save against the initial ability damage. Assembling the manikin costs 50,000 gp, including 20,000 for specialised lathes and tools, which can be reused. The ritual requires a 16th-level patron who can cast arcane spells. Completing the ritual drains 500 xp from the patron and requires animate objects, limited wish, and magic jar.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Alchemy (Int), Concentration (Con), Craft (Int), Decipher Script (Int, exclusive skill), Diplomacy (Cha), Knowledge (all skills, taken individually) (Int), Perform (Cha), Profession (Wis), Scry (Int, exclusive skill), Sense Motive (Wis), Speak Language (Int), Spellcraft (Int), and Use Magic Device (Cha, exclusive skill). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player’s Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int modifier.
Natural Weapons (Ex): The manikin may attack with her bare hands as if attacking with magical weapons. Each metal hand may strike as a club with a +2 enhancement bonus. They gain this ability AS IF their hands were clubs for the sake of feats that may apply to these weapons. Cuirass (Ex): The character can stiffen her carapace as a full-round action, granting her a hardness rating of 10 until her next turn. This ability can be used any number of times per day. Northern Crown (Su): The manikin has a reserve of magical energy she can draw on to instantly cast certain spells. She chooses a number of spells of 3rd-level or less equal to her Int or Cha modifier. The manikin can cast these spells as if they were prepared with the Quicken Spell metamagic feat, even if she lacks the feat.
Class Features
Spell Resistance 17 (Ex): This ability can be activated and deactivated as a free action.
All of the following are Class Features of the manikin prestige class.
Spell-like Abilities: At will—blur, fly, and mirror image. Once per day dimension door, ethereal jaunt, haste. These abilities are as the spells cast by an 18th-level sorcerer (save DC 10 + Cha + spell level).
Weapons and Armour: Manikins gain no proficiency in any weapon or Armour. Initiation (Su): Initiation as a manikin is quite straightforward. The subject’s brain is removed and implanted into a magically prepared Golem shell. Freed from old duties the brain can develop its pure intellect, but at the cost of its attachment to the immediate world. Initial Wis drain of 1d3 points, secondary Wis drain of 1d3 points; Will save halves (DC 18). One day later the manikin gains a +2 inherent bonus to Int and Cha, and her type changes to Construct. All damage taken from this catalyst is permanent ability loss, and may not be cured by spells or healing (besides wish). Creatures who are immune to ability drain may not become manikins. Special note: all manikins are Medium-size creatures. If the initiate was a Small character, she loses all benefits from her old size category. Construct: Immune to mind-influencing effects, poison, disease, and similar effects. Not subject to critical hits, subdual damage, ability damage (except damage taken from the manikin prestige class), energy drain, or death from massive damage. Constitution score becomes “—”. Cannot heal damage naturally, but can be healed. Cannot be raised or resurrected.
Natural Weapons (Ex): The manikin’s bare hands gain the Ghost Touch special ability. Southern Cross (Su): The manikin suffers 1d4 Wis drain immediately (Will save halves [DC 18]), and one day later she gains an additional +1 inherent bonus to Int and Cha. Spell Resistance 19 (Ex): This ability can be activated and deactivated as a free action. Spell-like Abilities: At will detect Scrying, divination, and Scrying. Once per day animate objects, antimagic field, and spell turning. These abilities are as the spells cast by a 20th-level sorcerer (save DC 10 + Cha + spell level). Natural Weapons (Ex): The manikin’s bare hands improve to a +3 enhancement bonus.
Sample Manikin Medium-size Construct (Gnome) Hit Dice: 12d4 (34 hp)
Darkvision: 60 ft.
Initiative: +2 (+2 Dex)
Spells per Day: The manikin continues training in magic after taking her new form. When a manikin level is gained, the character gains new spells per day as if she had also gained a level in an arcane spellcasting class she belonged to before taking the prestige class.
Speed: 30 ft.
Water Bearer: The manikin gains three new abilities.
Damage: +2 club 1d6+2; or+1 light crossbow 1d8+1/19-20
Spell Resistance 13 (Ex): This ability can be activated and deactivated as a free action.
Face/Reach: 5 ft. by 5 ft./5 ft.
Spell Storing (Ex): A single targeted spell of up to 3rd level can be stored in the manikin’s metal frame. (The spell must have a casting time of 1 action.) Any time she deals damage to a creature in melee combat, she can immediately cast the spell on that creature as a free action without provoking an attack of opportunity. Chisel and Maul (Ex): The manikin gains the Sunder feat as a virtual feat even if she lacks the prerequisites. She also does double damage with her natural weapons when attacking an object or structure. Spell Resistance 15 (Ex): This ability can be activated and deactivated as a free action. Spell-like Abilities: At will—heat metal, rusting grasp, and shatter. Once per day, she can cast disintegrate as a melee touch attack. These abilities are as the spells cast by a 15th-level sorcerer (save DC 10 + Cha + spell level).
AC: 20 (+2 Dex, +2 ring of protection +2, +2 amulet of natural Armour +2, +2 bracers of Armour +2) Attacks: +2 club +8/+3 melee; or +1 light crossbow +9 ranged
Special Attacks: Spells Special Qualities: Construct, darkvision 60 ft. Saves: Fort +9, Ref +6, Will +11 Abilities: Str 10, Dex 14, Con —, Int 20, Wis 12, Cha 12 Skills: Alchemy +8, Craft (automata) +18, Innuendo +4, Knowledge (arcana) +20, Knowledge (automata) +17, Listen +4, Scry +20, Sense Motive +5, Spellcraft +17, Spot +7 Feats: Brew Potion, Combat Casting, Empower Spell, Iron Will, Quicken Spell, [Scribe Scroll], Silent Spell, Spell Penetration Climate/Terrain: Any land or underground Organisation: Solitary, company (1 manikin, plus 3 7th-level wizards), squad (1 manikin, plus 3 7th-level wizards, 5 3rd-level wizards, and 2d6 2nd-level fighters), or clan (1 manikin, 3 7th-level wizards, 10 3rd-level wizards, and 5d10 2nd-level fighters)
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Challenge Rating: 12
2nd—blur, ghoul touch, knock, mirror image, see invisibility, summon monster II, web.
Treasure: Standard Alignment: Lawful neutral
3rd—blink, dispel magic, fireball fly, invisibility sphere, lightning bolt.
Advancement: By character class
4th—bestow curse, dimension door, minor creation, polymorph self.
This example character is a gnome Wiz10/Man2.
5th—cone of cold, dominate person, greater shadow conjuration, hold monster, sending, telekinesis, teleport, wall of force, wall of stone.
Combat Construct: The character is immune to mind-influencing effects, poison, and disease. She is not subject to critical hits, subdual damage, ability, energy drain, or death from massive damage.
6th—acid fog, analyse dweomer, chain lightning, control water, disintegrate. Possessions: +1 light crossbow, +2 club, ring of protection +2, amulet of natural Armour +2, bracers of Armour +2, wand of dispel magic (27 charges remaining), wand of fly (40 charges), spellbook.
Wizard Spells Known (4/6/5/5/4/4/2): 0th—All. 1st—feather fall, mage Armour, magic missile, shield, shocking grasp, silent image, spider climb
Hiten Mitsurugi-Ryu Description Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1st
+1
+0
+2
+0
God Speed, Improved Critical (Katana)
2nd
+2
+0
+3
+0
Quick Draw (Katana), Battou-Jitsu
3rd
+3
+1
+3
+1
Battou-Jitsu Sou Ryu Sen
4th
+4
+1
+4
+1
Ryu Kan Sen
5th
+5
+1
+4
+1
Ryu Sho Sen
6th
+6
+2
+5
+2
High Jump, Ryu Tsui Sen
7th
+7
+2
+5
+2
Do Ryu Sen
8th
+8
+2
+6
+2
Ryu Sou Sen, Ken Ki
9th
+9
+3
+6
+3
Kuzu Ryu Sen
10th
+10
+3
+7
+3
Improved God Speed, Ama Kakeru Ryu No Hirameki
Requirements
Class Skills
To qualify to become a student of the Hiten Mitsurugi-Ryu, a character must fulfil all the following criteria:
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are:
Alignment: one of the following: Lawful Good, Lawful Neutral, Neutral Good, or (True) Neutral
Balance (Dex) Climb (Str) Craft (Int) Escape Artist (Dex) Hide (Dex) Jump (Str) Listen (Wis) Move Silently (Dex) Sense Motive (Wis) Spot (Wis) Swim (Str) Tumble (Dex)
Ability Scores: Dex 19+, Wis 16+
See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions.
Base Attack Bonus: +6
Skill Points are Each Level: 4 + Int modifier.
Skills: Sense Motive: 4 ranks, Jump: 9 ranks, Knowledge (Fighting Styles): 4 ranks Feats: Lightning Reflexes, Improved Initiative, Alertness, Exotic Weapon Proficiency (Katana), Weapon Focus (Katana) Special: Must contact a master of Hiten Mitsurugi-Ryu, and get them to train the character. Basic training takes 1 year. Hiten Mitsurugi-Ryu Fighting Style Hit Dice: d10.
Class Features Weapons and Armour: The duellist is proficient with all simple and martial weapons, but no type of armour. The only shield they are proficient with is the buckler. God Speed (Su): +4 to initiative (stackable with Improved Initiative), a +4 Dodge bonus to AC (stackable with Dex Modifier), +1 competence bonus to hit with the Katana (and Wakizashi)
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes The character only gains these bonuses when wearing light or no armour. Battou-Jitsu: Standing with his Katana (or Wakizashi) sheathed, and hand on the hilt of the Katana (or Wakizashi), a master of the Hiten Mitsurugi-Ryu can use the Battou-Jitsu to either strike his opponents melee weapon, or as an attack. As an attack to strike the opponent’s melee weapon, the wielder of the Battou-Jitsu must ready the attack before hand, and then make a successful Sense Motive check (DC: 20). If he succeeds, he can then attempt to strike his opponent’s weapon (see Striking a Weapon in the Player's Handbook pg. 136). In the opposed attack rolls for striking the weapon, the wielder of the Battou-Jitsu gets a +4 due to the God Speed. If the wielder of Battou-Jitsu successfully strikes the weapon, then it negates the next attack from that opponent using that weapon. (If the Opponent has multiple attacks, then only the first is cancelled.) This is considered a Full Round action/attack. As an attack to strike the opponent, treat it as a normal attack, with a +2 to hit due to the God Speed. Battou-Jitsu Sou Ryu Sen: As with the Battou-Jistu, the BattouJitsu Sou Ryu Sen starts off with the Katana (or Wakizashi) sheathed, and one hand on the hilt of the Katana (or Wakizashi). Unlike the normal Battou-Jitsu, the Battou-Jitsu Sou Ryu Sen can only be used to attack the opponent, but it attacks the opponent with both the Katana (or Wakizashi) and the sheath The master of Hiten Mitsurugi-Ryu must ready the Battou-Jitsu Sou Ryu Sen and strike just before his opponent strikes him. Either the Katana (or Wakizashi) the Sheath both strike at the highest attack of the character, but both at 2 unless the character has the Ambidexterity Feat. If he does, then there is no penalty to strike. As would be expected, the Katana (or Wakizashi) strike is slashing damage, and the Sheath is bludgeoning. (The sheath does normal damage, not subdual, due to the nature of the attack) The Battou-Jitsu Sou Ryu Sen must be a readied attack, and counts as a Full Action. Ryu Kan Sen: With the God Speed, the master of Hiten MitsurugiRyu runs past his opponent then quickly turns around, striking his opponent in the back. The wielder of the Ryu Kan Sen must run at least 20 feet to his opponent, and then either run around his opponent, or tumble past him. If tumbling past, a tumble check (DC15) is required, if failing, and then the opponent gets an attack of opportunity as normal. If running past the opponent, the speed is so great, due to the God Speed, that the opponent gets no attack of opportunity If no attack of opportunity was granted (either by running past or by successfully tumbling) then the wielder of Ryu Kan Sen gets to then attack his opponent. This attack is as if the opponent has no shield (as he is behind his target), and as if the opponent has no dexterity bonus (unless the opponent cannot be surprised, or has Uncanny Dodge or similar ability) This is considered a Full Action attack. Ryu Sho Sen: The character using the Ryu Sho Sen crouches low, then jumps up at the opponent, attempting to slice the opponent across the throat. The character gets a +2 to strike due to the unexpected angle the strike comes from, and a successful hit does double damage (damage x2. Treat as normal for combining with a critical hit)
Ryu Tsui Sen: Even the best swordsman and knight has their vulnerable points when attacked from the air. Using Ryu Tsui Sen, the character jumps up into the air, then comes down upon the opponent, using both hands to strike the enemy with a single blow. The character makes a Jump roll using his high jump ability. To successfully use the Ryu Tsui Sen, the character must jump at least 6 feet above his target to get enough momentum to execute this move properly. If the high jump is less than 6 feet above the opponent, then treat the strike as a normal strike using two hands (x1.5 Str bonus on damage). If the high jump succeeds, then the character gets a +4 to strike, and does double damage (x2 damage. If a critical strike is done, then treat this as another x2 multiplier on the damage. I.e., critical x2 and this x2 comes to x3, and bonus dice are not multiplied) Creatures’ immune to critical strikes are immune to the extra damage done by this strike (the bonus to strike, and extra damage due to a two-handed strike are applied however.) Do Ryu Sen: With godlike power, the wielder of Do Ryu Sen slashes his sword just above the ground, the force of which causes dirt and stones to fly like a dragon, attacking the enemy. It is really handy for those enemies out of range. The wielder of Do Ryu Sen must make a short run (at least 10 feet) then slash his Katana (or Wakizashi) just above the ground. Any loose stones and dirt then fly up to hit an opponent up to 30 feet away from where the Do Ryu Sen was executed. Damage done depends on the amount of loose material available where the Do Ryu Sen is executed. (DM's discretion). Suggested damages: On a stone & dirt road: 4D6, on a cobblestone road: 2D6, on a paved road or inside a well kept castle/keep: 0 (there's nothing for the Do Ryu Sen to attack the opponent with) Critical for this attack is 1920/x2.) Even a heavily armoured opponent still takes damage from this attack as the dirt and stones can find their way through the cracks and holes in the armour. This is considered a Full Action attack. Ryu Sou Sen: Randomly attacking your targets vital points at high speed doesn't give the opponent a chance to recover from the attack. This is ideal against enemies with high stamina. The wielder of the Ryu Sou Sen must stand in one spot to execute this attack. The character gets two extra attacks at the attack bonus of his highest (first) attack, and each attack suffers a 2 penalty to hit (as the character is sacrificing some accuracy for speed). E.g. If a character normally has attacks of +13/+8, then they gets 2 bonus attacks at the highest bonus (so +13/+13/+13/+8) and all attacks are at 2 penalty (+11/+11/+11/+6). This is a full round attack, the wielder cannot move his 5' either before or after, and all attacks must be made against the same enemy. Ken Ki: Ken Ki is the warrior spirit made for fighting. If at any time a battle lasts more than 10 rounds, the warriors Ken Ki automatically activates. Bonuses include: +4 temporary constitution points (lost at the end of battle) as well, the character can push his or her body beyond normal limits.
High Jump (Ex): You are able to gain exceptional height when jumping, even from a standing position.
The character can stay conscious, below 0 and perform full round actions still. The character can stay conscious until 10 + Constitution (i.e., if the character has a Constitution of 15, the character can stay conscious until 25). If the battle ends, with the character below 0 HP, then the character's Ken Ki fades out, but also puts the character at 0 HP, staggered).
When trying a high jump, roll a Jump skill check. You manage to jump up your height plus 1ft for every 3 points beyond 10 that you make your jump check (i.e., (JumpCheck10)/3 + Height) When you make a High jump, the character can only move up to 5 feet horizontally.
Kuzu Ryu Sen: Every form of attack in every form of fighting is centred on hitting your opponents, and protecting your own, vital points. These points are: Head, Left Shoulder , Right Shoulder, Left Arm ,Right Arm, Left Waist, Right Waist, Between the Legs, and the Crotch.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Using the God Speed, the Master of Hiten Mitsurugi-Ryu attacks the opponent in all the vital points in rapid succession. There is only two ways to counter a Kuzu Ryu Sen, as such the Kuzu Ryu Sen is usually fatal to the opponent. The wielder of the Kuzu Ryu Sen makes a number of attacks upon the opponent equal to 3 + Wisdom Modifier) at his or her highest attack bonus. As well, Due to the fact that the master of Hiten Mitsurugi-Ryu will be hitting the opponent’s critical points, the threat range on the attack is given a x2 multiplier (of the base threat range). This counts as a full round attack. The attacker must run at least 10 feet towards the opponent before using the Kuzu Ryu Sen. As well, due to the exhausting nature of this attack, the wielder takes 20 points of subdual damage. If the target is at largest one size category larger than the attacker then the attacker will end up 15 feet on the other side of the opponent (unless there is an obstacle blocking the path, i.e., a wall) The only two attacks able to counter the Kuzu Ryu Sen, is another Kuzu Ryu Sen (readied so that both effectively take place simultaneously [it's the best I can do while staying inside the 3rd ED rules]) and an Ama Kakeru Ryu No Hirameki. If it is countered with another Kuzu Ryu Sen then both opponents make opposed Wisdom checks (to determine the conviction of each) with any circumstantial bonuses applicable applied (i.e., +4 for defending something that you truly believe in)
Ama Kakeru Ryu No Hirameki: The Ama Kakeru Ryu No Hirameki is likened to the Dragon. Where you may evade the deadly bite, the winds will draw you in so that you will be shredded by its claws. The wielder of the Ama Kekeru Ryu No Hirameki starts with the Katana (or Wakizashi) in the sheath. With the incredible God Speed the wielder can muster, he or she draws the sword so as to strike the opponent and fell him or her in one blow. Due to the incredible speed with which this attack is done, the opponent receives no dodge bonus to his or her AC. If this attack is blocked (i.e., it misses) then the speed of which the blade passes through the area between the two opponents creates a small vacuum. While the opponent is caught off guard, the attacker uses this vacuum to his or her advantage. The opponent becomes off balance, and drawn in to the vacuum, while the attacker spins around and uses the momentum created by the vacuum to speed his or her sword even faster for a second strike. This second strike is +4 to hit (due to the attacker being off balance) and the opponent still doesn't get any Dodge bonus to their AC. If the second attack strikes, then damage is given a x2 multiplier. This attack is very lethal to humanoid opponents. If a humanoid opponent is struck by either strike (the first or second) then it must make a fortitude check (DC20 + damage) or die.
Improved God Speed: The Improved God Speed supersedes the God Speed (i.e., they don't stack, just take the bonuses from the Improved God Speed) +8 to initiative (stackable with Improved Initiative), a +6 Dodge bonus to AC (stackable with Dex Modifier), +4 competence bonus to hit with the Katana (and Wakizashi)
Only a true master of fighting styles can discern exactly what this move is, due to its incredible speed. A character must succeed a Knowledge (Fighting Styles) DC 35 to tell what this move exactly is.
The character only gains these bonuses when wearing light or no armour.
This counts as a full round attack. As well, due to the exhausting nature of this attack, the wielder takes 30 points of subdual damage.
Hounds of Osiris Description Hounds of Osiris are a speciality bounty hunter class. Their job is to track down and capture tomb robbers, Set worshippers, Unther freedom fighters, and other criminals. These men and women study their targets until they know how they
fight, know how they cast spells, know how they think. The Hounds of Osiris are known to be relentless. Hounds are usually Rangers, but occasionally paladins, fighters, and wizards belong to this class. Though designed with the Mulhorandi in mind, this might serve as a template for a general bounty hunter.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
Other
1
1
2
0
0
One studied target
+2 Bonus vs. Studied Target
2
2
3
0
0
Uncanny Dodge vs. Studied Target
+2 Bonus vs. Studied Target
3
3
3
1
1
Evasion vs. studied target
+2 Bonus vs. Studied Target
4
4
4
1
1
Two studied targets
+3 Bonus vs. Studied Target
5
5
4
1
1
Knockout Attack
+3 Bonus vs. Studied Target
6
6
5
2
2
Locate Creature (1x day)
+3 Bonus vs. Studied Target
7
7
5
2
2
Three studied targets
+4 Bonus vs. Studied Target
8
8
6
2
2
Crippling Strike
+4 Bonus vs. Studied Target
9
9
6
3
3
Locate Creature (2x day)
+4 Bonus vs. Studied Target
10
10
7
3
3
Four studied targets
+5 Bonus vs. Studied Target
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Requirements
against the particular target: Attack, Damage, bonus AC, and saving throws against their spells (refer to the chart above). It typically takes 3 days of study to attain the level of familiarity necessary to achieve these bonuses, and some travel is also involved. Scrying can also be used to familiarise
Base Attack Bonus: +4 Hit Dice: D8 Alignment: usually Lawful Class: Believer of Osiris Special: Gather Information: 5 ranks, Intimidate: 4 ranks, Spellcraft: 4 ranks The Hound of Osiris must successfully capture a criminal prior to entry to this class.
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Balance, Bluff, Climb, Concentration, Gather Information, Hide, Intimidate, Jump, Knowledge, Listen, Move Silently, Profession, Search, Sense Motive, Spellcraft, Spot, Swim. See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 4 + INT modifier
Class Features One studied target: Studied Targets Hounds of Osiris are trained to fight one particular foe. They need to study the target; records and witnesses to their recent actions must be available (i.e.. if the foe has gained five levels since the witness saw him, they won't be effective). If they have access to this information, they get bonuses
A Hound can switch Studied Targets at will, thereby losing all bonuses against their previous foe, but gaining the ability to study a new foe. At higher levels, a Hound can study multiple targets (often the friends and companions of those he's hunting). Uncanny Dodge: At 2nd level, the Hound is wise to surprise attacks by the Studied Target. The Studied Target can't catch him flatfooted, nor can he flank him, unless he's a thief four levels higher than the Hound. Evasion: At 3rd level, the Hound is so familiar with the Studied Target's spellcasting style that they get evasion against his spells, as per the monk ability. Knockout: At fifth level, the Hound gains an ability similar to the assassin's paralysation ability, to knock a target unconscious with a single blow (three rounds of observation required, target may avoid by making a Fort Save of DC 10 + the Hound levels + the Int modifier, knockout lasts for 1d6 rounds plus one round per Hound level). The Hound may attempt to knock out any target, but Studied Targets add the Hound's bonus to their DC. Locate Creature: (Su) At sixth level, the Hound may use the locate creature spell, once per day. This version of the spell has duration of one round. At ninth level, they may employ this ability twice per day. Crippling Strike: (Ex) At eighth level, the Hound gains the thief's Crippling strike ability. This is applicable against all opponents, not just a Studied Target.
Inquisitor Description
Inquisitor as well. Barbarians, bards, druids, sorcerers, and rogues are almost never Inquisitors.
Defenders of the faith, pioneers of religion, interpreters of canon law, seekers of the truth, or scourges of their religion—all can describe the Inquisitor. These people rise above the ranks of mere priests or adventurers. Inquisitors are the upper echelons in their religion. They dedicate their lives-and souls-to whatever god or religion they serve. Their powers involve divining the truth, serving their faith, and at higher levels, contacting beings that serve their deity.
Adventures: Inquisitors rarely go on minor quests to retrieve treasure or kill orcs. However, when their cause is threatened, the wrath of a righteous Inquisitor is a terrible sight to behold. Should a holy relic be stolen, a church be desecrated, or a priest be murdered, the Inquisitor will often embark on a holy quest to right the wrongsand punish those responsible.
Obviously, clerics are the most common inquisitors. However, paladins and wizards often serve a deity and join the ranks of the inquisitors. Occasionally a fighter or monk will become an
Characteristics: Inquisitors are very logical and careful. Their powers are always used to augment their religion, one way or another. Of course, many inquisitors argue that since they are their religion’s pillars, powers that benefit themselves obviously benefit the faith.
Table Level
Base Attack
Fort
ref
will
special
1
+0
+2
+0
+2
Repel Demons,
2
+1
+3
+0
+3
speak tongues 1/day+int
3
+2
+3
+1
+3
Detect Lie, 1/Day+wis
4
+3
+4
+1
+4
Holy smite, 1/day
5
+3
+4
+1
+4
Righteous rage, 1/day
6
+4
+5
+2
+5
Contact Power, 2/week
7
+5
+5
+2
+5
Summon Lesser Servant, 1/week
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes 8
+6
+6
+2
+6
Raise Dead, 1/week
9
+6
+6
+3
+6
Wrath of god, 1/day
10
+7
+7
+3
+7
Miracle, 1/month
Requirements: Alignment: Any lawful. Skills: Knowledge (Religion): 6 ranks, Sense Motive: 4 ranks, Intimidate: 3 ranks, Diplomacy: 4 ranks. Feats: Skill focus: Knowledge (Religion.), Iron Will. Special: Must actively belong to a religion.
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Concentration (con), craft (Int), Diplomacy (Cha), intimidate (Cha), Knowledge (Arcana) (Int), knowledge (Religion), scry (Int, exclusive), sense motive (Wis), spellcraft (Int). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill points per level: (2 + Int modifier).
Class Features Weapon and Armour Proficiencies: Inquisitors are proficient with all simple weapons, with light armor, and with shields. They (obviously) lose no proficiencies they may already have. Spells: If not previously able to cast divine spells, an Inquisitor advances as a cleric of his level. If previously able to do so, he adds a level to his spellcasting class (for the purposes of spells per day only). Deity, Domains, and Domain Spells: If they possessed any priest spells, their domain spells carry over. If they were not a cleric, they choose the domains of the god they serve. Spontaneous casting: If the Inquisitor had this ability, he does not lose it. However, if he did not have it, he does not gain it with this prestige class. Turn or rebuke undead: If the Inquisitor was not a cleric, they affect undead at a level equal to their prestige class’s level. If they were a cleric, each level they gain as an Inquisitor is added to their cleric level for the purposes of turning undead. Repel Demons: The Inquisitor gains the power to drive out demons and devils. This is in all ways similar to turn undead (note that no inquisitor, even an evil one, will ever knowingly traffic with demons or devils. Hence there is no "rebuke demons" ability). Upon being confronted by a demon, the Inquisitor may attempt to repel it. The Inquisitor presents his holy symbol (very similar to turning undead) and commands the demon to be gone. The demon or devil must then roll a will save (DC equal to 10 + the inquisitor’s level + the inquisitor’s charisma modifier). If the demon succeeds, the attempt fails. If he misses the roll by 1-5, the demon is held back at a 10foot radius, similar to a protection from evil. If the demon misses by more than five, (but not a natural 1), it is forced to return to its own plane. Should the demon roll a natural one, it has a 50% chance of being forced back to its home plane, a 35% chance of taking 6d6 damage instantly (And still being repelled), and a 15% chance of being destroyed. The Inquisitor may use this power up to once a day per level. Speak in Tongues: By calling on his deity’s wisdom, the cleric gains the ability to speak with any sentient being. Anything he says
is understood by whomever he speaks to, and he understands all languages in turn. This power lasts for one turn per Inquisitor level. The inquisitor may do this once per day plus his intelligence modifier. Detect Lie: The Inquisitor is so astute that he is able to discern whenever anyone tells a lie, attempts to evade an answer, tells a half-truth, or even gives misleading information. He may use this power on any statement that another person makes, but only up to once per day plus his wisdom modifier. The attempt is automatically successful in that the Inquisitor knows if the previous statement was at all untrue. However, he does not necessarily know what the actual truth is. He may make a special Sense Motive roll, DC 20. If successful, the Inquisitor knows the truth. Righteous Rage: This power is similar to that of a barbarian. However, the Inquisitor may only enter it when he is truly angered by some affront to his religion. Thus, encountering an angry Minotaur is not justification for a holy rage. If the same Minotaur desecrates a holy symbol, or insults the Inquisitor’s deity, then the Inquisitor may enter the purity of rage. Unlike a barbarian, the Inquisitor does not frenzy. Rather, his senses becomes sharpened and he becomes as focused as the point of a dagger, determined to eliminate the threat. His scores themselves do not increase. However, he enjoys many benefits. He gains a +2 morale bonus to fortitude saves, and a +4 moral bonus to will saves. In addition, he gets a +2 insight bonus to all attack rolls. Finally, he is automatically considered to be proficient with whatever weapon he is currently using (no benefits if he already is). Holy Smite: With this power, the Inquisitor directly channels his deity’s anger through himself. Very similar to the paladin’s smite evil ability; the Inquisitor is able to attack any enemy of his religion. The Inquisitor adds his charisma modifier to the attack, and deals +1 damage per level. In addition, the Inquisitors charisma bonus may be calculated in to a creature’s damage reduction or magic resistance. (thus an Inquisitor with a charisma of 14 smiting a creature with damage reduction 15/+2 will inflict full damage). The Inquisitor may only use Holy Smite once per day. However, since it is the Inquisitor’s perceptions of what an enemy is, holy smite always works (unlike smite evil.) Contact Power: At this level, the Inquisitor has accrued such standing with his deity that he may actually speak with the deity for a brief time. Up to twice per week, the Inquisitor may attempt to contact the deity directly. Most deities will choose to answer the inquisitor (woe to he who attempts to speak to a deity frivolously). The Inquisitor may only speak for about one round per level. At the end of which, he must make a will save at a difficulty equal to 13+the number of rounds the conversation lasted. Speaking with gods is taxing for the mind. Should the saving throw fail, he has a 50% chance of forgetting the information and a 50% chance of falling unconscious for 1d6 rounds. (if the saving throw is a 1, he does both). Summon Lesser Servant: With this power, the Inquisitor is able to petition his deity to send aid. In effect, this is a Summon Monster VI spell with alignment restrictions (only creatures that are of the deity’s alignment, or of neutral alignment or animal intelligence, may be summoned). This power may be used only once a week and is in addition to any other summoning powers the inquisitor may have. The creature will remain for 2 rounds per level of the Inquisitor. Wrath of God: The Inquisitor’s fury when confronted with heathens. Once a day, he may rain down fire and brimstone upon his enemies. Any of the caster’s enemies within a ten foot radius of
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes his primary target must make a reflex save, DC 18 or take 1d8 damage per inquisitor level (save for half). The main target must save at DC 20. Note that innocent beings are not subjected to the wrath even if they happen to be within the targeted area—only the caster’s enemies.
Miracle: At this level, the Inquisitor is able to cause tremendous changes from the power of his faith. Once a month, he may cast the spell Miracle. This is in all ways similar to the cleric spell, except the experience point penalty is 3,500 experience, rather than 5,000.
Item Hunter Description Item hunters are a loose guild of people who in a general spirit of fun chase down the major magic items that tend to go missing in this setting. The general populace sees them as a nuisance, while those who have lost items and are familiar with the portals and the item hunters consider them to be a menace at best. Even so, they are one of the best sources of reliable news from afar. They also tend to know more about the workings of the portals and what can be found on different worlds than most other people.
While some item hunters consider it a full-time profession, most have other interests. Wizards, Sorcerers, Rogues, Bards, Fighters and a rare Ranger can be found among the item hunters. The irreverent nature of item hunters usually, but not entirely, precludes interest from Clerics, Druids, and Paladins. There are no guild dues, nor formal meetings or agendas. Most only gather when interested in a particular item has been reported missing. Then those who are interested scour the worlds trying to find it. A wild party typically follows a successful hunt. Most hunters keep items that they find. A few return them to the previous owner.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
Other
1
+0
+2
+0
+0
Language, Portal-Common
+1 level of existing class
2
+1
+3
+0
+0
Language, Elvish
+1 level of existing class
3
+1
+3
+1
+1
+1 level of existing class
4
+2
+4
+1
+1
+1 level of existing class
5
+2
+4
+1
+1
6
+3
+5
+2
+2
+1 level of existing class
7
+3
+5
+2
+2
+1 level of existing class
8
+4
+6
+2
+2
+1 level of existing class
9
+4
+6
+3
+3
+1 level of existing class
10
+5
+7
+3
+3
Portal Lore
Open Portal
+1 level of existing class
+1 level of existing class
Requirements
Class Features
To qualify as an item hunter, a character must fulfil all of the following criteria.
All of the following are class features of the item hunter prestige class.
Base Attack Bonus: +4
Weapon and Armour Proficiency: Item hunters gain no proficiency in any weapon or armour.
Skills: Knowledge, (Portals): 6 Feats: Endurance Special: must have participated in an item hunt before. Hit Die: d6
Class Skills The item hunter’s class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are appraise, bluff, concentration, decipher script, disable device, disguise, gather information, knowledge (all), listen, search, spot, use magic device Skill points at each level: 4 + Int modifier
Spells per day: An item hunter who was previously an arcane spellcaster continues to gain access to more powerful magic as an item hunter. When a new item hunter level is gained, the character gains new spells per day as if she had also gained a level in the arcane spellcasting class she belonged to before she added the prestige class. She does not, however, gain any other benefit a character of that class would have gained. If a character had more than one arcane spellcasting class before she became an item hunter, the player must decide which class to assign each level of item hunter for the purpose of determining spells per day. It the item hunter did not previously belong to an arcane spellcasting class, she gains the ability to cast arcane spells exactly as a wizard. Her spell progression is exactly the same as a wizard.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Languages: An item hunter quickly learns the two common languages of the portal universe: portal common and elvish. Portal Lore: An item hunter picks up a great deal of knowledge in his travels. This is handled just like bardic knowledge. The item hunter adds his level and his Intelligence modifier to the knowledge check. If the item hunter was previously a bard, his level of item hunter is added to his bardic knowledge check.
Open Portal: This ability does not remove the need to cast a spell to activate an open portal. It allows the item hunter to open a portal that is closed by a key, or a portal that only operates at certain times. Once the portal has been opened, it must be activated in the normal manner. This is an extraordinary ability.
Juggernaut Description There are those who excel through keen swordplay, some who twist magic whether arcane or divine to thwart their enemies, and some who use guile to best their foes. However, the Juggernaut is none of these. Instead, he focuses his skills on one thing: Staying alive. Many a wizard or fighter has fallen to the resilience of the Juggernaut. Those that take this prestige class forgo superb offensive capabilities in exchange for an incredible defence. Even though they cannot command others or use incredible combat prowess, their toughness usually ensures that they are the last one left standing in a fight. Such is the goal that they seek.
By far, the most common Juggernauts are fighters and barbarians who seek to bulk themselves up. A cleric, with the powers of the juggernaut and her natural healing abilities, will be long-lasting indeed. Occasionally, rangers, paladins, and monks may decide to train themselves as a Juggernaut to keep alive longer. Druids and bards have no special predilection to this class, and a wizard or sorcerer juggernaut is almost unheard of. Humans often take this prestige class to keep themselves alive. Dwarves and half-orcs, hardy as they are, often take levels of this prestige class to be an invincible fighting force. The larger monster races, such as gnolls, bugbears, and hobgoblins, may well find this a useful prestige class to have.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+2
+0
+0
Toughness
2
+2
+3
+0
+0
Improved Concentration
3
+3
+3
+1
+1
4
+4
+4
+1
+1
Toughness
5
+5
+4
+1
+1
Damage reduction 5/+1
6
+6
+5
+2
+2
Stabilise
7
+7
+5
+2
+2
Toughness
8
+8
+6
+2
+2
9
+9
+6
+3
+3
Hardiness, 1/day
10
+10
+7
+3
+3
Regeneration 3
Requirements:
Class Features:
Feats: Endurance, Toughness, Great Fortitude.
Weapon and Armour Proficiency: The Juggernaut is proficient in all simple and martial weapons, and all types of armour and shields.
Base Attack Bonus: +4 Special: Must be proficient in light armour and medium armour. Hit Die: d12
Class skill
Toughness: At levels 1, 4, and 7, the Juggernaut gains the toughness feat, thus giving him 3 extra hp. Improved concentration: Should the juggernaut ever have to make a concentration check, he automatically gets a +2 competence bonus.
The Juggernaut’s class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are
Damage reduction: At level 5, the Juggernaut gains damage reduction of 5/+1.
Climb (Str), craft (Int), heal (Wis), jump (Str), profession (Int), ride (Dex), and swim (Str).
Stabilise: The juggernaut’s hit points automatically stabilise when they reach 0 or lower. He still dies if reduced to –10, however.
Skill points at each level: 2 + Int modifier.
Hardiness: Once per day on achieving level 9, he may steel himself against all attacks and keep himself alive. He gains +4 to strength and constitution, and thus gains 2 additional hit points per level.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes (These are not lost first the way temporary hit points are). He also gains a +2 morale bonus to saves and AC, and spell resistance of 10 + his intelligence modifier (if positive). This lasts for a number of
rounds equal to 2 + his newly improved constitution modifier. Once the hardiness ends, the Juggernaut is winded, giving him a –2 penalty to strength and dexterity, and preventing him from running.
Kensai Description Kensai means "Sword Saint" or "Sword Master" and is usually applied to characters who have perfected the art of fighting with the
sword. This can also be broadened to encompass swords, halberds or other polearms. The character must learn to master his weapon and himself, and must study and learn other arts, and styles.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
1
+1
+1
+1
Immunity to Fear, Ki Attack (+1), Ki Damage
2
2
+1
+1
+1
Power Attack Feat
3
3
+2
+2
+2
Sunder Feat, Ki Attack (+2)
4
4
+2
+2
+2
Blind fight Feat
5
5
+3
+3
+3
Ki Attack (+3), Wisdom modifier to AC
6
6
+3
+3
+3
Improved Blind fight Feat(Sword and Fist)
7
7
+4
+4
+4
Natural Armour +1, Ki Attack (+4)
8
8
+4
+4
+4
Quick Initiative +1, Riposte Feat(CitadelRaven.com)
9
9
+5
+5
+5
Natural Armour +2, Ki Attack (+5)
10
10
+5
+5
+5
Quick Initiative +2, Natural Healing, Parry All
Requirements Base Attack Bonus: +7 Alignment: any Lawful
the experience for an encounter. When wearing any Armour the Kensai receives none of his speed and Armour class bonuses; initiative modifiers, natural Armour bonuses, Wisdom modifier to AC.
Feats: Weapon Focus (sword), Weapon Specialisation (Sword), Quickdraw, Improved Initiative, Expertise (Sword), Improved Disarm
Kensai may take the weapon finesse feat to use with medium and large size weapons. Note that Armour check penalties for Armour heavier than leather apply to the skills Balance, Climb, Escape Artist, Hide, Jump, Move Silently, Pick Pocket, and Tumble.
Special: Sense Motive: 5 ranks Intimidate: 5 ranks Diplomacy: 2 ranks Knowledge (Martial Arts): 5 ranks
Immunity to Fear: The Kensai is immune to the fear, magical or otherwise.
Hit Dice: D10
Ki Attack: The Kensai has learned to focus his Ki into his weapon of choice, there by creating a weapon equivalent to +1 per 2 levels, (Max +5 at 9th). He does not gain the actual attack and damage modifiers, just weapon ability in terms of damage reduction.
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Balance (Dex), Bluff(Cha), Climb(Str), Craft(Int), Diplomacy(Cha), Intimidate(Cha), Jump(Str), Knowledge(Int), Profession(Wis), Search(Int), Sense Motive(Wis), Swim(Str), Tumble(Dex). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 4 + Int modifier.
Class Features All of the following are Class Features of the weapon master prestige class. Weapons and Armour: A Kensai is proficient in all martial and simple weapons, and Armours. However when using a weapon other than the type the Kensai is specialised in he receives on half
Ki Damage: The Kensai may use his Ki to gain maximum damage out of 1 attack per 2 levels (Max. 5 times per day at 10th level). Prior to rolling attack rolls the Kensai must declare the use of this ability, hit or miss counts as use for day. Wisdom Modifier to AC: As per the monk ability. Natural Armour Class: Starting at 7th level the Kensai gains a supernatural ability during melee combat, he can sense the flow of and battle and move accordingly. This bonus is only during melee and cannot be used if caught flat-footed. Max bonus +2 at 9th level. Quick Initiative: Starting at 8th level the Kensai gains the supernatural ability to react quicker than most people during a battle. Max bonus +2 at 10th level. Natural Healing: At 10th level the Kensai has gained an exceptionally quick recovery time. He recovers twice his character level in hit points each night, and temporary ability damage is also
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes recovered at twice the normal rate (4 points per day of complete bed rest). Also, one point of temporary ability damage is recovered per day even if the character is active.
Parry All: When the Kensai uses a full round action in total defence he gains an additional +2 to AC (Dodge bonus), cumulative with any bonus gained from tumble skill.
Knife Fighter Description The Knife Fighter is the master of the dagger, equally adept at wielding the often-underestimated weapon in close combat, and as a lethal thrown weapon. Mobile, calculating, and brutal or elegant, Knife Fighters usually pursue careers as pit fighters, facing other such combatants in ruthless, often illegal bouts, or as skilled enforcers and assassin’s for certain criminal elements.
Because of the classes typically shadowy background, it is extremely difficult although not impossible to obtain Knife Fighter tuition outside of the domain of the criminal underworld. As a result, few individuals, other than Rogues and Fighters, enter this prestige class. Of the various races, Humans are as suited to the class as they are any other, Halflings find themselves to be adept knifeflingers, and Half Orcs, and other savage humanoids, find the class, and its usual background, suitably violent. Dwarves, Elves, and Gnomes usually view knife fighting as disdainful and distasteful.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
1
0
0
2
Dual Blade, Point Blank Shot
2
2
0
0
3
Versatile Blade, Vicious Strike +1d4
3
3
1
1
3
Intercepting Blade I, Snatch Blade
4
4
1
1
4
Dual Throw
5
5
1
1
4
Back to Sender
6
6
2
2
5
Intercepting Blade II, Vicious Strike +2d4
7
7
2
2
5
Improved Two Weapon Fighting
8
8
2
2
6
9
9
3
3
6
Intercepting Blade III
10
10
3
3
7
Vicious Strike +3d4
Requirements Base Attack Bonus: +5 Hit Dice: D8 Feats: Ambidexterity, Dodge, Weapon Focus (dagger). Special: To qualify to become a Knife Fighter, a character must fulfil all the following criteria
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Bluff (Cha), Craft (Int), Gather Information (Cha), Intimidate (Cha), Knowledge (Streetwise)(Int), Jump (Str), Listen (Wis), Spot (Wis), and Tumble (Dex). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 4 + Int modifier.
Class Features All of the following are Class Features of the tunnelrat prestige class.
Weapons and Armour: Knife Fighters are proficient with daggers. Knife Fighters are proficient with light armour, but no shields. Note that armour check penalties for armour heavier than leather apply to the skills Balance, Climb, Escape Artist, Hide, Jump, Move Silently, Pick Pocket, and Tumble. Back to Sender: If a Knife Fighter with this extraordinary ability makes a successful Snatch Blade attempt, he may immediately launch the caught projectile back at the attacker who threw it, making a standard attack roll using that weapon. Using this special ability doesn't count as an action. It is not possible to use Back to Sender on a weapon that has been "returned" using this ability, although a weapon thrown using this ability may be caught using Snatch Blade. Double Throw: A Knife Fighter can throw two daggers simultaneously per attack, providing he has one in each hand. If both are thrown at a single target, make two separate normal attack rolls; if each is thrown at a different target, use standard Two Weapon Fighting Penalties (taking into account Ambidexterity, Two Weapon Fighting feat/Dual Blade special ability, etc.) Dual Blade: When wearing light or no armour, and armed with a pair of daggers, the Knife Fighter can fight as if he had the Two Weapon Fighting feat. If the Knife Fighter already has the Two Weapon Fighting feat, he gains the benefits of the Improved Two Weapon Fighting feat when armed with a pair of dagger, and wearing light or no armour.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Improved Two Weapon Fighting: When wearing light or no armour, and armed with a pair of daggers, the Knife Fighter can fight as if he had the Improved Two Weapon Fighting feat. If the character already has this feat, he reduces the penalty to his second attack with the offhand weapon to 2, when using Improved Two Weapon Fighting.
Once per round when he would normally be hit with such a thrown weapon, he may make a Reflex saving throw against a DC of 20 (if the thrown weapon has a magical bonus to attack the DC increases by that amount). If he succeeds, he catches the weapon. He must be aware of the attack, and not flatfooted. Attempting to snatch a thrown weapon doesn't count as an action.
Intercepting Blade: The Knife Fighter becomes extremely proficient at using an offhand dagger as a parrying implement. When armed with a pair of daggers (one in each hand), and wearing light or no armour, the Knife Fighter gets a bonus of +1 to his Armour Class at 3rd level. This bonus increases to +2 at 6th level, and +3 at 9th level. If the Knife Fighter uses the offhand dagger to attack, he loses the Armour Class bonus for the rest of the round. The Armour Class bonus is an Armour bonus, as the offhand dagger is essentially being used as a "shield".
Versatile Blade: The Knife Fighter learns to make more effective use of the dagger, and may choose to make Slashing or Piercing attacks with it.
Point Blank Shot: The Knife Fighter gets the Point Blank Shot feat for free. Snatch Blade: The Knife Fighter may snatch small thrown weapons, such as daggers, dart, and rocks, out of the air. He must have at least one hand free (holding nothing) to use this ability.
Viscous Strike: At 2nd level, the Knife Fighter gains the extraordinary ability to inflict grievous wounds with a dagger in melee, gaining a bonus of +1d4 points of damage added to his normal roll. When making a vicious strike, the Knife Fighter cannot attack with a weapon is his other hand, although he can defend with it (and can use the Intercepting Blade special ability). Like critical hits and sneak attacks, Vicious Strike is ineffective against constructs, oozes, undead, and fortified armour. Every four Knife Fighter levels gained thereafter, he increases the damage by +1d4. If the Knife Fighter also has the Rogue's Sneak Attack ability, and utilises it successfully, the Vicious Strike damage stacks with the Sneak Attack damage.
Knight [Black] Description Black knights are corrupted knights, who serve the forces of darkness with the same relish as they once dealt justice to evildoers. NPC black knights can be found leading the armies of evil overlords or fiends, or in loose bands ravaging isolated villages and hamlets. While they scorn all who profess to be virtuous or law-abiding, their
greatest hatred is reserved for those who were once their cousins in arms. The greatest and most infamous black knights are sometimes known as antipaladins. The black knight fills much the same role as the blackguard prestige class in the DMG. If a campaign is to feature a “champion of evil”, it should thus include either black knights or blackguards, but not both.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+2
+0
+0
Frenzy 2/day
2
+2
+3
+0
+0
Smite hero
3
+3
+3
+1
+1
Evasion
4
+4
+4
+1
+1
Frenzy 3/day
5
+5
+4
+1
+1
Aura of fear
6
+6
+5
+2
+2
Damage reduction 1/–
7
+7
+5
+2
+2
Frenzy 4/day
8
+8
+6
+2
+2
Greater frenzy
9
+9
+6
+3
+3
Damage reduction 2/–
10
+10
+7
+3
+3
Frenzy 5/day
Requirements
Class Skills
Base Attack Bonus: +6.
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are:
Alignment: Any evil.
Climb (Str), Craft (Int), Diplomacy (Cha), Heal (Wis), Intimidate (Cha), Jump (Str), Knowledge (nobility and royalty) (Int), Profession (Wis).
Feats: Power Attack, Cleave. Special: Must have been a knight and violated the knight’s code. Hit Dice: d12
The knight gains the following additional class skills based on his background, as determined by race: Human — Handle Animal (Wis), Ride (Dex)
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Dwarf — Knowledge (engineering) (Int)
three times per day from 4th level, four times from 7th level, and five times at 10th level. Entering the frenzy takes no time in itself, but the black knight can only do it during his action, not in response to somebody else’s action.
Elf — Balance (Dex), Tumble (Dex) Gnome — Hide (Dex), Move Silently (Dex) See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill points/Level: 4 + Int modifier (x4 at 1st level)
Class Features Weapons and Armour: As a former knight, the black knight is proficient with simple and martial weapons, shields, and all types of armour. Frenzy (Ex): When he needs to, a black knight can fly into a murderous frenzy, gaining terrifying strength and stamina but becoming reckless and less able to defend himself. He temporarily gains +4 to Strength, +4 to Constitution and a +2 morale bonus to Will saves, but suffers a –2 penalty to AC. The increase in Constitution increases the black knight’s hit points by 2 per level, but these hit points go away at the end of the frenzy when his Constitution score drops back to normal. Starting at 8th level, the bonuses to Strength and Constitution increase to +6 each, and the morale bonus to Will saves increases to +3. When in a frenzy, the black knight cannot use skills or abilities that require patience and concentration, such as moving silently or casting spells. He can use any feat he has except for Expertise, item creation and metamagic feats, and Skill Focus (if it’s tied to a skill requiring patience or concentration). The frenzy lasts for 3 rounds plus his (newly improved) Constitution modifier. The black knight can prematurely end the frenzy voluntarily. At the end of the frenzy, the black knight is fatigued (–2 to Strength, –2 to Constitution, can’t charge or run) for the duration of that encounter. He can only fly into a frenzy once per encounter, and only a certain number of times per day, determined by level — twice per day initially, increasing to
Smite Hero (Ex): Starting at 2nd level, the black knight can make a single melee attack against an enemy knight at a +4 attack bonus and a damage bonus equal to his black knight level (if he hits). This ability is usable once per day. If he accidentally smites an enemy who is not a knight (i.e. is fallen or does not have any knight class levels), the smite has no effect but is still used up for the day. Evasion (Ex): At 3rd level, the black knight gains evasion. If exposed to any effect that normally allows a character to attempt a Reflex save for half damage (such as a fireball), he takes no damage with a successful saving throw. This is an extraordinary ability, and functions even if the black knight is wearing heavy armour or carrying a heavy load. Aura of Fear (Su): From 5th level, the black knight radiates a malign aura that can unsettle his enemies or cause them to flee from the battlefield. The aura potentially affects all creatures who are within 10 feet and have hostile intent towards him. Only creatures with less HD or levels than the black knight’s total character levels are affected. The aura is always on; the black knight does not have to activate it. A potentially affected creature that succeeds at a Will save (DC 10 + half the black knight’s total character levels + his Charisma modifier) remains immune to his aura of fear for one day. On a failure, creatures with 4 or fewer HD become panicked for 2d6 rounds and those with 5 or more HD become shaken for 2d6 rounds. This is a mind affecting, fear based effect. Damage Reduction (Ex): At 6th level, the black knight gains the extraordinary ability to shrug off some amount of injury from each blow or attack. Subtract 1 from the damage the black knight is dealt each time he is dealt damage. At 9th level, his DR rises to 2.
Knight [Blood Knight of Erythnul] Designer's Note: This prestige class is based on the deity Erythnul from the World of Greyhawk™ setting. It can be readily adapted to a similar deity from any other setting.
Description Blood Knights are elite soldiers dedicated to serving Erythnul and his clergy. Usually they will be found wreaking havoc in battle, leading bandits, killing, maiming and murdering simply because it pleases them and their patron. Alternatively they may serve as soldiers for cults or sects of the deity, or as the military strength of a temple dedicated to the deity. Occasionally they will be found alone or in small groups. One favoured activity of the Blood Knights,
under direction from clerics of Erythnul, is that of killing lawful good clerics - who are thoroughly despised by their patron deity. They will often form small groups of murderous fighters, bandits, rogues and assassins and go on a killing spree in civilised areas. Causing fear among the general population is often one of their main aims, as a result the more gruesome the carnage that they leave in their wake, the better. Evil fighters are most commonly Blood Knights. However clerics (of Erythnul), rangers and barbarians can also be found in their number. Rogues and Bards would rarely find this group appealing, while druids, sorcerers and wizards are unheard of as Blood Knights. Paladins and clerics of other deities are never found as Blood Knights as both are often the target of Blood Knight missions, raids and/or assassinations.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
Spell
1
+1
+2
+0
+2
The Eye's Aid 1/day
+1 level of existing class
2
+2
+3
+0
+3
Disease Immunity
+1 level of existing class
3
+3
+3
+1
+3
The Eye's Aid 2/day
+1 level of existing class
4
+4
+4
+1
+4
Poison Immunity
+1 level of existing class
5
+5
+4
+1
+4
The Eye's Aid 3/day
+1 level of existing class
6
+6
+5
+2
+5
Acid Immunity
+1 level of existing class
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes 7
+7
+5
+2
+5
The Eye's Aid 4/day
+1 level of existing class
8
+8
+6
+2
+6
Inspire Fear
+1 level of existing class
9
+9
+6
+3
+6
The Eye's Aid 5/day
+1 level of existing class
10
+10
+7
+3
+7
The Transformation
+1 level of existing class
Requirements Base Attack Bonus: +7
Table Level of Cleric Slain
Armour Bonus
1-6
+1
7-12
+2
Feats: Mounted Combat, Power Attack, Cleave
13-18
+3
Special: Intimidate: 4 ranks Knowledge (Religion): 3 ranks Ride: 3 ranks Other: Must find and kill a lawful good cleric. Must be defeated in single combat, though not necessarily honourable combat. The killing of the cleric is instrumental is the creation of the knight's blood armour (see below). The applicant must also supply a suit of masterwork full plate armour - see below.
19+
+4
Hit Dice: D10 Alignment: Chaotic Evil Race: Any (though very rarely anything other than Human or HalfOrc) Religion: Erythnul (or suitable substitute from another setting)
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are very similar to those of Fighters, with some extra skills based on their religious training and beliefs. The Blood Knight's class skills (and key ability for each skill) are Climb (Str), Intimidate (Cha), Jump (Str), Knowledge (religion) (Int), Ride (Dex), Swim (Str). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill points at each Level: 2 + Int modifier
Class Features Weapons and Armour: Blood Knights are proficient with all simple and martial weapons, all armours and shields. Note that armour check penalties for armour heavier than leather apply to the skills Balance, Climb, Escape Artist, Hide, Jump, Move Silently, Pick Pocket and Tumble. Blood Armour: After meeting the pre-requisites for this class, the Blood Knight participates in a special ceremony, conducted by a cleric of Erythnul of at least 8th level. The Blood Knight candidate must provide a suit of masterwork full plate armour. During the ceremony, the blood from the deceased lawful good cleric (slain by the Blood Knight) is poured over the armour and given divine blessing by the cleric of Erythnul. At the end of the ceremony, the suit of armour now has a magical bonus based on the level of the cleric that was slain.
Knight [Cavalier]
This armour is an absolutely sacred possession and a Blood Knight would rather die than loose it. None of their special powers function without them wearing it. Blood Knights can, at any stage of their life, attempt to acquire better armour by killing a higher level cleric. Protection from Law: As per the spell (cast as cleric of same level as Blood Knight) - spell like ability. Blood Rage: The Blood Knight can induce a blood rage upon himself. This rage is a form of blood lust and gives the Blood Knight +2 Str, +2 Con and a damage reduction of 3/+1. The rage lasts for a number of rounds equal to the Blood Knights level (not total character level). If the Blood Knight fails to spill any blood by the end of the rage, then he suffers the anger of his deity in the form of a ten hit point loss. A blood rage can be induced once per day, only after being wounded by five hit points or more (though this can be self inflicted). Maiming Strike: Once per day the Blood Knight may inflict a maiming strike with his main weapon. It must be declared before the attack roll is made. On a successful hit, the target must make a Fortitude saving throw against DC 10 + damage inflicted by the attack. If the saving throw fails, then the target receives -2 to their strength and dexterity ability scores for one whole day. Strikes from different Blood Knights on the same victim are cumulative. Summon Life from Blood: Whenever a blood knight is wounded by 15 hit points or more (in one blow - cant be self inflicted) by a piercing or slashing weapon, he may elect to summon monsters to his aid. The type of monsters summoned is indicated in brackets. The monsters summoned fight at the blood knights discretion until they are dead or until a number of rounds equal to the blood knight's level (not total character level) has elapsed. They appear the round after the wound was inflicted in the nearest position to the blood knight that is unoccupied. Cause Fear: The blood knight can cause fear as per the spell fear, once per day cast as a sorcerer at the same level as the blood knight. Cause Envy: The blood knight can curse any being with an envious affliction that degrades their ability to get along with other people. The victim must make a will save at DC 15 or suffer -2 charisma for one week. This can be used once per day.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Description The Cavalier is the ultimate mounted warrior of civilised cultures, especially those of Middle Ages technology and outlook. In a campaign, he's the shining knight who leads his fellows on an eternal quest for truth, justice, and the elimination of evil. To the world at large, he's a mighty hero. To his friends and allies, he's a staunch friend, a tireless cheerleader, and often an over enthusiastic pain in the neck. The cavalier may take many forms. The honourable noble defending his lord's name. The mounted knight leading the charge on the battlefield. The mysterious samurai ready to die before dishonour. In any form, what separates this warrior from a fighter or paladin is his breeding. Practically raised in the saddle, the Cavalier can outperform most any other character on horseback. Similarly, his training in battle and armament has been focused to seize upon that advantage to maximum effectiveness. What results is a powerful figure, both in image and power, ready to go to his death in the pursuit of honour and his lord's name.
As NPC’s, Cavaliers fight at the head of their lord's armies, using their morale abilities to press home victory. Otherwise, cavaliers may be found at jousts and tournaments, or in the field pursuing those men or beasts that imperil his lord's rule.
Restrictions Cavaliers are known for their fearlessness and their sense of honour. A cavalier will not: attack an unarmed foe, engage in missile combat with a foe that is not equipped with a missile weapon, break their word, compromise their honour to spare their own life, sneak attack an opponent, or in any other way act dishonourable. To do so causes the cavalier’s beliefs to collapse, and his saving throw bonuses and ability to inspire others is gone. This will also happen if a cavalier changes to a non-lawful alignment. Until the cavalier atones, the character may not advance in level as a cavalier.
Equipment
Fighters and paladins are ideal for Cavaliers. Those trained in honour and proficient on horseback can most easily cut the parading image needed to carry their lord's standard. Rangers also make less appropriate candidates, generally serving out on the borderlands as representatives of their lord among the wilds. Under some conditions, a cleric may accept this role, although they would approach it differently, as a defender of the faith. Wizards and sorcerers prefer not to so rely on close combat fighting, as it plays against their advantages, while a barbarian, bard, druid, or rogue would find it difficult to be considered for knighting by a noble lord.
The Cavalier is an expensive character to maintain. They require the most expensive of everything, they do not willingly put up with less than the most expensive equipment, clothes, weapons or armour. Because vendors recognise this fact they raise the price accordingly. A Cavalier must add 25% on to the price of everything, item or service, they wish to purchase.
Most cavaliers are human, as most lord's sponsoring these knights come from that race. However, elven cavaliers of noble houses are also quite common. Half-elves of noble heritage may also be sponsored by a lord if proven worthy. Dwarves do not pursue such a class due to their dislike of horses, and gnomes and halflings are too small to properly utilise the mounts and weapons required. Halforcs cavaliers are unknown, as few lords are willing to sponsor such beings for the honour of knighthood.
A cavalier will never wear a light or non-metal armour and will always prefer plate armour (breast plate, half plate and full plate) than any other type (Which makes the Monk a poor choice as a Cavalier). They would always prefer these to even better non-plate armour. (A knight would prefer a normal breastplate to an elven chain mail +5). If possible they would tend to buy a master craft or magical plate armour before anything else. Cavalier will never don light or non metal armours, if they do they receives an additional armour check penalty of an 2 and a penalty of 2 on attacks rolls this represent how uncomfortable a cavalier will feel in these armours.
Armour
Chivalry Nine Points of Knightly Virtue
Knightly Code of Chivalry
Knightly Rules for Chivalrous Love
1. Honour
1. Thou shalt believe all thy church teaches, and observe all its directions.
1. Thou shalt avoid avarice like the deadly pestilence, and shalt embrace its opposite.
2. Loyalty
2. Thou shalt defend thy church.
2. Thou shalt keep thyself chaste for the sake of her whom thou lovest.
3. Liberality
3. Thou shalt defend thy King and Queen unto death.
3. Thou shalt not knowingly strive to break up a correct love affair that someone else is engaged in.
4. Pride
4. Thou shalt defend thy country against all whom oppose it, without cessation and without mercy.
4. Thou shalt not chose for thy love anyone whom a natural sense of shame forbids thee to marry.
5. Good Faith
5. Thou shalt defend that of any charge unto death.
5. Be mindful completely to avoid falsehood.
6. Bravery
6. Thou shalt respect all those whom are weak, the poor and the innocent, and shalt constitute thyself the defender of them.
6. Thou shalt not have many who know of thy love affair.
7. Glory
7. Thou shalt never lie, and shalt remain faithful to thy pledged word.
7. Being obedient in all things to the commands of ladies, thou shalt ever strive to ally thyself to the service of Love.
8. Courtesy
8. Thou shalt never brandish thy weapon in anger, nor for evil purposes.
8. In giving and receiving love's solaces, let modesty be ever present.
9. Unselfishness
9. Thou shalt perform scrupulously thy feudal duties, if they be not contrary to the laws of god.
9. Thou shalt speak no evil.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes 10. Thou shalt be everywhere and always thy champion of the Right, the Good and the True, and forever the foe of Injustice, Tyranny, and Evil.
10. Thou shalt not be a revealer of love affairs.
11. Thou shalt always fight fair and in an honourable fashion.
11. Thou shalt be in all things, polite and courteous.
12. Thou shalt be generous and give largesse to everyone.
12. In practising the solaces of love, thou shalt not exceed the desires of thy lover.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+2
+0
+0
Weapon Focus(Lance), Leadership
2
+2
+3
+0
+0
Block, Armour Mastery, Followers
3
+3
+3
+1
+1
Courage, Vault
4
+4
+4
+1
+1
Weapon Focus(Sword), Followers, Weapon Specialisation(Lance)
5
+5
+4
+1
+1
Swift Ride
6
+6
+5
+2
+2
Aura of Courage, Followers
7
+7
+5
+2
+2
Heraldic Awe, Glorious Steed
8
+8
+6
+2
+2
Weapon Focus(Bludgeon), Weapon Specialisation(Sword), Followers
9
+9
+6
+3
+3
Indomitable Mind
10
+10
+7
+3
+3
Circle of Protection vs. Chaos, Weapon Specialisation(Bludgeon), Followers
Requirements
Class Features
To qualify to become a cavalier, a character must fulfil the following criteria.
All of the following are Class Features of the cavalier prestige class.
Race: Human, Half-Elven or Elven Alignment: Any Lawful Base Attack Bonus: +6 Skills: Riding: 8, Diplomacy: 4, Knowledge (Nobility): 4, Handle Animal: 4 Feats: Mounted Combat, Ride by Attack, Spirited charge Hit Dice: d10 Prohibited Class: Rogues Special: The Cavalier pledge fealty to a noble lord or a worthy sponsor. If the character does not own a mount, the lord must provide one. This mount of highest quality will have +2 HP per hit dice, up to the maximum hit points available. Paladins: Paladins who choose to be Cavaliers are the exception to the rule on Paladins multi-classing. They may freely mix Cavalierhood with Paladinhood.
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Craft (Int), Diplomacy (Cha), Handle Animal (Cha), Intimidate (Cha), Profession (Wis), Ride (Dex), and Sense Motive (Wis). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2+ Int modifier.
Weapons and Armour: Cavaliers are proficient with all simple and martial weapons, with medium and heavy types of armour, and with shields. Note that armour check penalties for armour heavier than leather apply to the skills Balance, Climb, Escape Artist, Hide, Jump, Move Silently, Pick Pocket, and Tumble. However, in practice, a cavalier is limited in what weapons and armour he will use. His station demands he use the finest quality knightly weapons he can procure, for his training in them gives him great effectiveness. Only after the lance and sword are mastered will he seek out other weapons. Likewise, any weapon that deals out damage at a distance (ranged or reach weapons) calls into question the cavalier's honour, and will only be used in the gravest of circumstances. Likewise, a cavalier will go for armour that befits his station. Plate armour is his preferred armament, and anything beneath scale mail will be refused as the outfitting of commoners and brigands. This list of preferences applies even in the case of magic armour, such that Chain Mail +2 will not be worn if banded or splint mail of the normal sort is available. Armour Mastery: Cavaliers are renowned with their skills in handling Master Craft Plate Armour donning them faster and moving more gracefully with them than other classes. They can don a Master craft plate armour set using the donning hastily table and can remove them is half the time that is normally required They can move in a Master craft plate armour with the speed when they not wearing any armour. Master craft Plate armour’s armour Check penalties are reduced by two while maximum dexterity are increase by two. Aura of Courage: Allies within 10 feet of the cavalier gain a +4 morale boost on saving throws against fear effects. Granting the morale boost to allies is a supernatural ability.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Circle of Protection vs. Chaos: A cavalier radiates a strong aura of law that is a beacon to creatures strongly aligned to Chaos. A protection Circle may be called into being and acts a number of times equal to 1/3 rd the Cavaliers Level per day Courage: Cavaliers are fearless, either through choice or because they do not believe they can be harmed, as a result they are immune to fear (magical or otherwise). Followers: The prestige of the cavalier attracts armed followers to his side at early levels. At 2nd level, he has 1-4 followers, at 4th level 2-8, at 6th level 3-12, at 9th level 6-24, and at 10th level 1248. The total at each point is adjusted for the cavalier's Charisma modifier. The number ranges are not cumulative; if a dice roll for new followers at a new level is equal or less than the current number, no new followers are gained for that level. A cavalier's followers will not demand wages or salary, but must be fed, cared for, and rewarded as suitable for the conditions. There is a 5% chance (1 on d20, adjusted by Charisma modifier) that any particular follower at 8th or 10th level may be monster of similar alignment, whose hit dice will be at least 1, plus any positive Charisma modifier. Glorious Steed: The Cavalier's abilities in horsemanship translate to other mounts as well. Initially, the Cavalier can handle and ride a Pegasus as he would a normal mount. Likewise at this level, a female elven cavalier (and only a female elven cavalier) may take a unicorn as a mount. Next, this ability expands to include hippogriffs, and upon reaching Finally, a Cavalier may handle and ride a Griffon or similar creature (DM's judgement) as a steed. These special mounts are subject to any riding abilities the Cavalier has gained through feats or Class Features. Heraldic Awe: Any intelligent creature of the same or fewer hit dice as and similar alignment to the cavalier has a chance of joining the cavalier as his follower. When the cavalier encounters the monster and is allowed time to speak, he may display his heraldic devices and speak of his service in honour to his lord. The monster, if vulnerable to Enchantments, must make a Will save against (d20 + Cavalier class level + Charisma modifier) or else be awed by the noble presence before him. The awed creature be favourably disposed toward the Cavalier, and may be convinced to join with him on a quest if the two's goals match up. Any creature of opposite alignment and less hit dice must make a similar save, or be struck with fear at the sight. This is a supernatural power, and will have no effect against a creature immune to enchantments or of bordering alignment. Neutral creatures are immune to either effect, and neutral cavaliers are unable to cause either awe or fear, though they may make any creature leave them be with the same technique. Indomitable Mind: Through self belief a Cavalier gains a +2 bonus to saving throws against spells and effects from the Enchantment school.
Leadership: At 1st level, the Cavalier receives the Leadership feat (see DMG, page 45), even if he doesn't have the prerequisites. Swift Steed: The Cavalier can urge their mount to greater speed than normal. The additional speed possible equals a 10' bonus to movement rate, and can be sustained for up to 6 turns. The additional speed thus gained has no ill effect upon the mount, although normal rest and feeding are always required. Vault: The Cavalier may vault into the saddle with bulky armour and have the steed underway as a free action. Weapon Block: The Cavalier is well enough trained in his class weapons that, when using a shield and a weapon in which they have Focus, they may make extra blocks during a combat round, equal to their level divide by 2. Similarly, the Cavalier may choose to substitute a shield block for one of these extra actions. A shield block subtracts a further point from the attacker's roll, plus an extra point subtraction for each point bonus of the shield. However, after a shield block, subsequent attackers may ignore the AC bonus given by the shield for the rest of the round (the shield is extended too far beyond reach to effectively defend). Weapon Focus Bonus (Bludgeon): The Cavalier is +1 to hit with the heavy mace, heavy flail, or heavy pick. The plus does not apply to damage, nor does it allow the cavalier to cause full damage to those opponents whose damage reduction is equal to the bonus given. This bonus is cumulative with any other bonuses the cavalier might have with the chosen weapon. Weapon Focus Bonus (Lance): The Cavalier is +1 to hit with the lance, if used while mounted. The plus does not apply to damage, nor does it allow the cavalier to cause full damage to those opponents whose damage reduction is equal to the bonus given. This bonus is cumulative with any other bonuses the cavalier might have with the lance. Weapon Focus Bonus (Sword): The Cavalier is +1 to hit with either the falchion, longsword, or scimitar. The plus does not apply to damage, nor does it allow the cavalier to cause full damage to those opponents whose damage reduction is equal to the bonus given. This bonus is cumulative with any other bonuses the cavalier might have with the chosen sword. Weapon Specialisation (Bludgeon): As the fighter ability Weapon Specialisation adds a +2 damage bonus with the bludgeoning weapon chosen as a focus. Weapon Specialisation (Lance): As the fighter ability Weapon Specialisation adds a +2 damage bonus with the lance chosen as a focus. Weapon Specialisation (Sword): As the fighter ability Weapon Specialisation adds a +2 damage bonus with the sword chosen as a focus.
Knight [Chaos Knight] Description Chaos Knights are warriors with a divine cause, and in this they are similar to paladins. Chaos knights represent a focused manifestation of chaos, possessing great combat skill and the ability to find and destroy Law with divine might. Chaos knight run the gamut from good to evil, with good chaos knight freeing slaves, overthrowing tyrants, promoting freedom and the individual. Evil chaos knights
are terrible, slaying all in their path, especially those who rely on or support Law. Chaotic Neutral Chaos knights (who are rare) are wandering purveyors of disorder. Wherever they pass, they often prefer to remain uninvolved, but woe to the sheriff or overlord who crosses the chaos knight. Clerics and fighters are excellent candidates for this class. Rangers and barbarians and bards may also take this philosophical viewpoint.
Table Level
Base
Fort
Ref
Will
Special
Spells per day
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Attack
Save
Save
Save 1st
2nd
3rd
4th
1
+1
+2
+0
+0
Detect Law, Chaos touch
0
2
+2
+3
+0
+0
Smite Law, Luck of chaos
1
3
+3
+3
+1
+1
Resist Law, Aura of freedom
1
0
4
+4
+4
+1
+1
Fortune of Chaos (1 /day)
1
1
5
+5
+4
+1
+1
Chaos Flail
1
1
0
6
+6
+5
+2
+2
Fortune of Chaos (2/day)
1
1
1
7
+7
+5
+2
+2
2
1
1
0
8
+8
+6
+2
+2
2
1
1
1
9
+9
+6
+3
+3
2
2
1
1
10
+10
+7
+3
+3
2
2
2
1
Fortune of Chaos (3/day)
Fortune of Chaos (4/day)
Requirements
smites a creature who is not lawful, the smite has no effect but is still used up for that day. This is a supernatural ability.
Race: Any
Luck of Chaos: (Su) A chaos knight of second level or higher adds his charisma modifier (if positive) to all saving throws.
Alignment: Any chaotic (usually not chaotic neutral) Base attack bonus +5 Skills: Knowledge (religion) 4 ranks Feats: Weapon focus with any type of flail Hit Dice: d10
Class Skills Bluff (Cha), Concentration (Con), Craft (Int), Diplomacy (Cha), Intimidate (Cha), Knowledge (religion) (Int), Ride (Dex) See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill points per Level: 2+Int modifier.
Class Features Weapons and Armour: Chaos knights are proficient with all simple and martial weapons, all armour, and shields. Detect Law: (Su) At will, the chaos knight can detect law as a spell-like ability, This duplicates effect of the detect law spell. Chaos touch: (Su) The forces of change and disorder are at a chaos knight’s command: Every day, they may polymorph a number of hit points equal to their charisma modifier times their level. They must touch the subject to use this power, and the subject (if their HP is equal or less than the chaos knight’s remaining chaos touch total) receives no saving throw. This is otherwise identical to the spell polymorph other. For example, a level 7 chaos knight with a charisma of 18 (+4 modifier) could polymorph 28 HP of creatures every day (7 times 4 = 28). These points need not all be spent on a single creature. If the chaos knight tries to polymorph a creature with more remaining HP than he can polymorph, he does not lose any of his points: nothing occurs. The chaos knight can use this on himself by spending his maximum available points for that day. Spell resistance applies. Smite law: (Su) Once a day, a chaos knight of 2nd level or higher may attempt to smite law with a normal melee attack. He adds his charisma modifier (if positive) to the attack roll and deals one extra point of damage per class level. If the chaos knight accidentally
Resist Law: (Su) Any Lawful creature striking a chaos knight of 3rd level or higher must make a fortitude save (DC= 10+Chaos knight’s level + charisma modifier) or suffer 1d4 points of divine energy damage. This functions only if the chaos knight is aware of the attack and is able to react to it, i.e. it does not function while the Chaos knight is flat-footed, paralysed, or attacked by an invisible assailant. Aura of freedom: (Su) A Chaos knight of third level or higher may act as though he were affected by a freedom of movement spell for a number of rounds per day equal to their class level. All allies within 30 feet of the chaos knight who are able to see him gain a +2 morale bonus to saving throws against compulsion and charm spells, such as charm person and dominate person. Fortune of Chaos: (Su) The chaos knight can reroll any roll they have made. They must keep the new roll, even if it is worse than the original. This can be used a number of times per day equal to the listed number. This stacks with the ability of the luck domain of clerics. Chaos Flail:(Sp) At fifth level, o the chaos knight may declare that they are empowering a chaos flail. If the enchanted flail strikes a lawful creature, the lawful creature must make a will save (DC 10 + Chaos knight’s class level + charisma modifier) or gain a negative level. The ability to deal out these negative levels lasts for one hour per chaos knight level or a number of successful strikes equal to the chaos knight’s class level, whichever comes first. A dire flail gains this power with both weapon heads. This is a spell–like ability with a casting time of one action. This can only affect a flail and has a range of touch. Spells: A Chaos Knight casts and prepares spells in the same way as a paladin, using wisdom. The DC to resist a Chaos Knight’s spell is 10+wisdom modifier spell level. They cannot cast a spell opposed to their alignment. They choose their spells from the following list: *cast as chaos spell only. Level 1:
Level 3:
Protection from Law, Random action, Summon monster 1*, Cure light wounds, Inflict light wounds, Divine favour, Resistance, Read Magic,
Cure moderate wounds, Inflict moderate wounds, Summon monster 3*, Magic circle against Law, Prayer
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Entropic shield Level 2:
Level 4:
Shatter, Tasha’s hideous laughter, Misdirection, Resist elements, Summon monster 2*, Aid, Remove paralysis, Colour spray
Confusion, Cure Serious wounds, Inflict Serious wounds, Freedom of movement, Dispel law, Break enchantment, Blink
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Knight [Commander] Description [This prestige class is modelled after the war master in Sword and Fist, which is incidentally a candidate for the class with the silliest ability name around. It also steals some abilities from the Akodo champion prestige class in Oriental Adventures.] Knight commanders are captains, leaders of fighting men and women in the field. Knights and fighters predominate in their ranks, although rangers, martial artists and even the occasional barbarian and spellcaster may be found taking this prestige class. It should be said that a knight commander is not just a fighter, although she will usually be found on the battlefield, and anyone taking this class will almost certainly have significant fighting skill. Her role is to lead, direct and inspire forces, not to take unnecessary risks on the frontline.
In some lands, knight commanders are graduates of an established military academy, such as the Furyondan College of War in Greyhawk. In other lands, those who aspire to this rank must serve lengthy apprenticeships to ranking officers. In both cases, the most common path to becoming a knight commander is via service in the army; although particularly valiant adventurers who display outstanding leadership qualities may also be invited join this prestige class. NPC knight commanders usually serve as officers in the armies of the realm. Their responsibilities include leading companies of elite knights and guardsmen, taking charge of castle garrisons, and acting as advisers and strategists to high ranking military officers and nobles.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+2
+0
+2
Inspire courage, tactical bonus +1, cool head
2
+2
+3
+0
+3
Great leader +1, stalwart presence
3
+3
+3
+1
+3
Tactical bonus +2
4
+4
+4
+1
+4
Inspire greatness (1 ally)
5
+5
+4
+1
+4
Great leader +2
6
+6
+5
+2
+5
Tactical bonus +3
7
+7
+5
+2
+5
Inspire greatness (2 allies)
8
+8
+6
+2
+6
Great leader +3
9
+9
+6
+3
+6
Tactical bonus +4
10
+10
+7
+3
+7
Inspire greatness (3 allies)
Requirements
Class Features
Base Attack Bonus: +6
All the following are Class Features for the knight commander.
Skills: Diplomacy 6 ranks, Intimidation 5 ranks, Knowledge (war) 4 ranks.
Weapons and Armour: The knight commander is proficient with all simple and martial weapons, shields and all types of armour.
Alignment: Any nonchaotic.
Inspire Courage (Ex): The commander has the ability to inspire courage in her allies, bolstering them against fear and improving their combat abilities. To be affected, an ally must be able to see the commander, and hear and understand her words. Affected allies gain a +2 morale bonus to saving throws against charm and fear effects and a +1 morale bonus to attack and weapon damage rolls. This is a mind affecting ability, and the bonus is lost if the commander is incapacitated, falls under a hostile charm or compulsion effect, or flees the battle.
Feats: Leadership, Weapon Proficiency (all martial weapons). Hit Dice: d8.
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Bluff (Cha), Climb (Str), Craft (Int), Diplomacy (Cha), Intimidate (Cha), Knowledge (war) (Int), Jump (Str), Profession (Wis), Ride (Dex), Sense Motive (Cha). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill points/Level: 4 + Int modifier
Tactical Bonus (Ex): The commander and all allies who are in sight of her gain a +1 competence bonus to the following: initiative rolls; saving throws vs. traps, and AC vs. attacks by traps; and Spot and Listen skill checks to detect enemies. At 3rd level the bonus increases to +2. At 6th level it increases to +3, and at 9th level, to +4. To gain this bonus, an ally must be able to see the commander, and hear and understand her words. The bonus is lost if the commander is incapacitated, falls under a hostile charm or compulsion effect, or flees the battle.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Cool Head (Ex): As a trained and experienced leader, the knight commander gains a +3 bonus to Diplomacy skill checks. *OA: This ability doesn’t stack with the Cool Head ancestor feat detailed in Oriental Adventures, if that feat is available in the campaign. Stalwart Presence (Ex): At 2nd level, the commander gains immunity to fear (magical or otherwise). Allies within 30 feet of her gain a morale bonus to their saving throws against fear effects equal to her Charisma bonus, if any (note that this doesn’t stack with the bonus granted by the inspire courage ability, above). Great Leader (Ex): At 2nd level, the knight commander’s Leadership score is increased by 1. This bonus increases by 1 every three levels thereafter (to 2 at 5th level, and 3 at 8th level). This bonus stacks with other bonuses to Leadership.
Inspire Greatness (Ex): A knight commander of 4th level or higher can inspire greatness in another creature, granting extra fighting capability. For every three levels the commander gains beyond 4th, she can inspire greatness in one additional creature. To inspire greatness, the commander must meet her ally’s gaze, and the ally must be within 30 feet. A creature inspired with greatness gains temporary Hit Dice, attack bonuses, and saving throw bonuses as long as the champion continues participating in the same battle. The target gains the following boosts: +2 Hit Dice (d10s that grant temporary hit points); +2 competence bonus on attacks; +1 competence bonus on Fortitude saves. Apply the target’s Constitution modifier, if any, to each bonus Hit Die. These extra HD count as regular HD for determining effects such as the sleep spell. Inspire greatness is a mind affecting ability.
Knight [of Principle] Description
Knights make great commitments to kill great evil foes, normally the strongest on the battlefield.
Knights of Principle are defenders of weak and law. They are slayers of evil and givers of peace to the just. Knights of Principal always give to communities they interact in with a positive out come. Knights will go on quests to gain much fortune just to give it back to the commoners. Knights love to take from evil characters and bring it back to those whom were stolen from. Most of the times
Knights of Principle are normally humans or creatures that have been left down by society and want to reclaim its justice. Knights of Principle usually worship Heironeous, Yondalla, Pelor, St. Cuthbert, or Moradin. Strength, Dexterity, and Charisma are important for Knights of Principle, but the character has to be quite rounded. Knights of Principle always have great respect for everything that is not evil.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
0
+2
+0
+0
2
+1
+3
+1
3
+2
+3
4
+3
5
Spells 1
2
3
4
Smite Evil (1/day), Detect Evil and Undead
-
-
-
-
+1
Protection from Evil; Chaos (1/day), Spells 1st Level,
-
-
-
-
+2
+2
Challenge Evil (1/day), 1 Extra Bonus Feat
1
-
-
-
+4
+2
+2
Smite Evil (2/day), Avenge Ally
1
-
-
-
+4
+5
+3
+3
Protection from Evil and Chaos (2/day),
1
-
-
-
6
+5/
+6
+3
+3
Spells 2nd Level
1
-
-
-
7
+6
+6
+3
+3
Smite Evil (3/day),
1
1
-
-
8
+7
+7
+4
+4
Protection from Evil and Chaos (3/day), 1 Extra Bonus Feat
1
1
-
-
9
+8
+8
+4
+4
Challenge Evil (2/day)
2
1
-
-
10
+9
+9
+4
+4
Smite Evil (4/day), Spells 3rd Level
2
2
-
-
11
+10
+9
+4
+4
Protection from Evil and Chaos (4/day)
2
2
1
-
12
+11
+10
+5
+5
3
3
1
-
13
+12
+11
+5
+5
Smite Evil (5/day), 1 Extra Bonus Feat
3
3
2
-
14
+13
+12
+5
+5
Protection from Evil and Chaos (5/day), Spells 4th Level, Favourite Enemy (2nd)
3
3
2
-
15
+14
+12
+5
+5
Challenge Evil (3/day)
4
4
3
1
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Requirements: Alignment: LG, NG, or NG Feats: Combat Reflexes Base Attack Bonus: +10 (Melee and Ranged) Skills: Ride +5, Climb +5, Jump +5, Heal +5, Knowledge (any) +5, Knowledge of three languages
Avenge Ally- If an ally is slain in a round the Knight of Principle gets an attack of opportunity on the person who killed their ally without provoking an Attack of Opportunity. The movement is limited to a five-foot step. The Knight of Principle can use this feat as many times per day and as many times per round as long as within the 5 feet movement Knights Honour- Will never associate with Evil, must give to the needy (10% of wealth per year).
Hit Dice: 1d10
People’s Inspiration- Every fifth level A Knight of Principle gets a Bonus feat starting at level 3.
Special: Smite Evil, Kill a 5 dice creature alone
Detect Aura of Undead and Evil- As a spell like ability.
Donate: 25% of wealth to his/ her deity, or give 30% to local peasants or the poorest locals
Favourite Enemy- A Knight of Principle gains a favourite enemy at 7th level and every 6 levels after that.
Class Skills Class Skills: Climb (strength), Craft (intelligence), Diplomacy (charisma), Heal (wisdom), Intimidate (charisma), Jump (strength), Knowledge [Religion] (intelligence), Listen (wisdom), Profession (wisdom), Ride (dexterity), Swim (strength) See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions.
No Experience penalty: When multi-classing there is no penalty with Paladins or Clerics A Knight of Principle can still gain levels in Paladin after receiving a level in Knight of Principle and vice versa. The Knights of Principle have great honour between each other, a Knight turning evil or chaotic loses all his spells and abilities.
Class Features
Spell’s Casting: Starting at second level a Knight of Principle gets spells. They get another level of spells every 4 levels. The Knight of Principle must have a wisdom of 11 + the spell’s level. The DC of the spell is 11+ level of the spell + wisdom bonus. The caster level is that of the level of the Knight of Principle. The Knight of Principle gets bonus spells based on ability bonus in wisdom.
Weapon and Armour Proficiency: Simple Weapons, Marital Weapons, All Armour, Shields
Spell’s: Are based on Wisdom for their power, and amount of spells by the Knight of Principle.
Smite Evil- Knights of Principle may attempt to smite an evil creature with one normal melee attack. S/he adds Charisma bonus to the attack roll and deals 1 extra point per level. If attack is on a nonevil creature, no bonus is added and smite evil has been used for day.
First Level
Third Level
Bane, Bless, Bless Weapon, Create Water, Cure light wounds, Detect Chaos, Divine Favour, Light, Purify food and drink, Read Magic, Resistance
Bull’s Strength, Cure serious wounds, Discern Lies, Know Direction, Prayer, Scare, Undetectable alignment, Dispel Evil, Magic Circle against Evil, Order’s Wrath
Second Level
Fourth Level
Aid, Augury, Calm Emotions, Cure moderate wounds, Daylight, Darkvision, Endurance, Jump, Pass without trace, Suggestion
Cure critical wounds, Dispel Evil, Haste, Holy Sword, Remove Deafness/ Blindness, True Strike, Zone of Truth, Holy Aura
Skill Points: 5+ intelligence modifier
Protection from Evil- Protection from evil as a spell like ability as the listed number of times per day. Protection from Chaos- Protection from chaos as a spell like ability as the listed number of times per day. Challenge Evil- Once per day the Knight of Principle can select a single foe (Evil) that s/he is determined to defeat. The Knight of Principle gets +2 to all roles against the opponent.
Knight [of Telatium] Description
become one of the most successful branches of the Church of Telatium, and the branch with the least problems with corruption.
The Knights are the most liberal branch of the Church of Telatium. They were created because the leaders of the church realised that in a world of magic, a country without magic stood little chance of defending itself if war were to break out between Telatium and just about anybody else. So the four orders were created. The knights were given license to use magic in the service of the church.
The knights wear a special Armour into battle, from which their magical ability arises. This Armour contains a complex lattice of runes, each if which represents a spell that the knight is capable of casting. The four knight orders represent the four elements that God used to create the world from. Finisterre represent Air, Herati represent Fire, Ir'Kithlen represent Water and the Tolgarien represent Earth. Because of this, in some parts of the world these knights are called ‘Elementalist Paladins’.
Because of this, the church had to bring in mages from other countries to train the Knights. The influence these mages have exerted over the knights have made them far more tolerant of the 'heathens' of other countries, and have even allowed the knights to develop good relations with some of the non human races that are in close proximity to Telatium. This has created intense rivalries between the knights, and some of the more conservative branches of the church that view the knights as being corrupted by the heathens. Despite this, the knights have
Background The Knights were created six hundred years ago, when Telatium started its expansion. The Church realised that it needed warriors who could use magic if it was ever going to find success in its military endeavours. Because of this, the knights did most of the
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes fighting, and bleeding during the three hundred years of war leading up to the final assault of modern day Fount of Valnar (Then Gentora).
The four orders of knights that make up the collective organisation known as the Knights of Telatium all have one goal in common: To keep the peace, and to defend Telatium with their lives.
Since then the Knights have defended Telatium in the few wars with other countries that have broken out from time to time. The Knights have also attempted to keep peace within the borders of Telatium.
The Knights greatest assets draw from their devotion to the code of chivalry. It is known far and wide that you can trust the word of a Knight of Telatium, as well as his honour, valour, and equity. However, it is also well known that the Knights are not to be trifled with, as they make a unified and fierce opponent.
This peace was interrupted briefly in 1047 when the Hand of God tried to declare that the Knights of Telatium were a heresy. This led to a short period of fighting between the two branches of the Church. Fighting that eventually led to the defeat of the Hand, and a dropping of the charges. In recent years, the Knights have attempted to secure good relations between themselves, and neighbouring countries. It is not unusual to find Knights of Telatium in the southeastern portion of Llanowar, or in the Free Cities.
The Knights also enjoy good relations with the people Telatium and those of nearby countries. They generally can travel freely in all nearby lands, and receive respect. This is one of the hardest points for the Hand of God to deal with, as they are hated outside Telatium, and feared within it.
FINISTERRE KNIGHT Description The Finisterre Knights are the knights of air. They are known as the most religious of the four knightly orders. They are trained in many
of the healing arts, and are therefore known as the 'combat medics' of the Church. The Finisterre are viewed widely as almost a type of fighting monk.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
Spells
1
+1
+2
0
0
Rune Transfer
1
2
+2
+3
0
0
Lay on Hands
1
0
3
+3
+3
+1
+1
2
1
4
+4
+4
+1
+1
2
1
0
5
+5
+4
+1
+1
2
2
1
6
+6
+5
+2
+2
3
2
1
0
7
+7
+5
+2
+2
3
2
2
1
8
+8
+6
+2
+2
3
3
2
1
9
+9
+6
+3
+3
4
3
2
2
10
+10
+7
+3
+3
4
3
3
2
1
Turn Undead
Enhanced Lay On Hands
Disrupting Weapon
Extra Turning
2
3
4
Requirements
Hit Dice: d10
To become a Finisterre Knight of Telatium, a character must fulfil all the following requirements.
Class Skills
Race: Human
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are:
Base Attack Bonus: +6 Skills: Knowledge (Religion): 2, Ride: 1, Heal: 2, Knowledge (Nobility & Royalty): 1
Concentration (Con), Craft (Int), Diplomacy (Cha), Heal (Wis), Knowledge (History) (Int), Knowledge (Nobility & Royalty) (Int), Knowledge (Religion) (Int), Profession (Wis), Ride (Dex), Sense Motive (Wis), Spot (Wis)
Feats: Mounted Combat, Weapon Focus
See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions.
Special: In addition, the Knight must have been a squire to another Knight of Telatium. This also requires being a member of the Church of Telatium. A Knight of Telatium also cannot cast spells from any other source accept for those granted by their god. This means that they can only cast cleric spells or paladin spells (If granted by their God). If an initiate has the ability to cast other spells, they must forfeit that ability to cast those spells.
Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int Modifier.
Class Features All of the following are Class Features of the Finisterre Knight prestige class.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Rune Transfer: Rune Transfer is the method in which a Knight may put new spells onto their Armour. The Knight may cast the Rune Transfer ritual. This spell will either transfer new spells onto his Armour, or it can move the knight's entire rune assemblage to another set of Armour. This spell can only be cast once a week has past since the last casting on that set of Armour. Also, all runes in the Armour must be fully charged (See Rune Magic below). The runes will only work on specially made, or treated Armour. The Armour must have flat, etch able surfaces on which the runes reside (No chain mail or padded Armour for example), it must also be masterwork Armour. Finally, A priest of Telatium must bless the Armour (Treat it as if the Priest made a set of magic Armour, and put the spell bless into it.) Only one rune can be added in a casting (or an entire assemblage can be moved to a new set of Armour that has no runes on it.) A knight can have as many runes as needed on his set of Armour, however it is unlikely that a knight will receive lots of spells at any one time. Mostly, runes are given to a knight as rewards for performing his duties. It is possible that a knight may run across a set of runes, and use his rune transfer ritual to add those spells to his Armour (as long as they are on his list of acceptable spells.) Rune Magic: The magic of the Knights is called Rune Magic. The name was given because all of the spells a knight has access to are runes engraved upon his Armour. Without his Armour a knight cannot cast spells. Each spell is one rune. Each grouping of runes of similar power is know as a structure. (Each structure being of a different spell level) Power is restored over time. I recommend that the Armour charges at dawn each day. To put this all simply, each structure represents a level, and that structure contains enough energy to cast only so many spells of that level per day. This power rises with the level of the character, and thus follows the spell progression chart. Spells are added to the Armour by use of a special spell, which is central to the first level structure, (and doesn't count as rune for the above chart) this spell is Rune Transfer, and is detailed above. The Finisterre Knight Order uses the Wisdom ability score for the purposes of their spells. Finisterre Knight Spell List: 1st Level
Cure Minor Wounds, Deathwatch, Shield of Faith, Endure Elements (Electricity, Sonic), Protection From Evil, Shield, Feather Fall, Obscuring Mist, Resistance, Message, Shocking Grasp, Jump
Cure Moderate W Sonic), Gaseous F Wind, Invisibility
2nd Level
4th Level
Cure Light Wounds, Resist Elements (Electricity, Sonic), Wind Wall, Detect Thoughts, Spiritual Weapon, Consecrate, See Invisibility, Mirror Image, Darkvision, Levitate
Cure Serious Wou Lightning, Restora
Lay on Hands: (As Per Paladin – this description comes from the Player’s Handbook, page 42) A Knight of Telatium can heal wounds by touch. Each day they can cure a total number of hit points equal to their wisdom bonus times their level. For example, a 4th level Finisterre Knight with a 16 Wisdom (+3 Bonus) may cure up to 12 points of damage. The Knights can cure themselves. They may choose to divide their curing among multiple recipients, and they don’t have to use it all at once. Lay on Hands is a spell-like ability whose use is a standard action. Turn Undead: At 4th Level, a Finisterre Knight may turn undead. They may use this ability a number of times a day equal to 3 plus their Wisdom Modifier. The Knight turns undead as a cleric one level lower. Enhanced Lay on Hands: The Finisterre Knight may heal twice the normal amount with the Lay on Hand ability. Each day they can cure a total number of hit points equal to their wisdom bonus times their level times two. For example, a 7th level Finisterre Knight with a 16 Wisdom (+3 Bonus) may cure up to 42 points of damage. The Knights can cure themselves. They may choose to divide their curing among multiple recipients, and they don’t have to use it all at once. Lay on Hands is a spell-like ability whose use is a standard action. Disrupting Weapon: Any weapon held by the Finisterre Knight will act as if under the effects of a Disruption magical effect (DMG Page 186). Any undead struck by the weapon in combat must succeed at a fortitude save (DC 10 + the Finisterre Knight’s Level) or be destroyed. Note: this does not require that the weapon is a bludgeoning weapon. Extra Turning: The Finisterre Gains the Extra Turning Feat (PHB page 32, 42, 82). This feat allows the Finisterre Knight to turn undead four more times per day, this makes for a total number of times per day equal to 4 plus their Wisdom modifier.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes HERATI KNIGHT Description The Herati Knights are the knights of Fire. The Herati are the police, and the Information gatherers. The Herati can go from being reasonable to breaking heads at the snap of a finger. Despite this, they are also known for their ability to keep level headed, and cool in any situation.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+2
0
0
2
+2
+3
0
0
3
+3
+3
+1
+1
4
+4
+4
+1
+1
5
+5
+4
+1
+1
6
+6
+5
+2
+2
7
+7
+5
+2
+2
8
+8
+6
+2
+2
9
+9
+6
+3
+3
10
+10
+7
+3
+3
Spells 1
2
3
4
Rune Transfer
1
-
-
-
Lay on Hands
1
0
-
-
2
1
-
-
2
1
0
-
2
2
1
-
3
2
1
0
3
2
2
1
3
3
2
1
4
3
2
2
4
3
3
2
Sense Lie
Alertness
Flaming Weapon
Truth Force
Requirements To become a Herati Knight of Telatium, a character must fulfil all the following requirements. Race: Human Base Attack Bonus: +6 Skills: Knowledge (Religion): 2, Ride: 1, Diplomacy: 1, Gather Information: 1, Intimidate: 1 Feats: Alertness, Expertise Special: In addition, the Knight must have been a squire to another Knight of Telatium. This also requires being a member of the Church of Telatium. A Knight of Telatium also cannot cast spells from any other source accept for those granted by their god. This means that they can only cast cleric spells or paladin spells (If granted by their God). If an initiate has the ability to cast other spells, they must forfeit that ability to cast those spells. Hit Dice: d10
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Craft (Int), Diplomacy (Cha), Gather Information (Cha), Intimidate (Cha), Knowledge (Nobility & Royalty) (Int), Knowledge (Local) (Int), Knowledge (Religion) (Int), Profession (Wis), Ride (Dex), Sense Motive (Wis), Spot (Wis) See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int Modifier.
Class Features All of the following are Class Features of the Knight prestige class. Rune Transfer: Rune Transfer is the method in which a Knight may put new spells onto their Armour. The Knight may cast Rune Transfer. This spell will either transfer new spells onto his Armour, or it can move the knight's entire rune assemblage to another set of
Armour. This spell can only be cast once a week has past since the last casting on that set of Armour. Also, all runes in the Armour must be fully charged (See Rune Magic below). The runes will only work on specially made, or treated Armour. The Armour must have flat, etch able surfaces on which the runes reside (No chain mail or padded Armour for example), it must also be masterwork Armour. Finally, A priest of Telatium must bless the Armour (Treat it as if the Priest made a set of magic Armour, and put the spell bless into it.) Only one rune can be added in a casting (or an entire assemblage can be moved to a new set of Armour that has no runes on it.) A knight can have as many runes as needed on his set of Armour, however it is unlikely that a knight will receive lots of spells at any one time. Mostly, runes are given to a knight as rewards for performing his duties. It is possible that a knight may run across a set of runes, and use his rune transfer ritual to add those spells to his Armour (as long as they are on his list of acceptable spells.) Rune Magic: The magic of the Knights is called Rune Magic. The name was given because all of the spells a knight has access to are runes engraved upon his Armour. Without his Armour a knight cannot cast spells. Each spell is one rune. Each grouping of runes of similar power is know as a structure. (Each structure being of a different spell level) Power is restored over time. I recommend that the Armour charges at dawn each day. To put this all simply, each structure represents a level, and that structure contains enough energy to cast only so many spells of that level per day. This power rises with the level of the character, and thus follows the spell progression chart. Spells are added to the Armour by use of a special spell, which is central to the first level structure, (and doesn't count as rune for the above chart) this spell is Rune Transfer, and is detailed above. The Herati Knight Order uses the Charisma ability score for the purposes of their spells. Herati Spell List: 1st Level
3rd Level
Endure Elements (Fire), Burning Hands, Detect Magic, Cause Fear, Magic Weapon, Inflict Light Wounds, Nystul’s Undetectable Magic Aura,
Inflict Serious Wounds, Protection From Elements (Fire), Searing Light, Glyph of Warding, Flame Arrow, Fireball, Vampiric Touch, Suggestion
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Faerie Fire, Flare, Colour Spray, Magic Missile, Bane 2nd Level
4th Level
Produce Flame, Inflict Moderate Wounds, Calm Emotions, Resist Elements (Fire), Zone of Truth, Flaming Sphere, Daylight, Continual Flame, Pyrotechnics, Heat Metal
Inflict Critical Wounds, Wall of Fire, Fire Shield, Flame Strike, Rainbow Pattern, Wall of Fire
for 1 round per level. The Knight must concentrate on one subject who is within range (25 ft + 5 ft/2 levels). The Herati will know if the subject deliberately and knowingly speaks a lie by discerning disturbances in their aura caused by the lie. The ability does not revel the truth, uncover unintentional inaccuracies, or necessarily reveal evasions. Each round the Herati may concentrate on a different subject. Alertness: The Herati gains the Alertness Feat (PHB page 80). Over time, the Herati gains finely tuned senses. The effect of this is that the Herati gains a +2 bonus on all Listen checks and Spot checks.
Lay on Hands: (As Per Paladin – this description comes from the Player’s Handbook, page 42) A Knight of Telatium can heal wounds by touch. Each day they can cure a total number of hit points equal to their charisma bonus times their level. For example, a 7th level Herati Knight with a 16 Charisma (+3 Bonus) may cure up to 21 points of damage. The Knights can cure themselves. They may choose to divide their curing among multiple recipients, and they don’t have to use it all at once. Lay on Hands is a spell-like ability whose use is a standard action. Sense Lie: Once per day per level, a Herati Knight can sense if a person is lying. This does not mean they detect if they are telling the whole truth, or are bending the truth – only lies are detected. This functions as the Discern Lies spell (PHB page 195). This effect lasts
Flaming Weapon: Any weapon held by the Herati Knight can act as if under the effects of a Flaming magical effect (DMG Page 186). Upon command, the weapon is sheathed in fire. The fire does not harm the hands that hold the weapon. A flaming weapon deals +1d6 points of bonus fire damage on a successful hit. If this ability is used with a ranged weapon, the flame will affect the ammunition of the weapon. Damage done is not rolled again in the event of a critical hit. Force Truth: Once per day per level, a Herati Knight can force a person to tell the truth. This ability allows the Herati to cause a person to make a Will saving throw (DC 20 + Herati Level) or they will answer the Knight’s question honestly, and completely, without evasions.
IR’KITHLEN KNIGHT Description The Ir'Kithlen Knights are the knights of water. They are known for being a bit more on the reckless and adventuresome side. Most of
the Ir'Kithlen spend a goodly amount of their time out on the ocean. Most of their magic relates to the sea, and to the shady arts. Many Ir'Kithlen are 'reformed' Thieves. The Ir'Kithlen are the least pious of the Church Knights
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+2
0
0
2
+2
+3
0
0
3
+3
+3
+1
+1
4
+4
+4
+1
+1
5
+5
+4
+1
+1
6
+6
+5
+2
+2
7
+7
+5
+2
+2
8
+8
+6
+2
+2
9
+9
+6
+3
+3
10
+10
+7
+3
+3
Spells 1
2
3
4
Rune Transfer
1
-
-
-
Lay on Hands
1
0
-
-
2
1
-
-
2
1
0
-
2
2
1
-
3
2
1
0
3
2
2
1
3
3
2
1
4
3
2
2
4
3
3
2
Uncanny Dodge
Water Breathing
Frost Weapon
Control Weather
Requirements To become a Ir’Kithlen Knight of Telatium, a character must fulfil all the following requirements. Race: Human Base Attack Bonus: +6 Skills: Knowledge (Religion): 2, Swim: 1, Profession (Seamanship): 1, Intuit Direction: 1, Profession (Navigation): 1
Feats: Dodge, Quick Draw Special: In addition, the Knight must have been a squire to another Knight of Telatium. This also requires being a member of the Church of Telatium. A Knight of Telatium also cannot cast spells from any other source accept for those granted by their god. This means that they can only cast cleric spells or paladin spells (If granted by their God). If an initiate has the ability to cast other spells, they must forfeit that ability to cast those spells. Hit Dice: d10
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Class Skills
The Ir’Kithlen Knight Order uses the Intelligence ability score for the purposes of their spells.
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are:
Ir’Kithlen Spell List:
Balance (Dex), Craft (Int), Diplomacy (Cha), Intuit Direction (Wis), Knowledge (Nobility & Royalty) (Int), Knowledge (Religion) (Int), Move Silently (Dex), Profession (Wis), Ride (Dex), Swim (Str), Use Rope (Dex)
1st Level
3rd Level
Obscuring Mist, Entropic Shield, Endure Elements (Cold), Protection from Chaos, Expeditious Retreat, Change Self, Create Water, Bless Water, Random Action, Chill Touch, Sleep, Silent Image
Protection From Elements (Cold), Water Breathing, NonDetection, Neutralise Poison, Create Food and Water, Sleet Storm, Invisibility Sphere, Slow
2nd Level
4th Level
Fog Cloud, Invisibility, Locate Object, Aid, Darkness, Resist Elements (Cold), Blur, Cat’s Grace, Knock, Web
Wall of Ice, Dimension Door, Ice Storm, Freedom Of Movement, Control Water, Control Weather
See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int Modifier.
Class Features All of the following are Class Features of the Knight prestige class. Rune Transfer: Rune Transfer is the method in which a Knight may put new spells onto their Armour. The Knight may cast Rune Transfer. This spell will either transfer new spells onto his Armour, or it can move the knight's entire rune assemblage to another set of Armour. This spell can only be cast once a week has past since the last casting on that set of Armour. Also, all runes in the Armour must be fully charged (See Rune Magic below). The runes will only work on specially made, or treated Armour. The Armour must have flat, etch able surfaces on which the runes reside (No chain mail or padded Armour for example), it must also be masterwork Armour. Finally, A priest of Telatium must bless the Armour (Treat it as if the Priest made a set of magic Armour, and put the spell bless into it.) Only one rune can be added in a casting (or an entire assemblage can be moved to a new set of Armour that has no runes on it.) A knight can have as many runes as needed on his set of Armour, however it is unlikely that a knight will receive lots of spells at any one time. Mostly, runes are given to a knight as rewards for performing his duties. It is possible that a knight may run across a set of runes, and use his rune transfer ritual to add those spells to his Armour (as long as they are on his list of acceptable spells.) Rune Magic: The magic of the Knights is called Rune Magic. The name was given because all of the spells a knight has access to are runes engraved upon his Armour. Without his Armour a knight cannot cast spells. Each spell is one rune. Each grouping of runes of similar power is know as a structure. (Each structure being of a different spell level) Power is restored over time. I recommend that the Armour charges at dawn each day. To put this all simply, each structure represents a level, and that structure contains enough energy to cast only so many spells of that level per day. This power rises with the level of the character, and thus follows the spell progression chart.
Lay on Hands: (As Per Paladin – this description comes from the Player’s Handbook, page 42) A Knight of Telatium can heal wounds by touch. Each day they can cure a total number of hit points equal to their intelligence bonus times their level. For example, a 7th level Ir’Kithlen Knight with a 16 Intelligence (+3 Bonus) may cure up to 21 points of damage. The Knights can cure themselves. They may choose to divide their curing among multiple recipients, and they don’t have to use it all at once. Lay on Hands is a spell-like ability whose use is a standard action. Uncanny Dodge: The Ir’Kithlen Knight gains the ability to react to danger before their senses would normally allow it. The Ir’Kithlen gains the ability to retain their Dexterity bonus to AC regardless of being caught flat-footed, or struck by an invisible attacker. (They still lose the AC bonus if immobilised.) (PHB page 48). Water Breathing: Once per day, the Ir’Kithlen Knight can breath under water as per the Water Breathing spell (PHB page 271). Frost Weapon: Any weapon held by the Ir’Kithlen Knight can act as if under the effects of a Frost magical effect (DMG Page 186 – like Flaming, but cold). Upon command, the weapon becomes very cold. The cold does not harm the hands that hold the weapon. A frost weapon deals +1d6 points of bonus cold damage on a successful hit. If this ability is used with a ranged weapon, the frost will affect the ammunition of the weapon. Damage done is not rolled again in the event of a critical hit. Control Weather: The Ir’Kithlen can control weather as if using the Control Weather spell. They can use this ability continuously (PHB page 188).
Spells are added to the Armour by use of a special spell, which is central to the first level structure, (and doesn't count as rune for the above chart) this spell is Rune Transfer, and is detailed above.
TOLGARIEN KNIGHT Description The Tolgarien Knights are the Knights of the Earth. The Tolgarien Knights are the elite warriors of the church. More than once these
heavily armed and Armoured knights have been referred to as 'moving rocks.' The Tolgarien are the only knights known to have active ties with the Elves.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+2
0
0
2
+2
+3
0
0
Spells 1
2
3
4
Rune Transfer
1
-
-
-
Lay on Hands
1
0
-
-
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes 3
+3
+3
+1
+1
4
+4
+4
+1
+1
5
+5
+4
+1
+1
6
+6
+5
+2
+2
7
+7
+5
+2
+2
8
+8
+6
+2
+2
9
+9
+6
+3
+3
10
+10
+7
+3
+3
Defensive Stance
Wall of Stone
Wounding Weapon
Summon Valnar’s Form
Requirements To become a Tolgarien Knight of Telatium, a character must fulfil all the following requirements. Race: Human Base Attack Bonus: +6 Skills: Knowledge (Religion): 2, Ride: 1, Handle Animal: 1, Intuit Direction: 1, Wilderness Lore: 1 Feats: Endurance, Track Special: In addition, the Knight must have been a squire to another Knight of Telatium. This also requires being a member of the Church of Telatium. A Knight of Telatium also cannot cast spells from any other source accept for those granted by their god. This means that they can only cast cleric spells or paladin spells (If granted by their God). If an initiate has the ability to cast other spells, they must forfeit that ability to cast those spells. Hit Dice: d10+1
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Animal Empathy (Cha), Craft (Int), Diplomacy (Cha), Handle Animal (Cha), Knowledge (Nobility & Royalty) (Int), Knowledge (Religion) (Int), Listen (Wis), Profession (Wis), Ride (Dex), Wilderness Lore (Wis) See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int Modifier.
Class Features All of the following are Class Features of the Knight prestige class. Rune Transfer: Rune Transfer is the method in which a Knight may put new spells onto their Armour. The Knight may cast Rune Transfer. This spell will either transfer new spells onto his Armour, or it can move the knight's entire rune assemblage to another set of Armour. This spell can only be cast once a week has past since the last casting on that set of Armour. Also, all runes in the Armour must be fully charged (See Rune Magic below). The runes will only work on specially made, or treated Armour. The Armour must have flat, etch able surfaces on which the runes reside (No chain mail or padded Armour for example), it must also be masterwork Armour. Finally, A priest of Telatium must bless the Armour (Treat it as if the Priest made a set of magic Armour, and put the spell bless into it.) Only one rune can be added in a casting (or an entire assemblage can be moved to a new set of Armour that has no runes on it.) A knight can have as many runes as needed on his set of Armour,
2
1
-
-
2
1
0
-
2
2
1
-
3
2
1
0
3
2
2
1
3
3
2
1
4
3
2
2
4
3
3
2
however it is unlikely that a knight will receive lots of spells at any one time. Mostly, runes are given to a knight as rewards for performing his duties. It is possible that a knight may run across a set of runes, and use his rune transfer ritual to add those spells to his Armour (as long as they are on his list of acceptable spells.) Rune Magic: The magic of the Knights is called Rune Magic. The name was given because all of the spells a knight has access to are runes engraved upon his Armour. Without his Armour a knight cannot cast spells. Each spell is one rune. Each grouping of runes of similar power is know as a structure. (Each structure being of a different spell level) Power is restored over time. I recommend that the Armour charges at dawn each day. To put this all simply, each structure represents a level, and that structure contains enough energy to cast only so many spells of that level per day. This power rises with the level of the character, and thus follows the spell progression chart. Spells are added to the Armour by use of a special spell, which is central to the first level structure, (and doesn't count as rune for the above chart) this spell is Rune Transfer, and is detailed above. The Tolgarien Knight Order uses the Constitution ability score for the purposes of their spells. Tolgarien Spell List: 1st Level
3rd Level
Magic Stone, Calm Animals, Entangle, Endure Elements (Acid), Know Direction, Goodberry, Summon Nature’s Ally I, Guidance, Mending, Sanctuary, Disrupt Undead, True Strike
Protection From Elements (Acid), Stone Shape, Plant Growth, Meld Into Stone, Summon Nature’s Ally III, Remove Disease, Haste, Shrink Item
2nd Level
4th Level
Enlarge, Reduce, Barkskin, Soften Earth or Stone, Summon Nature’s Ally II, Warp Wood, Shatter, Bull’s Strength, Resist Elements (Acid), Melf’s Acid Arrow
Spike Stones, Control Plants, Divine Power, Summon Nature’s Ally IV, Stoneskin, Polymorph Self
Lay on Hands: (As Per Paladin – this description comes from the Player’s Handbook, page 42) A Knight of Telatium can heal wounds by touch. Each day they can cure a total number of hit points equal to their constitution bonus times their level. For example, a 7th level Tolgarien Knight with a 16 Constitution (+3 Bonus) may cure up to 21 points of damage. The Knights can cure themselves. They may choose to divide their curing among multiple recipients, and they don’t have to use it all at once. Lay on Hands is a spell-like ability whose use is a standard action.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Defensive Stance: Once per day, the Tolgarien Knight can use the Defensive Stance ability (DMG page 33 under Dwarven Defender). While standing in a single defendable spot, the Tolgarien Knight gains +2 Strength, +4 Constitution, +2 resistance bonus to all saves, and +4 dodge bonus to AC. See the DMG for specifics. Wall of Stone: Once Per Day, the Tolgarien Knight can create a wall of stone as per the Wall of Stone spell (PHB page 270). Wounding Weapon: Any weapon held by the Tolgarien Knight will act as if it is under the effects of a Wounding magical effect (DMG Page 187). A weapon of wounding deals damage to a creature such that a wound it inflicts bleeds for 1 point of damage per round
thereafter in addition to the normal weapon damage the weapon deals. Multiple wounds from a weapon result in cumulative bleeding loss (two wounds for 2 points of damage per round, and so on). The bleeding can only be stopped by a successful Heal check (DC 15) or the application of any cure spell or other healing spell (heal, healing circle, and so on). Summon Valnar’s Form: This ability allows the Tolgarien Knight to call upon his god, and ask for God to send his form. This ability is mostly up to the GM, and will not always work. When it does work, the Telatish God will send a form that it feels is appropriate. What comes can be anything from another Knight of Telatium, to the Holy form of Valnar himself.
Knight [of the Bleeding Rose] Description
found on the partner's bed when waking up one morning, a few days after the death of the beloved.
Named after the symbol that marks their suffering, these people are on a quest to honour the memory of their beloved one. They are constantly torn apart by the sweet memories of happy moments contrasted by the feeling of loneliness and loss.
KBR like to use discreet and subtle methods rather than great flashy ones.
Exactly how the Bleeding Rose actually appears to the lover is unknown, it is not even sure that it is real. Usually the rose will be
Their appearance often resembles that of renaissance nobles (long cape, rich clothing, armed with some duelling sword of the epoch, etc.). They tend to use theatrical gestures when doing great deeds.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+0
+0
+2
Serrated Blade
2
+2
+0
+0
+3
Charm Person
3
+3
+1
+1
+3
Hold Person
4
+4
+1
+1
+4
Sub Rosa
5
+5
+1
+1
+4
Hail of Thorns
6
+6
+2
+2
+5
Greater Sleep
7
+7
+2
+2
+5
Coup de grace
Requirements
Skill Points at each Level: 4 + Int modifier
Since this is essentially a character concept, the DM should feel free to adjust the requirements if necessary.
Class Features
Skills: Decipher Script: 6 ranks, Balance: 8 ranks, Tumble: 8 ranks, Move Silently: 10 ranks
Weapon and Armour Proficiencies: The KBR gains no new proficiencies.
Feats: Weapon finesse (Rapier), Iron Will, Dodge, Quick Draw
The Bleeding Rose: Each rose looks a little different, but all have the particularity to bleed. This is more a symbol than a real object, it only requires the KBR's devotion that exist. Usually the KBR will hold the rose in one hand (considered empty for the purpose of the weapon finesse feat and spellcasting) and his rapier in the other. The KBR may draw special powers form this rose by tearing off specific parts of it (those parts regrow immediately). Every time he does that, he looses 1HP (only recoverable through a good night's rest, filled with the dreams of his lover), because the rose is part of him. If he uses some of the rose's blood instead, he does not loose any HP, but becomes fatigued (p.84 of the DMG). He can even choose to tear away the heart of the rose, in which case the KBR immediately dies beyond resurrection. This despair act can have huge consequences, to be discussed with the DM and in the spirit of the class. Should such a character ever cause the death of a rose plant (even inadvertently), he may not use his KBR abilities for a period of 24 hours. The rose itself is indestructible and should it go
Special: Must have lost the loved one. (This is purposefully vague, there could be situations where death of the beloved one isn't the only reason for a character to walk this path). Hid Die: d8
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Balance (Dex), Bluff (Cha), Craft (Int), Disguise (Cha), Escape Artist (Dex), Hide (Dex), Intimidate (Cha), Listen (Wis), Move Silently (Dex), Perform (Cha), Profession (Wis), Sense Motive (Wis), Spot (Wis) and Tumble (Dex). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes lost, it just disappears from where it was and reappears in the KBR's hand. Code of Conduct: A Bleeding Rose has a kind of code of conduct. Everything he does is in the name of his loved one. The less he upholds her memory, the more will his rose wither, until it completely turns to dust. If this ever happens, a KBR looses all KBR class levels and memories concerning the bleeding rose. Serrated Blade (SU): Ripping off a thorn from the rose (taking one point of damage), the rapier becomes jagged and even sharper. This effectively adds a +2 to damage for the round. Using this power is a free action, usable once per round. Charm Person (SP): Gently tearing away a petal from the rose (taking one point of damage), the KBR overwhelms a humanoid target with feelings of love and sympathy. Treat this as a Charm person spell (DC 13 + Cha mod.), usable 3 times per day and activated as a standard action. A target that successfully saved against this effect cannot be affected again until 24 hours have passed. The KBR must have a free hand to pluck off the petal. Hold Person (SP): By drinking some of the rose's blood, the KBR is invested with the power to awake a maelstrom of passion and torment which completely overloads a humanoid's heart and brain. The victim must be aware of the KBR and within 30 ft. The effects of this spell-like ability work as the Hold Person spell (DC 13 + Cha mod.) and may be used trice a day as a standard action. The KBR only remains fatigued during one entire round after the use of this ability. Sub Rosa (SU): KBRs like getting along unnoticed. By placing a petal on his tongue (and taking one point of damage), a KBR's steps become as soft as rose petals and an aura of discretion sheathes his entire being. Anyone trying listen to or spot a KBR in this state suffers a -5 penalty to his check. Tracks left behind while being sub
rosa increase their DC to track by 5. The power works for KBR level + Cha modifier minutes and is activated as a standard action. He can at anytime spit or swallow the petal (free action) to put an end to the effect. At the end of the duration, the petal simply dissolves on his tongue. Hail of Thorns (SP): Like a metaphor to express the wrath he feels, a KBR may take three thorns (thus taking three points of damage)from the rose and fling them at his opponents. While midair, the thorns multiply and spread out, before crashing like a hail of thorns onto the enemies. This spell-like ability has a cone area of 25 ft and deals 1d6/KBR level of damage and may be used three times a day as a standard action. Spell resistance applies and a successful Reflex saving throw against DC 13 + Str Mod halves the damage. The KBR must have a free hand to pluck off the thorns. Greater Sleep (SP): The KBR takes five petals from the rose (loosing 5 HP), lays them on the palm of his hands and then blows them at his targets as one would blow a kiss. The victims feel a warm sensation of well-being, and fall asleep, thinking to be in the arms of their partners. Treat this as if the KBR just cast a Greater Sleep spell. Replace the maximum HD affected by (2 x KBR level) and targets must be of the humanoid type. The DC is 13 + Cha Mod. The KBR must have a free hand to pluck off the petals. Coup de grâce (SU): By dripping seven drops of the rose's blood onto the rapier, the blade becomes a deadly weapon that seeks the heart of their opponents and delivers an intense sensation of despair in the victim, which will often simply die of the emotional shock. The KBR must take a full-round action that attracts attacks of opportunities (but this can't disrupt this action) to prepare his blade and then launch a single attack at his opponent. If the attack is successful, consider that the enemy was just dealt a coup de grâce, except that the save is a Will save whose DC is also modified by the KBR's Cha mod. This ability may be used once a day.
Knight [of the Watch] Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+2
+0
+0
Request Aid
2
+2
+3
+0
+0
Mount of Quality
3
+3
+3
+1
+1
Mounted Expertise +1
4
+4
+4
+1
+1
Spinning Polearm 1/day
5
+5
+4
+1
+1
Mounted Expertise +2
6
+6
+5
+2
+2
Spinning Polearm 2/day
7
+7
+5
+2
+2
Mounted Expertise +3
8
+8
+6
+2
+2
Spinning Polearm 3/day
9
+9
+6
+3
+3
Squadron
10
+10
+7
+3
+3
Stronghold
Requirements Base Attack Bonus: +5 Alignment: Lawful Craft (Armoursmithing) or Craft (Weaponsmithing): 5 ranks Ride: 5 ranks Feats: Mounted Combat, Weapon Focus (any Polearm)
Special: Must have the sponsorship of a current Watcher Hit Dice: d10
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are:
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Craft (Armoursmithing, Blacksmithing, Weaponsmithing) (Int), Diplomacy (Cha), Handle Animal (Cha), Intuit Direction (Wis), Ride (Dex), Knowledge (Nobility and Royalty) (Int), Profession (Soldier) (Wis) See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int modifier
Class Features Weapons and Armour: A watcher is proficient with all simple and martial weapons, light, medium, and heavy Armour, and shields. Request Aid: At 1st level, a watcher receives a tabard and standard which advertise his/her affiliation. When seen by landowners in Bissell, Gran March, or Keoland, a watcher can request “reasonable” aid (a small amount of provisions, shelter for the night, etc.). Abuse of this benefit can lead to complaints and the revoking of membership. Mount of Quality: At 2nd level, a watcher receives a heavy warhorse with maximum hit points and a +1 bonus to all saves from the organisation. If killed or lost, the watcher cannot requisition another mount of quality for one year. Mounted Expertise: At 3rd level, a watcher gains a +1 bonus to all attack rolls, Dex checks, Reflex saves, and mount-related skill checks (Handle Animal, Ride, etc.) while mounted. This reflects the
special bond that forms between a watcher and his mount, and is applicable only when the watcher is riding his/her mount of quality. The bonus increases to +2 at 5th level, and +3 at 7th level. Spinning Polearm: At 4th level, the watcher has learned how to spin his/her Polearm at a great rate of speed. This allows the watcher to duplicate the Deflect Arrows feat. This ability is physically taxing and may only be performed once per day, increasing to twice per day at 6th level, and three times per day at 8th level. The watcher must rest for at least one hour between uses of this special ability. Squadron: At 9th level, the watcher is assigned a squadron of 15 1st-level warriors (see the warrior entry in the Dungeon Master’s Guide), 3 1st-level fighters, and 1 3rd-level fighter. These individuals are dedicated to the organisation and assigned to the watcher’s command; they have no overriding loyalty to the watcher, although s/he may earn such from them. The watcher is responsible for the squadron’s care, including housing, general equipment, and pay. Failure to fulfil these responsibilities may result in the revoking of membership. Stronghold: At 10th level, the watcher is deeded a tract of borderland which is henceforth under his/her protection. The watcher is responsible for applicable taxes, yearly tribute, and any other expenses owning such land may incur. The land may have a keep or tower, but if not, the watcher is solely responsible for constructing a desired stronghold. Failure to fulfil these responsibilities may result in the revoking of membership.
Knight [of Veluna] Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+2
+0
+0
Request Aid
2
+2
+3
+0
+0
Stipend
3
+3
+3
+1
+1
Royal Audience
4
+4
+4
+1
+1
Protection from Evil
5
+5
+4
+1
+1
Protection from Evil 5’ Radius
6
+6
+5
+2
+2
Protection from Evil 10’ Radius
7
+7
+5
+2
+2
Protection from Evil 15’ Radius
8
+8
+6
+2
+2
Protection from Evil 20’ Radius
9
+9
+6
+3
+3
Protection from Evil 25’ Radius
10
+10
+7
+3
+3
Protection from Evil 30’ Radius
Requirements
Class Skills
Base Attack Bonus: +7
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are:
Alignment: Lawful Good
Craft (Armoursmithing, Blacksmithing, Weaponsmithing) (Int), Diplomacy (Cha), Handle Animal (Cha), Intuit Direction (Wis), Knowledge (Nobility and Royalty) (Int), Ride (Dex)
Skills: Craft (Armoursmithing) or Craft (Weaponsmithing): 5 ranks Ride: +5 Feats: Weapon Focus (any lance), Weapon Focus (Battleaxe) Special: Must have the sponsorship of a current Knight of Veluna Hit Dice: d10
See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int modifier
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Class Features
Stipend: At 2nd level, a knight begins receiving a small stipend of 3 gp per week.
Weapons and Armour: A knight is proficient with all simple and martial weapons, light and medium Armour, and shields.
Royal Audience: At 3rd level, a knight’s reputation is such that s/he may request an audience with a ruler and expect a favourable response (as determined by the DM).
Request Aid: At 1st level, a knight receives a tabard and standard which advertise his/her affiliation. A knight can request “reasonable” aid (a small amount of provisions, shelter for the night, etc.) from any other member of the Order of the Hart without fear of refusal. Larger (or more dangerous) requests are adjudicated by the DM.
Protection from Evil: At 4th level, a knight undergoes a ritual which formally charges him/her with the defence and best interests of Veluna. Thereafter s/he radiates an aura of protection from evil (see the protection from evil spell in the Player’s Handbook). This increases to a radius of 5 feet at 5th level, and an additional 5 feet for every level thereafter. The aura does not function beyond the recognised physical boundaries of the nation of Veluna.
Knight [Purple Dragon knight] Description The famous Purple Dragons of Cormyr are regarded across Faerûn as exemplars of disciplined, skilled, loyal soldiers. Their reputation is deserved partly because of the heroic actions of their leaders, the Purple Dragon knights. Purple Dragon knights develop uncanny skills related to coordinating and leading soldiers. Most are fighters, rangers, or paladins, but a few bards, clerics, and rogues have been known to become Purple Dragon knights. Sorcerers and wizards tend to join the War Wizards, Cormyr’s elite brigade of fighting spellcasters, while barbarians are too undisciplined, and druids and monks too
“uncivilised” in Cormyr to enter this career. , In general, NPC knight commanders are responsible for leading the troops of the nation of Cormyr. Player character knights either are retirees, special liaisons to the army, or recipients of honorary titles. A character’s level in this prestige class is irrelevant to his rank in the military, although higher-ranked knights tend to be of higher level. It is not necessary to have this prestige class to serve in the Purple Dragons at large. This prestige class can be used as a model for officers in other countries, members of knightly orders and so on: It is not necessary to have this prestige class to be an officer of the Purple Dragons, but most high-ranking officers do.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1st
+1
+2
+0
+0
Rallying cry, heroic shield
2nd
+2
+3
+0
+0
Inspire courage (1/day)
3rd
+3
+3
+1
+1
Fear
4th
+4
+4
+1
+1
Oath of wrath, inspire courage (2/day)
5th
+5
+4
+1
+1
Final stand
Requirements
Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int modifier.
To qualify to become a Purple Dragon knight (Prp), a character must fulfil all the following criteria.
Class Features
Alignment: Any nonevil and nonchaotic.
All the following are Class Features of the Purple Dragon knight prestige class.
Base Attack Bonus: +4 Skills: Diplomacy or Intimidate 1 rank, Listen 2 ranks, Ride 2 ranks, and Spot 2 ranks: Feats: Leadership, Mounted Combat. Special: Membership in the Purple Dragons. Hit Dice: d10.
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Climb (Str), Diplomacy (Cha), Intimidate (Cha), Jump (Str), Ride (Dex), Swim (Str). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions.
Weapons and Armour: A Purple Dragon knight is proficient with all simple weapons, light armour, medium armour, and shields. Rallying Cry (So): The knight can utter a powerful shout (typically “For Cormyr!”) that causes all allies within 60 feet to gain a +1 morale bonus on their next attack roll and increases their speed by 5 feet until the knight’s next turn. Traditionally, the rallying cry is used when a formation of soldiers is about to charge. This mindaffecting ability may be used up to three times per day. Heroic Shield: A knight can use the aid another action (see page 135 of the Player’s Handbook) to give an ally a +4 circumstance bonus to AC instead of the normal +2. Inspire Courage (Su): This ability has the same effect as the bard ability of the same name. The knight makes an inspirational speech, bolstering his allies against fear and improving their combat
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes abilities. To be affected, an ally must hear the knight speak for a full round. The effect lasts as long as the knight speaks and for 5 rounds after the knight stops speaking (or 5 rounds after the ally can no longer hear the knight): While speaking, the knight can fight but cannot cast spells, activate magic items by spell completion (such as scrolls), or activate magic items by magic word (such as wands). Affected allies receive a +2 morale bonus on saying throws against charm and fear effects and a +1 morale bonus on attack and weapon damage rolls. Fear (Su): Once per day, a knight can evoke a fear effect (DC 13 + the Officer’s Charisma modifier). His allies are immune to the effect.
duration of the encounter, the knight has a +2 morale bonus on melee attack rolls, weapon damage rolls, saves, and skill checks made against the challenged target. The effect is negated immediately if the knight makes an attack or casts a spell-targeted at any creature except the challenged opponent (attacks of opportunity do not count) or if the knight uses a fullround action to move away from the challenged opponent. Final Stand (Su): Once per day, a knight can inspire his troops to a heroic effort, temporarily increasing their vitality. All allies within 10 feet of the knight gain 2d10 temporary hit points: This ability affects a number of creatures equal: to the knight’s class level + his Charisma modifier and lasts an equal number of rounds:
Oath of Wrath (Su): Once per day, a knight can select a single opponent within 60 feet and swear an oath to defeat him: For the
Mage [Anatomist] Description Anatomists devote their careers to the scientific study of the body, often using magical means to aid or inform their research. These arcanists are profoundly fascinated by the seemingly infinite mysteries of the human form. Anatomists gain their knowledge after years of extensive research, typically performed on cadavers. Their exhaustive experience makes them vastly superior doctors when compared with the typical village healers who rely chiefly on herbal medicines to cure the sick. It also makes them superb investigators into matters of death.
The Imperial City of Perelinn is home to a guild of Imperial physicians: Physicians-in-Extraordinary and Physicians-inOrdinary. From this latter group, an investigative unit called the Anatomists has been formed by Imperial decree to assist the City’s exemplary Wharf Yard inquisitors. The Anatomists serve to apply their knowledge of anatomy and medicine to the process of solving murders and other bodily crimes. Sometimes seen as ghouls, these men and women often as not mean the difference in solving a murder.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
Spell
1
0
2
0
2
Improved healing, autopsy
+1 level of existing class
2
1
3
0
3
-
+1 level of existing class
3
1
3
1
3
Weapon finesse (dagger)
+1 level of existing class
4
2
4
1
4
Anatomical attack +1d6
+1 level of existing class
5
2
4
1
4
-
+1 level of existing class
6
3
5
2
5
Weapon focus (dagger)
+1 level of existing class
7
3
5
2
5
Anatomical attack +2d6
+1 level of existing class
8
4
6
2
6
-
+1 level of existing class
9
4
6
3
6
Weapon specialisation (dagger)
+1 level of existing class
10
5
7
3
7
Anatomical attack +3d6
+1 level of existing class
Requirements Base Attack Bonus: +4 Hit Dice: D4 Feats: Skill Focus (heal) or Spell Focus (necromancy). Special: To qualify to become an anatomist, a character must fulfil all the following criteria. Concentration: 4 ranks. Heal: 4 ranks. Special: The anatomist must regularly practice his skills or loose his unique Class Features (namely Improved Healing, Autopsy, and Anatomical Attack). At the very least, he must perform one dissection on a human subject per month in order to prevent these specialised skills from atrophying. If the anatomist lapses in the
dissection schedule for more than a month, he can no longer use the above mentioned Class Features. They may be easily regained, however, simply by performing twice the minimum number of dissections that were missed. Each formal study requires one complete day that cannot be spent in other pursuits. An anatomist must also petition for service in the Physician-in-Ordinary division, which includes many tests, questionings, and a benefactor within the Imperial Physicians Guild. It has become common for anatomists to be dispatched to cities throughout the Empire, so permanent residence in Perelinn is not necessary (in fact a candidate willing to travel to smaller cities is more apt to receive a commission).
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Alchemy (Int), Concentration (Con), Craft (Int), Disguise (Cha), Forgery (Int), Handle Animal (Cha), Heal (Wis), Knowledge (all; Int), Profession (Wis), Spellcraft (Int). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 4 + Int modifier.
Class Features Weapons and Armour: An anatomist is proficient with the club, dagger, heavy crossbow, light crossbow, quarterstaff, rapier, and short sword. They do not gain any proficiency in the use of armour. : Note that armour check penalties for armour heavier than leather apply to the skills Balance, Climb, Escape Artist, Hide, Jump, Move Silently, Pick Pocket, and Tumble, and that carrying heavy gear imposes a check penalty on Swim checks.: Improved Healing: Anatomists make excellent doctors, gaining a +2 competency bonus to their Heal skill checks. Patients resting under his care recover hit points or ability score points at an accelerated rate: 3 hit points per level per day of light activity, 4 hit points per level per day of complete rest, and 3 ability points per day. A single anatomist can care for up to 12 people in this fashion. Autopsy: Anatomists have the ability to divine the cause and time of death by thoroughly examining a corpse. This involves a careful dissection taking about 30 minutes. The anatomist makes an Intelligence check, adding his level, against the autopsy’s DC of 15 + 1/day since the corpse’s death. The accuracy of the estimated moment of death decreases with elapsed time since the actual event. For instance, if the subject died an hour before the autopsy, the time of death can be fixed to within 1d4 rounds (after one day, the estimate is only accurate to within 1d4 hours, and so on). : Spells: An anatomist continues training in magic, though now in a much more specialised field. Thus, when a new anatomist level is gained, the character gains new spells per day as if he had also gained a level in a spellcasting class he belonged to before he added the prestige class. He does not, however, gain any other benefit a character of that class would have gained.: For example, if Delfburn, a 10th level wizard, gains a level in anatomist, he gains new spells as if he had risen to 11th level in wizard. If, by chance, the character had no spellcasting abilities before taking this prestige class, they gain the same number of spells per day as a Paladin of equal level. Lastly, due to their extreme devotion to their field of research, anatomists can only gain certain spells as they advance (see the Anatomist Spell List below). Weapon Finesse: At 3rd level, the anatomist has begun to master the intricacies of small edged or cutting weapons, and gains the Weapon Finesse feat with the dagger for free. : Anatomical Attack: Starting at 4th level, an anatomist’s extraordinary knowledge of the body allows them to inflict extra damage whenever they attack humans and zombies or skeletons animated from human corpses. He deals +1d6 points of damage in addition to his regular strike, and this increases by +1d6 points
every three levels (+2d6 at 7th, +3d6 at 10th, and so on). If the anatomist is of another race, or has specifically chosen another race as their main field of study, then his anatomical attack affects that race rather than humans. : Weapon Focus: At 6th level, the anatomist’s studies and continual use of small bladed weapons provide him with the Weapon Focus feat with the dagger. : Weapon Specialisation: At 9th level, the anatomist is truly a master of small bladed weapons, and gains the special feat of Weapon Specialisation with the dagger. :
Anatomist Spell List Anatomists choose their spells from the following list: 0 level arcane mark, detect magic, detect poison, disrupt undead, mending, prestidigitation, read magic. 1st Level
4th Level
7th Level
Cause Fear, Chill Touch, Comprehend Languages, Detect Undead, Enlarge, Ray of Enfeeblement, Reduce, Sleep, Unseen Servant.
Animate Dead, Charm Monster, Confusion, Contagion, Emotion, Enervation, Fear, Lesser Geas, Locate Creature, Modify Memory, Phantasmal Killer, Polymorph Other, Polymorph Self, Rary’s Mnemonic Enhancer, Stoneskin.
Create Undead, Ethereal Jaunt, Finger of Death, Insanity, Limited Wish, Power Word: Stun, Simulacrum, Statue.
2nd Level
5th Level
8th Level
Alter Self, Blindness/Deafness, Bull’s Strength, Cat’s Grace, Darkvision, Delay Poison, Detect Thoughts, Endurance, Ghoul Touch, Locate Object, Resist Elements, Scare.
Animal Growth, Dominate Person, Death Ward, Dream, Feeblemind, Freedom of Movement, Hold Monster, Magic Jar, Mind Fog, Nightmare, Permanency, Rary’s Telepathic Bond.
Clone, Discern Location, Horrid Wilting, Iron Body, Mass Charm, Mind Blank, Polymorph Any Object, Power Word: Blind, Symbol, Trap the Soul.
3rd Level
6th Level
9th Level
Gentle Repose, Halt Undead, Hold Person, Nondetection, Protection From Elements, Secret Page, Suggestion, Vampiric Touch, Water Breathing.
Circle of Death, Flesh to Stone, Geas/Quest, Mass Suggestion, Repulsion, Stone To Flesh, Tenser’s Transformation, True Seeing.
Astral Projection, Create Greater Undead, Dominate Monster, Energy Drain, Power Word: Kill, Shape Change, Soul Bind, Temporal Stasis, Wail of the Banshee, Weird, Wish.
Mage [Arcane Devotee] Description Naturally, arcane devotees are always arcane spellcasters. Sorcerers and wizards are the most common type, but some music-oriented
deities tend to have more bard devotees, and a rare few of the more evil deities have been known to have assassin devotees that focus on cruel and terrible forms of death magic.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
Spells per day
1
+0
+0
+0
+2
Enlarge spell
+1 level of existing arcane spellcasting class
2
+1
+0
+0
+3
Sacred defence alignment focus
3
+1
+1
+1
+3
Bonus feat
+1 level of existing arcane spellcasting class
4
+2
+1
+1
+4
Sacred defence +2
+1 level of existing arcane spellcasting class
5
+2
+1
+1
+4
Divine shroud
+1 level of existing arcane spellcasting class
Requirements To qualify to become a arcane devotee (dev) of a particular deity, a character must fulfil all the following criteria. Spellcasting: ability to cast 4th-level arcane spells. Skills: knowledge (religion) 8 ranks, Spellcraft 8 ranks. Feats: enlarge spell. Patron: an arcane devotee must have a patron deity, and it must be the deity of which she is a devotee. Hit Dice: d4.
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Alchemy (Int), concentration (con), craft (Int), knowledge (all skills taken individually) (Int), profession (Wis), scry (Int), and spellcraft (Int). See chapter 4: skills in the player’s handbook for skill descriptions. Skill points at each Level: 2 + Int modifier.
Class Features All the following are Class Features of the arcane devotee prestige class. Weapons and Armour: Arcane devotees gain no proficiency in any weapon or armour Spells per day: an arcane devotee’s training focuses on arcane spells. Thus, when a new arcane devotee level is gained, the character gains new spells per day as if he had also gained a level in whatever arcane spellcasting class he belonged to before he added the prestige class. He does not, however, gain any other benefit a character of that class would have gained (bonus metamagic or item
+1,
+1 level of existing arcane spellcasting class
creation feats, bard or assassin abilities, and so on). This essentially means that he adds the level of arcane devotee to the level of whatever other arcane spellcasting class the character has, then determines spells per day and caster level accordingly. If a character had more than one arcane spellcasting class before he became an arcane devotee, he must decide to which class he adds each level of arcane devotee for the purpose of determining spells per day. Enlarge spell: The arcane devotee may cast a spell as if it were under the effects of the enlarge spell feat. He does not need to prepare this spell in advance, and it does not increase the casting time or use a higher spell slot. This ability can be used a number of times per day equal to 1 + the arcane devotee’s charisma bonus (minimum of once per day) Sacred defence: Add this value (+1 at 2nd level, +2 at 4th level) to the arcane devotee’s saving throws against divine spells, as well as the spell-like and supernatural abilities of outsiders. Alignment focus: A 2nd-level arcane devotee chooses one component of his deity’s alignment. He now casts spells of that alignment at +1 caster level. If his deity is neutral, he chooses one component of his alignment for this focus. If the arcane devotee and his deity are neutral, the character chooses chaos, evil, good, or law for his focus. Bonus feat: At 3rd level, an arcane devotee can choose any one item creation feat or any feat from the following list: spell focus, greater spell focus, spell penetration, greater spell penetration, improved counterspell, magical artisan, or shadow weave magic (devotees of shar only). Divine shroud (su): Once per day, a 5th-level arcane devotee may surround himself with a shroud of glowing divine power that protects him against enemy spells. The shroud is of a colour appropriate to the arcane devotee’s patron’s Alignment constant blue for law, shimmering white for good, wavering black for evil, or flickering yellow for chaos. The shroud grants spell resistance of 12 + the character’s caster level as if he were under the effects of a spell resistance spell. This ability can be invoked as a free action and lasts a number of rounds equal to the arcane devotee’s charisma bonus + 5.
Mage [Arcane Duellist] Description The Arcane Duellist is a master of one on one magical combat. Keen eyes, quick decisions, and raw magical power are the primary tools of the Duellist. Different personalities are drawn to this path of arcane mastery for different reasons. Some seek to better compete against their peers, others to defend against the most powerful of evil forces, and a few walk the path of the Duellist to satisfy personal goals of arcane power and ambition. For every Duellist
however, disputes between students of the arcane arts are settled through contests of magical power. The degree of control over arcane energies and the raw potency of an Arcane Duellist’s spells are often unmatched, and make them powerful adversaries. Experienced, aware, and exceptionally intelligent, the Arcane Duellist can be a deadly foe. Arcane Duellists can be any alignment and any race, though humans, elves and half-elves are the most common of this rare
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes prestige class. Religion is usually of no consequence to the Arcane Duellist, though patronage to a deity does not bar entry to the class. Wizards are most suited to follow the path of the Arcane Duellist, as
their limitless selection of spells offers more dynamic options, though some keen Sorcerers have found success in this prestige class as well.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
Arcane Spells
1
+0 (+1)
+0
+0
+2
Feat: maximise spell, react
+1
2
+1 (+1)
+0
+0
+3
+1 spell DC, control damage
+1
3
+1 (+1)
+1
+1
+3
Improved Evasion
+1
4
+2 (+2)
+1
+1
+4
max spell modifier -1
+1
5
+2 (+2)
+1
+1
+4
+1 spell DC, school mastery
+1
6
+3 (+2)
+2
+2
+5
counterspell
+1
7
+3 (+3)
+2
+2
+5
max spell modifier -1
+1
8
+4 (+3)
+2
+2
+6
+1 spell DC
+1
9
+4 (+3)
+3
+3
+6
pierce spell resistance
+1
10
+5 (+4)
+3
+3
+7
max spell modifier -1, DC +1
+1
Requirements Class: 10th level in either Sorcerer or Wizard Abilities: Exceptional intelligence (18 or higher) Above average dexterity (13 or higher) Skills: Spellcraft 10 ranks Knowledge Concentration10 ranks Spot5 ranks
Arcane
10
ranks
Feats: Combat Casting Spell Penetration plus one other metamagic feat (item creation feats excluded) Hit Dice: 1d4
Class Skills The prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Alchemy (Int), Concentration (Con), Craft (Int), Knowledge (all skills, taken individually) (Int), Profession (Wis), Scry (Int, exclusive skill), and Spellcraft (Int), Spot (Wis). See Chapter 4: Skills for skill descriptions. Skill Points per level: 2+intelligence bonus
Class Features The Arcane Duellist continues to advance in arcane spell casting ability, following the memorisation and spells known chart from their prior arcane class. Spell casting remains linked to the prior major ability score (Intelligence for Wizards, Charisma for Sorcerers) Touch/Ray Attack bonus: The number in parenthesis is an additional bonus that is applied only to attack rolls of touch and ray based spell effects. React: DC of all skill checks is 10+opponents total level At the beginning of any round, the Arcane Duellist can attempt to analyse and prepare for an incoming attack. This is a sequence of spot, spellcraft and arcane lore checks at the above DC.
Spot discerns slight body movements which foretell the timing of the opponents action. If Spot succeeds, Spellcraft may be used to gain knowledge of the action. If Spellcraft succeeds, arcane lore can be used to give the Arcane Duellist an idea of how best to react to the opponents action. Each successful skill check grants a cumulative bonus of +2 to saving throws against the incoming attack, to a maximum of +6. This ability can be used against only a single opponent each round. +1 DC modifier to spells: The DC of all spells cast by the duellist is increased by 1. The bonus is cumulative with all other bonuses which may affect spell DC, including itself. Therefore, the Arcane Duellist has +1 DC at level 2, +2 DC at level 5, +3 DC at level 8, and +4 DC at level 10. Control Damage: Spellcraft check at DC 15+ level of spell Upon casting a spell, the Arcane Duellist can attempt to make all, half or one-quarter of the spells damage subdual damage. Spells which would normally result in death can also be controlled, with the subdued effect being one day of unconsciousness per level of the spell. Spells which would drain an ability score to zero will not drain the last point, but will make the victim unconscious for a period of 1d4 days. This attempt requires a spellcraft check as outlined above. Improved Evasion: As outlined in the players handbook, pg. 51. All reflex saves result in no damage if successful, and only half damage if the saving throw is failed. Maximise Spell modifier: The memorisation penalty for the maximise spell feat is reduced by one. This bonus is cumulative with itself, resulting in no penalty for memorising a spell as a maximised spell by level 10. School Mastery: The Arcane Duellist chooses any single school to master. This gives an extra spell memorisation slot for each spell level that must be used for the mastered school. All spells cast from this school are much more potent, having either a +2 to their DC modifier, or an extra +1/die of damage. The form of this potency is chosen by the Arcane Duellist and cannot be changed thereafter. The Arcane Duellist also gains +2 to saving throws against spells from this school. Due to this concentration on one particular sphere of arcane magic, one single school must be chosen to which the Arcane Duellist will be barred from. No spells can ever again be cast from
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes this barred school, though magic items which mimic effects may still be employed. Counterspell: The 3rd level spell Dispel Magic is now considered automatically memorised as a quick spell, akin to Feather Fall. Therefore, it can be cast as a free action at any time. In addition, any bonuses from the react ability, as well as DC modifiers from ability scores and class apply to dispel rolls. Pierce Spell Resistance: All checks to overcome an opponents spell resistance are made with a bonus of 2 +Intelligence modifier. This bonus is cumulative with any other bonuses from feats or other sources the Arcane Duellist may have.
New Spell Damage Manipulation Universal Level: Sor/Wiz 4 (Arcane Duellist only)
Components: V, S Casting Time: 1 round Range: Touch Target: creature touched Duration: 1 min/level Saving throw: Will negates (harmless) Spell Resistance: yes (harmless) This spell alters the way in which the affected creature manipulates magical energies, resulting in all magical damage being subdual damage. Spells which do not cause direct damage but which would normally result in death instead result in unconsciousness for 1d4 hours. Spells which would drain an ability score to zero will not drain the last point, but will make the victim unconscious as above. In many ways, this spell mimics the control damage extraordinary ability of the Arcane Duellist. It is often used by Duellists on other spell casters with whom they are about to settle a friendly disagreement.
Mage [Archmage] Description The highest art is magic-often referred to as the art. Its most advanced practitioners are frequently archmages, bending spells in
ways unavailable to other spellcasters. The archmage gains strange powers and the ability to alter spells in remarkable ways, but must sacrifice some of her spell, capability in order to master these arcane secrets.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
Spells Per Day
1
+0
+0
+0
+2
High Arcana
+1 level of existing arcane spellcasting class
2
+1
+0
+0
+3
High Arcana
+1 level of existing arcane spellcasting class
3
+1
+1
+1
+3
High Arcana
+1 level of existing arcane spellcasting class
4
+2
+1
+1
+4
High Arcana
+1 level of existing arcane spellcasting class
5
+2
+1
+1
+4
High Arcana
+1 level of existing arcane spellcasting class
Requirements
Skill points at each Level: 2 + Int modifier.
To qualify to become an archmage (acm), 4 character must fulfil all the following criteria.
Class Features
Spellcasting: ability to cast 7th-level arcane spells, knowledge of 5th-level or higher spells from at least five schools.
Weapons and Armour: Archmages gain no proficient any weapon or armour.
Skills: knowledge (arcana) 15 ranks, spellcraft 15 ranks.
Spells per day: When a new archmage level is gained, the character gains new spells per day as if he had also gained a level in whatever arcane spellcasting class he belonged to before he added the prestige class. He does not, however, gain any other benefit a character of that class would have gained (bonus metamagic or item creation feats, bard or assassin abilities, and so on). This essentially means that he adds the level of archmage to the level of whatever other arcane spellcasting class the character has, then determines spells per day and caster level accordingly.
Feats: skill focus (spellcraft), spell focus in two schools of magic. Hit Dice: D4.
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Alchemy (Int), concentration (con), knowledge (all skills taken individually) (Int), profession (Wis), scry (Int), search (Int), and spellcraft (Int). See chapter 4: skills in the player’s handbook for skill descriptions. See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions.
If the character had more than one arcane spellcasting class before he became an archmage, he must decide to which class he adds each level of archmage for the purpose of determining spells per day. High arcana: The archmage learns secret lore unknown to lesser wizards and sorcerers. She gains the ability to select a special ability
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes from among the following by permanently eliminating one spell slot. For example, a 15th-level wizard normally can cast two 7th-level spells per day (not counting bonus spells for specialisation or high intelligence). A wiz13/acm2 who chooses the arcane reach ability forfeits one 7th level spell, and so can only cast one 7th-level spell per day, not counting bonus spells. The archmage may choose to eliminate a spell slot of a higher level than that required to acquire the high arcana in question, if she so desires. Arcane fire (su): The archmage gains the ability to channel arcane spell energy into arcane fire, manifesting as a bolt of raw magical energy. The bolt is a ranged touch attack - archmage Perendra Raslemtar of Tethyr with long range (400 feet + 40 feet/level of arch- mage) and deals 1d6 points of damage per level of archmage plus 1d6 points of damage per level of the spell channelled to create the effect. Therefore, a 5th-level archmage that channels a 7th-level spell into arcane fire deals 12d6 points of damage to the target if it hits. This ability costs one 9th-level spell slot. Arcane Reach: The archmage can use touch spells on targets up to 30 feet away. If the spell requires a touch attack (melee or ranged), the archmage must make a ranged touch attack. If selected class a second time as a special ability, the range increases to 60 feet. This ability costs one 7th-level spell slot. Mastery of Counterspelling: When the archmage counterspells a spell, it is turned back upon the caster as if it were fully affected by a spell turning spell. If the spell. Cannot be affected by spell turning (for example, if it is an area or effect spell), then it is merely counterspelled . This ability costs one 7th-level spell slot. Mastery of Elements: The archmage can alter an arcane spell when cast so that it utilises a different element from the one it normally does. For example, an archmage could cast a fireball that does sonic damage instead of fire damage. , This ability can only alter spells with the acid, cold, fire, electricity, or sonic descriptors. The spell’s casting time is unaffected. The caster decides whether or not to alter the spell’s energy type and chooses the new energy type when he begins casting. This ability costs one 8th-level spell slot. Mastery of Shaping: The archmage can alter area and effect spells that use the following categories burst, cone, cylinder, emanation, or spread* the alteration consists of creating spaces within the spell’s area or effect that are not subject to the spell. The minimum dimension for these spaces is a 5-foot cube.
For example, the archmage could cast a fireball and leave a hole where his ally stands, preventing any fire damage. Furthermore, any shapeable (s) spells have a minimum dimension of 5 feet instead of 10 feet. This ability costs one 6th-level spell slot. Spell power +1: This ability increases the dc for saving throws against the archmage’s arcane spells and caster level checks for her arcane spells to overcome spell resistance by +1. This ability can only be selected once, and stacks with spell power +2 and spell power +3, as well as spell power effects from other sources, such as from the red wizard prestige class. This ability costs one 5th-level spell slot. Spell power +2: as spell power +1, except the increase is +2 instead of +1. This ability can only be selected once, and stacks with spell power +1 and spell power +3, as well as spell power effects from other sources. This ability costs one 7th-level spell slot. Spell power +3: as spell power +1, except the increase is +3 instead of +1. This ability can only be selected once, and stacks with spell power +1, spell power +2, as well as spell power effects from other sources. This ability costs one 9th-level spell slot. Spell-like ability: The archmage can use one of her arcane spell slots (other than the slot expended to learn this high arcana) to permanently prepare one of her arcane spells as a spell-like ability that can be used twice per day. The archmage does not use any components when casting the spell, although a spell that costs xp to cast still does so and a spell with a costly material component instead costs her 10 times that amount in xp. This ability costs one 5th-level spell slot. The spell-like ability normally uses a spell slot of the spell’s level, although the archmage can choose to make a spell modified by a metamagic feat into a spell-like ability at the appropriate spell level. For example, the archmage can make lightning bolt into a spell-like ability by using a 3rd-level spell slot to do so, or a maximised lightning bolt into a 6th-level spell-like ability the archmage may use an available higher-level spell slot to be able to use the spelllike ability more often. Using a slot three levels higher than the chosen spell allows her to cast it four times per day and a slot six levels higher lets her cast it six times per day. For example, Hezark (wiz15/acm2) is a pyromaniac and never wants to be denied the ability to cast fireball, so she permanently uses, a 9th-level spell slot to get fireball as a spell-like ability usable six times per day. She forfeits a 5th-level spell slot to master the ability if selected more than one time as a special ability, this can apply to the same spell or to a different spell.
Mage [Demiurgus] Description The Demiurgus were the artificers and wondrous craftsman responsible for the items and ships that composed the backbone of the Al'Malamut Empire. They created the vessels, weapons and magic items used by the Priests of Ptah to carve out an Empire thousands of years ago. After the Collapse of the Empire they were thought lost, but the Demiurgus have been found in increasing numbers among the Cult of Ptah. Today they are still an integral part of the Cult of Ptah, and are sought after because of their abilities to unique create magical items.
Most commonly Wizards and Sorcerers who worship Ptah become Demiurgus because of their innate abilities to create magic items. Clerics make a close third to these classes because of their more limited selection of item creation feats. Barbarians, Bards, Fighters, Monks, Rangers, and Rogues would not find much use in this class because of their limited to non-existent item creation abilities. NPC Demiurgus are usually found working closely with the Cult of Ptah creating magic items to further the churches aims. They do hire out to others often, but the needs of the Cult come first.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+0
+0
+0
+2
Detect Magic, Identify 1/day, Artificer
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes 2
+1
+0
+0
+3
Item Creation Feat
3
+1
+1
+1
+3
Enigma
4
+2
+1
+1
+4
Identify 2/day
5
+2
+1
+1
+4
Item Creation Feat
6
+3
+2
+2
+5
Enigma
7
+3
+2
+2
+5
Identify 3/day
8
+4
+2
+2
+6
Item Creation Feat
9
+4
+3
+3
+6
Enigma
10
+5
+3
+3
+7
Requirements
See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 4 + Int modifier
Base Attack Bonus: +2 Hit Dice: D4
Class Features
Alignment: Any Lawful Race: Any. The Demiurgus used to be completely human, but as the priesthood of Ptah's diversifies the Demiurgus has begun to diversify Feats: Skill Focus (any Craft), and any one (1) of the following: Craft Magic Arms and Armour, Craft Rod, Craft Staff, Craft Wand, Craft Wondrous Item, and Forge Ring Special: Craft (any one skill): 8. Knowledge (Arcana): 8. 3rd Level Arcane or Divine spells. This Class is only open to devout followers of Ptah.
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Alchemy (Int), Appraise (Int), Concentration (Con), Craft (any) (Int), Knowledge (Arcana and Wildspace Religion, or "Egyptian" Religion) (Int), Spellcraft (Int), and Use Magic Device (Cha, Exclusive)
Weapons and Armour: The Demiurgus gains no proficiency in weapons, armour or shields. Artificer: The Demiurgus stacks all of the levels for one other spellcasting class and their levels in Demiurgus for purposes of item creation. Detect Magic: The Demiurgus can cast Detect Magic at will. Identify: Can cast Identify as a supernatural ability. 1/day at 1st level 2/day at 4th level, and 3/day at 7th level. Enigma: Choose one of the following Enigma's, you may choose each Enigma more than once and stack their abilities. Enigma of Creation: The construction costs of magic item creation is now 5% less. Enigma of Flame: The experience costs of magic item creation is now 5% less. Enigma of Understanding: The time costs of magic item creation is now 5% less.
Mage [Demonologist] Description Demonologist dabble in the dark arts of magic, summoning demons to do their bidding and dealing with the forces and energies of chaos and otherworldly realms. Their art is sometimes alien to the human
mind and some of the more exotic topics of demonology are so wired and horrible, that the human brain could barely understand and comprehend such topics. Therefore, demonologist sooner or later become insane and fall prey to demons with their will undermined by these alien forces."
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+0
+0
+0
+2
Cast Demonic Spells
2
+0
+0
+0
+3
3
+1
+1
+1
+3
4
+1
+1
+1
+4
5
+2
+1
+1
+4
Demonic Secret
Fiendish Servant, Demonic Secret
Demonic Secrets
Spell
Secret
1
Aura
2
Bargains
2
1
Caster
2
2
Health
2
2
1
2
3
1
4
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes 6
+2
+2
+2
+5
7
+3
+2
+2
+5
8
+3
+2
+2
+6
9
+4
+3
+3
+6
10
+4
+3
+3
+7
Demonic Secret
Demonic Secret
Requirements Base Attack Bonus: +5
Mind
2
2
2
Spell
3
2
2
1
Strength
3
2
2
2
Control
3
3
2
2
Summon
3
3
3
3
Fiendish Servant: Upon or after reaching 5th level, a demonologist can call a fiendish servant. Use the rules found in the DMG, page 31 - Blackguard, Fiendish Servant. Insanity: With each new level of demonologist a character gains, he also receives 1d6 IP, possibly resulting in gaining a disorder (see the insanity rules).
Hit Dice: D4 Alignment: Any evil Class: Character must be 10th + Wizard Special: Spells: Character must know a minimum of 5 calling spells Skills: Diplomacy 3 ranks, Knowledge (Demons) 4 ranks, Knowledge (The Planes) 4 ranks
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Bluff, Diplomacy, Knowledge (The Planes), Knowledge (Devils), Profession, Scry, Sense Motive, Spellcraft and Spot. See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int modifier
Class Features All of the following are Class Features of the demonologist prestige class: Weapon and Armour: Demonologists are not proficient with any type of armour, nor with shields. They are proficient with the Club, Dagger, Crossbow (Hand and Light) and the Quarterstaff. Caster Demon Spells: The character can learn demonic spells. Only demonologists can learn these spells. Demonic Secrets: At 1st level and every two levels thereafter, the Demonologist may learn one Demonic secret which he can choose from the following table. Each secret can only be taken once: Demonic Secret Effect Demonic Aura Demonologist under permanent protection as per the Protection from Law spell Demonic Bargains +2 permanent ranks on Bluff, Diplomacy, Intimidate, Sense Motive Demonic Caster Demonologist is treated as +1 caster level when casting demonic spells Demonic Health
+1 Con permanent
Demonic Mind
+1 Int permanent
Demonic Spell Demonologist learns a Demonic spell for free (can be taken more than once) Demonic Strength
+1 Str permanent
Demonic Control demon
+2 knowledge bonus to checks to Control a
Demonic Summon +2 knowledge bonus to checks to Prepare a Pentagram to summon demons
Demon Rules: There are some special rules concerning Demonologists and demons which are explained here: Demon Types: Old world scholars and demonologists recognise three types of demons: Demonic Servants (Chaotic Evil Outsider of up to 8 HD), Lesser Demons (Chaotic Evil Outsider of 9to 16 HD) and Greater Demons (17+ HD). Summoning Demons: To summon a demon, the demonologist first must discover the name of the demon to be summoned. This may be done by researching into ancient tomes of demonic lore, being given a name by another demonologist, learning a name from another demon, etc. Failure to learn the name does not prevent the demonologist to summon the demon - it just makes it more risky. Next the demonologist must prepare a pentagram, taking great care while inscribing it on the floor. To determine whether or not the pentagram has been successfully inscribed, the GM makes a secret INT-check (DC 25). Failure means, the demonologist has a smaller chance of controlling the demon. Next the summoning spell is cast. Once the demon appears, the demonologist must attempt to control it by making a WIS-check (DC = HD of the demon). Success results in the demon being willing to serve the caster for 1 hour per demonologist level. If the test fails, the demon will either attack or enslave the caster. If the demon's name is not known, the check is made with a -2 penalty. If the pentagram is incomplete, there is an additional -2 to the check. Demonic Bargains: All demons - even those successfully controlled by the demonologist will refuse to offer aid without gaining something in return - usually souls. This means that characters summoning a demon become bound to the demon's ruling deity in some way, transmuting their minds and body. This degeneration is reflected by the Demonologist gaining disorders and insanity points. Each initial summoning of a demon by a character causes the permanent loss of 1d4 point of Con. A demonologist whose Con falls to or below zero becomes enslaved by the demon. Successive Summoning: Once a bargain has been struck with a demon, it can easily be re-summoned, require ring no pentagram or loss of Con, but the caster must still attempt to control the demon. Failure results in the demon acting as it wishes. The caster simply casts the appropriate spell and the demon(s) appear. Summoning Power: Certain demonic spells enable the caster to conjure up forces that can be used to augment the demonologists magic. These forces are risky to use and alien to a caster's body and mind. Merely learning such spells results in the acquisition of a new disability, and each casting gives the caster 1 IP. Binding and Dispelling Demons: There are demonic spells to summon and bind or dispel a demon and prevent the demon from using any of its abilities or moving. Dispelling sends the demon
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes back to his home plane. These spells help to defend against uncontrolled demons.
Mage [Energy Master] Description As mages skilled in use of specific energy, the Energy Master are specialists of Acid, Electricity, Cold or Fire energy. They cast spells
based on these energy. Most Energy Masters are skilled wizards and sorcerers, and a small number of bards study this type of magic. Some of them are also clerics or druids, classes related to elemental magic.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
Arcane Spell
1
+0
+0
+0
+2
Energy Substitution
+1 level of existing class
2
+1
+0
+0
+3
Aura of Energy, Spell Thematics
+1 level of existing class
3
+1
+1
+1
+3
Energy Lore, Spell Power +1
+1 level of existing class
4
+2
+1
+1
+4
Enhanced Energy, Breath Weapon
+1 level of existing class
5
+2
+1
+1
+4
Metamagic Feat, Improve Familiar
+1 level of existing class
6
+3
+2
+2
+5
Spell Power +2
+1 level of existing class
7
+3
+2
+2
+5
Aura of Bursting
+1 level of existing class
8
+4
+2
+2
+6
Energy Touch
+1 level of existing class
9
+4
+3
+3
+6
Metamagic Feat , Spell Power +3
+1 level of existing class
10
+5
+3
+3
+7
Energy immunity
+1 level of existing class
Requirements
Class Features
Base Attack Bonus: +2
All the following are Class Features of the Energy Master prestige class.
Feats: Spell Focus – Evocation, Combat Casting. Special: To qualify to become an Energy Master (Acid Master from acid, Electrical Master from Electricity, Frost Master from Cold and Flame Master from fire). Skills: Concentration 12 Ranks, Knowledge (arcana) 8 ranks, Spellcraft 12 ranks. Spellcasting: Ability to cast at least five invocations spells, plus: - Melf’s Acid Arrow*, Mestil’s Acid Breath*** and Stinking Cloud* for Acidic Masters. - Snilloc’s Snowball Swarm***, Ice Storm* and Wall of Ice* for Frost Masters. - Gedlee’s Electric Loop***, Lightning Bolt* and Scintillating Sphere*** for Lightning Masters. - Aganazzar’s Scorcher**, Fireball* and Wall of Fire* for Blaze Masters Shatter*, Shatterfloor*** and Shout* for Shout Masters *Spell listed in the Player’s Handbook ** Spell listed in the Forgotten Realms Campaign Settings *** Spell listed in the Magic of Faerun. Hit Dice: D4
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Alchemy (Int), Concentration (Con), Knowledge (all skills, taken individually), Profession (Wis), Scry (Int, exclusive skill), Search (Wis), Spellcraft (Int). See Chapter 4 in the Player’s Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int modifier.
Weapons and Armour: Energy Masters gains no proficiency in any weapon or Armour. Spell per Day: When a new Energy Master level is gained, the character gains new spells per day as if he had also gained a level in whatever arcane spellcasting class he belonged to before he added the Energy Master prestige class. He does not, however, gain any other benefit a character of that class would gain. This essentially means that he adds the level of Energy Master to the level of whatever other arcane spellcasting class the character had, then determines spell by day and caster level accordingly. If a character had more than one arcane spellcasting class when he become an Energy Master, he must decide to which class he adds each level of Energy Master for the purpose of determine spells by day. Energy Substitution: Any spell with a energy designator (such as [Fire] for Fireball) cast by an Energy Master, has it energy changed to the same as the Energy Master. For example, a fireball cast by a Frost Master would have its energy designator changed to [Cold]. This ability does not change any other aspect of the spell, and the spell is prepared (for wizards) and cast normally. Aura of Energy: At 2nd level, the Energy Master generates an aura of energy, which grants him resistance against his type of energy magic and effects. This works just like endure elements spell, absorbing only damage. It is a supernatural ability, and the Energy Master cannot suppress it. Spell Thematics: The Spells of an Energy Master has a distinct visual and auditory effects. This effects adds +5 to the DC of any Spellcraft check made to identify a spell cast for a Energy Lord.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes The effects are: Acid: Corrosive sounds, bubbles and fog effects. Cold: Cold fog, ice crystal effects, noisy and cold winds. Electricity: Lightning visual and sounds. Fire: Blazing sounds, heat waves and flame effects. Energy Lore: At 3rd level, an Energy Master can add to his repertoire any spell of his energy type, including spells of any spellcasting class. For example, a sorcerer that becomes an Flame Master would be able to learn flame strike, a spell only available to clerics. Spell Power: Add this value to the DC for saving throws and to caster level checks to overcome spell resistance for spells the Energy Master from the schools of Evocation, Transmutation or Conjuration spells (with the energy type description). This stacks with other spells power effects that affect the specified spells (like Spell Focus) and is applicable with energy substitution. Enhanced Energy: At 4th level, any creature damaged by the spells of the Energy Master suffer additional effects according to the type of energy (Fortitude negates, DC as the spell): Acid: extra acid damage in the next round. 2d4 at 4th level, 4d4 at 7th level and 6d4 at 10th Acid Master level. Cold: slow spell and lasts for 1 round at 4th level, 2 rounds of 7th level and 3 round of 10th Frost Master level. Electricity: extra lightning damage. 1d6+2 at 4th level, 2d6+4 at 7th level and 3d6+6 at 10th Electrical Master level. Fire: extra fire damage in the next round. 1d8 at 4th level, 2d8 at 7th level and 3d8 at 10th Flame Master level Breath Weapon: This ability allows a 4th level Energy Masters to spew fort a breath attack similar in nature to that of a Dragon’s Breath Weapon (Close range for Cone, Medium range for Ray; Ref. half, SR neg.). The breath is different for each type of Energy Master: Acid: Ray of acid Cold: Cone of Cold Electricity: Ray of Lightning Fire: Cone of Fire The ability deals up to a total of 1d6 points of damage per Energy Master level, to all creatures within the attack’s area of effect. He can make a single breath attack with his total number of dices, or many attacks, as long as he does not exceed his maximum damage. Each attack must deal a minimum of 2d6 points of damage. For example, a 10th level Flame master could breath one cone for 10d6 points of damage, two cones for 5d6 or five cones for 2d6 of damage each. This ability otherwise work as a 3rd level spell. Metamagic Feat: in the 5th and newly in the 9th level, the Energy Master gains a bonus metamagic feat. Improved Familiar: When reaches the 5th level, an Energy Master is able to acquire a new familiar, a Mephit linked to his own energy (Ice Mephit for Cold, Air Mephit for Electricity, Fire Mephit for
Flame and Ooze Mephit for Acid). The benefit for having this familiar is Fast Healing 1. For the description Mephits see the Monster Manual. Aura of Bursting: A 7th level Energy Master generates an aura of bursting energy around his body. This works as the resist elements spell, absorbing only his own energy, and causing 1d4+2 points of this type of damage (Ref. Neg.) against melee attacks. This is always active and does not stacks with Aura of Energy Energy Touch: Once per day, a 9th level Energy Master may invoke a supernatural energy concentration. Like a standard action, he can charge his hand with this energy. The Energy Master need then but touch the target to bring the full effect of the Energy Touch to bear. This ability otherwise work as 7th level spells. Each energy type has different effects: Acid: The target must then make a fortitude save to avoid being killed by a splash of corrosive acid. If the save is successfully, the victim takes 6d4 points of acid damage. If the save is failed every portion of his body is destroyed slowly by the acid. The character is unconscious and enters in a state of suspended animation (see temporary stasis spell in Player’s Handbook), receiving 2d4 points of damage every round until the acid is neutralised and she is restored to normal. If the hit points of the victim falls bellow –10, he is dead and can’t be resurrected without a divine intervention, a miracle or wish spells. Cold: The target must then make a fortitude save to avoid being frozen alive and encased completely in ice. If the save is successfully, the victim is still chilled to the bone and takes 3d8 points of cold damage. If the save is failed, the character freezes; every portion of his body turns to solid ice. The character so frozen is still alive and enters a state of suspended animation (see temporary stasis spell in Player’s Handbook) until the ice melts and she is restored to normal. Should the frozen victim be hit for more than 10 hit points of damage, her form shatters, slaying her instantly. If it occurs, he can’t be resurrected without a divine intervention, a miracle or wish spells. Electricity: The target must then make a fortitude save to avoid being electrocuted by a lightning discharge. If the save is successfully, the victim takes 3d8 lightning damage. If the save is failed, the character receives a charge of electricity. The character is stunned and enters a state of suspended animation (see temporary stasis spell in Player’s Handbook) until the energy is dispelled and he is restored to normal. If anything touch the victim, he is died and deals 3d8 lightning damage in all at 5 feet. If it occurs, the victim is carbonised and can’t be resurrected without a divine intervention or a miracle or wish spells. Fire: The target must then make a fortitude save to avoid being burned alive and set on fire. If the save is successfully, the victim takes 3d8 points of fire damage. If the save is failed, the character burns; the flames burns every portion of his body. The character is stunned and enters a state of suspended animation (see temporary stasis spell in Player’s Handbook) and receives 1d8 points of damage every round until the flames is extinguished and she is restored to normal. If the hit points of the victim falls bellow –10, he is dead and can’t be resurrected without a divine intervention, a miracle or wish spells. Energy Immunity: At the 10th level, the Energy Master gains immunity against his energy type.
Mage [Hathran] Description Hathrans comprise an elite sisterhood of spellcasters who lead Rashemen. They are also known as the Witches of Rashemen. Within the borders of Rashemen, their powers are greater than other
spellcasters of their level. In Rashemi society, hathrans occupy the place reserved for powerful clerics in most Faerûnian cultures. They heal the sick and wounded, care for the souls of their followers, recruit champions from other planes, and raise the dead. Within the
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes hathran class (which means “learned sisterhood” in the language of Rashemen), 1st-level characters are called blethran (“sisterkin”). The 9th- and 10th-level hathrans are called othlor (“true ones”) and have complete authority over all other Witches: Hathrans have the power of life and death over all citizens of Rashemen, although to misuse this authority is a serious offence against the sisterhood. When travelling in Rasheman hathans always wear masks. Many are sent outside their home- Rasheman to study other cultures and keep watch on important figures. To be a hathran requires a certain depth of knowledge in arcane and divine magic. Usually hathrans are cleric/wizards, but some of the sisters have developed their powers as bards, druids, rangers, or sorcerers. The concept of rivalry between spellcasters is considered insane by hathrans, and they share spells with any hathran they deem able to handle the responsibility. In Rashemi society, the creation of magic items is left to the male spellcasters, and hathrans are not allowed to learn item creation feats. (To do so causes expulsion from the sisterhood and banishment from Rashemen, so great is the social stigma.) The only exceptions are scrolls, which are used to train lesser members in arcane and divine magic. Rashemi wizards who hope to become hathran use their bonus feats for metamagic feats or Spell Mastery.
Alignment: Lawful good, lawful neutral, or neutral good. Race: Human female of Rashemen or Rashemi descent. Spellcasting: Able to cast 2nd-level arcane spells and 2nd-level divine spells. Feats: Ethran. Patron: Chauntea, Miclikki, or Mystra. Special: Member in good standing of the Witches of Rashemen. Hit Dice: d4.
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Alchemy (Int), Animal Empathy (Cha), Concentration (Con), Craft (Int), Intuit Direction (Wis), Knowledge (all skills taken individually) (Int), Perform. (Cha), Profession (Wis), Scry (Int), Swim (Str), Speak Language, Spellcraft (Int), and Wilderness Lore (Wis). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + lilt modifier.
Requirements To qualify to become a hathran (Hth), a character must fulfil all the following criteria.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
Spells Per Day
1st
+0
+2
+0
+2
Cohort, place magic
+1 level of existing class
2nd
+1
+3
+0
+3
3rd
+1
+3
+1
+3
Fear (1/day)
+1 level of existing class
4th
+2
+4
+1
+4
Circle leader
+1 level of existing class
5th
+2
+4
+1
+4
6th
+3
+f
+2
+5
7th
+3
+f
+2
+5
8th
+4
+6
+2
+6
9th
+4
+6
+3
+6
10th
+5
+7
+3
+7
+1 level of existing class
+1 level of existing class Fear (2/day)
+1 level of existing class +1 level of existing class
Fear (3/day)
+1 level of existing class +1 level of existing class
Greater command
Class Features All the following are Class Features of the hathran prestige class. Weapons and Armour: Hathrans gain Exotic Weapon Proficiency (whip). They gain proficiency in no new armour. Spells per Day: A hathran’s training focuses on arcane or divine spells. Thus, when a new hathran level is gained, the character gains new spells per day as if she had also gained one level in a spellcasting class (her choice) she belonged to before becoming a hathran. She does not, however, gain any other benefit a character of that class would have gained (improved chance of controlling or rebuking undead, metamagic or item creation feats, and so on). This essentially means that she adds the level of hathran to the level of whatever other spellcasting class the character has, then determines spells per day and caster level accordingly. Since all hathrans are
+1 level of existing class
multiclass spellcasters, some choose to expand their skill in the arcane, others the divine and the remainder strike a balance between the two. The hathrans also have a short custom spell list. These spells are arcane spells and must be acquired like any other arcane spell. They use spell slots of the appropriate level in the hathran's arcane spellcasting class. 1st level-Scatterspray 2nd level-Moonbeam. 3rd level -Flashburst, Moon Blade. 5th level-Moon Path. Cohort: The hathran gains a cohort as if she had the Leadership feat (see page 45 of the DUNGEON MASTER’S Guide). This cohort is
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes either a Rashemi female with the Ethran feat or a Rashemi male with at least one level of barbarian. This cohort does not count against any cohorts (or followers) the hathran may acquire by taking the Leadership feat. Place Magic: The hathran’s ties to the land of Rashemen are so strong that when in her homeland, she can draw upon the power of the land and its spirits to allow her to cast spells without preparing them. When using place magic, she may cast any arcane spell she knows or any divine spell on her spell list. The spell uses spell slots as normal. Casting with place magic is a full-round action. If the spell has a casting time of 1 action or longer, 1 full round is added to the casting time of the spell. If the hathran wishes to use a metamagic feat she knows on a place magic spell, 1 additional full round is added to the casting time of the spell.
Note that when on her home soil, a hathran may use divine spell slots of the appropriate level to cast any of the spells on the hathran spell list, even if she doesn’t know the spell as an arcane spell. Fear (Su): A hathran can cast fear as a sorcerer of her highest spellcasting level. The ability is usable once per day at 3rd level, twice per day at 6th level, and three times per day at 8th level. Circle Leader: The hathran gains the ability to become a circle leader, who is the focus person for hathran circle magic. See Chapter 2: Magic for a description of circle magic. Greater Command (Su): The hathran can cast a quickened greater command once per day as a sorcerer of her highest spell casting level.
Mage [Magistrate] Description The Magistrate are those Tirasim who have been tapped by their government and charged with rooting out crime and corruption within the Tirasim Republic. They are honourable men and women
whose values are rigorous obedience to the Chief Judge of the Tirasim Republic, respect for the dignity of all those they protect, compassion, fairness, and uncompromising personal and institutional integrity. Magistrate members are arcane spell casters with their own spell list.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1st
+1
+0
+0
+2
Detect Evil Magic, Resistance to Illusions & Enchantment
2nd
+2
+0
+0
+3
Dispel Evil Magic Detect Lies
3rd
+3
+1
+1
+3
th
+3
+1
+1
+4
5
th
+4
+1
+1
+4
6th
+5
+2
+2
+5
7th
+6
+2
+2
+5
8th
+7
+2
+2
+6
9th
+7
+3
+3
+6
10th
+8
+3
+3
+7
4
Detect Evil Magic
Dispel Evil Magic
1/day
1/day 2/day 2/day 3/day 3/day 4/day 4/day 5/day 5/day
Save Bonus
Spells/Level 1
2
3
4
+1
1
-
-
-
+2
1
0
-
-
+3
1
1
-
-
+4
2
1
-
-
+5
2
2
0
-
+6
2
2
1
-
+7
2
2
2
0
+8
3
2
2
1
+9
3
3
2
2
+10
3
3
3
3
Requirements
Class Skills
Alignment: Any good.
The Magistrate class skills are: Bluff (Cha), Concentration (Con), Craft (Int), Decipher Script (Int), Diplomacy (Cha), Gather Information (Cha), Intimidate (Cha), Knowledge (politics) (Int), Knowledge (Tirasim underworld) (Int), Listen (Wis), Profession (Wis), Scry (Int), Search (Int), Sense Motive (Wis), Speak Language, Spellcraft (Int), Spot (Wis), Use Rope (Dex).
Skills: Knowledge (politics): 2 ranks. Gather Information: 4 ranks. Search: 2 ranks. Diplomacy: 4 ranks Base Attack Bonus: +4 Spells: Able to cast arcane spells Special: Be appointed to the position by either the Chief Judge or the High Judge of the Tirasim Republic. Hit Die: d8.
Skill Points at Each Additional Level: 4 + Int modifier.
Class Features All of the following are class features of the Magistrate prestige class.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Weapon and Armour Proficiency: Dagger, dagger/punching, mace/light, club, quarterstaff, crossbow (light and heavy), sap, short sword, whip. Those of the Magistrate also gain proficiency with light armour. Armour check penalties apply when using the following skills: Balance, Climb, Escape Artist, Hide, Jump, Move Silently, Pick Pocket, and Tumble. Also, Swim checks suffer a –1 penalty for every 5 pounds of armour and equipment carried. Detect Evil Magic: Those of the Magistrate are able to detect evil magic at will. This functions exactly as the detect magic spell however it only detects evil magic. Detect evil magic is a spell-like ability. Dispel Evil Magic: The Magistrate can dispel evil magic once per day per two levels. The caster level is equal to the Magistrate’s character level. Dispel evil magic is a spell-like ability. Immunity to Illusions: The Magistrate gains a +1 per Magistrate level on saving throws against all types of illusions. Immunity to Enchantment: The Magistrate gains a +1 per Magistrate level on saving throws against enchantment. Detect Lies: Beginning at 2nd level, the Magistrate may attempt to detect lies once per day. In order to use this ability, the Magistrate member must make a Wisdom check, with his Magistrate level added, against a DC of 15 + the Wisdom bonus of the subject. If the Magistrate succeeds, he can discern if that individual is lying to
him. If the Magistrate fails the check, no information is gained. For every two levels beyond 2nd level, the Magistrate may attempt this once more each day. Spells: Those of the Magistrate cast arcane spells. To cast a spell, the Magistrate must have an Intelligence of at least 10 + the spell’s level, so an Magistrate with an Intelligence of 10 or lower cannot cast these spells. Magistrate bonus spells are based on Intelligence, and saving throws against these spells have a Difficulty Class of 10 + spell level + Intelligence modifier. Magistrate Spells Those of the Magistrate choose their spells from the following list: 1st Level
2nd Level
Arcane mark, comprehend languages, detect chaos/evil/good/law, detect magic, detect poison, protection from chaos/evil/good/law, read magic, remove fear.
Augury, calm emotions, detect thoughts, enthral, hold person, locate object, silence, zone of truth.
3rd Level
4th Level
Dispel magic, helping hand, invisibility purge, magic circle against chaos/evil/good/law, remove curse.
Detect scrying, dismissal, divination, locate creature, scrying, sending, spell immunity, status, tongues.
Mage [Mask Mage] Description The Mask Mage is a slightly mysterious combination of a crafts master and a wizard. In many cases, they make a living from
making masks for ceremonies, masque balls, and other celebrations. Concentration on this craft, along with diligent study of magic, allows them many extra abilities.
Table Level
Base Attack
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+1
+1
+1
2
+1
+1
+1
3
+2
+1
4
+2
5
Spells per day 0
1
Craft Wondrous Item Feat
2
1
+1
Mask of the Apprentice
3
1
+1
+2
Mask of the Seer
3
2
+2
+2
+2
Mask of the Beast
3
2
1
+3
+2
+2
+3
Mask of the Mortal
4
3
2
6
+3
+3
+3
+4
Mask of Air
4
4
2
7
+3
+3
+3
+4
Mask of Water
4
4
3
8
+4
+4
+4
+5
Mask of Earth
4
4
3
1
9
+4
+4
+4
+5
Mask of Fire
4
4
4
2
10
+5
+5
+5
+6
Mask of the Divine
4
4
4
3
Requirements In order to become a Mask Mage, a character must fulfil the following requirements Spellcasting: 6 levels or higher Feats: Silent Spell, Still Spell Spellcraft: 3 Ranks
2
3
Craft (Mask making): 1 Rank Hit die: d4
Class Skills The Mask Mage's class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Craft (Int), Decipher Script (Int), Forgery (Int), Knowledge
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes (Arcana) (Int), Perform (Cha), Spellcraft (Int), Use Magic Device (Cha). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + lilt modifier.
Self Craft Wondrous Item: The Mask Mage gets the Craft Wondrous Item feat free at first level. Mask of the Apprentice: 4 times per day, the Mask Mage can make a mask appear on her face. This mask is fully animated, and may resemble any normal animal. The masks last 3 days.
Class Features All the following are features of the Mask Mage prestige class:
Mask of the Seer: 1 time per day, the Mask Mage can use a mask to cast True Seeing.
Weapon and Armour Proficiencies: A Mask Mage is proficient with all simple weapons.
Mask of the Beast: 1 time per day, the Mask Mage can use a mask to cast Polymorph Self.
Spellcasting: Mask Mages can cast spells from the Mask Mage spell list, below. See also the Spells per Day entry in the Mask Mage Table.
Mask of the Mortal: 1 time per day, the Mask Mage can use a mask to appear to be any one mortal of their current size category. This is proof against almost all forms of detection. (A Spellcraft check with a DC of (30 + Character Level of Mask Mage) defeats it.)
Spell List 0th Level
2nd Level
Dancing Lights, Detect Magic, Mage Hand, Mending, Arcane Mark, Prestidigitation
Blur, Darkness, Daylight, Glitterdust, Hypnotic Pattern, Mirror Image, Magic Mouth, Tasha's Hideous Laughter
1st Level
3rd Level
Charm Person, Erase, Hypnotism, Silent Image, Ventriloquism, Obscuring Mist, Change Self
Charm Monster, Illusory Script, Major Image, Legend Lore, Sepia Snake Sigil, Polymorph Other, Polymorph
Mask of Air: 1 time per day, the Mask Mage can use a mask to cast Air Walk, Control Winds, or Chain Lightening. Mask of Water: 1 time per day, the Mask Mage can use a mask to cast Water Breathing, Control Water, or Ice Storm. Mask of Earth: 1 time per day, the Mask Mage can use a mask to cast Spike Stones, Wall of Stone, or Stoneskin. Mask of Fire: 1 time per day, the Mask Mage can use a mask to cast Wall of Fire, Fire Shield, or Fire Seeds. Mask of the Divine: 1 time per day, the Mask Mage can use a mast to cast any divine or arcane spell up to 5th level.
Mage [Master of Mysteries] Description
influence of the divine on the arcane, and reinforces the flavour of the setting.
The Master of Mysteries is a speciality wizard class available to those favoured by the gods of Mulhorand.
Most Masters of Mysteries belongs to the orthodox members of the Mulhorandi pantheon, but the renegade deities of the Mulhorandi pantheon (i.e.. Set, Sebek) have their own Masters too.
These hale men are the seekers of lost lore, and keepers of known lore. They guard the places of the dead. They are teachers and healers. In Mulhorand, they are feared as wise men, miracle workers, and enforcers of the will of the gods (especially Thoth, who does not suffer those who steal the secrets of the Book of the Dead). Unlike conventional mages, the Master of Mysteries straddles the line between priest and wizard, mixing spells divine and arcane. Masters must reach at least 5th level in the cleric class, and although they study spells as wizards, they must maintain their service to their deity in order to gain spells. More potently, they can use divine power to empower their arcane magic’s, making them more powerful and difficult to resist. The Master of Mysteries is primarily meant for campaigns where they want a more Egyptian feel to the campaign. To accomplish this, we’re raising a few red flags, particularly in the mix of the divine and the arcane, which is normally a no no, but really reinforces the
Southern Magic All spells known by the Master of Mysteries is written in ssThoth, the so-called language of Southern magic. SsThoth is a hieroglyphic script that combines divine and arcane symbology, making it nearly impossible for nonMulhorandi to translate without special knowledge. Although several foreign sorcerers (all but one of them Halruaan) have “broken the code”, it has been the policy of the priesthood of Thoth to track down and either kill or feeblemind anyone who breaches this sacred secret. The church of Thoth has sent spies and assassins abroad to carry out their wishes. A Read Southern Magic spell is identical to a read magic spell, except it reads ssThoth script. [Designer’s Note: Since one of the more intriguing aspects of Egypt is its exotic and mysterious script, Read Southern Magic is meant as a magical echo; it provides opportunities for PC’s to look for a Realms equivalent of a Rosetta Stone. If this doesn’t appeal to you, feel free to ignore it.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+0
+0
+0
+2
2
+0
+0
+0
+3
Spell 0
1
Divine Enhancement
3
1
Prayer of Recall
4
2
2
3
4
5
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes 3
+1
+1
+1
+3
4
+1
+1
+1
+4
5
+2
+1
+1
+4
6
+2
+2
+2
+5
7
+3
+2
+2
+5
8
+3
+2
+2
+6
9
+4
+3
+3
+6
10
+4
+3
+3
+7
4
2
1
Horoscope
4
3
2
Amulet (mekhet)
4
3
2
1
4
3
3
2
4
4
3
2
1
4
4
3
3
2
Animal Form
4
4
3
3
2
1
Holy Seal
4
4
3
3
3
2
Figurine (Shabti)
Requirements Hit Dice: D4 Alignment: any. Race: +3 Spells: Knowledge (astrology): 3 ranks, Knowledge (religion): 5 ranks, Profession (scribe): 3 ranks, Spellcraft: 4 ranks Spells: Able to cast 3rd level priest spells Worshipper of a god of the Mulhorandi pantheon
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Concentration (Con), Decipher Script (Int), Diplomacy (Wis), Knowledge (Arcana) (Int), Knowledge (Astrology) (Int), Knowledge (History) (Int), Knowledge (Local) (Int), Knowledge (Religion) (Int), Profession (Wis), Speak Language, and Spellcraft (Int). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + INT modifier
Class Features Divine Enhancement: The Master of Mysteries may use a divine spell slot to enhance an arcane spell. Enchanting spell gives variable effects, depending on what spell level is used to enhance it. Only one effect may be chosen at a time. For any of the metamagic effects, the spell effect need not be specified beforehand (hence it's pretty damn expensive). No spell can be divinely enhanced that would take it beyond 9th level (thus you can't use a 9th level divine spell to enhance a 6th or higher level spell, as adding four levels would take it to at least 10th level. The slot must be designated as "enhancement" when he prepares the spell. The caster may choose the desired enhancement when the spell is cast. 1st 9th Level spell: 1/2 /level (round fractions down) penalty to target's saving throw +1/level to spell penetration level. +1/level to Attack roll with spell +2/level to Concentrate roll 2/level to opponent's Spellcraft roll (for purposes of penalising counterspells) 6th level spell Any +1 level spell metamagic feat on the spell cast
7th level spell Any +2 level spell metamagic feat on the spell cast 8th level spell Any +3 level spell metamagic feat on the spell cast 9th+ level spell Any +4 level spell metamagic feat on the Spell cast Prayer of Recall: At second level, the Master of Mysteries may leave open Divine spell slots to remember cast arcane spells. If a Master casts an arcane spell and has an available divine magic slot, a Spellcraft roll made at a DC of 15+spell level will allow the Master to successfully remember the spell, placing it in the divine spell slot. The open divine spell slot must be the same level as the one that was cast. Horoscope: The Master can chart someone's horoscope, once per day. The Master must know the date and place of the subject's birth, and the subject's true name. If the roll is successful, then the Master will produce a scroll that will cast an Augury spell (once) when it is consulted. The success of the Augury is 70% +1%/level, with an additional bonus of +1 per point made by a Knowledge: Astrology roll over a DC of 20 (i.e.. if the Master rolls a 24 on his astrology roll, he gets +4% success chance to the Augury). The horoscope is not particularly accurate over the long term: every day after the chart is drawn penalises the Augury by 10%. It requires an hour to craft a person's horoscope. Mekhet At the holy time of the day that the Master receives his Priest's spells, he may also pray for a mekhet, or amulet. This amulet will contains a single use Abjuration spell; breaking the amulet (a full round action) /will release the spell. The Master will not receive a mekhet that contains a spell he cannot cast. The Master may not have more than one mekhet at a time, nor wear the mekhet with any other type of amulet. The Master may surrender his mekhet so it may be buried with a sanctified dead body of a Mulhorandi faithful; when he does so, he receives a gift of maat from his deity: +2 to all saving throws and ten bonus hit points, which last until the next sunset. The gift of maat can only be received once per week. If a person is buried with a mekhet, the abjuration on the mekhet is automatically triggered when the body's container (the sarcophagus or the mummy wrappings) is disturbed. Figurine (Shabti): At seventh level, the Master can craft a shabti, a warrior figurine, a rough wooden figure about eight inches in length. It requires one hour’s work and a Craft roll with a DC 20 to successfully carve the shabti. If successful, the Master has a figurine which he can throw down to Transform itself into a fighter of equal level to one half the creator’s Master level, (they’re armoured in bronze half plate [+6 AC, otherwise identical to normal half plate] and shield, and equipped with a longsword or scimitar, and possess the following stats: S14 I14 W14 D14 C14 Ch14). The shabti will fight for its master until it’s killed, or until ten round +1 round per Master’s wisdom bonus, after which it crumbles into dust. Each Master may only have one Empowered shabti at a time. The Master may surrender his shabti so it may be buried with a sanctified dead body of a Mulhorandi faithful; when he does so, he receives a gift of maat from his deity: +2 to all saving throws and
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes ten bonus hit points, which last until the next sunset. The gift of maat can only be received once per week.
The Master can assume the Animal form once per day, for one round per Master Level, plus one round per wisdom stat bonus.
If a person is buried with a shabti, the shabti will come to life when disturbed or when the container of the body he’s meant to protect (the sarcophagus or the mummy wrappings) is disturbed.
Holy Seal: At tenth level, the Master can inscribe an object with a holy seal of his deity. If anyone other than a Master or Priest of the deity touches the object on which the holy seal has been placed, they will receive three blights: a deadly poison (Contact DC 22, Initial: 1d6 STR, Secondary: 1d6), a disease (Mummy Rot, see DMG p. 75), and a major curse (see Powers and Pantheons, p. 120).
Animal Form: At 9th level, the Master of Mysteries will be able to assume a hybrid animal/human form, depending on the deity he serves. This form has the body of a human, but a head belonging to an animal sacred to the Master's deity. While assuming the animal form, the Master receives SR 15+1/Master Level, Damage Reduction 1 pt per Master Level/+3, +1 to all saving throws, and the following powers. Crocodile (Sebek): +4 to Strength.
If a holy seal that's been placed on a tomb door of a Mulhorandi worshipper is broken by one who does not serve the Master's deity, on the rising of the new moon, a mummy will be summoned that will pursue the person who broke the seal. This spirit of vengeance has an additional hit die per level of
Crow (Nephthys): The Master may fly at a base Movement rate of 90 (average). When the animal form expires and if the Master's still airborne, she will feather fall safely to the ground.
Master's seal and +1/Master level to all attack and damage rolls. Anyone slain by this mummy cannot be raised or resurrected. Only the death of the mummy or the one who broke the seal will end its pursuit.
Cow (Hathor): All healing spells cast by Master have maximum possible effect.
Except for tombs, the Master can place the Holy Seal on only one object at a time.
Falcon (HorusRe): The Master will gain +3 damage and +1 improved critical rolls with all staves and maces.
Mysteries Spell List: Masters of Mystery know Wizard/Sorcerer spells from the following spheres: Abjuration: Conjuration: Transmutation
Goose (Geb): +4 to all Spot, Search, Listen rolls, +2 to Initiative rolls. Ibis (Thoth): If the Master makes a Spellcraft roll with a DC of 20+Spell level when he casts a spell, the victim gets a 4 penalty to saving throws, and any Counterspell rolls to recognise the Master's rolls Lion (Anhur): Fast Heal 3 points per round. Phoenix (Osiris): Immune to energy drain effects, undead take 2d12 hit points if they strike him. Snake (Set): Any weapon held by the Master is coated with Serpent of Set venom (Injury DC 24, Initial: 1d6 STR, Secondary: 1d6) Woman (with Horns) (Isis): May recall Master level worth of spells cast while in Animal form.
In addition, they also know all Divination spells, at one level lower than Sorcerer/Wizardry counterparts (1st and 2nd level Wizard Divinations are 1st level Mystery spells, 3rd level Wizard Divinations are 2nd level Mystery spells, etc. 7th level Wizard Divinations are 6th level Mystery spells). Masters of Mystery also know Evocation and Necromantic spells, but at one level higher than Wizards (a 1st level Wizard Evocation spell is a 2nd level Mystery spell, a 2nd level Wizard Necromantic spell is a 3rd level Mystery spell, etc). Option: As an alternative for Set worshippers, Set Masters knows Necromantic spells as one level lower, and divinations at one level higher. Masters of Mystery are barred from spells from the Enchantment and Illusion schools.
Mage [Ordainer] Description These specialized spellcasters have been trained in the city of Ymandragore to serve the Sorcerer King with unflinching loyalty as his agents on the continent of Onara. Because of their particular abilities in absorbing, leeching and channelling magical energies, Ordainers are especially suited to the task of perpetually seeking out the signs of magical ability across the many lands they travel. They bring these wayward spellcasters back to Ymandragore for instruction and proper education in the magical arts. Once unopposed in this task due to an ancient treaty between the Sorcerer King and the rulers of Coryani, this treaty was revoked during the reign of the Empress Shar val’Assante’ when an ordainer demanded that her twin sons be given to the Sorcerer-King for instruction. Her refusal sparked the First Coryani-Ymandragore War, the first conflict Ymandragore failed to decisively win. Now forced to take a
more covert attitude, the Ordainers move like phantoms in the mist, seeking out those arcane gifted. Refusal is never an option. Those who oppose the Ordainers, or refuse to travel back to Ymandragore with them, invoke the ire of the Sorcerer King and the Ordainers. All Ordainers are formidable spellcasters endowed with extra abilities that make them extremely dangerous to all users of magic. While the motivations and moral outlook of individual Ordainers may vary, they are all unquestionably loyal to the Sorcerer King and his teachings, serving him without question and to the death. NPC Ordainers met across Onara, regardless of whatever else they are occupied with at the moment, are always engaged in the service of the Sorcerer King. Those in Ymandragore spend their days instructing the students of the various magical academies, as well as acting as a sort of watch for threats, both from outside as from within.
Table Level
1
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
+0
+0
+0
+2
Absorb Spell (3), Power Metamagic Ability
Spells 1 3
2
3
4
5
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes 2
+1
+0
+0
+3
Absorb Spell (6), Absorb Charges
3
+1
+1
+1
+3
Absorb Spell (8), Arcane Healing
4
+2
+1
+1
+4
Absorb Spell (10), Spell Thief
5
+2
+1
+1
+4
Absorb Spell (12), Eldritch Storm, Reform Magic
Requirements: Alignment: Any non-good Skills: Concentration skill: 8 ranks Knowledge (Arcana) skill: 8 ranks Spellcraft skill: 8 ranks Feats: Any two Metamagic feats Spellcasting: Must be able to cast 4th level Arcane spells Special: Must have trained as a spellcaster in Ymandragore. Also, all Ordainers must swear full allegiance and loyalty to the Sorcerer King. Hit Die: d4
Class Skills: The Ordainer’s class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are Alchemy (Int), Concentration (Con), Craft (Int), Diplomacy (Cha), Knowledge (all skills, taken individually) (Int), Profession (Wis), Ride (Dex), Scry (Int, exclusive skill), and Spellcraft (Int). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player’s Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 4 + Int modifier.
Class Features All of the following are class features of the Ordainer prestige class. Weapon and Armour Proficiency: Ordainers focus completely on their magical talents. As such, they are not proficient with any weapon or armour, though they usually carry these features from a previous class. Spells Known: These are bonus spells known to the Ordainer, gained as the appropriate arcane spellcasting class gains spells. These are not bonus spells added to the number of spells that the ordainer can cast. An Ordainer cannot benefit from spells known if he cannot cast spells of that level. Absorb Spell: This spell-like ability allows the Ordainer to siphon magical energy directed at him in the form of a directed or singletarget spell. As a free action, the Ordainer must successfully make a Concentration check of DC 15 + spell level or suffer full spell effects as normal. If successful, the effects of the spell are nullified and the Ordainer stores the spell levels as extra magical energy he can use to power other abilities. An Ordainer can only store a maximum number of 3 spell levels per day at 1st level, increasing to 6 spell levels at 2nd level, 8 spell levels at 3rd, 10 spell levels at 4th, and 12 spell levels at 5th level. Any spell levels in excess of the maximum an Ordainer can absorb have a chance of dealing damage to the ordainer as follow: 1-2 extra spell levels, no effect; 3-6 extra spell levels, 1d4 points of damage per extra spell level (Fort save half, DC 10 + extra spell levels); 6-12 or more extra spell levels, 1d4+2 points of damage per extra spell level (Fort save half, DC 10
Mage [Rage Mage]
2
2 2
2 2
2 2
2
+ extra spell levels). If the Ordainer absorbs more then 12 spell levels over his maximum in one round an Eldritch Storm occurs, one which the Ordainer has no control over, and in which he does takes damage from (see below). This is an extraordinary ability. Power Metamagic Ability: An Ordainer can use stored spell levels to power any metamagic feat known, providing with stored spell levels the extra level slots an enhanced spell normally takes. Spells can either be prepared normally in their metamagic-enhanced versions, in the case of wizards, or can also be cast in their metamagic-enhanced versions on the fly. Power Metamagic Ability is a full-round action. This is a supernatural ability. Absorb Charges: As absorb spell, but the Ordainer can also siphon out charges from magical items. For each charge absorbed the Ordainer gains 1 stored spell level. An item that has all its charges absorbed crumbles into dust, its magical energies depleted. It takes a full round to absorb 1 charge off an item. This is a spell-like ability. Arcane Healing: Once per day, as a spell-like ability, an Ordainer can use stored spell levels to heal himself. For every spell level stored, an Ordainer heals 1d6 hit points. Arcane healing uses up all spell levels stored when it is used. Arcane healing is a full-round action. Spell Thief: An Ordainer can steal spells directly from another spellcaster’s mind. Once per day per Ordainer class level, as a standard action, with a successful touch attack, an Ordainer can then make a caster level check (DC 1d20 + target spellcaster level + spell resistance, if any) to steal one random spell of a level up to 2 lower than the Ordainer’s class level. The bonus from the Spell Penetration feat can be applied to this roll even if the target spellcaster does not normally have spell resistance. The stolen spell is immediately erased from the target spellcaster’s list of prepared or known spells and transferred to the Ordainer’s prepared or known spells. This spell is retained by the Ordainer until cast, and can be scribed into a scroll or spellbook, or learned by a sorcerer or bard, as normal. This is a spell-like ability. Eldritch Storm: Once per day, an Ordainer can release all magical energy stored in a powerful burst of energy. As a full-round action, the Ordainer releases all spell levels stored in a 20-foot diameter centered on him. All creatures in the affected area must make a Ref save (DC 10 + Ordainer class level + spell levels used, for half damage) or take 1d6 per spell level used points of damage. Eldritch storm uses up all spell levels stored when it is used. An Ordainer is not affected by his own eldritch storm, though he is affected by another Ordainer’s storm, with a chance to absorb the spell energy as normal with the use of the absorb spell ability. After using an eldritch storm, an Ordainer must make a successful Concentration check (DC 10 + spell levels used) or become fatigued (-2 Str, -2 Dex, can’t charge or run) for 1d6 rounds. This is a spell-like ability. Reform Magic: An Ordainer can use spell levels stored to cast spells intimately known to him. A sorcerer may use stored spell levels to cast any spell known, totalling the amount of spell levels stored. A wizard may used stored spell levels to cast any spell know through the use of the Spell Mastery feat, totalling the amount of spell levels stored.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Description
up, however, a Rage Mage often reveals himself by flying into an Eldritch Fury.
Tortured souls who have seen the worst of the world, Rage Mages are arcane spellcasters who have suffered great psychological trauma to the extent that it affects their magic. While many are envious of the power these beings wield, they do not often contemplate the consequences or limitations that powers have. Under peaceful, normal circumstances, there is nothing that would mark a Rage Mage as unusual. As soon as a situation starts heating
Wizards and Sorcerers can become Rage Mages under the right circumstances, as can the occasional Bard. Most other classes can not become Rage Mages because they can not cast Arcane spells. NPC Rage Mages often keep to themselves, using their powers as rarely as possible, exploding with magical temper if pressed into combat. Those who do battle with a Rage Mage quickly decide they are better off fleeing.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
Spells
1
+0
+0
+0
+2
Eldritch Fury (1/day), Strength of Anguish +1dX, Traumatic Experience;
+1
2
+1
+0
+0
+3
Strength of Anguish +2dX
+1
3
+1
+1
+1
+3
Blunted Wrath, Strength of Anguish +3dX;
+1
4
+2
+1
+1
+4
Eldritch Fury (2/day), Strength of Anguish +4dX;
+1
5
+2
+2
+1
+4
Strength of Anguish +5dX;
+1
6
+3
+2
+2
+5
Strength of Anguish +6dX;
+1
7
+3
+3
+2
+5
Eldritch Fury (3/day), Strength of Anguish +7dX;
+1
8
+4
+3
+2
+6
Halted Fury, Strength of Anguish +8dX;
+1
9
+4
+4
+3
+6
Strength of Anguish +9dX;
+1
10
+5
+4
+3
+7
Strength of Anguish +10dX;
+1
Requirements To become a Rage Mage, a character must fulfil all of the following criteria. Alignment: Any Chaotic. Skills: Spellcraft: 8 Ranks, Knowledge (Arcana): 8 Ranks. Feats: Combat Casting, Enlarge Spell, Empower Spell, Maximise Spell (Wizards who become Rage Mages must also have the feat Spell Mastery). Spellcasting: Ability to cast 1st-level Arcane spells. Special: Traumatic experience (see below). Hit Dice: d4
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Concentration (Con), Knowledge (all skills, taken individually) (Int), Profession (Wis), Scry (Int, exclusive skill), and Spellcraft (Int). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 3 + Int modifier
Class Features Weapons and Armour: A Rage Mage gains no additional weapon or armour proficiencies. Spells per Day: A Rage Mage continues to train in magic, as it is his chief tool in the search for revenge. Thus, when a new Rage Mage level is gained, the character gains new spells per day as if he
had also gained a level in a spellcasting class he belonged to before he added the prestige class. He does not, however, gain any other benefit of a character of that class would have gained (improved chance of controlling or rebuking undead, metamagic and item creation feats, and so on). This essentially means that he adds the level of Rage Mage to the level of some other spellcasting class the character has, then determines spells per day and caster level accordingly. If a character had more than one spellcasting class before he became a Rage Mage, he must decide to which class he adds each level of Rage Mage for purposes of determining spells per day when he adds the new level. Strength of Anguish: A Rage Mage’s primary talent is the ability to cast combat spells that deal far more damage than their counterparts. Because this extra energy comes from the Mage’s pain and anger, these bonuses only apply during an Eldritch Fury. When rolling for damage dealt by a spell cast during an Eldritch Fury, add one die of the appropriate type to the damage roll for each level of Rage Mage the character has. This does not count against the limit for dice which some spells apply (for example, a 7th level Wizard/4th level Rage Mage who casts Lightning Bolt rolls 11d6 for damage, even though the spell’s normal maximum is 10d6). These additional dice are not further increased by the feat Empower Spell, but are affected by the feat Maximise Spell. Eldritch Fury: The terrifying power which gives Rage Mages their name is the ability to fly into a frenzied state similar to the Barbarian’s Blood Rage. While in this state, the Rage Mage adds a number of dice of the appropriate type to any rolls for damage caused by spells he casts as determined by his level (see Strength of Anguish, above), and the range and affected area of spells is increased by one half of maximum (a fireball, for example, would go from a twenty-foot spread to a thirty-foot spread). A Rage Mage in this state is reckless, however, and pays little attention to his own
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes safety or that of his friends. A Rage Mage receives a -2 penalty to Armour Class while Furious, and casts area-effect spells without regard to the whereabouts of other party members. A Rage Mage receives a +4 bonus to Intelligence, resulting in the ability to cast extra spells, +4 to Wisdom, and +2 to the difficulty of all saving throws against his spells. A Rage Mage is winded and stupefied at the end of a Fury, and receives -2 to Wisdom and Strength scores until the end of an encounter. A Rage Mage may only enter Fury once per encounter, and may choose to end a Fury prematurely, but will still be winded (except after seventh level, when only a full-length fury exhausts the Rage Mage). A Rage Mage’s Fury normally lasts 3 rounds plus the Mage’s (newly improved) Wisdom bonus. While a Rage Mage is in Fury, his clothing is stirred as if he stands in the centre of a small cyclone, his eyes glow, and other impressive effects may also manifest. This visual display gives the Rage Mage a +10 competence bonus to Intimidation checks, but also incurs a -10 penalty on all checks that need to foster a sense of calm in something (Handle Animal, for example). A Rage Mage who is riding when he enters Fury will find his mount impossible to control, and must make a successful Ride check (DC 25) or be thrown by the panicked creature. Traumatic Experience: Rage Mages do not choose to become what they are. Rather than controlling the power and emotion at their
disposal, they allow it to control them, a form of insanity. This insanity is brought on by some horrible psychological trauma that the character must experience shortly before becoming a Rage Mage. Examples could include watching helplessly as friends or family are slain, coming home to a journey to find everything familiar destroyed as a result of their own actions, or something along those lines. Watch “The Crow” for a good example of a Traumatic Experience. Each time something similar to the Rage Mage’s original trauma occurs, there is a chance that the Mage will lose control and enter an Eldritch Fury involuntarily. When this happens, the Rage Mage lashes out with their most destructive (though not necessarily highest-level) spells at everything in sight that relates to their trauma, and can not choose to prematurely end the Fury. At third level, a Rage Mage gains sufficient control of their emotions to make one Will saving throw (Difficulty equal to 20 plus the number of levels in Rage Mage, minus one for each previous round the Mage tried and failed) to control the Fury and end it prematurely. At eighth level, this control improves to the point where the Rage Mage may end involuntary Furies prematurely, and makes a saving throw (same Difficulty as before) to keep from entering Fury in the first place. Players may choose not to attempt saving throws to enter Fury instead. Involuntary Furies still count against the Rage Mage’s daily limit.
Mage [Red Wizard] Description The Red Wizards are the masters of Thay, the conquerors of that land’s native Rashemi, and the would-be magical overlords of Faerûn. They focus on a school of magic more intently than any specialist, achieving incredible mastery of magic within a very narrow focus. Seen as cruel and evil tyrants by people across Toril, a few choose to leave their region, assume secret identities, and practice magic without having to worry about political alliances and possible slave uprisings.
Early in their careers, would-be Red Wizards specialise in a school of magic and acquire the Tattoo Focus feat that prepares them for entry into the full Red Wizard prestige class. All Red Wizards have some skill as a specialist wizard, and most follow that path exclusively, but a few dabble in other sorts of learning (such as combat or divine magic). While it is possible for a sorcerer or bard to become a Red Wizard, such misfits are ridiculed in their homeland and are incredibly rare
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
Wizard Spells
1st
+0
+0
+0
+2
Enhanced specialisation, specialist defence +1
+1
2nd
+1
+0
+0
+3
Spell power +1
+1
3rd
+1
+1
+1
+3
Specialist defence +2
+1
4th
+2
+1
+1
+4
Spell power +2
+1
5th
+2
+1
+1
+4
Bonus feat, circle leader
+1
6th
+3
+2
+2
+5
Spell power +3
+1
7th
+3
+2
+2
+5
Specialist defence +3, scribe tattoo
+1
8th
+4
+2
+2
+6
Spell power +4
+1
9th
+4
+3
+3
+6
Specialist defence +4
+1
10th
+5
+3
+3
+7
Great circle leader, spell power +5
+1
Requirements
Race: Human from Thay.
To qualify to become a Red Wizard (Red), a character must fulfil all the following criteria: Alignment: Any none good.
Skills: Spellcraft 5 ranks.
Spellcasting: Ability to cast 3rd-level arcane spells.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Feats: Tattoo Focus and a total of three metamagic feats or item creation feats
additional prohibited school or schools using the rules on page 54 of the Player’s Handbook.
Hit Dice: d4.
He can never again learn spells from those prohibited schools: He cannot choose the same prohibited schools he chose as a 1st-level wizard. He can still use the prohibited spells he knew prior to becoming a Red Wizard, including using items that are activated by spell completion or spell trigger.
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Alchemy (Int), Concentration (Con), Craft (Int), Innuendo (Wis), Intimidate (Cha), Knowledge (all skills taken individually) (Int), Profession (Wis), Scry (Int), Spellcraft (Int). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int modifier: Class Features
Class Features All the following are Class Features of the Red Wizard prestige class. Weapons and Armour: Red Wizards gain no proficiency in any weapon or armour. Spells per Day: A Red Wizard’s training focuses on arcane spells. Thus, when a new Red Wizard level is gained, the character gains new spells per day as if he had also gained a level in whatever arcane spellcasting class he belonged to before he added the prestige class: He does not, however, gain any other benefit a character of that class would have gained (bonus metamagic or item creation feats, bard or assassin abilities, and so on): This essentially means that he adds the level of Red Wizard to the level of whatever other arcane spellcasting class the character has, then determines spells per day and caster level accordingly. If a character had more than one arcane spellcasting class before he became a Red Wizard, he must decide to which class he adds each level - of Red Wizard for the purpose of determining spells per day. Enhanced Specialisation: Upon becoming a Red Wizard, the character increases his devotion to his wizard school of specialisation. In exchange for this, the Red Wizard must sacrifice study in one or more schools: The Red Wizard must choose an
For example, Ghorus Toth is specialised in the school of Transmutation. His prohibited schools are Abjuration and Enchantment (option 3). When he becomes a Red Wizard, he must choose one of the other categories of prohibited schools for Transmutation listed in the School Specialisation sidebar the Player’s Handbook. His options are (1) Conjuration, (2) Evocation, or (4) any three schools: He cannot choose option (3) because there is no way to select that option without selecting schools from which he is already prohibited. If he chooses option (4) he cannot choose Abjuration or Enchantment because those are already prohibited schools for him. He decides to select Conjuration as his additional prohibited school. Specialist Defence: Add this value to the Red Wizard’s saving throws against spells from his specialist school. Spell Power: For spells involving the Red Wizard’s specialist school, add this value to the DC for saving throws and to caster level checks to overcome spell resistance. The value starts at +1 at 1st level and goes up to +2 at 4th level, +3 at 6th level, +4 at 8th level, and +5 at 10th level. This ability stacks with other spell power effects that affect spells from the Red Wizard’s specialist school. Bonus Feat: The Red Wizard can choose an item creation feat, metamagic feat, or Spell Mastery (see page 54 of the Player's Handbook). Circle Leader: The Red Wizard gains the ability to become a circle leader, who is the focus person for Red Wizard circle magic. See Chapter 2: Magic for information on circle magic: Scribe Tattoo: The Red Wizard gains the ability to place the Thayan wizards’ magic tattoos upon willing and qualified novices, giving them the Tattoo Focus feat and inducting them into his circle. Great Circle Leader: The Red Wizard can be the centre of a great circle, which can have up to nine assistants instead of just five. See Chapter 2: Magic for information on circle magic.
Mage [Runecaster] Description A skill originally developed by the dwarves and giants, the ability to create runes of power has spread beyond the hills and mountains. Those that choose to master this ability are runecasters, creating incredibly potent symbols that last for multiple uses and can be triggered without being touched. An established runecaster’s goods are usually adorned with many runes, making his equipment very impressive looking and a true threat to thieves.
Most runecasters are clerics or adepts because a majority of the practitioners of this ability are dwarves and giants. Some rangers and paladins have chosen to become runecasters, particularly since the Thundering has resulted in many young dwarves leaving home to explore the wilderness. A few rare druids have chosen the path of the runecaster as well, although generally only in areas where druids are so scarce that they have to rely on runes to protect a large area. Runecasting clerics and paladins use their abilities to protect their temples and holy items, while ranger runecasters use them to guard trails, lairs of threatened animals, and natural refuges.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
Divine Spells
1st
+0
+2
+0
+2
Rune craft +1
+1
2nd
+1
+3
+0
+3
Rune power +1 ,
+1
3rd
+2
+3
+1
+3
Improved Runecasting
+1
4th
+3
+4
+1
+4
Rune craft +2
+1
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes 5th
+3
+4
+1
+4
Rune power +2
+1
6th
+4
+5
+2
+5
Maximise rune
+1
7th
+5
+5
+2
+5
Rune craft +3
+1
8th
+6
+6
+2
+6
Improved Runecasting
+1
9th
+6
+6
+3
+6
Rune power +3
+1
10th
+7
+7
+3
+7
Rune chant
+1
Requirements
as “passing” the rune. A rune must have an unbroken line of effect to a target to affect that target and the target must be within 30 feet.
To qualify to become a runecaster (Rnc) a character must fulfil all the following criteria.
A rune that is triggered when passed can be set to almost any special conditions the runecaster specifies. Runes can be set according to physical characteristics (such as height or weight) or creature type, subtype, or species (such as “drow” or “aberration”). Runes can also be set with respect to good, evil, law, chaos, or patron deity. They cannot be set according to class, Hit Dice, or level. Runes respond to invisible creatures normally but are not triggered by those who travel past them ethereally. When placing a rune with a “pass” trigger, a runecaster can specify a password or phrase that protects a creature using it from triggering the rune
Spellcasting: Ability to cast 3rd-level divine spells. Skills: Spellcraft 8 ranks, Craft 8 ranks (see the Rune Magic section of Chapter 2: Magic for appropriate Craft skills). Feats: Inscribe Rune: Hit Dice: d8.
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Concentration (Con), Craft (Int), Diplomacy (Cha), Heal (Wis), Knowledge (arcana), (Int), Knowledge (religion) (Int), 'Profession (Wis), Scry (Int, exclusive skill), and Spellcraft (Int). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int modifier
Class Features All the following are Class Features of the runecaster prestige class. Weapons and Armour: Runecasters gain no proficiency in any weapon or armour Spells per Day: A runecaster’s training focuses on divine spells. Thus, when a new runecaster level is gained, the character gains new spells per day as if he had also gained a level in whatever divine spellcasting class he belonged to before he added the prestige class. He does not, however, gain any other benefit a character of that class would have gained (improved chance of controlling or rebuking undead, metamagic or item creation feats, and so on). This essentially means that he adds the level of runecaster to the level of whatever other divine spellcasting class the character has, then determines spells per day accordingly: If a character had more than one divine spellcasting class before he became a runecaster, he must decide to which class he adds each level of runecaster for purposes of determining spells per day and caster level. Rune Craft: Add this bonus to the runecaster’s Craft cheeks made to inscribe runes. Improved Runecasting: As a runecaster rises in level, he can create runes that function more than once and have different means of being triggered. The extra features increase the cost of the rune, however, as shown on the table below. Works When Read or Passed. Any attempt to study, identify, or fathom a rune’s meaning counts as “reading” the rune. Passing through a portal that bears a rune counts
Rune Power: For runes created by the runecaster, add this value to the DC of all saves and attempts to erase, dispel, or disable the rune, and to caster level checks to overcome the spell resistance of a target. Maximise Rune: The runecaster can create runes that are maximised, as if under the effects of a Maximise Spell feat, without altering the level of the spell being used to create the rune: Maximising a rune adds +5 to the DC of the Craft check required to inscribe it. Rune Chant: Whenever the runecaster casts a divine spell, he may trace a rune in the air as an extra somatic component for the spell: This allows the runecaster to gain the benefit of his rune power ability for the spell. For spells with a casting time of 1 action, this increases the casting time to 1 full round. All other spells have their casting time increased by 1 round. This ability cannot be used on stilled spells, and it does not function with the maximise rune ability.
Table Number Uses/Trigger
of
Runecaster Base Price
Level**
One
Spell level* x caster level x f0 gp
-
Charges
Spell level* x caster level x charges x f0 gp
3
Charges per day
Spell level* x caster level x charges x 400 gp
8
Permanent dispelled)
Spell level* x caster level x 2,000 gp
8
Works when touched
Base cost
-
Works when read or passed
Base cost x 2
3
(until
*A 0-level spell counts as ½ level. **The minimum runecaster level to inscribe a rune of this type. “-“ Indicates the default ability granted by the Inscribe Rune feat. If the spell has a component or XP cost, add that cost times the number of charges to the base price of the rune.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes If the spell has a component or XP cost, add 100 times that cost to the base price of the rune.
Mage [Thaumaturge Elemental Mage] Description Thaumaturges are spellcasters who are fascinated by secret lore and the mysteries of the Art. They are especially curious about the various abilities elementals possess.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
Spells Per Day
1
+0
+0
+0
+2
Special Senses
+1 existing class
2
+1
+0
+0
+3
Fire Elemental
Floating Slot
3
+1
+1
+1
+3
Augment Life
Floating Slot
4
+2
+1
+1
+4
Air Elemental
+1 existing class
5
+2
+1
+1
+4
Fast Healing
Floating Slot
6
+3
+2
+2
+5
Water Elemental
Floating Slot
7
+3
+2
+2
+5
Spell Resistance
+1 existing class
8
+4
+2
+2
+6
Earth Elemental
Floating Slot
9
+4
+3
+3
+6
Regeneration
Floating Slot
10
+5
+3
+3
+7
True Elemental
+1 existing class
Requirements To qualify to become a Thaumaturge, a character must fulfil all the following criteria. Skills: Knowledge (Arcana): 10 ranks, Knowledge (Planes): 10 ranks, Spellcraft: 10 ranks Feats: Spell Focus [transmution], Skill Focus [spellcraft] Spells: Ability to prepare and cast arcane spells of 4th level or higher. Hit Die: d4
Class Skills The Thaumaturge's class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are Alchemy (Int), Concentration (Con), Craft (Int), Knowledge (Int), Profession (Wis), Scry (Int, exclusive skill), Spellcraft (Int) Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int modifier
Class Features All the following are class feature of the Thaumaturge prestige class. Weapon and Armour Proficiency: Thaumaturges gain no additional proficiency in weapons, armour, or with shields. Spells Per Day: At 1st, 4th, 7th, and 10th level, the Thaumaturge gains new spells per day as if he had also gained a level in a spellcasting class. Levels of Thaumaturge, though, still stack with
the character's base spellcasting levels to determine caster level. He does not, however, gain any other benefit a character of that class would have gained (improved chance of controlling or rebuking undead, metamagic or item creation feats, hit points beyond those he receives from the prestige class, and so on), except for an increased effective level of spellcasting. If a character had more than one spellcasting class before becoming a Thaumaturge, he must decide to which class he adds the new level for purposes of determining spells per day. Floating Slot: This is a spell slot at the characters highest accessible spell level. As the character gains access to higher spell levels, these slots move up to the new highest spell level. Special Senses: The Thaumaturge gains blindsight and tremor sense, both of them have a range of 30 feet per class level. Fire Elemental: From his studies of fire elementals, the Thaumaturge gains the ability burn (DC 20 + Con modifier). He also gains the ability to cast pyrotechnics once per day as a spelllike ability. Augment Life: The Thaumaturge gains a +2 bonus to Con and whenever he takes the toughness feat, he adds his Con modifier to the number of hp he gains. This ability is not retroactive. Air Elemental: From his studies of air elementals, the Thaumaturge gains breathlessness (does not need to breathe). He also gains the ability to cast fly once per day as a spell-like ability. Fast Healing: Knowledge obtained from the planes allows the Thaumaturge to speed up his own healing processes, allowing him to heal at a rate of 1 point per round. Water Elemental: From his studies of water elementals, the Thaumaturge gains freedom of movement as the spell as a spell-like ability usable once per day as well as a swim speed of 60 ft.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Spell Resistance: Gained from gradually increasing levels of energy from his studies, the Thaumaturge gains spell resistance of 20 + 1 per caster level.
Regeneration: The Thaumaturge gains new insights into his own anatomy and gains the ability to further increase his healing ability. He now regenerates 1 point per round.
Earth Elemental: From his studies of earth elementals, the Thaumaturge gains stone shape as a spell-like ability usable once per day. He can also burrow through both dirt and stone (leaving behind a tunnel or not at his discretion) at his normal movement rate.
True Elemental: The Thaumaturge gains a perfect understanding of elementals and attunes his body to resemble an elementals. His type changes to elemental and he gains all the immunities common to an elemental (sleep, poison, paralysis, stunning, and is no longer subject to critical hits, sneak attacks, or flanking). Additionally, he can now bind a particular element to himself. He gains immunity from one type of elemental damage (fire, cold, acid, or lightning). This immunity cannot be later changed once it is selected.
Mage [Warrior Mages] Description In the beginning, the Warriormages were the elite guard of the Bloodmoon Mages. They were hand picked from the warriors of the realm. The Mages found warriors with potential, and trained them in the arts of blending magic with fighting. They fought in battalions along side the Mages and normal fighters in the Great War against the Chaotic Dark Lord.
Warriormages Citadel can generally be found in any major city. Local leaders or organisations often employ them. They are no longer, just the elite guard of the Mages. Candidates interested in become Warriormages must journey to the Home Citadel and apply for admittance into the order. Upon joining the order the Warriormage give up the use of normal armour and shields, in exchange they learn how to create magical armour and enchant their weapons.
Over the centuries, they have developed into orders that still fight Chaos.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+0
+0
+0
+2
2
+1
+0
+0
3
+2
+1
4
+3
5
Spells 1
2
3
4
Enchant Weapon +1
1
0
0
0
+3
Uncanny Dodge(Dex bonus to AC)
1
0
0
0
+1
+3
Enchant Weapon +2
1
1
0
0
+1
+1
+4
Mage Armour +6 AC, +1 saves vs. magic
1
1
0
0
+3
+1
+1
+4
One Metamagic Feat
2
1
1
0
6
+4
+2
+2
+5
Enchant Weapon +3
2
1
1
0
7
+5
+2
+2
+5
Mage Armour +8 AC
2
2
1
1
8
+6/+1
+2
+2
+6
Enchant Weapon +4, +2 saves vs. magic
2
2
1
1
9
+6/+1
+3
+3
+6
One Metamagic Feat
3
2
2
1
10
+7/+2
+3
+3
+7
Mage Armour +10 AC
3
2
2
2
Requirements
Alchemy, Climb, Concentration, Craft, Jump, Knowledge (All), Profession, Ride, Scry, Spellcraft, Swim
Alignment: Non Chaotic
See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions.
Base Attack Bonus: +5
Skill points at each level 4 + Int Modifier.
Skills: Concentration 2 ranks Knowledge Arcane 4 ranks Spellcraft 2 ranks Spells: Must be able to cast 1st level Arcane Spells Feats: Weapon Focus, Combat Casting Hit Dice: d8
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are:
Class Features All of the following are Class Features of the Warrior-mage prestige class. Weapons and Armour: Warrior-mages are proficient with all simple and martial weapons. The Warrior-mages special abilities do not function if they are wearing armour or shields of any kind. They do function normal with items such as rings of protection. Although they can use any weapons, Warrior-mages choose one primary weapon.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Instead of using spell components, they use their weapon as their spell focus. When casting spells, they must be holding this focus weapon. They can change their focus weapon, but only once in a 30 day time period and they perform this in an elaborate 24 hour personal ceremony in which they can do nothing else. The only exception to this is if something happens to destroy their focus weapon. They lose the ability to cast any spells until they choose and create another. Warrior-mages will never willingly discard the weapon they have chosen as their current focus. Warrior-mages do have to study their spells much like normal Wizards, if they loose their spell books, they are unable to cast until they replace it.
Warriormage has seen a fireball before, so he recognises the spell being cast and gets a plus.
Enchant Weapon: Through rigorous training in magic and weapons, the Warriormage is able to wield his focus weapon as if it were a +1 magic weapon. This + does not transfer to anyone else who might get a hold of the weapon and does not work for any other weapons the Warriormage may have. As they raise in levels, this ability gets more powerful. At level 3 it is +2, at level 6 +3, at level 8 +4
1st level
3rd level
Jump, Magic Missile, Mount, Shield, Shocking Grasp, True Strike
Displacement, Flame Arrow, Fly, Haste, Keen Edge, Lightning bolt, Protection from Elements
2nd level
4th level
Blur, Endurance, Melfs Acid Arrow, Protection from Arrows, Resist Elements
Fireshield, Stoneskin, Shout
Saves vs. Magic: As the Warriormage gets better and blending magic and weapons, he gets better and avoiding the effects of spells cast at him. This + is only effective if the Warriormage knows the spell is coming and has knowledge of the spell. Example, Ron the
Mage Armour: As the Mage Armour spell in the Players handbook but at level 4, the plus is 6 to AC . This also gains in power as the Warriormages does. At level 7 it becomes +8 and at level 10 it becomes +10. Unlike normal spells, this ability can be used once per day per Warriormage level but only last half the duration of the version on the PHB. Uncanny Dodge Uncanny Dodge as in the DMG Spells per Level Spells Allowed for Warrior-mages
Mage Slayer Description
they can brutally punish spellcasters with the power of their will alone.
Many powerful wizards, sorcerers, and clerics are so secure in their power that they grow overconfident. Those that come up against a mage slayer don’t often feel that way again. A mage slayer is trained specifically to fight against spellcasters (not just wizards, as the name might imply.) They are trained in the subtle gestures that spellcasters use. At lower levels, they are able to determine residual effects of spells, and quickly identify spellcasters. At higher levels,
Paladins, monks, and rangers often hone their skills to take down evil clerics, wizards, and sorcerers that abuse their magic to enslave or murder others. Fighters, rogues and barbarians may simply wish to increase their training against spellcasters, whom they are often vulnerable to. Occasionally a druid may specialise in preserving the balance of magic. For obvious reasons, clerics, wizards, sorcerers, and bards rarely become mage slayers.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+0
+0
+2
Spell resistance; favoured enemy (spellcasters), detect magic (at will)
2
+2
+1
+0
+3
Smite spellcaster
3
+3
+1
+1
+3
Toughness
4
+4
+1
+1
+4
Mystic Knowledge’s: (+2 to spellcraft and arcane)
5
+5
+1
+1
+4
Discerning Mind (+2 illusion & enchantment saves)
6
+6
+2
+2
+5
Dispel Magic, 1/Day/level
7
+7
+2
+2
+5
Toughness
8
+8
+2
+2
+6
Distract Spellcaster (at will)
9
+9
+3
+3
+6
Spell Turning, 1/day per level
10
+10
+3
+3
+7
Drain will
Requirements:
Class skills
Base Attack bonus: +4
The prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are:
Feats: Iron Will
Concentration (con), craft (Int), jump (Str), knowledge (arcana) (Int), listen (Wis), read lips (Int), sense motive (Wis), spellcraft (Int), spot (Wis).
Skills: Spellcraft: 5 ranks, Knowledge (Arcana): 5 ranks, Listen: 4 ranks, Concentration: 4 ranks Hit Die: d8
See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Skill points at each level: 4 + Int modifier.
Mystic knowledge: The mage slayer gains a +2 competence bonus to all spellcraft and knowledge (arcane) checks.
Class Features:
Discerning Mind: He gains a +2 bonus to all saving throws versus enchantment or illusion spells. (this stacks with the Iron Will feat).
Weapon and armour proficiency: Mageslayers are proficient with all simple and martial weapons, with light armour, medium armour, and shields.
Dispel Magic: Once a day per level, the Mage Slayer may cast dispel magic at a caster level equal to his prestige class level.
Spell resistance: The Mage Slayer gains a spell resistance equal to 10 + the total number of prestige class levels. Favoured enemy (spellcasters): The Mageslayer gets a +1 bonus to bluff, listen, sense motive, spot, wilderness lore, and damage rolls to enemies that cast spells. Detect Magic: The mage slayer may detect magic as a standard action as the arcane spell. Smite Spell caster: A Mageslayer of second level or may attempt to Smite a spellcaster. This is similar to a paladin’s smite evil effect: Once a day, he may add his positive charisma modifier to the attack roll and deals one point of extra damage per prestige class level. Toughness: As the feat of the same name.
Spell Turning: As the arcane spell. Distract Spell caster: Normally, casting a spell provokes an attack of opportunity. A Mageslayer may forgo this attack to attack the spell caster’s mind directly (and need not be within melee range to do so). Should the mage slayer choose to do this, the target must immediately make a concentration check at a DC equal to 15 + the mage slayer’s level. Failure means that the mage loses his spell. Deplete Spells: At this level of mastery, any form of attack by the mage slayer has dire consequences for any spellcaster. Immediately after scoring a hit, the Mageslayer may forgo damage and instead deal temporary ability damage. The ability is whichever one the spellcaster draws his or her power from-wisdom for clerics and druids, charisma for sorcerers, and intelligence from a mage. The damage dealt is equal to 1 + the mageslayer’s charisma modifier. The target may make a will save (DC 15) for half damage. Failure indicates that he or she may lose access to spells due to ability loss.
Mindstalker Description A few dwarven clans actively work to overcome the illithid threat. To this end, select dwarves are trained specifically to hunt and slay illithids (mind flayers). The dwarves call such hunters Caradhaker, which loosely translates as "mindstalker". Mindstalkers are at their calmest and most confident when an encounter with mindflayers is imminent, and they are violently competent in the midst of an illithid encounter.
Those who take up the training to become a Caradhaker are devoted for life. The skills, once learned, cannot be unlearned, and the secret passwords and signs used by fellow members to identify each to the other are also not easily forgotten. What’s more, the sect gives special quests to those dwarves whose devotion is found wanting, and those who do not perform the quest are marked as no better than illithids and are treated as fair game by all other Mindstalkers. Mindstalkers wear their heads shaven, except for a long queue (reminiscent of githyanki hair style) (Their beards remain inviolate, of course) and experienced Mindstalkers wear mummified, shrunken illithid heads on their harnesses as a mark of their dedication and proof of their successes.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+0
+1
+1
Illithid Sense
2
+2
+1
+1
+2
Illithid Track
3
+3
+1
+2
+3
Lucid Buffer
4
+4
+1
+2
+4
Cerebral Blind
5
+5
+2
+3
+5
Blast Feedback
6
+6
+2
+3
+6
Brain Nausea
7
+7
+2
+4
+6
Anti Mucous Bulwark
8
+8
+3
+4
+7
Create Desh (Urlamp)
9
+9
+3
+5
+7
Create Kulgari (Path Bolts); Mulgari (Deprivation)
10
+10
+4
+5
+8
Ashek Kuldell (Severing Axe)
Requirements Base Attack Bonus: +5
Hit Dice: D10 Race: Character MUST be a Dwarf Feats: Blind Fight
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Special: Climb 8 ranks Intuit Direction 4 ranks
by this blast, including the dwarf using this power, are stunned for 3d4 rounds, but so is the attacking illithid....
Class Skills
Brain Nausea: This allows a Mindstalker to change his pheromone biochemistry through mental discipline and biofeedback techniques. This subtle chemical change causes all creatures that come into physical contact with the dwarf subconsciously to prefer NOT to eat a brain, for the creatures taste preferences have been altered. The illithid does not realise that it is taking any course of action other than what it would have "naturally" decided.
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Balance, Climb, Read Qualith, Intuit Direction, and Innuendo See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + INT modifier
Class Features Illithid Sense: This gives the Mindstalker a chance to integrate subtle clues spoor, "tunnel vibrations", and even psychic emanations that indicate the presence of illithids within 200 feet. This functions passively. Whenever the character comes within 200 feet of an illithid, the character must make a check against a DC = Illithid's level modified by the Mindstalkers level. This does not give direction or distance. Illithid Track: The mindstalker can track the trail of an illithid through the tunnels and caves of the underworld. Otherwise this is identical to the Track Feat in PHB. Lucid Buffer: This gives the Mindstalker a +4 bonus in defending themselves against psionic attacks and powers. Cerebral Blind: This is a complex mental maze incorporating both linear and analogue elements, hundreds of similar but subtly different mental pathways that confuse the illithid for 1d4+1 rounds. While the illithid is confused, it can take no other action; however, neither can the dwarf do anything but mentally 'hold' the illithid in place, possibly giving his or her compatriots a few free rounds of action. This also gives the mindstalker up to five chances (once per round) to close his mind after it has been opened (will save vs. DC = illithid level). Blast Feedback: This sets up a feedback loop with the attacking illithid (this only works against Illithid Mindblast, not other psionic attacks). Blast feedback doesn't trigger if the Mind Blast doesn't hit the mind. If a Lucid Buffer protects the Mindstalker, then this does not operate. If the Lucid Buffer fails, then the dwarf can use this feat). Basically the Illithid’s own power is redirected back at it, catching the mind flayer in its own mindblast All creatures affected
AntiMucous Bulwark: The Mindstalker can consciously take control of his own biochemistry to exude an oily, alkaline sweat over his or her entire body for a period of one turn per level. Because the sweat can get in a dwarf's eyes and slick his palms, the Mindstalker suffers a 1 penalty to all attacks, but when an illithid makes a successful physical attack, the illithid suffers 1d10 hp of damage and loses 1d10 percent of magic resistance. Create Desh (Urlamp): This magical dwarven lamp, usable once per 24 hours, creates a light spell centred on the wick in a 30' radius for two hours. This light also makes illithids completely blind for the while in its area of effect, functioning just as a creature moving in complete darkness. Blinding an illithid cause it to break off attacking for 1d4 rounds if it makes a will save vs. DC 14, or to flee the radius of illumination otherwise. Create Kulgari: A Kulgari bolt is an enchanted crossbow bolt. When fired in a random direction, it instantly homes on the closest illithid within a one-mile radius as swiftly as a normal bolt shot from a crossbow. If there is no illithid in a one-mile radius, it simply fires normally. If no barriers intervene (and it will go around corners, up stairs, and such), it flies from the darkness to attack the illithid as if it were under 3/4 cover (likely surprising the illithid far more than harming it). The reason these bolts are also called Path Bolts is that while homing in on illithids, it leaves a glowing, phosphorescent trail that fades away after twenty minutes, allowing illithid hunters to trail the illithid. Create Malgari: These crossbow bolts destructively interfere with an Illithid’s spell resistance for one turn. Each bolt reducing spell resistance by 3 to 18%. Ashek Kuldell: Against illithidkin, a dwarf's axe is considered to have a +3 enchantment bonus and does double damage. Against true illithids, it still has the +3 bonus but the axe does triple damage, severing one tentacle on an attack roll of 19, and two tentacles on an attack roll of 20. Each tentacle lost inflicts and addition 1d8 damage upon the illithid.
Monk [Dragon Mountain Initiate] Description [This prestige class represents a martial arts style that emphasises the use of weapons. Unarmed combat is also possible, but there are no abilities that specifically require this.] The Way teaches the importance of “non-action”, or action without conscious intent. Whereas normal fighters use conscious intent in making their moves in combat, a true master understands her technique so well that she can fight as if by instinct. Her actions seem to flow naturally and without any seeming effort on her part, but her blows are preternaturally accurate; nor can she be taken unawares, because she never needs to pause and think about what to do. The Dragon Mountain style of martial arts epitomises such teachings.
There are few true masters of the Dragon Mountain style, and none that advertise their presence — the Way frowns on self promotion. Because of this, finding a teacher will usually be a drawn out affair, requiring a prospective student to chase several false leads before hopefully meeting with success. Even then, there is no guarantee that the master will agree to act as a teacher. The art is old, and its secrets precious; the student must convince the master that she is worthy to learn. This style concentrates on the use of weapons, in particular the longsword, spear, bladed staff (Dragon 281) and two bladed sword, although unarmed combat techniques are also taught. It is a balanced style, featuring both offensive and defensive abilities. A master of the art can even parry magical attacks, and either close for melee using weightless leaps, or attack supernaturally from a distance.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+0
+2
+2
Instinctive strike, acrobatics (+10)
2
+2
+0
+3
+3
Artless parry +1
3
+3
+1
+3
+3
Weightless leap
4
+4
+1
+4
+4
Improved arrow deflection
5
+5
+1
+4
+4
Ki strike +1
6
+6
+2
+5
+5
Prescient dodge, acrobatics (+20)
7
+7
+2
+5
+5
Distant strike
8
+8
+2
+6
+6
Artless parry +2
9
+9
+3
+6
+6
Unerring strike
10
+10
+3
+7
+7
Weapon insight
Requirements
If the initiate has Weapon Finesse with her unarmed attacks, they can be used with the abilities described below.
Base Attack Bonus: +6
Weapons and Armour: The initiate is proficient in the use of all simple and martial weapons. She is not proficient with any type of armour or shield.
Skills: Concentration 6 ranks, Jump 9 ranks, Tumble 9 ranks. Alignment: Any lawful. Feats: Deflect Arrows, Dodge, Great Leap, Mobility, Weapon Focus (at least one of: unarmed strike, longsword, spear [any], bladed staff, two bladed sword), Martial or Weapon Finesse (same weapon as for Weapon Focus). Special: Must locate a master, and persuade him or her to act as a teacher. Hit Dice: d8
Restriction An initiate who ceases to be lawful retains her abilities, but may not advance further in levels in this prestige class.
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Balance (Dex), Bluff (Cha), Climb (Str), Concentration (Con), Craft (Int), Diplomacy (Cha), Escape Artist (Dex), Heal (Wis), Hide (Dex), Jump (Str), Knowledge (history) (Int), Knowledge (religion) (Int), Listen (Wis), Move Silently (Dex), Sense Motive (Wis), Swim (Str), Tumble (Dex) See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill points/Level: 4 + Int modifier
Class Features Unless otherwise noted, the initiate’s abilities are subject to the arcane spell failure chance from wearing armour and/or using a shield. Some of the abilities below reproduce feats from the martial arts feats list (click here to see the list). The initiate gains the martial artist’s Wisdom bonus to AC, if she doesn’t have this ability already. Similarly, she gains a bonus to AC according to her level, using the martial artist progression (click here to see the martial artist class description).
Instinctive Strike (Ex): At 1st level, the initiate can add her Wisdom bonus (if any) to damage rolls in place of her Strength bonus, when using a weapon with which she has Martial or Weapon Finesse. The Wisdom damage bonus is multiplied by 1.5 for two handed weapons and by 0.5 for offhand weapons, just as for Strength. Acrobatics (Ex): At 1st level, the initiate gains a +10 competence bonus to her Balance, Jump and Tumble skill checks. At 6th level, this bonus increases to +20. In addition, she can always choose to take 10 on a Balance, Jump or Tumble check, even if circumstances would normally not allow her to do so. Artless Parry (Ex): At 2nd level, the initiate gains a +1 insight bonus to AC when wielding a weapon with which she has Martial or Weapon Finesse. Furthermore, this bonus is not lost even if she is stunned, flatfooted or attacked by an invisible foe, nor is she in danger of dropping her weapon if she is stunned. At 8th level, the AC bonus increases to +2. Weightless Leap (Su): At 3rd level, by channelling her ki the initiate can leap huge distances in seemingly effortless fashion. Her jumping distances when making a Weightless Leap are doubled. This ability can be used up to three times per day. Improved Arrow Deflection (Ex): At 4th level, the initiate gains the benefits of the Improved Arrow Deflection feat, if she does not have it already. She does not have to meet the usual prerequisites for this feat. The initiate must have a weapon in hand with which she has Martial or Weapon Finesse in order to deflect arrows. Ki Strike (Su): At 5th level, the initiate gains the benefits of the Ki Strike feat. Her melee attacks gain a +1 ki enhancement bonus. If she already has this feat, the ki enhancement bonus stacks. The maximum ki enhancement bonus possible is +3. Prescient Dodge (Ex): At 6th level, the initiate’s senses and instinct help her avoid blows that would fell a lesser person. She gains two levels of the Uncanny Dodge ability, if she doesn’t have them already (doesn’t lose Dex bonus when flatfooted or attacked by an invisible foe; cannot be flanked except by a rogue or martial artist 4 levels higher). Furthermore, should a foe makes a successful critical hit or sneak attack on her, there is a 25% chance that the critical hit
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes or sneak attack is negated (i.e. it is treated as only a normal hit). This does not stack with the benefit provided by fortified armour. *OA: Prescient Dodge also protects against the bonus damage dice inflicted by use of the Iaijutsu Focus skill, such as Iaijutsu duel (if such duels take place). Distant Strike (Su): At 7th level, the initiate gains the supernatural ability to strike her foes at a distance with a melee weapon. Her physical position remains unchanged, so her target cannot retaliate without a means of bridging the gap. Using Distant Strike is a full round action, and requires a weapon with which the initiate has Martial or Weapon Finesse. The target can be up to 120 feet away, and must be clearly visible to the initiate. She makes a Concentration skill check at DC 10 + (range in feet to the target)/10. If the Concentration check is successful, she can attack the target with up to her full allotment of attacks, including extra attacks from an offhand weapon, haste or weapons of speed, if applicable. Distant Strike only lets the initiate attack one opponent at a time. She cannot use it to make attacks of opportunity at a distance, nor can she make use of feats such as Cleave, Great Cleave or Whirlwind Attack. Special attacks like a Stunning Attack, Blinding Strike, Paralysing Blow or Quivering Palm cannot be delivered via a Distant Strike, nor can touch spells and effects. Distant Strike can be used a number of times per day equal to half the initiate’s class level. If the Concentration skill check is failed, it still counts as a use of the ability. Unerring Strike (Su): At 9th level, the initiate can use her ki to guide her weapon to its destination with supernatural accuracy. When making an Unerring Strike, she gains a +20 insight bonus to her attack roll, and she ignores miss chances due to concealment. The Unerring Strike applies to all melee attacks made in one round with a weapon with which she has Martial or Weapon Finesse. This ability can be used up to three times per day. Weapon Insight (Ex): At 10th level, the initiate gains a +1 insight bonus to attack and a +2 insight bonus to damage with one type of weapon with which she has Martial or Weapon Finesse. Furthermore, when wielding such a weapon, she can use her ki to deflect magical attacks aimed at her as though they were normal missiles. Attacks that can be so deflected include any spells, spell like abilities and supernatural abilities that involve an attack roll to hit. Each such attempt counts against her limit on missile deflection attempts per round, and the Reflex save DC is 20 + spell level. Targeted missile spells that do not need an attack roll to hit, such as magic missile, can also be deflected, but the save DC in this case is 25 + spell level. For spells that produce multiple missiles (like magic missile), one deflection attempt is required per missile. A spell that is deflected dissipates harmlessly. Very large projectiles such as boulders or siege missiles can’t be deflected, nor can gaze attacks, breath weapons, area effect spells (such as fireball or lightning bolt), or spells that are not specifically described as having a discernible missile form (such as charm person).
New Feats Many of these feats work by channelling the character’s ki, or life force. Such feats are supernatural, and can be suppressed by an antimagic field or similar effects. *OA: All these feats are available to the shaman as martial arts bonus feats.
Blinding Strike You can blind opponents by striking at vulnerable nerve points.
Prerequisite: Stunning Fist, Wis 17+. Benefit: You can make three blinding strikes per day, although only one such attack can be made per round. You must announce your intent before making your attack roll. The attack must be made as an unarmed strike, and the target must be a humanoid. In addition, creatures immune to critical hits cannot be affected. If you hit and the target takes damage, it must then make a Fortitude saving throw (DC 10 + one half your level + your Wisdom modifier) or be blinded for 1 round per level you possess. If you announce a Blinding Strike and miss your attack, it still counts toward the total number of Blinding Strikes for that day. *OA: This feat is identical to the Falling Star Strike feat found in the Oriental Adventures sourcebook, except for the limitation on the number of times it can be used per day.
Blindsight Your hyperacute senses allow you to function while blinded or in total darkness. Prerequisite: 13th level, Wis 17+, Blind Fight. Benefit: You gain the blindsight extraordinary ability (see DMG). Your blindsight has a range of 30 feet. It relies mainly on heightened sensitivity to vibrations in the air and ground, and can be thwarted by deafening attacks. This feat is not subject to the arcane spell failure chance from wearing armour or using a shield.
Defensive Art You have extensive training and experience in defensive fighting techniques, letting you execute them without a second thought. Prerequisite: Wis 13+. Benefit: You gain the benefits of the Expertise feat. Defensive Art and Expertise do not stack — if you have both feats, the changes to your attack rolls and AC still cannot exceed your base attack bonus. This feat can be used to meet the requirements for feats that have Expertise as a prerequisite. *OA: This feat can be used as a prerequisite for the Superior Expertise feat in the Oriental Adventures sourcebook.
Endure Elements Your training has inured you to extremes of heat and cold. Prerequisite: Base Fortitude save bonus +6, Endurance. Feats and special abilities that provide save bonuses (e.g. Great Fortitude) don’t count for the purpose of meeting the prerequisites. Benefit: You gain fire resistance 5 and cold resistance 5. This feat is not subject to the arcane spell failure chance from wearing armour or using a shield.
Enhanced Trip You are skilled in tripping or throwing opponents to the ground. Prerequisite: Wis 13+, Improved (or Enhanced) Unarmed Strike. Benefit: You gain the benefits of the Improved Trip feat, even if you don’t meet the usual prerequisites for the feat. Furthermore, you can make a Dexterity check instead of a Strength check as part of the trip attempt. You must be unarmed or wielding a weapon with which you have Martial or Weapon Finesse to use this ability. This feat can be used to meet the requirements for feats that have Improved Trip as a prerequisite.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Enhanced Damage
Unarmed
You can deal extremely damaging blows with your unarmed attacks. Prerequisite: Improved (or Enhanced) Unarmed Strike. Benefit: The base damage inflicted by your unarmed attacks increases by 1 rank, from the following table. Each rank must be taken in sequence, starting from 0; thus, for example, an 8th level character can’t take this feat once to gain 1d8 unarmed damage. This feat can be taken multiple times. Prerequisites
Improved Arrow Deflection You are adept at deflecting multiple incoming arrows, darts and crossbow bolts. Prerequisite: Base Attack Bonus +6, Deflect Arrows. Benefit: As Deflect Arrows, except you can attempt to deflect a total number of ranged attacks per round equal to one plus your Dexterity bonus (if any). Exceptional ranged attacks still can’t be deflected.
Ki Strike
Rank
Damage dice
0*
1d6
Base Attack Bonus +1
Your melee attacks are charged with ki.
1
1d8
Base Attack Bonus +6
2+
1d10
Base Attack Bonus +12
Prerequisite: Base Attack Bonus +8, Improved (or Enhanced) Unarmed Strike, Wis 13+.
* A character with Enhanced Unarmed Strike starts with rank 0 in this feat. The listed damage dice are for Medium sized characters. Characters who are smaller or larger use different dice, as per the rules in the DMG and MM for modifying damage by size.
Enhanced Unarmed Strike You are skilled at fighting with your bare hands and feet. Prerequisite: Base Attack Bonus +1. Benefit: You gain the benefits of the Improved Unarmed Strike feat from the PHB. Your unarmed strikes do 1d6 points of damage (for Medium sized characters; smaller or larger characters adjust damage dice as the rules in the DMG and MM). You can also choose to deal your damage as either normal or subdual without penalty. This feat can be used to meet the requirements for feats that have Improved Unarmed Strike as a prerequisite.
Grappling Focus You are trained or experienced at grappling and pinning techniques. Prerequisite: Base Attack Bonus +1, Improved (or Enhanced) Unarmed Strike. Benefit: You gain a +1 bonus to grapple checks and Escape Artist skill checks to escape a grapple or pin. You can also deal normal damage while grappling, rather than subdual damage, without suffering a penalty on your grapple check.
Benefit: Your melee attacks are treated as if made with a weapon with a +1 enhancement bonus. This extends to any melee weapon you wield; however, if your weapon is itself enchanted, you can choose to have it retain its own enhancement bonus in place of your ki (remember that enhancement bonuses don’t stack). Ki Strike never affects special weapon abilities, such as the bane enchantment. This feat is a supernatural ability, and can only be taken once. (Note that the enhancement bonus applies to both the attack roll and the damage dealt, as with any enhancement bonus.)
Light Step Your mastery of ki allows you to reduce the impact of your footsteps to a bare minimum. Prerequisite: Base Reflex save bonus +7, Balance skill, Spider Climb, Dex 19+, Wis 13+. Benefit: You gain a +10 competence bonus on Balance and Move Silently skill checks, and to Reflex saves to avoid pits and similar traps. You can also always take 10 on Balance and Move Silently checks, even if circumstances would normally prevent you doing so. It’s practically impossible to track you (–20 penalty), unless the tracker is using scent or some other non-visual means of tracking. You can stop using Light Step and deliberately walk with normal steps if you so desire. This is a supernatural ability.
Extreme Balancing Characters with very high levels of the Balance skill can walk across seemingly impassable surfaces with a successful skill check:
Great Leap
DC
Task
You can jump remarkable distances and perform spectacular acrobatic stunts.
30
Thin ice, upright, at normal speed
35
Rim of an empty cauldron without tipping it over
Prerequisite: Base Reflex save bonus +4. Feats and abilities that provide save bonuses (e.g. Lightning Reflexes) don’t count for the purpose of meeting the prerequisites.
40
Bamboo saplings
45
Rice paper, without scuffing it
Benefit: You gain a +5 competence bonus to Jump and Tumble skill checks. In addition, you are not subject to the normal limits on vertical or horizontal jumping distances, and you can always choose to take 10 on a Jump or Tumble check, even if circumstances would normally prevent you from doing so.
50
Grass tops
55 Flowing lava (DC 20 Ref save to avoid taking 2d6 fire damage each round) 60
Water
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Powerful Grip It is exceptionally hard to disarm you in combat. Benefit: You gain a +4 bonus on your opposed attack roll when an opponent attempts to disarm you. This bonus stacks with that provided by spiked gauntlets. It does not apply to your own attempts to disarm your opponents. Special: Powerful Grip is a bonus feat for fighters. It can be taken whenever a fighter is eligible for a bonus feat.
with a –5 penalty. Furthermore, you can climb surfaces that other characters would find impossible, by making a Climb check at DC 30. This is a supernatural ability.
Still Mind You are better able to ward off magical attacks that affect your mind. Prerequisite: Iron Will.
Purify Body
Benefit: You gain a +2 bonus on saves against mind altering spells and effects. This stacks with the bonus gained from the Iron Will feat.
By means of meditative techniques, you can purge your body of toxins.
Strength of Many
Prerequisite: Great Fortitude. Benefit: You can delay or negate the onset of a poison’s secondary effects (if any), by entering a meditative trance. If you meditate for ten minutes, you receive a +4 bonus to your saving throw against the poison. If you meditate for twenty minutes, the bonus increases to +6. While in your meditative state, you are effectively helpless but aware of your surroundings. You can cease meditating at any time, but doing so also causes the poison to take effect. You must meditate for at least ten minutes to gain a bonus to your save. The longest you can maintain your meditative state is one hour per three character levels, or part thereof. Purify Body is not subject to the arcane spell failure chance for wearing armour or using a shield. At the DM’s option, certain exotic poisons may exist that negate this feat.
Slow Fall You can use nearby surfaces to slow your descent when falling. Prerequisite: Base Reflex save bonus +3. Feats and abilities that provide save bonuses (e.g. Lightning Reflexes) don’t count for the purpose of meeting the prerequisites. Benefit: When falling, if you are within arm’s reach of a wall or similar hard surface, you take damage as if the fall is 20 feet shorter than it actually is.
Spider Climb You can ascend and descend surfaces with uncanny speed. Prerequisite: Base Reflex Save bonus +5, Climb skill, Great Leap. Benefit: Your climbing speeds are doubled compared to normal. You can climb at your normal movement rate without taking a penalty on your Climb skill check, or at double your movement rate
By focusing your ki, you can perform feats of incredible strength. Prerequisite: Endurance. Benefit: Once per day, as a free action you can gain an enhancement bonus to your Strength equal to your character level. The extra strength lasts for 1 round. Strength of Many is a supernatural ability.
Strength of Will By focusing your ki, you can form a last ditch defence against mental attacks. Prerequisite: Concentration skill. Benefit: Once per day, if you fail a Will saving throw, you can substitute a Concentration skill check for your failed save. The DC for the skill check is the same as that for the original save, and all modifiers that applied to the save also apply to the skill check (substitute your Wisdom modifier for your Constitution modifier). If your skill check is successful, you are treated as if you had made your save. Strength of Will is a supernatural ability. Its use is not subject to the arcane spell failure chance from wearing armour or using a shield.
Stunning Fist You are able to stun opponents by striking them at critical points. Prerequisite: Base Attack Bonus +4, Improved (or Enhanced) Unarmed Strike. Benefit: You gain the benefits of the Stunning Fist feat from the PHB, even if you don’t meet the standard prerequisites for the feat. You can make one stunning attack per day for every four full levels you have attained. Only one stunning attack can be attempted per round.
Monk [Kobukan] Description The Kobukan are dedicated martial artists who have mastered the Bo staff (quarterstaff). They have perfected the art of staff fighting and use the wooden rods with deadly efficiency. Most live or come from a monastic order and have sought to improve their martial ability. The vast majority of Kobukan are former monks who have taken up the way of the staff. Fighters are the next likely to join the ranks, followed by rogues and clerics. Druids occasionally study the
kobujutsu art. Barbarians generally prefer more intimidating weapons, and wizards and sorcerers, while naturals with staves often have problems meeting the requirements. Human, elves, and half-elves are the most common practitioners with occasional halforc monks. Monks may freely multi-class with kobukans, with the DM’s permission. Often, the more militant monastic orders will maintain groups of highly trained kobukans to teach their style to students. Hardstyle martial artists will often alternate between deadly staff strikes and rapid kicks from round to round.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+2
+2
+2
Staff Utility
2
+2
+3
+3
+3
Limb Block
3
+3
+3
+3
+3
Ki Strike 1/day
4
+3
+4
+4
+4
Flurry of Blows
5
+4
+4
+4
+4
Enhanced Deflect Arrows
6
+5
+5
+5
+5
Ki Strike 2/day
7
+6
+5
+5
+5
Evasion
8
+6
+6
+6
+6
Sweep
9
+7
+6
+6
+6
Ki Strike 3/day
10
+8
+7
+7
+7
Empower Staff
Requirements
from attacking normally during the round. This is an extraordinary ability.
Base Attack Bonus: +6
Evasion: The Kobukan gains the evasion ability like a rogue or monk. If the character already has the evasion ability, it becomes improved evasion. This is an extraordinary ability.
Skills: Balance 4 Ranks Jump 8 Ranks Tumble 8 Ranks Feat: Combat Reflexes, Deflect Arrows, Expertise, Quarterstaff Proficiency, Two Weapon Fighting Hit Dice: d8
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Balance (Dex) Climb (Str) Craft (Int) Escape Artist (Dex) Hide (Dex) Jump (Str) Listen (Wis) Move Silently (Dex) Sense Motive (Wis) Spot (Wis) Swim (Str) Tumble (Dex) See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int modifier.
Class Features Weapon and Armour Proficiency: Kobukans gain no new proficiency, but they retain any proficiencies acquired from other classes. Empower Staff: The pinnacle of Kobukan power, the Kobukan may infuse his staff with some of his own mystic power. By meditating with his staff for ten rounds, he can empower his staff for 12 hours. The empowered staff gains a +2 magical enhancement bonus and either the Shock, Frost, or Flaming ability as chosen by the Kobukan. Once made, this cannot be changed until empowered again. Magical weapons may be empowered, and they gain a stacking bonus to magical enchantment and the elemental ability. The Kobukan may only use this ability once per day. It is a supernatural ability. Enhanced Deflect Arrows: The Kobukan had gained the skill and speed with his staff to be able to use it to deflect ranged weapons targeting him. Rather than one arrow as per the Deflect Arrows feat, he may attempt to deflect one arrow per attack he is allowed. Thus, a Kobukan that has three attacks per round may attempt to deflect three ranged attacks per round. This does not prevent the Kobukan
Flurry of Blows: The Kobukan of this level gains the ability to use a flurry of blows attack with a quarterstaff just as a monk can with unarmed strikes and monk weapons. This flurry is with just one “end” of the quarterstaff (which is a double weapon). Attacking using it as double weapon incurs the additional penalties for fighting with two weapons. This is an extraordinary ability. Ki Strike: The Kobukan may make an attack at +4 to hit, and +1 per Kobukan level to damage. This attack may be used a limited number of times per day. If the attack misses, the ki strike is expended. This is a supernatural ability. Limb Block: When using the Expertise feat, a Kobukan gains a special ability. By blocking his opponent’s limbs rather than weapons, the Kobukan may inflict damage upon his opponent. If an opponent attacks a Kobukan who is using Expertise and misses, he must make a Fortitude save (DC 10 + Kobukan’s Level) or suffer damage. The foe suffers 20 AC damage (if positive). For example, a hobgoblin with an AC of 16 attacks a monk 8/kobukan 3 who is using Expertise to fight defensively. The hobgoblin misses his attack and must make Fortitude save (DC 13) or suffer 4 hit points of damage (20 AC of 16). Opponents with an AC of 20 or better are too well protected to be damaged. This is an extraordinary ability. Staff Utility: The Kobukan is trained to use his staff to aid in his endeavours. When able to use his staff to aid him, a Kobukan gains a +4 circumstance bonus to all Balance, Jump, and Tumble checks. This bonus is granted due to training to use the staff for balance, pole vaulting, and pivot points. A Kobukan cannot attack on any round that he uses his staff for this bonus. In addition, the Kobukan may attack with staves using his unarmed attack bonus rather than armed attack bonus. This is an extraordinary ability. Sweep: By dropping to a crouch and swinging his quarterstaff in an arc, the Kobukan may attempt a trip attack against every opponent in 180 degrees either in front or behind him. He suffers a 1 penalty to hit for each opponent in his arc. He can make one attack of opportunity against each foe tripped up to his dexterity bonus (similar to the Combat Reflexes feat). The Kobukan can only attempt to sweep opponents that he would normally be able to make a trip attack against. This is a full round action. This is an extraordinary ability.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Monk [Kuma Fighter] Description There are few rare monasteries that teach something other than the usual monks way of living and teach the way of the bear. Kuma is a style of fighting that focuses on the bear’s nature and is taught that you cannot be defeated when truly empowered with the force of a bear and the speed of a fist. A Kuma holds great respect for all bears and are so in depth in training and meditation that they tone themselves into a bears instinctive abilities and force in battle. A
Kuma is a very good doing adventurer that always helps those in need and is completely unselfish to those around him/her. Most Kumas are monks with few exceptions. As NPC’s Kumas are usually adventuring as part of a party striving to complete some sort of goal or training in monasteries. This prestige class is compatible with the Monk class - a Monk character can take levels as a Kuma, and then return to normal Monk training (assuming no levels in other classes have been gained).
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+0
2
2
2
Claws, Sunder feat
2
+1
3
3
3
Scent
3
+2
3
3
3
Improved Evasion, Eagle Claw feat
4
+3
4
4
4
Ki Strike +1
5
+3
4
4
4
Natural Armour +1
6
+4
5
5
5
Bear Shape (black) 1/day
7
+5
5
5
5
Ki strike +2, Natural Armour +2
8
+6
6
6
6
Bear Shape (brown) 1/day
9
+6
6
6
6
Bear hug, Natural Armour +3
10
+7
7
7
7
Bear Shape (dire) 1/day, Ki Strike +3
Requirements
Class Features
Base Attack Bonus: +4
Claws: A Kuma may make unarmed attacks as slashing weapon.
Hit Dice: D8
Sunder: Same as the feat.
Alignment: Any lawful
Scent: The Kuma gains a bears sense of smell therefore gaining +2 to spot and listen also a 50% chance of smelling anyone in a 20ft radius and 75% if that person has a strong smelling Item such as poison or perfume.
Feats: Unarmed strike Stunning fist Special: Skills: 8 ranks in jump must retrieve bears claw without killing the bear you get it from.
Restriction
Improved Evasion: Same as monk ability. Eagle Claw: Feat (sword and fist). Ki Strike: Same as monk ability.
An initiate who ceases to be lawful retains her abilities, but may not advance further in levels in this prestige class.
Natural Armour: The Kuma gains armour bonus as shown due tough, durable skin. As a bear has thick hide the Kuma has unusually tough skin.
Class Skills
Bear Shape: The Kuma can shape (as polymorph self) once per bear shown per day.
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Balance (Dex), Climb (Str), Escape Artist (Dex), Hide (Dex), Intuit Direction (Wis), Jump (Str), Knowledge Nature (Int), Listen (Wis), Move Silently (Dex), Spot (Wis), Tumble (Dex), Wilderness Lore (Wis). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill points 4 + Int modifier.
Bear Hug: The Kuma gains the extraordinary ability to deliver a bear hug to medium and large sized humanoids. The Kuma must make an unarmed attack and if the attack hits then the Kuma deals 1d8 + strength x2 + unarmed damage and the opponent must make a successful fortitude save vs. DC 30 or be disabled for 1d4 rounds. The Kuma can do this in bear form. Special: Upon taking this prestige class the Kuma retains the monks unarmed attacks and damage, stunning attacks per day, ac bonus and unarmoured speed as the Kuma levels for example: A 6th level monk/ 4th level Kuma fighter has these abilities as a 10th level monk.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Monk [Mountain Spirit Adept] Description [This is an example of an “internal” style, concentrating on spiritual development and channelling ki. This results in a range of supernatural abilities, including spellcasting.] Martial arts styles can be roughly classified as either “external” or “internal”. An external style is one that emphasises physical strength, speed and power. Such styles teach ways of defeating one’s opponents in battle, by direct application of skill at arms. An internal style, by contrast, is one that emphasises inner strength. Fighting techniques are important only to provide a focus for the
martial artist’s training; more important are philosophical and spiritual development, and learning how to control one’s ki. The Mountain Spirit martial arts style is an example of such an internal style. The Mountain Spirit style is not as well known as most other martial arts styles. By itself, it isn’t as suited to most martial artists’ purposes as an external style might be, since it provides relatively few techniques that are directly useful in a combat situation. Nevertheless, its practitioners gain many powerful abilities as they discover the secrets of ki, including disabling attacks and healing magic. A master of this style can thus prove an unexpectedly formidable adversary in combat, or a worthy addition to an
adventuring party.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
Spells
1
+0
+2
+0
+2
Immovable stance (1/day), purify body, stunning attack
2
2
+1
+3
+0
+3
3
+2
+3
+1
+3
4
+3
+4
+1
+4
5
+3
+4
+1
+4
Immovable stance (2/day), new spell level
2
6
+4
+5
+2
+5
Slam touch
3
7
+5
+5
+2
+5
Diamond body
2
8
+6
+6
+2
+6
9
+6
+6
+3
+6
Immovable stance (3/day)
2
10
+7
+7
+3
+7
Paralysing touch, new spell level
3
3 Ki healing
2 3
3
Requirements
Restriction
Base Attack Bonus: +5
An adept who ceases to be lawful good or lawful neutral retains her abilities (except for spellcasting), but may not advance further in levels in this prestige class.
Skills: Tumble 6 ranks, Concentration 6 ranks, Knowledge (religion) 8 ranks Feats: Combat Reflexes, Dodge, Expertise (or Defensive Art), Improved (or Enhanced) Unarmed Strike, Improved Trip, Iron Will, Great Fortitude Spells: Able to cast divine spells. Alignment: Lawful neutral or lawful good. Special: Must locate a master, and persuade him or her to act as a teacher. *OA: In an Oriental Adventures setting, substitute Defensive Throw and Great Throw for the Iron Will and Great Fortitude feats. This means that a character who qualifies for this prestige class will also qualify as a master of the “Gentle Way” martial arts style detailed in that book. Hit Dice: d8
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Alchemy (Int), Balance (Dex), Concentration (Con), Diplomacy (Cha), Escape Artist (Dex), Heal (Wis), Knowledge (arcana) (Int), Knowledge (history) (Int), Knowledge (religion) (Int), Move Silently (Dex), Spellcraft (Int), Tumble (Dex) See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill points/Level: 4 + Int modifier
Class Features Unless otherwise noted, the adept’s abilities (except spellcasting) are subject to the arcane spell failure chance from wearing armour and/or using a shield. Some of the following abilities reproduce feats found in the martial arts feats list (click here to see the list).
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes The adept gains the martial artist’s Wisdom bonus to AC, if she doesn’t have this ability already. Similarly, she gains a bonus to AC according to her level, using the martial artist progression (click here to see the martial artist class description). Weapons and Armour: The adept gains proficiency with all simple weapons, the shortsword, and the longsword. She does not gain any armour or shield proficiency beyond what she already has. Bonus Spells: For each level in this class that the adept attains, she gains bonus spells to the number of divine spells per day that she normally casts. These bonus spells can be added to whatever levels of spells she can currently cast, but no more than one can be added to her highest current spell level. If the adept has two divine spellcasting classes already, she must choose which previous spellcasting class gains the bonus. Once she has chosen how to apply her bonus spells, they cannot be shifted. Stunning Attack (Ex): At 1st level, the adept gains the benefits of the Stunning Fist feat, if she doesn’t have it already. She can use this ability once per prestige class level per day. Only one stunning attack is allowed per round. The save DC is 10 + the adept’s prestige class level + her Wisdom modifier. If she already has the Stunning Fist feat, she uses the higher of the two limits on the number of uses per day, and the higher of the two save DCs. Purify Body (Ex): At 1st level, the adept gains the Purify Body feat, if she doesn’t have it already. This ability isn’t subject to the arcane spell failure chance from wearing armour or a shield. Immovable Stance (Ex): At 1st level, the adept can make herself immovable. She automatically wins the opposed Strength check when an opponent attempts to bull rush her. A creature with the Improved Grab ability must move into her space to grapple her, since it cannot pull her into its space. No spell or other effect can force her to move. If she becomes frightened or panicked, she suffers the full effect of the fear but does not run away. She cannot move, even to make a 5foot step, while this ability is in effect. The ability lasts for up to 1 round per character level, and the adept can use it once per day. Starting at 5th level the adept can use this ability twice per day, and from 9th level, three times per day. *OA: This ability is identical to the Gentle Way Mastery ability found in the Oriental Adventures sourcebook, except that it is usable multiple times per day at high levels. It does not stack with the mastery ability. Ki Healing (Su): At 4th level, the adept gains the ability to cure her wounds, and those of others, by channelling her ki. She can cure a
number of hit points up to her Wisdom bonus times her class level per day. This can be spread among multiple uses. Using Ki Healing is a standard action that provokes attacks of opportunity. Its use is not subject to the arcane spell failure chance from wearing armour or a shield. New Spell Level: At 5th level, and again at 10th, the adept gains the ability to cast spells of one level higher than he was previously able to cast. Initially she can cast 0 spells of this level, but bonus spells (such as from a high ability score or her adept bonus spells) can increase this number. Slam Touch (Su): At 6th level, the adept gains the ability to hurl her opponents away from her using her ki. This ability requires that an opponent she has chosen to receive her AC bonus from the Dodge feat attacks her and misses. She can then make an immediate improved trip attack against that opponent. The attempt counts against her allowed attacks of opportunity per round. If she succeeds in the trip attempt and then hits with her unarmed strike, her opponent is knocked back up to 20 feet + 10 feet x the adept’s Wisdom modifier in addition to taking unarmed damage. If its progress is interrupted by a solid object, for example by striking a wall, it takes 1d6 points of damage for every full 10 feet of knock back remaining. The adept can choose the direction in which her opponent is thrown. The opponent is prone at the end of the round. Creatures up to one size larger than the adept can be successfully thrown in this way. Only one slam touch can be attempted per round, and only up to three times per day. *OA: This ability subsumes the use of the Defensive Throw feat. Diamond Body (Su): At 7th level, the adept can control her metabolism to the extent that she becomes immune to all poisons. Paralysing Touch (Su): At 10th level, the adept can paralyse a humanoid opponent by projecting the force of her ki through her hands. She can make one paralysing attack per day, and she must announce her intent before making her attack roll. The attack must be made as an unarmed strike, and creatures immune to critical hits cannot be affected. If the monk hits, the target takes no damage but must make a Fortitude save (DC 10 + the monk’s prestige class level + her Wisdom modifier) or be paralysed for 1d4+1 rounds. If the adept announces a Paralysing Blow and misses her attack, it still uses up the ability for that day. *OA: This ability is identical to the Freezing the Lifeblood feat from the Oriental Adventures sourcebook, except for the limit on uses per day.
Monk [Order of the Fist] Description [This prestige class represents the archetypal Shaolin replica. It can be considered to occupy the same niche as the standard D&D monk.] The Order of the Fist occupies a temple located on a high mountain, far from the nearest city. There, its monks meditate on the Way and carry out arduous mental and physical exercises. The Order regards physical training and spiritual enlightenment as complementary — one cannot be had without the other. Its entrance tests are legendary for their exacting nature, designed to test a prospective student to the limit. These tests are not only of physical ability but also of mental toughness, patience and humility — monks are supposed to be scholars and philosophers, not just fighters. A key principle of the Way that the Order teaches its members is the importance of balance and harmony in all things. This is a highly abstract concept, and the actual application of the teachings is left
up to individual monks. Many interpret it to mean a withdrawal from worldly matters, and seek a life of contemplation. Others see the world as violent and disharmonious, and wish to bring about peace. The latter may sometimes be encountered as lone monks, wandering the land and fighting evildoers. Evil monks, on the other hand, believe that the natural way of things is for the strong to rule over the weak. The order teaches that fighting should only be for self defence or the defence of others, but these monks tend to interpret such restrictions loosely, if they care about them at all. The Order’s fighting style emphasises mobility. A monk of the Fist moves constantly, seeking to keep her opponent guessing before striking with lightning speed. Unarmed combat techniques are taught, but weapons training is also important, with the spear and quarterstaff being favoured weapons. Longswords and short swords are also often used. High level monks are deadly even when unarmed, and can blind, paralyse and even kill their opponents with a touch.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Requirements
Restriction
Base Attack Bonus: +6
A monk who ceases to be lawful retains her Class Features, but may not advance further in levels as a monk.
Skills: Knowledge (religion) 6 ranks, Jump 9 ranks, Tumble 9 ranks. Alignment: Any lawful.
Class Skills
Feats: Dodge, Enhanced Unarmed Strike, Great Leap, Mobility, Spring Attack, Stunning Fist.
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are:
Special: Must pass the entrance tests of the Order of the Fist. Hit Dice: d8
Balance (Dex), Bluff (Cha), Climb (Str), Concentration (Con), Craft (Int), Diplomacy (Cha), Escape Artist (Dex), Heal (Wis), Hide (Dex), Jump (Str), Knowledge (history) (Int), Knowledge (religion) (Int), Listen (Wis), Move Silently (Dex), Sense Motive (Wis), Swim (Str), Tumble (Dex) See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill points/Level: 4 + Int modifier
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+0
+2
+2
Enhanced unarmed damage (1d8), fast movement
2
+2
+0
+3
+3
Acrobatics (+10)
3
+3
+1
+3
+3
Ki strike +1
4
+4
+1
+4
+4
Blinding strike
5
+5
+1
+4
+4
Flying leap
6
+6
+2
+5
+5
Enhanced unarmed damage (1d10)
7
+7
+2
+5
+5
Paralysing blow, acrobatics (+20)
8
+8
+2
+6
+6
Ki strike +2
9
+9
+3
+6
+6
Lightning attack
10
+10
+3
+7
+7
Quivering palm
Class Features Unless otherwise noted, the monk’s abilities are subject to the arcane spell failure chance from wearing armour and/or using a shield. Some of the abilities below reproduce feats from the martial arts feats list (click here to see the list). A monk who is using a weapon in one hand can mix armed and unarmed attacks as she desires. She can also deal her unarmed damage as either normal or subdual, as she desires. By default it does normal, but there is no penalty for converting between the two. The monk gains the martial artist’s Wisdom bonus to AC, if she doesn’t have this ability already. Similarly, she gains a bonus to AC according to her level, using the martial artist progression (click here to see the martial artist class description). Weapons and Armour: The monk is proficient in the use of simple weapons and exotic monk weapons (kama, nunchaku and siangham). She does not have proficiency in any type of armour or shield.
unarmed attacks deal 1d10 points of damage on a successful hit. If the monk takes the Enhanced Unarmed Damage feat separately, the benefits don’t stack. Fast Movement (Ex): The monk has a speed faster than the norm for her race by +10 feet when not wearing armour, and carrying no more than a light load. Acrobatics (Ex): At 2nd level, the monk gains a +10 competence bonus to her Balance, Jump and Tumble skill checks. At 7th level, this bonus increases to +20. In addition, she can always choose to take 10 on a Balance, Jump or Tumble check, even if circumstances would normally not allow her to do so. Ki Strike (Su): At 3rd level, the monk gains a +1 ki enhancement bonus to her melee attacks. If the monk takes the Ki Strike feat separately, the ki enhancement bonus stacks. At 8th level, the ki enhancement bonus is increased by an additional +1. The maximum ki enhancement bonus possible is +3.
*OA: A monk in an Oriental Adventures setting is also proficient with the butterfly sword, jitte, sai, shuriken, three section staff and tonfa.
Blinding Strike (Su): At 4th level, the monk gains the benefits of the Blinding Strike feat, if she doesn’t have it already. She does not have to meet the usual prerequisites for the feat. The save DC is 10 + the monk’s prestige class level + her Wisdom modifier. If she already has this feat, she uses the higher of the two save DCs.
Enhanced Unarmed Damage (Ex): At 1st level, the monk gains the benefits of the Enhanced Unarmed Damage feat, at rank 1 (1d8 points of damage). She does not have to meet the usual prerequisites for the feat. At 6th level, she gains this feat at rank 2,i.e.e her
Flying Leap (Su): At 5th level, the monk’s ki allows her to leap huge distances with seeming ease. Her jumping distances when making a Flying Leap are doubled. This ability can be used up to three times per day.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Paralysing Blow (Su): At 7th level, the monk can paralyse a humanoid opponent by projecting the force of her ki through her hands. She can make one paralysing blow per day, and she must announce her intent before making her attack roll. The attack must be made as an unarmed strike, and creatures immune to critical hits cannot be affected. If the monk hits and the target takes damage, it must then make a Fortitude save (DC 10 + the monk’s prestige class level + her Wisdom modifier) or be paralysed for 1d4+1 rounds. If the monk announces a Paralysing Blow and misses her attack, it still uses up the ability for that day. *OA: This ability is identical to the Freezing the Lifeblood feat from the Oriental Adventures sourcebook, except for the limit on uses per day.
Lightning Attack (Su): At 9th level, by focusing her ki the monk gains the ability to strike with incredible speed. She can gain the benefits of a haste spell for a total of up to 1 round per class level per day. The effects need not be for consecutive rounds, and do not stack with those from an actual haste spell. Using Lightning Attack is a free action. Quivering Palm (Su): At 10th level, the monk gains the use of the quivering palm, as described in the PHB. The attack must be made as an unarmed strike, and the Fortitude save DC is 10 + the monk’s prestige class level + the monk’s Wisdom modifier. The target must have less levels or HD than twice the monk’s prestige class levels. The Quivering Palm counts as a death attack, and so can be countered by death ward and similar magic.
Monk [Pelor] Description As the darkness is growing in the lands all around the grand temple of Daspain the archbishop has allowed a new breed of defender for
Pelor. They are known as the Monks of Pelor. They fight evil as the light of their mighty God shines into their hearts making their blows strike true.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+2
+2
+2
Rays of Rage (1 day)
2
+2
+3
+3
+3
Defender of Pelor
3
+3
+3
+3
+3
Reach of Pelor
4
+4
+4
+4
+4
Rays of Rage (2 day)
5
+5
+4
+4
+4
Lay on Hands
6
+6
+5
+5
+5
Instil Pelors Strength (1 day)
7
+7
+5
+5
+5
Rays of Rage (3 day)
8
+8
+6
+6
+6
Ki Strike (+1), Control Damage
9
+9
+6
+6
+6
All Seeing-All Knowing
10
+10
+7
+7
+7
Resist Flame
Requirements
Class Skills
To qualify to become a monk of Pelor, a character must fulfil all the following criteria.
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are:
Base Attack Bonus: +6.
Heal, Ride, Diplomacy, Spot, Listen, Climb, Search, Move Silently, Tumble, Jump, Escape Artist, Hide, Swim, and Balance.
Religious Order: Pelor.
See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions.
Skills: Knowledge (Religion): 5 ranks.
Skill Points at Each Level: 4 + Int modifier.
Feats: Alertness, Improved Unarmed Strike, Toughness. Hit Dice: d8.
Restriction A monk who ceases to be lawful retains her Class Features, but may not advance further in levels as a monk.
Class Features All of the following are Class Features of the monk of Pelor prestige class. Weapons and Armour: The monk is not permitted to use either weapons or armour and shields; they are the embodiment of the gods’ higher enlightenment. They also use the Monks corresponding unarmed attack chart found on page 38. When using the chart use the corresponding numbers in relation to the character’s total level.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Rays of Rage: The monk embodies the righteous power of Pelor into his body, giving him a bonus of +4 to strength, +2 to constitution, and a +4 bonus to will saves, and the rage lasts 2 rounds per level of the monk of Pelor. Immediately following the rage the monk must meditate for 1 full hour to cleanse his body of the impurity of battle. If it isn’t possible, the monk will loose 1 point of strength per hour until he meditates. Defender of Pelor: The monk is now a stern defender and can now add ½ his level to his current AC (on top of all monk related AC modifiers) when he is defending holy ground of Pelor. Be it temple grounds or a graveyard full of long dead Pelor worshippers if the ground is holy to Pelor then the monk gains this ability. Reach of Pelor: The monk can use a round to focus his usual melee attack as a ranged attack equal in distance to his monk of Pelor level x 5 feet. This act doesn’t incur an attack of opportunity. Lay on Hands: Same as paladin, except it only heals the monk. Instil Pelor’s Strength: Once per day the Monk can instil 1d6 points of strength to themselves or any creature/character touched. This ability lasts for 1 round a level.
Ki Strike: Same as Monk abilities. Control Damage: Allows the monk to lessen the damage he has inflicted upon a foe ranging from the max (which he is what he rolled) to 1 point of damage. Example- Lei hits his target and deals 8 points of damage, he can now choose to deal anywhere from 1 point of damage to the full 8 in which he rolls. (very handy ability when friends are accidentally hit) All Seeing-All Knowing: When declaring to use this ability before meditating the monk gains certain ability modifiers. After 4 hours of meditation he requires no more sleep and is able to function normally. He also is so in tune with his surroundings that he gains the benefits as though he can see 360 degrees enabling him to not be surprised. Plus all of his skills involving wisdom or intelligence gain a +1d4 modifier for the duration of that day. This ability can be used up to three times per week. Resist Flame: The monk has now a resistance to flame both magical and non-magical, the first 15 points of flame damage is ignored.
Monk [Sacred fist] Description
enemy, a lucky dodge and the point of impact levels a large bolder sending fragments of small dagger like bits across the cavern.
Out of the now ruined temple walks a man. He swore not to use his powers for destruction.
Crouched now with a small slice across his right cheek the enemy finally speaks,
And the last towers come falling down, a brief smile forms on his lips. Now with clenched fists he heads towards his next and maybe final mission, to face the killer of his master.
"So you have mastered the Sacred fist."
Over a year later the final battle is at hand. Found deep in the underdark was the place of hiding for him. A hand flows, pulling back the fabric of space and time. With the concentration of a god he leads this point of sheer will towards his
Exclusively Monks, these ascetics develop their ki in such a way as to project the force of their punches over distance. This is done through intensive study, but not at the expense of their monk studies. The Sacred Fist is allowed to freely mix with their monk class.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
UA Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1st
0
+1
+2
+0
+2
Far punch 1/day 5', Far strike 1/day 30'
2nd
0
+2
+3
+0
+3
Far punch 2/day 10'
3rd
+1
+3
+3
+1
+3
Far strike 2/day 60' Channel
4th
+2
+4
+4
+1
+4
Far punch 3/day 15', Far strike 3/day 90'
5th
+3
+4
+4
+1
+1
Burst 1/day
Requirements
Class skills
Base attack Bonus: +4
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are:
Class: Monk
Balance (Dex), Climb (Str), Concentration (Con), Craft (Int), Heal (Wis), Hide (Dex), Jump (Str), Knowledge (arcana) (Int), Listen (Wis), Move Silently (Dex), Profession (Wis), Search (Int), Spot (Wis), Swim (Str), and Tumble (Dex).
Skills: Concentration 10 ranks Feats: Improved unarmed strike, Stunning fist, Skill focus (Concentration) Alignment: any lawful Hit dice: d8
See Chapter 4: Skills for skill descriptions. Skill points 4+ Int modifier
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Class Features Armour and Weapon Proficiencies: The Sacred fist gain no further armour or weapon proficiencies and looses all class skills if in armour. Unarmed Bonus: The attack bonus is on the Sacred Fists unarmed attack, from the previous monk class. Far punch: This attack must be declared at the beginning of the round before any attacks are made. All attacks for that round are made by concentrating on one point and leading it towards another point. This allows him to make unarmed attacks at a distance. Damage is as per the Monk class. He must have complete concentration in order to focus on this power, so if in any point or the round he takes damage or fails a save he must make a concentration check at 10+damage or loose the far punch that round. Far strike (EX): Similar to far strike but all the energy is compounded into one attack at your highest base attack.
Channel (EX): For every round spent channeling inner energy add a +1 damage to far punch, a +2 damage to far strike, or +1d8 damage to burst. Also the same rules of concentrating apply here as do for far punch and burst. You may only channel a number of rounds equal to your sacred fist level+ Con bonus. Burst (EX): As a full round action all inner power can be pulled together to unleash an explosion of energy 5' by 100'. Anything in its path is bombarded with 10d8 points of force damage, Ref for half. The attack comes at the end of the round and the rules of concentration apply as do for far punch and channel. Notes The abilities of the Sacred fist allow you to make unarmed attacks and only unarmed attacks at a distance. This also includes almost anything you can do on an unarmed attack trip, disarm, stunning fist, however this does not allow you to make a bull rush or make touch spells at a distance, no grappling either. If the action normally provokes an attack of opportunity against the opponent this negates it. And all automatic actions (i.e. if you try to trip and fail your opponent automatically gets to try to trip you) are negated.
Monk [Shaolin Fist] Description This is a special prestige class available to high level monks only. It is an ancient form of unarmed combat studied and perfected by monks throughout the centuries.
Before studying the Shaolin Fist, any monk must be able to tumble to his best ability and must know how to perform acts in front of audiences. Shaolin Fist requires that the monk show off his skills any opportunity he gets without necessarily getting into a fight. Although Shaolin Fist is unarmed combat, the monk can "perform" with any weapon.
Any student of the Shaolin Fist who loses his ability to advance in monk levels also loses the ability to advance in Shaolin Fist levels, but he retains all the abilities.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
Unarmed Bonus
1
+1
+1
+1
0
Thunder Fist 1/day/level
+0
2
+2
+2
+1
+1
Improved Lightning Fists +1
+1
4
+4
+4
+2
+2
Superior Weapon Focus Ki Combat Reflexes +1
+2
5
+5
+4
+3
+2
Thunder Fist 2/day/level, Improved Damage Lightning Fists +2
+2
6
+6
+5
+3
+3
Ki Combat Reflexes +2
+3
7
+7
+5
+4
+3
Shadow Kick 1/day/level Improved Lightning
+3
8
+8
+6
+4
+4
Fists +3, Ki Combat Reflexes +3
+4
9
+9
+6
+5
+4
Thunder Fist3/day/level
+4
10
+10
+7
+5
+5
Shadow Kick 2/day/level, Ki Combat Reflexes +4
+5
Requirements
Restriction
Base Attack Bonus: +5
A monk who ceases to be lawful retains her Class Features, but may not advance further in levels as a monk.
Class: Monk Feats: Lightning Fists, Improved Disarm, Weapon Focus (Unarmed Strike), Combat Reflexes
Class Skills
Special: Skills (Ranks): Tumble (8), Perform (4)
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are:
Hit Dice: D8
Balance (Dex) Climb (Str), Diplomacy (Cha), Heal (Wis), Intimidate (Cha), Jump (Str), Perform (Cha) Tumble (Dex)
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int modifier.
still gets a bonus if the Shaolin Fist is trying to disarm a large weapon or a two handed weapon. Superior Weapon Focus (Unarmed Strike): At 4th level, the Shaolin Fist has studied the unarmed strike techniques to such an extent that he gets an additional +1 unarmed attack bonus to all his attacks.
Class Features Unarmed Damage Bonus: This is a bonus to add to your monks damage dice, and it also represents the ability to hit creatures with damage reduction. Thunder Fist: Use this as a standard attack action. The Shaolin Fist obtains the ki energy required for this attack vocally, it is not possible to make this attack quietly. This is a double fisted attack to the chest of the victim sending vibrations throughout the body and making a low frequency thunderous sound.
Table Size
Effects
Tiny/Small
Small Creatures are reduced to 0HP and thrown 15ft/level unless they roll a successful Fort Save against a DC 15 + Shaolin Fist Level, in which case they take regular unarmed damage.
Ki Combat Reflexes: At 4th level, the Shaolin Fist is no longer restricted to one attack of opportunity per enemy. He can attack one enemy with up to two attacks of opportunity. At 6th level, he can attack an enemy with 3 attacks of opportunity, at 8th level up to 4 attacks and at 10th level 5 attacks per enemy. Shadow Kick: This is the secret of Shaolin and is available only to high level monks. A Monk cannot raise his Shaolin Fist level to 7th unless he is Monk Level 10th or higher. The ki energy required for this attack is attained vocally as a free action before the attack. The attack consists of leaping and kicking the opponent multiple times without hitting the ground. Shaolin Fist can be a maximum of 5 ft / level away from the opponent when starting the attack, after that the attack is completely airborne The attack causes massive internal bleeding and organ failures.
Medium
Medium Creatures suffer the Monk's Unarmed Damage x2 and are thrown 5 feet per level of the Shaolin Fist. If they successful Fort Save against a DC 15 + Shaolin Fist level, they take the regular Unarmed Monk Damage
You roll the attack dice normally after announcing the attack, using the appropriate attack die. If successful, you kick your opponent for every attack you have left in that round, each does normal damage. (ex. A level 10 Monk / Level 7 Shaolin Fist has 5 unarmed attacks (+14/+11/+8/+5/+2). When starting the Shadow Kick Attack, he rolls the first attack die at +14, if he hits, all subsequent attacks are automatic hits and he does 5x(d10+3) damage) This attack is a supernatural ability.
Large and up
Large Creatures suffer the Shaolin Fist's Unarmed Damage x2 unless they roll a successful Fort Save against a DC 15 + Shaolin Fist Level, in which case they take normal unarmed damage.
Multiclass Notes: When determining unarmed base attack bonus totals and number of unarmed attacks, use the same rules as for all multiclass characters, but instead of base attack bonus table, use the Monk's Unarmed Base Attack Bonus table.
If you roll a critical hit while using the Thunder Fist, the multiplier on the damage is increased by +1 and distance thrown is doubled (ex. Critical Hit on a medium creature would deal Unarmed Damage x3 and throw the creature 10 feet per Shaolin Fist level) Improved Lightning Fists: This improves the Shaolin Fist's Lightning Fists feat, reducing the penalty by +1 at level 2, +2 at level 5 and +3 at level 8. Ki Disarm: The Shaolin Fist can add his Dex and Wis bonus to his disarm mock attack roll instead of the strength bonus. His opponent
A level 6 monk / level 4 Shaolin Fist has a combined unarmed attack bonus of +8, thus from the monk unarmed attack bonus table, he can attack 3 times at +8/+5/+2. Unarmed Damage does not increase in the same way, a level 6 monk will deal 1d8 unarmed damage regardless of multiclass, however the Shaolin Fist damage bonuses do apply. A level 6 monk / level 4 Shaolin Fist will deal 1d8+2 damage and will be able to inflict damage to creatures with a +2 damage reduction rating.
Monk [Silent Fist] Lamio Derado, a wealthy man who had made many enemies in his life, was just going to bed. Just then, he heard a thumping noise outside his room! He step outside the door, looking around cautiously. He didn’t see the hand lash out from his bedroom, but he felt it strike his back, he dropped down… dead. The Silent Fist flew out of the house. The alarm had been sounded. He created a false image of himself, while everyone followed that, he sat and waited till the heat cooled down, found an area of shadow, and disappeared!
Description The Silent Fist Clan are a group of assassins who use they’re hands as deadly weapons. They sometimes kill for wealth, but many sell themselves out to the highest bidder as mercenaries. They are well known and feared, for they have three ways to kill a person, instantly! They always where black, and have a very stylish appearance to them, for cold-blooded killers that is! They’re main base of operations can be place according to your campaign. They have one main base and one small base in every large town. Their master (leader) is Razorfist, a 10 Monk/10 Silent Fist. You can give your own skills and feats to Razorfist, according to your own game.
Table Level
Attack
UA
Fort
Ref
Will
Monk
AC
Special
Spells
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Bonus
Bonus
Save
Save
Save
Speed
1
+0
+0
+2
+0
+0
+1 lvl
+0
Poison Use and Death Attack
0
2
+1
+1
+3
+0
+0
+1 lvl
+0
Piercing Fist Ambidexterity
and
1
3
+2
+2
+3
+1
+1
+1 lvl
+0
Death Knell and TwoWeapon Fighting
1
0
4
+3
+3
+4
+1
+1
+1 lvl
+0
Shadow Control, Blind fighting, Control Shadow
1
1
5
+3
+3
+4
+1
+1
+1 lvl
+1
Quick Death
1
1
0
6
+4
+4
+5
+2
+2
+1 lvl
+1
Shadow Control – Hide in Shadow
1
1
1
7
+5
+5
+5
+2
+2
+1 lvl
+1
Quivering Palm
2
1
1
0
8
+6
+5
+6
+2
+2
+1 lvl
+1
Shadow Control – Silent Image
2
1
1
1
9
+6
+5
+6
+3
+3
+1 lvl
+1
None
2
2
1
1
10
+7
+5
+7
+3
+3
+1 lvl
+2
Shadow Control – Shadow Walk
2
2
2
1
1
2
3
4
Requirements:
Class Features
Base Attack Bonus: +4
Weapon Proficiencies: When taking this prestige class you gain Katana (Masterwork Bastard Sword), Hand Crossbow, and TwoBladed Sword Proficiencies.
Skills: Move Silently: 6 ranks, Hide: 6 ranks Class: Monk Alignment: Lawful Evil
Monk Speed: Add this bonus to that of the monk level to determine the characters unarmoured speed.
Feats: Dodge and Mobility
AC: Add this Bonus to your AC when not using armour.
Special: Most kill a person and bring his/her head to the Main Base of Operations and spend one week training there.
Poison Use: A Silent Fist no longer risks poisoning himself when poisoning a weapon.
Hit Dice: 1d8
Death Attack: This is identical to the Assassin skill of the same name. If you don’t have the DMG here is the basic info. If the Silent Fist studies his victim for 3 rounds then makes a sneak attack with a melee weapon that successfully deals damage, the attack could paralyze or kill the target! If the target fails the fortitude save, (DC 10 + Silent Fist Class Level + Int Mod) he/she either dies, or is paralyzed for 1d6 rounds +1 round per assassin level. (The assassin choose the effect before the target makes the save) If the save passes or the assassin doesn’t make the attack within 3 rounds after studying the target, 3 new rounds are required before attacking again.
Special: A monk can still go up levels after multi-classing as a Silent Fist.
Restrictions Must be a member of the clan, joining which is extremely difficult, with any loss of clan status resulting in loss of the prestige class. In addition it is very unlikely that a Monastic order would accept the rejected clan member. The clan is alignment specific and a change in attitude is noticed quickly, so if the character moves away from Lawful Evil the character lose all class abilities and is ejected from the Clan. If you where armour you lose all class abilities.
Class Skills Balance, Intimidate, Climb, Diplomacy, Escape Artist, Hide, Jump, Move Silently, Listen, Spot, Innuendo, Tumble, Disguise, Open Locks, and Bluff Skill Points: 4 + Int Mod.
Death Knell: This is identical to the level 2 cleric spell. He can cast it 1/day. (This is in addition to his other spells) Two-Weapon Fighting: This is identical to the feat of the same name. Shadow Control: This is a large set of abilities that shows of the Silent Fist’s minor talent at manipulating shadow. At 4th level he/she gains the blind-fight feat and “Control Shadow” 1/day. Control Shadow is identical to the spell in the Psionics Handbook. (Here is the info: Casting Time: 1 action, Range: Medium, Duration: Concentration, up to 1 min/level. No Saving throw or PR. You control a target shadow of a person or object like a puppet. The shadow can be up to 100 sq. ft. You can make the shadow move from its source, as long as it stays on a wall or flat surface and remains in range. This is cast in addition to the other spells the Silent Fist has.)
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes At 6th level, the Silent Fist can “Hide in Plain Sight,” meaning they can hide in any shadow not there own, even while being observed! This can be used 2/day. At 8th level the Silent Fist can cast “Silent Image” 2/day in addition to his/her other spells. This is a level 1 wizard spell. Finally, at 10th level, the Silent blade can Shadow Walk 1/day, as the 7th level wizard spell!
Spells: Beginning at 1st level, a Silent Fist gains the ability to cast a small number of arcane spells. To cast a spell the Silent Fist must have an int score of 10 + the spells level. Bonus spells are based on int and saving throws are as follows: DC 10 + spells level + Int Mod. When a Silent Fist has 0 spells of any level, like 0 first level spells at level 1, he only gets bonus spells for that level. A silent Fist prepares and casts spells just as a wizard does. Spells:
Quick Death: The Silent Fist can now perform Coup de Grace attacks as standard attacking actions. Any enemy attempting an attack of opportunity on the Silent Fist as a result of the Coup de Grass, must roll a fort save (DC 10 + Silent Fist level + Cha mod) or be too sickened by the horror of the attack and automatically miss the attack of opportunity. This effects Coup de Grace attack only, not all attacks of opportunity.
Assassins choose their spells from the following list:
Quivering Palm: This is Identical to the 15th level monk special ability of the same name.
1st level
3rd level
Change self, detect poison, ghost sound, obscuring mist, spider climb.
Deeper darkness, invisibility, misdirection, nondetection
2nd level
4th level
Alter self, darkness, pass without trace, undetectable alignment
Dimension door, freedom of movement, improved invisibility, poison
Morde Messenger Description The concept behind this prestige class is that Death is just not a bad guy. He has schedules to meet and a big responsibility in making sure that this and that soul gets to where they are supposed to be. In fact, he has quite a workload, what with people always trying to resurrect others, animate others, bother his in-transit souls by trying to talk with them. And then there are the stubborn souls themselves: ghosts, revenants, haunts and the like that just don't want to accept the reality of it all, and seek to escape his grasp. And who could forget the free-willed undead as well... It's no wonder that people only seem to see his grumpy side. He also has people praying to him to take this person or that person's life... which is all very distracting! So one day, he got fed up and decided that he was going to go out and recruit his own followers: intelligent and wise people to help bring the souls to him to be judged so that the other gods would get off his back. After all, they got quite irate when the souls of their own followers didn't make it to their planes on time. Death sent forth an Avatar of a dashingly handsome young man to seek out those with compassion and understanding beyond their years. And to be fair, he did not seek to claim those people who dedicated their lives to other gods. In fact, priests from other patrons and those who understand the nature of the Morde Messengers welcome them into
their communities: with the power to destroy pesky undead, stave off death or make a smooth, painless transition into the afterlife, they can be pretty handy. To this day Death’s avatar still roams the prime material planes seeking out those he would call to his service. His following is small, but they are given recompense by having more of his aid. Death supersedes gods, for even they must answer to death, and thus does not derive power from followers... he derives power from the passage of each soul at it's fated time to it's final resting place (i.e., a bonus for having work in on time). Sorcerors with their natural connection to all things arcane, priests and clerics able to channel divine energy, druids seeking the natural balance in all things, fighters fit for adventure and bounty-hunting, thieves made for stealthy pursuit, monks with their knowledge of the celestial balance, and rangers for their tracking prowess all make good Messengers. Morde Messengers view the undead as an affront to their master, Death. Beyond the realm of the living, and defying Death, they’re viewed as obstructions to the “natural order of things”. Warmongers who rage incessantly across the country-side are also viewed with contempt, for they bring unnecessary early ends. Abominations borne from magic or other realms are seen as creatures that mock those of the Material Plane (and under Death’s sway), and are also ruthlessly hunted down.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1st
+1
+1
+1
+1
Morde Turning, Detect Undead,
2nd
+2
+2
+1
+2
Speak With Dead
3rd
+3
+2
+2
+3
Invisibility to Undead
4th
+3
+3
+2
+4
Hold Undead, Kiss of Death
5th
+3/+1
+4
+3
+5
Timelessness, Stall Death
6th
+3/+2
+4
+3
+6
Detect Undead 60’, Death Knell
7th
+4/+2
+5
+4
+6
Negative Plane Protection
8th
+4/+3
+6
+4
+7
Morde Touch
9th
+5/+3
+6
+5
+8
Morde Immunity
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes 10th
+5/+4
+7
+5
+9
Resurrection, Resist Death
Requirements
Speak with Dead: as the spell, 3/day. Additionally, the Messenger can extract next-of-kin information from the soul of the deceased.
Races allowed: Any
Invisibility to Undead: as the spell, at will.
Base Attack Bonus: +3
Hold Undead: as the spell, 3/day.
Alignment: LN, True Neutral, NG, LG Statistics: Wisdom 12+, Charisma 12+
Kiss of Death: the Messenger is able to cause a person to die with a kiss. The person must be a willing subject, and may not be under the influence of any enchantments when making this decision.
Skills: Knowledge-Funeral Rites, 10 ranks, Direction Sense, 3 ranks, Knowledge-Religion, 5 ranks, Gather Information, 3 ranks, Move Silently, 3 ranks
Timelessness: The Messenger stops ageing and is not subject to any magical ageing effects.
Feats: Weapon Focus: scythe, Improved Unarmed Attack Specialised Weapon: Death’s Tooth: scythe with a silver blade. Damage: d8+1 (+1 enchanted weapon)
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Concentration (Con), Craft (Int), Diplomacy (Cha), Handle Animal (Cha), Heal (Wis), Knowledge (religion) (Int), Profession (Wis), and Ride (Dex). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + INT modifier
Stall Death: The Messenger is able to revive a person who is on the brink of death or recently dead (no more than one week old per Messenger level). The person is restored to full health and appearance for a number of days equal to the Messenger level. The person is not subject to Restoration or Resurrection of any sort at this time, since the person is not considered dead. At the end of the Stall time, the person falls dead. If the person takes half his number of hit points in damage during this time, he is killed a second time, and cannot be Stalled by a Messenger. This ability is most useful for a recently-dead person to return to his home and warn his family members that he is dead, so that closure and proper rites can be performed. Detect Undead 60’: the Messenger is able to automatically detect any undead within 60’, superseding the Detect Undead ability from Level 1. Death Knell: this ability is identical to the spell.
Class Features Grafted on the palms of every Messenger is a blackened skull formed from two scythes: this is the symbol of Death. All undead instinctively recognise the symbol of the Messengers, and will attack or flee from the Messenger. Messengers are always recognised by the undead. All Morde Messengers have the ability to break enchantments that prevent souls from progressing into the afterlife, like Trap the Soul and Magic Jar. The attempt is made at 10+the Messenger Level + the Wisdom modifier versus the DC of the spell placed on the creature/container. Following a successful Knowledge-Funeral Rites roll (which is based on the availability of information about the culture in question), a Messenger is able to bless and release the soul of any creature to the satisfaction of that follower’s patron deity. If the Messenger is unaware of the patron deity of the deceased person, this ability is not possible. Weapon and Armour Proficiencies: Scythe and long-sword, no further armour proficiencies. Morde Turning: by touching the palm of her hand to an individual undead, she can force the undead to make a save vs. Turning. The Messenger’s Turning Base is the usual for a priest of her level, plus her Messenger level. If the undead makes the save, the undead takes 1d6 points of damage per Messenger level. If the undead fails the save, it is instantly turned to dust. This touch attack can be delivered as an open-palm bash, and the bash damage stacks with the Morde Turning damage. Detect Undead: as the spell, 3/day
Negative Plane Protection: the Messenger is able to ignore the effects of negative energy attacks. Morde Touch: the Messenger is able to provide a brief respite from death, and can provide one person per Messenger level with 10 extra hit points. These hit points are available for a number of rounds equal to the Messenger level. At the end of this time, the hit points disappear. All damage taken for the duration of the ability is subtracted first from the Morde hit points. Morde Immunity: the Morde Messenger becomes immune to all magical effects by undead, receives a +10 on saves versus any spell DCs while combating them, and has a damage reduction 10/+2 versus any damage by spells or weapons wielded or controlled by them. Resurrection: the Morde Messenger can call back to life any creature. This is a special appeal to Death, and can be performed only once per year. Resist Death: The Morde Messenger receives for herself 10 additional negative hit points (most players receive –10 hit points after being reduced to 0 hit points), for a total of 20 hit points below 0 hit points. Additionally, if the Messenger is reduced to negative hit points, the Messenger is able to make saves to prevent reduction of further hit points with a +5 modifier. NOTE TO DM: This Prestige Class is balanced because it provides slightly-higher saves, but a creature-specific realm of effect. Campaigns that utilise a high percentage of undead would see more action from this prestige class, as a low-undead incidence would find only sparing specialist-usefulness. Campaigns that feature high role-playing could do well with this prestige class, due to the relatively harmless abilities that Messengers possess.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Nightrunners Description Nicknamed Nightrunners, the members of the Black Lotus Society are ninja-like mercenaries, thieves, and assassins that work for the highest bidder. Though they pick which contracts to accept, it is rumoured that they turn down few. Originating in San’Dea about 270 years ago, they have since spread throughout the known world. While often under the employ of wealthy lords and merchants, the Nightrunners are not above striking out on their own. Many Nightrunners take to adventuring for the treasure or just to hone
their skills. Masters of stealth and espionage, the Nightrunners are trained in anatomy and lethal strikes both armed and unarmed. Also, Runners are taught to harness their inner strength and direct it into the mystical arts. Rogues and sometimes monks make the most common of Nightrunners, though Sorcerers are indeed becoming more common. It seems the Society has a special branch of Runners who focus more on the use of the mystic arts as opposed to the more martial pursuits.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Speed
Special
Spell
1
+0
+0
+2
+0
30
Sneak Attack +1d6, Death Attack, Poison Use,
0
2
+1
+0
+3
+0
40
Improved Unarmed Strike, Evasion
1
3
+2
+1
+3
+1
40
Sneak Attack +2d6
1
0
4
+3
+1
+4
+1
40
1
1
5
+3
+1
+4
+1
45
Sneak Attack +3d6
1
1
0
6
+4
+2
+5
+2
45
Opportunist
1
1
1
7
+5
+2
+5
+2
45
Sneak Attack +4d6
2
1
1
0
8
+6
+2
+6
+2
50
2
1
1
1
9
+6
+3
+6
+3
50
2
2
1
1
10
+7
+3
+7
+3
50
2
2
2
1
1
Sneak Attack +5d6
2
3
4
Requirements
Class Features
Base Attack Bonus: +4
Weapons and Armour: A Nightrunner’s weapon training focuses primarily on weapons that are suitable for stealth and sneak attacks. Nightrunners are proficient with the blowgun, club, crossbow (hand, light, or heavy), dagger (any type), dart, garrotte wire, kama, nage teppo, ninja-to, nunchaku, rapier, sap, shortbow (normal and composite), shuriken, short sword, siangham, sling, staff, Wakizashi and wrist razors. Also, many Nightrunners train with the katana, No-Dachi and sais, but must take the exotic weapon feat to skilfully use them. Nightrunners are proficient with light armour but may not use shields. Note that armour check penalties for armour heavier than leather apply to the skills Balance, Climb, Escape Artist, Hide, Jump, Move Silently, Pick Pocket, and Tumble, and that carrying heavy gear imposes a check penalty on Swim checks.
Hit Dice: D6 Alignment: Neutral or Evil Special: Move Silently: 8 ranks Hide: 8 ranks Disguise: 3 ranks Bluff: 5 ranks Gather Information: 4 ranks
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Balance (Dex), Bluff (Cha), Climb (Str), Craft (Int), Decipher Script (Int, exclusive skill), Diplomacy (Cha), Disable Device (Int), Disguise (Cha), Escape Artist (Dex), Forgery (Int), Gather Information (Cha), Hide (Dex), Innuendo (Wis), Intimidate (Cha), Intuit Direction (Wis), Jump (Str), Knowledge (Arcane) (Int), Listen (Wis), Move Silently (Dex), Open Lock (Dex), Pick Pocket (Dex), Read Lips (Int, exclusive skill), Search (Int), Sense Motive (Wis), Spot (Wis), Swim (Str), Tumble (Dex), Use Magic Device (Cha, exclusive skill), and Use Rope (Dex). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 4 + Int modifier.
Sneak Attack: If a Nightrunner can catch an opponent when she is unable to defend himself effectively from his attack, ha can strike a vital spot for extra damage. Basically, any time the Nightrunner’s target would be denied his Dexterity bonus to AC (whether he actually has a Dexterity bonus or not), the Runner’s attack deals +1d6 points of damage. This extra damage increases by +1d6 points every other level (+2d6 at 3rd level, +3d6 at 5th level, and so on). Should the Runner score a critical hit with a sneak attack, this extra damage is not multiplied. It takes precision and penetration to hit a vital spot, so ranged attacks can only count as sneak attacks if the target is 30 feet away or less. With a sap or an unarmed strike, the Nightrunner can make a sneak attack that deals subdual damage instead of normal damage. He cannot use a weapon that deals normal damage to deal subdual damage in a sneak attack, not even with the usual -4 penalty,
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes because he must make optimal use of his weapon in order to execute the sneak attack. The Nightrunner can only sneak attack living creatures with discernible anatomies - undead, constructs, oozes, plants, and incorporeal creatures lack vital areas to attack. Additionally, any creature immune to critical hits is similarly immune to sneak attacks. Also, the Nightrunner must be able to see the target well enough to pick out a vital spot. The Nightrunner cannot sneak attack while striking at a creature with concealment or by striking the limbs of a creature whose vitals are beyond reach. If a Nightrunner gets a sneak attack bonus from another source (such as rogue levels), the bonuses to damage stack. Death Attack: If the Nightrunner studies his victim for 3 rounds and then makes a sneak attack with a unarmed or melee weapon attack that successfully deals damage, the sneak attack has the effect of possibly either paralysing or killing the target (Nightrunner’s choice). While studying the victim, the Nightrunner can undertake other actions so long as his attention stays focused on the target and the target does not detect the Nightrunner or recognise the Nightrunner as an enemy. If the victim of such an attack fails his Fortitude saving throw (DC 10 + the Nightrunner’s class level + Intelligence modifier) against the kill effect, he dies. If the saving throw fails against the paralysis effect, the victim’s mind and body become enervated, rendering him completely helpless and unable to act for 1d6 rounds plus 1 round per level of the Nightrunner. If the victim’s saving throw succeeds the attack is just a normal sneak attack. Once the Nightrunner has completed the 3 rounds of study, he must make the death attack within the next 3 rounds. If a death attack is attempted and fails (the victim makes his save) or if the Runner does not launch the attack within three rounds of completing the study, 3 new rounds of study are required before ha can attempt another death attack. Poison Use: Nightrunners are trained in the use of poison and never risk accidentally poisoning themselves when applying poison to a blade. Spells: Beginning at 1st level, Nightrunners gain the ability to cast a small number of spells. To cast a spell, the Runner must have a Charisma score of at least 10 + the spell’s level, so a Nightrunner with a Charisma of 10 or lower cannot cast these spells. Nightrunner bonus spells are based on Charisma, and Saving Throws against these spells have a DC of 10 + the spells level + the Runner’s Charisma modifier (if any). When the Runner gets 0 spells of a given level, such as 0 1st level spells at first level, the Nightrunner only gets bonus spells. A Runner without a bonus spell for that level cannot yet cast a spell of that level. The Nightrunner’s spell list
appears below. Nightrunners must meditate for their spells each morning and are cast through a brief breathing exercise and finger positioning ritual. These spells are an extension of their ki and inner self, similar to, but not the same as a sorcerer’s spellcasting. Nightrunners automatically know all of the spells they have access to from their list but can cast only a limited few. They make pick the spell at the time of casting as a sorcerer can. Improved Unarmed Strike: At 2nd level, a Nightrunner gets Improved Unarmed Strike to reflect his specialised training in unarmed combat. While fighting unarmed, you do not draw an attack of opportunity from your opponents. However, you still get an attack of opportunity when fighting against unarmed opponents. Evasion: At 2nd level, a Nightrunner gains evasion. If exposed to any effect that normally allows him to attempt a Reflex saving throw for half damage (such as a fireball), he takes no damage with a successful saving throw. The evasion ability can only be used if the Nightrunner is wearing light armour or no armour. Fast Movement: At 2nd level and higher a Nightrunner learns to move faster than normal, as shown on the table below. A Nightrunner in heavier than light armour or carrying a medium or heavy load loses this extra speed. A dwarf or small Nightrunner moves more slowly than a Medium-sized Runner does. At 10th level, the Nightrunner’s running ability is actually a supernatural ability. Opportunist: At 6th level, once per round, the Nightrunner can make an attack of opportunity against an opponent who has just been struck for damage in melee by another character. This attack counts as the Nightrunner’s attack of opportunity for that round. Even a Runner with the Combat Reflexes feat can’t use the opportunist ability more than once per round. Nightrunner Spell List Nightrunners choose their spells from the following list. 1st level
3rd level
Alarm, Change Self, Cure Light Wounds, Jump, Mage Hand, Silent Image, Sleep,
Cure Moderate Wounds, Gaseous Form, Keen Edge, Vampiric touch,
2nd level
4th level
Cat’s Grace, Detect Thoughts, Invisibility, Levitate, Silence,
Improved invisibility, Polymorph Self, Poison, Shadow Conjuring, Stoneskin,
Table New Weapons Weapon
Type
Cost
Damage
Critical
Range Increment
Weight
19-20/x2
10
½
Type
Blowgun
Small Exotic
10gp
Darts
Tiny Simple
1cp
Garrotte Wire
Tiny Exotic
Ninja-to
Small Martial
35gp
1d8
19-20/x2
4
S/P
No-Dachi
Large Exotic
600
2d8
19-20/x3
8
S
Nage Teppo
Tiny Exotic
50gp
1d12
19-20/x3
10
½
B
Sai
Small Exotic
10gp
1d6
X2
10
2
B/P
Wrist Razors
Small Exotic
20gp
1d6
19-20/x2
--
2
S/P
1
P
1d10/rnd*
B
Blowgun (Darts): This weapon is a small hallowed out tube in which you may blow through to propel a 6in small dart up to fiverange increments away (50-ft.) This weapon requires the use of two
hands and loading provokes an attack of opportunity. The darts may be coated with poison to act as long-range delivery.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Garrotte Wire: Only effective as a sneak attack. Armour is ignored for this attack (unless there is specifically something to guard the neck that many armours have). If the attack is successful it deals 1d10 points of subdual damage per round. Treat the attack as a grapple with the user of the wire having a +4 on his attack role. If the victim is knocked out, further use of the Garrotte Wire does regular damage at a rate of 2d10 per round until the victim is dead Ninja-to: This is a short, straight bladed sword similar to a katana, though not as well made. It and it’s scabbard is often used to conceal small items and weapons. A masterwork ninja-to may have spring-loaded hilt-blades, hidden shuriken, spear-tipped scabbards, etc.. No-Dachi: The No-Dachi is essentially a much larger, two handed version of the katana. Nage Teppo: This is a small grenade-like device used for various reasons. It takes one round to light the fuse and provokes an attack of opportunity. The Nage Teppo explodes in a 4’ radius and deals
it’s primary damage to anyone at within 2 ft of the e xplosion. Damage is reduced to 1d8 to those outside the primary blast area who also gets a Reflex save to halve the damage. Sai: The Sai appears as a short trident like weapon with the extended prong being the longest. The weapon is primarily used as a bludgeoning weapon but the centre prong is slightly pointed and is capable of being used for stabbing. The outer prongs are used to block and catch weapons. A Sai user gets +4 in his attempt to disarm his opponent. Sai are often used in pairs and anyone who uses them in this way gets a +1 situation bonus to his AC. Wrist Razors: These weapons consist of two or three 1’ long blades protruding from the back of their wearer’s hands. Commonly used in pares, these weapons may also be made masterworked with retractable blades which are highly illegal in most cities. Also, use of these in combat adds +2 to attempts to disarm opponents due to the ease of trapping weapons between the blades.
Ninja Description Combine the martial artist, the stealthy assassin, and the wily rouge and you add up to the ninja. Master thieves skilled in infiltration, a
ninja’s greatest work isn’t noticed until the light of day comes to reveal their presence. But even if a guard were skilled enough to spot a ninja in action, they’re no easy prey, for ninja’s train in combat almost as much as espionage.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Skill Bonus*
Special
1
+0
+0
+2
+0
+1
Evasion, Slowfall (20ft) Poison Use
2
+1
+0
+3
+0
+1
Deflect Arrows, Sneak Attack +1d6
3
+2
+1
+3
+0
+2
Uncanny Dodge (Dex bonus to AC)
4
+3
+1
+4
+1
+2
Slowfall (30ft), Sneak Attack +2d6, Leap of the Clouds
5
+3
+1
+4
+1
+3
Hide in Plain Sight, Uncanny Dodge (Can’t be Flanked)
6
+4
+2
+5
+2
+3
Sneak Attack +3d6
7
+5
+2
+5
+2
+4
Slowfall (50ft), Charm
8
+6
+2
+6
+2
+4
Sneak Attack +4d6
9
+6
+3
+6
+3
+5
Slippery Mind
10
+7
+3
+7
+3
+5
Slowfall (Any), Sneak Attack +5d6
Requirements Alignment: Any but Lawful Good Skills: Hide: 10 ranks, Move Silently: 10 ranks Feats: Track, Alertness, Improved Unarmed Strike (or equivalent), Exotic Weapon Proficiency: Shuriken
Innuendo (Wis), Intimidate (Cha), Intuit Direction (Wis), Jump (Str), Listen (Wis), Move Silently (Dex), Open Lock (Dex), Perform (Cha), Pick Pocket (Dex), Profession (Wis), Read Lips (Int), Search (Int), Sense Motive (Int), Spot (Wis), Swim (Str), Tumble (Dex), Use Magic Device (Cha), Use Rope (Dex), and Wilderness Lore (Wis). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions.
Hit Dice: d6
Skill points at each Level: 6+Int modifier.
Class Skills
Class Features
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are:
Weapon and Armour Proficiency: A Ninja's weapon training focuses on weapons suitable for stealth and sneak attacks. Thus all Ninja's are proficient with the crossbow (hand or light), dagger, dart, light mace, sap, shortbow, short sword, and katana. Ninjas do not gain proficiency in any Armour.
Appraise (Int), Balance (Dex), Bluff (Cha), Climb (Str), Craft (Int), Diplomacy (Cha), Disable Device (Int), Disguise (Cha), Escape Artist (Dex), Forgery (Int), Gather Information (Cha), Hide (Dex),
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Skill Bonus applies to Climb, Hide, Jump, Listen, Move Silently, Spot, Wilderness Lore, and one other non-craft/non-profession of the player’s choice. Charm: The ninja can charm any intelligent being with HD up to double the ninja’s level, within 30’. The target is allowed a will save
to resist. (DC=15 + ninja level + charisma modifier) This ability is usable a number of times per day equal to the ninja’s charisma modifier. If a creature succeeds it’s save, it’s immune to the ninja’s charm ability for one week. The ninja and the target must speak a common language. (See Charm and Compulsion on P.73 of the DMG)
Paladin [Glaive of Azharadian] Description The Glaives of Azharadian represent the body of knights within the Order of the Golden Sun. This is a class that is suitable for Paladins
(who may freely advance in it without forsaking the path of the Paladin), Fighters (who have the greatest potential for mastery of the battle axe) and particularly powerful Clerics of the Invincible One. This is not to say that other classes cannot be considered for the honour of becoming a Glaive.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+2
+0
+2
Martial Axe
2
+2
+3
+0
+3
Unvanquishable (1/day)
3
+3
+3
+1
+3
Martial Bolt (Bolt of Glory 1/day)
4
+4
+4
+1
+4
Presence of Azharadian
5
+5
+4
+1
+4
Valorous Axe
6
+6
+5
+2
+5
Unvanquishable (2/day)
7
+7
+5
+2
+5
Valorous Bolt (Bolt of Glory 2/day), Wisdom of Azharadian
8
+8
+6
+2
+6
Virtuous Axe
9
+9
+6
+3
+6
Unvanquishable (3/day)
10
+10
+7
+3
+7
Virtuous Bolt (Bolt of Glory 3/day), Sight of Azharadian
1-4
Glaive Martial
Trial: To advance in the rankings of the Order (i.e. to achieve the first level of a new Glaive ranking) the Glaive must complete the appropriate Trial.
5-7
Glaive Valorous
Hit Dice: d10
8-10
Glaive Virtuous
Glaive Level
Title
Requirements: Base Attack Bonus: +6 Language: Old Oeridian Skills: Ride (2 Ranks), Knowledge Religion (4 Ranks)
Class Skills Diplomacy (Cha), Etiquette (Cha), Heal (Wis), Knowledge (religion) (Int), Knowledge (history) (Int), Knowledge (war) (Int), Ride (Dex), Jump (Str) See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int modifier.
Feats: Weapon Focus (Battleaxe or Great Axe), Leadership Religion: Heironeous Knight of the Order of the Golden Sun Alignment: Any Lawful Special: Deeds: All Glaives must have done a great deed in the eyes of the Order and have proved their loyalty to the Free State of Onnwal and to the ideals of the Order. He must also succeed at the Trial Martial, and succeed at the remaining Trials to advance within the ranks of the Glaives.
Class Features Weapon and Armour Proficiency: The Glaive is proficient in the use of all simple and martial weapons and all armour (heavy, medium, and light) and shields. Martial Axe (Ex) – A Glaive acts as a +1 enchantment for damage reduction purposes. The Glaive must already have the Weapon Focus feat with that weapon. The axe abilities that will follow will be used with that chosen weapon. Unvanquishable (Ex) – Through inner strength and faith in Heironeous the Glaives of Azharadian can bring themselves to excel in combat and fight beyond their normal abilities.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes The Glaive may use this power only during his own action. Therefore the Glaive receives a +2 to Will and Fortitude saves for the duration of this power. This ability lasts of 4 rounds plus the Glaive’s level. After it expires the Glaive is fatigued and suffers a – 2 to Str. Bolt of Glory (Sp) – The Glaive may cast Bolt of Glory with an effective caster level equal to the character’s levels as a Glaive. This ability requires a masterwork battleaxe or greataxe (or better). Presence of Azharadian (Ex) - The presence of the Glaive is enough to grant any allies within 60 feet a second saving throws against fear or charm effects. Even if they fail the roll the results are less severe: panicked characters are only frightened, frightened characters are only shaken and shaken characters are unaffected. Additionally if the Glaive has present his personal banner, or a banner of the Knights of Azharadian the range of the ability is extended to all allies who are within line of sight of the Glaive and are aware of his presence.
Valorous Axe (Ex) – A Glaive acts as a +2 enchantment for damage reduction purposes. The Glaive must already have the Weapon Focus feat with that weapon. Wisdom of Azharadian (Ex) – The Glaive embodies Azharadian’s natural talent for the martial life and thus selects a number of class skills equal to 3 + his Intelligence modifier. When making a skill check with one of these skills, the Glaive may take 10 even if stress and distractions would normally prevent him from doing so. He becomes so certain in his skill that he can use the skill reliably even under adverse conditions. Virtuous Axe (Ex) – The Glaive gains the Improved Critical feat for either the battleaxe or great axe. If the Glaive already possesses this feat add an additional +1 to the weapon’s threat range. Sight of Azharadian (Ex) – The supreme embodiment of the virtues of Azharadian, the Glaive also embodies Azharadian’s intuitive knowledge of his enemies. Therefore the Glaive is never surprised when in possession of his/her chosen weapon and thus can always take a partial action during a surprise round, unless physically restrained from doing so.
Pankraton Master Come let us fight like real men, with just our hands...
Description Pankraton Masters are those warriors who have mastered the physically demanding martial art of Pankraton (“all-powerful”). In unarmed combat, the Pankraton Master is devastating, outside of that arena he remains a competent warrior. The Pankraton Master lives and dies for (and by) his reputation. He must be ready to fight an opponent at a moment’s notice. A Pankraton Master can expect to be called upon to demonstrate his prowess in any community that
he enters and he must be prepared to fight a new challenger in every polis and with each passing day. Only with very good reason (injury, a challenger so weak that he is no challenge, and so on) can the Pankraton Master refuse such casual challenges without causing irreparable harm to his reputation. Heavy armor and weapons are disdained by the Pankraton Master who needs nothing more than his bare hands to cripple or kill an enemy. While a Pankraton Master would not be so foolish as to venture upon a battlefield without armor, in most circumstances they feel no need to restrict their mobility (or look cowardly) by wearing armor.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1st
+1
+2
+0
+0
Bonus Feat, Damage Reduction 0/
2nd
+2
+3
+0
+0
Heavy Hands, Improved Grapple
3rd
+3
+3
+1
+1
Exhaust Opponent
4th
+4
+4
+1
+1
Improved Dirty Fighting
5th
+5
+4
+1
+1
Bonus Feat, Damage Reduction 1/
6th
+6
+5
+2
+2
Eyes of Fire, Killing Hands
7th
+7
+5
+2
+2
Come Back for More
8th
+8
+6
+2
+2
Savage Reputation, Unstoppable
9th
+9
+6
+3
+3
Bonus Feat, Damage Reduction 2/-
10th
+10
+7
+3
+3
Divine Combatant
Requirements To qualify to become a Pankraton Master, a character must fulfil the following criteria. Base Attack: +5 Skills: Intimidate: 5 ranks Jump: 4 ranks Tumble: 4 ranks
Feats: Pankraton, Dirty Fighting and Weapon Focus (Pankraton). Special: The character must have won at least one high-profile match involving unarmed combat. Hit Dice: D12
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Class Skills
techniques. The Pankraton Master now receives a +2 synergy bonus on all grapple checks when wearing light or no armor.
The Pankraton Master’s class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are Balance (Dex), Bluff (Cha), Heal (Wis), Intimidate (Cha), Jump (Str), Knowledge (any Athletic/sporting related) (Int), Perform (Cha), Ride (Dex), Sense Motive (Wis), Swim (Str) and Tumble (Dex) Skill Points at Each Level: 4 + Int modifier.
Exhaust Opponent (Ex): As Gladiator (S and F, 22).
Class Features All of the following are class features of the Pankraton Master prestige class. Weapon and Armor Proficiency: Pankraton Masters gain no additional proficiency in any weapon or armor. Bonus Feat: At 1st, 5th, and 9th level, the Pankraton Master receives a bonus feat chosen from the following list: Ambidexterity, Close Quarters Fighting, Combat Reflexes, Dodge (Mobility, Spring Attack), Expertise (Improved Trip, Knock-Down), Fists of Iron, Great Fortitude, Improved Critical (Pankraton), Improved Initiative, Iron Will, Lightning Reflexes (Prone Attack), Power Attack (Cleave, Improved Bull Rush, Power Lunge, Great Cleave), Run, Stunning Fist, Toughness, Weapon Finesse (Pankraton), Weapon Specialization (Pankraton). Damage Reduction (Ex): The Pankraton Master has toughened his body and will to such an extent that he can shrug off some blow entirely. The Pankraton Master gains damage reduction as listed on the table below. This damage reduction is increased by one (1) against subdual damage. If the Pankraton Master already has damage reduction as an ability, this adds to their existing damage reduction. Heavy armor saps the Pankaton Master’s confidence in himself and lowers the effectiveness of this ability, reduce the Pankraton Master’s damage reduction by one (1) if he is wearing medium armor or a chain shirt and by two (2) if he is wearing heavy armor, in both cases to a minimum of 0. Heavy Hands (Ex): At this point, the Pankraton Master’s blows fall with remarkable force. When striking to subdue, the Pankraton Master adds a +1 circumstance bonus to all damage inflicted with unarmed strikes and grapples. Further, the Pankration Master receives a +1 circumstance bonus with unarmed attacks on any living creature of size large or smaller without armor or a natural armor of +4 or less. Improved Grapple (Ex): By this stage, the Pankraton Master has become a master of basic wresting
Improved Dirty Fighting (Ex): At this level, the Pankraton Master has achieved mastery of the art of the low blow. When making a full attack in light or no armor, the Pankraton Master may add his +d4 dirty fighting damage bonus to all of his attacks. Eyes of Fire (Ex): The Pankraton Master’s reputation and will are strong enough to impose them upon his enemies. With a free action and a successful Intimidation check against an living being of size large or smaller within 10 feet, he can force the being to make a Will Save against a DC of 10 + Charisma Bonus + Pankraton Master level or be at a -1 morale penalty to attack and saves against fear for a number of rounds equal to the Pankraton Master’s level. Once a being has saved against Eyes of Fire, the Pankration Master may not attempt to use it against them for full day. Killing Hands (Ex): The Pankraton Master has hardened his body into a weapon easily capable of killing. The base critical threat range for the Pankraton Master’s unarmed strikes and grapples is increased to 19-20. Come Back for More (Ex): Once per day, the Pankraton Master can will himself to overcome pain and injuries. By spending a full minute resting the Pankraton Master heals himself of 1d8+Wisdom Bonus points of damage and an additional amount of subdual damage equal to his Pankraton Master level. The Pankraton Master also gains the benefits of an Aid spell for a number of rounds equal to his Pankraton Master level plus his Wisdom bonus. Savage Reputation (Ex): The Pankration Master is known far and wide for his combat skills, he receives a +2 reputation bonus to all intimidate checks. Unstoppable (Ex): The Pankraton Master will not be swayed or tossed aside from his goal. He receives a +2 synergy bonus to all saves against fear, and on all rolls to resist being knocked down, tripped or otherwise impeded (including magically such as the Web spell). Divine Combatant (Su): The Pankraton master has achieved such a level of physical and martial perfection that he receives the blessings of the Gods in his actions. The Pankraton Master’s hands and body are now treated as a magical weapon with a bonus equal to the Pankraton Master’s Charisma bonus (this bonus is also added to any grapple checks the Pankraton Master may make). The Pankraton Master’s Charisma bonus is used as a bonus to his armor class when he is wearing light or no armor. Lastly, the Pankraton Master receives a +2 circumstance bonus to all social checks the GM deems appropriate.
Pirate of the Daggers Description Master of the high seas and raiders of shipping lanes, the pirate is a high seas adventurer who lives the life of a freebooter. The pirate either hunts enemy trade ships in their liege’s service or hunts any trade ship for profit. A powerful pirate can gain a reputation along the entire Southern coast if they are excessively cruel or if very noble.
Fighters, rogues, and bards make the most common pirates however many sorcerers and wizards may chose the life of a pirate for the money to fund their research. Barbarians, monks, clerics and druids seldom become pirates. NPC pirates are usually captains of their own ships, crewed by standard warriors, or occasionally a pirate ship will have a crack boarding party of pirates. These are the ship’s that gain the feared reputation that pirates are well known for.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Will Save
Ref Save
Special
1st
+0
+0
+2
+0
Bonus Feat
2nd
+1
+0
+3
+0
Uncanny Dodge (AC)
3rd
+2
+1
+3
+1
Bonus Language
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes 4th
+3
+1
+4
+1
Evasion, Enhanced Mobility
5th
+3
+1
+4
+1
Bonus Feat
6th
+4
+2
+5
+2
Acrobatic Attack
7th
+5
+2
+5
+2
Uncanny Dodge (cannot be flanked)
8th
+6
+2
+6
+2
Command a Ship
9th
+6
+3
+6
+3
Bonus Feat
10th
+7
+3
+7
+3
Secret Lore
Requirements To qualify to be a pirate, a character must fulfil the following criteria. Base Attack Bonus: + 4 Skills: Profession (Sailor): 4 ranks, Balance: 4 ranks Use Rope: 4 ranks Feats: Dodge, Mobility Special: In addition a pirate usually has to pass an initiation such as defeating a member of the crew in a one on one fight. Privateers may have to be accepted by a good kingdom such as Caerbreddyn Hit Dice: d8.
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Balance (Dex), Bluff (Chr), Climb (Str), Craft (Int), Intuit Direction (Wis), Jump (Str), Profession (Wis), Swim (Str), Tumble (Dex), Use Rope (Dex). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at each Level: 4 + Int modifier.
Class Features Weapon and Armour Proficiency: A pirate’s weapon training focuses on weapons suitable for shipboard combat. Pirates are proficient with the crossbow (hand, light, or heavy), dagger (any type), rapier, cutlass (treat as short sword), sap, shortbow, (normal or composite), and short sword. Pirates are proficient with light armour and shields. Note that armour check penalties for armour heavier than leather apply to the skills Balance, Climb, Escape Artist, Hide, Jump, Move Silently, Pick Pockets, and Tumble and that carrying heavy gear imposes a check penalty on Swim checks. Bonus Feats: At 1st level, the pirate gets a bonus feat. The pirate also gains an additional bonus feat every 4 pirate levels after 1st (5th, and 9th). These bonus feats must be drawn from the following list: Ambidexterity, Blind Fight, Combat Reflexes, Martial Weapon Proficiency*, Exotic Weapon Proficiency*, Improved Initiative, Point Blank Shot (Far Shot, Precise Shot, Rapid Shot), Quick Draw, Two Weapon Fighting (Improved Two Weapon Fighting), Weapon Finesse*, Weapon Focus*. Some of the bonus feats available to a pirate cannot be acquired until the pirate has gained one or more prerequisite feats; these feats are listed parenthetically after the prerequisite feat. A pirate can
select feats marked with an asterisk (*) more than once but it must be for a different weapon each time. A pirate must meet all prerequisites for a feat – including ability score and base attack bonus minimum’s. See Chapter 5:Feats in the Player’s Handbook for descriptions of feats and their prerequisites. Uncanny Dodge: Starting at 2nd level, the pirate gains the extraordinary ability to react to danger before their senses would normally allow them to even be aware of it. At 2nd level and above they retains their dexterity bonus to AC (if any) regardless of being caught flat-footed or struck by an invisible attacker. (They still lose their Dexterity bonus to AC if immobilised.) At 7th level, the pirate can no longer be flanked, since they can react to opponents on opposite sides of him as easily as they can react to a single attacker. This defence denies rogues the ability to use flank attacks to sneak attack the pirate. The exception to this defence is that a rogue of at least four levels higher than the pirate can flank them (and thus sneak attack them). Bonus Language: At 3rd level, the pirate gains a free language due to their extensive travels. The language must be chosen from ones along the Southern coast of Talanu or one spoken by a fellow crewman (doesn’t need to be another pirate.) Evasion: At 4th level, a pirate gains evasion. If exposed to any effect that normally allows a character to attempt a Reflex saving throw for half damage (such as fireball), they takes no damage with a successful saving throw. Evasion can only be used if the pirate is wearing light armour or no armour. It is an extraordinary ability. Enhanced Mobility: At 4th level, a pirate gains enhanced mobility. When not wearing any armour, the pirate gains an additional +2 dodge bonus to AC against attacks of opportunity caused when they move out of or within a threatened area. Acrobatic Attack: At 6th level, if the pirate attacks by jumping at least 5 ft. into their opponent, jumping down at least 5 ft. onto their opponent, or swinging on a rope or similar object into their opponent, they gain a +2 circumstance bonus to attack and damage rolls. This is an extraordinary ability. Command a Ship: At 8th level, the pirate has gained enough of a reputation to be offered a ship of their own (if they haven’t gained one already). The ship will either be one under a powerful pirate lord or have recently lost a captain and want the best for their leader. In the case of privateers the ship is one of the kings best pirate hunting vessels. Secret Lore: In their far-flung travels pirates hear and sea many things that others would like to know. The pirate gains knowledge of either a royal shipwreck, the location of buried treasure hidden by another pirate (perhaps a rival or a superior), the location of an uncharted island only they and others in their crew know of, or some other secret the DM desires at the players discretion.
Ranger [Master Ranger]
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Description
to trust these souls, and even the mightiest oak will lend its shelter to assist a Master Ranger.
Vigilant, stoic, silent as the breeze, and as difficult to spot as a wolf in a large forest; the Master Ranger is the epitome of what all rangers wish to achieve. Their paths are often a lonely one, giving up a ‘civil’ life in the pursuit to become closer to nature and its creatures. The Master Ranger has learnt what few have dared to, how to survive in the harshest conditions at the cost of social standing, and some of their wits. Long exposure to nature, and its animals have caused these typically normal souls to loose touch with what totally defines their humanity. In place is the ferociousness of the tiger, the guile of a fox, and the ability to move through the wildernesses unobserved. These Master Rangers, have learned to toss aside hatred for specific races, in order to replace it with unerring loyalty to nature, and its deities. Animals have learnt
Although they have lost touch with society, this does not make them less dangerous, in fact it probably makes them more so. Striking like a coiled snake with their swords, or taking down an enemy from safe distance before it gets the chance to cause harm; these abilities are bestowed upon the Master Ranger. What makes this worse is the Master Ranger’s unwavering commitment to track their foe, until the danger has been dealt with. Often resulting in more then a few deaths of unlucky goblin parties, or those who seek to cause forests harm. The reputation in which Master Rangers receive as the greatest survivalists ever is well founded; anyone who is able to survive with just their wits and weapons alone is a worthy companion to seek for a party.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+2
+0
+0
Ranger Spells, Trackless Step Range Increase +5ft/level Lose Favoured Enemies
2
+2
+3
+0
+0
Conceal Reduction 5%, Scent
3
+3
+3
+1
+1
Int –2, Wilder Bonus, Woodland Stride
4
+4
+4
+1
+1
Animal Empathy +2, Nature Sense
5
+5
+4
+1
+1
Greater Two-Weapon Fighting Enhanced Tracker
6
+6
+5
+2
+2
Conceal Reduction 10%, Cha -2
7
+7
+5
+2
+2
Animal Empathy +4, Hawkeye/ 3 levels
8
+8
+6
+2
+2
Absolute Ambidexterity, Ignore Elements
9
+9
+6
+3
+3
Cha –4, Forestfold/4 levels
10
+10
+7
+3
+3
Supreme Two-Weapon Fighting Conceal Reduction 20%, Perfect Tracker
Requirements:
Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int Modifier.
To become a Master Ranger, a character must fulfil the criteria below.
Class Features
Alignment: Not Chaotic Evil (Too unpredictable, nature would destroy them)
Note: If a Master Ranger willingly commits acts of transgression against nature they lose all special abilities listed for a year and a day. This may be reverted with the Atonement spell, cast by a cleric with an Animal Domain, or who follows a nature deity. Those who commit acts against nature while influenced by mind spells, or effects which cause loss of self-control, lose all special abilities for a week. Again Atonement may revert this, allowing the Master Ranger their special abilities.
Base Attack Bonus: +9 Skills: Wilderness Lore (10 ranks), Knowledge (Nature) (8 ranks), Animal Empathy (6 ranks), Handle Animal (6 ranks), Hide (4 ranks), Move Silently (4 ranks), Intuit Direction (4 ranks) Feats: Ambidexterity, Skill Focus: Wilderness Lore, Track, Twoweapon Fighting, Improved Two-weapon Fighting, Weapon Focus (Any sword), Weapon Focus (Any bow) Languages: Sylvan Special: Must have at least one animal companion. Must have survived 7 days in wilderness with only weapons, and divine spells; must be alone during this time. Must also be able to cast animal friendship. Hit Die: d8
Class Skills The Master Ranger’s class skills, (and the key ability for each skill) are exactly the same as the Ranger found in the Player’s Handbook. See Core Rule Book I for details of skills.
Ranger Spells: The Master Ranger will also be able to attain up to the fourth level in Ranger spells by adding his own level for purposes of gaining spells. Such that a 10 Ranger/ 10 Master Ranger would have all available Ranger spells if their wisdom normally permits. (Wisdom 14+) Wisdom modifier is still used, and the casting level of the Master Ranger is half his Master Ranger, and Ranger classes. That is to say a 10 Ranger/10 Master Ranger would count as a level 10 for determining spell caster level. Trackless Step: The Master Ranger has become adept at moving through brush, forestry, and other wilderness settings that normal people would leave tracks in. Thus the Master Ranger gains the Trackless Step ability exactly similar to the druid’s ability of the same name. Range Increase 5 ft/level: Every level that the Master Ranger gains, he gets to add an additional 5 ft. to his bow’s missile range.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes That’s to say at 5th level with a Composite Longbow, the Master Ranger will have a total range of 135 ft. (110 ft + 25 ft.) A Master Ranger that uses the Hawkeye spell as well will only have a total range of 190 ft. (110 x1.5 + 25 ft.) Lose Favoured Enemies: The Master Ranger, in order to survive the harsh wildernesses of the world, has learnt to put aside hatred for all creatures. Thus the Master Ranger loses all previous Favoured Enemies he had as a ranger, and also may not gain anymore through the feat; Extra Favoured Enemy. Conceal Reduction: At 2nd level, the Master Ranger gets the ability to reduce the concealment percentage of an enemy who is covered by 5%. At 6th level this increases to 10%, and at 10th level it increases furthermore to 20%. This signifies the Master Ranger’s ability to fire missiles at concealed opponents, even when hiding partially behind a tree. Scent: The Master Ranger gains the wolf’s infallible sense of smell. The Master Ranger is granted the extraordinary ability, Scent. (Check Monster Manual for Details.) Int –2: Unfortunately, constant time away from civilization has its affect even on the most social of people. The negative to intelligence reveals that to touch base with nature, the Master Ranger must let go of society, becoming more feral then others would think possible.
belong to. Nature Sense for a Master Ranger is similar to that of the druid’s. Greater Two-Weapon Fighting: The Master Ranger gains the Greater Two-Weapon Fighting Feat found in the Masters of the Wild resource book. Using anything more then light armour causes the Master Ranger to lose this ability until suitable armour is worn. Enhanced Tracker: The Master Ranger can focus on the tracks their prey, and determine location that the creature is heading to. The Master Ranger gains a +5 competency bonus for tracking purposes; this is added to their Wilderness Lore Bonus. Cha –2/-4: The Master Ranger takes a further step away from society, finding that talking is a waste of precious time, unless all involved have something worthwhile to say. The stoic-ness of the Master Ranger is almost legendary, and at 6th level receives a –2 to Cha. This increases to a – 4 Cha penalty at 9th level. Hawkeye: At 7th level the Master Ranger gets to cast Hawkeye once per day per every 3 levels of Master Ranger to enhance their maximum bow range. Thus at 7th level a Master Ranger can cast Hawkeye 2 times per day. See Masters of the Wild for description of Hawkeye spell. Absolute Dexterity: The Master Ranger no longer suffers penalties to their primary and off hand. A Master Ranger using two medium weapons receives a –2 to their attack modifier.
Wilder Bonus: Constant time in the wild increases the strength, and endurance of the Master Ranger. For purposes pertaining to heavy action, the Master Ranger is considered to have the Endurance Feat from the Player’s Handbook. Also, the Master Ranger has learnt how to hide from Nature’s deadliest foes by using Nature herself. In natural settings the Master Ranger gains a +5 competency check for hiding and moving silently in wilderness settings. Note: This does not include dungeons, or even frontier towns.
Ignore Elements: The Master Ranger has lived in the harshest conditions nature can throw at them, and they have lived to tell the tale. For purposes considering suffrage for extended exposure to hostile conditions, (etc. extreme cold causing hypothermia, heat causing skin to blister and puss, or water pressure damage) the Master Ranger receives a +6 circumstance modifier for saves against hostile conditions.
Woodland Stride: The Master Ranger moves with grace and fluidity that embarrasses, even the most agile of cats. Even when wearing a cloak, plants do not attach themselves to the Master Ranger or his gear. Woodland Stride acts exactly the same as the druid’s ability of the same name.
Forestfold: The Master Ranger gains the ability to cast Forestfold for every 4 levels they have achieved. (8th level Master Ranger would gain two uses of Forestfold.) This acts like the 3rd level spell of the Ranger, granting the Master Ranger a +20 to hide and move silently.
Animal Empathy: At 4th level, the ranger gains a +2 circumstance bonus to Animal Empathy, and Handle Animal Checks. The Master Ranger shares his home, and food with creatures of the wild, and so has learnt how to read their movements and tones. Animal Empathy and Handle Animal increase to +4 at level 8.
Supreme Two-Weapon Fighting: Even the typical ranger prides themselves on their ability to dish out attacks faster then the eye can see. However, it is only the Master Ranger that has mastered this practice, causing his figure to move in a blur of blades and death. The Master Ranger may make a 4th attack with their offhand weapon, albeit they suffer a –20 penalty to the attack role. The Master Ranger may only use this ability if they do not wear medium or heavier armour, thus they may only have light of no armour at all.
Nature Sense: Constant contact with the varying conditions of food and water has allowed the Master Ranger a superb knowledge of how food should look, feel, and smell, as well as the viscosity and look of pure water. A Master Ranger is able to determine whether or not food and water is suitable for consumption. Also, life in the wild has allowed the Master Ranger to know what animal they are looking at, including species, gender, and natural terrain type they
Perfect Tracker: The Master Ranger can read tracks as surely as a scholar can read words. Not only does a Master Ranger get a +10 to Track attempts, but also they can (90% of the time) determine the exact number of enemies they track, the size category they belong to, and a general condition of the prey. (Injured drag their feet, near death drag themselves etc.)
Ranger [Stalker] Description Not all rangers get lost in the woods some choose to use their skills in towns and cities, protecting the people of their home against the
ravages of crime. The scourge of the underworld these rangers are the exact opposite of the criminals they oppose, and as everyone knows the two sides of the coin are not far apart.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+0
+2
+0
Photo Memory +1, Streetwise +1, Interrogation
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes 2
+2
+0
+3
+0
Photo Memory +2, Methodical Investigation (take 10)
3
+3
+1
+3
+1
Photo Memory +3, Streetwise +2
4
+4
+1
+4
+1
Photo Memory +4, Nondescript Manner, Sneak Attack +1d6
5
+5
+1
+4
+1
Photo Memory +5, Streetwise +3
6
+6
+2
+5
+2
Photo Memory +6, Methodical Investigation (take 20)
7
+7
+2
+5
+2
Photo Memory +7, Streetwise +4, Sneak Attack +2d6
8
+8
+2
+6
+2
Photo Memory +8, Nondescript Manner (+10 Disguise)
9
+9
+3
+6
+3
Photo Memory +9, Streetwise +5
10
+10
+3
+7
+3
Photo Memory +10, Sneak Attack +3d6
Requirements
of 20, the Stalker can determine the general alignment (either law/neutrality/chaos or good/neutrality/evil) of the target character.
In order to become a Stalker, a character must fulfil the following requirements:
Streetwise: The Stalker specializes in the streets of any civilized village, town or city. The Stalker gains a +1 bonus to Urban Lore checks, increasing to +2 at 3rd level, +3 at 5th level, +4 at 7th level, and +5 at 9th level.
Abilities: Intelligence: 15+ Skills: Spot or Listen: 5 ranks Hide or Move Silently: 5 ranks Bluff or Disguise: 5 ranks Search or Gather Information: 5 ranks Sense Motive or Intimidate: 5 ranks Wilderness Lore or Urban Lore: 8 ranks Feats: Track, Alertness, Iron Will Alignment: any neutral Hit Die: d8.
Class Skills The Stalker’s class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are Bluff (Cha), Diplomacy (Cha), Disguise (Cha), Gather Information (Int), Hide (Dex), Intimidate (Cha), Innuendo (Cha), Listen (Wis), Move Silently (Dex), Search (Int), Sense Motive (Wis), Spot (Wis), Wilderness Lore (Wis), Urban Lore (Wis). Additional Skill Points per level: (6 + Int. Mod.)
Class Features Weapon and Armour Proficiency: Stalkers become proficient only with weapons they can easily conceal. Their weapon proficiencies are limited to blowgun, dagger, dart, knife, short sword, staff, sling, garrote, rapier (sword-cane) and stiletto. Stalkers are proficient with light armour but not with shields. Note that armour check penalties for armour heavier than leather apply to the skills Balance, Climb, Escape Artist, Hide, Jump, Move Silently, Pick Pocket, and Tumble. Interrogation: The Stalker gains this ability at 1st level, allowing her to acquire special knowledge about the individual she is interrogating. By succeeding at a Sense Motive check against a DC
Sneak Attack: The Stalker is quiet and deadly in combat. She uses the Sneak Attack just like the Rogue ability, her bonus starting at a +1d6 at 4th level, increasing to +2d6 at 7th level, and +3d6 at 10th level. These bonuses stack with those of the Rogue and other classes offering the Sneak Attack ability. Methodical Investigation: The Stalker is very patient and exacting about her work, and at 2nd level is assumed to have taken 10 on all Search and Gather Information checks whenever she is called upon to make them. The assumption later increases to taking 20 at 6th level. Nondescript Manner: The Stalker is adept at being among those who are unaware of her presence. By 4th level she has learned to blend so well into crowds of people that she may still use the Hide skill while being observed, so long as she within 10 feet of a sufficient group of people as determined by the DM. Her drabness and unremarkable appearance has gotten to such a point that by 8th level, she can add a +10 to Disguise checks whenever she is called upon to make them. Photographic Memory: A Stalker listens to every word spoken in a crowded tavern, watches every person she encounters, and scans her eyes over every aspect of a crime scene she’s examined. Such attention to detail has trained the Stalker’s mind to record such information as if she were taking a photograph, giving her an unparalleled memory. The Stalker receives a bonus equal to her level which she adds to Intelligence checks made when attempting to recall details about anything she’s seen or heard since achieving each level, at a DC based on the amount of time in the past that the Stalker wishes to recall. The DC starts at a base of 10 for within the past 24 hours, and increases by 5 for the past week, 10 for the past month, 20 for the past 6 months, and 25 for the past year. If the roll fails, the memory is too vague to be of any use to the Stalker. If the roll succeeds, the DM tells the Stalker what she wishes to remember. This ability can be used once per day.
Rogue [Guild Thief] Description Guild thieves are thieves who operate in urban areas as part of an organised thieves’ guild. They control and manipulate almost all the crime in their home cities. Guild thieves are usually organised into divisions (assassins, beggars, bounty hunters, burglars, con artists
and tricksters, cutpurses and pickpockets, enforcers and thugs, racketeers, scouts and spies, and fences, pirates, and smugglers), each of which is led by a guildmaster responsible for crimes of that type. The guildmasters report to a head guildmaster. Guild thieves generally only know their own minions, their co-workers, and their superior. This web of secrecy preserves the organisation, because
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes any that are captured can only sell out a few others. Most guild thieves are rogues, although specialists in some divisions are more likely to be fighters or rangers. Clerics of evil deities (particularly Mask and Shar) take roles in many divisions, and sorcerers and wizards also have important roles, but their prominence is
dependent on the land in which they operate. (Some lands have few sorcerers and wizards or discourage them from staying or developing by placing many restrictions on them.) Guild thieves excel at working with others, intimidating common folk, administering punitive beatings, and acquiring important contacts.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1st
+0
+0
+2
+0
Sneak attack +1d6,doublespeak
2nd
+1
+0
+3
+0
Bonus feat, uncanny dodge (Dex bonus to AC)
3rd
+2
+1
+3
+1
Sneak attack +2d6, reputation +1
4th
+3
+1
+4
+1
Bonus feat, reputation +2
5th
+1
+1
+4
+1
Sneak attack +3d6, uncanny dodge (can't be flanked), reputation +3
Requirements
Class Features
To qualify to become a guild thief (Gld), a character must fulfil all the following criteria.
All the following are Class Features of the guild thief prestige class.
Skills: Gather. Information 3 ranks, Hide 8 ranks, Intimidate; ranks, Move Silently 3 ranks. Special: Membership in a thieves' guild.
Weapons and Armour: Guild thieves gain proficiency in all simple weapons and light armour. Sneak Attack: As the rogue's ability. This stacks with any sneak attack ability from another class.
Hit Dice: d6.
Doublespeak: A guild thief gains a +2 bonus on all Bluff, Diplomacy, and Innuendo checks.
Class Skills
Bonus Feat: A guild thief gains a feat from the following list: Alertness, Blind-Fight, Cosmopolitan, Education, Exotic Weapon Proficiency (hand crossbow), - Leadership, Lightning Reflexes, Track, Skill Focus (any guild thief class skill), Still Spell, Street Smart, Weapon Finesse, Weapon Focus.
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Appraise (Int), Bluff (Cha), Climb (Sts), Craft (Int), Diplomacy (Cha), Disable Device (Den), Forgery (Int), Innuendo (Wis), Intimidate (Cha), Jump (Sts), Knowledge (local), Listen (Wis), Move Silently (Den), Open Lock (Den), Pick Pocket (Den), Profession (Wis), Search (Int), Sense Motive (Wis), Spot (Wis), and Use Rope (Den). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player’s Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level, 6 + Int modifier.
Uncanny Dodge: As the rogue ability. If a guild thief has another class that grants the uncanny dodge ability, add together all the class levels of the classes that grant the ability and determine the character's uncanny dodge ability on that basis. Reputation: Add this value to the character's Leadership score (see the Leadership feat, page 45 of the DUNGEON MASTER'S Guide). Most guild thieves with an interest in collecting followers have a permanent base of operations within a city, which gives an additional +2 bonus on their Leadership score according to Table 226: Leadership Modifiers, page 4f of the Dungeon Master's Guide.
Rogue Scholar Description The Rogue Scholar prestige class is what one may call a “master acquirer” of knowledge. His life is dedicated to the pursuit of
knowledge through any means necessary. Wizards, sorcerers, or rogues that have decided to put their special skills to use advancing their minds as opposed to their coin purses usually pursue this class. Through a cunning combination of stealth and book smarts the Rogue Scholar lives by the saying “Knowledge is power.”
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
Spells
1
+0
+0
+1
+2
Adv. Research, Spell casting abilities
2
2
+1
+0
+1
+3
Sneak attack +1d4
2
1
3
+1
+0
+2
+3
Lore, Knowledge
3
2
0
1
2
3
4
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes 4
+2
+0
+2
+4
Trap Sense +1, Sneak Attack +2d4
3
2
1
5
+2
+1
+3
+4
Knowledge, Trap Sense +2, Illusion Intuition +1
4
3
2
6
+3
+1
+3
+5
Trap Sense +3, Illusion Intuition +2, Sneak Attack +3d4
4
3
2
1
7
+3
+1
+4
+5
Knowledge, Trap Sense +4, Illusion Intuition +3
5
4
3
2
8
+4
+2
+4
+6
Trap Sense +5, Illusion Intuition +4, Sneak Attack +4d4
5
4
3
2
1
9
+4
+2
+5
+6
Superior Disguise, Knowledge, Illusion Intuition +5
6
5
4
3
2
10
+5
+2
+5
+7
Spell Resistance, Sneak Attack +5d4
6
5
4
3
2
Requirements:
Knowledge: At 3rd level he gains a knowledge skill of choice and every other level after
Statistics: 13+ Int. Skills: Knowledge (Arcane) 2 ranks, Knowledge (Religion) 2 ranks, Decipher Script 7 ranks, Move Silently 1 rank, Hide 1 rank, Literate in at least 3 languages, Skill Focus
Trap Sense: Based on the ideas of how you have seen people protect their “valuable possessions” and your understanding of security you gain an intuition about where traps may be set. +1 save vs. traps per level up to +5
Feat: Knowledge skill.
Illusion Intuition: +1 save vs. illusion up to +5
Hit Die: d6
Superior Disguise: At 9th level the Rogue Scholar has learned to magically disguise himself to more easily enter an establishment. This is a spell ability that works as Alter Self per a sorcerer of the same level and can be used twice a day.
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Alchemy (Int), Appraise (Int), Concentration (Con), Decipher Script (Int), Gather Information (Cha), Knowledge (Int), Speak Languages (Int), Spellcraft (Int), Use Magical Device (Int), Balance (Dex), Bluff (Cha), Hide (Dex), Listen (Wis), Search (Int), Spot (Wis), Move Silently (Dex), Climb (Str), Disguise (Cha), Escape Artist (Dex), Open Locks (Dex), Scry (Int) See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level 8 + Int Modifier.
Spell Resistance: At 10th level you have mastered the extraordinary ability to avoid magical attacks and gain a SR of 20. This can be lowered as a standard action so that he may be healed or have another spell cast on him, but it must stay down until it is reestablished on another turn, also as a standard action. SR does not apply to his own spells or spell abilities. Spell Casting Abilities: Through extensive research he has gained a rudimentary understanding of spell casting. Since it is derived mostly from basic ideas of magic this skill only covers a limited amount of spells from the Divination and Illusion Schools of magic as used by a sorcerer. Spell List
Class Features
Level 0
Level 3
Weapons and Armour Proficiencies: Light Armour, Dagger, Hand or Light Crossbow, Light Mace, Heavy Mace, Sap, Club, Quarterstaff.
Detect Poison, Dancing Lights, Ghost Sounds, Detect Magic, Read Magic, Prestidigitation
Clairaudience/Clairvoyance, Tongues, Illusory Script, Major Image, Invisibility Sphere
Advanced research: As a proficient seeker of knowledge the Rogue Scholar is able find and gather information on any subject provided he has access to a library or other collection of knowledge. He must make an Int check + level.
Level 1
Level 4
Comprehend Languages, Detect Secret Doors, Identify, Change Self, Silent Image, Ventriloquism
Arcane Eye, Detect Scrying, Locate Creature, Scry, Illusory Wall, Improved Invisibility, Box of Crayons
Sneak Attack: Through your excursions you have found that a stealthy approach to combat is the safest way to go when infiltrating your target. +1d4 every other level starting at 2nd level. Lore: The Rouge Scholar has by now gained enough knowledge through his Adv. Research that he may recall “coming across something” about a people, places, or objects. He must make an Int check + level.
Level 2 Detect Thoughts, Locate Objects, See Invisibility, Continual Flame, Invisibility, Minor Image, Misdirection
Ronin Description A Ronin is a warrior who was once a Samurai in the service of a warlord. The warlord has since died in a manner that has stripped
the Ronin of their honour. The Ronin is unable to work in the service of another lord and often becomes an adventurer.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1st
+1
+2
+2
+0
Without Honour, Intimidating
2nd
+2
+3
+3
+0
Great Cleave, One Hit One Kill +1 once per day
3rd
+3
+3
+3
+1
One Hit One Kill +1 twice per day
4th
+4
+4
+4
+1
Extra Attack once per day
5th
+5
+4
+4
+1
One Hit One Kill +2 once per day
6th
+6
+5
+5
+2
Greater Defence, One Hit One Kill +2 twice per day
7th
+7
+5
+5
+2
High Initiative
8th
+8
+6
+6
+2
One Hit One Kill +3 once per day
9th
+9
+6
+6
+3
Extra Attack twice per day
10th
+10
+7
+7
+3
One Hit One Kill +3 twice per day
Requirements
Without Honour: With the death of the samurai’s lord, his honour also died. Regardless of their alignment, Ronin no longer feel compelled to follow the martial code they once did, and many change to a chaotic alignment.
Hit Dice: 1d10 Base Attack Bonus: +4 Skills: Intimidate: 4 ranks, Jump: 4 ranks, Ride: 4 ranks, Spot: 4 ranks Feats: Alertness, Cleave, Combat Reflexes, Improved Initiative, Power Attack, Weapon Focus: Bastard sword.
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Climb (Str), Intimidate (Cha), Jump (Str), Ride (Dex), and Spot (Wis). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions.
Intimidating: The Ronin gains a +2 bonus to Intimidation skill checks. Great Cleave: The Ronin gains the abilities of this feat. One Hit One Kill: While using this ability the Ronin must use the full attack option but exchange their regular attacks for one attack at the specified bonus to hit that causes double damage. If a critical strike is rolled the attack causes triple damage. Because of the extreme focus required for this, the bonus is also subtracted from the Ronin’s AC until the beginning of their next round. The bonus to hit counts as a magical bonus for determining damage against creatures with magic resistance. This attack must be called before the Ronin attacks and is lost if the attack misses. The attacks from all bonuses are separate so a 5th level Ronin will be able to use a +2 bonus once per day and a +1 bonus twice per day.
Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int modifier.
Extra Attack: The Ronin receives one additional attack of opportunity.
Class Features
Greater Defence: The Ronin has become adept at foreseeing the attacks of their opponent and may add their wisdom modifier to AC as long as they are not wearing armour or using shields.
Weapons and Armour: Ronin are proficient with all simple and martial weapons, with all types of armour, and with shields.
High Initiative: The Ronin gains a +2 bonus to initiative.
Scout Description The Scout is an invaluable tool for the party, able to feel danger. However, they aren’t too skilled with weapons, and can’t wear heavy armour. Scouts always find their way ahead of the group, leading parties into dungeons and enemy territory for whatever reason. They are made leaders. Rogues, monks, and bardic scouts are the most associated to this prestige class, being well respected members of any party of
Table Level
Attack
Fort
Ref
Will
Special
adventures. Fighters, rangers, paladins, and barbarians become scouts to improve their sense of danger and balance it with their offensive combat skills. Sorcerers, wizards and clerics aren’t inclined to be scouts at all. NPC Scouts come from anywhere. They could be wild scouts in the woods, who spy on others but never get caught, or they could be people in cities who offer to be a guide through the town for a price. They can also be found in charge of cities and major towns, and if you look at most capable leaders, they show abilities of the scout. (empathy, understanding, compassion, and trust)
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Bonus
Save
Save
Save
1
+0
+0
+2
+0
+2 Spot, Feel Danger
2
+1
+0
+3
+0
Navigate 10' radius
3
+2
+1
+3
+1
+1 AC
4
+3
+1
+4
+1
Sense Hostility
5
+3
+1
+4
+1
Navigate 20' radius
6
+4
+2
+5
+2
Leadership +4
7
+5
+2
+5
+2
+2 AC
8
+6
+2
+6
+2
Supernatural Disarm
9
+6
+3
+6
+3
Know Danger
10
+7
+3
+7
+3
Leader (+1), Navigate 30' radius
Requirements To qualify to become a scout, a character must fulfil all the following criteria. Skills: Hide: 2 ranks, Intuit Direction: 4 ranks, Listen: 4 ranks, Spot: 8 ranks. Feats: Expertise, Improved Disarm. Hit Dice: d6.
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Balance (Dex*), Bluff (cha), Climb (Str*), Concentration (Con), Craft (Int), Diplomacy (Cha), Disable Device (Int), Disguise (Cha), Escape Artist (Dex*), Gather Information (Cha), Hide (Dex*), Innuendo (Wis), Intuit Direction (Wis), Knowledge (any) (Int), Listen (Wis), Move Silently (Dex*), Perform (Cha), Profession (Wis), Read Lips (Int), Scry (Int), Search (Int), Sense Motive (Wis), Spot (Wis), Swim (Str), Tumble (Dex*), and Use Magic Device (Cha). * Character’s armour check penalty, if any, also applies See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions.
Navigate: The scout can tell how a passage bends from around the corner and without any sources of light or sound. This is a supernatural ability, treat it as though her visual range for purposes of “mapping out” the area always extend to this range. The scout can make a “sense” roll applying her level as a positive modifier to spot unsafe ground (meaning that if she were to step on it would suddenly be dangerous. she doesn’t sense if another character would be in danger). This ability can be used to find the way out of a maze, to find a safe passage through a set of traps, etc. This ability begins with a range of 10 feet radius, reaching 20 feet at 5th level, 30 feet at 10th level, 40 feet at 14th level, and finally, 50 feet at 18th level. Armour Class bonuses: At level 3, and by each four more levels, the scout receives a natural armour class bonus because of her extraordinary senses. There may be cases where these bonuses are nullified (see Feel Danger above). Sense Hostility: At level 4, the ability to feel danger becomes much easier to the scout. She can sense when danger, hostility, anger, rage, or jealousy or other dangerous (determined by the DM) emotions are within about 20 feet away. She can then point it out to the group and they can plan a surprise. Keep in mind that this ability is not infallible. Two dwarves in a heated argument appear to be just as dangerous as two dwarves with weapons at the ready, prepared to attack the characters.
Skill Points at Each Level: 6 + Int modifier.
Leadership: At level 6, scouts enjoy a +4 bonus to their Leadership ability (See the Dungeon Master’s Guide, page 45, for Leadership).
Class Features
Supernatural Disarm: At level 8, the scout’s disarm ability becomes supernatural. If the scout is higher level than the character she is disarming, the weapon has a 50% chance of deciding that the scout becomes the new owner of the item (if the weapon has the ability to return to its owner upon command). Example - Dawn is a level 18 scout, and she tries to disarm Wulfgar, a barbarian with the famous warhammer Aegis-Fang (which returns to its owner’s hand upon the mental command to do so). If she succeeds her disarm roll, there’s a 50% chance that Aegis-Fang won’t return to Wulfgar’s hands after he tries to mentally return it there.
All of the following are Class Features of the scout prestige class. Weapons and Armour: A scout’s weapon training is very limited, since he likes much more to play teamwork than lone combat. Scouts are masters of combat strategy, and when they are not shouting commands for their party friends alongside of the combat, they will prefer to disarm their opponents rather than risk being injured on battle. Scouts are proficient with all simple weapons. Scouts may wear light armour, though they avoid the use of helmets (that prejudice their keen senses) and shields greater than a buckler. +2 Spot. Scouts naturally have a +2 bonus to any spot checks they make. Feel Danger: The scout almost always has a bad feeling when something bad is about to happen (at this level, she can only recognises imminent danger, such as assassin ambushes or really powerful monsters willing to kill them). It is treated as a supernatural ability, though some spells or outsiders may pass unnoticed by her (up to the DM).
Know Danger: At level 9, the scout’s ability to sense hostility has got to the point where she can differentiate between the two dwarves arguing and the two dwarves prepared for an attack. At this point, the scout knows if there will be danger ahead. (Usually their senses can tell ahead of time when something bad will happen. if the PC’s do something spontaneous that angers everyone, that’s when the scout becomes alert to the situation, usually trying to talk the hostile parties out of a fight). Leader: Due to their amazing senses, scouts find their way into leadership rather easily. This ability bestow a morale bonus to whoever the scout is leading. The Scout must be the leader of the
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes group (the direct leader). A scout general wouldn’t increase the morale of all her troops, but a scout leading a small group into enemy territory would be a force to be reckoned with! The morale
bonus applies to attack rolls, saving throws, and skill checks. This bonus is increased to +2 at 15th level and +3 at 20th level.
Sarbreenar First Light Description
protect the city from her enemies. Entry into the First Light is based upon reaching certain levels of athletic ability.
The First Light are the army of the City of Sarbreenar. Due to the dangers faced by the city, training is hard but useful to helping
Table Level
Base Attack
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Rank
1st
+1
+2
+0
+0
Trooper 2nd Class
2
nd
+2
+3
+0
3rd
+3
+3
4th
+4
5th th
Special Abilities: Bonus Feat
+0
st
Trooper 1 Class
Magic Weapon 1/day, Chain of Command +1
+1
+1
Guardsman 2nd Class
Create food and water 1/day, Bonus Feat
+4
+1
+1
Guardsman 1st Class
Bulls Strength 1/day, Chain of Command +2
+5
+4
+1
+1
Sergeant
Aid 1/day, Bonus Feat
6
+6
+5
+2
+2
Sergeant at Arms
Magic Vestments 1/day, Chain of Command +3
7th
+7
+5
+2
+2
Master Sergeant at Arms
Greater Magic Weapon 1/day, Bonus Feat
8th
+8
+6
+2
+2
Guard Commander 2nd Class
Sending 1/day, Stoneskin 1/day, Chain of Command +4
9th
+9
+6
+3
+3
Guard Commander 1st Class
Righteous Might 1/day, Greater Scrying 1/day, Bonus Feat
10th
+10
+7
+3
+3
Captain of the Guard
Shield of Law 1/day, Chain of Command +5
Requirements
Class Features:
To qualify to become a member of the First Light, a character must fulfil the following criteria.
Weapon and Armour Proficiency — Members of the First Light are proficient in the use of all simple and martial weapons, and all armour (Heavy, Medium, and Light).
Base Attack Bonus: +3 Skills: Climb +1, Jump +1, Ride +1, Swim +1
Bonus Feat — Must be taken from one of the feats listed under the Fighter’s Bonus Feats.
Patron: The city of Sarbreenar asks you to sign up as a Trooper, or you join up. Advancement up to Sergeant, once enrolled, is allowable, but all further advancement (past Sergeant) is by promotion only.
Chain of Command — As the character rises up through the organisation, they gain bonuses toward using Diplomacy, Sense Motive, and Spot. So at 2nd level, they get +1 on using those skills, it becomes +2 at 4th level, and so on till +5 at 10th level.
Hit Dice: D10
Innate Abilities — A member of the First Light becomes able to cast certain magics once a day, depending on the level reached by the character. Their casting level is equal to their class level in the First Light Prestige Class. These are –
Class Skills: Climb, Craft, Diplomacy, Handle Animal, Jump, Ride, Sense Motive, Spot, Swim. Skill points = Int + 2 a level
Magic Weapon, Create Food and Water, Bulls Strength, Aid, Magic Vestments, Greater Magic Weapon, Sending, Stoneskin, Righteous Might, Greater Scrying, Shield of Law
Sarbreenar Honest Watchers
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Description
helping protect the city from criminals. Entry into the Honest Watchers is based upon reaching a certain level of ability in skills useful as a watcher.
The Honest Watchers are the Watch of the City of Sarbreenar. Due to the dangers faced by the city, training is hard but useful to
Table Level
Base Attack
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Rank
1st
+0
+2
+0
+2
Patrolman 2nd Class
nd
2
+1
+3
+0
+3
Special Abilities: Bonus Feat
st
Sleep 1/day, Aware +1
nd
Patrolman 1 Class
3
rd
+2
+3
+1
+3
Constable 2 Class
Cure Light Wounds 1/day, Magic Weapon 1/day
4th
+3
+4
+1
+4
Constable 1st Class
Hold Person 1/day, Aware +2
5
th
+3
+4
+1
+4
Deputy Marshal
Cure Moderate Wounds 1/day, Aid 1/day, Bonus Feat
6th
+4
+5
+2
+5
Marshal
Discern Lie 1/day, Magic Vestments 1/day, Aware +3
7th
+5
+5
+2
+5
Sheriff
Cure Serious Wounds 1/day, Bonus Feat
8th
+6
+6
+2
+6
Watch Commander 2nd Class
Greater Magic Weapon Stoneskin 1/day, Aware +4
9th
+6
+6
+3
+6
Watch Commander 1st Class
Cure Critical Wounds 1/day, Greater Scrying 1/day, Sending 1/day
10th
+7
+7
+3
+7
High Constable
Shield of Law 1/day, Aware +5
1/day,
Requirements
Class Features:
To qualify to become a member of the Honest Watchers, a character must fulfil the following criteria.
Weapon and Armour Proficiency — Members of the Honest Watchers are proficient in the use of all simple and martial weapons, and Light and Medium armour.
Base Attack Bonus: +3 Skills: Diplomacy +1, Search +1, Sense Motive +1, Spot +1
Bonus Feat — Must be taken from one of the feats listed under the Fighter’s Bonus Feats.
Patron: The city of Sarbreenar asks you to sign up as a Patrolman, or you join up. Advancement up to Sergeant, once enrolled, is allowable, but all further advancement (past Sergeant) is by promotion only.
Aware — As the character rises up through the organisation, they gain bonuses toward using Diplomacy, Sense Motive, Search, and Spot. So at 2nd level, they get +1 on using those skills, it becomes +2 at 4th level, and so on till +5 at 10th level.
Hit Dice: 1d10
Innate Abilities — A member of the Honest Watcher becomes able to cast certain magics once a day, depending on the level reached by the character. Their casting level is equal to their class level in the Honest Watchers Prestige Class. These are –
Class Skills: Climb, Craft, Diplomacy, Heal, Jump, Listen, Ride, Search, Sense Motive, Spot, Swim. Skill points = Int + 2 a level
Sleep, Cure Light Wounds, Magic Weapon, Hold Person, Cure Moderate Wounds, Aid, Discern Lie, Magic Vestments, Cure Serious Wounds, Greater Magic Weapon, Stoneskin, Cure Critical Wounds, Greater Scrying, Sending, Shield of Law
Sarbreenar Sentinels Description The Sentinels are the Scouts and Rangers of the City of Sarbreenar. Due to the dangers faced by the city, training is hard but useful to
helping protect the city from outside threats. Entry into the Sentinels is based upon reaching a certain level of ability in skills useful as a Woodsman.
Table Level
Base
Fort
Ref
Will
Rank
Special Abilities:
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes st
1
nd
2
Attack
Save
Save
Save
+1
+2
+0
+0
+2
+3
+0
+0
Seeker 2nd Class st
Seeker 1 Class
Favoured Enemy, Woodsman +1
3
rd
+3
+3
+1
+1
Scout 2 Class
Barkskin 1/day
4th
+4
+4
+1
+1
Scout 1st Class
Bulls Strength 1/day, Woodsman +2
th
+5
+4
+1
+1
Patrol Leader
Control Plants 1/day, Bonus Feat
6
th
+6
+5
+2
+2
Master Scout
Polymorph Self 1/day, Woodsman +3
7th
+7
+5
+2
+2
Principle Scout
Commune with Nature 1/day, Greater Magic Weapon 1/day, Bonus Feat
8th
+8
+6
+2
+2
Warden Commander 2nd Class
Sending 1/day, Stoneskin 1/day, Woodsman +4
9
+9
+3
+6
+3
Warden Commander 1st Class
Evasion
10
+10
+3
+7
+3
High Warden
Grand Weapon Mastery
5
nd
Track
1/day,
Magic
Weapon
Requirements
Class Features:
To qualify to become a member of the Sentinels, a character must fulfil the following criteria.
Weapon and Armour Proficiency — Members of the Sentinels are proficient in the use of all simple and martial weapons, and Light and Medium armour.
Base Attack Bonus: +3 Skills: Intuit Direction +1, Sense Motive +1, Spot +1, Wilderness Lore +1 Patron: The city of Sarbreenar asks you to sign up as a Seeker, or you join up. Advancement up to Patrol Leader, once enrolled, is allowable, but all further advancement (past Patrol Leader) is by promotion only.
Bonus Feat — Must be taken from one of the feats listed under the Fighter’s Bonus Feats. Woodsman — As the characters rises up through the organisation, they gain bonuses toward using Hide, Intuit Direction, Move Silently, Search, Spot, and Wilderness Lore. So at 2nd level, they get +1 on using those skills, it becomes +2 at 4 th level, and so on till +5 at 10th level.
Hit Dice: D10
Favoured Enemy — Choose one enemy (Species) as a hated enemy, and gain all bonuses and negatives as a ranger.
Class Skills:
Innate Abilities — A member of the Sentinels becomes able to cast certain magics once a day, depending on the level reached by the character. Their casting level is equal to their class level in the Sentinels Prestige Class. These are –
Animal Empathy, Climb, Craft, Handle Animal, Heal, Hide, Intuit Direction, Jump, Knowledge (Nature), Listen, Move Silently, Ride, Search, Spot, Swim, Use Rope, Wilderness Lore. Skill points = Int + 4 a level
Barkskin, Magic Weapon, Bulls Strength, Control Plants, Polymorph Self, Commune with Nature, Greater Magic Weapon, Sending, Stoneskin, Greater Scrying, Righteous Might, Shield of Law
Shadow Description There comes a time in a fight between good and evil when evil must be dispatched as quickly as possible but preparing for a full fledged war will not only cost valuable time but also result in the loss of countless innocent lives. That is when the forces of good call upon the shadows. Shadows execute evil tyrants quickly and cleanly ... or die trying. Something between Assassins and Bounty Hunters, shadows make the wrong things right. They fulfil a special notch in
society with their special skills and devotion to their code. Unlike assassins who kill anyone for money, shadows only kill to further the cause of good and their deity. They never hurt a good soul knowingly and never charge any money for their services. Rogues, of course, make excellent shadows followed by Fighters and Rangers who also make good candidates. Other classes are rarely seen as a shadow. An NPC shadow is likely to be an assassin trying to execute an important person who is seen as a threat by the hierarchy of his deity’s temple.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
Spells 0
1
2
3
4
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes 1st
+0
+2
+2
+0
SA +1d6, Unarmed attack
5
2
-
-
-
2nd
+1
+3
+3
+0
Weapon Focus
6
3
-
-
-
3rd
+2
+3
+3
+1
SA +2d6, Stunning Fist
6
3
2
-
-
4th
+3
+4
+4
+1
6
4
3
-
-
5th
+3
+4
+4
+1
SA +3d6
6
4
3
2
-
6th
+4
+5
+5
+2
Improved Evasion
6
4
4
3
-
7th
+5
+5
+5
+2
SA +4d6
6
4
4
3
2
8th
+6
+6
+6
+2
6
4
4
4
3
9th
+6
+6
+6
+3
6
4
4
4
3
10th
+7
+7
+7
+3
6
4
4
4
4
SA +5d6
Requirements: Base Attack Bonus: +4 Skills: Hide 9 Ranks, Move Silently 9 Ranks Alignment: Any Good Feats: Improved Initiative, Quickdraw, Iron will Special: Evasion, Uncanny Dodge, Must worship a good deity Hit Dice: d 6
Restriction Shadows who no longer qualify for the prestige class or who are not good aligned anymore lose all special abilities of the class. Those who ever knowingly harm someone who is good and didn’t attack them first lose all abilities until they go to a cleric of their deity and get atoned.
Weapon Focus: The Shadow gains a free Weapon Focus feat at 2nd level. This represents the Shadow's need to be distinct and build his reputation. The weapon chosen must be a Martial or Exotic Weapon that the character chose as his signature weapon. Unarmed Attack: The character gains the unarmed attack feat at 1st level. This represents the shadow’s intense training in martial combat. Stunning Fist: The shadow gains the Stunning fist feat at 3rd level. This allows the shadow to make an unarmed attack and if it hits, the target must make a fortitude save DC 10 + shadow’s wisdom modifier + half the shadow’s level or be stunned for one round. The shadow can only do this once per day for every four levels he has achieved. Improved Evasion: Similar to Evasion except if the character fails his save he only takes half damage. A successful save results in no damage.
Balance, Bluff, Concentration, Disguise, Hide, Move Silently, Listen, Intimidate, Intuit direction, Spot, Spellcraft, Wilderness lore
Spells: Shadows can also cast spells. Like sorcerers, these spells come from within, however, their spell list is very limited. Shadows start out knowing 4 0th level and 2 1st level spells of their choice from their spell list. From thereon every time they gain a level they may pick 2 new spells but they must be chosen from the list below. Shadows may not learn new spells by borrowing someone else’s spell book or scroll. A shadow must have wisdom of 10 + level of the spell to cast the spell and the DC for these spells is 10 + level of the spell + shadow’s wisdom modifier. Shadows get bonus spells for a high wisdom.
See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions.
Spell List
Skill points at each level :4 + Int mod.
0th level
3rd level
All
Hold person, polymorph self, fly
1st level
4th level
Shield, true strike, spider climb
Improved invisibility, freedom of movement, dimension door
Class skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are:
Class Features Weapon and armour proficiency: All rogue weapons and one extra martial or exotic weapon proficiency (shadows choice). This weapon is a signature weapon and must be picked when this prestige class is chosen and can never change. Shadows are proficient in all light armour and no shields. Sneak Attack: Any time a person would be denied their Dex bonus to AC, a shadow may add an extra +1d6 points of damage to his attack. This bonus goes up by an extra +1d6 for every two levels that a shadow achieves after 1st.
Shadowblade
2nd level Invisibility, mirror image, alter self
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Description It is a frustrating reality that there is no shortage of power in Shadow. This simple fact has occasionally led some to try to find a way to use that power against itself. They pay a terrible price of isolation, even more than the average shadow chaser, for the price of this power is one’s entire life. Most Shadow Chaser’s can take comfort in the fact that they could always pack up and go home and leave all this madness behind them, even if they would never do so. The Shadowblade no longer has a choice. The Shadowblade draws upon the power of Shadow to more effectively fight the creatures it spawns. This gives them a direct
bonus in combat against more powerful creatures, and it also gives them benefits based upon an understanding of how shadow warps perception. While it is possible for a particularly driven character to become a Shadowblade on their own, it is more common for the way to be opened by a mentor (usually one capable of using the Parting the Veil ability) who offers the potential Shadowblade the Choice - take up the blade and leave everything behind, or turn away from the path. Beyond that, there is little consistency in the relationship between Shadowblades and their Mentors. As an upshot of this, there is a loose sort of camaraderie among Shadowblades, but little in the way of real organization.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+1
+1
+1
Mark Of Shadow, Weapon Focus 1
2
+2
+1
+1
+2
Shadow Strike +1 2
3
+3
+1
+2
+2
Drawing of Shadows 2
4
+4
+2
+2
+3
Shadow Strike +2 3
5
+5
+2
+3
+3
Sense Shadows, Weapon Specialization 3
6
+6
+2
+3
+4
Shadow Strike +3 4
7
+7
+3
+4
+4
Cloak of Shadows 4
8
+8
+3
+4
+5
Shadow Strike +4 5
9
+9
+3
+5
+5
Parting the Veil 5
10
+10
+4
+5
+6
Shadow Strike +5 6
Class Skills
leave most Shadowblades forced to live an existence based on cash on hand.
Skills: Balance, Bluff, Drive, Hide, Intimidate, Knowledge, Move Silently, Profession, R/W language, Speak Language, Search, Spot.
Charismatic Heroes, or those with similar Favor abilities, must entirely rebuild their network of contacts, a task that takes 12 weeks, -1 week per point of charisma bonus.
Skill Points at each level: 4 + int modifier
Requirements Classes: 2 levels of Dedicated Hero Base Attack Bonus: +2 Feats: Awareness, 1 Archaic Weapon Feat Hit Dice: d8
Class Features Weapon Focus The Shadowblade receives the Weapon Focus feat for an Archaic Weapon. Mark of Shadow The character is now of shadow, which means that their action affect memories like a shadow creature. Unfortunately, the character is no longer recognizable as themselves (except to those with Awareness, including dwellers of shadow). To his family and loved ones, he has disappeared without a trace. This has the unfortunate side effect of isolating the person from people and society. While they may get to know people again, it will be as a different person in their eyes. What’s more, the barriers to attempting to establish a new identity are daunting, which tends to
This also means that the character will register as shadow to detect shadow and other effects. Shadow Strike The Shadowblade can draw upon the power of shadow to harm creatures spawned by it. This manifests as an ability to overcome damage reduction as if the Shadowblade were using a +1 weapon. This bonus increases by one every other level, and is counted only for penetrating damage reduction, not for attack or damage. Drawing of Shadow The shadowblade can draw the Shadows around himself more tightly, allowing him to carry archaic weapons openly without them being noticed. While this can simply mean the weapon is invisible to unaware eyes (or appears as something more mundane), it frequently manifests as a weapon being sheathed someplace improbable, such as within a coat. Sense Shadow This functions identically to the Shadow Slayer ability of the same name. Weapon Specialization The Shadowblade receives weapon specialization with an archaic weapon which they have Weapon Focus for. Cloak of Shadows The Shadowblade can use the faceless anonymity of shadow to blend into a crowd, and gain a +10 circumstance to Hide checks where the goal is to blend into a group. Additionally, anyone attempting to locate the Shadowblade under
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes these circumstances takes a -5 penalty to their spot or search unless they have the awareness feat. Parting the Veil The Shadowblades mastery of shadow is such that they can help others see the truth of things. When another character is making the saving throw to see if they remember a Shadow event,
the Shadowblade can spend an action point to allow them to automatically succeed the saving throw. It is possible that a shadowblade can use this ability to help a loved one from their previous life recognize them, but such things tend to bear the seeds of tragedy.
Shadow Adept Description
in some aspects of the Art in order to reap greater benefits elsewhere.
Some spellcasters who discover the existence of the Shadow Weave are cautious, altering their magic slowly. Others are more reckless, and hurl themselves into the abyss of the Shadow Weave, immediately acquiring all the gifts available to the casual student and discovering secrets unavailable to all but the most dedicated. These spellcasters are the shadow adepts, who make great sacrifices
Most shadow adepts are sorcerers or wizards, and they gain the greatest power from this path. However, any spellcaster can tap the Shadow Weave, and a few bards, druids, and rangers have been known to make this choice: Among clerics, only the followers of Shar are common in the ranks of the shadow adepts
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
Existing Spells
1st
+0
+0
+0
+2
Shadow feats
+1
2nd
+1
+0
+0
+3
Shadow defence +1, low-light vision
+1
3rd
+1
+1
+1
+3
Spell power +1
+1
4th
+2
+1
+1
+4
Shield of shadows
+1
5th ‘
+2
+1
+1
+4
Metamagic feat, shadow defence +2
+1
6th
+3
+2
+2
+5
Spell power +2
+1
7th
+3
+2
+2
+5
Shadow walk, darkvision
+1
8th
+4
+2
+2
+6
Shadow defence +3, greater shield of shadows
+1
9th
+4
+3
+3
+6
Spell power +3
+1
10th
+5
+3
+3
+7
Shadow double
+1
Class
Requirements
Class Features
To qualify to become a shadow adept (Sha), a character must fulfil all the following criteria.
All the following are Class Features of the shadow adept prestige class.
Alignment: Any non-good.
Weapons and Armour: Shadow adepts gain no proficiency in any weapon or armour : Spells per Day: A shadow adept’s training focuses on magic. Thus, when a new shadow adept level is gained, the character gains new spells per day as if he had also gained a level in whatever spellcasting class he belonged to before he added the prestige class. He does not, how-ever, gain any other benefit a character of that class would have gained (improved chance of controlling or rebuking undead, metamagic or item creation feats, and so on) This essentially means that he adds the level of shadow adept to the level of whatever other spellcasting class the character has, then determines spells per and caster level accordingly.
Spellcasting: Ability to cast 3rd-level arcane or divine spells. Skills: Knowledge (arcana) 8 ranks, Spellcraft 8 ranks. Feats: Shadow Weave Magic and any metamagic feat: Hit Dice: d4.
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Bluff (Cha), Concentration (Con), Craft (Int), Disguise (Cha), Hide (Dex), Knowledge (all skills taken individually) (Int), Profession (Wis), Scry ant), Spellcraft (Int). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player’s Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int modifier:
If a character had more than one spellcasting class before he became a shadow adept, he must decide to which class he adds each level of shadow adept for the purpose of determining spells per day. Shadow Feats: A shadow adept gains the Insidious Magic, Pernicious Magic, and Tenacious Magic Feats: Low-Light Vision (Su): A shadow adept gains low-light vision if he doesn’t already have it. Shadow Defence: Add this value to a shadow adept’s saving throws against spells from the schools of Enchantment, Illusion, and Necromancy, and spells with the darkness descriptor.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Darkvision (Su): A shadow adept can see in the dark as though he was permanently affected by a dark-vision spell. Metamagic Feat: The shadow adept can choose any one metamagic feat Spell Power: Add this value to the DC for saving throws and to caster level checks to overcome spell resistance for spells the shadow adept casts from the schools of Enchantment, Illusion, or Necromancy, and spells with the darkness descriptor. This stacks with other spell power effects that affect the specified spells.
spell resistance of 12 + the character’s shadow adept level on attacks against the shadow adept that ‘originate from the other side of the shield, as if the shadow adept were under the effect of a spell resistance spell.. Shadow Walk (Sp): A shadow adept can cast the shadow walk spell once per day.
Shield of Shadows (Su): A shadow adept can create a mobile disk of purple-black force as a standard action. The shield of shadows has the effects of a shield spell and also provides three-quarters concealment (30% miss chance) against attacks from the other side of the shield: As with the shield spell, the shadow adept can change the defensive direction of the shield of shadows as a free action once per round on his turn. The shadow adept can see and reach through the shield, so it does not provide cover or concealment to opponents.
Shadow Double: Once per day, a shadow adept can use a standard action to create a double of themselves woven from shadow stuff. The double has the ability scores, base AC, hit points, saves, and attack bonuses as its creator, but no equipment. (Any apparent clothing or equipment is non-functional.) The double can attack the creator’s enemies if given a weapon or items (since it can use anything its creator can) or function as the target of a project image spell, duplicating the creator’s actions and acting as the origin of the creator’s spells when it is within a direct line of sight: Mentally commanding the double is a free action. Using it as the originator of a spell counts as an action for the creator and the double: Causing the creator or the double to leave the plane they share dismisses the double.
The shield of shadows lasts 1 round per caster level per day and need not be used all at once. Creating or dismissing the shield of shadows is a standard action: At 8th level, the shield also grants
The double lasts 1 round per caster level. The death of the double does not affect the shadow adept or vice versa. The double still lasts to the end of its duration if its creator dies.
Shadow Eye Description Shadow Eyes prefers to be unseen but see "everything of interest". Because they are very curious and suspicious, it will be just "everything" They often works alone, but don't make habit of this. In solo, they first do some reconnaissance, then one silent and unseen but perfectly accurate move, of which the victim often not knows until it's too late... They aren't just thieves or mages, they are the something in between, combining the abilities of both for one goal - to be unseen and unheard of but get the stuff they seek, be it knowledge or item. They somehow reminds of bards or spell filchers, but are different. They're not bards, since they do everything in opposing way - they
hide and crawl where bards sings and marsh. And they're not spell filchers, too, since their magic isn't inborn and their abilities are result of hard work, and they work only for themselves, not for guild or any other abstract. Main task carried by them in party is to scan the suspicious places before all the party comes unknowingly in danger without warning. They lurks in shadows, and shadows favour them but not without price. With time Shadow Eyes becomes less and less "real" and more "shadowy". This gives them some bonuses at some cost. They're becomes unremarkable, somewhat "transparent", and uncharismatic. They're stealthy, and skilful; they're magic, and intuitive... They're eyes in darkness and ears on the wall...
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Cha penalty
AC
Special
1
+0
+0
+2
+2
-0
+0
Low-light vision +20' per level (up to 120')
2
+1
+0
+3
+3
-1
+0
Shadowform 1/day
3
+1
+1
+3
+3
-1
+0
Ranged touch +10' per level (up to 60')
4
+2
+1
+4
+4
-1
+1
Low-light vision becomes darkvision
5
+2
+1
+4
+4
-2
+1
Ranged touch becomes blindsight, can see invisible and ethereal
6
+3
+2
+5
+5
-2
+1
Xray vision +2' per level (up to 10')
7
+3
+2
+5
+5
-2
+1
Feel the flight
8
+4/+0*
+2
+6
+6
-3
+2
Wraithform 1/day
9
+4/+0*
+3
+6
+6
-3
+2
Bonus metamagic feat
10
+5/+1*
+3
+7
+7
-3
+2
Smart arrow
* - additional attacks are only with ranged weapon. Don't forget that there is some rounding when calculating attack bonus for
multiclassed characters. IMHO it is much fairer to round these bonuses AFTER addition.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Further Progression Attack, AC, Charisma penalty, Saves, Skills bonuses and spells - as described in text. At each odd class-level (11, 13, 15, etc) Shadow Eye gains additional +10'/5'/1' to their darkvision/blindsight/x-vision ranges. At 12th class-level they can use both abilities modifiers for skills where they can choose an ability to use (look at class skills list). At 14th class-level they gain ability to truly become a Shadow, Wraith or Ghost once a day for their level minutes or until chooses so, gaining ALL special abilities of creature chosen. At 16th class-level they gain a second bonus metamagic feat. At 18th class-level they can use either Shadowform, Wraithform or "became a spirit" abilities one extra time per day (ability is chosen at time of use). At 20th player-level they finally became an unmaterial undead of their choice, retaining all their class/race abilities and gaining all special abilities of chosen undead (in case of contradicting abilities choose what is most favourable for Shadow Eye).
Requirements Spells: Must be able to cast 1st level arcane spells. Skills: Spot 4, Search 4, Listen 4, Hide 2, Move silently 2, Climb skills 2. Alignment: Any non-Lawful alignment. Hit Points: d4
Class skills Alchemy (Int), Appraise (Int), Balance (Dex), Bluff (distraction and feints only, no penalty) (Cha), Climb (Str/Dex), Concentration** (Con/Wis), Decipher script (Int), Disable device (Int), Heal** (Wis/Int), Hide (Dex), Innuendo** (Wis/Int), Jump** (Str/Dex), Knowledge (Int), Listen (Wis), Move silently (Dex), Open lock** (Dex/Int), Read lips (Int), Scry (Int), Search (Int), Sense motive** (Wis/Int), Spellcraft (Int), Spot (Wis), Swim (Str), Tumble (Dex), Use rope (Dex). ** - for these skills at DM's option Shadow Eye is allowed to choose base ability from two listed. Shadow Eyes gains a 6 skill points per level, plus their Int modifier.
Class Features Weapon and Armour proficiencies: Shadow Eyes are proficient with light melee weapon like rapier, shortsword and dagger, and with all types of Bows, X-Bows. Shadow Eyes never wear any armour which implies spell casting or skill usage penalty. Instead, due to their half-shadow nature, they gain an evasion AC bonus of +1 per 4 levels and their opponents suffer have a miss chance of 3% per Shadow Eye's level (5% for ranged attacks). Super Vision: From first level Shadow Eye gains a low-light vision (or range bonus if he already had have low-light vision, such as elves, or darkvision as dwarves) of +20 feet per level, to a maximum of 120. At fourth level it becomes a true darkvision (including base low-light vision, if any).
From third level Shadow Eye gains a "ranged touch" - ability to sense hard, material objects at range, similar to blindsight, but limited to hard (touchable) substances. It improved at rate of +10 feet per level, to a maximum of 60 feet. At fifth level he develops really improved blindsight, which allows to see everything, including invisible and ethereal object, even if they aren't material (ghosts, for example). From sixth level he gains most outstanding of his vision abilities, Xvision, which allows to see through solid obstacles, for 2 feet per level to a maximum of 10 feet of stone (add a half of this range when looking through wood and reduce by one-quarter when look through metal like steel or lead). Weapon abuse: Becoming the Shadow Eye means to forever lose any additional attack with melee weapon, since he prefer to acts as remote as possible. But this has a positive side in reducing penalty for additional attacks with ranged weapons from 5 to 4. Additionally, at 7th level they add a Wis bonus to ranged attack, since they're "feel" how arrow will go, and at 10th level they add an Int bonus instead, and once a day can shoot an arrow (as full-attack full-round action) with their Int modifier as magical enchantment bonus. Charisma penalty: Shadow Eyes aren't charismatic at all. They're somewhat dull and "shadowy", for they are blending with shadows, looking somewhat sick or tired. This implies a penalty for all charisma and charisma-based skills checks when it comes to inspire people or force them to do something. AC bonus: But being blended with shadows not at all that bad... Perhaps, not for Shadow Eyes, as they gain an evasion AC bonus of +1 per four levels, and, moreover, their opponents suffer a miss chance equal to 3% per Shadow Eye's level (5% when attacking with ranged weapon - it's hard to say where's Shadow Eye EXACTLY). Skills bonus: Being so shadowy and very "out of focus" also helps Shadow Eye with being unnoticed, so they gain a competence bonus equal to half their level for Hide, Move Silently and Listen checks; also, having such a vision, they gain a bonus of full their level to their Spot and Search checks. Shadowshape: At second level Shadow Eye gains the ability to became a shadow on the wall, floor or other mostly even surface. This lasts for his level in minutes or until he chooses to end this state. In this form he cannot move but gains a bonus to Hide of half their level, +2 bonus to Fort saves and can't be touched or targeted by spells. However, area spells affects him at half power (if effect can be halved, otherwise - up to DM). This ability can be used once a day and only if there is something than give enough light to throw a shadow. At 8th Shadow Eye also gain Wraithform, as per spell, twice per day. Spellcasters: Add their Shadow Eye level is added to their caster level to determine the amount of spells to cast and DC to save versus them. But they're limited in their ability cast spells. First of all, they can study only spells from Shadow School. Second, they are limited in number of spells known - total sum of level of all spells known must not exceed 10 + Int modifier multiplied by their caster level. This is not strange, because they MUST know their spells well - at any time Shadow Eye can drop any spell and cast any other of one level lower, even if that to be cast wasn't memorised. If Shadow Eye is ever to be disjoined with his spellbook he can cast any his spell as a one-level higher without any other penalty and without even memorising it beforehand! And at 9th level they gain a feat, as Wizards do.
Skull Legion Mercenary
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Description The Skull Legion is a feared and ferocious band of fighters that originated in the Autocracy of Oörtlund more than a decade ago, and survives even to this day. Having served as part of that mighty Ruler’s massive army, the Skull Legion was once employed as its’ vaunted shock troop vanguard. Their howling cries and blood smeared bone-faced helms dented the mettle of even hardy veteran
soldiers. With such a reputation it is no surprise then that the Legion consists entirely of half-orcs, and proudly so. Because attrition has reduced the Legion to less than 40 strong, the band now serves in a much reduced capacity, forced to travel throughout the lands in search of petty lords and nobles who are willing and able to retain their dedicated services for adequate sums of gold. Though a shadow of their former glory, they still retain the rigorous standards of discipline and training that made them famous – and successful!
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1st
+1
+2
+0
+0
Forced March, Ferocious Reputation
2nd
+2
+3
+0
+0
Shielded Overrun
3rd
+3
+3
+1
+1
Dual Strike feat
4th
+4
+4
+1
+1
Improved Shield Bash
5th
+5
+4
+1
+1
Bonus Feat
6th
+6
+5
+2
+2
Improved Shield Bash +2
7th
+7
+5
+2
+2
Bonus Feat
8th
+8
+6
+2
+2
Improved Shield Bash +4
9th
+9
+6
+3
+3
Bonus Feat
10th
+10
+7
+3
+3
Inspire Allies
Requirements
Class Features
To qualify to become a Skull Legion Mercenary, a character must fulfil all the following criteria
All of the following are Class Features of the Skull Legion Mercenary prestige class
Race: ½ Orc.
Weapons and Armour Proficiencies: Skull Legion Mercenaries are proficient with all simple, and martial weapons, Light and Medium armour, and shields. Note that Armour check penalties for Armour heavier than leather apply to the skills Balance, Climb, Escape Artist, Hide, Jump, Move Silently, Pick Pocket, and Tumble. Also, Swim checks suffer a –1 penalty for every 5 pounds of armour and equipment carried.
Armour and Weapon Proficiencies: Shield, Light Armour, Medium Armour, any weapon. Alignment: Any Lawful (except Lawful Good). Skills: Knowledge(Warfare): 2 ranks. Base Attack Bonus: +3. Feats: Weapon Focus (any melee), Power Attack, Combat Reflexes. Equipment: Light or Medium armour, Large shield, and weapon (w/ Weapon Focus). Special: A character must join the Legion as part of the training requirement . Advancement as a Legionnaire is only possible while serving as one of its active members. If a character leaves the Legion, he loses all special abilities unique to this prestige class, except Two-Weapon Fighting proficiency with Shield Bash. An appropriate skull-faced helm is provided on loan. Hit Dice: d10.
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Climb(Str), Craft(Int), Handle Animal(Cha), Knowledge(Warfare) (Int), Heal(Wis), Jump(Str), Ride(Dex). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int modifier.
Forced March*: A Skull Legion Mercenary can sustain travel beyond the normal 8 hours. During this forced march period, the Legionnaire may re-roll any single Con check roll, once. Ferocious Reputation: Because of the Legions grizzly bone-faced helms and the trademark smearing of blood across it, and their fearless attitude in battle, they have earned the respect of soldiers everywhere. When in battle against foes who recognise their identity (use Knowledge(Warfare) or Int Check vs. DC 10; no roll required for those who have already fought with or against them), the enemy suffers a –1 morale penalty to all their attacks and saving throws for the first ½ minute of combat (i.e. first 5 rounds), after which time training, instinct and the boost of adrenaline kicks in, restoring normal composure. Shielded Overrun: Essentially this is a group overrun with shields. When two or more Legionnaires equipped with Large shields combine to overrun, they get +4 AC to fend off blows from the automatic attacks of opportunity their charge attracts, due to unique training and practice. In addition, if resisted, they get +2 on their Str check – per attacker (maximum bonus +6) – during the overrun to force a trip and are able to ignore the penalties for a failed trip attempt (i.e. are not themselves tripped by defenders that round) during the overrun as per the rules in the PHB (pg. 139). Failure simply ends in stalemate and they remain adjacent to the defenders
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes position. However, they charge in formation, and if any one attacker is resisted, all are stalemated. Dual Strike: If two Legionnaires flank an opponent, they both get +4 bonus on their attack rolls, instead of just +2 (as per new feat listed in the Sword & Fist supplement by WOTC™). Bonus Feats: As per the Fighter class bonus feats list (PHB pg. 37); these feats are in addition to the normal feat acquisition rate every two levels. Improved Shield Bash: When a Skull Legion Mercenary has a fellow Legionnaire on either side of him, he does not lose his AC bonus when performing a Shield Bash that round. Furthermore, all Legionnaires, regardless of formation, may strike with a proficiency as though he had the Two-Weapon Fighting feat. This reduces the Shield Bash penalty to –2 primary/–6 shield hand, and specifically
applies to Shield Bash secondary attacks only. The +2, and +4 versions of this ability add to the Shield Bash attack proficiency, effectively reducing the penalty to: –2 primary/–4 shield, and –2 primary/–2 shield, respectively. Inspire Allies: At this level, the mere presence of such a capable Legionnaire adds a morale bonus to all those around him as though he had received a Bless spell. All allies within 50’ of this Legionnaire gain +1 to attack rolls and saving throws. This effect is not cumulative with a Bless spell, or another Legionnaire. This effect is permanent during the combat for as long as the legendary Legionnaire is conscious and standing, and not the subject of negative spell effects (i.e. such as Web, Hold Person, or other effect which would compromise his ability to engage in free-willed combat). It can be countered, just as the Bless spell, with a Bane spell. This is an extraordinary ability.
Slaighre Maighdeann Description Slaighre Maighdeann: Sword Maidens of Maeve has always had her devoted priests and priestess - they would follow the normal path of a priest for the first portion of their career, and then they would embark on a path that corresponded to their favoured domain. A devotee of Luck and Trickery advance as a new Rogue would, all while increasing their Cleric spell levels; and a devotee of Protection and War advance as a new Fighter, all while increasing their Cleric spell levels. This was the way of things for many ages… that is until Caitlin of Darenford chose a new path. Caitlin was a devotee of Maeve. She began her career as a priest, but soon began to develop her warrior and bardic skills. While still worshipping Maeve, Caitlin had a great desire to become one of the powerful and glorious Fiana. She was a graceful fighter, but she had greater beauty than she had toughness and spell-casting ability. She could not pass the Fiana's tests. Fleeing back to her village of Darenford in defeat, she prayed to Maeve to give her the strength and ability to become one of those fabled warriors. Maeve could not grant this desire, but she did offer the next best thing - she offered Caitlin the chance to develop the gifts she did posses. Maeve taught Caitlin how to wield Maeve's favoured greatsword, with greater balance and grace, and how to use her allure and voice to aid her battle. When Caitlin had mastered this, she became a Slaighre. Maeve sent her throughout Talanu, finding more followers of a like mind, and training them in the same manner.
A time came when Caitlin was seduced by a striking warrior, stripped of her sword, and then nearly slain in battle. A number of her apprentices lost faith with her and left the path of the Slaighre. Maeve decided it was time that Caitlin learn to master a deadlier weapon than her greatsword: her persuasion. Maeve instructed Caitlin in the further arts of seduction, and song, and pleasing dance. She showed Caitlin the intricacies of statecraft, and how her charm and beauty could be used to guide men and women of power. When Caitlin learned all she could, she became a Maighdeann - and having mastered both disciplines, she was forevermore a Slaighre Maighdeann, or a Sword Maiden. She became known throughout Talanu as the Intoxicating Blade. Caitlin trained more followers of Maeve in both classes, though because of her hurt pride, she deigned that a man would never be allowed to follow the second path. She also decreed that a Slaighre Maighdeann must master the sword of Maeve before she may master the kiss of Maeve. Slaighre Maighdeann begin as Swords, mastering the greatsword, learning how to use balance and song in battle, and harnessing the full power of distraction their considerable beauty and presence can be made to cause. After this way is passed, female Swords take the road of the Maiden. Maidens are taught to change their appearance (to facilitate the many relationships a kingmaker must maintain) and to release the full power of their persuasion. In the end, Maidens fully master the art of charm and enchantment, and finally become Sword Maidens.
Table Level
Title
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
Spells 1
2
3
4
1
Sword
+1
+0
+2
+0
Weapon Specialisation
0
-
-
-
2
Feather
+2
+1
+2
+0
Improved Balance
1
0
-
-
3
Talon
+3
+1
+3
+1
Improved Monkey Grip
2
1
-
-
4
Raven
+4
+2
+3
+1
Warsong
2
2
0
-
5
Siren
+5
+2
+4
+1
Seductive Defence
3
2
1
0
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Requirements
Warsong: If a Sword has access to bardic songs, she may, as a free action, in addition to an attack, sing a song. She may continue to fight and sing any song, even if the song does not typically allow it. Spellcasting is still disruptive to bard songs. This is an extraordinary ability.
Statistics: Charisma 20 Base Attack Bonus: +6 Skills: Balance: 8 ranks, Bluff: 4 ranks Feats: Combat Reflexes, Improved Unarmed Strike, Monkey Grip (Greatsword), Weapon Focus (Greatsword). Hit Dice: d8
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Balance, Bluff, Climb, Concentration, Craft, Escape Artist, Handle Animal, Intimidate, Jump, Performance, Profession, Ride, Spot, Swim, Tumble. See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions.
Seductive Defence: A Sword is so intoxicatingly beautiful and alluring in battle, that she may add her Charisma bonus to her armour class. In situations where a Sword would normally be denied her Dex. bonus, she is also denied this bonus. This defensive ability does not work on unintelligent undead or constructs. As long as a creature can see, hear, or smell the Sword, she can gain her bonus. This is an extraordinary ability. Spells: A Sword may add one level of casting ability to one of her spell casting classes (be it divine or arcane). The spells must be chosen from the following list: 0-Level Sword Spells (Cantrips)
3rd-Level Sword Spells
Cure Minor Wounds; Daze; Guidance; Inflict Minor Wounds; Virtue.
Cure Serious Wounds; Dispel Magic; Displacement; Greater Magic Weapon; Haste; Inflict Serious Wounds; Keen Edge; Magic Vestment; Vampiric Touch; Water Walk.
1st-Level Sword Spells
4th-Level Sword Spells
Chill Touch; Cure Light Wounds; Divine Favour; Inflict Light Wounds; Mage Armour; Magic Fang; Obscuring Mist; Random Action; Shield of Faith; Shocking Grasp.
Air Walk; Cure Critical Wounds; Divine Power; Fire Shield; Freedom of Movement; Improved Invisibility; Inflict Critical Wounds; Poison Touch; Shout; Stoneskin.
2nd-Level Sword Spells
5th-Level Sword Spells
Blur; Bull's Strength; Cat's Grace; Cure Moderate Wounds; Darkness; Inflict Moderate Wounds; Invisibility; Mirror Image; Protection from Arrows; Sound Burst.
Bigby's Interposing Hand; Circle of Doom; Death Knell; Mind Fog; Mislead; Resist Elements; Righteous Might; Slay Living; Spell Resistance; Spiritual Weapon.
Skill Points: 4+Int. Modifier.
Class Features Weapon & Armour Proficiency: None. Weapon Specialisation: As the Fighter Feat - for greatsword only. This represents the Swords further bond with Maeve's chosen weapon. Improved Balance: +2 skill focus to balance skill. Sword is considered to never be off balance (and as such, opponents do not get +2 to hit them), and they may make their full movement while balancing, only making one balance check per round. This is an extraordinary ability. Improved Monkey Grip: The Sword does not have a -2 penalty to weapons she has Monkey Grip for. The Sword may also use a similar weapon of one size category larger in two-hands (i.e. a Huge-sized, greatsword). This is an extraordinary ability.
MAIGHDEANN Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
Bard Songs
1st
+0 (+1)
+0
+0
+2
Bonus Feat
+1 bard song level
2nd
+0 (+1)
+0
+1
+2
Alter Self
+1 bard song level
3rd
+1 (+2)
+1
+1
+3
Leadership; Bonus Feat
+1 bard song level
4th
+1 (+2)
+1
+1
+3
Intoxicate
+1 bard song level
5th
+2 (+3)
+1
+2
+4
Geas; Persuasion
+1 bard song level
Requirements
Class Skills
Sex: Female
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are:
Statistics: Charisma: 22 Skills: Bluff: 15 ranks Diplomacy: 5 ranks Disguise: 5 ranks Intimidate: 5 ranks Performance: 10 ranks
Balance, Bluff, Climb, Concentration, Craft, Disguise, Diplomacy, Escape Artist, Handle Animal, Intimidate, Innuendo, Jump, Knowledge (All), Listen, Performance, Pick Pockets, Profession, Ride, Speak Language, Spot, Swim, Tumble.
Feats: Seductive Defence
See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions.
Hit Dice: d6
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Skill Points: 6+Int. Modifier.
Class Features Weapon & Armour Proficiency: None Bardic Knowledge Check: If the Maiden already has the Bardic knowledge special ability, then she may add the number in parentheses to her check. Bonus Feat: The Maiden may choose an extra feat from the following list of feats (to be chosen from the "Song and Silence" guidebook). These feats will all be geared towards persuasion. Alter Self: As per the spell, except duration lasts until caster ends the spell. Can be used at will. This is a spell-like ability. Leadership: The Maiden gets the Leadership feat for free. Intoxicate: One time per day/ per Maiden Level, the character can use her stunning beauty to drain opponents' strength a number of
points equal to her Charisma bonus. This supernatural ability affects all enemies who can see her (but like the Seductive Defence, does not affect Constructs and unintelligent undead). All affected opponents get a Will save versus a difficulty of Maiden's Charisma Bonus + Character Level. If an opponent successfully saves, but doesn't succeed by more than the Maiden's Charisma Bonus, they still lose 2 strength points. This loss of strength lasts for a number of minutes equal to the Sword Maiden's level (Sword + Maiden levels). Geas: Once per day, a Maiden may Geas as per the spell, as a standard action. Persuasion: The Maiden is no longer affected by geas, charm, or enchantment spells, spell-like, supernatural, or extraordinary abilities. In addition, a Maiden cannot be bluffed or seduced by anyone who has a lower Charisma that she does. Bard Song: A Maiden's Bard level increase by one per level for the purposes of Bard songs only. If a Maiden does not have any Bard levels, this ability is of no benefit for her.
Spiral Dancer Description Koroth roared his annoyance as his blade was again turned aside by the spinning, leaping little runt. The plan had been simple, Koroth and his "boys" (a rag-tag group of mismatched orcs, goblins and kobolds numbering no more than a handful, which nonetheless the ogre thought of as his army) waited for the lone figure to draw near. Boggo let loose with his shortbow, then Gimpy and Waggle ran in with the net. In seconds the victim (which Koroth always referred to as "special customer") would be helpless while he and his boys made off with some well earned cash. At least that's how it was supposed to go. Boggo let loose alright, just not with an arrow. The victim heard the noise and turned in time to see the two goblins running from the bushes unravelling a net as they ran. Then it happened. The victim started some sort of spinning, whirling dance type thing { sort of like the high summer stomp Koroth's brothers used to do when they
danced on the seasonal halfling, but a lot more graceful and a lot quicker } there was a flash of sunlight off metal and the whispering ring of swords being drawn. The goblins never knew what killed them. Then chaos erupted as the whirling figure was among the rest of the band. Screams sounded, gurgles rattled and now it was just Koroth, all on his own again. No, it was worse, bleeding from several bad wounds he had yet to land a decent blow on the pointy ear. Koroth cursed loudly as another ragged cut appeared on his arm. Worse yet again, all that keeping track of those swirling blades was giving him one seriously mean headache… The Spiral Dancers are students of a school of fighting that teaches the advantages of mobility in combat. By performing a string of steps in quick and varied succession the dancer builds momentum allowing him to parry blows, hit harder and faster and confuse the opponent. Against multiple opponents, the dance allows them to cause chaos as they slip and leap between and around opponents, never striking where expected and never moving in a predictable path.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+0
+0
+2
+0
Momentum, Dance 1/day, Weapon Combination,
2
+1
+0
+3
+0
Blade flurry 1/day , Uncanny Dodge (Dex bonus to AC), Endurance
3
+2
+1
+3
+1
Shielding blade, Switch weapon, Ambidexterity
4
+3
+1
+4
+1
Dance 2/day, Leap attack
5
+3
+1
+4
+1
Leading blow +1d6, Dancing step
6
+4
+2
+5
+2
Blade flurry 2/day, Improved combination
7
+5
+2
+5
+2
Uncanny dodge (cant be flanked), Endurance 2
8
+6
+2
+6
+2
Dance 3/day, Defensive roll,
9
+6
+3
+6
+3
Shielding blade 2 , Shimmer
10
+7
+3
+7
+3
Leading blow +2d6 , Flurry 3/day , Grand Finale
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Requirements Skills: Skill focus( perform), mobility, dodge, weapon finesse Base Attack Bonus: + 5 Skills: Perform: 4 ranks (dance must be chosen as on of the proficiencies) Hit Dice: D8
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Balance, Bluff, Concentration, Jump, Perform, Sense Motive, Tumble See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill points per Level: 3 + Int mod.
Class features Armour and Weapon Proficiencies: Spiral dancers gain no additional proficiency with armour or weapons. Momentum: Starting at 1st level, the dancer may add 1 to their initiative total each round during melee (must be in melee, the dancer cannot sit back and speed up before entering combat) as the dance evolves with the combat situation and the actions become more instinctive. The maximum that may be added each round is 1 and the maximum total that may be added is 1+ level in dancer class. (e.g. 2 points may be added at first level, but spread out over 2 rounds). This initiative modifier is a reflection of the dance's influence on the character's fighting strategy and thus is always available. Dance: The dancer performs a whirling dance that moves him across the battlefield and combines footwork and weapon style to confuse opponents. The dance steps act to increase the dancers agility and reaction times. To perform the dance, the dancer must succeed in a perform check (DC=20). If the roll fails, the dancer cannot begin the dance that round but may try again later (the dance attempt is not used up for the day until a successful check has been made). If successful the dancer receives a +2 bonus to AC and +4 to dexterity. A dancer can maintain a dance for a number of rounds equal to his constitution modifier + class level. After that many rounds, a second dance check must be made (DC= 25 + 1 for each check made so far, including initial one). If this succeeds, the dance may continue for another round following which a check must be made the start of each new round. The dance can be ended voluntarily at any time. Special: If the dancer takes damage from a physical attack, he must make a check at the beginning of the next round to continue dancing (DC= 15 + 1 per 2 points of damage). Ranks (but not modifiers) in concentration skill are taken from the damage taken before the DC modifier is calculated. Once the dance ends, the character is fatigued for 10 minutes for each round over his normal duration (con mod + class level) that the dance continued. This fatigue period is shortened by 10 minutes for each 5 minutes of rest the dancer takes. A dancer cannot dance when fatigued, exhausted, or wearing medium or heavier armour. He also cannot dance if encumbered. While dancing, the dancer can only use melee attacks, any other action ends the dance without a check and the attempt is considered over for the day. (other actions include, drinking a potion, changing weapons - see below - getting stuff from backpack, picking up an object etc.)
Weapon Combination: The Dancer selects a combination of two weapons that he has trained with. He is considered to have the two weapon fighting feat when using those two weapons (in that particular order, e.g. longsword primary, shortsword secondary does not equal shortsword primary, longsword secondary). If the two weapon fighting feat is already held, the dancer receives an additional +1 to hit when using that combination. At each level that the dancer receives in this class, he may select a new combination of weapons to add to his list of practised pairs. Endurance: The dancer gains +2 to his con modifier for purposes of calculating dance duration. Blade Flurry: The dancer can make a second set of attacks with his two weapons (only two extra attacks are gained, no matter what attack option or feat is being used at the time). These attacks are made at the highest attack bonus, modified for two weapon fighting (if necessary) but these ,and every other attack in the round are subject to a further -3 penalty apiece. This can only be performed once per day at second level, twice at sixth and three times at tenth. Regardless of scoring a hit or not, the attempt is used once rolled. Note, this causes a dancing check to be made (DC 25) is used while dancing, if the check fails, the player must decide whether to end the dance or abort the flurry. The flurry is not used in this case and can be attempted later, but the check counts toward the total number of checks for modifying the dance DC to continue. Uncanny Dodge: Dex bonus to AC…. You know what this is, do I really have to type it? Shielding blade: The character may make a free offhand parry once per encounter. The player may declare this parry at any time before damage is rolled (and before any subsequent attacks are made). To succeed in parrying, the dancer must make an opposed attack roll with their secondary weapon (offhand weapon). If successful the dancer has parried the blow. This is a free action and does not count towards attacks in any round, nor does it provoke a dancing check. At ninth level, the dancer may attempt this twice per encounter. Once declared, the attempt is considered used whether successful or not. Switch weapon: Once per round as a free action, the Dancer may draw a weapon, sheath a weapon, or switch a weapon from one hand to another. This does not provoke an attack of opportunity and does not provoke a dancing check if used while dancing. Ambidexterity: The dancer, through his training and practise gains the ambidexterity feat if he has not already acquired it. There is no bonus for already possessing the feat. Leap attack: Once per round as a standard action, the Dancer may jump forward 10 feet (no skill check required). This action does not provoke Attacks of Opportunity for moving through threatened areas, but the Dancer suffers a -2 penalty to AC for one round. The Dancer may then immediately perform a standard attack action, at +2 to attack and damage rolls. This action may be used while dancing and does not provoke a dancing check. Leading Blow: If a dancer hits with their primary weapon, they can declare a leading blow. The next attack they make with the offhand weapon (even in the following round) is made at a further -3 modifier to the attack roll. If successful the dancer inflicts an additional 1d6 points of damage. At tenth level this additional damage rises to 2d6. This ability can only be used once per encounter whether the offhand attack was successful or not and does not provoke a dancing check. Dancing Step: The continuous motion of the dance allows the dancer to take an additional 5ft step in a round that he declares the use of this skill. Like the normal 5ft step, this does not count as a move equivalent action but does provoke an attack of opportunity
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes where applicable. This ability can be used once per point of Dex modifier (dexterity is taken to mean the dexterity score while dancing) per day. This ability can only be used while dancing and does not provoke a dance check.
or special ability) would reduce him to 0 or less hit points, the dancer may make a reflex save (DC = damage suffered) to avoid damage. If successful the dancer only suffers half damage. This action, whether successful or not, ends a dance without a check.
Improved Combination: The dancer selects a combination of weapons that they already know (from the 1st level ability weapon combination) and is considered to have the improved two weapon fighting feat with that combination. An additional combination is chosen at each level of dancer achieved. If improved two weapon fighting is already known, the second offhand attack is made at a -3 modifier instead of -5.
Shimmer: The dancer gains the effects of a Blur spell while dancing, This is an extraordinary ability and ends when the dance ends.
Uncanny dodge: Can't be flanked - as rogue ability. Endurance 2: All that dancing has built up the dancer's constitution granting an additional +2 to his con modifier for purposes of calculating dance duration. Defensive Roll: Once per day, the dancer may avoid taking damage by rolling with a blow. If a blow (weapon or other attack, not a spell
Grand Finale: The dancer may make a grand blow as the culmination of his dance. The finale must be declared before any attack roll is made and the dancer must have been dancing for at least 2 full rounds. In addition to this, the grand finale cannot be performed if the dance check has failed for that round as the dancer is simply too tired to work up to the finish. All blows dealt in that round gain a further +2 to hit and the dancers full dexterity modifier is added to each set of damage (this is not multiplied in a critical hit, nor is it added to a sneak attack). Upon taking this action, the dance ends after the attacks have been made (or at the beginning of the characters next round if an attack is held) regardless of the character's success or failure.
Stormtrooper of Isis Description The official background of the Stormtroopers of Isis tells the tale that Lady Isis was so impressed by the creativity and faith of Darkstar that she charged him with creating an organisation to spread the faith and defend the helpless and crush evil wherever it may be found.
Today, there are two branches of the Stormtroopers. The largest body is found on Oerth (Erypt), with a monastery near the free city of Greyhawk, and lead by a human paladin. This group numbers about one hundred members, all battle proven adventurers with a demonstrated record of supporting the causes of Law and Good. Officially, the only requirement is a strong devotion to Isis. This path is the path of the warrior, advancing the cause of Isis by kicking butt.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
Bonus Spell
1
+1
+2
+0
+0
Gain +1 to save against all fear-effects
+1
2
+2
+3
+0
+0
Feat from the Fighter list, Reduce arcane spell casting failure
3
+3
+3
+1
+1
4
+4
+4
+1
+1
5
+5
+4
+1
+1
6
+6
+5
+2
+2
7
+7
+5
+2
+2
8
+8
+6
+2
+2
9
+9
+6
+3
+3
10
+10
+7
+3
+3
Requirements
+1 Reduce arcane spell casting failure +1 Feat from the Fighter list, Reduce arcane spell casting failure +1 Reduce arcane spell casting failure +1 Feat from the Fighter list, Reduce arcane spell casting failure Special: Must know or be able to prepare arcane spells of 2nd level or higher, and a proven devotee to Isis
Base Attack Bonus: +5 Hit Dice: D8
Class Skills
Alignment: Lawful Good
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are:
Class: Believer Of Isis
Alchemy (Int), Concentration (Con), Craft (any) (Int), Knowledge (Arcana and Wildspace Religion, or "Egyptian" Religion) (Int), Spellcraft (Int), and Use Magic Device (Cha, Exclusive)
Race: Human Skills: Knowledge (Religion) 5 ranks Feats: Two MetaMagic Feats
See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int modifier
She gains +2 more at each odd level of the prestige class. At each even level, she gains +3 spells per day. She does not learn any new spells, she can merely cast more.
Class Features Armour and Weapon Proficiencies: All simple and martial weapons, proficiency with all light, medium and heavy armour, proficiency with shields Spells: At prestige class level one, the character gains the ability to cast two more spells per day. These are permanent additions to any spells per day the character can already cast. Only one of these can be added to the highest level spells per day in a given class.
Fear: Gain +1 to save against all fear-effects at class level 1. Feat: +1 feat from the Fighter list at each level 2, 6, 10. Spell Failure: Reduce arcane spell casting failure incurred by armour or shield by 5% at each level 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 (to 25% at level 10). Failure chance cannot fall below zero. This does not reduce failure chance from any other source.
Swiftwind Description Swiftwind are an overt and flashy, but highly exclusive society of adventure seekers, with members from all walks of life and professions. The need for speed, extreme nimbleness, and a bit of a restless nature are the only common traits that all members share. Swiftwind are a more visible cousin to The Hidden, operating from a different arm of the secret organisation within the Imperial Legion. Potential members are screened to exclude those of an evil
inclination, and any member that becomes evil is immediately discharged from the ranks of the Swiftwind. Members discharged as such do not lose any of the Swiftwind abilities they have thus far gained, and there are indeed a few evil ex-Swiftwind scattered throughout Talanu. One pledge, however, must be kept in order to retain Swiftwind abilities. As these abilities are partially a result of an ancient pact with elders from the elemental plane of Air, Swiftwind may NEVER summon creatures from the elemental plane of Earth.
Table Level
Base Attack
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
Spells Class
1st
+0
+0
+2
+2
Evasion; +1 Initiative; +10' Base Move; Feather Fall1/day
+1
2nd
+1
+0
+2
+2
Bonus Feat; Haste1/day
+1
3rd
+1
+1
+3
+3
+2 Initiative; Freedom of Movement1/day
+1
4th
+2
+1
+3
+3
Improved Evasion; Nimbleness
+1
5th
+2
+1
+4
+4
+3 Initiative; Free- Action Spell 1/day
+1
6th
+3
+2
+4
+4
Bonus Feat; +20' Base Move, Freedom of Movement2/day
+1
7th
+3
+2
+5
+5
+4 Initiative; Haste2/day
+1
8th
+4
+2
+5
+5
Airwalk3/day
+1
9th
+4
+3
+6
+6
+5 Initiative; Freedom of Movement3/day
+1
10th
+5
+3
+6
+6
Bonus Feat; Free- Action Spell 2/day; +30' Base Move
+1
of
Requirements
(like Saves and Special Abilities) follow the chart below. The default base class used is Sorcerer/Wizard.
To qualify to become a Swiftwind, a character must fulfil all the following criteria.
Hit Dice: d4
Alignment: No Evil
Class Skills
Race: Any Statistics: Dexterity: 18+ Skills: Jump: 10 ranks Tumble: 10 ranks Feats: Improved Initiative, Lightning Reflexes, and Quickdraw. Spellcasting: Ability to cast 1st level Arcane spells. Special A Swiftwind chooses one of their existing classes to act as a base class for the Prestige Class. For instance if a Swiftwind chooses Wizard as its base class, they would get the Skills, Skill Points, Hit Die, Base Attack Bonus, and Spell Level of Wizard of equal level. They only get these abilities of the class... all others
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Alchemy (Int), Concentration (Con), Craft (Int), Knowledge (Arcana) (Int), Profession (Wis), Scry (Int, exclusive skill), and Spellcraft (Int). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player’s Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2+ Int modifier.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Class Features
Haste (Sp): As per the 3rd level spell. This increases to 2/day at 7th level.
Weapons and Armour: Swiftwind are proficient with all simple weapons. They are not proficient with any type of armour or shields.
Freedom of Movement (Sp): As per the 4th level spell. This increases an addition 1/day every three levels.
Evasion: As the 2nd level Rogue Ability.
Improved Evasion: As the Rogue Special Ability.
Initiative (Ex): Beginning at 1st level and every other level thereafter, a Swiftwind gains an additional +1 to their Initiative.
Nimbleness: Swiftwind are amazingly elusive. This ability allows the Swiftwind to double their inherent Dexterity bonus to AC. Bonus from items or spells are never doubled, and anything that would make the character lose their Dexterity bonus negates this as well.
Base Move (Ex): Starting at 1st level, the Swiftwind’s Base Move increases by 10’. It increases an additional 10’ each, at both 6th and 10th level. Feather fall (Sp): As per the 1st level spell. Bonus Feat: Beginning at 2nd level and then every four levels after that, a Swiftwind receives a bonus feat. The bonus feat must be taken from the following list: Combat Reflexes, Dodge, Mobility, Quicken Spell, Rapid Reload, Rapid Shot, Run, Run-by Attack, Shot on the Run, Spring Attack, Two-weapon Fighting, Whirlwind Attack. The Swiftwind must meet the normal prerequisites of the chosen feat.
Free-Action Spell (Su): Beginning at 5th level, once per day, a Swiftwind can cast any one spell as if it had been quickened, regardless of the spell level. This increases to two spells a day at 10th level. Air Walk (Sp): As per the 4th level spell. Spellcasting Ability: The Swiftwind adds +1 per level to one of their existing Arcane spellcasting class’s levels, for spellcasting purposes only.
Swordsman of Yad'ael Description Nar Mimbar, the oldest and largest city in the Dol Kalzarn region, is home to a myriad of cultural, social, and magical achievements that are unable to be found in lesser cities. The Yad'ael Duelling School, one of two such schools in Nar Mimbar, is one of these achievements. Yad'ael founded the school in KY 114, after a famed dispute with the head of the other major duelling school, If'aran, in regards to training styles. If'aran believed that the thin blade, a hard to master cousin of the rapier, was by far the superior weapon for any swordsman to use. Yad'ael disagreed, believing that the time spent in learning to use the thin blade, would be better utilised in other techniques. Yad'ael's style was met with a measure of criticism at first until he had proven, through a series of duels with If'aran's best students, that it was the equal of If'aran's style. Within three years Yad'ael had acquired the funding and support to found his own, rival school within the bounds of Nar Mimbar.
Within a century the Yad'ael Duelling school had reached a level of respect and status equal to its rival. Unfortunately, Yad'ael failed to live to see this happen. After killing a swordswoman student of If'aran's in a duel, Yad'ael was challenged by If'aran himself. The duel was an impressive thing to watch and in the end both lay, mortally wounded on the ground. Intervention to save either one was refused as part of the duel, so the two great swordsman died their, the victims of their rival's blade. The Yad'ael Duelling School, like the rival If'aran school, only permits Aeldaekflar and half-Aeldaekflar with suitable connections and influences within the nobility of Candrles admittance into the school. On top of this a three thousand gold admittance fee is charged to help to pay the instructors of the applicant to gauge his skill and determine if it is appropriate. Each year after this in which the student trains results in a further fee of another three thousand gold. A typical student takes two years to complete training at the school to learn the basics of the style.
Table Level
Base Attack
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special Abilities:
1
+1
+0
+2
+0
Swordsman's Defence
2
+2
+0
+3
+1
Weapon Mastery
3
+3
+1
+3
+1
Sixth Sense
4
+4
+1
+4
+1
Whirlwind Defence
5
+5
+1
+4
+1
Improved Reactions
6
+6
+2
+5
+2
High Weapon Mastery
7
+7
+2
+5
+2
Fleet Footed
8
+8
+2
+6
+2
Precise Strike
9
+9
+3
+6
+3
Evasion
10
+10
+3
+7
+3
Grand Weapon Mastery
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Requirements Alignment: Any Base Attack Bonus: +6 Feats: Expertise, Dodge, Mobility, Weapon Focus(Rapier) Skills:Tumble: +4, Bluff: +3, Intimidate: +3, Hit Dice: d12
Restrictions Fight with honour: A Swordsman of Yad'ael may not take undo advantage over an opponent in single combat. This is not due to a sense of fair play or chivalry as much as a sense of professional pride and honour. His reputation is at stake! Therefore, he will not take a two weapon advantage over an opponent armed with a single weapon, use poison, flaming oil or a shield. Such tricks and protections are beneath him. Weapon selection: The Swordsman of Yad'ael must use weapons that *can* be wielded in one hand in order to gain many of the Swordsman's special abilities. This means the weapon can be used two-handedly but has to be light enough to be used in one. The Swordsman could use his special abilities with a bastard sword provided he had the exotic weapon feat and therefore capable to use it in one hand.
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Balance (Dex), Bluff (Cha), Diplomacy (Cha), Disguise(Cha), Gather Information (Cha), Innuendo (Wis), Intimidate (Cha), Jump (Str), Listen (Wis), Sense Motive (Wis), Spot (Wis), Tumble (Dex)
Weapons and Armour: Swordsmen of Yad'ael are not proficient with any weapons or Armour. Note that Armour check penalties for Armour heavier than leather apply to the skills Balance, Climb, Escape Artist, Hide, Jump, Move Silently, Pick Pocket, and Tumble. Swordsman's Defence: At 1st level, the Swordsman of Yad'ael may use his Wisdom bonus to his AC when unarmoured or wearing Armour that has no Armour check penalty. Weapon Mastery: At 2nd level, the Swordsman of Yad'ael may, with any melee weapon that can be wielded one-handedly, and that the Swordsman of Yad'ael has Weapon Focus in, inflict the next higher damage die when facing a single opponent. 1d6 = 1d8, 1d8 = 1d10, 1d10= 1d12. He cannot gain this bonus if more that one opponent threatens him. Sixth Sense: At 3rd level, the Swordsman of Yad'ael retains his Dex bonus to AC even when flat-footed or attacked by an invisible opponent. This is an extraordinary ability. Whirlwind Defence: At 4th level, when fighting defensively, the Swordsman of Yad'ael may take (up to) -1 to all attack rolls per class level and add +1 to his AC. e.g. a 7th level Fighter/5th level Swordsman may take -5 to all his attack rolls to gain a +5 AC for that round. Improved Reactions: At 5th level, the Swordsman of Yad'ael gains a +2 competence bonus to initiative checks. High Weapon Mastery: At 6th level, when fighting a single opponent with any weapon that the Swordsman of Yad'ael qualifies for Mastery in, the Swordsman's critical threat range is doubled. He does not gain this bonus if more that one opponent threatens him. Fleet-Footed: At 7th level, the Swordsman of Yad'ael's movement rate increases by +10' when the Swordsman is unarmoured or wearing Armour that has no action check penalty.
See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions.
Precise Strike: At 8th level, on a successful critical hit in single combat the Swordsman inflicts 1 point of temporary Str or Dex damage - his choice. This damage increases to 2 points at 10th level. Again, it must be with a weapon that can be wielded in one hand.
Skill Points at Each Level: 4+Int Modifier
Evasion: Gained at 9th level. As the rogue ability.
Class Features All of the following are Class Features of the Swordsman of Yad'ael prestige class.
Grand Weapon Mastery: This ability is gained at 10th level in any weapon that the Swordsman of Yad’ael qualifies for Mastery in. Successful critical hits in single combat inflict 1 temporary point of Con damage. Furthermore, successful critical rolls are now Deadly Critical "threat" rolls . Make another threat roll at -5 that if successful inflicts one more die damage (plus bonuses) and additional Precise Strike and Con damage.
The Hunt All the world is a very narrow bridge From the Manual of Fate, as recorded by Fatima
Description Carefully the Candidate is studied from afar. Placid pools are stared within until they reveal the Candidate and her actions to those who are to present the Test. There is an ancient tale where one’s heart, still beating and cloaked with dripping blood, is weighed upon a scale against a feather. If it is found to be heavier then a feather, and thus unworthy and too full of evil, the soul being tested never gets to enter the Ever Lasting Paradise. If the scales are balanced or tipped in the heart’s favour, Eternal Death is avoided. The Candidate is tested in this fashion, always compared to a feather, always on the border between death and success. Secret tests and puzzles are laid carefully within the path of the Candidate. If there is the hint of failure, any hesitation not gainful to
mastering the obstacle, the Candidate is cast off, never to have known the narrow path she had tenuously began to tread upon. Many of these obstacles are foes manipulated into facing the Candidate, and with their defeat, the Candidate makes another step down the path and into her destiny. Some of the obstructions presented to the Candidate are puzzles, tricks, and traps, capable of killing or maiming. The defeat of both foes of the body and foes of the mind harden the Candidate and simultaneously further the goals of the testers. It is only after the testers chant mighty spells that the Candidate faces her final test. She wakes that morning in the Ever Paradise, the resting place of good souls and spirits, whose foundation is built upon the hopeless souls of the faithless. It is within this verdant garden of delights that the Candidate is presented with her choice; to reside within the Paradise of her reward, or to return to the Imperfect Mortal World, to face and hunt down members of a hideous cult who will surely slay and devour countless innocents. Members who happen to be her family, dearest friends and lovers. It
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes is said that this choice burns an indelible mark upon the very soul of the Candidate. If the Candidate relents and chooses to stay within the Ever Paradise, she will awaken normally the next dawn and remember the delights of her dreams, the passions of her imagination. No sign or token is granted; some unworthy former Candidates waste away, wrapped in their memory of just a taste of the sweet ambrosia that is the Ever Paradise. If the path of the Hunter is chosen, it will forge the Candidate into the slyest and supplest of rapiers. The forging process readies the Candidate to be plunged into the vilest hearts of evil, and to face the deadliest abominations, knowing her keen edge can prevail. Success is not guaranteed. Neither is survival. For those who choose to step down the left hand path, the one leading back to the Ever Imperfect Mortal World Without End, their hunt has just begun. The dreamspell woven around them settles into their bones, tightening everywhere at once, marking them. During this time the candidate fully believes they are awake, back within the Mortal World, and are fulfilling their promise to Hunt each member of this vile cult. The sights, smells, sounds, feelings, breath, heartbeats, all are real and vivid. For to walk the dreamspell back to the Mortal World is to live through Hunting each of the Candidate’s friends, and killing them. It means to consciously choose to Hunt living family members, and destroy them. It means to Hunt every lover and slay them in their sleep. Those who fail in this never awaken. Once the Hunt is over, the Candidate awakens and remembers the face of every friend, family member, and lover she has slain, and every act and considered choice that lead to each slaying. Many Candidates are frantic in their need to discover if their deed, so true and alive to them in the dreamspell, has followed them in their now realised waking. Some will taste blood in their mouth, others will have blood under their fingernails. If the candidate does not break, she is initiated. And some of the mysteries are never explained. All of this and more was foretold by the strange book discovered deep within the fey mound, the one with thin metal plates for pages and a strange, twisted wire binding. I remember cradling the book within my night dark hands and resting it in my lap legs folded beneath me, absorbing me with a tale in which I could not believe I would ever take part. I have taken, since then, to calling it the Book, or Manual of Fate. All of the things it spoke of have come true. I can neither speak nor think a lie; I have walked the Hunt and become an initiate.
Those who created the Hunt, I have never met. All I know is that many of the tasks set before me in the last three years have been carefully manipulated into my way as a part of the testing. I at first suspected that it was a secret branch of the Hidden, but now my suspicions run far a field of that. I have trained with the Hidden, I have run with Whit and we have both excelled in our lessons as they have been presented to us. I have seen the Swiftwind in their eyeblurring glory. Nothing within or of either of them even approximates the Hunt. I do not know how I caught their notice, those who guide the Hunt. I know that they snared me within their Dream, and presented me the Choice. I could not let countless innocent lives end, after I had struggled through the claustrophobic darkness to banish Arawn and foil an even older, more hideous pact. Even if that meant taking the life of gentle Sanantha, handsome Malakon, brave Thea, and all of my other friends who have now become my brothers and sisters, but in the Dream were my vilest enemies. It was the smallest of consolations that I have never held a lover in my arms; to have to have slain him also might have persuaded me to stay within the Ever Paradise. I cannot write more of those deeds, their memories are still fresh within my consciousness and too easy to call up. My lessons are not during the daytime or the night; I am trained during the Dream, taught things that I never suspected I was or would ever be capable of accomplishing. Taught the complex matrixes of the Construct, and how to guide the Else to channel within my blade and unbind the essential forces that once held the Construct together. Instructed by deeply cowled Necromancers in robes white as bleached bones how the Undead cling tenuously to existence, and how to use the Else to sever those almost tangible bonds. Guided by faceless strangers on how to strike the most devastating of blows upon twisted aberrations, formless oozes and fiendish denizens of far away planes. Some training locales still are fresh within my mind, their twisted hideous nature suited to support the creates that laired within them. I have been told and shown that when a Hunt is called, it will be done so by the Dream. The name, face, mannerisms, and current location of the vile fiend I am to Hunt is to be revealed to me. There is, of course, a general mandate to use my training in furthering the Light. Those things that normally consider themselves safe, beyond the meagre abilities of an Assassin, will be disabused. To all others I am a nameless face, always changing shape and direction, a member of the crowd or an ally. To my mentors I am a Hunter; deep within my soul I finally know who I am.
Table Level
Base Attack
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+0
+0
+2
+0
Sneak Attack +1d6; Death Attack
2
+1
+0
+3
+0
Informed Strike
3
+2
+1
+3
+1
Sneak Attack +2d6
4
+3
+1
+4
+1
–
5
+3
+1
+4
+1
Sneak Attack +3d6; Informed Strike; Touch of Life; Wings of Fate
6
+4
+2
+5
+2
–
7
+5
+2
+5
+2
Sneak Attack +4d6; Sunder the Spirit
8
+6
+2
+6
+2
–
9
+6
+3
+6
+3
Sneak Attack +5d6
10
+7
+3
+7
+3
Blade of Truth; Touch of Life; Sunder the Spirit
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Requirements To qualify to become one of the Hunt, a character must fulfil the following criteria. Alignment: Any non-evil Base Attack Bonus: +6 Skills: Climb: 5 ranks Healing: 2 ranks Hide: 10 ranks Knowledge (Anatomy): 4 ranks Move Silent: 10 ranks Tumble: 10 ranks Feats: Improved Initiative, Spell Focus (Necromancy), and Weapon Finesse Hit Dice: d6.
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Appraise (Int), Balance (Dex), Bluff (Cha), Climb (Str), Craft (Int), Decipher Script (Int, exclusive skill), Diplomacy (Cha), Disable Device (Int), Disguise (Cha), Escape Artist (Dex), Forgery (Int), Gather Information (Cha), Hide (Dex), Innuendo (Wis), Intimidate (Cha), Intuit Direction (Wis), Jump (Str), Knowledge (Anatomy) (Int), Listen (Wis), Move Silently (Dex), Open Lock (Dex), Perform (Cha), Pick Pocket (Dex), Profession (Wis), Read Lips (Int, exclusive skill), Search (Int), Sense Motive (Wis), Spot (Wis), Swim (Str), Tumble (Dex), Use Magic Device (Cha, exclusive skill), and Use Rope (Dex) See chapter 4: Skills in the Player’s Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at each Level: 6 + Int modifier. Special: A member of the Hunt must put one skill point per level into their Knowledge (Anatomy) skill, or they lose their benefits.
Class Features Weapons and Armour: The Hunt are proficient with the crossbow (hand, light, or heavy), dagger (any type), dart, rapier, sap, shortbow (normal and composite), and short sword. The Hunt are proficient with light armour but not with shields. Note that armour check penalties for armour heavier than leather apply to the skills Balance, Climb, Escape Artist, Hide, Jump, Move Silently, Pick Pockets, and Tumble and that carrying heavy gear imposes a check penalty on Swim checks.
Sneak Attack: As the Rogue ability. Increases +1d6 every 2 levels, beginning at 1st level. Stacks with other class given Sneak Attack abilities. Death Attack: Beginning at 1st level, a member of the Hunt uses their total Hunt level to determine their Death Attacks. This stacks with the bonus from any Assassin levels. Informed Strike [Ex]: Beginning at 2nd level, a member of the Hunt can Sneak Attack Aberrations and Jelly/Ooze class creatures, due to their extensive study of all types of anatomy. Beginning at 5th level, their training allows them to make Death Attacks versus these types of creatures. Touch of Life [Su]: Through their study of the Necrotic arts, the Hunt have learned the secret of sneak attacking undead. Beginning at 5th level, they can actually briefly channel a burst of positive material energy as they complete their attack. Note that this causes a flash of light, (DC 20 to spot), making this sort of attack difficult to conceal. At 10th level, they may make a Death attack against Undead creatures. If the target fails its save, it evaporates in a very bright flash of light and a clap of thunder (DC 10 on spot/listen checks if within 100’). Wings of Fate [Sp]: Although the Hunt do not gain access to further arcane spells in their studies, their prior knowledge and Hunt training eventually allows them to overcome most physical barriers between themselves and their target. Starting at 5th level, a member of the Hunt may fly as the spell like ability for up to 10 minutes per day per 2 levels of Hunt. This ability requires a partial action to initiate, but is a free action to dismiss. Sunder the Spirit [Su]: Beginning at 7th level, the character can Sneak Attack Constructs, in essence attacking the magical bond that has caused the creature to “live” (usually focusing on the enchantment that holds the animating spirit). Note that with Constructs such as Golems, each Sneak Attack gives a cumulative 10% chance that the animating spirit is freed, causing the Construct to go on a rampage (see Golem description in the Monster Manual). At 10th level, Assassins may make a Death Attack versus Constructs. If the target fails its save, there is a 15% change that it is instead affected as per the Confusion spell for 1d4 rounds. Blade of Truth [Su]: At 10th level, Assassins can Sneak Attack most other creatures that are normally immune to critical hits and Sneak Attacks. At this point, they have made such an in-depth study of their art, and have magically enhanced their instincts and abilities to such a degree, that no foe is beyond their reach. Creatures included in this grouping, however, are still immune to Death Attacks. The DM may, at her discretion, prevent Sneak Attacks against certain creatures. This should be the exception rather than the rule, however.
Thri-Kreen Slayer Description
wielding the weapons of the Elven people and those of the dread insect-men.
Originally appearing in Elves of Athas, Conversion by Andrew Snow On the whole of Athas only one creature consistently threatens the very existence of the Elven people, the Thri-Kreen, whose speed, numerous arms, venom, and taste for Elven flesh put them at odds with the desert running Elves. Enter the Thri-Kreen Slayer, Elven warriors specially trained to actually hunt the hunters. Wearing armour made from the exoskeleton shells of their foes and
Although any class can become Thri-Kreen Slayers a great many of them are psychic warriors, Fighter/Psionics or Fighter/ psychic warrior. Arcane spell casters are rare due to the need for armour that often goes along with hunting Thri-Kreen, Rogue characters often bring an entirely different approach to hunting their prey, rather than frontal assaults the rely more on stealth. Cleric Slayers are rare but blend the powers of defensive powers of Divine magic and the offensive Psionic powers that go along with this prestige class.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Table Requirements Level Attack Fort Bonus Race: Athanian Elf
Save
Alignment: Any Non-Lawful 1 +0 +2 Base Attack Bonus: +4
Ref Save
Will Save
Power Points
+0
+2
+3
2 +35+ (not including +0 Base Power+1 Points/ Day: bonus+3points)
+5
Skills: Wilderness Lore 4+3Ranks Listen 3 +2 +1 4 Ranks Spot +3 4 Ranks+5 Feats: Ambidexterity, Two-Weapon 4 +3 +4 +1 Fighting,+4Exotic Weapon +5 Proficiency (Any One Thri-Kreen Weapon) 5 +3 +4 +1 +4 +7 Special: Must Own Masterwork Scale Mail made from the 6 +4 +5 +2 +5 +7 exoskeleton of a Thri-Kreen 7 Dice: d8+5 Hit
+5
+2
+5
+7
8
+6
+2
+6
+9
+2
+6
+9
+6
Class 9 +6Skills +6
The class skills (and ability for each 10 Prestige+7 +7 the key +3 +7 skill) are:+9 Concentration (Con), Intimidate (Cha), Knowledge (Psionics) (Int), Knowledge (Kreen) (Int), Listen (Wis), Search (Int), Spot (Wis), Wilderness Lore (Wis) See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions.
Armour Skill 1: The Thri-Kreen Slayer has learned how to get better ventilation while wearing her armour, from this point on she Special Discovered suffers no ill effects from wearing her Thri-Kreen Scale Mail in the 0 1 2 3 heat of the Athasian sun. Thri-Kreen ArmourSlayer Skill has 1 learned to move with Armour SkillBane+1/+1d6, 2: The Thri-Kreen None ease while wearing her chosen armour. Thus cutting the better armour check penalty for wearing the masterwork mail from -3 to -1 Bonus Feat None and increasing the max Dex bonus from +3 to +5. Venom Resistance Armour Mastery: None At this point the Thri-Kreen Slayer has truly mastered combat while wearing her scale mail. First she learns wear Thri-Kreen Bane +2/+2d6 1 the truly sturdy parts of her armour are giving her a +2 Enhancement bonus while in her armour, and she finally perfects Bonus Feat, Kreen Bane 2 movement while wearing her scale mail bringing her speed back up Armour Skillthe max Dex2 to +6. 2 Note: 1 These toPheromone its normalControl, level and bringing bonuses only occur for the Thri-Kreen Slayer, so a 10th level ThriKreenSlayer Bane who +3/+3d6 2 only 2 be giving -his Kreen lends his armour to an ally will friend a masterwork suit of scale mail. Bonus Feat, Insect Bane 2 2 1 – Bonus Feats: With the exception of Weapon Specialisation the Imp. 2 Weapon, Insect Mine 2 2 2 – bonus feats a Thri-Kreen Slayer receives come from the list of bonus feats that a fighter receives. Armour Mastery Insect Killer 2 2 2 1 Venom Resistance (Ex): Come level 3 a Thri-Kreen Slayer has built up a resistance to the venom secreted by a mature Thri-Kreen, this translates to a +4 to all saves versus any venom secreted by any Kreen.
Skills Points at Each Level 2 + Int Modifier
Kreen Bane (Su): At level 5 the attack bonus against Thri-Kreen extends to all subspecies of Kreen thus making them the ideal enemy of the whole Kreen Empire.
Class Features
Pheromone Control (Sp): To better hunt her prey the Thri-Kreen
All of the following are Class Features of the Thri-Kreen Slayer Prestige class. Weapons and Armour: Thri-Kreen Slayers are proficient with all simple and martial weapons, light and medium armour, and with all shields. Power Points: Thri-Kreen Slayers gain power points as they go up in level, as indicated by their progression table above. These power points are added to the character’s previous total. Thri-Kreen Slayers do not gain bonus power points. Discovered: Thri-Kreen Slayers discover powers as shown on the above table. The powers are added to the character’s previous total power known. Psionic attack and defence modes are discovered as though the character were a psychic warrior of the same level as the prestige class (characters do not forget previously discovered attack and defence modes), the powers chosen are from the group normally allowed to Psychic Warriors. Thri-Kreen Bane (Su): Beginning at level One a Thri-Kreen Slayer receives a competence bonus when Fighting Thri-Kreen (Kreen of the Tyr region) in the form of a +1 attack bonus, and +1d6 damage bonus. At higher levels this bonus increases to +2/ +2d6 and +3/ +3d6. This is a supernatural ability. Note: This Ability Stacks with the favoured enemy bonus conferred to a Ranger. Armour Skill (Ex): During the course of a Thri-Kreen Slayer’s battles against his insect-man foes he learns to better wear and attack in the armour made from the shell of his foe as stated below.
Slayer has learned to control the pheromones she secretes. As a move equivalent action 3/day she can attract or repel all Kreen within 50 yards, the DC to resist this ability is 10+Slayer Level plus Cha modifier. Insect Bane (Su): From this point on the attack bonuses against Thri-Kreen extend to all insects. Insect Mind (Sp): The mind of the Kreen is different than that of a mammal, making it hard to breach with Psionic attacks directed at them granting them a +2 to all saves versus Psionic attacks launched by mammals. Though by level 8 the Thri-Kreen Slayer has learned to think like an insect, eliminating all the penalties associated with contacting an insect mind. Unfortunately this works both ways while the power is in effect not granting the Elf the +2 bonus she would receive against Psionic attacks launched by an insect mind. This power is not continuous though and the Slayer can turn it on and off at will. Improved Two-Weapon Fighting: At 8th level the Thri-Kreen Slayer has mastered her two-weapon style and gains improved twoweapon fighting for free. Insect Killer (Sp): Come 10th level the Thri-Kreen Slayer knows how her insect foes so well that they are able to level massive blows against her foes. Once per day the slayer may make a full round attack that, if it hits, will automatically be a critical hit that deals maximum damage and then applies the +3d6 for the foe being an insect. Thus a slayer using a long sword would deal 16 (2x8,) plus 18 (3d6), plus any strength, magic pluses, and any weapon specialisation.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Troubleshooter Description Rogues are renowned for their ability to find and remove the deadliest of traps, pick the cleverest of locks, evade sword and spell at a whim, and come through it all with a smile on his face. Rogues are an essential unit in any dungeon crawl, what with their expertise in passing through various obstructions unscathed, but none do it so well as a Troubleshooter. Unlike Rogues, Troubleshooters are trained specifically for party support and dungeon crawling, boasting a small amount of extraordinary abilities under their
fingertip to use to their own designs. From the deepest, darkest, crypt, to the clammy halls of Lord Loran’s Castle, these specialising experts in the arts of disarming can be invaluable. Few can benefit from being a Troubleshooter as much as the Rogue can, but Ranger’s, and even Fighters make exceptionally good Troubleshooters. Perhaps a Wizard, Sorcerer, or Cleric would like to expand on their areas of expertise, in case they ever find themselves in a pinch without a rogue at hand, though these few are minuscule and far between.
Table Level
Attack
Fort
Ref
Will
Special Abilities
1
+0
+0
+2
+0
Intuition
2
+1
+0
+3
+0
Detect Traps 1/day, Detect Secret Doors 1/day
3
+2
+1
+3
+1
Daring Rescue
4
+3
+1
+4
+1
Detect Traps 2/day, Detect Secret Doors 2/day
5
+3
+1
+4
+1
Luck of the Devil
6
+4
+2
+5
+2
Detect Traps 3/day, Detect Secret Doors 3/day
7
+5
+2
+5
+2
Improved Evasion
8
+6
+2
+6
+2
Detect Traps 4/day, Detect Secret Doors 4/day
9
+6
+3
+6
+3
Daredevils Gamble
10
+7
+3
+7
+3
Detect Traps 5/day, Detect Secret Doors 5/day
Requirements Alignment: Any non-lawful. Race: Any. Base Attack: +4 Skills: Open Lock: 6 ranks, Disable Device: 6 ranks, Move Silently: 4 ranks, Search: 4 ranks. Feats: Skill Focus: Disable Device, Alertness. Hit Dice: 1D6
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Appraise (Int), Balance (Dex), Climb (Str), Craft (Int), Disable Device (Int), Escape Artist (Dex), Gather Information (Cha), Hide (Dex), Intuit Direction (Wis), Jump (Str), Listen (Wis), Move Silently (Dex), Open Lock (Dex), Profession (Wis), Search (Int), Spot (Wis), Swim (Str), Tumble (Dex), Use Rope (Dex). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Additional Level: 6 + Int modifier.
Class Features Weapon and Armour Proficiency: A Troubleshooter is efficient with all simple weapons, light armours, but not shields. Note that
armour check penalties for armour heavier than leather apply to the skills Balance, Climb, Escape Artist, Hide, Jump, Move Silently, Pick Pocket, and Tumble. Also, Swim checks suffer a –1 penalty for every 5 pounds of armour, equipment, or loot carried. Intuition: A Troubleshooter who merely passes within 10 feet of a secret passage or trap is entitled to a Search check to notice it as if she were actively looking for the door or trap. The Troubleshooter has seen so many traps and secret passages in his career that detecting such subtleties has become second nature to him. Detect Secret Doors: This spell-like ability is as per the spell, Detect Secret Doors. The number of uses per day is indicated upon the level progression chart. Detect Traps: Upon activation of this spell-like ability, the Troubleshooter becomes aware of traps within the room he is in. He automatically knows which direction the trap is in and how the trap is triggered. This takes a full-round action in which the Troubleshooter simply surveys the room. The number of uses per day is indicated upon the level progression chart. Daring Rescue: This extraordinary ability allows the Troubleshooter to save his friends at the expense of his own safety. If at any time a trap is triggered by anyone but the Troubleshooter, and he is within touching distance of the victim, he may make a Reflex save versus the DC of the trap. If successful, the Troubleshooter manages to pull the victim from safety, but takes the full effects of the trap instead. Luck of the Devil: With this extraordinary ability, the Troubleshooter is entitled to re-roll any check that involves Reflex, Disable Device, or Open Lock. The Troubleshooter must accept the consequences of this roll, for not all luck is good. The Troubleshooter may use this ability once per day.
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Improved Evasion: This extraordinary ability, gained at 9 th level, works like evasion. The Troubleshooter takes no damage at all on successful saving throws against attacks that allow a reflex saving throw for half damage (breath weapon, fireball, and so on). What’s more, he takes only half damage even if he fails his saving throw, since the Troubleshooters reflexes allow him to get out of harm’s way with incredible speed.
Daredevil’s Gamble: Let’s admit it, sometimes even a Troubleshooter can’t figure out a trap. With this extraordinary ability, the Troubleshooter may intentionally trigger a trap he knew was there prior to the attempt. As per usual, the Troubleshooter is entitled to a reflex save, though prior to this, he must roll percentiles. If the result is equal to or above 50%, than the Troubleshooter gains a +3 circumstances bonus to his saving throw, if below, he receives a –3 circumstances modifier.
Underworld Scourge Description The Underworld Scourge is a prestige class dedicated to those seeking to build an illegal empire often under the very noses of town guards and officials. The Underworld Scourge specialises in gathering information of an embarrassing nature as well as dedicating themselves to the seedier side of city and large town life. An Underworld Scourge slowly builds an extensive list of contacts, gossips and underlings that through a web of deceit, lies and favours seeks to control large tracts of the “underground” in cities and their
surrounding areas. The Underworld Scourge has within his power the ability to obtain information regarding any and or all illegal activity within 2-3 weeks of being in a new city or town. After a period of time the Underworld Scourge develops a network of smugglers, corrupt town guards and guilds men that allow him to move items into and out of a city without notice. However, the life of the Underworld Scourge is often brutally short, one cannot make such a foray into the crime world without attracting unwanted attention whether it be through persistent militia and magistrates or from rivals seeking to do the same.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
Spells per Day
1st
+1
+0
+2
+2
Sneak Attack +1d6, Illegal Contacts, Rival / Enemy
2nd
+2
+0
+3
+3
Territorial Alertness
0
3rd
+2
+0
+3
+3
Sneak Attack +2d6, Rival / Enemy
1
4th
+3
+1
+4
+4
Resist Poison
1
0
5th
+3
+1
+4
+4
Lieutenant, Rival / Enemy, Mobility
1
1
6th
+4
+2
+5
+5
Sneak Attack +3d6
1
1
0
7th
+5
+2
+5
+5
Rival / Enemy, Bonus Feat
1
1
1
8th
+6
+2
+6
+6
Lightning Reflexes
2
1
1
0
9th
+6
+3
+6
+6
Rival / Enemy
2
1
1
1
10th
+7
+3
+7
+7
Sneak Attack +4d6, Guildmaster
2
2
1
1
1
Requirements:
2
3
4
Statistics: Charisma: 14+
Intuit Direction (Wis), Jump (Str), Knowledge (Any) (Int), Listen (Wis), Move Silently (Dex), Open Lock (Dex), Pick Pocket (Dex), Read Lips (Int, exclusive skill), Search (Int), Sense Motive (Wis), Spot (Wis), Swim (Str), Tumble (Dex), Use Magic Device (Cha, exclusive skill), and Use Rope (Dex).
Alignment: Neutral or Evil
Skill Points / Level: 6 + Intelligence Modifier
Skills: Move Silently: 8 Ranks, Hide: 8 Ranks, Bluff: 8 Ranks, Listen: 5 Ranks, Gather Information: 5 Ranks, Appraise: 4 Ranks, Sense Motive: 8 Ranks, Diplomacy: 5 Ranks
Class Features
Hit Die: D6
Weapon and Armour Proficiency: The Underworld Scourge gains no new weapon or armour proficiencies.
Class Skills:
Sneak Attack: The Underworld Scourge gains sneak attacks as a rogue. If the Underworld Scourge gets a sneak attack bonus from another source (such as rogue levels) the bonuses to damage stack.
Intelligence: 16+
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Balance (Dex), Bluff (Cha), Climb (Str), Craft (Int), Decipher Script (Int, exclusive skill), Diplomacy (Cha), Disable Device (Int), Disguise (Cha), Escape Artist (Dex), Forgery (Int), Gather Information (Cha), Hide (Dex), Innuendo (Wis), Intimidate (Cha),
Rival / Enemy: One cannot attempt to make advancements in the underworld without stepping on a few toes. In fact, there are so many attempting to do the same thing that one cannot help but make new enemies. Starting at 1st level and every second level thereafter, the Underworld Scourge gains a rival or an enemy (GM’s
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes discretion). Upon reaching 3rd level this rival can either advance to a level 2 rival or a new level 1 rival can be added to the mix (GM’s Discretion). Needless to say that this rivalry is deadly serious and often ends poorly for the player character.
time the Underworld Scourge has advanced enough to reach this stage it is highly likely that she has had many attempts on her life. As a result, the Underworld Scourge has developed a highly specific immune system that aids in resisting toxins in the body.
Illegal Contacts: At 1st level, the Underworld Scourge gains an abundance of secret information. This power works just like Bardic knowledge, except that it more based on illegal activity, political manipulation, crime, and rumour.
Guildmaster: If the character has survived long enough to reach the 10th ranking of Underworld Scourge not only should she be congratulated for doing so but she should also be honoured by her comrades and enemies alike. Upon reaching the 10th rank, the Underworld Scourge takes on the title of Guildmaster, which acts as the feat Leadership listed in the Dungeon Master’s Guide. Should a character ever reach the 10th ranking it is highly advised that the character be retired as each region can only have one Guildmaster and as a result attempts on the character’s life will increase exponentially.
Territorial Alertness: This acts as the feat Alertness with a +2 bonus to Sense Motive in addition to the bonus to Listen and Spot checks when the character is in the major city or towns in which he has connections. Lieutenant: Upon reaching the 5th rank of Underworld Scourge, the player has taken an underling and made them a lieutenant who can handle his affairs when the player is away for extended periods. With a lieutenant, the player’s “empire” continues to flourish even if the player is campaigning. However, if the Underworld Scourge has been absent too long or is notoriously abusive to those beneath him, she may find their “empire” taken over by the lieutenant or his rivals and be forced to fight to regain them. Mobility: At 5th level the Underworld Scourge gains the Mobility feat as a class feature. This feat is the same as that listed in the Players Handbook. Resist Poison: This feat acts as the feat of the same name taken from the Forgotten Realms Campaign Setting Source Book. By the
Spells: Beginning at 2nd level, the Underworld Scourge gains the ability to cast a small number of spells. 1st level
3rd level
Change self, detect poison, comprehend languages, message.
Non-detection, misdirection, illusory script.
2nd level
4th Level
Alter self, pass without trace, undetectable alignment, detect thoughts, invisibility, see invisibility
Arcane eye, emotion, detect scrying, dimension door, improved invisibility.
Valkyrie Description One part rogue, one part barbarian, the valkyries are proud warrior women skilled in mounted combat. They often band together to raid civilised lands, riding out of the shadows to rain death upon their foes. Valkyries are renowned for their terrifying war cries and ferocious combat style. All valkyries were barbarians at some point in their lives. Those women with a background as rogues as well are often attracted to the valkyrie lifestyle. The occasional bard or druid will join the ranks as well, benefiting from higher hit points and improved
combat skill. The rare sorcerer can be found among them, but wizards are almost unheard of. Humans and half-orcs are the most numerous valkyries. Most valkyries avoid the trappings of civilisation, living a nomad lifestyle with her horse and her sisters. They occasionally interact with barbarian tribes for trade and to find mates. Some valkyries have been known to adopt the female children who survive barbarian raids and raise them as their own. Valkyries can work well with barbarians, but the usually male dominated barbarian lifestyle can lead to conflicts. Bands of valkyries are often on friendly terms if not allies with local druids and elves
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+0
+2
+0
Mounted Combat +1
2
+2
+0
+3
+0
Yell 1/day
3
+3
+1
+3
+1
Mounted Archery +1
4
+4
+1
+4
+1
Furious Attack 1/day
5
+5
+1
+4
+1
Battle Cry 1/day, Mounted Combat +2, Yell 2/day
6
+6
+2
+5
+2
Damage Reduction 1/-, Furious Attack 2/day, Rage 1/day
7
+7
+2
+5
+2
Mounted Archery +2
8
+8
+2
+6
+2
Battle Cry 2/day, Damage Reduction 2/-, Furious Attack 3/day, Warcry 1/day, Yell 3/day
9
+9
+3
+6
+3
Mounted Combat +3
10
+10
+3
+7
+3
Damage Reduction 3/-, Furious Attack 4/day, Rage 2/day
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Requirements
Battle Cry: At this level, the valkyrie gains the ability to emit a battle cry. This has the effect of a scare spell cast as if the character were a sorcerer of the character's level. This is a supernatural ability.
Attack Bonus: +6
Damage Reduction: Just like a barbarian, the valkyrie shrugs off wounds in battle. The amount of this reduction increases as the character increases level, and it stacks with damage reduction gained from other classes. This is an extraordinary ability.
Hit Dice: D12 Alignment: Non-Lawful Feats: Feat Mounted Combat, Weapon Focus (Any Spear) Special: Gender Female Intimidate 8 Ranks Jump 8 Ranks Ride (Horses) 8 Ranks Tumble 4 Ranks The character must be able to Rage at least once per day
Furious Attack: The valkyrie may take a full attack action and deliver one devastating blow. The attack roll gains a +1 bonus for each valkyrie class level and if successful inflicts triple damage. If, by chance, a critical hit is scored on the Furious Attack, it inflicts quadruple rather than triple damage. This is an extraordinary ability.
Class Skills
Mounted Archery: The valkyrie gains the indicated bonus to all attack rolls while using ranged weapons from a mount.
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Climb (Str) , Craft (Int) , Handle Animal (Cha) , Intimidate (Cha) , Intuit Direction (Wis) , Jump (Str) , Ride (Dex) , Spot (Wis) , Swim (Str) , Tumble (Dex) , Wilderness Lore (Wis) See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions.
Mounted Combat: The valkyrie gains the indicated bonus to all melee attack rolls made while on a mount. Rage: The character may enter a rage just like a barbarian. The number of times the character may rage stacks with any previous rage ability gained from other classes. Warcry: This great shout creates the effect of a fear spell cast as if by a sorcerer of the character's level. A warcry is a full round action. This is a supernatural ability.
Skill Points at Each Level: 4 + Int modifier.
Class Features Weapon and Armour Proficiency: Valkyries are proficient with all simple and martial weapons, light and medium armour types, and shields.
Yell: The valkyrie may spend a partial action and yell, affecting one target within 20 feet as if she cast cause fear (cast at the valkyrie's character level). At 2nd level, this can be done once per day. The valkyrie gains an addition yell at level 5 and level 8. This is an extraordinary ability.
Warlord Description The Warlord is skilled in both magical and military arts, making him an extremely formidable opponent. The Warlord considers a trained body as important as a trained mind, and prides himself on keeping his combat skills as sharp as his magical talents.
Warlords are among the most honoured and respected citizens in Drychtnothian society, but are feared and despised elsewhere. Warlords are of all types, the savage, brutal killer, wallowing in the violence of the battlefield, or the heroic warrior, fighting with honour and taking lives only when necessary. Warlords serve the Kings of Drychtnoth. To be a Warlord, you must receive training in the Academy of Olanigan.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+1
+1
+1
+1
Defiling; Martial Weapon Proficiency
2
+2
+1
+1
+1
Strength Training; Intimidation bonus
3
+3
+2
+1
+1
Strategy +1; Martial weapon proficiency
4
+4
+2
+2
+1
Light Armour Proficiency; Armour Casting
5
+5
+3
+2
+2
Imbue Personality into weapon
6
+6
+3
+2
+2
Strategy +2; Martial weapon proficiency
7
+7
+4
+3
+2
Medium Armour Proficiency
8
+8
+4
+3
+2
Improved Armour Casting
9
+9
+5
+3
+3
Defiling II; Martial weapon proficiency
10
+10
+5
+4
+3
Destroyer; Strategy +3
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Requirements
Defiling: By draining the life out of vegetation around, the Warlord can cast spells higher than 1st level. (Note: Wizards in Inzeladun, unless they are defilers, alienists, or witches cannot cast spells higher than 1st level. This does not apply to sorcerers.)
Base Attack Bonus: +5 Hit Dice: D8
Strength Training: Strength is raised to 14 if it is not equal to that or higher.
Feats: Combat Casting, Concentration Special: Spellcraft: 6 ranks Knowledge: Heraldry 3 ranks Alchemy: 6 ranks
Strategy: By spending a time before an attack (at least ten minutes), the Warlord lays out a strategy of attack that grants all party members a +x to initiative and a +x to attack bonuses and damage.
Class Skills
Armour Casting: The Warlord reduces spell failure penalties due to light armour by half.
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are:
Improved Armour Casting: The Warlord reduces spell failure penalties due to medium armour by half and due to light armour by 100%
Knowledge (Heraldry); Knowledge (Religion) Knowledge (History - battles); Alchemy; Spell craft
Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int modifier.
Defiling II: By draining the life energy out of a creature (one energy level per spell level) the Warlord gains Quicken spell and Spell Penetration on the spell cast.
Class Features
Destroyer: The Warlord can annul the spell casting ability of any spell caster for 1 hour if that spell caster is within sight. The spell caster must make a will save vs. 16+the Warlord’s level.
See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions.
Armour and Weapon Proficiency: No new proficiencies
Warlord of Tempus Description
proficient in shields and do train with them occasionally to be prepared in times of drastic measures.
Many fear the fierce and Powerful, Magical, Tempus Warlord. In the eyes of Tempus you are only granted the Tempus Warlord status if you are worthy of it by proving yourself in battle situations and your faith in Tempus. The mighty must prevail in most battles, as are the words of Tempus himself. They favour their weapon of the deity so much, that they lose interest of all other weapons therefore losing their proficiency in it too. Every morning they train for about an hour to retain their mastery in the weapon. They also fight only in light armour, as they believe medium and heavy armour impedes their 2 weapon fighting style and movement. It is also is against their code to use any armour heavier than light armour and will remain that way even after levelling up another class. They are
Mainly faithful and heroic War Clerics (Fighter\Clerics or normal Clerics) of Tempus become Tempus Warlords, to improve their skills further in combat while retaining their Spellcasting. Other Classes, who reach these requirements can also become Tempus Warlords, but are extremely rare. Tempus Warlords don’t just excel in their fighting abilities, but are excellent Divine Spellcasters. So they retain their Spellcasting and continue to advance with it as in the previous class. They combine their Spellcasting with their fighting skills, to become mean fighting machines of Tempus. Tempus Warlords believe that the only way to resolve a battle is upfront with Tempus Wrath. At times, where Tempus Wrath is out of range, they resolve to their godly granted spells to smite their foe.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
Class Spells
1st
+1
+2
+0
+0
Tempus’ Wrath, Tempus Battleaxe
+1
2nd
+2
+3
+0
+0
Tempus’ Adept +1
+1
3rd
+3
+3
+1
+1
4th
+4
+4
+1
+1
Tempus’ Adept +2
+1
5th
+5
+4
+1
+1
Skin of Tempus, Bonus Feat
+1
6th
+6
+5
+2
+2
Tempus’ Adept +3
+1
7th
+7
+5
+2
+2
8th
+8
+6
+2
+2
9th
+9
+6
+3
+3
10th
+10
+7
+3
+3
+1
+1 Tempus’ Adept +4
+1 +1
Might of Tempus
+1
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Requirements Abilities: Strength 14, Dexterity 15, Wisdom 12 Alignment: Any Chaotic Alignment Base Attack Bonus: +5 Skills: Knowledge (Religion) 8 ranks, Knowledge (War) 6 ranks, Spellcraft 4 ranks Feats: Two-Weapon Fighting, Ambidexterity, Weapon Focus, Leadership Hit Dice: d10 Spells: Must be able to cast 3rd level Divine spells Domains: -Destruction, Protection, Strength and War Special: Must be a follower of Tempus and Worship him Prohibited to use any form of Ranged Weapon or Melee weapon other than Tempus’s Wrath (Chosen melee weapon of the Deity)
Upon reaching his first level of Tempus Warlord, you must go to a High Tempus Temple and request from your deity the status of a Tempus Warlord. The character must have proven himself to Tempus in battles of triumph and valour. If so, he is granted the status “Tempus Warlord” and 2 of your most powerful Battleaxes Magically Transform into Magical Tempus Battleaxes that retain their old magical abilities of the previous normal battleaxes. Your 2 Battleaxes will be known as from now “Tempus’ Wrath”. If these weapons are missing you must make an act of atonement (as the spell Atonement in the Players Handbook) to receive new Masterwork Tempus Battleaxes. You could also go out on a quest to find your missing weapons. If they are broken, they just turn into useless dust, and you must make an act of atonement to receive new Masterwork Tempus Battleaxes A Tempus Warlord can use normal Battleaxes, and gain the abilities as below in place of “Tempus Wrath”, but obviously prefer to use the Tempus Battleaxe. Severity of making an act of atonement is determined by the DM. (Depending on how, or what happened)
Class Skills
Restrictions
The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are:
Very Restrictive Code of Conduct
Concentration (Con), Craft (Int), Diplomacy (Cha), Heal (Wis), Knowledge (Religion), Knowledge (War) (Int), Intuit Direction (Wis), Spellcraft (Int), Spot (Wis)
Code It is a violation against their code to use any Ranged weapon (Crossbows, slings etc.), or any melee weapons other than Tempus Wrath. Tempus Warlords using any weapon other that Tempus Wrath must make an act of Atonement, as the spell Atonement in the Players Handbook. That is why a Tempus Warlord always caries extra normal Battleaxes with them. Normally Tempus Warlords gather followers for great battles to come in the future. They construct a castle with a big Cathedral inside it in the name of Tempus, to spread his word and gather more Tempus followers. A Tempus Warlord likes to go out adventuring to uphold his prestige and spread the word of Tempus. He prefers to adventure with adventurers who are Tempus followers, but does accept other deity followers in the hope to change their beliefs to the mighty Tempus. Tempus Warlords respect other Orders with the same type of purpose as theirs. Taking into account the issues of alignments and opposing alignments. It has happened that at least once in their Warlord careers, that a Tempus Warlord crosses paths with another Tempus Warlord. If they are opposing each other, in the eyes of Tempus may the best man win. Once the best Warlord wins the battle, he is entitled to his belongings and his weapons as a gift of valour. These items and weapons may be kept, or can be returned back to your High Temple, which will be returned back to Tempus in Limbo.
See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int modifier
Class Features Weapons and Armour: Tempus Warlords are only proficient and restricted to the Battleaxe (Tempus Wrath), and only Light Armours and Shields Spells Per Day: Add +1 Level of Previous class. A Tempus Warlord adds his level to the previous level to determine the effective Caster Level and Spells per day Turn or Rebuke Undead (Su.): Upon reaching the class of a Tempus Warlord, your turning\rebuking abilities count as only the previous class if it was available. (E.g. Cleric 10\ Tempus Warlord 2 turns or rebukes as a 10th level Cleric. Bonus Feats: At 5th level the Tempus Warlord gets a Bonus Feat which must be drawn from the Fighter’s list. Tempus Battleaxes: Your deity magically transforms your Battleaxes, to Tempus Battleaxes, retaining its old magical abilities. Statistics of Tempus Battleaxe are as below:
Weapon
Cost
Damage
Critical
Range Increment
Weight
Type
Tempus Battleaxe -
/
1d8
19-20/x3
/
5 lb.
Slashing
Tempus Battleaxe: This battleaxe looks very much similar to the normal Battleaxe, except from very slight modifications, and a rare metal type found on Limbo (Home to Tempus) which makes it a more potent weapon. The weapon is much lighter that the original battle axe, which makes it easier to use in battle (Where its critical threat range comes in). At first glance reveals just a normal Battleaxe with an engraved Symbol of Tempus on the middle of the axe blade. Further study reveals Great Craftsmanship of the weapon, which makes it look slightly better than a normal Masterwork Battleaxe. It is a big violation for anyone else other than the Tempus Warlord to use these gifts bestowed upon him. If a Tempus Warlord recognises any other class “fighting” with a Tempus Battleaxe, that creature must be questioned upon, or resort to violence. (According to the Character alignment is how the situation will be handled). If it is a Tempus follower using a Tempus
Battleaxe, the follower must atone depending on what the circumstances are. Here are some circumstances of how to react in the above several descriptions if Item was- found, bought accidental usage without knowing etc, resolves to light actions. If item was- Stolen, Killed for etc, resolves to harsh actions). Tempus’ Wrath (Su.): Tempus Warlord can only apply this ability with Tempus Battleaxes or normal Battleaxe. Wielding this weapon grants the Tempus Warlord a +1 attack and +1 to damage Bonus. This is in addition to all other bonuses. The weapon you select must be a Battleaxe with Weapon Focus. (Favoured Deity Weapon). Tempus’ Adept (Su.): This reduces your penalties with the Tempus Battleaxe to normal Battleaxe. This is like Ambidexterity in the
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Players Handbook except Tempus Adept reduces the penalty by another 1 every 2nd, 4th, 6th, and 8th levels, to a total of 4 at the end, which resolves to no penalties at 8th level. Skin of Tempus (Su.): As a free action once per day, a Tempus Warlord’s skin turns hard like stone, granting him a Damage reduction of 5/- and a fire resistance of 20, for 3 rounds + Con modifier Might of Tempus (Su.): As a free action once per day, Tempus Warlords can channel the “Might of Tempus” through the Tempus
Warlord’s body. This transforms the Tempus Warlord into a feat of power and into a similar figure of a man who looks like he came out of a bloody war. Your armour is battered and is also covered with occasional bloodstains. Might of Tempus lasts for 3 rounds + Con modifier and this appearances end. (True seeing reveals as above.) You gain +3 on Attack and Damage rolls You gain +3 on All Saves You gain +2 Natural Amour
Wilderness Scout Description Ever the ears and eyes of the expedition or army she scans ahead for. The Wilderness Scout is a remarkably talented individual who must brave the dangers of a vanguard position. Only her keen senses can warn her and those she protects from potential danger, both natural - as in dangerous terrain, and tactical - as in hostile forces. The need for stealth and minimal encumbrance preclude a lack of
protective armour, so this class relies upon not being seen by those that are a potential threat. Driven by a love of the outdoors, the unknown and the need for challenge, the Wilderness Scout finds them in abundance serving the rigorous demands made of her. These may even include functioning as an intermediary spokesperson between two armies where a herald or page is unavailable. From day to day, rapid, tireless reconnaissance and wary intuition guide the Wilderness Scout in her role. These are not only her strengths, but also her trademark qualities.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
1
+0
+0
+2
+0
Still Watcher, Coded Signals
2
+1
+0
+3
+0
Locate Water, +2 Hide
3
+2
+1
+3
+1
+2 Spot, +15’ Move (+10’ small)
4
+3
+1
+4
+1
Sense Danger
5
+3
+1
+4
+1
Expeditious Route
6
+4
+2
+5
+2
Sense Danger +2
7
+5
+2
+5
+2
Enhance Ambush
8
+6
+2
+6
+2
Sense Danger +4
9
+6
+3
+6
+3
Wilderness Lore, Endure Hustle
10
+7
+3
+7
+3
Sense Danger +8
Requirements To qualify to become a Wilderness Scout, a character must fulfil all of the following criteria Skills: Hide: 5 ranks. Intuit Direction: 5 ranks. Listen: 5 ranks. Spot: 8 ranks. Feats: Alertness, Endurance. Hit Dice: d6.
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are: Balance(Dex), Climb(Str), Craft(Int), Diplomacy(Cha), Escape Artist(Dex), Hide(Dex), Intuit Direction(Wis), Jump(Str), Knowledge(Evaluate Enemy Forces)(Int), Knowledge(Hearth Lore) (Int), Knowledge(Regional Topography)(Int), Listen(Wis), Move Silently(Dex), Search(Int), Spot(Wis), Swim(Str), Tumble(Dex), and Wilderness Lore(Wis).
See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 6 + Int modifier.
Class Features All of the following are Class Features of the Wilderness Scout prestige class. Weapons and Armour: Wilderness Scouts are proficient with all simple weapons, and light armour. They do not use shields. Note that Armour check penalties for Armour heavier than leather apply to the skills Balance, Climb, Escape Artist, Hide, Jump, Move Silently, Pick Pocket, and Tumble. Also, Swim checks suffer a –1 penalty for every 5 pounds of armour and equipment carried. Still Watcher: When in cover (i.e. shadow, building, or brush, etc.) the Wilderness Scout may add her Wis bonus to her Hide check if she remains perfectly still. Only add if a positive bonus; no detrimental effects for a negative Wis modifier. Coded Signals: The Wilderness Scout is able to communicate with her main group by way of imitation bird calls, or other animal
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes sounds and/or hand signals if within range to see and/or hear her. This requires her to teach someone in the main body of the group her coded “language” prior to its usage. Locate Water: Enables the Wilderness Scout to find fresh sources of drinking water in wilderness areas. This is essentially a specialised Wilderness Lore check – “Get along in the wild”– except that it only provides water. May be used if an actual Wilderness Lore check is failed. Check vs. DC 10 using Spot skill bonuses and add Knowledge Skill(Regional Topography) to this result. Fresh water is found for one extra person for every 2 points. by which the check result exceeded 10. Procedure takes 1d6 ½ hours to accomplish. Increased Movement Rate: Medium sized Wilderness Scouts gain an additional 15’ per round movement, while Small sized ones gain +10’. Sense Danger: Represents the Wilderness Scouts intuitive ability to sense danger ahead. Whenever the Wilderness Scout suspects she is in danger, she can make a check (DC 20) adding her Wis bonus to the roll. This extraordinary ability is a full round equivalent action. Every 2 levels grants a bonus to the Wilderness Scout’s ability to succeed with the Sense Danger check as listed in the Wilderness Scout table. This extraordinary ability works for any situation which could effect the character, for good or ill, including magic effects, and natural dangers such as a rock slide or quicksand. However
harmless effects such as Magic Mouth would not trigger it, for example. Expeditious Route: The Wilderness Scouts expert use of the terrain allows her to take the shortest possible route between two locations. “Short cuts” effectively reduce distances and therefore travel times. Increase the overall distance travelled by 1d20% across trackless terrain for each full day of outdoor travel (8 hours or more) (see PHB pg. 143 – Overland Movement). Enhance Ambush: If an ambush in preparation is supervised by the Wilderness Scout, she may give the rest of the group a circumstance bonus equal to ½ her Spot skill bonus towards the eventual Hide check. The group must not change position during that time for the bonus to apply. Endure Hustle: A Wilderness Scout can sustain travel beyond the normal walking pace for longer periods of time. Often speed is essential, and the distances to traverse are great. Wilderness Scouts take only half the normal effects of subdual damage associated with the Hustle movement rate after the first hour (see PHB pg. 143), if they succeed with a Con check (DC 15 + # of current hours at Hustle pace). She gets +4 to this roll due to her Endurance. Wilderness Lore: The Wilderness Scout acquire this skill as per the listed description in the PHB. If the Wilderness Scout already possesses this skill, she gets a +2 bonus instead.
Wu-Jen Description The Wu-Jen is the sorcerer of the clan. These tattooed spellcasters provide magical support for the samurai while also being trained as samurai themselves, though at a slower rate than their warrior brethren. Wu-Jen, like other samurai, must adhere to the Code of Bushido, the Way of the Warrior.
Only characters with some magical training and some combat training can become Wu-Jen. Any character class that qualifies may take this prestige class. Most often the character that becomes a WuJen is mostly likely a fighter/sorcerer. The fighter/wizard can become a Wu-Jen as well, but typically this variant of the Wu-Jen is a hermit, only getting involved in martial life when his daimyo calls for him.
Table Level
Attack Bonus
Fort Save
Ref Save
Will Save
Special
Class Spell
1
0
+0
+2
+2
Tumble Bonus, Meditation, Tattoos
+1
2
1
+0
+3
+3
Great Cleave, Ki Initiative
+1
3
1
+1
+3
+3
Blades of Fury
+1
4
1
+1
+4
+4
Supreme Cleave
+1
5
3
+1
+4
+4
Supreme Mobility
+1
6
4
+2
+5
+5
Blades of Death
+1
7
5
+2
+5
+5
Ki Attack
+1
8
6
+2
+6
+6
Ki Magic 2/day
+1
9
6
+3
+6
+6
Superior Spell Penetration
+1
10
7
+3
+7
+7
Master of Dragons
+1
Requirements Base Attack Bonus: +6 Hit Dice: D6 Feats: Cleave, Combat Casting, Improved Initiative, Weapon Focus (katana)
Special: Knowledge (Nobility and Royalty): 4 ranks Craft (Tattooing): 4 ranks Concentration: 6 ranks Knowledge (Arcana): 6 ranks Spellcraft: 6 ranks Alchemy 4 ranks
Class Skills The Prestige class skills (and the key ability for each skill) are:
Dungeons and Dragons 3e Prestige Classes Alchemy (Int), Concentration (Con), Craft (any, weaponsmithing and tattooing primarily) (Int), Intimidate (Cha), Jump (Str), Knowledge (Arcana) (Int), Knowledge (Code of Bushido) (Int), Knowledge (nobility and royalty) (Int), Scry (Int), Spellcraft (Int) and Tumble (Dex). See Chapter 4: Skills in the Player's Handbook for skill descriptions. Skill Points at Each Level: 2 + Int modifier.
Class Features All of the following are Class Features of the weapon master prestige class. Weapons and Armour: Wu-Jen are proficient in the use of all simple weapons plus the katana (bastard sword), Wakizashi (shortsword), daikyu (longbow), kama, lajatang, nunchaku, sai, shuriken, and siangham. They are proficient in the use of light and medium armour (remember that these armours interfere with spellcasting) and they are not proficient with shields. Note that armour check penalties for armour heavier than leather apply to the skills Balance, Climb, Escape Artist, Hide, Jump, Move Silently, Pick Pocket, and Tumble. Code of Bushido: See the Sword and Fist supplement pg. 30. Tumble Bonus: At 1st level, the Wu-Jen gains a +2 competence bonus to his Tumble checks. Meditation: Wu-Jen can meditate to focus their minds and rest their bodies. 1 hour of uninterrupted meditation equals 2 hours of sleep. While meditating the Wu-Jen is oblivious to hunger, thirst, heat and cold. He is still conscious and aware, so he suffers no surprise penalties. Tattoos: Wu-Jen can create magical tattoos on themselves and others. Each tattoo functions once and then disappears. Tattoos can be made permanent but this is rarely done because of the cost to the Wu-Jen. Only spells of 0th- 4th level can be placed in/on a tattoo. A character can only have a total number of tattoos equal to 8 + Con Modifier. Tattoos must be "tapped" or touched and willed to go off. Tattoos that are permanent have a special usage cost. Each one cost 1+ spell level in HP to activate each time it is used and the duration is equal to the spell as cast by the tattooer. All rules governing psionic tattoos also govern arcane tattoos. See Psionic Handbook for more details. Great Cleave: The Wu-Jen gains this feat for free and 2nd level. Ki Initiative: Sometimes decisive action must be taken. The WuJen must act quickly. Once a day for every two levels as a Wu-Jen, the Wu-Jen can boost his initiative by +3 for 1 round. Blades of Fury: When a Wu-Jen delays his attack until after he is attacked in a round, he takes advantage of the opening and gains a +2 to attack and damage rolls against that opponent.
Supreme Cleave: The Wu-Jen can take a 5 foot step before making a Cleave or Great Cleave attack. Supreme Mobility: The Wu-Jen gains +6 dodge bonus versus attacks of opportunity from moving into an opponent's threat range. This ability supersedes Mobility, but it does not stack. Blades of Death: When fighting with the katana using both hands, the Wu-Jen gains double his Str bonus to damage instead of 1.5 times. Ki Attack: By focusing his ki, the Wu-Jen's weapon becomes able to hit creatures with damage reduction as if his sword were magical. The bonus for the sword is equal to the Wu-Jen's Wis Modifier. This does not add to the attack or damage bonuses. Ki Magic: Three times a day, the Wu-Jen can cast a spell as if the spell were affected by the Maximise Spell feat but with none of the penalties or restrictions applied to spells by this feat. Superior Spell Penetration: The Wu-Jen gains a +4 bonus to caster level checks against spell resistance. This ability supersedes the Spell Penetration Feat. Master of Dragons: This is the ultimate ability granted by the WuJen prestige class. At any given time, there are ten Master of Dragons in the world. Each Master corresponds to one of the five good dragons or one of the five evil dragons. The Dragon Gods Bahamut and Tiamat choose who becomes a Master of Dragons. There is no other way to attain this title. (In other words it is up to the DM) Rumour has it that there is a Master of Dragons that serves as a Chosen One for each of the Dragon Gods. One would be the Master of Metallic Dragons, the other is the Master of Chromatic Dragons. Their half-dragon templates are based on Bahamut and Tiamat themselves. These are only rumours. None of the Masters has every confirmed or denied the rumours. The Master of Dragons has the following Abilities: All benefits of the Half-Dragon template, with the following exceptions: The Master can choose whether or not he looks like a half-dragon and can shift between his natural form and the half-dragon form at will. The Master can fly even if he does not have wings due to his size. All HD are rerolled to apply the increased hit dice of the halfdragon template. The Master of Dragons gains a dragon companion of their type equal to their number of HD. This companion can provide aid and advice to the Master but is not expected to follow the Masters every command. They are friends, not master and slave. Example: Jong Li is a Fighter 2/Sorceror 8/Wu-Jen 10. He is lawful good and has become a Master of Gold Dragons. He takes the halfdragon template as a master of dragons with all of the benefits of being half gold dragon. His companion is a 20 HD gold dragon.
The following text is the property of Wizards of the Coast, Inc. and is Copyright 2000 Wizards of the Coast, Inc ("Wizards"). All Rights Reserved. 1. Definitions: (a)"Contributors" means the copyright and/or trademark owners who have contributed Open Game Content; (b)"Derivative Material" means copyrighted material including derivative works and translations (including into other computer languages), potation, modification, correction, addition, extension, upgrade, improvement, compilation, abridgement or other form in which an existing work may be recast, transformed or adapted; (c) "Distribute" means to reproduce, license, rent, lease, sell, broadcast, publicly display, transmit or otherwise distribute; (d)"Open Game Content" means the game mechanic and includes the methods, procedures, processes and routines to the extent such content does not embody the Product Identity and is an enhancement over the prior art and any additional content clearly identified as Open Game Content by the Contributor, and means any work covered by this License, including translations and derivative works under copyright law, but specifically excludes Product Identity. (e) "Product Identity" means product and product line names, logos and identifying marks including trade dress; artefacts; creatures characters; stories, storylines, plots, thematic elements, dialogue, incidents, language, artwork, symbols, designs, depictions, licenses, formats, poses, concepts, themes and graphic, photographic and other visual or audio representations; names and descriptions of characters, spells, enchantments, personalities, teams, personas, licenses and special abilities; places, locations, environments, creatures, equipment, magical or supernatural abilities or effects, logos, symbols, or graphic designs; and any other trademark or registered trademark clearly identified as Product identity by the owner of the Product Identity, and which specifically excludes the Open Game Content; (f) "Trademark" means the logos, names, mark, sign, motto, designs that are used by a Contributor to identify itself or its products or the associated products contributed to the Open Game License by the Contributor (g) "Use", "Used" or "Using" means to use, Distribute, copy, edit, format, modify, translate and otherwise create Derivative Material of Open Game Content. (h) "You" or "Your" means the licensee in terms of this agreement. 2. The License: This License applies to any Open Game Content that contains a notice indicating that the Open Game Content may only be Used under and in terms of this License. You must affix such a notice to any Open Game Content that you Use. No terms may be added to or
subtracted from this License except as described by the License itself. No other terms or conditions may be applied to any Open Game Content distributed using this License. 3.Offer and Acceptance: By Using the Open Game Content You indicate Your acceptance of the terms of this License. 4. Grant and Consideration: In consideration for agreeing to use this License, the Contributors grant You a perpetual, worldwide, royalty-free, nonexclusive license with the exact terms of this License to Use, the Open Game Content. 5.Representation of Authority to Contribute: If You are contributing original material as Open Game Content, You represent that Your Contributions are Your original creation and/or You have sufficient rights to grant the rights conveyed by this License. 6.Notice of License Copyright: You must update the COPYRIGHT NOTICE portion of this License to include the exact text of the COPYRIGHT NOTICE of any Open Game Content You are copying, modifying or distributing, and You must add the title, the copyright date, and the copyright holder's name to the COPYRIGHT NOTICE of any original Open Game Content you Distribute. 7. Use of Product Identity: You agree not to Use any Product Identity, including as an indication as to compatibility, except as expressly licensed in another, independent Agreement with the owner of each element of that Product Identity. You agree not to indicate compatibility or coadaptability with any Trademark or Registered Trademark in conjunction with a work containing Open Game Content except as expressly licensed in another, independent Agreement with the owner of such Trademark or Registered Trademark. The use of any Product Identity in Open Game Content does not constitute a challenge to the ownership of that Product Identity. The owner of any Product Identity used in Open Game Content shall retain all rights, title and interest in and to that Product Identity. 8. Identification: If you distribute Open Game Content You must clearly indicate which portions of the work that you are distributing are Open Game Content. 9. Updating the License: Wizards or its designated Agents may publish updated versions of this License. You may use any authorised version of this License to copy, modify and distribute any Open Game Content originally distributed under any version of this License. 10. Copy of this License: You MUST include a copy of this License with every
copy of the Open Game Content You Distribute. 11. Use of Contributor Credits: You may not market or advertise the Open Game Content using the name of any Contributor unless You have written permission from the Contributor to do so. 12. Inability to Comply: If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the Open Game Content due to statute, judicial order, or governmental regulation then You may not Use any Open Game Material so affected. 13. Termination: This License will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with all terms herein and fail to cure such breach within 30 days of becoming aware of the breach. All sublicenses shall survive the termination of this License. 14. Reformation: If any provision of this License is held to be unenforceable, such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it enforceable. 15. COPYRIGHT NOTICE Open Game License v 1.0a Copyright 2000, Wizards of the Coast, Inc. System Rules Document Copyright 2000, Wizards of the Coast, Inc.; Authors Jonathan Tweet, Monte Cook, Skip Williams, based on original material by E. Gary Gygax and Dave Arneson. END OF LICENSE
